Year: 2013

  • Fluxus Thirty-Eight Degrees South: An interview with Ken Friedman

    Darren Tofts(bio)
    Swinburne University of Technology
    dtofts@groupwise.swin.edu.au

     
    In the 1960s, Ken Kesey and his Merry Pranksters used a psychedelic school bus to take drug culture and heightened consciousness on the road. A Volkswagen bus served a similar purpose for the young Ken Friedman as he travelled across America, promoting an altogether different sensibility. Ken Friedman is one of the remaining living figures associated with Fluxus, a legendary group of artists, designers, composers, and architects whose members included Yoko Ono, Nam June Paik, George Maciunas, Milan Knizak, Mieko Shiomi, Dick Higgins, La Monte Young, Joseph Beuys and more, with such friends as John Cage, Christo and Jeanne-Claude. Lithuanian-born architect and artist Maciunas coined the term Fluxus from a Latin-based word meaning “to flow,” describing an experimental attitude to art that resisted conceptual and disciplinary boundaries. Higgins would later coin the term intermedia to refer to art forms that crossed boundaries so far that they gave birth to new forms and media (“Intermedia”). Fluxus itself was what Friedman describes as a “laboratory of ideas” (“Fluxus: A Laboratory of Ideas”), serving as a crucial launching ground for such new media as performance art, installation, artist books, video art, mail art, new music, and more.
     
    When he met Maciunas in New York in 1966, Friedman was an aspiring Unitarian minister more interested in philosophy and theology than in art and design. His association with Dick Higgins’s influential Something Else Press put him into the orbit of other Fluxus artists, such as Alison Knowles, Emmett Williams, Peter Moore, and Meredith Monk, as well as an energised vibe of creative innovation. When Higgins saw Friedman make a small box resembling a handcrafted Fluxus object in Higgins’s New York apartment, he sent Friedman to meet Maciunas (Higgins, “Being” 3). From that moment, Friedman never looked back. Assuming the role of a “Fluxus missionary,” Friedman was pivotal in the distribution of Fluxus activities throughout the country from New York (Fluxus HQ) to San Diego and San Francisco (Fluxus West), as well as to England, where he conceived and helped to launch the year-long Fluxshoe. While some locations were more active than others, the compass points also designated Fluxus centres and activities in cities throughout Europe: Fluxus East was in Prague, Fluxus North was in Copenhagen, Fluxus South was in Nice. Friedman moved between various headquarters across the United States in his Fluxmobile, a Volkswagen bus which doubled as a traveling studio and portable warehouse of Fluxus artefacts. Friedman was attracted to the Fluxus convergence of an unashamedly conceptual approach to art and the socially engaged aspirations of the counter culture with an art that would merge into and embrace daily life. In making Fluxus mobile – literally – Friedman realised the Fluxus goal of taking art out of the gallery and into the street.
     
    Fluxus was not well-known in the mid- to late 60s and its significance for contemporary art, design and culture has become apparent only in retrospect. Friedman shares the credit for this recognition; as Peter Frank writes, “historically and spiritually, Ken Friedman is Fluxus. He has helped to ensure that the elusive and supposedly ephemeral Fluxus movement is now regarded as a permanent force in art and presence in art history” (177). Indeed, Frank credits Friedman with the crucial, galvanizing influence that enabled the “substantiation of the Fluxus ethos in a context wider than art” (151). While this “youthful enthusiasm” was crucial to the formative years of Fluxus in the mid-60s, Frank also recognizes this wide-ranging influence in his later creative pursuits, notably with the Finnish ceramics manufacturer Arabia in the late 1980s. Friedman’s approach to ceramics as a Fluxus artist dramatically “married the modernist workshop with the post-modern assertion of variety and individuality” at a time when Arabia was seeking a fresh approach to the design of utilitarian, everyday household utensils that were also decorative objects (149). The Finnish design economist Esa Kolehmainen specifically pointed to Friedman’s “interartistic” approach to domestic design as a means of inventively combining utility, design, and art into a kind of “gesamtkunstwerk” that could be exhibited as well as sold.
     
    Fluxus continues to resonate as a set of ideas around art, design, community, and collaboration in the age of the social network, participatory culture, and increasingly mobile media. Friedman was one of several artists who anticipated the artistic and social potential of the Internet and global communications when they pioneered mail and correspondence art in the early 1970s. (Friedman’s substantial contribution to the latter is comprehensively detailed in Norie Neumark’s and Anne-Marie Chandler’s 2005 At a Distance: Precursors to Art and Activism on the Internet). In 1976, Nam June Paik published an equally famous essay in which he predicted the “information superhighway” that became the Internet; in 1994, Paik curated the first online Internet art exhibition, including Friedman’s work. And when Dick Higgins famously coined the term intermedia in 1965, he too foreshadowed the predominant multimedia paradigm associated with the digital age. In a discussion of the history of the triptych “intermedia, multimedia, media,” Friedman points to Higgins’s recognition and acknowledgment of Samuel Taylor Coleridge’s precursory use of the term “intermedium” in an 1827 lecture on Edmund Spenser (Friedman, “Coleridge/Intermedium”). For Friedman, though, Higgins was “too modest,” pointing to Coleridge’s one-off use of the term. Coleridge uses the word in the context of a discussion of allegory and parses it as “the proper intermedium between person and personification” (Coleridge 511). As a rhetorical figure, allegory bestows general or universal qualities on a singular figure (such as the Faerie Queen or Bunyan’s Pilgrim). The term would have no doubt been novel in Coleridge’s day, at a time when the Romantic poets were seeking a decidedly modern idiom for the practice of literary criticism. Friedman is correct in pointing out that Coleridge’s “‘intermedium’ was a singular term, an adjectival noun, and nothing more. In contrast, Higgins’s word ‘intermedia’ refers to a tendency in the arts that became a range of art forms and a way to approach the arts” (Friedman, E-mail). In contrast to Coleridge’s gloss of a correspondence between general and particular, then, intermedia connotes flow and dissemination, the formation of syncretic novelty from different elements. Similarly, there could not have been a more appropriate term than Fluxus to describe a general attitude to art making, society and culture that crossed the “boundaries of recognized media” and fused the languages of art “with media that had not previously been considered art forms” (Friedman, E-mail).
     
    2012 marks the fiftieth anniversary of Fluxus. I have been cautious not to characterize it as an art movement, network or other collective noun. From the early 1960s to the present, such nomination is the first thing to be qualified or simply renounced in any discussion of Fluxus. This caution became a literal imprimatur of the Fluxus imagination when Dick Higgins published a manifesto as a rubber stamp in 1966:

     

    Fluxus is not:

    —a moment in history, or

    —an art movement

    (qtd. in Friedman, “Fluxus: A Laboratory of Ideas” 36)

    From the very beginning, artists associated with Fluxus have followed Higgins’s contrariwise definition, seeking to avoid the pigeonhole identity of a stable and fixed thing. What then, we might reasonably ask, is being celebrated, remembered, memorialized or simply noted in 2012? Perhaps Owen Smith set the right tone in 1998 when he described Fluxus as an “an attitude towards art-making and culture that is not historically limited” (Fluxus 1). Smith goes further than most to avoid identifying Fluxus with familiar ways of thinking about historical definitions of art, classifications, periods and isms. Indeed, he suggests associating Fluxus with fable by pointing to Jorge Luis Borges on the recto cover of Fluxus: The History of an Attitude. Here, Smith quotes: “‘fluxus, therefore we are,’” attributing this to “Herbert Ashe, Orbis Tertius.” This is surely the sine qua non of resistance to defining Fluxus in terms of normative or familiar organizations, art practices or traditions. Here, in a metaphysical regressus, Smith identifies Fluxus as simply plural by using a fictional character who “suffered from unreality” (Borges 6), while associating the quote with a trans-historical literary hoax (you will find Ashe in Borges, but not the aphorism). Perhaps, after five decades of qualified definition and explanation of what Fluxus is and is not, its association with something plural, elusive and continuous (the conspiracy of authors known as Orbis Tertius) may be the most accurate way of conceiving this thing known as Fluxus. Towards the end of “Tlön Uqbar, Orbis Tertius,” the narrator anticipates that “a hundred years from now someone will discover the hundred volumes of the Second Encyclopedia of Tlön” (Borges 18). It was perhaps this anticipatory consciousness of something yet to come that prompted the artist Tomas Schmit to assert in 1981 that “Fluxus hasn’t ever taken place yet” (qtd. in Smith, Fluxus 11).

     
    As if responding to or even precipitating this sense of becoming, a series of exhibitions and publications continue to appear under the rubric of Fluxus. In 2009 Ken Friedman’s 99 Events accompanied an exhibition of the same name at the Stendhal Gallery in New York. Friedman’s (1998) monumental Fluxus Reader (out of print and on the rare books register for many years) has just been released as an ebook. In 2011, the Hood Museum of Art in Hanover, New Hampshire launched a major touring retrospective of Fluxus works and artefacts curated by Jacquelynn Baas.1 The exhibition catalogue, Fluxus and the Essential Questions of Life, was published by the University of Chicago Press. Baas’s remarks in her introduction to the catalogue conspicuously partake in the resistance-is-not-futile discourse of not defining Fluxus: “This is not a book about the history of Fluxus. Still less is this book about the art history of Fluxus” (1). In 2011, The University of California Press published Source: Music of the Avant-Garde (1966–1973), a massive anthology selected from the influential journal of the same name. The book is a veritable Who’s Who of the experimental music scene of the late sixties, featuring many artists and composers associated with Fluxus, including Dick Higgins, George Brecht, Nam June Paik, John Cage, Robert Filliou and Ken Friedman. (In one entry, Paik describes commissioning Ken Friedman to write his third synfonie.) Any discussion of Fluxus must now engage with the issue of its legacy. Ken Friedman and Owen Smith did so in 2006, emphasising that debates “on the past, present and even future of Fluxus make it clear that Fluxus matters to many people” (10). Friedman believes that there “were many Fluxuses and there still are” (10), while distinguishing “younger artists who consciously work in the tradition” established by “the artists long known as Fluxus artists” (6). The question of Fluxus’ legacy will no doubt continue as it moves beyond its half century anniversary. The tenor of this discussion may have already been cast, for as Friedman and Smith suggested, the “question of legacy is always beset with difficulties… Who inherits? Who has the right to inherit?” (5).
     

     

    Ken Friedman was appointed as Dean of the Faculty of Design at Swinburne University of Technology in Melbourne in 2008, where he is also University Distinguished Professor. Friedman’s daily activities consist of leadership and research. In his off-work hours, he continues to spread the word and keep the Fluxus spirit alive. As a sign of the increasingly wireless, disembodied times we live in, it is entirely appropriate that this interview was conducted via email. Things do, indeed, continue to flow.

     

     

    Darren Tofts:

     
    2012 marks the 50th anniversary of Fluxus. What do you think the history of Fluxus means to the contemporary world of ideas, art and culture?

     

     

    Ken Friedman:

     
    Emmett Williams once wrote, “Fluxus is what Fluxus does but no-one knows who done it.” I think of that when I try to imagine what Fluxus achieved. With respect to developing new media and avenues for expressing ideas, we created a great many ways of working that artists now use: video, installation, artist’s books, artist’s magazines, mail art, performance art, multiples. It’s a long list. It was an experimental project, and it was a meeting point for very different kinds of people. There was no common program – rather we were friends who shared some ideas in common. More important, we built a sheltered workshop in a world ruled first by abstract expressionism and tachisme, later by pop art. We were small, furry mammals trying to survive in a world ruled by dinosaurs. If you don’t believe me about the dinosaurs, just read some of the art magazines of the late 1950s and early 1960s!
     
    What did we try to achieve? In 1982, Dick Higgins wrote an essay proposing nine criteria to distinguish or indicate the qualities of Fluxus. Later on I worked with Dick’s list, expanding it to twelve criteria: globalism, the unity of art and life, intermedia, experimentalism, chance, playfulness, simplicity, implicativeness, exemplativism, specificity, presence in time, and musicality.
     
    Some of us wanted to bring about a new world or a new mentality through art. That was Dick Higgins’s goal – in his “Something Else Manifesto,” he wanted to “chase down an art that clucks and fills our guts.” Others wanted to bring an end to art. George Maciunas reasoned that the art world was the mirror of a corrupt system. His view effectively suggested that we could change the system if only we could shatter the mirror to end the illusion of art. This didn’t work. Despite the extraordinary inventiveness of the Fluxus people, we did not transform the art world nor did we bring art to an end. Of course, the goal itself was mistaken. Some artists broke with Fluxus over George’s insistence on the need to end art, while George himself overestimated the power of art in the larger frame of culture. In my view, the idea that one can transform the world by changing art resembles imagining that one can divert ocean currents by steering an iceberg. The art world is an individual iceberg and the currents of culture carry it along.
     
    George saw himself as an architect or social planner rather than seeing himself as an artist. I wrote an article about this aspect of George’s life, available on the George Maciunas Foundation website. In a way, these aspirations made sense. In another way, George’s conceptual program may have been a form of sympathetic magic. At any rate, it didn’t work: the art world is still here, and George would be surprised to discover that Fluxus is now seen as a significant tradition in 20th century art. George himself would have found it both horrifying and hilarious to be elevated to the status of a modern master as he now is.
     
    Modern master status would please others, and some Fluxus people wanted to achieve it. They wanted to comment on society through art while remaining artists. While they sought an art that embraces daily life, their idea of daily life is different from the idea of daily life for people who work outside the realms of art and music.
     
    Those of us who kept a foot in life outside art found the ambiguity energizing. However, treating life outside art as something to be valued in its own terms without demanding that it be seen as art distanced us from the art world. One can hardly cross that philosophical barrier with words. I feel like Socrates standing all night in the snow to contemplate ideas – without being able to put those ideas into words, or even to frame them as questions.
     
    Fluxus did very well as art. The effort that some Fluxus people made to abolish art failed, leaving some wonderful art behind to commemorate the failure. The Fluxus effort to reshape culture had some success, but it was a limited success that was deflected and absorbed into mainstream culture. Perhaps one day, a cultural historian or an historical anthropologist will sort these streams out to describe what happened. As Duchamp used to say, “posterity will be the judge.”
     

    Darren Tofts:

     
    So what does Fluxus mean to the contemporary world of ideas, art and culture?

     

     

    Ken Friedman:

     
    It’s a mixed legacy. After all these years, I find myself considering this in several ways. Ben Vautier once complained about “one of those essays where Ken Friedman pretends to know everything.” I don’t know everything, but Ben took exception to my reflections. Perhaps he was right to doubt me. His motto was “Ben doubts everything,” but Ben also says what he thinks about everything. My views on what Fluxus means have changed: today I’d say that one must approach Fluxus through a hermeneutic spiral.
     
    Fluxus has a multiplicity of meanings. Everyone has an idea depending on where they stand. The hermeneutical horizon shifts for the individual, and it shifts with respect to the range of issues and facts you address. It is hard enough to get a sense of what the work of one artist or composer means set against a shifting frame of decades. To get a sense of meaning for the work of thirty or forty artists, composers, designers, architects, and film-makers with respect to the shifting senses of work, self, community and the networks of alliance and dissent they establish amongst each other is even more difficult.
     
    Last year, I gave a keynote lecture on the idea of “The Experimental Studio.” One of the things I spoke about was the experience I often have of looking at work from a few years ago to wonder what I could have seen in it – even my own work. But I have also had the feeling of looking at work to feel quite enchanted, or hearing music to feel quite taken, seeing or hearing it another day, then again finding a new sense to it on another day still. Human beings have a complex set of thoughts and feelings, and the way you encounter a work of art depends as much on you as on the work. The viewer creates the work as much as the artist does. That was a radical idea when Duchamp said it and when it came up again through Fluxus. That also holds true for what Fluxus means.
     
    Dick Higgins wrote about understanding Fluxus through the hermeneutical horizon. I thought about that a lot after Dick suggested it. I first encountered hermeneutics in Paul Ricoeur’s writings in the 1960s when Northwestern University began to publish the translations of his work into English. In those days, I was more interested in Kierkegaard’s dialectical vision, so I did not give hermeneutics the attention it deserved for several years. Dick drew my attention to hermeneutics again in an essay on “Fluxus: Theory and Reception” in the early 1980s. I’ve been giving this more thought lately. What does Fluxus mean? Winston Churchill once gave a moving funeral oration for a great political opponent who became his ally and colleague in the time before his death. Churchill spoke about the changing perspectives of time and history, and how it is that what seems appropriate at one time seems foolish later, then again, as time changes, what seemed foolish comes again to seem wise. This is the nature of the hermeneutical horizon, and the meaning of all things embedded in the flow of time, ideas and culture.
     

    Darren Tofts:

     
    What events are planned for 2012 to commemorate and celebrate the Fluxus anniversary?
     

    Ken Friedman:

     
    The anniversary celebrations started last year when Jacquelynne Baas organized a touring exhibition that opened at The Hood Museum of Art at Dartmouth College. It travelled to the Grey Gallery at New York University and now it goes to the University of Michigan Museum of Art. Readers can visit the exhibition web site to read the exhibition documents and view an exhibition panorama.
     
    Around the same time, Jon Hendricks organized an exhibition at the Museum of Modern Art in New York.
     
    2012 will see a panel at the College Art Association annual conference in Los Angeles organized by Donna Gustafson of the Zimmerli Museum at Rutgers and Jacquelynne Baas, director emeritus of the University of California Museum of Art and curator of the Hood exhibition. The Association of Art Historians in the UK is doing a panel with a focus on intermedia. There will be a 50th anniversary celebration in Wiesbaden, and a floating series of performances and conferences that will tour Europe. There may be more, but I’m not as well informed as I used to be. My daily work occupies most of my time, and many people in the art world think I’ve vanished or even died.
     
    These days, people sometimes ask me, “Are you related to Ken Friedman the Fluxus artist?” The third time someone asked, I answered: “No, but I met him once.”
     
    My major project for 2012 is an expanded edition of my Events. George Maciunas announced the publication of my events in 1966. It was originally planned as a Fluxus box with cards. It was part of a Friedman Fluxkit. George never completed the edition. I prepared typescript editions from the 1960s on. Some of these travelled as an exhibition, including the first complete solo exhibition of event scores. In 2009, I did an exhibition titled 99 Events at Stendhal Gallery in New York with a catalogue, which contained notes for some of the scores and a thoughtful essay by Carolyn Barnes. I’m hoping to expand on this with more scores, notes, and several added essays.

     

    Darren Tofts:

     
    You recently published a digital edition ofThe Fluxus Reader. What kind of response has it received?
     

    Ken Friedman:

     
    The response was astonishing. The Swinburne Research Bank web site received over 6,000 visits in the first weeks of release. It’s still the most downloaded publication on the Swinburne Research Bank. There are many more copies in circulation since we released the book with permission to reprint, copy and pass on. Other digital collections host it, including museums and other culture sites. There’s no way to track the total copies in circulation. The response has been terrific.
     
    The Fluxus Reader went out of print in the late 1990s. I had been getting requests for copies of the book for years. A couple of years back, I discovered copies selling at around $500. I inferred strong demand for a new edition, but I had no way of knowing how great the demand might be. I took the book to Derek Whitehead, Director of the Swinburne University of Technology Library, and he sent me to Rebecca Parker, manager of the Swinburne Research Bank. Rebecca produced a high-quality PDF edition in a fully-indexed, copy-enabled version to permit easy search, quotation, and use of passages or data. Kenny Goldsmith at UBU Web alerted me to the importance of copy-enabled PDF files, and I’ve adopted his policy for everything I produce. The new edition of The Fluxus Reader meets all scholarly requirements and it serves the artistic and philosophical goals we set for it.
     

    Darren Tofts:

     
    Apart from yourself, Joseph Byrd and Yoko Ono, who are some of the other living artists that were associated with early Fluxus?
     

    Ken Friedman:

     
    There’s a dozen or so people still living from the early days. Most everyone is a decade or so older than I am. Vytautas Landsbergis was born in the early 1930s, Ben Patterson and Alison Knowles were born in the middle of the 1930s. In 1966, I was the youngest Fluxus artist at the age of 16 and I’m in my early 60s now. Who else is still living from the early days? Along with Ben Patterson, Alison Knowles, and Vytautas Landsbergis, there are Carolee Schneemann, Bengt af Klintberg, Milan Knizak, Ben Vautier, Nye Farrabas, Jeff Berner, Larry Miller, Yoshimasa Wada, Jock Reynolds, Henry Flynt. Every time I finish the list, I think of a few more.
     

    Darren Tofts:

     
    Are these artists still practicing under the imprimatur of Fluxus?
     

    Ken Friedman:

     
    Some folks are still around, and still active. They participate in Fluxus projects and they exhibit as individuals. Ben Patterson remains a whirlwind of energy. He’s had a major retrospective and he tours the world doing concerts and projects. Alison is still doing exhibitions, installations, and performances. Vytautas Landsbergis is a member of the European Parliament – I think he occasionally takes part in exhibitions and concerts.
     
    Who else? Carolee Schneemann is an active artist. She’s become an icon of feminist performance. Kristine Stiles just published a collection of her letters with Duke University Press. After a tremendously influential career in the early days of performance art, Bengt af Klintberg dedicated his life to folklore. He has been publishing books on urban legends, and in Sweden, the very word for urban legend is based on his name: “klintbergare” or “klintbergers.” For many years, he had a popular radio program in Sweden titled “Folk Memories.” Milan Knizak is more active than ever as an artist. Following the Velvet Revolution in Czechoslovakia, he became president of the National Academy of Fine Art and then Director of the National Gallery in Prague Museum. Ben Vautier is another whirlwind – he is always doing exhibitions and projects, sometimes five or six at a time. Nye Farrabas is still active – she used to be Bici Forbes. Geoffrey Hendricks continues to exhibit and perform. Larry Miller is still highly visible. Jeff Berner is a photographer. Yoshi Wada is still composing and producing music on his fabulous instruments. Jock Reynolds is Director of the Yale University Art Gallery. Henry Flynt has been writing papers on philosophy and mathematics and performing a unique style of music sometimes described as avant-hillbilly.
     
    It is impossible to speak of active Fluxus artists without mentioning Christo, one of the most wonderful early Fluxus artists who remains active and whom George Maciunas used to call a “Fluxfriend.” He only did one Fluxus edition. Christo and Jeanne-Claude were vital influences in my life: what I learned from them about how to work in the world remains with me to this day, and it is as important to my research and managerial work as to my art. Christo is working on a temporary installation of fabrics that will run over a forty-two-mile stretch of the Arkansas River in southern Colorado. That will likely take place in 2014.
     

    Darren Tofts:

     
    On numerous occasions you have made the distinction between Fluxus and Fluxism to identify an enduring creative spirit committed to socially grounded, collaborative art. Can you clarify this distinction?
     

    Ken Friedman:

     
    It seemed to me useful to distinguish between the specific group of people that came together under the Fluxus rubric and a larger ethos. Rene Block developed the idea. Rene is a curatorial genius who produced many wonderful Fluxus exhibitions. My sense of the term Fluxism was a notion of socially grounded art. While I found the term and the concept useful, very few people adopted it. The concept of a socially grounded art was metaphoric. So was much of Fluxus. In the end, people preferred to use the term Fluxus.
     

    Darren Tofts:

     
    Do you see any parallels between the current phenomenon of social networking and Fluxus principles of community building through art?
     

    Ken Friedman:

     
    In the 1960s there was great hope for socially grounded art. George Maciunas believed that we could change contemporary culture by revolutionizing the art world and shifting attention away from art. As I’ve watched things evolve, I’m no longer as hopeful as I once was. It is not possible to offer many empirical insights about the relations between art and society. No one has developed a comprehensive sociology or economics of art that moves from fine-grained micro-social theory to mid-level theory and grand theory. We have to learn how art, aesthetics, and creativity affect different kinds of social and cultural structures to say something that is valid in a descriptive sense. There is nevertheless a great deal we can say in philosophical, interpretive, or hermeneutical terms.
     
    Several years back, Norie Neumark and Anne-Marie Chandler edited a book on networked art for MIT Press. My contribution was a chapter on “The Wealth and Poverty of Networks.” I played off the title of Adam Smith’s classic text of 1776, The Wealth of Nations, but Adam Smith was a moral philosopher before he became the first economist. I wanted a title that referred to both aspects of Adam Smith’s work.
     

    Darren Tofts:

     
    Isn’t it unusual to use Adam Smith in describing networks?

     

    Ken Friedman:

     
    The common good and the flow of resources through society were at the heart of Smith’s concern. In 1752, Smith moved from the chair of logic and rhetoric at Glasgow University to the chair of moral philosophy formerly held by Francis Hutcheson, Smith’s old teacher. The proper and beneficial nature of relations between and among human beings was always a great concern to him. His first great book addresses these issues, The Theory of Moral Sentiments. These ideas reappear a decade and a half later in The Wealth of Nations, though they take different forms. Smith asks how we might create a web of balanced relations that enables all to prosper fairly without favouritism and without disadvantage. If you consider Smith’s own views without distorting them through the views of people who use his work selectively, you’ll see a great deal that applies to communities, investment, and to networks. Many of Smith’s ideas have been distorted, as the Nobel Laureate philosopher and economist Amartya Sen noted in an elegant essay he published in the New York Review of Books (2009), around the same time he wrote a new introduction to Smith’s Moral Sentiments. The point of my chapter was that networks are not disconnected events that serve some end in a magical way. Effective networks require continuous investment. This involves communities and the flow of human energy that keeps networks alive. When we consider networks, we must consider the balance between self-interest and service to others, between private gain and public service. For me, at least, Smith was an apt exemplar, and that is why I refer to him in the title of a piece on networks in a book on networked art. I probably should have made this clearer in the piece itself, but you can’t cover everything.
     

    Darren Tofts:

     
    What kind of investment do you have in mind here and how viable is it as an ongoing contribution to an ongoing network?
     

    Ken Friedman:

     
    Sustainable societies require inputs. Networks don’t sustain themselves. Rather, a complex series of factors link the rise and fall of networks to the societies they sustain. There has been a lot of magical thinking in the art world that new media or networks would create a socially grounded art in a natural, durable way, and that this socially grounded art would bring about spontaneous social change. I wouldn’t say that George Maciunas or Dick Higgins thought this way, but their hope for a socially grounded art requires greater investments than we have seen.
     
    The difficulty that artists have had in contributing substantively to local or to global democracy involves two challenges. The first challenge requires understanding the nature of globalization and its discontents. This understanding must be deep enough to find ways forward, and deep understanding requires a rich foundation in economics, the social sciences and philosophy. The second challenge involves offering solutions that embody the necessary and sustainable energy for durable networks. Most artists fail to offer more than metaphors. While these metaphors move beyond poetry or painting to social sculpture and interactive projects, they fail to meet the needs of sustainable engagement.
     

    Darren Tofts:

     
    You have mentioned “social sculpture,” a concept framed by Joseph Beuys who had affinities with Fluxus. It seems to me that Nicholas Bourriaud’s concept of relational aesthetics is very much in the spirit of Fluxus. Flash Mobbing events likeFrozen Grand Central Stationor50 Redheads on the Same Subway Trainsound very Fluxlike to me (I’m thinking of your ownSock of the Month ClubandGreat Tie-Cuttings of Historyevent scores).
     

    Ken Friedman:

     
    Bourriaud’s (1998) concept of relational aesthetics does have a kinship to Fluxus. The concept of relational aesthetics appeared in the 1960s in the writings of Robert Filliou and Dick Higgins. I discussed many of these ideas in a series of pamphlets that appeared in my 1972 book titled The Aesthetics. Two years later, anthropologist Marilyn Ekdahl Ravicz articulated much of this in her doctoral thesis at the University of California at Los Angeles, Aesthetic Anthropology. Ravicz drew on John Dewey’s pragmatist philosophy to examine a vision of art anchored in societies and cultural engagement. She wrote about Fluxus and my work in the thesis, as well as discussing conceptual art. She later examined these issues further in a 1975 monograph on my work.
     
    While I enjoyed Bourriaud’s book, he seems to dismiss Fluxus as a dim ancestor of relational aesthetics much as the horse had a remote three-toed ancestor.
     

    Darren Tofts:

     
    What is the relation between Bourriaud and Fluxus? You basically seem to be saying that you don’t think that Bourriaud covers Fluxus well enough in his book.
     
    Ken Friedman: Perhaps I’m being too fussy. As an artist, I have to take critics at face value, and Bourriaud is a critic. I don’t have any idea the relationship he may have to Fluxus. He wrote the book in 1998, I read it a year or two later, I thought it was interesting – but as a scholar, I’d have to argue there are gaps. If what you are asking for is a careful analysis of Bourriaud’s position, I’m not really prepared to address it. Bertrand Clavez did so in a fine article in the middle of the last decade. My view is that critics ought to review the literature better than Bourriaud has done if they address historical issues as he attempted to do in discussing Fluxus. Had Bourriaud looked back a bit further, perhaps he’d have thought the concept through in a deeper way. You raised the issue of Bourriaud’s work, and this is my take on it. The idea of relational aesthetics is solid. It rests on the idea of art as a network of social relations and activities embedded in the process of a larger society and culture. Art is a process as well as a product. But here, we’re back to pragmatism and to Ravicz.
     

    Darren Tofts:

     
    Do you have any thoughts on relational aesthetics?
     
    Ken Friedman:
     
    The key aspect of relational aesthetics is the intimate situation with a performatory or ritual aspect. If you think about it, many situations take on an aspect of relational aesthetics, at least to the partially scripted degree of the planned situation that we see in work by Marina Abramovic or Rirkrit Tiravanija. There is a situation, the artist enters the situation with some intention, a participant or spectator enters the situation, a relationship emerges, something happens. That’s also what happened whenever Mozart held the improvisational chamber concerts that he performed for much of his life. Clearly, this is different to a recorded event or an artefact – but there is some relational aspect to any performance – music, art, stand-up comedy.
     
    Gunnar Schmidt, a German cultural historian, wrote me recently to ask about the comic roots of Fluxus. I found myself writing about Ben Patterson, and the exquisite sense of comic timing you see in his performances. Ben’s musical training must have something to do with it, but there have always been musicians with a strong sense of timing and a greater stage presence than others have. Ben has both. His stage skill is a cross between the ability of a great actor whose presence embodies the narrative, and a magician whose skill lies in being ability to direct the eye toward himself or away from himself as he chooses. This is intensely relational.
     
    Many Fluxus pieces were conceived as relations between artist and participants. Alison Knowles’s famous Salad piece – “Make a Salad” – takes that form. But there is a rich tradition of this – Jock Reynolds’s magic pieces for one-to-one performance; the many Fluxfeasts and Fluxfood events where people came together to cook, serve and eat; events like my Twenty Gallons, cooking and serving soup to hundreds of people. All this dates to the 1960s.
     
    What can we make of it today? I think the sharpest artist in this tradition is Tino Seghal. His insistence that the work may not be documented or reproduced clarifies the pure relational nature of the event. This raises a powerful question, of course, creating a wedge to distinguish between the relational and the musical. Musicality emerges from the score. The relational emerges from the living situation.
     

    Darren Tofts:

     
    So do you see any resemblances between contemporary events such as flash mobs and Beuys’s social sculpture?
     

    Ken Friedman:

     
    Flash mobs are quite different from Beuys’s social sculpture. Whatever flash mobs involve, no one makes social claims for them or asserts that they represent a mechanism for sustainable community or social change. The idea of social sculpture seems to posit these claims.
     
    Flash mobs are an entertaining social process enabled by new technology. To me, they are a pure form of abstract sculpture in much the same way that any abstract sculpture is only itself, despite the meanings that an artist intends or the meanings we read into it. The issue gets back to the problem of investment in sustainable networks. No one tries to sustain the network of a flash mob. It is what it is. In contrast, social sculpture as Beuys proposed it required a sustainable network that he was unable to create.
     
    It’s worth noting that flash mobs are not entirely new. What’s new is the technology we use to convene them and the speed with which they can assemble.
     
    In the late 1960s, a San Francisco artist invited hundreds of his friends to get in a taxi at a specific time in the afternoon, each directing his or her cab to the intersection of Market and Castro stets in downtown San Francisco. Several hundred cabs all showed up at the same time and place, bringing the city to a halt as the artists paid up and left their taxis in a huge, milling pack.
     
    Swedish Fluxus artist Bengt af Klintberg used the flash mob idea in a different way for his 1967 Party Event. He sent invitations to all his friends – except one – with a text that read: “Green party green clothes.” The odd man out got a card reading: “Red party red clothes.”
     
    The flash mob idea has many parallels. The notion of the telephone tree that many communities use to spread news or convene emergency meetings is one. Another is the way teenage gangs manage to convene for a fight. Today they use cell phones, but the basic notion goes back centuries. For example, the apprentices of Paris organized a rebellion against their masters in the 1600s using a kind of flash mob technique.
     

    Darren Tofts:

     
    One of the criticisms levelled at Fluxus was its idealism, its belief that art events, such as happenings, were “models for action and behaviour.” Is there still a place today for a humanistic conception of art capable of social change?
     

    Ken Friedman:

     
    I’d like to believe there is. That said, it is not easy to achieve sustainable, robust models of action in any form at any time, let alone through art. In that sense, Fluxus failed and our critics were right. I failed to achieve many of my goals. Dick Higgins and George Maciunas failed to achieve many of their goals. So did others.
     
    Fluxus failed and our critics are right. Let me bracket that statement. Many of the Fluxus artists had no interest at all in this kind of goal, so they did not fail. They became famous artists. In discussing the long term consequences and reputation of art, Marcel Duchamp used to say, “Posterity will be the judge.” We will see whether the art or the failures turn out to be more interesting.
     
    In a world where artists like Jeff Koons and Damian Hirst define the art market, it’s hard to see what difference socially active art can make or how it can take root. If I could have any art work at all among the world’s masterpieces, I would select a piece from Picasso’s Suite Vollard or a calligraphic work by Hakuin Zenji. It would be nice to make the world safe for humble art. If art could make a difference, I think humble art would make this a safer world.
     

    Darren Tofts:

     
    Fluxus was famous for its handcrafted graphics and Fluxboxes. Is this artisan-like approach to producing limited edition multiples still possible in the age of digital imaging and reproduction?
     

    Ken Friedman:

     
    The graphics were handcrafted in the sense that all graphics were handcrafted before computer-based typesetting. All graphics were handcrafted by designers before going to press. In Fluxus, George Maciunas had the skills and technical knowledge to bring those mechanical arts to bear on paper labels and sheets of cards in low-tech press runs for Fluxus.
     
    Fluxboxes were not limited edition multiples, though. They were open-ended editions, designed for mass manufacturing using cheap technology and materials readily available in the 1960s. The versions we see today were not mass manufactured, but George designed them for manufacture. Each Fluxbox was handcrafted to give it an industrial appearance. Most were series, but many were unique variations on basic themes.
     

    Darren Tofts:

     
    You have stated that new times require new art forms. Your long-time friend and collaborator Dick Higgins coined the term intermedia to describe the then-emerging “arts of a new mentality.” What kind of art forms do you see as being necessary or appropriate for the world today?
     

    Ken Friedman:

     
    This is a subtle question. Media that flow with the speed of light and the weight of electrons are especially useful in a world being drained of resources. What those media might be are not as evident as one may think. Most digital media and electronic media require huge infrastructure, and many require large, physical equipment to prepare and present the work.
     
    I still like the idea of events and event scores as a way to move forward. This medium is powerful in a humble way – it retains the same conceptual power as it always did. The tradition of the event emerged in the 1950s from the musical philosophy of composer Henry Cowell. Cowell proposed an approach to composing based on breaking the activity of sound into minimal, basic elements. John Cage, who had studied with Cowell, introduced this term to the composers and artists who took his courses in new musical composition at the New School for Social Research in the late 1950s. Both Cage and social theorist Theodor Adorno used the term “event,” to speak of music in an ontological sense: work performed in time and realized as time unfolds. In the early 1960s, the circle of artists and composers who would coalesce in Fluxus adapted the idea of the event to describe terse, minimal instructions exemplified in the work of George Brecht, Yoko Ono and La Monte Young.
     
    The musical origin of events means that realizing or performing the score brings the event into final embodied existence. As with music, anyone may perform the score. Like all kinds of music, a score opens the possibility that anyone can adopt a piece in the “do-it-yourself” tradition, realizing the work, interpreting it and bringing it to life. One need not be an artist, composer or musician. It is not necessary to be a professional practitioner of the arts. We realize events in everyday situations as well as in performance, emphasizing the unity of art and life. In many cases, an event may exist in more than one form, leaving a wake with several kinds of artefacts.
     

    Darren Tofts:

     
    This suggests the flow or integration of different media that Higgins had in mind with intermedia, and what we have come to accept as vernacular multimedia or new media culture.
     

    Ken Friedman:

     
    This idea works well for me. Many new media art works fascinate me. I continually encounter works, projects, ideas that I find entertaining, amusing, astonishing – even beautiful. A rapidly expanding technology allows us to shape, transform and manipulate media in ways that were never before possible. Old media take on new meaning in the context of our time. The new work that I’ve enjoyed best lately is a series of maps by artist and designer Paula Scher. She has been creating large, colourful maps made of words that occupy positions on the map of the landmasses and geographical features they represent. These works are conceptually elegant and bold, with rich colour and powerful graphic imagery, and yet Scher realizes them using the old printmaking technique of silkscreen. The maps began as paintings, and Scher then created a wonderful series of prints. A huge silkscreen map of Europe stands on the floor in our reading room – the frame is too heavy for us to hang it. As long as human beings attempt to communicate through visual media, someone will find a way to surprise us.
     

    Darren Tofts is Professor of Media and Communications, Swinburne University of Technology, Melbourne, Australia. Tofts writes regularly for a range of national and international publications on cyberculture, new media arts, and critical and cultural theory. He is Associate Editor of 21C magazine and is a member of the editorial boards of Postmodern Culture, Hyperrhiz and fibreculture journal. His publications include Memory Trade: A Prehistory of Cyberculture (Interface, 1998), Prefiguring Cyberculture: An Intellectual History (MIT Press, 2002), and Interzone: Media Arts in Australia (Thames & Hudson, 2005).
     

     

    Footnotes

     
    1.
    This exhibition won the 2012 U.S Art Critics Association Award for Best Show in a University Gallery.

     

     

     

    Works Cited

     

    • Austin, Larry, Douglas Kahn and Nilendra Gurusinghe, eds. Source: Music of the Avant-Garde (1966–1973). Berkeley: U of California P, 2011. Print.
    • Baas, Jacquelynne, ed. Fluxus and the Essential Questions of Life. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2011. Print.
    • Borges, Jorge Luis. Labyrinths. Selected Stories & Other Writings. Ed. Donald A. Yates and James E. Irby. New York: New Directions, 2011. Print.
    • Bourriaud, Nicolas. Relational Aesthetics. Paris: Les Presses du réel, 2002. Print.
    • Chandler, Annemarie and Norie Neumark, eds. At a Distance: Precursors to Art and Activism on the Internet. Cambridge: The MIT Press, 2005. Print.
    • Clavez, Bertrand. “Fluxus — Reference or Paradigm for Young Contemporary Artists?” Visible Language 39.3 (2005): 235–47. Web. Feb. 20 2012.
    • Coleridge, Samuel Taylor. Lectures and Notes on Shakespeare and Other English Poets. London: George Bell & Sons, 1904. Print.
    • Frank, Peter. “Ken Friedman: A Life in Fluxus.” Artistic Bedfellows: Histories, Theories, and Conversations in Collaborative Art Practices. Ed. Holly Crawford. Lanham: UP of America, 2008. 145–86. Print.
    • Friedman, Ken, ed. The Fluxus Reader. London: Academy Editions, 1998. Print.
    • Friedman, Ken. “The Wealth and Poverty of Networks.” At A Distance: Precursors to Internet Art and Activism. Ed. Annemarie Chandler and Norie Neumark. Cambridge: MIT Press, 2005. 408–22 Print.
    • ———. 99 Events. 2009. Stendhal Gallery, New York City.
    • ———. “Coleridge/Intermedium.” Message to the author. Feb. 20 2011. E-mail.
    • ———. “The Experimental Studio.” 4th National Forum on Studio Teaching. College of Fine Art. University of New South Wales. 26 September 2011. Conference address.
    • Friedman, Ken and Owen Smith. “The Dialectics of Legacy.” Visible Language Vol. 40.1 (2006): 4–11. Web. Feb. 21 2012.
    • Higgins, Dick. “Intermedia.” Something Else Newsletter 1.1 (1966): 1–6. Print.
    • ———. “Being: First Steps Towards an Appreciation of His Comings, Goings, Tracery and Doings, as Told by One of the Oldest Living Members of the WFFW (World Federation of Friedman Watchers).” Ken Friedman: Works at Emily Harvey. New York: Emily Harvey Gallery, 1986. 3. Print.
    • ———. “Two Sides of a Coin: Fluxus and Something Else Press.” Fluxus: a Conceptual Country. Ed. Estera Milman. Visible Language 26.1–2 (1992): 143–53. Print.
    • ———. Modernism Since Postmodernism: Essays on Intermedia. San Diego: San Diego State UP, 1997. Print.
    • Paik, Nam June. “Media Planning for the Post-Industrial Society.” The Electronic Superhighway. Ed. Nam June Paik and Kenworth W. Moffett, New York: Holly Solomon Gallery; Seoul: Hyundai Galley; Fort Lauderdale: Fort Lauderdale Museum of Art, 1995. 39–47. Print.
    • Ravicz, Marilyn Ekdahl. Aesthetic Anthropology: Theory and Analysis of Pop and Conceptual Art in America. Diss. Los Angeles: University of California, Los Angeles, 1974. Print.
    • Revich, Allan. The Fluxus Blog. Digital Salon. Web. 5 July 2011.
    • Sen, Amartya. “Capitalism Beyond the Crisis.” New York Review of Books. 26 Mar. 2009. Web. Feb. 24 2012.
    • Smith, Owen. “Fluxus Praxis: An Exploration of Connections, Creativity, and Community.” At a Distance: Precursors to Art and Activism on the Internet. Cambridge: The MIT Press, 2005. 116–138. Print.
    • ———. Fluxus: The History of an Attitude. San Diego: San Diego State UP, 1998. Print.
  • Rethinking Salò After Abu Ghraib

    Alessia Ricciardi(bio)
    Northwestern University
    a-ricciardi@northwestern.edu

    Abstract
     
    Pier Paolo Pasolini’s Salò, or the 120 Days of Sodom customarily has been read as a scandalous artistic exception. In light of the cases of prisoner torture at Abu Ghraib, however, the film can be taken to elaborate a critique of contemporary political conditions that is less than hyperbolic. Indeed, reading the film in contiguity with Giorgio Agamben’s thinking on biopolitics, especially in Homo Sacer, Pasolini’s Salò may be said to unveil its own critical and philosophical seriousness of purpose. Even hostile critics who tend to be dismissive of Pasolini’s rhetoric thus may be forced après-coup to concede that the film paradoxically operates in a quasi-realistic register. Pursuing this line of argument, “Rethinking Salò After Abu Ghraib” examines the overlap between the visual iconography of cruelty in the film and the photographic documentary record of torture at Abu Ghraib, finding a troubling proximity. In particular, the essay dwells on three distinct layers of meaning in the film: 1) the reappropriation of the literary model provided by the Marquis de Sade’s Les 120 journées de Sodome, 2) the film’s ostensive historical background and setting of the Republic of Salò, and 3) the phenomenology of contemporary neofascism that Pasolini considered to be the raison d’etre of the film. “Rethinking Salo” also conducts an investigation of idiotic humor and stupidity as conduits to sadistic violence in both Pasolini’s film and the record of torture at Abu Ghraib, making reference to Adriana Cavarero’s pathbreaking study, Horrorism.

     
    Pier Paolo Pasolini’s film Salò, or the 120 Days of Sodom (Salò o le 120 giornate di Sodoma) notoriously transposes the narrative of the Marquis de Sade’s Les 120 journées de Sodome from the waning years of eighteenth-century France to the spring of 1944 in the Republic of Salò, the German-occupied puppet state that was established in Northern Italy after Mussolini’s flight from Rome in 1943.1 Yet the allegorical project of the film is more complicated than the historical analogy alone might suggest. As the scenes of the film progress, the visual trappings and reminders of Mussolini’s regime in fact disappear, as do the Nazi German troops who incongruously are shown operating in the service of the Italian Fascist dignitaries in a brief initial sequence. In homage to Dante’s Divine Comedy, Pasolini divided the plot of Salò into three distinct “circles” (namely, the Circle of Manias, the Circle of Shit, and the Circle of Blood), initially intending for these sections to correspond to three of the one hundred and twenty days chronicled in Sade’s brutal epic. In the finished film, however, the director abandoned this scheme of distinguishing the days in which the action unfolds, and only a few scenes derive their inspiration from the original Sadean scenario (Bachmann 71). Pasolini neatly translates the characters of the four aristocratic libertines whom Sade depicted living and operating in the château of Schilling into the modern archetypes of a banker, a duke, an archbishop, and a judge.
     
    A heated controversy greeted the film’s preliminary screenings in 1975 due to its graphic portrayal of acts of rape, torture, and murder and its overt linkage of fascism and sadism. As a result, the general release of Salò in Italy occurred several years after post-production work on the film ended. In fact, government censors seized the release prints on November 12, 1975, just ten days after Pasolini’s murder in Ostia; as a result, the first public screening took place in Paris on November 23. It should be noted that Salò remains censored under anti-pornography or anti-obscenity laws in several countries to this day. To regard the film as an exercise in erotic arousal, however, is to obscure its actual argument. Pasolini’s impulse in Salò, Armando Maggi astutely remarks, is to desexualize Sade and to present us with modern-day libertines who “differ from Sade’s because they are expressions of a societal system, whereas in Sade the libertines defy the contemporary ruling system” (286–287).
     
    Paraphrasing the philosopher Giorgio Agamben, we might say that whereas Sade depicted a state of exception, Pasolini shows its consolidation into a rule. To put it another way: the filmmaker regarded the themes of his Sadean ur-text as a means to the end of mounting a specific political critique of modernity and of the growing ability of power to turn human bodies into objects. This critical undertaking, which runs through Salò and many of the last writings he completed before his death, suggests that Pasolini was one of the first thinkers to discern the emergence of a new field of conflict with its own distinct rules in the growing importance of biopower, even if he did not refer to the concept by this name but rather by his own idiosyncratic terms such as “the anthropological mutation” or “cultural genocide.” However, some readers have been put off by the fact that the tone of his polemic is “apocalyptic, not merely critical of Western society’s immorality,” to cite Maggi once again (258). To what extent must we regard Pasolini’s prophetic attitude as a self-aggrandizing tactic, as the irresponsible surplus value of poetic license? Should we not consider biopolitics rather than biopower to be the concept most relevant to our current conditions, as Hardt and Negri propose, since it seems historically inevitable that the multitudes eventually will be emancipated rather than disenfranchised by the contemporary forms of power?2
     
    Watching Salò thirty years later, one finds that the film’s provocative aesthetic appeal has not notably changed. However, with regard to its ideologically scandalous position, its use of sexuality as a metaphor for power, the story is different. Saló, it turns out, shares the most troubling elements of its iconography with the photographic record of torture at Abu Ghraib.3 To revisit Salò in light of the prisoner abuse at Abu Ghraib and the denial of legal rights to those interned at Guantanamo Bay is to ask whether the film’s apocalyptic scenario is best understood as an exploitative poeticizing of Sade or as a distressingly proleptic insight into the current methods of biopower.4 The film, in other words, may be read as a visionary exploration of the phenomenon of “horrorism,” a neologism introduced by Adriana Cavarero to highlight the vulnerability and exposure of the contemporary homo sacer. Such a reading rejects the idea that the imagery of Salò represents a morbid or instrumental use of cruelty for pseudo-titillating purposes. For if the soldiers of the U.S. Army’s 372nd Military Police Company who perpetrated and photographed the torture of prisoners at Abu Ghraib were inured to their activities by their consumption of pornography, they certainly did not turn to Salò for such inspiration.
     
    Pasolini’s film in fact is remarkable for never letting the spectator identify with the victims, who do not masochistically enjoy their plight as in pornographic movies. Sexual acts in Salò are brutal assaults involving no foreplay and no undressing, aimed at the humiliation of naked, defenseless, and otherwise inert bodies, which look almost as though they are waiting for the gas chamber.5 In an interview included in The Criterion Collection’s DVD reissue of the film, the British filmmaker John Maybury notes that Salò actively undermines the viewer’s expectations of what is erotic.6 The victims for the most part are hard to recognize from one scene to the next, because of the director’s explicit aim of avoiding any sentimental or erotic identification by viewers with the prisoners, which would have rendered the film unendurable or suspect.7 The camera thus generally eschews closeups of the characters in favor of long and medium shots. Pasolini seems to discourage any perverse proximity to the torturers by casting them in the concluding and most lugubrious scenes as spectators of the final crimes.8 Neither sadism nor masochism are conduits to pleasure in Salò. Even the enjoyment of a more non-committal and passive form of pleasure such as voyeurism is stigmatised by the film’s final sequence, which shows the libertines looking at their victims being tortured through binoculars held in reverse to reduce the size of the image. One might say of Pasolini’s masterpiece what Stephen Eisenman says about the photos taken at Abu Ghraib, that “notwithstanding the superficial S/M scenarios there is no erotic delectation or titillation in the pictures from Abu Ghraib, nothing sexy about them” (34–35).
     
    A Troubled Reception
     
    Salò features few visual reminders of its ostensible period setting and even fewer references to the characteristic tenets of fascist ideology, including racist and totalitarian ambitions. The few reminders are rather subliminal.9 The most explicit iconographic references are to Nazism, such as the line-up of naked victims, which might remind the viewer of a choreography for concentration camps. Although Pasolini claimed that the project of adapting Sade began to have interest for him once he settled on the film’s historical scenario, he also stated decisively that he was trying to present fascism in visionary terms rather than as the logical or historical consequence of Sade.10 He insisted that he was using sex in Salò as a metaphor for power relationships, after having taken the opposite position a few years before in his cinematic adaptations of The Decameron (1971), The Canterbury Tales (1972), and Arabian Nights (1974). In these three films, which comprised his Trilogy of Life, he depicts sexuality as a space of transgression and a vital rejoinder to every act of domination.
     
    Eventually, however, Pasolini abandoned this position, announcing in the essay, “Abjuration of the Trilogy of Life,” which he published in Il Corriere della Sera, that his intellectual duty was to abandon tenderness for extreme lucidity. In his late interviews and articles, we find a sustained critique of a phenomenon that he called the genocide of neofascism. Fascism, that is, provided in his eyes the clearest illustrations of what Foucault would have called “biopower” in action. At various points in his essays of the 1970s, Pasolini aired his view that the period in Italy in which he was writing had given rise to an even more calamitous incarnation of fascism than the original. He saw this crisis taking shape in phenomena such as the “strategy of tension” or campaign of bombings and assassinations by neofascist terrorist groups, the devastating effects of unbridled consumerism, and the advancing cultural homogenization (omologazione) that was annihilating the distinctive interests of the rural and urban poor to the advantage of an ascendant bourgeoisie. As he put it, “Consumerism consists in fact of a real and effective anthropological cataclysm: I live existentially through this cataclysm, which at least for now is pure degradation: I live it through my days, through the forms of my existence, and in my body” (Scritti 107).11
     
    At the time, he was fascinated by the rapid advance of cultural and political change in Italy following the so-called economic boom that peaked in the early 1960s, an “anthropological mutation (mutazione antropologica)”, as he called it, that encompassed among other things the spread of demographic and behavioral science. Pasolini thus may be regarded as a crucial predecessor to Agamben who, in a more philosophically formal manner, elaborates Pasolini’s anxiety regarding the biopolitical. Their sense of unease stands in contrast to the posture adopted by Foucault, whose writing typically strikes a note of enlightened detachment toward biopower. The French philosopher indeed treats the practices of biopolitics as facts of life, the harmful consequences of which such as racism may be addressed perfunctorily, in passim. After his crucial turn to the care of the self, Foucault abandoned altogether his exploration of the biopolitical. Was it because, as Agamben suggests, this line of inquiry would have led him inexorably to the reality of the death camps, the logical conclusion of a genealogical investigation of biopower? Salò may well be viewed as a work that imagines the camp as the nomos of modernity and visualizes the plight of the homo sacer whose biological life survives her legal status. The victims in Salò can be killed but not sacrificed, not even to the racist aspiration of fascism proper. Power in Salò appears in its most rigid manifestations, captured in its genealogical origin in the state of exception, yielding no productive outcome, and impervious to strategic resistance. In this sense, Salò is a profoundly anti-Foucauldian film.12
     
    Pasolini proposed that our understanding of the body itself was being transformed by the consumerist drives of neocapitalism. These pressures, he argued in his late epistolary treatise “Gennariello,” comprise a coercive power far more effective than any religious or moral doctrine. In his second letter to Gennariello, the author instructs the boy not to fear feelings of awe inspired by the sacred and warns him against believing that the “Enlightenment” of “progressive intellectuals” is the standard of the future. Contra Foucault, Pasolini maintained that the thinking of the Enlightenment was not helpful in criticizing the false ideals of bourgeois tolerance and hedonistic self-interest. Well before the contributions of Derrida, or Wendy Brown, Pasolini was one of the first critical voices to speak out against the hypocritical ethos of tolerance promoted by the new consumerist regime.13 He suggested in several articles that the culture of the contemporary nation-state and, in particular, of Italy was increasingly finding expression in “the language of behavior, or physical language.” In his eyes, every aspect of our corporeal being from hairstyles to clothing and bodily posture was determined by the conformism and hedonistic consumption resulting from the triumph of the marketplace. He cautioned that the resulting physical language had assumed a decisive importance over and above that of verbal language, which in his judgment had become “conventional and sterilized” under the sway of the reigning technocracy.
     
    Pasolini thus discerned in this biopolitical territory of the “somatic” the essential symptoms of the mutazione antropologica and omologazione that he believed had grown to threaten any hope for Italy’s political well-being. To grasp the significance of this claim, we might recall that in the 1960s he took the standpoint that only the body offered a basis of reality, because as he put it, “It was in such physical reality—his own body—that mankind was living its own culture” (qtd. in Cerami 82–83).14 Yet, as he understood only in retrospect, the bourgeoisie had succeeded in establishing a new civil order that functioned through the denaturalization of the body. For Pasolini, the populace as a whole thus had ceased to possess its own physical reality. Because they failed to register the cultural changes that delimited our bodily experience, the films comprising his Trilogy of Life exemplified a sort of pop eroticism that he now felt had helped to make the “false liberalization” of the 1960s more plausible in appearance. By contrast, he increasingly occupied himself in the 1970s with biopolitical questions such as abortion, demographic methods of analysis, and the transmutation of bodies through the unrelenting operations of consumerism, a menace that was conspicuously absent from Foucault’s analytic of power. In Pasolini’s view of this period, “The new system of production . . . is not only the production of goods but of human beings” (Letters 92).15 He assumed what might best be described as an anxious stance toward biopower during the last years of his life.
     
    Salò and Abu Ghraib: Porno-Teo-Kolossal
     
    The imagery of Salò may be seen to anticipate the imagery of Abu Ghraib in many respects. Pasolini’s camera confronts us with images of humans being forced to imitate animals, acts of sexual molestation, victims being awakened in the middle of the night, and, most importantly, the cynical stupidity of the signori and the central position of women in inciting the torture. Abu Ghraib sadly seems to have had its own narratrici in Megan Ambuhl, Sabrina Harman, and Lynndie England, whose roles in the abuse of prisoners were rehearsed repeatedly in the media coverage. That one purpose of Salò is to examine the spectacularized condition of modern-day torture—which is to say, the status of torture in contemporary culture as an object of visual enjoyment—is perhaps best illuminated by recalling that at one point Sergio Citti advised Pasolini to shoot the film almost entirely from the point of view of the torturers, who would be played by comic actors. In particular, Citti wanted to make the torturers “simpatici,” a proposition that Pasolini found ideologically repulsive (Pasolini, Cinema 2:3156). If the finished film departs from Citti’s thinking, it nevertheless grapples with questions he may have inspired, such as what part do jokes and other devices of amusement play in enabling acts of violence, and why might a comic reading of Sade be appropriate to present-day audiences? The writer and visual artist Laura Salvini argues that, whereas Citti aimed at a cynical reading of Sade, Pasolini wished to reveal the infantile core of Sadean philosophy by means of jokes, nonsense, and Dadaist methods that ultimately (and predictably) would result in a version of Brecht’s Verfremdungseffekt (50). It seems to me instead that the reverse is true, that the film brings to the fore something all too well-known, if rarely acknowledged, in the contemporary conception of torture by focusing on the pseudo-comic modes of its dissemination, familiarization, and consumption.
     
    The scandal of Abu Ghraib certainly makes the issues raised by Salò more relevant than ever. We currently face an abundance of evidence that the operations of actual, governmental power in our world more closely resemble the torments pictured in Pasolini’s Salò than Foucault’s anodyne vision of liberal democratic biopower and vitalism. At this moment, to view Salò with a critical eye means to look at what is most lamentably recognizable of ourselves in today’s headlines. It is impossible now to speak of our alienation or historical distance from the film’s images of naked, anonymous bodies, corporeal punishments and abuse, and the violation of religious taboos to taunt and humiliate. In the film, the libertines’ staging of a contest for the most beautiful ass among their captives uncannily presages the photos of Iraqi prisoners arranged in pyramids so that only their bare buttocks can be seen. The scene from the second section of Salò, “The Circle of Shit,” in which boys and girls are ordered to crawl across the floor on all fours and to eat food from the same bowls as dogs anticipates the many pictures of Iraqi men being forced to behave like animals and being threatened by dogs. Finally, the actor who plays Durcet in the film may even be said to bear an unsettling resemblance to George W. Bush, especially in his habit of responding to all events with a kind of leering, canned laughter, a trait that in Bush’s case was seized on by popular comedians such as Jon Stewart.
     
    Stupidity, as Avital Ronell points out in her book of the same name, was looked upon in the philosophical tradition as an epistemological mistake and as a particular species of error (20). As in the case of Hölderlin’s appreciation of Rousseau, Ronell reminds us, stupidity has been taken at times to imply a poetic disposition due to its association with characteristics such as innocence or simplicity (8). From the twentieth century onward, however, it has become increasingly difficult to deny that stupidity also has been the accomplice of violence, cruelty, and totalitarianism. A range of thinkers from Arendt to Musil argue that totalitarianism requires the subordination of intellect to doctrine, thus reinterpreting an attribute that Pope John Paul already had ascribed to the reverential aspect of stupidity, namely the submissive obedience to the father (9). Pasolini’s critical and artistic productions contribute in decisive ways to the work of mapping the political, ethical, and cultural contours of contemporary stupidity. Salò specifically undertakes to scrutinize the cynical dimensions of stupidity and to make visible the stupidity of “jouissance.” In his late essays and his unfinished novel Petrolio, Pasolini acutely traces the connection between hedonism, the capitalist ideology of tolerance, and idiotic enjoyment. The sections on the “passegiate del Merda” in Petrolio are in this sense exemplary. Not surprisingly, an important element of the anthropological mutation against which Pasolini warns his audience is the disposition to obey and conform to consumerism’s categorical imperative to enjoy. In Salò, he explores the darkest, most repugnant aspects of enjoyment as they manifest themselves in the “state of exception.”
     
    Adriana Cavarero has coined the term “horrorism,” in a book that takes this neologism as its title, to designate the extreme forms of violence that we are forced to reckon with in contemporary culture—from suicide bombings to Abu Ghraib—as seen from the point of view not of the warrior, but rather of the vulnerable and powerless victim. In a chapter entitled “Female Torturers Grinning at the Camera,” Cavarero revisits Foucault’s Discipline and Punish to dispute his sweeping conclusion that the spectacularization of violence in the process of punishment disappears at the beginning of the nineteenth century, ultimately to be replaced by the effort to keep at bay barbarism and torture. That the tortures of Abu Ghraib were photographed, Cavarero convincingly argues, is not an accident and by no means surprising.16 Yet however strong we might find the visual correspondences between Pasolini’s film and the photos from Abu Ghraib, what is really most important in discussing both the work of cinematic illusion and the documents of historical reality is the realization that what we encounter in both cases is finally an eliciting not of pleasure, but rather of stupid enjoyment. Discussing the Abu Ghraib photos, Cavarero observes:

    Even if sadomasochistic culture plays a part, sexual pleasure is perhaps an inappropriate term here. The photos do not convey the idea of carnal ecstasy (although there is arousal) but rather that of an obtuse and grotesque form of diversion, witless and trivial. What stands out in them is a spectral caricature of torture reduced to the level of filthy farce.

    (Horrorism 110–11)17

    I believe the same ethos, if we may call it by this name, is present in Salò, and it is no small achievement on the part of Pasolini to inject this farcical dimension into the narrative where there is none in Sade.18

    In Salò, the least Sadean and least sophisticated character in the execution of his rituals also turns out ultimately to be the most interesting and contemporary for us as viewers, namely Durcet. Whereas the archbishop, the duke, and the magistrate maintain their air of snobbery and dignified heavy-handedness as they go about the performance of their tasks and punishments, Durcet presents himself as an anarchic, farcical torturer. For example, he does not himself put up any resistance to being sodomized in public, he lobbies actively for his favorite choice in the contest for the most beautiful derrière, and he plays with panache the female role in a mock marriage ceremony to one of the other signori. Yet the most consistent and relevant trait of Durcet is the stupidity of his humor, which is made manifest repeatedly throughout the film. When somebody dies in the film—which for all the atrocities that are shown on camera takes place only in the final few minutes of Salò—Durcet lamely attempts to diffuse the tension by reciting inane jokes.
     
    Blangis, the duke, functions as the ideological fulcrum of the narrative. He not only defines for the other characters the stakes and rules of the game, but also reserves for himself the privilege of articulating the nature and identity of the group. For example, in the Circle of Manias, he announces: “We the Fascists are the only true anarchists, naturally once that we are masters of the state. In fact, the only true anarchy is that of power.”19 By contrast, it is left to Durcet to provide the “laugh track” of the film through his continual, neurotic self-amusement. When a boy tries to flee and is shot while the libertines are bringing the captives to the villa in the Antinferno sequence, Durcet comments with the following joke:

    DURCET:

    If the boys were once nine, now they are eight. A propos of the number eight, do you know the difference between an hour, a doctor, and a family?

    BLANGIS:

    Obviously not, tell us, we are anxious.

    DURCET:

    An hour is one hour, a doctor is: “duh . . . octo-hours.” THE ARCHBISHOP: And the family? . . .

    DURCET:

    They’re doing okay, thanks.

    ALL:

    (Laughter.) (Cinema 2: 2036).20

    In the persona of Durcet, Pasolini endows Sade with a pseudo-comic chorus, one in which he stigmatizes the association of stupidity and cruelty. Durcet continues his infantile ride through the film by indulging himself with bouts of exhibitionism, as when he asks a man who is sodomizing a girl to sodomize him instead (Cinema 2: 2040).

     
    The scene shows him taking a grotesque merriment in his predicament, although it is impossible to speak of the episode in terms of pleasure or enjoyment. Although the incident might look at first sight like one of the crudest moments in Salò, the “event” of Durcet’s sodomizing takes place without any trace of drama because of his cheerful, if stupid, attitude. This undramatic occurrence is quickly followed by the recitation of another of Durcet’s “numerical” jokes, after everybody realizes that one of the girl prisoners has committed suicide. Durcet’s jokes demonstrate first of all his cynical indifference to all events. In the passage of dialogue cited above, this attitude is evident in the perfunctoriness with which he subtracts the murder victim from his tally of the boy prisoners and then offers a feebleminded pun based on the sound of the word “otto.” Durcet’s jokes manage somehow to produce an easy consensus. In fact, it is only after his half-baked attempts at humor that a stage direction using the word “all (tutti)” as a means of encompassing the community of the guards and torturers (if not the victims) achieves a paradoxical validity. The jokes themselves are neither ironic, nor revelatory, nor witty in the least. Their autistic self-referentiality and reliance on elementary wordplay and numbers betray a mechanical and grotesque simplemindedness. According to both Freud and Lacan, we should remember, jokes rely on a momentary bypassing of the symbolic order but not on its suppression. In a real joke, an unconscious thought is expressed while being censored at the same time (hence the humor, the deformation, the punning energy, etc.).
     
    In Salò, the “symbolic,” communicative quality of Durcet’s jokes presumes a shared state of stupid “jouissance,” as no witty detour through the domain of the symbolic is available. His “comic” performances thus establish a form of cynical stupidity as the totalitarian ethos of Salò. Indeed, the last two jokes that Durcet utters in the film are more openly aggressive, if not funnier. Thus, in the Circle of Shit, he addresses one of his victims as follows:

    DURCET:

    Carlo, put your fingers like this. Are you able to say “I cannot eat the rice,” keeping your fingers like this?

    BRUNO:

    (enlarging his mouth with his fingers): I cannot eat the rice.

    DURCET:

    So then eat shit. (Cinema 2: 2051)21

    And of all the signori, it is to Durcet that Pasolini gives the final words of the film, of course in the form of yet another joke. As his friends are torturing and killing their victims in the courtyard, Durcet, looking on, asks one of the guards:

     

    DURCET:

    Do you know what a Bolshevik makes when he plunges into the Red Sea?

    UMBERTO:

    No, I do not know!

    DURCET:

    Ah, you do not know what a Bolshevik will make when he plunges into the Red Sea?

    UMBERTO:

    No, please tell me

    DURCET:

    He makes a “splash.” (Cinema 2: 2059–2060)22

    The desultory punch line is all the more jarring since the political premise of the joke, including the reference to Bolshevism, seemed to promise a more substantive effort. Yet we can hardly expect Durcet, after all, to express any passion about his ostensible creed of Fascism or any visceral antipathy to Communism. He is a cynic whose “enlightened false consciousness” derives no pleasure from subversion or satire, to use Sloterdijk’s definition in his Critique of Cynical Reason.

     
    We may thus take Durcet as the progenitor of the sensibility responsible for Abu Ghraib at the highest levels of command, but also as the embodiment of their “phenomenological” manifestation in the actions of Charles Grainer, Lynndie England, Sabrina Harman, and their colleagues who were captured striking their grotesque poses for the camera. Like Durcet, such individuals reveal their banality in the indulging of what Cavarero aptly calls “the stupidity of a criminal act committed in the excitement of farce” (Horrorism 112; Orrorismo 150). In this connection, we might reflect on the chilling interview with Sabrina Harman in Rory Kennedy’s documentary, The Ghosts of Abu-Ghraib. What is of particular interest is the matter-of-fact tone and faux-innocent manner with which Harman explains her involvement in prisoner abuse in reply to Kennedy’s questions. Harman explains her big smile in the photos taken at Abu Ghraib by insisting that she always smiles for the camera, and explains that the photos exist because like many other people she is in the habit of taking pictures of everything. Although the film contains other disturbing “explanations” of Abu Ghraib from many different sources, Harmon’s is one of the worst in virtue of the cynical stupidity of her remarks. In this sense, the truth of Salò might be glimpsed most clearly in Harmon’s self-justification and in Cavarero’s observation that Abu Ghraib has presented horror “in the imbecile and idiotic form of the leer” (Horrorism 115; Orrorismo 154).
     
    For Pasolini, the parodic debasement of culture that he set out to expose in Salò provides a clear symptom of how dependent the body of neocapitalism had become on the circulation of cynicism through its veins. What was at stake in this process of debasement becomes more evident if we pay attention to one of the subtler changes that was taking place on what Pasolini would have called the “somatic” level in Italy. Throughout his career, he was particularly alert to the semiotics or poetics of smiles, perhaps secretly agreeing with Dante’s tenet in the Convivio that such expressions are like colors behind the glass of the soul.23 Consequently, we may find it pertinent that the libertines in Salò wear perpetual “sneers” on their faces, conveying reflexive idiocy in the president’s case, perplexed lasciviousness in the archbishop’s, and false bonhomie in the duke’s.
     
    During the same period that he was involved in shooting Salò, Pasolini noted a transformation taking place in facial expressions among children in Italy: “They do not know how to smile or laugh: they can only grin or grimace” (Letters 14).24 Among the most painful consequences of the mutazione antropologica and omologazione of Italian culture resulting from the new order of power, in his estimation, were the erasure of regional dialects from the Italian language and the disappearance of “the old way of smiling.”25 The topic of smiling is of more than peripheral importance to understand Pasolini’s late style insofar as in his visual phenomenology, the spontaneity and sympathetic expressiveness of the smile offered a possibility of relief from the detachment and repressive conformity of bourgeois laughter. The repertoire of bodily and facial responses to the cruelty and suffering that occupy our attention in Salò, however, clearly raises the prospect of an epoch in which cynical laughter has triumphed, in which every smile is converted into a frozen mask of pain.
     
    Pasolini Against Foucault
     
    Foucault first encountered Pasolini’s filmmaking in the documentary Love Meetings (1964), which explores Italian sexual mores through interviews with men and women of various classes and regional origins. At the time, the French philosopher looked approvingly on the Italian director’s investigation of sexual politics for exposing how the rhetoric of “tolerance” suppresses emotional and cultural differences in order to uphold the dominant social regime (Foucault, Aesthetics 229–231). On viewing Salò, however, Foucault took Pasolini to task unsparingly, assailing what he regarded as the filmmaker’s shallow decision to treat sadism as a phenomenological manifestation of fascism. Scrutinizing Salò through the lens of Cavani’s The Night Porter (1974), Foucault charged Pasolini in “Sade, sergeant du sexe” with contributing to an aestheticized, morbid association of sadism with fascism that seemed to him a specious fad of the moment (Aesthetics 223–227). Foucault condemned Salò for perpetuating an exploitative image of sadism that encouraged a hierarchical, punitive idea of sexuality. Sadomasochism instead represented for him an ironic, self-conscious form of life with the potential to deconstruct the bodily regimes of pleasure enforced by less playful modalities.
     
    Pasolini shares with Foucault a fundamental emphasis on what the French thinker called “biopower.” Yet Foucault and Pasolini clearly diverge on where the ascendancy of the biopolitical may lead. Whereas biopower for Foucault entails the possibility of the productive rearticulation of social relations, admittedly at the risk of enabling sexist and racist disciplinary practices, for Pasolini it instead raises the prospect of irresistible authoritarian oppression. In his late work, Foucault often disputes the idea that power might be the metaphorical referent of sex or, in other words, the secret underlying our ethical and political life (Dits 1554–1565). His idealization of sadomasochism serves to expand contemporary notions of sexuality, which to a significant degree still customarily take as their starting point the Freudian teleology of genitality, into the territory of de-genitalized pleasure.26 In so doing, Foucault at the same time proposes through his new cartography of sexuality the genealogy of a new subject. In the first volume of his History of Sexuality, he writes: “To conceive the category of the sexual in terms of the law, death, blood and sovereignty—whatever the references to Sade and Bataille, and however one might gauge their ‘subversive’ influence—is in the last analysis a historical retroversion” (Reader 271–272). Considering the implications of this statement for Pasolini’s reinterpretation of Sade, we might ask whether or not we should consider Salò another and perhaps more acute symptom of the “historical retroversion” that Foucault attributes to Sade and Bataille and that he disdains for reflecting a morbid understanding of sexuality in terms of “law, death, blood and sovereignty.”
     
    At first glance, the film might appear to rework the themes of sovereignty and blood that characterize Bataille’s view of sex and, in Foucault’s eyes, reveal its cultural obsolescence. A more nuanced analysis, however, might take Salò to be concerned more with the problematic persistence of sovereignty in the supposedly benign time of biopolitical, administrative power than with a triumphal erotics of the death instinct. In this sense, it is important to distinguish between Pasolini’s and Bataille’s projects. Whereas Pasolini’s film retains its exemplary force in the era of Abu Ghraib, Bataille’s writing does not. Giorgio Agamben helps to explain the reason for this difference when he identifies the political and critical limit of Bataille’s thought: “To have mistaken such a naked life, separate from its form, in its abjection, for a superior principle—sovereignty or the sacred—is the limit of Bataille’s thought, which makes it useless to us” (Means 7). Agamben also comments in Homo Sacer that while Bataille rightly recognizes bare life as a radical form of experience, he fails to grasp its political significance and mistakenly locates it in an ill-defined domain of the sacred, due to its association with the phenomenon of sacrifice (112).27 By contrast, Pasolini makes a deliberate effort to emphasize moral and political questions in depicting the bare life of the disempowered body. As we have noted already, he furthermore studiously avoids promising the viewer an enjoyable loss of identity in Salò à la Bataille.28 A sovereign use of negativity is not what informs Pasolini’s work as it does Bataille’s.29
     
    In the “Abjuration of the Trilogy of Life,” Pasolini observes that the ideal of sexual liberation reveals itself as an illusion under the conditions imposed by consumer culture:

    Now all that has been turned upside down. First: the progressive struggle for democratization of expression and for sexual liberation has been brutally superseded and cancelled out by the decision of consumerist power to grant a tolerance as vast as it is false. Second: even the “reality” of innocent bodies has been violated, manipulated, enslaved by consumerist power—indeed such violence to human bodies has become the most macroscopic fact of the new human epoch.

    (Letters 49–50)30

    What is apparent to Pasolini is that the “anthropological mutation” of unrestrained consumption is not “reversible” and leads irrevocably to an “adaptation to degradation” (Letters 50–51).31 Unlike Foucault, who glibly defines power in terms of its potential for strategic reversibility or retournement tactique (Histoire 208), Pasolini sees little possibility of counteracting this process of cultural brutalization.32 In this sense, Pasolini’s pessimism differs markedly from both Bataille’s self-indulgent romanticism and Foucault’s pragmatic optimism.

     
    If we see Foucault as tending to argue for a linear, chronological progression from sovereignty to governmentality and then to biopower, a progression that ultimately entails the dissolution of sovereignty, then we may conclude that Salò represents a radically different view of history.33Salò confronts us with the image of contemporary culture as a continuum in which power operates without restraint, suggesting that even in an epoch when it appears that governmentality has superseded sovereignty, sovereign force has the last word. Viewing Salò in the wake of Abu Ghraib makes evident Pasolini’s prescience in insisting that uninhibited power quickly results in a totalitarian universe of suffering, especially at a historical moment when power gives the appearance of having been domesticated or “urbanized.” The film persistently raises a troubling question: has anything in fact been gained when civil authority renounces the prerogative of sovereignty “to make die and let live,” as Foucault formulated it, and instead embraces the imperative of biopower “to make live and let die”—that is, to sustain itself through the management of the biological life of the population? Whereas for Foucault, Sade represents the genealogical origin of the diversification of power into the modalities of the sovereign and the biological, for Pasolini, the French libertine personifies their ultimate point of convergence.
     
    In a discussion of biopolitics in the last chapter of the first volume of History of Sexuality, Foucault characterizes the strategic importance of Sade as marking the transition from a symbolic of blood to one of sexuality:

    Clearly, nothing was more on the side of the law, death, transgression, the symbolic and sovereignty than blood; just as sexuality was on the side of the norm, knowledge, life, meaning, the disciplines, and regulations. Sade and the first eugenists were contemporary with this transition from “sanguinity” to “sexuality.” . . . Sade carried the exhaustive analysis of sex over into the mechanisms of the old power of sovereignty and endowed it with the ancient but fully maintained prestige of blood; the latter flowed through the whole dimension of pleasure. . . . In Sade, sex is without any norm or intrinsic rule that might be formulated from its own nature; but it is subject to the unrestricted law of a power which itself knows no other law but its own.

    (Reader 269–70)

    Foucault speaks of sex as submitted in Sade to a “naked sovereignty” and to the “unlimited right of all powerful monstrosity” (270). This idea of sex as being subject to a “naked sovereignty” that is totalizing and inescapable in its claim on the subject is exactly what Pasolini is interested in as a reader of Sade, it seems to me. Yet it is important to observe that the logic of Salò advances from sex to blood, reversing the genealogy that, according to Foucault, Sade inaugurates. Pasolini divides the film into a sequence of three “circles” or episodes, the last of which, titled “The Circle of Blood,” follows in the narrative after the circles of mania and of shit. The action of the film thus unfolds according to a scheme that is Pasolini’s own idea and that abandons the original sectioning of Sade’s treatise into four untitled parties. As part of its project to deconstruct the illusory notion that sovereignty gives way to governmentality under the auspices of the biopolitical, Salò restores blood—not sex, not even monstrous sex—to the position of ultimate symbolic importance. Instead of providing the basis of a new language-game of erotic play, sadomasochism in Pasolini’s eyes exposes its archaic condition as an unmediated, hierarchical exercise of power. Whereas Foucault hoped that the rituals of S/M might reveal avenues for the conversion of power into sexual pleasure, Pasolini soberingly reminds us that, in the domain of our social and political institutions, the other way around is the historical reality.34

     
    From Foucault’s disparaging comments about the film in a 1975 interview, we might surmise at first glance that his chief objection to Salò was, in fact, that it suggested to him a mistaken historical association of sadism with fascism:

    Nazism was not invented by the great erotic madman of the eighteenth century but by the most sinister, boring, and disgusting petit-bourgeois imaginable. . . . The problem raised is why we imagine today to have access to certain erotic phantasms through Nazism. . . . Is it our incapacity to live out this great enchantment of the disorganized body that we project onto a meticulous, disciplinary, anatomical sadism? Is the only vocabulary that we possess for transcribing the grand pleasure of the body in explosion this sad fable of a recent political apocalypse?

    (Aesthetics 226)35

    Foucault appears to hold that “the grand pleasure” promised by the present-day culture of S/M is categorically different from either the “petit-bourgeois” phenomenon of Nazism or Sade’s vision of sovereign sexual punishment.

     
    Pasolini and Agamben on Bare Life
     
    In its consideration of the managerial and institutional technologies of control, Foucault’s analysis of power might appear at first glance to be more sophisticated than Pasolini’s critique of consumer society.36 As I have been arguing, however, the Italian filmmaker discerned, no less than the French critic did, that contemporary forms of life had come under the dominion of a new phenomenology of biopower, although the two thinkers reached very different conclusions about what this development signified. In widely-read critical essays such as “Discourse on Hair,” “Study of the Anthropological Revolution in Italy,” and “Article of the Fireflies,” which Pasolini published mostly in newspapers such as Il Tempo and Il Corriere della Sera at the end of his career, he clearly set out to examine the increasingly ruthless governmental and commercial methods of control over the life of the general population in Italian society.37
     
    His perception of an “anthropological mutation” or “cultural genocide” that could be attributed to the overwhelming commodification of social relations reflected his position that the workings of the biopolitical domain represent unmistakably “totalitarian” forms of power: “Italian culture has changed in its forms of life, in its existential texture, in a concrete way. . . . Whoever has manipulated and radically (anthropologically) changed the large masses of Italian peasants and workers is a new power which I find difficult to define: but I am certain that it is the most violent and totalitarian that has ever been” (Scritti 57–58).38 Pasolini highlights the adverb “anthropologically” in this sentence by putting it in a parenthesis, thus giving special emphasis to the occurrence of change at the most basic level of human life and suggesting a certain incredulity at the pervasiveness of the process. The parenthesis seems to emblematize Pasolini’s dread of a new, “exceptional” power.
     
    More particularly, Salò brings to light the vertiginousness of the state of exception— that is, the way it functions as a political mise en abîme—insofar as the film presents the Republic of Salò as a unique political exception within the larger, historically monstrous exception of Fascism itself. As the duc de Blangis, the ideological master of ceremonies, announces to his victims in the film’s prelude, the section titled Antinferno: “You are outside the boundaries of any legal order, nobody on earth knows you are here. As far as the world is concerned, you are already dead. . . . And here are the laws that will rule your life inside this place” (Cinema 2: 2036).39 By putting these words in the mouth of the duke, the film locates the origin of lawless regulative force over the life of the subject in the state of exception. At the same time, Salò is keen to establish a libidinal profile for this extra-legal form of power. In his evident distance from Bataille’s and Foucault’s conceptions of power, as I have remarked earlier, Pasolini comes close to presaging many of Agamben’s positions. Pasolini’s thought may be aligned with that of Agamben in suggesting not only that there is no real historical relief from sovereignty, but that in fact contemporary conditions have exacerbated the oppressiveness with which sovereignty imposes itself on the subject by declaring a state of exception.40 Agamben differs from Foucault in regarding the inclusion of bare life in the political realm as the original mission of sovereign power and not as a modern phenomenon. For Agamben, what characterizes the current political order is not its mere “inclusion” of bare life but rather the fact that the political realm comes to coincide entirely with the realm of bare life (Homo Sacer 9). It is in this spirit that Pasolini’s Salò may be said to illustrate Agamben’s radical and, as some critics would say, hopeless position. All the victims in Salò are exemplary cases of the “sacred” man or woman who is situated for Agamben “at the intersection of a capacity to be killed and yet not sacrificed, outside both human and divine law” (73). In the film, the Republic of Salò represents the experience of the concentration camp precisely in its aspect as the “nomos of the modern” (166).
     
    By reading the film in this manner, I do not wish to suggest that Pasolini did not elsewhere take an interest in sadism or masochism. If we as readers seek a demonstration of his talent for the mise en scène of masochistic fantasy, however, we should turn to his unfinished epic novel Petrolio, rather than to Salò. Yet even in Petrolio, he problematizes the relationship between power and sexuality in a way that makes it impossible to give the last word naively to eros. Salò anticipates Agamben’s concept of bare life in the sense of depicting how exposure to absolute power reduces life to the merely biological dimensions of existence. The point might be rephrased by saying that Pasolini’s warnings against the cultural genocide of consumerism bespeak his awareness of the advancing transformation of bios into zoe, the meaningless substratum of capitalist triumph. In his early career, the director seemed to maintain some hope of redemptive cultural possibilities for a homo sacer of Italian society such as the titular character of his first film, Accattone (1961). In keeping with this hope, he adopted what he called a “sacred technique” of cinematography that suggested a quasi-religious reverence toward his subject matter by reinterpreting specific techniques of the Italian pictorial tradition—for example, only filming his characters frontally and never showing them entering or exiting a scene. Yet he quickly grew sceptical of the potential for social and cultural repair. Reflecting on his directorial debut near the end of his life, he wrote, “Accattone and his friends went silently toward deportation and the final solution, perhaps even laughing at their warder. But what about us, the bourgeois witnesses?” (Letters 104).41 By the time of Salò, Pasolini had no illusions about any potential salvation for the homines sacres of contemporary history.42
     
    To gauge just how disenchanted he had become, we ought to consider his impatience with Elsa Morante’s bestselling novel History (1974), which was published just a year before the initial release of Salò. History relates the travails of a schoolteacher named Ida as she struggles, during the events of World War II, to protect and to provide for her son Useppe, the child of Ida’s rape by a German soldier. In a review published in Il Tempo, July 26, 1974, Pasolini dismissed Morante’s sentimental triumphalism, which he suggested gave a false view of life: “ . . . . Morante does not ‘represent’ life, but in fact celebrates it” (Descrizione 464). At the end of another essay on the novel published on August 2, 1974, Pasolini took Morante to task for propounding an ideologically and philosophically simplistic opposition between history and life, pointedly asking, “How can one separate history as Power from the History of those who are subjected to the violence of that power?” (Descrizione 472). He attributed to the novelist a particularly naïve version of Spinozist vitalism, a stance that he felt led her unrealistically to posit life as an antidote to history. On this ground, we might agree with Agamben’s proposal in Profanazioni that Pasolini’s Salò ought to be viewed as a serious parody of Morante’s La storia.43
     
    The Aesthetic State of Exception
     
    There is a long tradition within Western art, as Stephen Eisenman reminds us, devoted to the aesthetics of suffering. Examples of this lineage, such as the famous, antique sculpture of Laöcoon and his sons, may be defined by their achievement of what Aby Warburg called the “pathos formula” of perfect coincidence between archetypal form and emotional content. According to Eisenman, the genealogy evolves from the ideal of the beautiful death enshrined in classical Greek and Roman culture through the art of the Renaissance and the Grand Style, when a certain reverence for sacred and erotic violence prevailed in the modern imagination, and extends to the “entente between torturer and victim” now all-too familiar from photographic imagery and other mass media. Notable objections to the dominance of this paradigm include Hogarth’s satirical repudiation of the classical tradition as well as the anti-war paintings of artists such as Goya and Picasso (in the significant instance of Guernica) (60–91). Notwithstanding such protests, Eisenman concludes that imperialism, fascism, and mass culture have made the oppressive influence of the “pathos formula” inescapable (92). Pasolini’s Salò ought to be seen as one of the most powerful challenges to the “pathos formula” in contemporary culture, as its peculiar brand of pathos or excessive expressiveness cannot be passively absorbed and consumed. The film poses hard critical and political questions to the viewer and drives home its argument with explosive verve and theatricality. More than any cruel or pornographic subject matter, it seems to me, this challenge has been the source of the film’s civic rejection and notoriety.
     
    Salò indeed deserves to be recognized as a serious parody, as Agamben has suggested, and not only of Elsa Morante’s pedestrian achievement in History. The film is constructed as a parodic mise en abîme of references to literary and cinematic masterpieces that comprehends not only Sade’s Sodome, but also Dante’s Inferno. Dante’s poem in fact provides Salò with its Antinferno as well as its circles of mania, shit, and blood, thus establishing the concentric topography of the narrative. The parataxis and framing devices of storytelling that are manifest in the ostensible, Sadean ur-text thus have less influence as structuring principles than the gravitational impetus of the film toward the abyss of Dante. From a cinematic perspective, the opening sequence of Salò strikes a note of decided irreverence toward the historical and narrative premises of Neorealism when, during the initial round-up of prisoners for the enjoyment of the four signori who are the film’s main characters, we see a mother trying to give a scarf to her son, Claudio, in mock homage to Sora Pina’s similar gesture in Rome, Open City. Repeatedly, the film ridicules bourgeois taste, manners, and judgment, particularly with respect to literary matters. For example, the signori invoke Proust without showing the slightest understanding of the French novelist’s complex inquiry into time and memory. The four libertines pretentiously reappropriate Proust’s notion of “jeune filles en fleur” (young girls in bloom) as the label for their female victims because one of them is named Albertine. The grotesque self-validation involved in this gesture gives the impression of an especially debased form of bourgeois egoism and calls into question any possibility of aesthetic recuperation. In the Circle of Shit, the film even stages a sustained travestying of democratic process when the signori call for a vote to determine the most beautiful ass among the naked bottoms of their victims. Finally, the film may be interpreted as a caricature of that very association of fascism and sadism of which it stands accused.
     
    Pasolini labors to avoid aestheticizing cruelty in Salò by methodically satirizing the aesthetic snobbery of the signori, depicting them as poseurs who surround themselves with works of avant-garde art, quote Baudelaire and Proust, and sprinkle their conversation with French as if in a burlesque of fin de siècle, bourgeois domesticity. Dante Ferretti’s extravagant set design for Salò furnishes in art deco style the palatial villa where the film’s events unfold and makes a prominent display of the abstract paintings of Fernand Léger. The furniture maintains for the most part a geometrical purity of line yet occasionally displays hints of ornament, as if to embody an art besieged by mass production, a last gasp of original expression in the age of technology (cf. Benjamin on the Jugendstil in the Arcades Project). Leger’s paintings further elaborate this drama of the human haunted by the mechanical, at the same time that they stage a disorienting struggle between depth and surface. The suffocating atmosphere of the villa is enhanced by Pasolini’s and Ferretti’s deliberate choices, as not only the innocent victims of the signori, but also language, art, and thought come under attack in a continuous, totalizing, and oppressive domain that encapsulates the operations of neocapitalism and well might be called “saturated life.”
     
    For this reason, we may discount Leo Bersani’s and Ulysse Dutoit’s assertion that aesthetics in Salò is used to achieve a Verfremdungseffekt or distancing of the viewer, as a way of keeping violence at bay (29). Indeed, Ferretti may be said to have created one of the most magisterially disturbing sets in film history, although it should be noted that he was helped in the end result by the equally talented costume designer Danilo Donati. Far from distracting the viewer from the agonies of the libertines’ victims, the aesthetic surface of the film reflects the violence without beautifying or otherwise mystifying it, which may be one of Pasolini’s greatest achievements.
     
    Not accidentally, mirrors are present in almost every shot of Salò. In some crucial sequences, two large mirrors stand opposite each other, creating a visual mise en abîme of the torture scene that serves to intensify the viewer’s horror. Mounted in wrought-iron frames whose rectilinear ornamental patterns consort with the general art deco look of the villa, the mirrors promise a containment of the image that they ultimately fail to deliver. The Bauhaus furniture, the iron-bound mirrors, the wall-mounted triangular lamps faltering ambivalently between mechanical lines and more organic, wave-like shapes – all these details are the symptoms of an art under the malign spell of technology, as the selection of abstract paintings by Leger and by what appear to be an assortment of Futurists would appear to confirm. The overall aesthetic of the villa flirts with some vestigial concept of decoration, as in the case of the wall lamps that surreptitiously hint at a naturalistic principle of roundness. The large scale of the figures on display in the paintings by Leger suggests an allegory of the final, grotesque throes of figurative pictorialism, as they float like anxious, dehumanized mannequins in the void. The other paintings, including what looks like an example of the Fascist painter Mario Sironi’s work, generally uphold a pseudo-Futurist strain of abstraction that rapidly comes to look banal in its context.
     
    As I already have noted, Pasolini tried in his earlier films to sacralize the image through techniques such as his insisting in Accattone on frontal views of the characters in order to evoke Masaccio’s compositions, alluding in Mamma Roma to Mantegna’s painting of Christ’s deposition, and echoing Fiorentino’s and Pontormo’s works in the tableaux vivants of La ricotta. Pasolini’s loyalty to the teachings of the art historian Roberto Longhi, to whose courses on art history at the University of Bologna he credited his inspiration as a visual artist, is well documented. Given the seriousness of his engagement with questions of art history and criticism, we should never believe that the references in his films to paintings or to the pictorial tradition were in any sense casual. It is thus noteworthy that Pasolini made almost no reference to modern paintings in his fims prior to Salò. The overwhelming presence in Salò of modernist, avant-garde, abstract painting thus represents a break with the visual signature of his earlier films and an unmistakeable sign that the project of sacralità tecnica is finished. Admittedly, Ferretti and Pasolini perversely chose the kind of paintings banned by Fascism to decorate the villa. Yet no apparent redeeming quality seems to be derived from this decision. The incessant exchange of fetishized, high-cultural references between the libertines, including citations of Baudelaire, Proust, Nietzsche, and Huysmann, indicates how vulnerable art and philosophy have become to commodification in the milieu of bourgeois consumerism as it is brought to light by Salò. In the “Circle of Manias” that constitutes the first segment of the film, Curval–one of the four signori–attributes to Baudelaire the following maxim: “Without the letting of blood, there is no forgiveness.” However, one of his companions in cruelty is quick to reply that in fact the quote comes from Nietzsche’s Genealogy of Morals. This claim prompts Curval in turn to propose that the quote finally derives neither from Baudelaire nor from Nietzsche, as it is simply from Dada. This entire game of attribution is made all the more farcical by Blangis, who starts singing a jingle from an Italian television advertisement that contains the nonsense syllables “da-da” in the song’s refrain (Cinema 2: 2043).
     
    What emerges from this derisive portrait of the half-witted claims to cultural authority advanced by the signori is a decadent genealogy of cruelty that progresses seamlessly from Baudelaire to Dada and thence to consumerism. That Pasolini privileges the genealogy’s most recent efflorescence in consumer culture over its supposed origins in modernism or the avant-garde may be deduced from the fact that he revealingly assigns the task of singing the jingle to Blangis, the group’s ideological spokesman. In one quick passage of dialogue, Pasolini sums up the powerlessness of art, especially avant-garde art, to defy the numbing automatism of consumer society.44 If Salò is about the unmooring of political and libidinal power as the result of a state of exception that has become the norm, then, the film also succeeds in establishing a symmetrical state of exception in the field of aesthetics. Simply to try to represent Sade on screen was to defy more than the simple conventions of polite decorum; Salò has often been considered a film that reaches the limits of the visible.45
     
    From Barthes to Foucault, the intellectual verdict of viewers at the time of the film’s release seemed unanimous. To undertake to adapt Sade’s work for the cinematic medium was a misguided project, inherently doomed to failure. “I believe that there is nothing more allergic to the cinema than the work of Sade,” said Foucault in 1975 (Aesthetics 223). Barthes similarly chastised Pasolini for having made fascism unreal and Sade “real.” 46 In yet another sense, however, the idea of a subject that is intrinsically inappropriate for representation in the “aesthetic regime” is a contradiction in terms, as Jacques Rancière points out, because “this principled identity of the appropriate and the inappropriate is the very stamp of the aesthetic regime in art” (126). The incongruity of material and representation in Salò only fulfils one of the tenets of modern aesthetics, albeit while pushing it to its paradoxical logical extreme.
     
    Yet we might have reason to feel that, toward the end of his career, Pasolini was having a hard time accepting “the aesthetic regime” in art. His late essays are anti-cynical tracts, which represent his efforts, as Carla Benedetti has suggested, to produce an impure, “inappropriate” art and poetry that might not end up in the terrain of “principled identity” discussed by Rancière, but rather in a much more disturbing territory (13–17). In his last collection of poems, Trasumanar e organizzar (1971), Pasolini’s anti-lyrical efforts result in a strangely pragmatic poetry that represents the exact antithesis of the first verses he ever published, his elegiac poems in Friulan dialect. We might surmise from the evidence of these late artistic productions that he viewed the “principled identity of the appropriate and inappropriate” to be a cynical destiny for art, regarding it as a symptom of the enlightened false consciousness that characterizes cynical reason, to borrow Sloterdijk’s terms. Although for a while he may have believed that his own brand of “impurity” would have immunized his art against the kind of moral and aesthetic game-playing of the neo-avant-garde, Salò clearly marks the point of ideological non-return.
     
    The film, in other words, represents a turning point at which Pasolini finds his late style, making clear in the process that he no longer believes in the ability of art to heal the wounds of history and in fact aligning modernist aesthetics with cynicism, violence, and power. Drawing on the foundation of Sade’s Les 120 jours de Sodome, the film dares to provide images for a universe that, according to critics such as Barthes, should have been reserved uniquely for the operations of writing and the imagination. We should bear in mind, however, that Sade, who wrote his masterpiece while imprisoned in the Bastille, expressly regarded his own subject matter as having resulted in a literary state of exception: “It is now, friendly reader, that you must prepare your heart and mind for the most impure story that has ever been told since the world began, a similar book not existing either amongst the ancients or the moderns” (qtd. in Bataille 117). In this sense, Pasolini’s Salò might appear to extend the original, linguistic state of exception of Sade’s book into the domain of the visual. In so doing, the film elaborates an all too prophetic vision of what the contemporary reign of biopower has become, like an image of cruelty we can neither turn away from nor disavow.
     

    Alessia Ricciardi is Associate Professor in French and Italian and the Comparative Literature Program at Northwestern University. Her first book, The Ends of Mourning, won the Modern Language Association’s 2004 Scaglione Prize for Comparative Literature. Her second book, After La Dolce Vita: A Cultural Prehistory of Berlusconi’s Italy is forthcoming from Stanford University Press in July 2012.
     

    Works Cited

     

    • Agamben, Giorgio. Homo Sacer: Sovereign Power and Bare Life. Trans. Daniel Heller-Roazen. Stanford: Stanford UP, 1998. Print.
    • ———. Means Without End. Trans. Vincenzo Binetti and Cesare Casarino. Minneapolis: Minnesota UP, 2000. Print.
    • ———. Profanazioni. Rome: Nottetempo, 2005. Print.
    • ———. State of Exception. Trans. Kevin Attell. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2005. Print.
    • Alighieri, Dante. Il Convivio. Ed. Maria Simonelli. Bologna: R. Pàtron, 1966. Print.
    • Bachmann, Gideon. “Pasolini and the Marquis de Sade.” Commentary to Salò, or the 120 Days of Sodom. 1975. Criterion Collection, 2008. 54–76. Print.
    • Bataille, Georges. Literature and Evil. Trans. Alastair Hamilton. New York: Marion Boyars, 1993. Print.
    • Benedetti, Carla. Pasolini contro Calvino: Per una letteratura impura. Turin: Bollati Boringhieri, 1998. Print.
    • Bersani, Leo and Ulysse Dutoit. “Merde, alors.” October 13 (1980): 23–35. Print.
    • Butler, Judith. Precarious Life: The Powers of Mourning and Violence. New York: Verso, 2004. Print.
    • Cavarero, Adriana. Horrorism: Naming Contemporary Violence. Trans. William McCuaig. New York: Columbia UP, 2009. Print.
    • ———. Orrorismo: Ovvero della violenza sull’inerme. Milan: Feltrinelli, 2007. Print.
    • Cerami, Matteo and Mario Sesti, dir. La voce di Pasolini. 2005. Milan: Feltrinelli, 2006. Print, DVD.
    • Eisenman, Stephen. The Abu Ghraib Effect. London: Reaktion Books, 2007. Print.
    • Foucault, Michel. Aesthetics, Method, and Epistemology. Ed. James D. Faubion. New York: The New York Press, 1988. Print.
    • ———. Dits et écrits, tome 2: 1976–1988. Paris: Gallimard, 1994. Print.
    • ———. The Foucault Reader. Ed. Paul Rabinow. New York: Pantheon, 1984. Print.
    • ———. Histoire de la sexualité, tome 1: La volonté de savoir. Paris: Gallimard, 1976. Print.
    • Greene, Naomi. “Breaking the Rules.” Commentary to Salò, or the 120 Days of Sodom. 1975. Criterion Collection, 2008. 23–28. Print.
    • Hardt, Michael and Antonio Negri. Commonwealth. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2009. Print.
    • Maggi, Armando. The Resurrection of the Body: Pier Paolo Pasolini from Saint Paul to Sade. Chicago: U Chicago P, 2009. Print.
    • Mitchell, W.J.T. Cloning Terror: The War of Images, 9/11 to the Present. Chicago: U Chicago P, 2011. Print.
    • Pasolini, Pier Paolo. Descrizione di descrizioni. Ed. Graziella Chiarcossi. Milan: Garzanti, 1996. Print.
    • ———. Lettere luterane: Il progresso come falso progresso. Turin: Einaudi, 1976. Print.
    • ———. Lutheran Letters. Trans. Stuart Hood. Manchester: Carcanet Press, 1983. Print.
    • ———. Per il cinema. 2 vols. Milan: Mondadori, 2001. Print.
    • ———. Scritti corsari. Milan: Garzanti, 1990. Print.
    • Rancière, Jacques. The Future of the Image. Trans. Gregory Elliott. London: Verso, 2007. Print.
    • Ronell, Avital. Stupidity. Champaign: U Illinois P, 2003. Print.
    • Salò, or the 120 Days of Sodom. Dir. Pier Paolo Pasolini. 1975. Criterion Collection, 2008. DVD.
    • Salvini, Laura. I frantumi del tutto: Ipotesi e letture dell’ultimo progetto cinematografico di Pier Paolo Pasolini, Porno-Teo-Kolossal. Bologna: Clueb, 2007. Print.
    • Santner, Eric L. On Creaturely Life: Rilke, Benjamin, Sebald. Chicago: U Chicago P, 2006. Print.
    • Willemen, Paul, ed. Pier Paolo Pasolini. London: British Film Institute, 1977. Print.
     

    Footnotes

     

    1.
    The film furthermore recontextualizes Sade’s scenario through the invocation of several works of modern philosophy including Roland Barthes’s Sade, Fourier, Loyola (Paris: Seuil, 1971), Maurice Blanchot’s Lautréamont et Sade (Paris: Minuit, 1963), Simone de Beauvoir’s Faut-il brûler Sade (Paris: Gallimard, 1955), Pierre Klossowski’s Sade, mon prochain, le philosophe scélérat (Paris: Seuil, 1947), and Philippe Sollers’s L’écriture et l’experience des limites (Paris: Seuil, 1968). These titles comprise an unusual on-screen bibliography that is incorporated into the opening title sequence of Salò.

     
    2.
    See Hardt 119–128.

     
    3.
    In an interview included in The Criterion Collection’s 2008 DVD reissue of Salò, the film’s director of photography Fabian Cevallos declares that, while re-examining stills from Salò during the war in Iraq, he realized that Pasolini “had already done it.”

     
    4.
    W.J.T. Mitchell raises similar questions about the meaning of what he calls the Abu Ghraib “archive” itself, noting that the most publicized images from the archive derive their iconographic associations from pornography and Christology before concluding that “Abu Ghraib exemplifies the transformation of this image of the archive [as a mode of administering the penal system] into its obverse as the first legal institution to visibly enforce the exceptional legal regime of the War on Terror” (127; see also 112–127). For more on Abu Ghraib generally, see Mark Danner, Torture and Truth: America, Abu Ghraib, and the War on Terror (New York: New York Review of Books, 2004), Karen J. Greenberg and Joshua L. Dratel, editors, The Torture Papers: The Road to Abu Ghraib, with an introduction by Anthony Lewis (Cambridge: Cambridge UP, 2005), and Jane Mayer, The Dark Side (New York: Knopf Doubleday, 2008).

     
    5.
    “In Salò, sexuality is not titillating or exciting; it is graphic and brutal, calculated and cold. [Pasolini’s] libertines are neither Sade’s aristocrats nor Byron’s satanic heroes who defy society, but meticulous, grotesque bureaucrats who are driven by frustration and impotence rather than desire. . . . [T]he elegant villa where the libertines pursue their obssessive sexual games and combinations is less a house of pleasure than a death laager from which no escape is possible” (Greene 27).

     
    6.
    Leo Bersani and Ulysse Dutoit offer the most suggestive interpretation of the erotic potential of the film in their article “Merde, alors.” While acknowledging that Salò has no libidinal attitude toward sadism or torture, Bersani and Dutoit contend that the film’s subversive passivity is the true signifier of a sexuality that, following Jean Laplanche’s theory, can only be construed as ébranlement, i.e., a shattering of boundaries. Hence the sexuality of the film for the two critics is a “tautology of masochism” (Bersani 24). Their thinking, however, seems far more valid for Pasolini’s extraordinary epic novel Petrolio, whose protagonist does appear to enjoy his shattering experiences, than for Salò, in which the victims are never portrayed as masochists and the libertines seem too apathetic to becom sexually aroused by their victims’s enforced passivity.

     
    7.
    Maggi argues that one character in Pasolini’s film, Renata, is given a crucial role in so far as she appears to blend the characteristics of two Sadean victims, Constance and Sophie (287). Renata is indeed displayed more prominently and more frequently than other victims, most notoriously in a truly violent and disturbing scene in which she is forced to eat shit. However, even her plight does not manage to disrupt the cool economy of a film that never allows us to redeem its scenes of cruelty through empathy.

     
    8.
    In another of the interviews included in The Criterion Collection’s DVD of Salò, David Forgacs stresses Pasolini’s ability to keep the spectator at a distance.

     
    9.
    An even subtler reference to the Fascist period might be Ferretti’s use of Pompeian red in the interiors, a color that is reminiscent of the Foro Italico sports stadium built in Rome under Mussolini’s direction, as the set designer affirms in an interview included in The Criterion Collection edition of the film.

     
    10.
    Interestingly, the enthusiasm of Sergio Citti, who collaborated with Pasolini on the screenplay and came up with the idea of the adaptation in the first place, lessened somewhat as a result of the director’s historical updating of Sade.

     
    11.
    “Il consumismo consiste infatti in un vero e proprio cataclisma antropologico: e io vivo, esistenzialmente, tale cataclisma che, almeno per ora, e pura degradazione: lo vivo nei miei giorni, nelle forme della mia esistenza, nel mio corpo.”

     
    12.
    Proceeding from Carl Schmitt’s famous definition of the sovereign, Agamben argues forcefully for a continuity between the state of exception and sovereignty and the use of the state of exception as a paradigm of contemporary government. However, for Agamben the state of exception is not thought after the dictatorial model, as it is proposed as a “space devoid of law, a zone of anomie in which all legal determinations—and above all the very distinction between public and private—are deactivated” (Exception 50). Agamben differs from Foucault in granting biopolitical significance to the state of exception.

     
    13.
    See Giovanni Borradori, editor, Philosophy in a Time of Terror: Dialogues with Jürgen Habermas and Jacques Derrida (Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2003). Wendy Brown, Regulating Aversion: Tolerance in the Age of Identity (Princeton: Princeton UP, 2008).

     
    14.
    See also “La conversazione di Angela Molteni.”

     
    15.
    “Ma la produzione non produce solo merce, produce insieme rapporti sociali, umanità. Il ‘nuovo modo di produzione’ ha prodotto dunque una nuova umanità” (Pasolini, Lettere 183).

     
    16.
    “Although perpetrated in secret rooms, the actions of the torturers were in fact programmatically aimed … at the realm of the eye. The setting not only did not prohibit photography, it allowed for and utilized it: both as an official tool of documentation for the Pentagon archives and above all as an instrument of humiliation for the victims” (Horrorism 109). “Sebbene perpetrati in stanze segrete, gli atti dei torturatori erano infatti programmaticamente rivolti … alla sfera dell’occhio. Il contesto non solo non proibiva la fotografia, ma la prevedeva e l’utilizzava: sia come strumento ufficiale di documentazione per l’archivio del Pentagono, sia, soprattutto, come strumento di umiliazione per le vittime” (Orrorismo 146).

     
    17.
    “Anche se la cultura sado-masochista c’entra, godimento è forse, qui, un termine improprio. Le fotografie non danno l’idea di un’estasi carnale bensì, pur nell’eccitazione, di un divertimento ottuso e grottesco, insulso e triviale. Ciò che in esse risalta è la caricatura spettrale di una tortura ridotta ad immonda farsa” (Orrorismo 147).

     
    18.
    Sade does speak of de Curval’s “air of imbecility,” but it is clear that this condition is a consequence of his derangement of mind and debasement. At any rate, Sade never presents the “stupid” side of his characters in a comic vein.

     
    19.
    “Noi fascisti siamo i soli veri anarchici, naturalmente una volta che ci siamo impadroniti dello Stato. Infatti la sola vera anarchia è quella del potere” (Pasolini, Cinema 2: 2041–2042). The translation of this and subsequent citations from the script of Salò is mine. According to Bataille, Sade ascribes to the duc de Blangis a special splendor and violence (Bataille, Evil 118).

     
    20.

    DURCET:

    Se i ragazzi erano 9 adesso sono 8. A proposito di 8, sapete la differenza che passa tra l’ora, il dottore e la famiglia?

    BLANGIS:

    No, naturalmente. Ce lo dica, siamo ansiosi.

    DURCET:

    L’ora è di un’ora, il dottore è di ott’ore

    VESCOVO:

    E la famiglia? . . .

    DURCET:

    Sta bene, grazie.

    TUTTI:

    (Risate).

    The humor of this exchange, such as it is, is difficult to reproduce in English, as the line “a doctor is ‘duh . . . octo-hours’” propounds a kind of crude pun in Italian, as dottore [doctor] and ott’ore [eight hours] rhyme with one another. For this reason, I deliberately have used an irregular formulation to translate “ott’ore.”

     
    21.

    DURCET:

    Carlo. Metti le dita cosi. Sei capace di dire ‘non posso mangiare il riso’ tenendo le dita cosi?

    BRUNO (allargandosi la bocca con le dita):

    Non posso mangiare il riso.

    DURCET:

    E allora mangia la merda.

     
    22.

    DURCET:

    Lo sai quello che fa un bolscevico quando si tuffa nel mar Rosso?

    UMBERTO:

    No, non lo so!

    DURCET:

    Ah, non sai quello che fa un bolscevico che si tuffa nel mar Rosso?

    UMBERTO:

    No, me lo dica.

    DURCET:

    Fa ‘pluff.’

     
    23.
    “E però che nella faccia massimante in due luoghi opera l’anima . . . cioè ne li occhi e ne la bocca . . . e in questi due luoghi dico io che appariscono questi piaceri, dicendo ne li occhi e nel suo dolce riso. . . . Dimostrasi (l’anima) ne la bocca, quasi come colore dopo vetro” (Alighieri 97).

     
    24.
    “Non sanno sorridere o ridere. Sanno solo ghignare o shignazzare” (Pasolini, Lettere 9).

     
    25.
    See Pasolini, Scritti 179.

     
    26.
    Of course, in this scheme Foucault paid slight attention to the highly speculative Freudian inquiries into the relationship between sexuality and cruelty (sadism/masochism).

     
    27.
    For Bataille’s own notion of sovereignty, see “Sovereignty,” the third volume in The Accursed Share, Volumes II and III: The History of Eroticism and Sovereignty, trans. Robert Hurley (New York: Zone Books, 1993).

     
    28.
    In Literature and Evil, Bataille defines Sade’s chief obsession as the same as that of the discipline of philosophy: namely, to achieve the unity of subject and object (125).

     
    29.
    One of Pasolini’s most important contributions to the Italian tradition is his success in reclaiming for political thought–from the religious territory of Franciscanism–the domain of what Eric Santner calls the creaturely. For Santner, creaturely life is a life exposed to power and authority, which is to say life taking on “its specific bio-political intensity, where it assumes the cringed posture of the creature.” With respect to this decisive problematic, Pasolini achieves in Salò nothing less than a full-blown phenomenology of the creature in contemporary society, a critique that powerfully anticipates Santner’s definition of the creaturely as a state of becoming rather than of being: “Creaturely life is just life abandoned to the state of exception/emergency, that paradoxical domain in which law has been suspended in the name of preserving law” (22).

     
    30.
    “Ora tutto si e rovesciato. Primo: la lotta progressista per la democratizzazione espressiva e per la liberazione sessuale è stata brutalmente superata e vanificata dalla decisione del potere consumistico di concedere una vasta (quanto falsa) tolleranza. Secondo: anche la ‘realtà’ dei corpi innocenti è stata violata, manipolata, manomessa dal potere consumistico: anzi, tale violenza sui corpi è diventato il dato piú macroscopico della nuova epoca umana” (Lettere 72).

     
    31. Lettere 74–75.

     
    32.
    Note that this phrase is not translated in The Foucault Reader.

     
    33.
    For a cogent recapitulation of Foucault’s discussion of the methods of government (management of population, goods, etc.) as distinguished from the problem of sovereignty, see Butler 93–100.

     
    34.
    Giuseppe Bertolucci’s documentary, Pasolini, prossimo nostro (2007), features a last interview given by Pasolini to Gideon Bachmann at Cinecittà in which the filmmaker directly addresses the topic of sadomasochism. He declares that, although it might be considered an eternal feature of sexuality, he is only tangentially interested in sadomasochism per se, as his aim in Salò is to use sexuality as a metaphor for the relationship between power and its subjects. In the same interview, Pasolini adds that he has a particular hatred for contemporary power in so far as it represents a form of power that is especially adept at manipulating consciousness, making it in his view a regimen of control no better than that used by Hitler or Himmler.

     
    35.
    We ought to recall that Foucault offers these reflections in response to a question posed by Gérard Dupont, in which the interviewer criticizes the “retro” association of fascism and sadism in both Cavani’s The Night Porter and Pasolini’s Salò.

     
    36.
    In a recent interview, Antonio Negri approaches Italy’s anthropological transformation during the second half of the twentieth century as something vital and positive that ought to be read in the light of workers’ struggles, and certainly not in relation to Pasolini’s thought. Francesca Cadel, “Exile: Interview with Toni Negri,” trans. Carin McClain, in Rethinking Marxism 18:3 (July 2006), 353–356.

     
    37.
    “All those who reproach me for my vision of everything that is Italy today—a vision which is catastrophic because it is total (if only from the anthropological point of view)—compassionately mock me because I do not take into consideration that consumerist materialism and criminality are phenomena which are spreading throughout the capitalist world and not only through Italy” (Pasolini, Letters 104). “Tutti quelli che mi rimproverano la mia visione catastrofica in quanto totale (se non altro dal punto di vista antropologico) di ciò che è oggi l’Italia, mi deridono compassionevolmente perché non tengono conto che il materialismo consumistico e la criminalità, sono fenomeni che dilagano in tutto il mondo capitalistico, e non solo in Italia” (Lettere 158). Cf. Lettere luterane and Scritti corsari generally.

     
    38.
    “La cultura italiana è cambiata nel vissuto, nell’esistenziale, nel concreto. . . . Chi ha manipolato e radicalmente (antropologicamente) mutato le grandi masse contadine e operaie italiane è un nuovo potere che mi è difficile definire: ma di cui sono certo che è il più violento e totalitario che ci sia mai stato.”

     
    39.
    “Siete fuori dai confini di ogni legalità, nessuno sulla terra sa chevoi siete qui. . … Ed ecco le leggi che regoleranno qui dento la vostra vita.”

     
    40.
    Judith Butler has advanced a similar argument, pointedly discussing the indefinite detention of the prisoners at Guantanamo as an instance of the resurgence of sovereignty in the era of governmentality. See Butler 50–100. In fact, Butler even invokes “Sadean drama” as a paradigm case of the annulment of law that enables the resurgence of sovereign power (62).

     
    41.
    “Accatone e i suoi amici sono andati incontro alla deportazione e alla soluzione finale silenziosamente, magari ridendo dei loro aguzzini. Ma noi testimoni borghesi?” (Lettere 158).

     
    42.
    Pasolini felt that Accattone, which depicted the life of Rome’s poor and disenfranchised when “tradition was life itself (la tradizione era la vita stessa)”, predated what he defined as the “cultural genocide”: “Between 1961 and 1975, something essential has changed: there has been a genocide. An entire population has been culturally destroyed. And what is at stake is precisely one of those cultural genocides that preceded Hitler’s actual genocide. If I had taken a long voyage and had come back after a few years, going about through the ‘grandiose plebeian metropolis,’ I would have had the impression that all its inhabitants had been deported and exterminated, replaced on the streets and in the city lots by washed-out, ferocious, unhappy ghosts. Indeed, Hitler’s SS. . . . If I wished today to re-shoot Accattone, I could no longer do it (Tra il 1961 e il 1975 qualcosa di essenziale è cambiato: si è avuto un genocidio. Si è distrutta culturalmente una popolazione. E si tratta precisamente di uno di quei genocidi culturali che avevano preceduto i genocidi fisici di Hitler. Se io avessi fatto un lungo viaggio, e fossi tornato dopo alcuni anni, andando in giro per la ‘grandiosa metropoli plebea,’ avrei avuto l’impressione che tutti i suoi abitanti fossero stati deportati e sterminati, sostituiti, per le strade e nei lotti, da slavati, feroci, infelici fantasmi. Le SS di Hitler, appunto. . . . Se io oggi volessi rigirare Accattone, non potrei piú farlo)” (Lettere 154–155).

     
    43.
    “In questa prospettiva, non sarebbe illegittimo leggere Salò come una parodia della Storia” (Profanazioni 52). At the same time, Agamben offers a much more generous interpretation of what Pasolini regards as Morante’s inability to represent life. For Agamben, Morante’s own “serious parody” is the stylistic key to her narrative universe, demonstrating her realization that it is impossible to represent innocent life directly, outside of history. See Profanazioni 44, and more generally 39–56.

     
    44.
    Pasolini indeed was extremely hostile to the project of the so-called neo-avanguardia within the context of Italian culture, a movement that counted Umberto Eco in its ranks. Pasolini never believed in the illusion of achieving poetic justice through the defiant posture of avant-gardism, a posture that he regarded as not only superficial, but also contaminated by a compulsive mania for the new that is complicit with the logic of the marketplace.

     
    45.
    In an interview with Andrea Crozzoli featured in Giuseppe Bertolucci’s Pasolini, prossimo nostro (see note 34 above), Gideon Bachmann observes that, if we regard Salò as Pasolini’s ultimate legacy, this is not so much because it was his last work, but rather because the director could not have “overcome” or surpassed the achievement represented by the film. Whereas Sade and Goya may be named as the masters of representing the absolute extremes of horror in their respective disciplines of literature and painting, no one has come close to Pasolini in the domain of cinema, according to Bachmann.

     
    46.
    Roland Barthes, Le Monde, June 16, 1976: “Pasolini’s literal approach exerts a strange and surprising effect. One might think that literality serves the cause of truth or reality. Not at all: the letter distorts matters of conscience on which we are obliged to take a stand. By remaining faithful to the letter of the scenes in Sade, Pasolini managed to distort Sade as a matter-of-conscience. . . . His film misses on two counts: everything that renders fascism unreal is bad, and everything that renders Sade real is wrong. And still . . . Pasolini’s film has a value of hazy recognition of something in each of us, poorly mastered but definitely embarrassing: it embarrasses us all, thanks to Pasolini’s own naiveté; it prevents us from redeeming ourselves. This is why I wonder if, as the outcome of a long string of errors, Pasolini’s Salò is not—when all is said and done—a peculiarly ‘Sadian’ object: absolutely irreclaimable. Nobody, in fact, seems to be able to” (qtd. in Willemen 65–66). The translation of this passage of Barthes’ essay from the French is Willemen’s.

  • The Enemy Combatant as Poet: The Politics of Writing in Poems from Guantanamo

    Erin Trapp (bio)
    ectrapp@gmail.com

    Abstract
     
    Reviews of poetry written by Guantanamo detainees foreclose the aesthetic potential of the poems, and, as a result, contribute to contemporary human rights discourse’s depoliticization of the subject of human rights. Considering the poems within the field of “post-9/11 literature,” the essay proposes that the poems place the question of how to read the writing of the enemy at the center of this literature’s concern with the traumatic and affective consequences of 9/11. Instead of reading the poetic speaker within the framework of the “state of exception,” the essay asks how a political subject emerges from a position of “assumed guilt.” The enemy combatant denotes not only the unnamable negativity of empire, but the duplicity of this position of being assumed guilty and of assuming guilt for the crimes of others. The ambiguity of the enemy combatant as poetic speaker resists discernible efforts to provide a “close-up” of the figure of the terrorist turned victim. The poems work critically in a place otherwise rife with naïve assumptions about the self-evidence of testimony in expressive work. Along these lines, they are not merely documents of barbarism–neither of the barbarism suspected of them, nor of the barbarism of captivity to which they testify–but they are works that think through this “final stage” of the dialectic of culture and barbarism in post-9/11 culture.
     

    As documents of the “enemy combatant,” the poems collected in Poems from Guantanamo: The Detainees Speak are unique to post-9/11 literature. Concerned centrally with the “world-changing” impact of trauma and spectacle, post-9/11 literature reinforces the testimonial function of witnessing implicit in human rights discourse.1 This testimonial function figures the suffering human as an object of the law, and therefore cannot challenge imperial sovereignty and its extralegal legality. Take the second of “Two Fragments,” by Shaikh Abdurraheem Muslim Dost:

    Just as the heart beats in the darkness of the body,

    So I, despite this cage, continue to beat with life.

    Those who have no courage or honor consider themselves free,

    But they are slaves.

    I am flying on the wings of thought,

    And so, even in this cage, I know a greater freedom.

    Dost’s poem describes the hypocrisy of the liberalism that has informed the “justice” of oppressive measures, leading to the invasions of Afghanistan and Iraq and to extralegal practices at Guantanamo and Abu Ghraib. The poem’s tropes display the suffering body and thereby present the body as an object to observe. Dost testifies to the imprisonment of the “I” and to the “I”’s persistence as a “beating heart”; these conditions of confinement are portrayed to be witnessed. The speaker seems to affirm the persistence of the human spirit in the face of suffering, invoking a central and pervasive idea about the sufferer’s humanity. In the poems, the various layers of testimony—of the enemy combatant who testifies as a criminal, as a victim, and as a witness—create a legal situation outside of which none of the poems’ readers can think and which makes it impossible for them to see the relation between aesthetics and politics. If we consider the poems’ aesthetics, however, instead of reading them only as extensions of the discourses of human rights and of political resistance, then we can get a better idea of the political subject and of the torture and suffering to which he testifies.

     
    But how does the poem caution against the reader’s identification with the figure of suffering that it simultaneously invokes? How does it question the “authentic ‘I’” that it also presents, stages, and puts on display? Dost’s poem, which is notably silent on the role of the witness (the spectator, the world, the bystander), remains ambiguous about the way its “body” can be read. Looking closely at the ways in which the materiality of the “body” is constructed in writing, we can advance some tentative theses about the way the function of testimony is called into question here. In Dost’s poem, the heart is a synecdoche for the “I,” and establishes an analogy between the “dark body” and the cage or prison cell. This rhetorical move places the heart in the cage, its beating a figure of the nonhuman aspect of a speaker whose bird-like insistence on flight brings to mind the image of the winged heart. The popular tattoo of a winged heart (a form of inscription that resonates with the method, used by many detainees, of inscribing Styrofoam cups with their verse before they were allowed pens and paper) is properly called the Tughra Inayati, the symbol of faith for Universal Sufism, the mystical expression of Islam. Tughra, in fact, refers to the act of writing; in Arabic it means “finely ornamented writing,” describing the detailed calligraphic script comprising the wings and the heart. A kind of object poem, then, Dost’s fragment produces this mystical symbol as a generic and universal emblem.2 As a riddle, the poem creates distance between the author and the speaker and thereby challenges the principles that define the human being both by means of the extralegal law of imperial sovereignty, which isolates the body of the individual as the object of the law, and by means of the universalist and abstract notion of “human rights,” which can only respond through this same figure. Accordingly, the poetic speaker can be read as a cipher for the ways that the structure of oppression produces and enforces our identification with and as depoliticized subjects.
     
    Dost’s poem allows us to consider how the identity between speaker and author, which is mandated in testimony, is produced by such formal and often material conventions. In her perceptive discussion of the ways that post-9/11 literature remains “formally familiar,” Rachel Greenwald Smith describes aesthetic form as reflective of a psychological defense against trauma.3 Her reading focuses on the “permeability” of affect, suggesting that 9/11 has made feeling vulnerable to the impingement of that other key characteristic of twenty-first century literary subjectivity. It is interesting, in this light, that reviewers of Poems from Guantanamo find the poems in the collection to be “generic” and “conventional,” works that could have been written at any time “by anyone suffering anything” (Chiasson). Insisting that the poems are “familiar”—or that they are not “good” enough to merit reading—the reviews, even if ostensibly critical of Guantanamo, are in fact symptomatic of the very logic of empire, which for the past decade has continued its empire-building activity while its critics and victims testify to and “expose” its oppression and corruption. In what follows, by contrast, I show how the initially defensive quality of the “formally familiar” becomes an aggressive measure when it is extended to understanding the poetry of the enemy combatant.
     
    The uniqueness of the collection lies, then, in asking us how to read the writing of the enemy and in the challenge it thereby poses to received ideas about the testimonial function in both 9/11 and human rights literature. The collection, which has generated much discussion about inaccessible originals, translation, bad poetry, and the capacity of poetry to transmit “secret messages,” was gathered and edited by Marc Falkoff, a lawyer of some of the prisoners. By arguing that the central provocation of the publication is how to read the “enemy,” I challenge the popular assumption that its main question is how a tortured, traumatized body speaks. Instead, I ask how the “enemy combatant” comes to be redefined when he is understood as a lyric subject. To read the enemy combatant as a poet is to reject common images of the detainee as a victim of torture, on the one hand, or, on the other, as a fundamentalist terrorist.
     
    The “enemy combatant,” a term employed to obscure and efface the identity of the person to whom it refers, designates the “barbarian” of our times, a figure whose alien otherness and position “before the law” announces opposition to the civilization implicit in empire. According to the logics of sovereignty and visibility that are predominant among critical efforts to understand the post-9/11 era, the enemy combatant is seen to reveal the barbarism of empire itself.4 Although these logics have been invoked by the Left to expose the hypocrisy of power, their shortcomings are apparent in readings that see the enemy combatant, like the poetic subject, as little more than a placeholder for opposition to empire. In contrast to reading the poetic speaker within the framework of the “state of exception,” I ask how a political subject emerges from a position of “assumed guilt.” The enemy combatant, as I describe him, denotes not only the unnamable negativity of empire, but also the duplicitous position of being assumed guilty and of assuming guilt for the crimes of others. The poems confront the historical rewriting of the subject of human rights literature as a victim rather than as an opponent of oppression, and introduce the paradoxical status of being at once victim and political subject.5
     
    These considerations for reading the political subject must also include the complex history of the relationships between written and oral traditions, and between traditional and non-traditional forms of poetry. In his introduction to the collection, “Arab Prison Poetry,” Flagg Miller explains that the poems participate in various histories of poetic form, of Arab liberation, of prison literature, and of human rights discourse.6 As illustrated by Dost’s example, the poetic speaker takes place within a history of forms that is irreducible to the enunciation of a universal human subject. The ambiguity of this poetic speaker resists discernible efforts to provide a “close-up” of the terrorist turned victim, and in this way, the poems operate critically in a milieu otherwise rife with naïve assumptions about the self-evidence of testimony in expressive work. Along these lines, I find that the poems are not merely documents of barbarism—neither of the barbarism suspected of their authors, nor of the barbaric captivity to which they testify—but are in addition works that think through this “final,” post-9/11 stage of the dialectic between culture and barbarism.7 Reading the enemy combatant lyrically, as an anonymous and nonhuman subject, I explore the political alternatives that become imaginable with the poems’ publication and that are occluded by the term “enemy combatant” and by a dismissal of the enemy combatant as poet.
     

    The Testimonial Function

     
    Reviewers of the poems in Western media regard them as testimonies that “make visible” the crimes of the U.S. war on terror.8 In considering the assumptions and accusations of these disparate readers, I explore how this politics of exposure and visibility is undergirded by a dismissal of the poems’ specific “content and format.”9 The testimonial conflation of biography and speaker is accomplished in a dismissal of poetic form, a move that depoliticizes the poems and turns the resistant enemy into a tortured body. Robert Pinsky’s bland pronouncement that there “are no Mandelshtams here” serves as a model of this dismissal. Pinsky uses “Mandelshtam” to refer to the shared theme of imprisonment, but his reference emphasizes aesthetic form over political content. Pinsky’s judgment, which relies on a separation of aesthetics and politics that has been challenged by both poststructuralism and Marxist literary theory, indicates the poems’ embeddedness in the testimonial function, their tendency to be read as biographies of human suffering even when their readers purport to read them as “literary” documents.10 By reading the poems as more than testimonies, however, we can appreciate them not as biographical texts about universal human suffering, but as connected to the world differently and more singularly than this legalist, discursive abstraction of the human subject allows.
     
    The production of a human subject—if not of humanity—was, however, the aim shared by Falkoff and the other human rights lawyers who saw the volume through to publication.11 As Falkoff notes, this, and not the danger of coded messages in the original Pashto or Arabic versions, constituted the real threat posed by the poetry. He writes,

    If the inmates were writing words like “the Eagle flies at dawn,” the censors might have a case, but they are not… [W]hat the military fears is not so much the possibility of secret messages being communicated, but the power of words to make people outside realize that these are human beings who have not had their day in court.

    As Falkoff argues, the “power of words” is not in the words themselves, not in what they say, but in what they do: they allow us to perceive the “human beings” behind them. For Falkoff, the merit of the poems is their self-evidence as testimonies, and this testimony produces the subject as human.

     
    The question of what constitutes a recognizable human being in this context is raised by critics on the academic Left as well. As Anne McClintock demonstrates in her essay “Paranoid Empire,” the endpoint of such critical, post-9/11 work is to shift from exposing the corrupt foundations of the oppressors to making visible the plight of the oppressed. In describing the paradigm of morality that followed Abu Ghraib, she extends Falkoff’s ideas about exposing the common humanity of the prisoners by pointing to how such an exposure intensifies our focus on ourselves. She writes,

    The pornography argument turned the question of torture abroad back to a question about us in the United States: our morality, our corrupt sexualities, our loss of international credibility, our gender misrule. In the storm of moral agitation about our pornography and our loss of the moral high ground, the terrible sufferings of ordinary, innocent people in two occupied and devastated countries were thrown into shadow.

    (100)

    McClintock claims that “our” moral crisis competes with and displaces the suffering of others. Distinguishing between these two areas—morality versus suffering—McClintock seems to present the task of radical politics as the choice between two projects, but what emerges more tellingly is the extent to which these two choices are not really distinct. They are located rather in two subject positions—those of a moral self and a suffering other—that are both congruous with figures of testimony in human rights discourse.

    The identity between poet and sufferer is enforced in the editorial decision to include a brief biography of each prisoner alongside his poem or poems (and it comes as no surprise that many find these “more evocative than the poems themselves” [Chiasson]). The insistently visual rhetoric of torture, which has become an integral part of the discourse on terrorism, makes its way in this manner into the poetic frame, by giving each name a figure.12 Through the biographical “close-up,” we get what seems to be missing in the translated poems: the original, innocent prisoner—a victim of anti-terrorism and not a terrorist.13
     
    The “sufferer” who testifies in Jumah al Dossari’s “Death Poem,” by contrast, questions his own status as a human being. The poetic speaker considers his death, presenting the public display of his body as signs of an “innocent” and “sinless” soul:

    Take my blood.

    Take my death shroud and

    The remnants of my body.

    Take photographs of my corpse at the grave, lonely.

    Send them to the world,

    To the judges and

    To the people of conscience,

    Send them to the principled men and the fair-minded.

    And let them bear the guilty burden, before the world,

    Of this innocent soul.

    Let them bear the burden, before their children and before history,

    Of this wasted, sinless soul,

    Of this soul which has suffered at the hands of the “protectors of peace.”

    The speaker narrates a fantasy of his death, preparing his body as an offering to the world, and the poem thus engages its own polarization of guilt and innocence to assert the speaker’s innocence. He describes how his body should be sent to “judges and / To the people of conscience.” In an ironic appeal to habeas corpus, the innocent body thus bears a guilt which is not his own. At first seeming to sediment the opposition between guilt and innocence, ending with the hypocrisy of the “protectors of peace,” the poem attacks the supposed objectivity of conscience, and with it, the idea that guilt and innocence can be extricated from one another. The judges, who should be impartial, bear “the guilty burden, before the world, / Of this innocent soul.” The poem, which asserts the innocence of its speaker, does so by calling into question the function of “bear[ing] the burden” of his “wasted, sinless soul.” The speaker does not bare his soul, but makes apparent the difference between what belongs to the first person and what belongs to the world. Al Dossari’s poem employs a thematic concern with journey—the ironic and impossible journey of a body, of “sending” a body as a document to the world. The merit of the poem lays in the construction of the body as a site of elegy, as much an object as a subject of the poem. It asks how the body can be produced as a site of justice, or how human rights— figured in the world, in conscience, and in the judges—has failed to provide justice.

     
    Al Dossari’s fantasy of what the poetic body can do is the opposite of what Shirley Dent imagines in her review of the poems in her Guardian “Books blog” post, “We should look to democracy, not poetry, to deliver justice.” Dent claims that a properly functioning democracy is more possible, and more realistic, than a political subjectivity that would arise in poetry.14 She also claims that the poems don’t do enough, either as political documents or as aesthetic works. She does not mean, however, that poetry should do more, but rather that justice, this form of doing, should be left to democracy. Although acknowledging that we live in the “absence of real democracy,” her argument that the truths of poetry should be “objective, universal, and complex” serves to articulate the aesthetic principles that underlie her strict separation of aesthetics and politics. These principles do not leave room for the idea that poetry could in fact challenge ideas of justice, and especially that challenges to justice could come in aesthetic form.
     
    Like other reviews, Dent’s argument, which also faults readers who want this type of affective evidence associated with poetry, relies on a dismissal of the literary value of the poetry. One of the most prominent of these reviews, “Notes on Prison Camp,” written by poet Dan Chiasson, appeared in the New York Times shortly after the publication of the poems. Chiasson, who finds the poets innocent, the poems bad, and the politics of publication “liberal,” indicts the poems on the basis of their generic universality.15 He claims that the bulk of the poems are “so vague, their claims so conventional, [they] mimic the kinds of things sad or frustrated people have always written.” Although Chiasson suggests that it would be wrong to judge the aesthetic merit of poems written by people under these conditions, this disclaimer functions to justify his sustained dismissal of the poems. The mimicry of which Chiasson accuses the poems is a matter not only of his ignorance of the form from which the poems derive, but of the extent to which an insistence on innocence depoliticizes the “human” subject.
     
    Chiasson seems to conclude that the lack of literary merit in the poems can be separated from the identity of the poets, but when he suggests that Falkoff is part of a conspiracy with the U.S. government, for example, he explicitly invokes the idea that the poems can be read unambiguously and transparently as reflections of the prisoner biographies. His interpretation is openly supported by longtime activist and poet Maxine Kumin, who writes in a letter to the editor “commend[ing]” Chiasson for his “forthright, intelligent review.”16 She states: “Surely the press and the editor must have believed they were doing the public a service, though their combined naiveté in the light of the facts is overwhelming.” Kumin’s position is especially conflicted, not only because she also goes on to write her own “torture” poems—from the point-of-view of the detainees—but, as Falkoff claims, because she seems to be saying, “leave the poetry about Guantanamo to me” (Worthington). In asserting that the detainees should not be writing, and in extending the criteria of innocence to the “naive” press and editor, Kumin perhaps unintentionally suggests that testimonies cannot also be political. The mutually reinforcing theses of the lack of literary merit and of innocence as an attribute of human suffering lead to a separation of aesthetics and politics that many of these reviewers would deny in other contexts.
     
    In response to these reviews, George Fragopoulos discusses the need to remove the “dividing line” between aesthetics and politics. As Falkoff acknowledges in his conversation with Andy Worthington, Fragopoulos argues that aesthetics and politics do not intersect in straightforward ways. It strikes me, however, that the separation of aesthetics and politics is not the crux of the problem. It seems rather that the disregard of aesthetic form is symptomatic of a conflation of biographical and poetic speaker, and that this conflation allows the reader to project his or her ideas about the identifiable human onto the subject of the poems. In her essay on Paul de Man’s “Anthropomorphism and Trope in the Lyric,” Barbara Johnson describes the similarity of anthropomorphism and aesthetic identification by comparing lyric poetry and the Supreme Court case of Rowland v. California Men’s Colony. She concludes that anthropomorphism is more than a tropological figure—more than an establishment of likeness—because it extends as “known” the “properties of the human.” Johnson thus defines the projective extension of what is known as fundamental to the identification of personhood. Her insight reminds us that the “I” is not a transparent subject, but rather a figure that is often the product of multiple projections.
     
    The reviews that I have discussed project a knowable human subject and therefore dwell on aesthetic sentiments that arise from this schema of intelligibility. In her recent book Frames of War: When is Life Grievable?, Judith Butler applies the testimonial function of the poems to a different end; she argues that the poems, and their authors, constitute the opposition to U.S. empire. Butler takes human suffering, or the suffering victim of human rights discourse, and gives it political agency without addressing the aesthetic dynamic of activity and passivity at work in the poems themselves. Her collapse of the “I” into a “we” results in the projection of her own political ideals onto the subject.17 She adopts Falkoff’s appeal that the poems “testify” to the wrongs of detention and the humanity of the subjects. Butler finds that the poems attest to an alternative, non-Western form of ethical interaction; that is, they exhibit a particular humanity, the inspiring capacity for collective human interaction. She reads the poems as evidence of a “sense of solidarity, of interconnected lives that carry on each others’ words, suffer each others’ tears, and form networks that pose an incendiary risk not only to national security, but to the form of global sovereignty championed by the U.S.” (62). Butler derives this reading not from poetic form but from “the repeated and open question” of al Haj’s and others’ poems, “How does a tortured body form such words?” Butler’s point is that a tortured body does not form “such words,” by which she means poetry, but that it speaks the pain of an other: the words of the poem attest to the sufferings of an other and of others. Butler identifies the political potential of the poetry in its capacity to represent resistant humanity in the face of global sovereignty. Butler extends the political implications of Falkoff’s project, but in a manner that continues to think about the poems, and about the political subjectivity they represent, as a symptom of the internal antagonism and demise of American empire.
     
    Butler, Chiasson, and Dent avoid the poems’ poetic qualities, all the while making strong claims about what the poems do or do not do as aesthetic documents, as if the politics are synonymous with the author’s biographical blurbs.18 The reviews are thus exemplary of the postwar depoliticization of art, which Adorno laments, for example, in his critique of the industry of culture. Along these lines, Arendt critiques not the separation of art and politics, which she understands as a conflict fundamental to society, but the role of the mediating faculty, the cultura animi, the “cultivated and trained mind” of culture. She describes how this faculty— taste—humanizes, and also how it can “de-barbarize” the world, in contrast to the way that society makes culture complicit, “monopoliz[ing] culture for its own purposes.” Arendt’s move to make art (and other activity) political is to count taste “among man’s political abilities” (220). Taste, the capacity to be in the position “to forget ourselves,” represents the role of the reader. To think of the poems not just as “documents,” or as “prison literature” and to include them within the purview of post-9/11 literature requires the aesthetic activity of forgetting oneself, of bringing the category of the “I”—like that of the “enemy combatant”—into question.
     

    The Qasidah Form

     
    In contrast to the interpretations discussed above, which emphasize the performative dimension of poetic work and thus place the poems firmly in the realm of contested visuality that is democratic politics, I now discuss a lyric activity that emerges where poetry and human rights intersect. I do so by asking what is particular to the poetic “content and format” of this writing. As I noted in the context of the reviews, the poetic “I”—here an ethnic “I,” to follow John Kim’s discussion of the way that the autobiographical “self” returns as a figure of “social collectivity” (337)—is made more powerfully human through an almost irresistible process of identification that collapses the distance between enunciating “I” and enunciated “I.” The “I” is the juncture of these concerns about the relation between aesthetics and politics: that figure, as Adorno found and as Dost’s poem illustrates, of “subjectivity turning to objectivity” (“Lyric Poetry” 46). As I show, the intricacy of aesthetics and politics contained in the lyric ambiguity of the poetic speaker—the indeterminacy of the “I”—disrupts these humanist models for thinking about the status and identity of the detainees. I focus on ways in which the poems’ recurring structure of the classical qasidah extends this mediation between aesthetics and politics by refusing the very terms of universal human rights that are invoked by the poems. Classical forms, and the neoclassical revival of these forms during the colonial period in the early twentieth century, thus retain an elusive, ambiguous, and somewhat spectral relationship to contemporary poetry, even as they are also rejected in the formally experimental free verse poetry of the latter half of the twentieth century. The poems of Guantanamo loosely represent the variety of these poetic forms; the collection includes poems that are traditional, formal, and experimental, and that reflect influences from diverse prison writings, all the while negotiating questions about the role of the human voice in writing.
     
    Contextualizing the poems within the history of Arabic poetic forms particularizes and modifies some of the attributes of human rights literature and the transnational genres of prison and resistance literature, all of which are legible in the poems. The poems demonstrate how questions of form and of literary history can be brought to bear on larger political and social discourses. Flagg Miller’s introduction to the collection, which places the poems in the context of Arab liberation and Israeli occupation, focuses on the particular history of the qasidah, a form of Arabic poetry that is often compared to the ode. The traditional qasidah, according to Suzanne Pinckney Stetkevych, is a metered poem in monorhyme that is usually composed of fifteen to eighty lines (3–4).19 The qasidah is recognizable through its thematic units, which Stetkevych, in her foundational text on Arabic poetry, The Mute Immortals Speak, likens to the passage of ritual: the nasib, which consists of a description of the “abandoned encampment” (3); the rahil, which describes the poet’s journey; and the fakhr, the praise of self and tribe. Several of the poems from the collection—Emad Abdullah Hassan’s “The Truth,” Sami al Haj’s “ Humiliated in the Shackles,” Ibrahim al Rubaish’s “Ode to the Sea,” and Abdulla Majid al Noaimi’s “My Heart was Wounded by the Strangeness”—function as contemporary variations of the qasidah.
     
    Scholars of the qasidah, including Flagg Miller and Hussein Kadhim, who take up the overt political and social uses of these poetic forms, discuss these variations and experimentations of form. Kadhim, for example, considers the neoclassical revival of the qasidah in the early twentieth century as a form of “incitement poetry” (shi ‘r al-tahrid) against colonialism.20 In his reading, the rahil is a transitional part that links the elegiac nasib to the gharad, the poem’s main part and the locus of the political message. In his work on Yemeni poets, Miller describes a dialogic variation of the qasidah, the initiation-and-response poetry of the bid ‘wa jiwab. Miller focuses on the role of the messenger, who functions as a mediator between poet and receiver and thereby establishes the authority of the written text. Miller is thus attentive to what he calls the “scriptographic tropes” of the qasidah, those metaphorical and thematic indications of the process of writing within the text itself, and this kind of reading involves an elaboration of additional sections, such as a riddle following the main section, which serve as a provocation for the receiver to formulate his response. Kadhim’s and Miller’s discussions also take up the question of the relationship between the classical form of the qasidah and the innovations of the “free verse” movement in the fifties, which experimented with traditional and non-traditional forms of verse.21 Recognizing these traditional forms is central to reading the poems of Guantanamo, not because the poems mimic or allude to tradition as such, but because the persistence of these forms as fragments and variations presents a valid alternative to the human rights problem of how writing (after catastrophe or after torture) is possible.22
     
    Many of the poems in the collection explicitly assert the expressive power of the human voice, inviting the testimonial function that they have been accorded. But the force of this voice emerges from its paradoxical production of the poem as written text. In his poem “The Truth,” Emad Abdullah Hassan depicts the expressive force of the speaker’s “song” as the ability to restore the singing of birds: “Oh Night, my song will restore the sweetness of Life: / The birds will again chirp in the trees.” Here, “chirping” is an effect of the speaker’s song and of the human voice, and these two forms of expression—the human and the nonhuman—are conflated and collapsed. Hassan’s poem begins by asserting the redemptive value of the song:

    Oh History, reflect. I will now

    Disclose the secret of secrets.

    My song will expose the damned oppression,

    And bring the system to collapse.

    The speaker’s “song” is thus the embodiment and expression of resistance, emerging at the limits of a system that it also aims to collapse. Here it begins to present a problem for the discourse of human rights that it also represents, troubling the aims of a discourse that attempts to bring the margins to its center. The “secret of secrets” is presented not as an elusive, mystical sign to be read, but as something that cannot be understood by the speaker’s enemies. Hassan tells us what his enemy cannot understand: “that all we need is Allah, our comfort.” The secret betrays the ambiguity of the very call for universality within the poems—that they neither simply speak the universal nor speak a coded universal but instead challenge the discourse of human rights to which they also appeal.

     
    Hassan’s poem lays out the problem of the poetic subject who is situated at the crossroads of human rights and resistance literature. His speaker, like many others, announces an intention to use poetry as a vehicle for assuaging wounds and for lifting oppression. Here, the irony of human rights discourse is not only that its moral principles are also its offenses, but also that its victims must appear without contradiction as innocent, a pose at odds with political resistance, which, as we will see, assumes a condition of guilt. The double task of the poet obscures the self-evidence of the speaker who seems to emerge as biography, and in the case of these poems, which invoke traditions of form, this is a tropological process, a process of “borrowing.”23
     
    The forms of response initiated by the qasidah involve the “primal, nonhuman” figure of the messenger in the rahil (Miller, “Moral Resonance” 172). Miller finds that this section differs for the bid ‘wa-jiwab because in the traditional rahil, the poet often imagines himself traveling across a landscape. The bid ‘wa-jiwab instead invokes a third party, a figure of the messenger who journeys between two correspondents. Miller’s distinction points to how the imagined “self,” the enunciated “I,” takes place in this ambiguous human/nonhuman role. The affective landscape of the journey has a nonhuman aspect; birdsong is also the voice of the nonhuman, and poetry is not only testimony to human experience or humanity but is also, as Daniel Tiffany writes in Infidel Poetics, “a distant expression, or recollection, of the inhuman voice” (152).24 Tiffany points to the artifice of this process by which voice is humanized, highlighting the non-self-evident nature of the human being. These observations indicate how nonhuman figures can help to break up the unity—the unity of universal, human suffering—supposed by the discourse of modern poetics.
     
    In poems such as “Death Poem,” or “The Truth,” the ambiguity of the human messenger as poet allows the poem to present questions about what constitutes human being and belonging. In Sami al Haj’s poem, “Humiliated in the Shackles,” the messenger is figured as a bird who

    “witnesses” the testimony of the speaker:

    When I heard pigeons cooing in the trees,

    Hot tears covered my face.

    When the lark chirped, my thoughts composed

    A message for my son.

    The lyric image of birdsong, which has long been associated with the songlike or aural quality of poetry, serves as a muse, transforming nonhuman song into human tears. The poem goes on to pair the chirping of larks with the writing of the poem, establishing the process of empathic identification by which the cooing “bar-bar” of the other in the figure of the bird spurs the tears of the speaker, a cathartic identification that produces the possibility of writing. In such a model, there is no resistance to the other; he is hardly recognized as such, because within the context of the poem, and in the testimonial order it prescribes, the bird’s song is subordinated to (and sublated in) the voice of the speaker. Following this schema, the ability to “chirp” represents the healthy internalization of “cooing” and its expression as an active and embodied voice. In contrast, the nonhuman or “becoming-animal” element involves the Kafkaesque condition of assuming guilt and being assumed guilty.

     
    As I have indicated, the image of the “caged bird” and other common tropes of imprisonment gain much of their power not only by extending the position of the first person to the third, and thereby creating a community of sufferers, but also by radicalizing the human subject that is implicated in this community.25 In The Poetics of Anti-Colonialism in the Arabic Qasidah, Kadhim describes how the Egyptian poet Ahmed Shawqi (1869–1932) uses the ancient motif of doves to establish the theme of mourning unjust death. Here, the traditional use of birdsong as a trope and as an image in the qasidah serves the function, Kadhim notes, of keeping atrocities alive “in the memory of the people” (32). Kadhim’s argument pertains to the association between birdsong in an ancient qasidah and in a modern one, but also implies that reference to the “cooing/wailing of the doves” extends a local act of injustice to a national atrocity and thus calls for identification through injustice as well as remembrance.
     
    As Kadhim argues, such invocations played a role in anti-colonial resistance writing, inviting the production of a subject whose identification with the pathos of nature implicitly recognized the usefulness of such images for mobilizing a collective response.26 Kadhim details the manipulation of pre-Islamic motifs that are contemporanized in post-1948 resistance poetry through the conventions and formal structure of the qasidah. Read in this way, the “hot tears” belong not to al Haj, and also not to the speaker, but to the elegiac nasīb, the qasidah’s short prelude, which is established traditionally through the imagery of shedding tears. The tears thus mark not the experience of human suffering, but the process of writing poetry, to which the speaker also later refers. From the outset, writing remains at the level of composition or arrangement, and not of expression. The “thoughts” of the speaker abstract his voice from the composition of the poem. The reference to “thoughts” as an object, instead of as an activity of the “I” as speaking subject, indicates the disunity of expression. The introduction of the materiality of thought as the agent of expression furthermore casts off the automatic process by which nonhuman birdsong becomes internalized in the expression of human suffering, as if bird and human correspond to one another and to the binary of freedom and imprisonment. Instead, the speaker foregrounds the processes of internalization and projection that delimit not the suffering subject, but the subject who “speaks” in writing, the poetic speaker.
     
    Kadhim’s observations about the way that traditional poetic motifs are mobilized as national symbols help us to think about the way that birdsong, which is not merely a motif but is rather the “universal” motif of poetic voice, is related to the universalization of atrocity. Such a movement indexes the discourse of universal human rights that Flagg Miller identifies in his introductory essay as the “language” for which the poems strive. In this way, barbarism is associated with atrocity, with the performance of an act so alien in its terribleness that it defies language, but one that, by virtue of this defiance, is expressed only as a universal. The “cooing” doves are transformed into “chirping,” and so writing qua “chirping” refers to the capacity of expressive force to restore justice by expressing its universality. The reading that is given by the testimonial function—by this sequencing of inhuman suffering, human emotion, and human expression—is thereby challenged, in the absence of a transparent human subject, by the questions that have been raised about the unity and power of human voice.
     

    Assuming Guilt

     
    The double task of the poet to assuage wounds and lift oppression has to do, in no small part, with his condition of “assumed guilt.” The enemy combatant is assumed guilty, which refers to the ground of his imprisonment, but he also “assumes” the guilt of exposing the hypocrisy of his oppressor, a position that suggests he is an active participant in his guilt. In fact, however, it is the ambivalence of this passive/active, involuntary/voluntary assumption of guilt that defines the indeterminacy of the enemy combatant as poetic speaker. The poems raise questions about the relation between guilt and responsibility that were also presented by psychoanalyst D.W. Winnicott in his 1940 essay, “Discussion of War Aims.” Winnicott explains how the emergence of the “good,” moral citizen involves a moment of identification and projection. The supposed overcoming of a moment of barbaric conflict elides the possibility of identifying a “bad” feeling in a “good” person. He provides the example of the Englander who asserts his indifference to politics by naming both an enemy and others who are responsible for this enemy. He concludes that if the Englander were to take responsibility, the action would be equivalent to not seeing a difference between ally and enemy:

    At the present time we [Englanders] are in the apparently fortunate position of having an enemy who says, ‘I am bad; I intend to be bad’, which enables us to feel, ‘We are good’. If our behaviour can be said to be good, it is by no means clear that we can thereby slip out of our responsibility for the German attitude and the German utilization of Hitler’s peculiar qualities. In fact, there would be actual and immediate danger in such complacency, since the enemy’s declaration is honest just where ours is dishonest.

    (211–212)

    As Winnicott illuminates so strikingly, the problem with exposing the enemy is that it reinforces the falseness of one’s own position. The mistake of the civilian, the “good” Englander, according to Winnicott, is to judge guilt and innocence through a splitting of good and bad. The move allows one to “thereby slip out of” responsibility for the oppressor, and the complacency with which this happens—not the issue of complicity or collusion—is the problem that Winnicott identifies. This raises questions about the neutrality of the witness, and in particular about the limits of moral responsibility and the role that guilt plays in taking responsibility. Moreover, Winnicott suggests that the guilt required is not redemptive (the pangs of conscience), but that the proper or more meaningful form of responsibility comes from the assumption of guilt.

     
    The notion of guilt that I would like to explore is indicated by the main section of al Haj’s poem, which follows an initial supplication to both nonhuman birdsong and to the poem’s messenger, the poet’s son. According to Kadhim’s assessment of the anti-colonial qasidah, this main section contains the political message; in this case, it details the temptation and hypocrisy of oppression rather than the experience of torture. In its treatment of temptation, the main section is reminiscent of the Qur’anic story of Joseph, which Susan Slyomovics recounts in her book, Performing Human Rights in Morocco. She writes, “even though Joseph is vindicated, his innocence is of no moment; in some sense he is guilty of having exposed the master’s wife as sinful and the master retaliates: ‘then it occurred to the men… (that it was best) to imprison him for a time’” (4).27 Joseph, in this example, is guilty not of a crime but of being in a position to expose the guilt of another. The guilt assumed by al Haj’s speaker lies similarly in his exposure of the hypocrisy of freedom. Al Haj’s speaker, like the other speakers in the collection, is guilty of the crime of exposing the crimes of the oppressors. His subjectivity arises from this guilt, not from the crime that he exposes, although, as I have indicated, the act of exposure is often read as an expression of the human subject. A similar distinction can be made regarding what the poems do: they do not “expose” the corrupt morality of the oppressors, but instead describe this pervasive yet inscrutable context of guilt (Schuldzusammenhang) that lies just at the margins of perception.28
     
    “Humiliated in the Shackles” articulates the guilt of being tempted by the offerings of empire:

    The oppressors are playing with me,

    As they move freely about the world.

    They ask me to spy on my countrymen,

    Claiming it would be a good deed.

    They offer me money and land,

    And freedom to go where I please.

    Their temptations seize my attention

    Like lightning in the sky.

    But their gift is an evil snake,

    Carrying hypocrisy in its mouth like venom.

    They have monuments to liberty

    And freedom of opinion, which is well and good.

    But I explained to them that

    Architecture is not justice.

    America, you ride on the backs of orphans,

    And terrorize them daily.

    Bush, beware.

    The world recognizes an arrogant liar.

    To Allah I direct my grievance and my tears.

    I am homesick and oppressed.

    Mohammad, do not forget me.

    Support the cause of your father, a God-fearing man.

    I was humiliated in the shackles.

    How can I now compose verses? How can I now write?

    After the shackles and the nights and the suffering and the tears,

    How can I write poetry?

    The poem’s tropes of the restraints and excesses of movement are the vehicle for its expression of the hypocrisy of freedom. As in Dost’s poem, these are presented by the first person as the experience of confinement. The “world” surely includes the actions of the oppressors, figured through an entrenched vocabulary of first-person singular and third-person plural: “they” “are playing with me,” they “ask me,” they “offer me.” The paradox of freedom exposes the false guilt of the imprisoned: while the oppressors move about freely, they do so by holding the speaker’s freedom captive. The speaker proclaims his independence from these temptations, but his concern lies with the appearance of turning into the enemy of the oppressed, and thus he presents himself as a subject who actively takes on his condition of oppression by enumerating his refusals of the “world” he is offered.

     
    Al Haj creates a figure of someone whose captivity does not desensitize him, but makes him more sensitive: to nature, to the hypocrisy of temptation, and also to his own feeling. In the penultimate stanza, he describes his soul as “like a roiling sea, stirred by anguish, / Violent with passion.” Distance, the enforced separation of diaspora, is here equated with emotional states that allow “nature” to stand in for or to represent the speaker. Like the first lines, prototypical images of the distance and familiarity of foreign nature follow the conventions of the qasidah, and the poet writes himself into this tradition by reasserting the generic identity of the poet: the poet who is a sensitive poet can write poetry—here are the birds, here is the message, here is Allah, here are my tears, here is the sea.
     
    The poem, which invokes Allah, points through the language of religious redemption to the problems of human rights. Freedom here is not freedom from imprisonment. The freedom that is the object of criticism is not a freedom that can be granted, like a right, but the freedom that wealth bestows: the ability to circulate freely, to exchange money and land, to achieve transparency between global and individual being. In other poems, the language of universal human rights is pursued through the figure of the “world” as an impartial judge or law outside the prison: a world “that will wait for us,” to which “photographs of my corpse at the grave” will be sent, “before” which men will bear a “burden” and, finally, as an implied addressee, if “justice and compassion remain in this world.” “Where is the world to save us from torture? / Where is the world to save us from the fire and sadness? / Where is the world to save the hunger strikers?”29 In these formulations, the world becomes a figure for human rights, the neutral observer who is there to witness suffering.
     
    The positing of a “world” outside the prison and as a “universal” idea of justice also occurs, as Kadhim points out, in the anti-colonial qasidah and implies a stable presence that can be equated with the stable identity of the human being.30 But al Haj’s “world” challenges this stability and the idea of the world—of witnessing—as a form of justice. The “world,” “freely” moved about, is double-faced. Trampled upon and given the power to recognize, if not truth, then at least lies, the world becomes a figure for the oppressed. The duplicity of the world as both ground and figure constitutes the economy of oppression, and what al Haj depicts is a world that cannot safeguard acts of witnessing. Power, or profit, is generated through the exploitation of this duplicity, in which the world appears both as a given place in which actions occur and as an actor who not only takes part in the struggle but also functions as an arbiter. The stakes of such a profit game are thus not only control of the “world” as land or as a land, but also the persistent equation between civil and political rights and justice, and the persistent exclusion of social and economic rights.31
     
    The fantasy of restoring justice to the “world,” like the fantasy of an identity between author and speaker, relies on the figuring of its good and bad through the seemingly neutral, but increasingly split images of universality—here, human song, the world, and the sea. In Ibrahim al Rubaish’s “Ode to the Sea,” the qasidah’s oft-invoked metaphor of the sea is taken up as a figure of a distance that is both beautiful and aggressive, its “calm” and its “stillness” no longer merely sources of contemplation, but forces, “like death,” that “kill.”32 The sea, which depicts the mediatable distance between poet and reader, between the speaker and his family, has become a force of alienation and strangeness. Al Rubaish writes,

    O Sea, give me news of my loved ones.

    Were it not for the chains of the faithless, I would have dived into you,

    And reached my beloved family, or perished in your arms.

    Your beaches are sadness, captivity, pain, and injustice.

    Your bitterness eats away at my patience.

    Your calm is like death, your sweeping waves are strange.

    The silence that rises up from you holds treachery in its fold.

    Your stillness will kill the captain if it persists,

    And the navigator will drown in your wave.

    Gentle, deaf, mute, ignoring, angrily storming,

    You carry graves.

    If the wind enrages you, your injustice is obvious.

    If the wind silences you, there is just the ebb and flow.

    O Sea, do our chains offend you?

    It is only under compulsion that we daily come and go.

    Do you know our sins?

    Do you understand we were cast into this gloom?

    O Sea, you taunt us in our captivity.

    You have colluded with our enemies and you cruelly guard us.

    Don’t the rocks tell you of the crimes committed in their midst?

    Doesn’t Cuba, the vanquished, translate its stories for you?

    You have been beside us for three years, and what have you gained?

    Boats of poetry on the sea; a buried flame in a burning heart.

    The poet’s words are the font of our power;

    His verse is the salve of our pained hearts.

    What has held ground as “the world,” neutral but overtaken by oppressors in al Haj’s poem, is here presented in the figure of the “sea” as complicit with oppression. Al Rubaish turns away from a politics of “making visible”; the sea depicts a form of guilt that is like the guilt of the enemy combatant, both passive and active. Forming the borders of the island prison, the sea’s “frame” is perspectival but also incriminating.33 Its neutral juxtaposition also becomes the source of its own guilt. This structure of self-incrimination and incrimination of the other describes the position of subjectivity faced by the enemy combatant.

     
    The task of the poet is brought into question as the poem turns to ask who stands to gain from suffering. The speaker’s inquiry about what the sea has gained is in this manner a form of self-inquiry. Al Rubaish underscores the ambiguous morality by depicting the sea as a medium in which poetry is sustained despite its alienation. It is the silence and stillness of the sea as a figure of distance that offends and is offended. The speaker does not place blame, however, but rather feels taunted; he is moved about by the sea, not just held captive by it. The speaker reduces himself to the “poet’s words”: as “boats,” the poems mediate the distance between neutral waters and the imprisoned enemy combatant. Collusion, in this case, is a moment of guilt, the contradictory experience of being unable to be neutral. The sea embodies the distance between freedom and imprisonment and in this way becomes a figure for the mind and for the turmoil of the soul. Appeals to the world instead of morality are important because they acknowledge the split condition of guilt and responsibility and the fact that responsibility is often the name for the neutrality imputed to human rights discourse.
     

    The Poet Messenger

     
    The consequences of thinking about the psychological aspect of moral situations become evident when considering enemy combatants more explicitly as poets. As we have seen, al Haj’s poem not only exposes the acts of oppression that Empire undertakes (no free ride, the “ride” is on the “backs of orphans”), but realigns the terms of justice. He writes, “But I explained to them that / Architecture is not justice.” Architecture refers to the phrase “monuments to liberty” in the preceding stanza, and thus to the absence of freedom writ by its memorialization. Empty monumentality is another figure for the hypocrisy of American culture, a part of the logic of the false appearance of freedom. The reference to architecture has two further significant associations. First, it cannot help but refer in its context both to the destruction of the twin towers and to the symbolic nature of their destruction as “monuments of liberty.” In pointing to this destruction negatively, al Haj also indicates ambivalence about seeing such acts of destruction as justice. Second, the language of building is a metaphor for poetic activity; in the qasidah, architectural concepts are the conventional terms for poetic form.34 Al Haj’s opposition to the oppressors thus challenges not only the symbols of power and political representation, but the politics of representation itself.
     
    In keeping with Miller’s description of the thematic structure of the dialogic qasidah, which commonly includes a riddle after the main part, the “explanation” of the justice of architecture turns out to be a riddle instead of a moral lesson. If architecture is a figure for writing, the question to ask is not how is writing (or representation) possible after atrocity, but how is writing a form of justice? Al Haj’s poem is a poem that ostensibly seeks justice, testifying to the speaker’s innocence in consorting with the enemy, of taking enemy bribes, and of doing evil deeds. Along these lines, the speaker’s testimony serves as an assurance to his “countrymen” that he has not betrayed them. The riddling question, however, underscores the poem’s ambivalent relation to the world. Until he “explained to them that / Architecture is not justice,” the speaker has occupied the position of responding in opposition to the oppressors. He is the “me” and the “I”; he is not “they,” and yet the plurality of the world is on his side.35 Here, taking the position of the subject, his explanation serves as a reminder that his innocence is of no matter. Evidence of his innocence betrays his responsibility for exposing the injustice of symbolic power. In raising the question of whether writing is justice, al Haj addresses his poem towards an audience with whom he does not identify and who does not identify with him, and thereby rejects the tropes of humanity and the religious imagery that his poem simultaneously invokes.
     
    In the poems from Guantanamo, textual authority becomes a metaphor for ensuring justice, for “taking responsibility” for the condition of guilt one assumes. “Humiliated in the Shackles” builds upon its script of praise and invective to invoke the oppressor directly; the speaker apostrophes “America” at a turning point in the poem. The inversion of the structural relationship between you and them—“America, you ride on the backs of orphans, / And terrorize them daily” changes the terms of the “them.” Here, “them” does not refer, as it has, to the oppressors, but instead to “the backs of orphans,” a synecdoche for the oppressed. No longer identifying with the oppressed, the speaker turns directly to “you, America,” and ends up locating the oppressed in the position of the object. The poem’s description of the ambivalence of these positions–and of the ambivalence inhering in the very process of identification that forges a relationship between the speaker and the reader–hinges on the figure of the poet as messenger and as someone who can recast the “I”’s projection of himself onto the other.
     
    The poet as messenger is described more explicitly still in Abdulla Majid al Noaimi’s poem, “My Heart was Wounded by the Strangeness.” Al Noaimi’s poem begins with several verses of prose before he moves into the form of the qasidah. This prelude explains how the poet received a greeting from a fellow detainee who expressed that he was trying to write a poem for him. Al Noaimi writes, “I felt guilty about this. Will he write a poem for me when he is no poet, while I, who claim to be a poet, have written nothing for him?” The guilt expressed by the speaker is, in a way, a continued provocation of al Haj’s question about the justice of writing. Not affirming immediately the role of the poet, the speaker continues to describe how the poem became difficult to write, and how the poet turned to memorizing the Qur’an. “With my mind divided,” he then writes, “time began to pass. And then I was inspired.” This prose verse is a frame story for the poem; depicting the poet as a messenger, it functions to enforce the continuity between biography and poem established in the collection’s format by describing how the poet has come to write the poem. The frame, however, also establishes the poem’s authority as a written document; pointing out the poem’s textuality and the processes of constructing text, it highlights the artifice of writing.
     
    In referring to the “division” of his mind between the task of memorization and the task of creation, the speaker invokes poetry’s role as “the profane antitext to the Qur’anic sacred text.”36 This detail about the poem’s process of composition alludes to my larger questions about how the poem elucidates its politics. Here, the authority of the speaker as messenger arises from the contradictory methods of memorization and creation that inform not only his composition, but also his constitution as subject. The qasidah form begins where the prose leaves off:

    My heart was wounded by the strangeness.

    Now poetry has rolled up his sleeves, showing a long arm.

    Time passes. The hands of the clock deceive us.

    Time is precious and the minutes are limited.

    Do not blame the poet who comes to your land,

    Inspired, arranging rhymes.

    Oh brother, who need not be named, I send you

    My gift of greetings. I send heavily falling rains

    To quench your thirst and show my gratitude.

    My poem will comfort you and ease your burdens.

    If you blame yourself, my poem will appease you.

    My mind is not heavy with animosity.

    The first three verses assert the resurgence of poetry as a figure of healing, the aftermath of being wounded. The speaker describes a temporal shift in this first verse, indicating the recovery of poetry’s power and demonstrating its embodiment of resistance. These verses comprise the poem’s nasib, its opening supplication and prelude. So the nasib, the elegiac moment of the qasidah, here describes the “strangeness” of loss and ruin—of “passed” time and a “wounded” heart. In an oblique apostrophe, the speaker then entreats the reader not to blame “the poet who comes to your land.” The poem, which has so far seemed to recall the setting of imprisonment, extends the interior of this position to its outside—quite literally, again, America—through the figure of the poet as messenger.

     
    Yet the poem falls back into the address that it has claimed in the prose section, addressing the manifest recipient of the poem, the speaker’s friend and brother, “who need not be named.” This section makes use of the typically liquid imagery of the rahil—the “heavily falling rains”—to transfer blame again, as a means of establishing correspondence between the speaker and his addressee.37 The speaker claims that his poem will act as a comfort, most importantly to appease his brother’s guilt. The ambiguous reference “outside” the poem causes us to doubt the singularity of the poem’s recipient, performing the paranoia it has warned its reader against. That poet—the poet as messenger, wounded by “strangeness” and now inspired—is no longer mentioned, as the poem moves to these more explicit ideas about the function of the poem: its ability to appease, to shift blame, to make pain “captive,” to hide “in our hearts” what is “expressed in my words.” These functions, which have very little to do with exposure or with testifying, refuse the position of the poet as victim of suffering. Guilt and its attendant figures make room for a consideration of the way that the textual space invites obscurity, contradiction, and resistance as alternative forms of subjectivity.
     
    The questions that al Haj’s and al Noaimi’s speakers pose are equally “How can I write poetry as a survivor of torture?” and “At what distance between oppression and opposition does the subject take place?” Al Haj’s speaker exposes not only the enemy who is the object of the poem, but also the projections of his enemy readers, who are far more diverse than Bush, the “arrogant liar.” These readers are oppressive not solely because of their literary declamations, but also because they conflate the speaker’s identity with the identity of the enemy combatant and because they need a seemingly “neutral” world to do so. In contrast, the poems present a figure who raises the question of just who is responsible for oppression. Such a reading moves beyond asking how the U.S. is responsible for the conditions of “evil,” which has been the subject of the past decade’s critiques of U.S. global power, and asks instead about the guilt that both reinforces and resists these moral and aesthetic pronouncements.
     

    Erin Trapp lives and writes in Minneapolis. Her current book project, Estranging Lyric: Postwar Aggression and the Task of Poetry, articulates a theory of the poetic rearrangement of language and emotions that allows for critical reflection on the processes of reparation in the postwar. She has published articles and reviews on the postwar, psychoanalysis, and poetry.
     

    Acknowledgement

    I would like to thank Rachel Greenwald Smith, Rei Terada, Steven Trapp, and Travis Workman for their comments on and conversation about this essay. I would also like to thank the anonymous reviewers at PMC for their readings and suggestions.
     

    Works Cited

     

    • Abou-bakr, Randa. “The Political Prisoner as Antihero: The Prison Poetry of Wole Soyinka and ‘Ahmad Fu’ad Nigm.” Comparative Literature Studies 46.2 (2009): 261–286. Print.
    • Adorno, Theodor. “Cultural Criticism and Society.” Trans. Samuel Weber and Shierry Weber Nicholson. Can One Live After Auschwitz?: A Philosophical Reader. Ed. Rolf Tiedemann. Stanford: Stanford UP, 2003. 146–162. Print.
    • ———. “Lyric Poetry and Society” [1956]. Notes to Literature. Trans. Shierry Weber Nicholson. New York: Columbia UP, 1991. Print.
    • ———. Metaphysics: Concept and Problems. Trans. Edmund Jephcott. Stanford: Stanford UP, 2001. Print.
    • Al-Kassim, Dina. On Pain of Speech: Fantasies of the First Order and the Literary Rant. Berkeley: U of California P, 2010. Print.
    • Al-Musawi, Muhsin Jasim. Arabic Poetry: Trajectories of Modernity and Tradition. London: Routledge, 2006. Print.
    • Al-Udhari, Abdullah. Introduction. Modern Poetry of the Arab World. New York: Penguin, 1986. Print.
    • Arendt, Hannah. Between Past and Future. New York: Penguin, 1977. Print.
    • Asfour, John Mikhail. Introduction. When The Words Burn: An Anthology of Modern Arabic Poetry: 1945–1987. Dunvegan, Ontario: Cormorant, 1988. Print.
    • Benjamin, Walter. “The Author as Producer.” Reflections. Trans. Edmund Jephcott. New York: Schocken, 1978. 220–238. Print.
    • Berlant, Lauren. “Intuitionists: History and the Affective Event.” American Literary History 20 (2008): 845–860. Print.
    • Buck-Morss, Susan. Thinking Past Terror. London: Verso, 2003. Print.
    • Butler, Judith. Frames of War: When is Life Grievable? London: Verso, 2009. Print.
    • ———. Giving an Account of Oneself. New York: Fordham UP, 2005. Print.
    • Chiasson, Dan. “Notes on Prison Camp.” Rev. of Poems from Guantanamo: The Detainees Speak, ed. Marc Falkoff. New York Times 17 August 2007: Sunday Book Review. Print.
    • Chow, Rey. The Protestant Ethnic and the Spirit of Capitalism. New York: Columbia UP, 2002. Print.
    • Clover, Joshua. “Autumn of the System: Poetry and Financial Capital.” Journal of Narrative Theory 41.1 (Spring 2011): 34–52. Print.
    • Dent, Shirley. “We should look to democracy, not poetry, to deliver justice.” Rev. of Poems from Guantanamo: The Detainees Speak, ed. Marc Falkoff. Guardian Books Blog, 2 Jul. 2007. Web. 8 Jul. 2011.
    • Doane, Mary Ann. “The Close-up: Scale and Detail in the Cinema.” Differences: A Journal of Feminist Cultural Studies 14.3 (Fall 2003): 89–111. Print.
    • Dreazen, Yochi J. “The Prison Poets of Guantanamo Find a Publisher.” Rev. of Poems from Guantanamo: The Detainees Speak, ed. Marc Falkoff. The Wall Street Journal. 20 June 2007. Web. 7 Jul. 2011.
    • Falkoff, Marc, ed. Poems from Guantanamo: The Detainees Speak. Iowa City: U of Iowa P, 2007. Print.
    • ———. “Poetry and Politics at Guantanamo.” Interview with Andy Worthington. nth position. Oct. 2007. Web. 10 Jul. 2011.
    • Felman, Shoshana, and Dori Laub. Testimony: Crises of Witnessing in Literature, Psychoanalysis, and History. New York: Routledge, 1992. Print.
    • Fragopoulos, George. Rev. of Poems from Guantanamo: The Detainees Speak, ed. Marc Falkoff. The Quarterly Conversation. 20 Jan. 2011. Web. 8 Jul. 2011.
    • Gana, Nouri. “War, Poetry, Mourning: Darwish, Adonis, Iraq.” Public Culture 22.1 (2010): 33– 65. Print.
    • Goldberg, Elizabeth Swanson. Beyond Terror: Gender, Narrative, Human Rights. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers UP, 2007. Print.
    • Harlow, Barbara. Barred: Women, Writing, and Detention. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan UP, 1992. Print.
    • ———. Resistance Literature. New York: Methuen, 1987. Print.
    • ———. “Tortured Thoughts: From Marshall Square to Guantanamo Bay.” Biography 32.1 (Winter 2009): 26–42. Print.
    • Jacobi, Renate. “The Origins of the Qasida Form.” Qasida Poetry in Islamic Asia and Africa, Vol. One: Classical Traditions and Modern Meanings. Ed. Stefan Sperl and Christopher Shackle. Leiden: E.J. Brill, 1996. 21–34. Print.
    • Jameson, Fredric, ed. Aesthetics and Politics. New York: Verso, 1977. Print.
    • Johnson, Barbara. “Anthropomorphism in Lyric and Law.” Persons and Things. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2008. 188–207. Print.
    • Kadhim, Hussein N. The Poetics of Anti-Colonialism in the Arabic Qasidah. Leiden: Brill, 2004. Print.
    • Kim, John Namjun. “The Poetic Parabasis of the Promiscuous Personal Pronoun in Yoko Tawada’s ‘Eine leere Flasche’ (A Vacuous Flask).” German Quarterly 83.3 (Summer 2010): 333–353. Print.
    • Kumar, Amitava. “Guantanamo Poets.” Blogsome.com (personal blog posting on Review by Dan Chiasson). Aug. 19, 2007. Web. 8 Jul. 2011.
    • Kumin, Maxine. “Letter to the Editor: Hearts and Minds.” New York Times. 2 Sept. 2007. Web. 11 Jul. 2011.
    • Larson, Doran. “Toward a Prison Poetics.” College Literature 37.3 (Summer 2010): 144–166. Print.
    • Lea, Richard. “Inside the Wire.” Rev. of Poems from Guantanamo: The Detainees Speak, ed. Marc Falkoff. Guardian. 26 Feb. 2007. Web. 8 Jul. 2011.
    • McClintock, Anne. “Paranoid Empire: Specters from Guantanamo and Abu Ghraib.” States of Emergency: The Object of American Studies. Ed. Russ Castronovo and Susan Kay Gillman. Chapel Hill: U of North Carolina P, 2009. 88–115. Print.
    • Meister, Robert. After Evil: a Politics of Human Rights. New York: Columbia UP, 2011. Print.
    • Melhem, D.H. “Poems from Guantanamo: The Detainees Speak.” Rev. of Poems from Guantanamo: The Detainees Speak, ed. Marc Falkoff. Socialism and Democracy 46. Web. 9 Jul. 2011.
    • Miller, Flagg. “Forms of Suffering in Muslim Prison Poetry.” Poems from Guantanamo: The Detainees Speak. Ed. Marc Falkoff. Iowa City: U of Iowa P, 2007. 7–16. Print.
    • ———. “Guantanamo Poetry: Contested Translations and the Problem of Origins.” Post-American Poetics Symposium. The University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota 17–19 April 2008. Keynote address. Print.
    • ———. The Moral Resonance of Arab Media: Audiocassette Poetry and Culture in Yemen. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2007. Print.
    • Mitchell, W.J.T. What do Pictures Want?: The Lives and Loves of Images. Chicago: Chicago UP, 2004. Print.
    • Mouklis, Salah. “The Forgotten Face of Postcoloniality: Moroccan Prison Narratives, Human Rights, and the Politics of Resistance.” Journal of Arabic Literature 39 (208): 347–376. Print.
    • Nealon, Christopher. The Matter of Capital: Poetry and Crisis in the American Century. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2011. Print.
    • Nizza, Mike. “Ex-Poet Laureate on Guantanamo Poetry.” Rev. of Poems from Guantanamo: The Detainees Speak, ed. Marc Falkoff. The Lede. New York Times 20 June 2007. Web. 22 June 2007. 7 Jul. 2011.
    • O’ Rourke, Megan. “The Poetry of Guantanamo.” Rev. of Poems from Guantanamo: The Detainees Speak, ed. Marc Falkoff. Slate.com. 20 Aug. 2007. Web. 10 Jul. 2011.Pinksy, Robert. “Robert Pinsky considers Guantanamo Poetry.” Interviewed by Lisa Mullens. Public Radio International’s “The World.” Public Radio International 22 May 2007. Web. 20 June 2007.
    • Rancière, Jacques. The Flesh of Words: The Politics of Writing. Trans. Charlotte Mandell. Stanford: Stanford UP, 2004. Print.
    • Redfield, Marc. The Rhetoric of Terror: Reflections on 9/11 and the War on Terror. New York: Fordham UP, 2009. Print.
    • Said, Edward. Covering Islam: How the Media and the Experts Determine How We See the Rest of the World. London: Vintage, 1997. Print.
    • Schaffer, Kay, and Sidonie Smith. Human Rights and Narrated Lives: The Ethics of Recognition. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2004. Print.
    • Shomara, Chad. “‘These are Bad People’—Enemy Combatants and the Homopolitics of the ‘War on Terror’” Theory & Event 13.1 (2010): n. pag. Web. 15 Aug. 2011.
    • Simawe, Saadi A. “Modernism & Metaphor in Contemporary Arabic Poetry.” World Literature Today 75.2 (Spring 2001): 275–284. Print.
    • Slaughter, Joseph R. Human Rights, Inc.: The World Novel, Narrative Form, and International Law. New York: Fordham UP, 2007. Print.
    • Slyomovokics, Susan. The Performance of Human Rights in Morocco. Philadelphia: The U of Pennsylvania P, 2005. Print.
    • Smith, Rachel Greenwald. “Organic Shrapnel: Affect and Aesthetics in September 11 Fiction.” American Literature 83 (March 2011): 153–174. Print.
    • Sperl, Stefan, and Christopher Shackle, eds. Qasida Poetry in Islamic Asia and Africa Volume One: Classical Traditions and Modern Meanings. Leiden: Brill, 1996. Print.
    • Stetkevych, Susan Pinckney. The Mute Immortals Speak: Pre-Islamic Poetry and the Poetics of Ritual. Ithaca: Cornell UP, 1993. Print.
    • Terada, Rei. “Revolution-Restoration: 1814–.” Work Without Dread. 26 June 2011. Web.
    • Tiffany, Daniel. Infidel Poetics: Riddles, Nightlife, Substance. Chicago: The U of Chicago P, 2009. Print.
    • ———. “Lyric Substance: On Riddles, Materialism, and Poetic Obscurity.” Critical Inquiry 28 (2001): 72–92. Print.
    • Winnicott, D.W. “Discussion of War Aims [1940].” Home is Where We Start From. New York: Norton, 1984. 210–220. Print.
     

     

    Footnotes

     
    1.
    In this essay I address the critical readings of the role played by witnessing or observing in human rights discourse in, for example, Meister, Slaughter, and Goldberg.

     

     
    2.
    I am indebted to Tiffany’s discussion of the poem as riddle in “Lyric Substance.”

     

     
    3.
    Smith considers Don DeLillo’s Falling Man (2007), Laird Hunt’s The Exquisite (2006), and Jonathan Safran Foer’s Extremely Loud and Incredibly Close (2004) as “stylistically postmodern” texts that register the “permeability” of affect and bodily feeling after trauma. See also Berlant. On testimony, see Felman and Laub’s early formulations.

     

     
    4.
    Shomara demonstrates this logic. See also Redfield. Buck-Morss struggles with the question of the political content of Islamism and the problem of modernity in Thinking Past Terror.

     

     
    5.
    Schaffer and Smith point to this paradox in Human Rights and Narrated Lives 183. See also Harlow, Barred.

     

     
    6.
    I am grateful to Miller for providing me with notes to a talk that he gave on the poetry at the University of Minnesota in 2007: “Guantanamo Poetry: Contested Translations and the Problem of Origins.” His reading of Martin Mubanga’s “Terrorist 2003” exemplifies the ethnographic reading practice that he also undertakes in his book. This approach considers literature to be a statement not so much about the subject or the object as about the reader, and so has to situate the poetry in its historical context and formal tradition. See Miller, The Moral Resonance of Arab Media.

     

     
    7.
    It would seem, after all, that it is the impossibility of reading poetry rather than the impossibility of writing poetry that constitutes the “final stage” of the dialectic of culture and barbarism. See Adorno, “Cultural Criticism and Society.” The difficulty of reading, too, is written into and enforced by the conditions of the poems’ production: by the unknown criteria for their selection from among thousands of other poems; by the security-clearance, bureaucratic nature of the translations; and by the classification of the Arabic or Pashto originals.

     

     
    8.
    Reviews include Chiasson, Nizza, Pinsky, Melhem, Lea, O’Rourke, Dreazen, Fragopoulos, and Dent.

     

     
    9.
    The phrase “content and format,” attributed to the Pentagon, is cited in Falkoff’s introduction to Poems from Guantanamo: “In addition, the Pentagon refuses to allow most of the detainees’ poems to be made public, arguing that poetry ‘presents a special risk’ to national security because of its ‘content and format.’ The fear appears to be that the detainees will try to smuggle coded messages out of the prison camp. Hundreds of poems therefore remain suppressed by the military and will likely never be seen by the public. In addition, most of the poems that have been cleared are in English translation only, because the Pentagon believes that their original Arabic or Pashto versions represent an enhanced security risk. Because only linguists with secret-level security clearances are allowed to read our clients’ communications (which are kept by court order in a secure facility in the Washington D.C. area), it was impossible to invite experts to translate the poems for us. The translations that we have included here, therefore, cannot do justice to the subtlety and cadence of the originals” (5).

     

     
    10.
    The reviews of the poems thus participate in a much larger historical discussion about the relationship between aesthetics and politics, which emerged in particular in Weimar Germany between Lukács, Adorno, Benjamin, Brecht, and Bloch. Fredric Jameson’s texts, such as Brecht and Method, have helped understand how the dialectic of form and content produces politically invested artworks. See Jameson, Aesthetics and Politics. Recent work on Marxist theory and poetry includes Nealon’s The Matter of Capital and Clover’s “Autumn and the System.”

     

     
    11.
    As attested by Falkoff’s interview with Andy Worthington, who has published several books on the detainees’ cases while maintaining an active Web site that collects information on them, Falkoff is a committed lawyer, steeped in the reality of Guantanamo. Falkoff and Worthington actually spend a good amount of time discussing the literary value of the poems, and what it means to consider the relation between art and politics in this case. See Worthington.

     

     
    12.
    I aim to move beyond reading the terrorist attacks as symbolic, something that Mitchell, for example, does to great effect in his many readings of 9/11 and of the logic of cloning. See What Do Pictures Want?

     

     
    13.
    As Doane asks, “Is the close-up the bearer, the image of the small, the minute; or the producer of the monumental, the gigantic, the spectacular?”(108).

     

     
    14.
    For a critique of political realism, see Terada.

     

     
    15.
    On limitations of reading ethnic literature as “great” works, see Chow 51.

     

     
    16.
    In his blog, Amitava Kumar, whose incisive work on the cultural implications of world bank literature explores questions of radical agency, also agrees with Chiasson’s position. Kumar cites at length from Chiasson’s review and describes it as “a real pleasure to read—at every turn, the reviewer Dan Chiasson asks the right questions and in the right tone. Bravo.”

     

     
    17.
    It is interesting that Butler uses Adorno’s discussion of the crisis of the “I” extensively in Giving an Account of Oneself. See especially Chapter One, “An Account of Oneself,” which deals with Adorno’s lectures in Problems of Moral Philosophy. Frames of War clearly moves from the negativity of form and content that is central to Adorno to the unity of form and content in the plural subject and in the supposition of its political content. See her chapter on the Guantanamo poets in Frames of War: When is Life Grievable?, “Survivability, Vulnerability, Affect” 33–62.

     

     
    18.
    The underlying assumption, as Benjamin argued about the nature of art in the age of mechanical reproduction, is that good politics, the “correct political tendency,” includes literary quality (“The Author as Producer [page number?]”). For a revision of the relationship between the political and the poetic, see Jacques Rancière, The Flesh of Words.He writes, “The fundamental axis of the poetic-political relationship is thus not the one where the ‘truth’ of the utterance depends of the ‘quality’ of what is represented. It rests in the method of presentation, in the way in which utterance makes itself present, imposes the recognition of immediate meaning in the sensory” (14).

     

     
    19.
    See also Jacobi.

     

     
    20.
    See also Harlow, Resistance Literature.

     

     
    21.
    See Al-Kassim’s discussion of the emergence of free verse (shi’r manthur) (236).

     

     
    22.
    Nouri Gana extends the trope of “writing after Auschwitz” to the context of Arabic poetry and to writing poetry “after the Nabka,” claiming that Arabic poetry invokes the impossibility of the classical form of the elegy [marthiya] as a condition of writing poetry after catastrophe. The “contrapuntal irresolution” that he finds to be characteristic of such writing produces a point of resistance between “the reducibility to silence and the irreducibility to form” (56). Gana locates this “irresolution” in the “incompleteness” of what he calls post-elegaic poetry, which revolts against the “aesthetics of redemption that govern the classical and neoclassical marthiya” (“War, Poetry, Mourning” 65).

     

     
    23.
    On the meaning of metaphor (isti ‘ara) as “borrowing,” see Simawe’s discussion of classical, muhdath (“new poetry” after the early Islamic period in the ninth century), and modern poetry.

     

     
    24.
    “One might therefore regard the obscurity of lyric poetry in general (and of the infidel song in particular) as a distant expression, or recollection, of the inhuman voice” (Tiffany, Infidel Poetics 152). Tiffany writes, “Citing an early, anonymous lyric that makes reference to ‘a bird’s voice,’ Woolf states: ‘The voice that broke the silence of the forest was the voice of Anon.’ Anonymity as a human (and lyrical) condition has its origin therefore in the transference of a bird’s ‘voice’—an alien tongue—into human language. The character of birdsong thus prefigures the nature of lyric anonymity: a bird’s song is a proper name of sorts, an impersonal signature expressing the singular fact of existence ad infinitum. Indeed, the bird sings its tune again and again, like an automaton, unto death. Pleasure, for both the singer and the listener, appears to be an effect of the boundless repetition of ‘cant,’ conditioned by anonymity” (Infidel Poetics 151–152).

     

     
    25.
    Larson argues that the common tropes and themes of prison writing constitute its poetics.

     

     
    26.
    See Kadhim on Palestinian resistance literature (Adab al-Muqāwamah) and the issue of commitment (Iltizām) (185). See also Stetkevych’s discussion of the cooing dove as “one of the most sentimental and lyrical, as well as conventional, of elegaic motifs” (236–237).

     

     
    27.
    The story, in which Joseph refuses the advances of his master’s wife, is similar to the biblical Joseph story in Genesis 39:1–23.

     

     
    28.
    On the notion of the “encompassing context of guilt [umfassende Schuldzusammenhang],” see Adorno, Metaphysics 112.

     

     
    29.
    This last question is from Adnan Farhan Abdul Latif, “Hunger Strike Poem,” in Poems from Guantanamo 52.

     

     
    30.
    Kadhim identifies two modes of free verse qasidah. He writes, “Not unlike their neoclassical predecessors, poets writing in the free verse mode have frequently broached the theme of anti-colonialism. In this respect it is possible to point to two distinct types of free verse qasidah: the first was composed in the main during periods of ‘veiled’ colonialism; the second becomes common in the post-colonial era following the overthrow of some pro-Western regimes. The former is frequently structured around such key oppositions as repression/freedom, death/rebirth. This type of qasidah recognizes the current unfavorable circumstances but often concludes with the promise of a more favorable state. The latter type dwells on the present adverse state and seems to proffer no comparable prospect of progress” (xi–xii).

     

     
    31.
    Goldberg points out that at the time of its signing into law in 1948, drafts of the UN Declaration of Human Rights left out social and economic rights and retained ideas of civil and political rights. This remains a widely held criticism of human rights discourse. See Goldberg, Beyond Terror 2.

     

     
    32.
    On the sea (and birdsong), see al-Musawai 53–54.

     

     
    33.
    On non-neutral aspects of framing, see Judith Butler’s introduction to Frames of War 24–29.

     

     
    34.
    See Miller, The Moral Resonance of Arab Media 157.

     

     
    35.
    This performance of dissociation, of alienation from the self, is not only an act by which the “I” attempts to restore himself in a community of a “we,” and which Larson claims to be one of the main tropological features of prison poetry; it also challenges the distance between speaker and reader. See Larson, “Toward a Prison Poetics.”

     

     
    36.
    See Stetkevych, The Mute Immortals Speak xi.

     

     
    37.
    On “liquidous distribution” as imagery in the rahil/greetings, see Miller, The Moral Resonance of Arab Media 172.

     

  • Loss in the Mail: Pynchon, Psychoanalysis and the Postal Work of Mourning

    Birger Vanwesenbeeck(bio)
    SUNY Fredonia
    vanweseb@fredonia.edu

     
    Abstract
     
    Like Antigone and Hamlet, Thomas Pynchon’s The Crying of Lot 49 is concerned with the vicissitudes of mourning. Oedipa Maas struggles to assume the task of what Pynchon, with Freud, calls the “work” of mourning. Pynchon emphasizes the energy-efficient and non-productive qualities of this work, and takes Freud’s economic model of loss one step further by evoking a direct parallel between Oedipa’s mourning and the postal labor of sorting.
     

    “Sorting isn’t work? . . . Tell them down at the post office, you’ll find yourself in a mailbag heading for Fairbanks, Alaska, without even a FRAGILE sticker going for you.”

    Thomas Pynchon, The Crying of Lot 49

    But to psychoanalysis mourning is a great riddle, one of those phenomena which cannot themselves be explained but to which other obscurities can be traced back.

    —Sigmund Freud, “On Transience”

    All the rest is a postscript.

    —Harry Mulisch, The Assault

    The question of mourning constitutes a central but, until recently, relatively little studied aspect of Thomas Pynchon’s fiction.1 From the “spherical loss” that envelops Oedipa Maas in The Crying of Lot 49 (147) to the “Hyperthrenia” or “Excess of Mourning” (25) of the widowed land surveyor Mason in Mason & Dixon and, more recently, the grief of paternal loss traversed—in psychological as well as geographical sense—by the four sibling protagonists of Against the Day, Pynchon creates characters who are confronted with what Freud calls “the bonus [Prämie] of staying alive.”2 Left with the intolerable gift of survival, his characters often find themselves, much like Hamlet, at once intimidated and urged on by the ghostly demands of the work of mourning.3 Oedipa memorably articulates this predicament in her angst-ridden query, “Shall I project a world?” which resonates throughout Pynchon’s other novels and invites direct comparison to Hamlet. Occasioned by her being named the executor of a will—that gift that death bestows upon the survivor—Oedipa’s all-but-rhetorical question comes at the end of a long, self-interrogating passage in which she considers her obligations to the deceased. Oedipa regards the will of her former lover, Pierce Inverarity, the self-styled California “founding father” (15), with much of the same emotional ambivalence that characterizes the prince of Denmark in his most famous soliloquy:

    If [the will] was really Pierce’s attempt to leave an organized something behind after his own annihilation, then it was part of her duty, wasn’t it, to bestow life on what had persisted, to try to be what Driblette was, the dark machine in the center of the planetarium, to bring the estate into pulsing stelliferous Meaning, all in a soaring dome around her? If only so much didn’t stand in her way: her deep ignorance of law, of investment, of real estate, ultimately of the dead man himself . . . Under the symbol she’d copied off the latrine wall of The Scope into her memo book, she wrote Shall I project a world?

    (64)

    To project or not to project, that is the question. The crisis of mourning that this internal soliloquy registers is one which, as in Hamlet, hinges on the character’s felt inadequacy for the task of filial coping. At the same time, both Oedipa and Hamlet intuitively acknowledge the moral urge to make action (or in this case execution) prevail over inaction. Or, in Hamlet’s words, not to let “conscience” (meaning reflection) “make cowards of us all” (III.i).

     
    By contrast, in this essay I intend to elaborate what distinguishes the two soliloquies. I am referring to the curious vocabulary and method—projection, dark machine, planetarium, the act of writing—that in the four centuries that separate The Crying of Lot 49 from Hamlet have come to be attached to the discourse on mourning. That discourse has been primarily shaped by Freudian psychoanalysis, a discipline that not only developed the now common “economic” understanding of mourning as a kind of “work” (or “bonus”), but also introduced such terms as projection (and introjection) into the critical vocabulary on grief, and even the idea that such work can be said to resemble the labor of a (dark) machine.4 At first sight, this might seem a counterintuitive approach. Is Oedipa truly grieving for Inverarity? Is it accurate to describe her response in the terms of (personally felt) loss when the novel evokes her so often as a kind of secondary witness even to her own past, shared with a person whom she refers to generically as “the dead man”? Given Oedipa’s self-ascribed “ignorance” of him, one may legitimately wonder if mourning Pierce is in fact what she does.
     
    In what follows, I argue that Oedipa’s response to Pierce’s death should be identified in terms of mourning, albeit a very specific and as-yet untheorized kind. If, as Freud famously argues, mourning consists of a (symbolic) “incorporation” of the deceased whose existence is thus “continued in a psychological sense” (“Trauer” 432), then how does this process of symbolic cannibalization proceed when the object to be ingested is in fact empty or nearly devoid of content? There is a rich psychoanalytical literature on those moments of melancholic arrest when the object of mourning is so large that ingesting it causes appetite to diminish, as Freud points out. Such is the case with Hamlet, whose refusal to take part in the banquet celebrations described in Act I Scene 2 is, in the end, also a refusal to eat. In The Crying of Lot 49, however, we encounter something like the dialectical opposite of this melancholic loss of appetite. Oedipa’s memories of Pierce have long lain dormant under a “quiet ambiguity” which, until the arrival of the letter, “[had taken] him over . . . to the verge of being forgotten” (3). Her knowledge of Pierce is so minimal that incorporating him, as the experience of loss now urges her to do, is more likely to leave her hungry than it is to cause indigestion. Indeed, Oedipa’s immediate reaction to the news of Pierce’s death, as “she tried to think back” (2; emphasis added), is to go shopping for food and to occupy herself with supper preparations, including “the sunned gathering of her marjoram and sweet basil from the herb garden, . . . the layering of a lasagna, garlicking of a bread, tearing up of romaine leaves, eventually, oven on, . . . the mixing of the twilight’s whisky sours” (2). A plethora of other ingredients and side-aliments complement the multilayered lasagna, a filling and heavy dish in its own right. The lasagna thus becomes a still life cornucopia of sorts, a nature morte, whose connotations of death reinforce its status as a complementary meal meant to still the hunger left by the all-too-light serving of the deceased.
     
    It follows that Oedipa’s eventual agreement to act as co-executor of the will can be regarded as a similar substitute (or replacement meal) for the unbearable lightness of Inverarity’s (in)corporate(d) persona, except that here the traditional direction of mourning is reversed. Unable to substantially incorporate (or introject) Inverarity, Oedipa projects her mourning outward onto the personal objects presumably included in his will, such as a Jay Gould bust he kept over the bed—“Was that how he’d died, she wondered?” (1)—and Inverarity’s stamp collection, “his substitute often for her” (31). There is an element of poetic justice to the stamp collection’s becoming Oedipa’s substitute for Inverarity. Its centrality to the plot also forms a part of a larger analogy that is central to Pynchon’s novel, that between the work of postal sorting and the work of mourning. The slowest of the many communication media that Pynchon thematizes in The Crying of Lot 49, the post mirrors the inefficient and wasteful process of mourning through the mailman’s commitment to non-productive, individual labor.
     
    This analogy is particularly suggestive in the case of the Tristero, the secret mailing organization whose underground existence Oedipa uncovers and whose “constant theme, disinheritance” (132) resonates with one who herself has been disinherited from the opportunity to mourn.5 It is one of the central ironies in this novel that the same legal letter that names Oedipa as co-executor of Inverarity’s estate is also the one that bars her from mourning Inverarity. This inability to mourn does not originate in her relative ignorance of the deceased, however, or in the ambivalence with which a now-married housewife is bound to receive the news of a former lover’s death, but in the delay of several months with which the news of Inverarity’s death reaches her. This belatedness makes mourning Inverarity both impossible and traumatic for Oedipa at the same time as it forces her to mourn mourning itself, a process that is interminable precisely because it cannot begin.
     
    Two separate moments in the novel’s opening chapter may serve to illustrate this point about the interminability of Oedipa’s mourning for Inverarity: one is Oedipa’s instantaneous recognition, as she tries to subdue the range of ambivalent emotions that has been released by the news of Pierce’s death, that “this did not work” (1). The other is a phone call the following morning by her psychoanalyst, Dr. Hilarius, who asks her “How are the pills, not working?” (7). In keeping with Jean-Luc Nancy’s notion of the inoperative community, one might say that both of these moments evoke the work of mourning as a work that does not work, that is, a work at which one works rather than a work that produces tangible or felicitous results. “[W]hoever . . . works at the work of mourning,” Nancy’s late mentor Jacques Derrida argues contra Freud, “learns . . . that mourning is interminable, inconsolable. Irreconcilable” (Work 143). Yet to apply these more recent insights to a novel that, historically speaking, precedes the poststructuralist boom of the 1970s by at least a decade is to misrecognize the fact that not all of Oedipa’s experiences of loss are interminable. In what follows it will therefore be important to draw a clear distinction between those moments of loss which are endless and those which are not.
     
    As many critics have pointed out, Oedipa’s experience of loss in the novel is multifaceted and includes elements of the personal as well as the historical and the socio-political. As a self-styled “young Republican” in the sixties (59), confronted with the early avatars of that decade’s rebellious spirit, she bemoans a bygone era when “daft numina” such as Joseph McCarthy and Secretaries James and Foster “[had] mothered over [her] so temperate youth. In another world” (84). By the same token, the ever more ruthless uprooting of the California landscape, which takes out cemeteries in order to accommodate new highways and housing projects, fuels Oedipa’s pastoral nostalgia for “a land where you could somehow walk and not need the East San Narciso Freeway, and bones could still rest in peace . . . no one to plow them up” (79). Both literally and figuratively, one might say, Oedipa inhabits a kind of “post-humous” landscape, one that is shaped by the loss of Pierce and where any remaining trace of the soil (or “humus” in Latin) is rapidly giving way to the real estate developer’s “need to possess, to alter the land, to bring new skylines” (148).
     
    On the more strictly personal level, Oedipa is moved to tears by a Remedios Varo painting depicting “frail girls with heart-shaped faces” (11) locked inside a tower. The painting prompts her to reflect on her own suburban imprisonment: “She had looked down at her feet and known then, because of a painting, that what she stood on had only been woven together a couple thousand miles away in her own tower, was only by accident known as Mexico, and so Pierce had taken her away from nothing, there’d been no escape” (11; emphasis added). As with the inanis pictura or “mere picture” that moves the Trojan warrior Aeneas to shed his well-known “tears of things” in Book One of The Aeneid—a canonical scene of ekphrastic mourning to which Pynchon obviously alludes in his extensive description of the Varo painting—this passage registers surprise at the power of a visual medium to elicit such a strong personal response from its viewer.6 Indeed, Oedipa’s grief-stricken reaction to the Varo painting is all the more marked if one compares it to her rather more subdued response to the news of Pierce’s passing, which remains devoid of any tears: she “stood in the living room, stared at by the greenish dead eye of the TV tube, spoke the name of God, tried to feel as drunk as possible. But this did not work” (1). Oedipa stood: if the stasis (and her calling on God) recalls that of the Virgin standing at the cross in the late medieval hymn known as Stabat Mater, then the subsequent references to TV and drunkenness characterize Pynchon’s heroine all too obviously as a member of that mid-twentieth-century leisure class well-adept at drowning its sorrows in alcoholic or televisual bliss.
     
    And yet, as the final sentence’s acknowledgment of ergonomic failure indicates, there is something particularly unsettling about Pierce’s passing, something that sets it apart from the other sensations of loss and that makes it so that it “doesn’t work.” This unsettling quality has less to do with his actual death, however, than with the curious fashion in which this news reaches Oedipa, in a bureaucratic letter sent several months after Pierce expired:

    The letter was from the law firm of Warpe, Wistfull, Kubitschek and McMingus, of Los Angeles, and signed by someone named Metzger. It said Pierce had died back in the spring, and they’d only just now found the will. Metzger was to act as co-executor and special counsel in the event of any involved litigation. Oedipa had been named also to execute the will in a codicil dated a year ago.

    (2)

    What is unsettling and traumatic—in Freud’s sense of the term—about the news of Pierce’s passing is Oedipa’s belated learning of it. She must cope with the haunting knowledge that a once beloved passed away months earlier and with the knowledge that, until now, she had no idea that he had ceased to exist. As Freud points out in Beyond the Pleasure Principle, this inability to respond at the moment itself marks an event as traumatic, and often forces the traumatized individual to re-live the unassimilated experience in a compensatory strategy described by the psychoanalyst as the compulsion to repeat: “[The patient] is obliged to repeat the repressed material as a contemporary experience instead of, as the physician would prefer to see, remembering it as something belonging to the past” (19).

     
    American readers have long been familiar with this logic of belatedness via the condition of Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (a term coined in the 1970s with regard to a war on foreign soil that coincides with the novel’s setting), or via William Faulkner’s well-known quip in Requiem for a Nun (1951) that “the past is never dead. It’s not even past” (533). Published midway between these two equally resonant coinages, The Crying of Lot 49 may be said to occupy a mediating position between the mythical haunting of Faulkner’s Yoknapatawpha past and the all too actual post-war syndrome of the Vietnam veteran. Indeed, one way to account for The Crying of Lot 49’s liminal position with regard to the movements of modernism and postmodernism lies precisely here, in the way in which Pynchon’s second novel oscillates between the mythic “persistence of memory” of its modernist predecessor V. (1963) and the “traumatic delay” of the V2 rockets, which “explode first, a-and then you hear them coming in” (23) in Gravity’s Rainbow (1973).7 To some extent, the Vietnam war may itself be used as a means to chart this transition, as it moves from being a passing reference (to the burning monk Thich Quang Duc) in The Crying of Lot 49 (92) to what Christina Jarvis has called the “Vietnamization of World War II” in Gravity’s Rainbow.
     
    Even so, Oedipa’s experience of trauma remains curiously distinct from the experience suggested by either one of these two models. In her case it is the process of mourning itself, i.e., that which generally serves as a remedial or suturing strategy to overcome trauma, that acts as the source of trauma. Her traumatic mourning therefore mirrors not the condition of the Vietnam veteran haunted by combat scenes upon his return home but the predicament of the (Vietnam) war widow who, often after a similar (epistolary) delay, is left wondering, as does Oedipa in her initial reaction to the letter about Pierce’s passing, “Was that how he’d died?” (1). Seen in this light, the tears shed in front of the Varo painting—which Oedipa recalls soon after receiving the news of Pierce’s passing—already serve as a substitute for her inability to mourn him in the present. In the same way, Oedipa’s execution of the will, although it may be the closest that she comes to a commemoration of Pierce, is more precisely a re-enactment of this first, missed opportunity to mourn. The feeling that she is missing something indeed haunts Oedipa throughout the novel. There is the vague “sense of buffering, insulation” (11) that she intuits when first coming upon the Varo painting; there is the “ritual reluctance” that she perceives in a performance of The Courier’s Tragedy, where “[c]ertain things, it is made clear, will not be spoken aloud; certain events will not be shown onstage; though it is difficult to imagine . . . what these things could possibly be” (55); and, finally, there is a more general reflection on what she comes to regard as her epileptic condition:

    She could, at this stage of things, recognize signals . . . as the epileptic is said to—an odor, color, pure piercing grace note announcing his seizure. Afterward it is only this signal, really dross, this secular announcement, and never what is revealed during the attack, that he remembers. Oedipa wondered whether, at the end of this (if it were supposed to end), she too might not be left with only compiled memories of clues, announcements, intimations, but never the central truth itself, which must somehow each time be too bright for her memory to hold; which must always blaze out, destroying its own message irreversibly, leaving an overexposed blank when the ordinary world came back.

    (76)

    What Oedipa here construes as a future possibility that the “central truth” regarding Inverarity (and his will) might forever be kept from her is itself already a re-enactment of the trauma of having been denied the initial opportunity to mourn him. The “overexposed blank” that she intuits is therefore at once trauma and coping strategy. On the one hand it refers her back to the shock she experienced upon receiving the letter about Pierce’s death; on the other hand, by putting herself repeatedly into situations of exclusion and thus denying herself the comfort of closure, she seeks to re-claim this event as hers.

     
    This growing (and gradually more specific) sense of exclusion reaches its apex in Oedipa’s supposed uncovering of the Tristero. The organization’s syncopated Latin domination—“tristis ero”: “I will be sad”—may be said to capture the interminability of her grieving process at the same time that it highlights the uncanny parallels between the sorting work of mourning and that of the postal services. If, as Freud points out, mourning consists of a re-arrangement of psychic energy in which “every single one of the memories and expectations by which the libido was entangled with the [lost] object is adjusted and hyperinvested (“Trauer” 432), then its work is distributive rather than productive. Like the postal worker who distributes the mail along predetermined mail routes within a particular precinct, the mourner is absorbed in what Freud calls “interior work” [“innere Arbeit”] (“Trauer 432) that does not trespass beyond the precinct of his own mind. In the same way that Freud’s “Mourning and Melancholia” essay proceeds via the method of “comparison” [Vergleichung] and “analogy” [Analogie] (“Trauer” 428), explaining the mourning process in juxtaposition with the state of melancholia or depression, Pynchon’s novel approaches mourning from an allegorical angle by linking it to the sorting labor of the post. It follows that both Freud’s essay and Pynchon’s novel provide the reader with allegories of grieving, parables of loss whose indirect (Oedipa might say “buffered”) approach to the subject is ultimately a reflection of the indirectness to which the work of mourning compels its workers. In the absence of the departed, the mourner turn to the departed’s possessions and letters as substituted tokens behind which, as in allegory, the deceased’s actual presence must be intuited.
     
    This implied analogy between mourning and mailing is made most explicit when Oedipa learns about Maxwell’s Demon, a hypothetical, mechanical sorting device that would overturn the universe’s tendency towards disorder:

    The Demon could sit in a box among air molecules that were moving at all different random speeds, and sort out the fast molecules from the slow ones . . . Since the demon only sat and sorted, you wouldn’t have to put any real work into the system. So you would be violating the Second Law of Thermodynamics, getting something for nothing, causing perpetual motion.

    (68)

    Oedipa’s immediate response to this seeming disavowal of labor—“Sorting isn’t work?”— indicates to what extent she has come to identify her own coping for Inverarity’s death within the Freudian terms of work and thus also with the demon. In its association of mental and machinic labor, the passage anticipates (and takes literally) Jacques Derrida’s post-Freudian suggestion that “[one works] at mourning as one would speak . . . of a machine working at such and such an energy level, the theme of work thus becoming [its] very force, and [its] term, a principle” (Work 143). These Freudian parallels are further reinforced by the Demon’s sedentary labor inside a closed-off box, which echoes Freud’s description of mourning as “interior work” that does not spill over to its surroundings.

     
    On the intradiegetic level, the Demon’s “perpetual motion” mirrors the interminability of Oedipa’s mourning. Indeed, her inability to work (i.e., communicate) with the Demon, described in a later chapter, is yet another example of the exclusion that Oedipa re-enacts throughout the novel. Unlike the ghost in Hamlet, who speaks and identifies himself, the Demon maintains a mute and anonymous silence in her presence: “Are you there, little fellow, Oedipa asked the Demon, or is Nefastis putting me on . . . For fifteen more minutes she tried; repeating, if you are there, whatever you are, . . . show yourself. But nothing happened” (85–6). The figure of the specter, which could still dominate Hamlet as a real and tangible presence, has, under the influence of psychoanalysis and its discontents (among which one might certainly count Derridean deconstruction), been demoted to a mute and mechanical Demon, a ghost in the machine. That the specter is committed to the interminably bureaucratic labor of sorting rather than to haunting indicates to what extent the literary conceptualization of grief has changed since the Elizabethan era.
     
    It also signals that Pynchon, like Freud, understands the riddle value of mourning in economic terms, as an aberration of labor lost, and not in an epistemological sense, as a disguised form of truth waiting to be uncovered. Like Dutch novelist Harry Mulisch’s 1982 The Assault, The Crying of Lot 49 relies heavily on the detective novel’s epistemological thrust only to ultimately disavow its readerly expectations of truth revelation. Both novels have open endings: Oedipa is awaiting the crying (the auctioning off) of Pierce’s prized stamp collection (the titular “lot 49”), and Mulisch’s protagonist Anton Steenwijk walks figuratively through the post-holocaust ash that symbolizes his grief. Both remind readers of the Freudian point that mourning is no maieutic operation where the truth can be delivered via the midwifery of Socratic dialogue or psychoanalysis, but rather an energy-wasting process that can lack a productive or didactic outcome. “Your gynecologist has no test for what [Oedipa] was pregnant with” (144), the narrator states, echoing Freud’s description of mourning as a “vast riddle . . . one of those phenomena which cannot themselves be explained but to which other obscurities can be traced back” (“On Transience” 306). In “Trauer und Melacholie,” Freud writes:

    Normally, the respect for reality wins out. However, its command cannot be fulfilled at once. It is carried out bit by bit, at great expense of time and occupying energy and so the lost object is continued in a psychological sense . . . Why this compromise enforcement of the reality command, which is carried out bit by bit, should be so extraordinarily painful cannot be easily explained from an economic point of view [in ökonomischer Begründung]. It is curious that this suffering-unease strikes us as normal.

    (430)

    In keeping with Derrida’s machinic simile, one might say that mourning here appears as a Geistguzzler, as the SUV of mental processes whose wasteful spending of psychic energy runs counter to what Alessia Ricciardi, in a commentary on this same passage, calls Freud’s own “utopian faith in the resilience and self-sufficiency of the psyche, in its ability to work as quickly and efficiently as a modern machine” (25).

    Yet a distinction should be drawn between mourning that takes a long time and those cases of what Freud calls “pathological mourning” (“Trauer” 434), in which the grieving mind somehow finds itself arrested without the possibility of closure. In these cases, the process of mourning cannot come to an end because it cannot begin. Freud attributes this interminability to a certain “ambivalence” [Ambivalenzkonflikt] (“Trauer” 436) in the mourner’s relationship to the deceased, one that prevents the process of mourning from taking place. Oedipa’s grieving for Inverarity belongs to the latter category. Like other canonical texts of grieving such as Antigone and Hamlet, The Crying of Lot 49 is more a work about the crisis of mourning than it is about the process of mourning proper. With no funeral to go to and no known grave site to visit, Oedipa—like Antigone—is stripped of the two preconditions without which, as Derrida points out, no mourning process can begin: “[Mourning] consists always in attempting to ontologize remains, to make them present, in the first place by identifying the bodily remains and by localizing the dead” (Specters 9). Sophocles’s heroine is forced to mourn mourning after being denied the knowledge of her father’s final resting place and the right to bury a fallen brother. Oedipa faces a similar predicament.
     
    The parallels between Oedipa and Antigone—Oedipus’ daughter and thus an “Oedipa” in a filial sense— are worth exploring in more detail, because both characters also foreground the political nature of grieving. In the case of Antigone, this political thrust constitutes what Hegel famously saw as the fundamental dialectic structuring the play: urged on by the divine and unwritten laws of family duty, Antigone blatantly defies a state edict that forbids her to bury her brother, a former traitor to the polis. In a similar manner, Oedipa’s melancholia, which at times resembles the more cautious approach of Antigone’s sister Ismene, has a decidedly political and even subversive undertone. This political tone emerges once one takes into account the setting for Oedipa’s identification with the perpetual sorting of Maxwell’s Demon in the passage discussed above. That setting is the power plant of the missile manufacturer Yoyodyne, “San Narciso’s big source of employment, . . . one of the giants of the aerospace industry” (15), where Oedipa has gone to attend a stockholders’ meeting. At the power plant, she learns about the Demon from one of Yoyodyne’s employee who, “as it turned out . . . wasn’t working, only doodling with a fat pencil [the] sign [of the Tristero]” (67). As these sentences make amply clear, what frames the passage about Maxwell’s Demon right from the start is an emphasis on work and the distinction that this same employee, Stanley Koteks, will soon draw between, on the one hand, the non-work of his doodling, the postal labor of the Tristero, and the sorting of the Demon, and on the other, the production-driven teamwork of the Yoyodyne plant.

    “See,” Koteks said, “if you can get [the company board] to drop their clause on patents. That, lady, is my ax to grind.” . . . Koteks explained how every engineer, in signing the Yoyodyne contract also signed away the patent rights to any inventions he might come up with. “This stifles your really creative engineer,” Koteks said, adding bitterly, “wherever he may be.”

    (67)

    Significantly, Maxwell’s Demon and the machine that includes it are created extra muros, outside of the teamwork economy of Yoyodyne, by one John Nefastis, “who’s up at Berkeley now. John’s somebody who still invents things” (68). That Oedipa in turn associates her own process of grieving with the Demon’s sorting indicates that a larger dialectic is at play in this passage and indeed in the novel at large, one that pits the non-productive and solitary labor of mourning, doodling, and sorting against the productive teamwork of the Military Industrial Complex, as represented by the Yoyodyne plant.8 Koteks’s last name, a reference to a well-known brand of menstrual pads, reinforces the sterile nature of the latter three activities, which work but do not produce. By the same token, the solitary nature of Nefastis and the Demon’s labor serves as a mirror image for the inalienable privacy of the work of mourning, arguably the only form of labor that we may never get to outsource. “Can’t I get someone else to do it for me?” Oedipa asks upon learning that she has been chosen to co-execute Inverarity’s will (10). Pages later, she finds out that, much as the mailman or mailwoman carries sole responsibility for his or her particular route, the sorting work of mourning cannot be assumed by others.9 Like the Tupperware party from which she returns in the novel’s opening line, Oedipa’s work of mourning constitutes a counter-economy of solitary, non-productive work that exists outside of the officially sanctioned economy of the Military Industrial Complex.

     
    That Oedipa’s mourning is interminable makes it all the more subversive to a system that relies on the timely and efficient delivery of goods and products.10 Capital, as Pynchon has never ceased to remind readers, does not like perpetuity or idleness in its workers or its products. Hence the unfortunate fate bestowed upon the eternally burning light bulb Byron in Gravity’s Rainbow, a reprise of sorts of the Demon’s perpetual sorting. The Tristero’s violent history of attacks on governmental mail carriers may thus serve as a metaphor for the terrorist raids the work of mourning makes on society. Mourning depletes society of its economic resources, suspends consumer desire and/or career ambition, and gradually replaces any kind of productive labor for what Emily Dickinson—in a proto-Freudian fashion—already calls “the solemnest of industries.”11
     
    Seen in this context, Oedipa’s “I will be sad” constitutes more than a melancholic cul-desac. It acquires an unexpected revolutionary potential. It recalls the “I would prefer not to” of Melville’s Bartleby, a character that Pynchon, in his essay on sloth, has described as “bearing a sorrow recognizable as peculiarly of our own time” (“Nearer my Couch to Thee” 57). Like Bartleby’s refusal to carry out any work but copying, Oedipa’s “I will be sad” articulates a political stance in its defense of non-productive forms of labor, as most clearly expressed in her insistence that physical and mental sorting most certainly is work. Considering that the unfortunate Bartleby ends up in a dead letter office, “assorting [letters] for the flames” (Melville 672), one might even argue that The Crying of Lot 49 begins where Melville left off, with the arrival of a dead letter. In both texts, the postal medium highlights the extent of Oedipa’s and Bartleby’s sorrow. For the post is the slowest, and therefore most slothful, of all the modern communication media, a point that Pynchon’s novel raises rather explicitly by referring to a Tristero-delivered newspaper which may have been in the mail for sixty years (98). What makes both Bartleby and The Crying of Lot 49 so recognizably and peculiarly of our own time, then, is the fact that both explicitly raise enabling questions about the place and possibility for mourning in (post)modernity. In a way this question already dominates Antigone, where “the new man” Kreon is said to tamper with the ancient rites (and rights) of mourning. It also haunts Hamlet, whose new ruler Claudius is quick to fault his nephew for his “unmanly grief” (I.2). Yet both Melville and Pynchon take these reservations one step further by showing how the question and possibility of mourning has become all the more urgent within a corporate-consumerist environment. In The Crying of Lot 49, any lingering presence of the dead is either successfully neutralized via the clinical treatment of psychoanalysts like Dr. Hilarius, buried under the buzzing comfort of “perhaps too much kirsch” (1), or literally turned into consumption products, as with the human-bone charcoal used in Beaconsfield cigarettes (45). Even the “wake” (125) for Randolph Driblette, the unfortunate stage director of “The Courier’s Tragedy,” assumes the form of an afternoon bacchanal complete with “dirty pictures” (127) and “an astounding accumulation of empty beer bottles” (124) scattered on the lawn.
     
    Oedipa’s persistence in mourning Inverarity’s death beyond either one of these recognized mourning models (and in holding her own private wake by returning to Driblette’s grave at night) thus reveals a fundamental disharmony that is as compelling in The Crying of Lot 49 as in Antigone. The ultimately private process of mourning, something to be carried out at one’s own pace and in one’s own fashion, is dissonant with the public observances—funeral, therapy, prayers, monuments—through which one is expected to channel such grief. Pynchon captures this tension lexically through the double meaning of the verb “to cry,” which can refer both to a personal, emotional response—Oedipa’s tears—and to “auction off.” Although the auction at the novel’s end can be regarded as a belated memorial service of sorts for Pierce (with lot 49 fulfilling the role of the proverbial empty casket), the narrator’s assertion that Oedipa “sat alone, toward the back of the room” (152) indicates that even then she maintains her distance from the public cooptation of private grief. It is highly doubtful therefore whether the messianic vision that is hinted at in these last pages will in fact truly come to pass.
     
    The shift from standing to sitting that thus characterizes Oedipa’s postural development over the course of the novel—from her Stabat Mater-like standing in the living room to the “pieta” of her holding the sailor in her arms (102) to her final sedentariness at the auction—highlights the extent to which she has come to be weighed down by Pierce’s legacy. In a way, this final sedentary pose reinforces her connection to the grieving Virgin who in most canonical visual representations of the Stabat Mater has already sunk to the ground by the time the painter presents her in her moment of mourning.12 This emphasis on the physicality of grieving, on its various postures as well as on its economic and incorporating qualities, clearly reflects the influence of psychoanalysis on Pynchon’s rhetoric of grief at the same time that it distinguishes this rhetoric from the psychologism of Hamlet.
     
    The change from standing to sitting can also be read as a prophecy of the (American) economy in a more literal sense as it moves from a production-driven, standing-at-the-assembly-line economy (represented by Yoyodyne) to a sedentary post-Fordist service industry in the 1970s. In a way, Pynchon’s evocation of grieving as sorting work presents the mourner as a white-collar worker committed to the reshuffling of (internal) documents. Yet there can be little doubt that the slothful nature of the work of mourning makes it hardly any more compatible with, or hardly any less subversive of, the post-industrial society of late capitalism in which one is typically given just a few days’ leave in order to assimilate the loss of a significant other.
     
    The question of loss in Pynchon is a complicated and compelling one because his novels tend to reverse the traditional imbalance between banality and gravity that has been a part of the western literature of trauma at least since the Renaissance. Rather than offering his readers comic relief after long, sustained sequences of dramatic tension—as Shakespeare does in the porter scene following Duncan’s murder in Macbeth, for instance—Pynchon’s picaresque narratives proceed in the opposite direction. The mindless pleasures that constitute the bulk of his novels are characterized by long, episodic passages that detail the often banal travails of a numbing plethora of flat characters. These alternate with brief moments of introspection that function as something like melancholic relief. For it is in these brief moments that we are reminded that we are dealing with human beings after all, and not with puppets at the mercy of some evil demiurge. Although I have highlighted them in this essay, the relative infrequency of such moments in The Crying of Lot 49 helps explain why this novel continues to be read almost invariably as a mock (or postmodern) detective novel about a character faced with the bewildering qualities of the emergent information age. Such readings have little to no consideration for the experience of loss that Oedipa is going through. That Oedipa’s experience of loss is so easy to miss, however, may already be the point in a novel which itself thematizes precisely such a missed encounter with mourning.
     

    Birger Vanwesenbeeck is Assistant Professor of English at SUNY Fredonia. He is the co-editor of William Gaddis: ‘The Last of Something’ (McFarland, 2009) and has published essays on Thomas Pynchon, William Gaddis, and Stefan Zweig.
     

    Footnotes

     
    1.
    I am grateful for the suggestions made by two anonymous reviewers and by Eyal Amiran on an earlier version of this essay. Recent essays that have addressed the topic of mourning (or of trauma) in Pynchon’s fiction in some fashion include Medoro and Blaine (both included in Niran Abbas’s essay collection), Punday, and Berger. For an earlier probing of the trauma theme, see Berressem.

     

     
    2. “Trauer und Melancholie” 445. Hereafter cited as “Trauer.” Translations are mine.

     

     
    3.
    For the vast literature on mourning and survival guilt, see, among others, Caruth 60–72.

     

     
    4.
    I return to the analogy between mourning and machines below.

     

     
    5.
    Alternatively, one might, as does Medoro, read the term Tristero as a reference to the Italian “ero triste” (I was sad), in which case the use of the past tense would refer to the trauma of Oedipa’s not being sad at the moment of Pierce’s actual death.

     

     
    6.
    On ekphrasis in this particular scene and in The Crying of Lot 49 in general see Mattesich 43–69.

     

     
    7.
    For a discussion of V. as a modernist text and Lot 49 as a novel on the cusp of modernism and postmodernism see McHale 20–25.

     

     
    8.
    In V. Pynchon describes Yoyodyne as a company “with more government contracts than it really knew what to do with” (qtd. in Grant 32).

     

     
    9.
    Much as Hamlet initially seeks to project his mourning unto the actors of the Mousetrap play, which is meant to provoke Claudius, Oedipa initially seeks to project her own “whirlwind of passion” (III.iii) unto others. Yet neither those collaborations nor even her partnership with her co-executor Metzger survives the solitary demands of mourning as she comes to realize late in the novel:

     

    They are stripping from me, she said subvocally—feeling like a fluttering curtain in a very high window, moving up to then out over the abyss—they are stripping away, one by one, my men. My shrink, pursued by Israelis, has gone mad; my husband, on LSD, gropes like a child further and further into the rooms and endless rooms of the elaborate candy house of himself and away, hopelessly away, from what has passed, I was hoping forever, for love; my one extra-marital fella has eloped with a depraved 15-year-old; my best guide back to the Trystero has taken a Brody. Where am I?

    (125–6)
     
    10.
    Consider the efficiency lauded in Yoyodyne’s official company cheer, “Glee”: “Bendix guides the warheads in, / Avco builds them nice. /Douglas, North American, / Grumman get their slice” (66).

     

     
    11.
    “The Bustle in a House / The Morning after Death / Is solemnest of industries / Enacted upon Earth – / The Sweeping up the Heart / And putting Love away / We shall not want to use again / Until Eternity” (Dickinson 489).

     

     
    12.
    See, for instance, the well-known Stabat Mater of Rogier van der Weyden.
     

    Works Cited

     

    • Abbas, Niran, ed. Thomas Pynchon: Reading from the Margins. Madison, NY: Fairleigh Dickinson UP, 2003. Print.
    • Abraham, Nicholas and Maria Torok. The Shell and the Kernel: Renewals of Psychoanalysis. Trans. Nicholas Rand. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1994. Print.
    • Berger, James. “Cultural Trauma and the ‘Timeless Burst’: Pynchon’s Revision of Nostalgia in Vineland.” Postmodern Culture 5.3 (1995). 12 Dec. 2011. Web.
    • Berressem, Hanjo. Pynchon’s Poetics: Interfacing Theory and Text. Champaign: U of Illinois P, 1992. Print.
    • ———. “Tristes Traumatiques: Trauma in the Zone:s.” Herman 244–74. Print.
    • Blaine, Diana York. “Death and The Crying of Lot 49.” Abbas 51–70. Print.
    • Caruth, Cathy. Unclaimed Experience: Trauma, Narrative, and History. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins UP, 1996. Print.
    • Derrida, Jacques. Specters of Marx: The State of Debt, the Work of Mourning and the New International. Trans. Peggy Kamuf. London: Routledge, 1994. Print.
    • ———. The Work of Mourning. Trans. and ed. Pascale-Anne Brault and Michael Naas. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2003. Print.
    • Dickinson, Emily. The Complete Poems of Emily Dickinson. New York: Back Bay, 1997. Print.
    • Faulkner, William. Novels 1942–1954. New York: Library of America, 1994. Print.
    • Freud, Sigmund. Beyond the Pleasure Principle. Trans. James Strachey. London: Norton, 1961. Print.
    • ———. “On Transience.” The Complete Psychological Works Vol. 14. Trans. James Strachey. London: Hogarth Press, 1962. 303–8. Print.
    • ———. “Remembering, Repeating, and Working Through.” The Complete Psychological Works Vol. 12. Trans. James Strachey. London: Hogarth Press, 1962. 145–56. Print.
    • ———. “Trauer und Melancholie.” Gesammelte Werke Vol. 10. Frankfurt: Fischer, 1999. 428–46. Print.
    • Grant, Kerry. A Companion to The Crying of Lot 49. Athens: U of Georgia P, 1994. Print.
    • Hans, James S. “Emptiness and Plenitude in ‘Bartleby the Scrivener’ and The Crying of Lot 49.” Essays in Literature 22.2 (1995): 285–99. 12 Dec. 2011. Web.
    • Herman, Luc, ed. Approach and Avoid: Essays on Gravity’s Rainbow. Spec. issue of Pynchon Notes 42–43 (1998). Print.
    • Jarvis, Christina. “The Vietnamization of World War II in Slaughterhouse-Five and Gravity’s Rainbow.” War, Literature, and the Arts 15.1–2 (2003): 95–117. 12 Dec. 2011. Web.
    • Mattesich, Stefan. Lines of Flight: Discursive Time and Countercultural Desire in the Work of Thomas Pynchon. Durham: Duke UP, 2002. Print.
    • McHale, Brian. Postmodernist Fiction. London: Methuen, 1987. Print.
    • Medoro, Dana. “Menstruation and Melancholy: The Crying of Lot 49.” Abbas 71–90. Print.
    • Melville, Herman. Pierre. Israel Potter. The Piazza Tales. The Confidence-Man. Uncollected Prose. Billy Budd, Sailor. New York: Library of America, 1984. Print.
    • Mulisch, Harry. The Assault. Trans. Claire Nicholas. New York: Pantheon Books, 1985. Print.
    • O’Donnell, Patrick, ed. New Essays on The Crying of Lot 49. Cambridge: Cambridge UP, 1992. Print.
    • Pétillon, Pierre-Yves. “A Re-Cognition of Her Errand into the Wilderness.” O’Donnell 127–70. Print.
    • Punday, Daniel. “Pynchon’s Ghosts.” Contemporary Literature 44.2 (2003): 250–74. 12 Dec. 2011. Web.
    • Pynchon, Thomas. Against the Day. New York: Penguin, 2006. Print.
    • ———. The Crying of Lot 49. New York: Harper Perennial, 2006. Print.
    • ———. Gravity’s Rainbow. New York: Penguin, 2006. Print.
    • ———. Mason & Dixon. London: Vintage, 1998. Print.
    • ———. “Nearer my Couch to Thee.” New York Times Book Review 6 June 1993: 3, 57. Print.
    • ———. Vineland. Boston: Little, Brown, 1990. Print.
    • Ricciardi, Alessia. The Ends of Mourning: Psychoanalysis, Literature, Film. Stanford: Stanford UP, 2003. Print.
    • Shakespeare, William. The Riverside Shakespeare. Ed. Herschel Baker et al. 2nd ed. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1997. Print.
    • Sophocles. Antigone. Trans. Richard Emil Braun. Oxford: Oxford UP, 1989. Print.
  • Bas-Relief: Footnotes on Statue-Love and Other Queer Couplings in Freud’s Reading of Gradiva

    Christian Hite(bio)
    christianhite@gmail.com

    Abstract
     
    As the story of a man who falls in love with the gait (“two feet”) of a bas-relief, Jensen’s Gradiva offers material for a critique of the (romantic) “couple,” if we read the queer coupling of the word “bas-relief” as both enacting and annihilating the sublimated/sublated “life” of reproductive copula-tion (Zoë).
     

    Might there be another type of couple?

    Leo Bersani and Ulysse Dutoit (16)

    If there were a definition of différance, it would be precisely the limit, the interruption, the destruction of the Hegelian relève wherever it operates.

    Jacques Derrida (Positions 40–1)

    “On a visit to one of the great antique collections of Rome, Norbert Hanold had discovered a bas-relief which was exceptionally attractive to him, so he was much pleased, after his return to Germany, to be able to get a splendid plaster-cast of it” (3). With this line, Wilhelm Jensen begins Gradiva: A Pompeiian Fantasy, his 1903 story of a young archeologist who falls in love with the lower end of a bas-relief (Fig. 1 below), or rather “a splendid plaster-cast of it,” which he names “Gradiva” (“the girl splendid in walking”). As if falling in love with a copy of a copy, most readers today—like Hanold—have learned to love Gradiva through the mediation of Freud’s interpretation. Critics agree that Freud’s “Delusion and Dream in Wilhelm Jensen’s Gradiva” (1906) represents one of his earliest and most extensive attempts to couple his new science of psychoanalysis with a work of literary art.1 What is less readily acknowledged, however—even by a critic like Leo Bersani, who has (by himself and in various couplings) spilled so much precious ink on the Freudian corpus (including a book on Assyrian bas-reliefs which, remarkably, makes no mention of Gradiva— is how “Delusion and Dream” involves a queer romance, a story of statue-love in which the very life (Zoë) of the romantic couple is placed at stake.
     
    To place a life at stake usually implies a sacrificial economy. In the case of the romantic couples here (psychoanalysis and art; Hanold and Gradiva), the burning question is sublimation. As Jean Laplanche notes of sublimation, “the term itself impl[ies] a transformation of solids into gas through fire” (26), a burning (up) associated with sacrifice. But what would the burning (up) of the romantic couple imply, if not a sort of consum(mat)ing without reserve—a sizzling consumption beyond reproductive copulation? And yet Hanold imagines his beloved Gradiva leaving behind the last trace of her life, her footprints, in the burning ash (cinders) of a Pompeii about to be simultaneously negated and preserved (aufheben, to use Hegel’s verb) in molten lava.2 Thus, far from a simple “transformation of solids into gas through fire,” this slow congealing of Pompeii under blackening blobs of lava would seem to provide the lowest, basest possible counter-image to the airy, ethereal (f)light usually associated with the inspirational economies of romantic art and love.3 Such (f)light figures as the uplifting relève (to use Derrida’s translation) of both Hegelian “sublation” (Aufhebung) and Freudian “sublimation” (Sublimierung). And indeed, Derrida’s use of relève, as Alan Bass reminds us, comes from the verb relever, which means not only “to lift up” (as does aufheben) but “to relay” and “to relieve,” as when one soldier relieves another of duty, or when one relieves oneself by voiding the bladder or bowels.4 By translating Hegel’s Aufhebung as relève, then, Derrida not only inscribes an excessive “effect of substitution and difference” (Bass 20) within Hegel’s restricted economy of uplift,5 but he also remarks on a fatal coupling at the heart of its romantic copulation. In “The Pit and the Pyramid: Introduction to Hegel’s Semiology” (1968), Derrida tethers this uplifting inspirational (f)light—the life of the Trinitarian Spirit (Geist)—to the dark remains of a corpse entombed at the base of a stony, triangular pyramid inscribed with Egyptian hieroglyphic reliefs.6 Perhaps it is not surprising, then, that our young archeologist, Hanold, also calls his beloved bas-relief a “tombstone” (Jensen 14), despite his inflamed imagination. Indeed, given the gravity of such weighty counter-images, it is no wonder that Freud never mentions the uplifting word “sublimation” in his Gradiva study. (Nor, for that matter, does he ever read Hanold’s love in terms of fetishism—more on this later.)
     
    And yet, the subject of sublimation increasingly preoccupies Freud in the years immediately following this early attempt to couple his new science of psychoanalysis with Jensen’s “little romance” (Freud, Delusion 125). Perhaps it is worth investigating what Freud may have encountered in this early romantic coupling that could have compelled him in the years immediately following to elaborate a more explicitly self-conscious concept of sublimation. Such an investigation would be crucial because, as Bersani suggests, “[s]ublimation is not a liminal or unnecessary psychoanalytic concept; rather it is the concept that, by legitimizing psychoanalysis’ claim to being a philosophy of culture, can either reinforce or threaten its strained complicity in the culture of redemption” (“Erotic Assumptions” 35).7 But if “the great achievement of psychoanalysis” is, as Bersani also claims, “its attempt to account for our inability to love others” (Intimacies 60), then perhaps it is equally crucial to know whether “others” includes things such as bas-reliefs. And if not, why not? Is it even possible to understand such things, as Freud claims to be doing here, in terms otherwise than those of fetishism and its humanist metaphysics?8 And, finally, what are the implications of such matters for Freud’s latter-day queer disciples?9 What I want to suggest is not only that Freud indeed encounters something base in the young scientist Hanold’s love for a bas-relief, but also that in seeking relief from such matters Freud (himself a young scientist at the time) is forced to consider the question of how there could ever arise a space of aesthetic sublimation unlike Hanold’s Pompeii, the birthplace of pornography.10 In such a space of cultural life, persons could couple with things without falling into the grave delusion of statue-love. Such a speculative Hegelian11 hypothesis regarding the genealogy of Freud’s conception of sublimation would be all too appropriate here, if it did not immediately stumble over a couple of splendid impediments. Not only does Freud never manage to erect such a fully-realized concept of sublimation, but his failure already repeats the defeat of Hanold’s attempt to realize his romantic copulation with Zoë (a living person) without the mediation of Gradiva (a lifeless thing). Freud’s defeat, in other words, repeats the double feet/feat of the bas-relief Gradiva, whose two arrested (and arresting) feet rise and fall without end, rest, or relief (relève), thus enacting and annihilating the uplifting life (Zoë) of the romantic couple, i.e., reproductive copulation.
     

    I

     

    [W]e usually think of . . . the humanizing attributes of intimacy within a couple, where the personhood of each partner is presumed to be expanded and enriched by the knowledge of the other.

    Leo Bersani (Intimacies 53)

    [P]erhaps there is something in human “life” that is incompatible with life.

    Barbara Johnson (122)

    As I insinuated above, it’s puzzling that the apparent sacrifice at stake in Gradiva vis-à-vis the life of the romantic couple has never been taken up by Leo Bersani, who, perhaps more than any other critic in recent years, has tried to expose the insidious—and often, but not always, heterosexual—figure of the couple at the heart of various cultural-theoretical discourses of intimacy and love.12 As the normative model of romance institutionalized in marriage, monogamy, and the family, the figure of the romantic couple often flies under the radar of theory. As Bersani writes in “Against Monogamy” (1998), even “the most radical theorists [Freud and Lacan] have for the most part remained remarkably silent—or at best vague and inconclusive—about the relevance of their theoretical subversions to a possible questioning of the couple…as a normative model for psychoanalytic therapy” (92). At first glance, it may appear that Freud’s reading of Gradiva can do nothing for Bersani’s radical questioning of the couple, given that Freud himself seems to valorize Hanold’s apparently successful reunion with Zoë as a form of therapeutic cure. Such a reading, I want to argue, ignores Hanold’s “pedestrian investigations” (Jensen 11) into the queer, lifeless life of Zoë-Gradiva, investigations carried out at the feet of his beloved bas-relief.
     

     
    Gradiva bas-relief, 4th-c. B.C. Roman copy. Photo by Rama. Wikimedia Creative Commons.
     
    Click for larger view
    Fig. 1.

    Gradiva bas-relief, 4th-c. B.C. Roman copy. Photo by Rama. Wikimedia Creative Commons.
     

     

    Indeed, it will be our wager here that such pedestrian investigations already defeat any question of an uplifting romantic reunion between Hanold and Zoë. By dramatizing the impossibility of ever untangling the living person (Zoë) from the lifeless thing (Gradiva), Gradiva shows the impossibility of answering once and for all what Hanold calls “the question of what physical nature Zoë-Gradiva might possess” (75). Or as Jensen puts it: “even if it had occurred to [Hanold] that Gradiva was only a dead bas-relief, it was also equally beyond doubt that she was still alive . . . [and that] her name was Zoë” (Delusion 102).
     
    More an uncanny coupling than a couple, this “dual nature” of Zoë-Gradiva (Delusion 102)—her/its lifeless life, simultaneously person-thing, life-death, cure-illness—gives Freud pause in his reading of Jensen’s Gradiva, freezing his forward progress like the stone-cold feet of Hanold’s bas-relief. In other words, it is as though Freud himself encounters a stumbling block on the roundabout road to Hanold’s romantic reunion with Zoë, one that forces him into a digression on the strangeness of Zoë’s supposed cure. As Freud states, it is strange that the real-life Zoë, Hanold’s long-lost childhood friend, should end up being both the original drive behind Hanold’s delusory flight to Pompeii and the secondary vehicle of his cure. Jensen’s novel, then, forces Freud to consider how Zoë could be both delusion and cure, such that the same thing that spurs Hanold’s flight into delusion ends up delivering him over to what he was fleeing from. Or, as Freud states: “If Zoë is the right person, we shall soon learn how one cures delusions like those of our hero [Hanold] . . . . It would be very striking . . . if the treatment and . . . the delusion should coincide [in the same person: Zoë] . . . . We have a suspicion, of course, that our case [Hanold’s statue-love] might then turn out to be an ‘ordinary’ love story” (Delusion 142).
     
    An ordinary love story! What could Freud mean by this? What could possibly be ordinary—or should we say, pedestrian—about Hanold’s delusory case of statue-love? After all, as Freud himself tells us:

    Hanold acts quite differently from ordinary people. He has no interest in the living woman; science, which he serves, has taken this interest from him and transferred it to women of stone or bronze. Let us not consider this an unimportant peculiarity; it is really the basis of [Jensen’s] story, for one day it happens that a single such bas-relief [Gradiva] claims for itself all the interest which would otherwise belong only to the living woman [Zoë], and thereby originates the delusion [Zoë-Gradiva].

    (Delusion 174–5)

    What transforms Jensen’s Gradiva into an ordinary love story (“little romance”) is not Hanold’s statue-love or his lack of interest for the living woman but rather Jensen’s (apparently) cheesy romantic invention of making Hanold’s cure and delusion coincide in the same person. Zoë (the analyst figure), after re-awakening Hanold’s desire for the living woman, can then offer herself as the consummation of his re-awakened love for life in the form of the romantic couple. A real analyst, Freud reminds us, could never marry his or her patient. Hence Gradiva’s romantic cheesiness. And granted, while this may be one way to read the seemingly uplifting reunion with Zoë at the end of Jensen’s “Pompeiian Fancy,” it is clearly one that doesn’t do much for Bersani’s radical questioning of the couple.

     
    But is it really such a “fortunate set of circumstances,” as Freud says, that the cure (Zoë) and the delusion (Gradiva) coincide as if coupled in the same person (same thing)? Isn’t this, instead, precisely the queer paradox Hanold names Zoe-Gradiva, lifeless life? Indeed, as Sarah Kofman notes in her reading of Gradiva, such a strange coincidence of illness and cure operates more like a pharmakon (in the Derridean sense), radically undermining any naïve illusion of the romantically reunited happy couple through the pharmakon’s uncanny figuration of an “originary double” (“Delusion” 187). In other words, as Freud implies, there is a way in which Zoë’s cure for Hanold is itself just another delusion, just another replicated love life modeled on the (double) feat/feet of an ancient plaster-copy bas-relief. How else, then, are we to read the concluding scene of Jensen’s novel, when the apparently cured Hanold asks the real-life Zoë to replicate for him the distinctive lift of the foot on which his love for Gradiva had once hinged (Fig. 2)? Or, as Freud glosses this final scene of supposed romantic reunion, “The delusion [Gradiva] had now been conquered by a beautiful reality [Zoë]; but before the two lovers [the couple] left Pompeii it [the delusion] was still to be honoured once again. When they reached . . . some ancient stepping-stones, Hanold paused and asked the girl [Zoë] to go ahead of him. She understood him ‘and pulling up her dress a little with her left hand, Zoë Bertgang, Gradiva rediviva, walked past . . . as though in a dream . . . with her quietly tripping gait’” (Delusions 39–40). And so, with this final “triumph of love” (Delusions 40), as Freud says, “what was beautiful and valuable in the delusion is now acknowledged” (Delusion 166). But is it really?
     

     
    Gradiva bas-relief (detail). Photo by Rama. Wikimedia Creative Commons.
     
    Click for larger view
    Fig. 2.

    Gradiva bas-relief (detail). Photo by Rama. Wikimedia Creative Commons.
     

     

    As Ika Willis argues, to truly acknowledge such a “triumph of love” would entail something far queerer than Freud (apparently) is willing to admit, since:

    At the end of [Jensen’s] novel . . . Zoë is in fact standing in for Gradiva, rather than the other way round, as Freud’s reading would have it. Hanold desires Zoë insofar as she is a substitute for a substitute. The novel . . . end[s] by fulfilling not Hanold’s desire for Zoë (which would return him to “real life”), but his antiquarian desire for Gradiva” Gradiva’s name, as noted, derives from her gait . . . . [Thus] the novel seems to end with the victory of the archeological [Gradiva] over “real life” [Zoë]. That is to say, where at first it seemed that the substitute, Gradiva, in fact delivered Hanold’s desire to its true object, Zoë, now it is possible to reverse those positions . . . [with] Zoë . . . reincorporated into [Gradiva’s deadly] circuit . . . . It could be argued, then, that Hanold’s acceptance of “real life,” of the unmediated presence of Zoë, is itself a sacrifice.

    (Willis 227–8)

    Unlike Freud, then, who reads Hanold’s triumphant reunion with Zoë as a return to real love and the couple through a momentary deviation of statue-love, Willis reads this very same love of Zoë as being itself a deviation from a more general condition of what we might call originary replication (or originary mediation). In other words, it is Hanold’s love for Zoë (real life), not his love for Gradiva (dead matter), that is truly deviant, precisely as a deviation from deviation. And it is because of this delusory deviation from originary deviation that Willis suggests that Hanold’s love for Zoë might itself be the real sacrifice.

     
    But why sacrifice? And isn’t Willis here implicitly reintroducing the burning question of sublimation and its sacrificial economy at the very moment he thinks he is challenging Freud’s uplifting reading of Hanold’s final reunion with Zoë? It is for this reason, I think, that we need to look closer at Hanold’s pedestrian investigations, for it is there that the burning question of Jensen’s little romance—its uplifting reunion (relève)—is already repeatedly posed and problematized in the arrested and arresting figure of Gradiva’s lift of the foot, i.e., at the very basis of Hanold’s love for Gradiva. Indeed, we might say that it is the endless (dis)placement of Gradiva’s two feet which has been captivating Hanold from the start. Thus, in his description of his beloved’s gait, Hanold says it was as if “the left foot had advanced, and the right, about to follow, touched the ground only lightly with the tips of the toes, while the sole and heel were raised almost vertically. This movement produced a double impression of . . . flight-like poise, combined with a firm step” (Jensen 4–5). A double impression! But isn’t this double impression of Gradiva’s gait—its uplifted poise coupled with its firm step— precisely a repetition of the word “bas-relief,” as though, in its hyphenated coupling, the very word “bas-relief” literally enacts and annihilates the uplifting flight of both Hegelian sublation and Freudian sublimation? In other words, instead of merely enacting the “magical power that transforms water to wine, stones to flesh . . . death to life” (33), as Mark C. Taylor writes of Hegel’s sacrificial economy of love, it is as though the queer coupling of the hyphenated word “bas-relief”—a hyphenation repeated in the name “Zoë-Gradiva”— graphically refuses any release from its base, as though tethering each of its two words to the gravity of a base “third” (turd), without relief, without end. Simultaneously abject (grounded) and ethereal (flight-like), like Georges Bataille’s famous “Big Toe” (le gros Orteil), Hanold’s pedestrian investigations thus remind us that the basis of man’s proud erection remains covered in mud—congealed in shit.
     
    Like Bataille, I am arguing that a certain configuration of the hyphenated “third” (turd) in Jensen’s novel endlessly (dis)places the elevated supremacy of the couple in an arresting and arrested double movement without relief or sublimation. Or, as Taylor writes: “If there are two, there are always already at least three. The insistence of the third calls into question the integrity of the One” (274). In his reading of Bataille’s “Big Toe” (le gros Orteil), Roland Barthes notes a similar double movement around the French word for toe, orteil, which derives from articulus, meaning “little member or limb” (“infantile phallus”). Barthes argues that Bataille’s title is scandalous in its perverse play of double meanings: “on the one hand, gros is repulsive in a way that grand is not; and on the other, the diminutive (articulus) can also be repulsive . . . . [T]he toe is seductive-repulsive; fascinating as a contradiction: that of the tumescent and miniaturized phallus” (245). For Barthes, then, Bataille’s heterology is not simply the result of linking the ignoble erection of man’s dirty big toe to man’s noble upright posture, but of deconstructing the very couple (“noble”/“ignoble”) through the addition of what Barthes calls a scandalous third term (“base”) which is not regular (“noble”/“base”/“ignoble”) (246). This third in-between term is “an independent term, concrete, eccentric, irreducible: the term of seduction outside the (structural) law” (Barthes 246). Now, it would be tempting to read the hyphenated terms of Jensen’s little romance according to Bataille’s notion of the eccentric third term. Because they are heterological to the uplifting flight of sublimation, such third terms “[baffle] the nature of matter in itself ” (Barthes 246) and thus echo the stakes of Hanold’s pedestrian investigations into the queer lifeless life of a bas-relief. And yet, if the goal of Bataille’s “base materialism” (“heterology”) is to make things “insecure, wobbly (the etymological meaning of ‘scandalous’)” (Barthes 246), then it is still not clear how a pedestrian case of statue-love—or what J. Hillis Miller pejoratively calls a mere “version of Pygmalion” (vii)—could ever upset the uplifted/uplifting pedestal of the romantic couple and its uncanny fruitfulness.13 After all, what could be more Hegelian than the notion of the third, i.e., turning shit (base matter) into gold (conceptual value) through a three-step process of uplifting sublation (Aufhebung)? What a relief! It’s as if one could relieve oneself without a dirty, stinking remainder.
     

    II

     

    Remain(s)—to (be) know(n)—what causes shitting.

    Jacques Derrida (Glas 37)

    [T]he fall into stinking filth of what had been elevated.

    Georges Bataille (“Use Value” 101)

    It shouldn’t surprise us, then, that the only other major digression in Freud’s reading of Jensen’s little romance revolves around a dirty etching by Félicien Rops (Fig. 3), which Freud introduces as another allegory of repression. Like the simultaneous destruction and preservation of Pompeii under black blobs of lava, Rops’s etching also illustrates for Freud how repression never coincides with the total destruction, or total obliteration, of a memory, because a dirty trace of it always remains “potent and effective” (Delusion 159–160). Or as Freud says, quoting an old Latin proverb: “You may drive out natural disposition with a two-pronged fork, but it will always return” (Delusion 160). It is this double movement of repression that Freud then links with “the lives of saints and penitents” depicted in Félicien Rops’s etching, The Temptation of St. Anthony (1878).
     

     
    Félicien Rops, The Temptation of St. Anthony (1878), Musée Félicien Rops, Namur. Engraved by Jean de la Palette. Used by permission.
     
    Click for larger view
    Fig. 3.

    Félicien Rops, The Temptation of St. Anthony (1878), Musée Félicien Rops, Namur. Engraved by Jean de la Palette. Used by permission.
     

     

    Here, then, is how Freud describes the scandalous scene:

     

    From the [base] temptations of the world, an ascetic monk [St. Anthony] has sought refuge [relief] in the [uplifting] image of the crucified Savior. Then, phantom-like, this [uplifted] cross sinks [down into the dirt] and, in its stead, there rises [elevated] shining, the image of a voluptuous, unclad woman, in the same [elevated] position of the crucifixion. Other [lesser] painters . . . have, in such representations of temptation, depicted sin . . . near the [uplifted] Savior on the cross. [But] Rops, alone, has allowed it [the base] to take the place of the Savior on the cross.

    (Delusion 161)

    What is happening in this remarkable description? Is Freud simply providing us with an allegory of repression, as he claims, or rather one of sublimation? And isn’t Freud’s rhetoric, in fact, repeating what Hanold had already discovered at the feet of his beloved bas-relief, the endless (dis)placement of the two? That depends. According to Freud’s allegory, the two-pronged fork, like the cross in Rops’s pornographic etching, unwittingly becomes the vehicle (both the carrier and the telos) of the very thing it tries to drive out: sex. It is as if Freud wants us to see only a pathological return of the repressed instead of an endless movement of (dis)placement. And yet, as Freud himself points out, the nude, voluptuous woman not only approaches the uplifted Savior on the cross, but takes his place, just as, in Freud’s reading of Jensen’s novel, archeology (base matter: Gradiva) takes the place of (relève) Zoë. In both cases, then, it is as if Freud wants us to see the instrument of repression (the cross in Rops’s etching; archeology in Jensen’s novel) as both the means and the end of a pathological return. And yet, despite all this, Freud nevertheless goes on to state (somewhat mischievously), “If . . . archeology [had] driven love . . . out of [Hanold’s] life, it would now be legitimate and correct that an antique relief should awaken in him the forgotten memory of the girl beloved in his childhood; it would be his well-deserved fate to have fallen in love with the stone representation of Gradiva” (Delusion 161).

     
    Why his well-deserved fate? Freud’s implication, I think, goes something like this: Hanold’s capacity to love proceeds from a kind of reversed Pygmalionism. Instead of the living person (Pygmalion) giving life to a dead thing (statue), it is the dead thing (statue) which gives life to the living person.14 Hanold’s love for the lifeless Gradiva, in other words, precedes his awakening to so-called real life. It is thus the queer condition of (im)possibility for his interest in real women. But if Hanold’s love for the secondary lifeless replica is paradoxically original—the very source of his awakening to real love—then doesn’t this automatically necessitate a radical rethinking of some of the basic couples of Western thought (originary/secondary; person/thing; life/death; reality/illusion; health/sickness)? Indeed, as I shall argue, it is precisely at the beginning of Jensen’s little romance, with our entrance into this delusory world of Hanold’s pedestrian investigations, that we begin to catch a glimpse of what such a radical rethinking might entail. From the very start of Jensen’s novel, in other words, we are plunged into a world where, for Hanold, “marble and bronze were not dead, but rather the only really vital thing which expressed the purpose and value of human life; and so [Hanold] sat in the midst of his walls, books and pictures, with no need of any other intercourse” (Jensen 18–9). From the very start of Gradiva, then, we are sutured to a queer figure that has “no need of any other intercourse” besides that with “marble and bronze,” “books and pictures.”
     
    Of course, within a heteronormative framework of “reproductive futurism,” as Lee Edelman argues, such queer intercourse with inanimate things can always be read as a (deadly) delusion. The irony of Jensen’s reversed Pygmalionism, however, is that it is only through the incitement of such lifeless things that Hanold can ever really come to life at all. In other words, it is the strange feat/feet of a lifeless bas-relief that compels Hanold to go outside and compare Gradiva’s distinctive gait with that of real women on the street. Such “pedestrian investigations” (11), as Jensen writes, “forced [Hanold] . . . to a mode of action utterly foreign to him; women had formerly been for him only a conception in marble or bronze and he had never given his feminine contemporaries the least consideration” (9). Far from being a mere deadly delusion, then, Hanold’s love for Gradiva provokes him into the real world, with his love for the lifeless, inhuman statue paradoxically awakening him to real “life” (Zoë). But if this is the case, what happens to the allegory of repression in Freud’s reading of Rops’s pornographic etching? Is such an allegory compatible with Jensen’s queer logic of reversed Pygmalionism? As Freud himself implies, it is Hanold’s coupling with Gradiva that is the condition of (im)possibility for his subsequent capacity to love the living woman. And so, rather than a pathological case of a repressed matter returning to replace the uplifted Savior, it is as if Hanold’s (in)capacity to love the living woman has always-already been marked by the double feat/feet of a bas-relief. And if this is the case, Rops’s pornographic etching becomes less an allegory of repression than of its endlessly (de)feeted sublimation. My point here, then, is not that we should simply replace Rops’s The Temptation of St. Anthony with, say, Thomas Rowlandson’s Modern Pygmalion (Fig. 4).
     

     
    Thomas Rowlandson, Modern Pygmalion (ca. 1812). Image by Silenus. Wikimedia Creative Commons.
     
    Click for larger view
    Fig. 4.

    Thomas Rowlandson, Modern Pygmalion (ca. 1812). Image by Silenus. Wikimedia Creative Commons.
     

     

    On the contrary, Rowlandson’s pornographic version of Pygmalion also ends up transubstantiating the queer coupling of a bas-relief into a romantic couple. Now, the artificial erection of a lifeless statue (Galatea) is replaced by the uplifted erection of the living artist/creator (Pygmalion) and his pro-creative copulation. Perhaps Freud’s similar misreading of an endlessly (de)feeted coupling for a happily reunited couple also explains why so many of his latter-day queer disciples have virtually ignored Gradiva. And yet, to do so, as I’ve been arguing here, is to ignore one of literature’s most radical critiques of the romantic (human, heterosexual) couple. And so, it is to this radical critique of marriage and the romantic couple in Gradiva that I shall now turn.
     

    III

     

    [O]ur heterosexual culture . . . reserv[es] the highest relational value for the couple.

    Leo Bersani (Intimacies 42)

    Marriage: relief of the implement. The implement is solid. . . . Marriage is the relief of the constraint, the interiorization of this exteriority, the consum(m)ating of the implement . . . . [As the] free inclination of both sexes, marriage excludes any contract. Such an abstract juridical bond could in effect bind persons only to (dead) things.
     

    Jacques Derrida (Glas 123–4)

    If “our heterosexual culture . . . reserv[es] the highest relational value for the couple,” as Bersani argues, then it would be hard to find a more explicit critique of this romantic system than Hanold’s anti-humanist devaluation of couples throughout the first half of Jensen’s Gradiva. On his initial trip to Rome, for example, Hanold complains of being unable to escape the “swarms” of honeymooning “dualists” (22), i.e., “young bridal couples [who are] as rapturous as [they are] vapid” (23). Indeed, the young archeologist finds himself absolutely bewildered by the motivations of these honeymooning couples and their follies:

    [F]or the first time he saw . . . people brought together by the mating impulse without his being able to understand what had been the mutual cause. It remained incomprehensible to him why the women had chosen these men, and still more perplexing why the choice of the men had fallen upon these women . . . . To be sure, he lacked a standard for measuring, for, of course, one could not compare the women of today, with the sublime beauty of the old works of art . . . there was something lacking which ordinary life was in duty bound to offer. So he reflected for many hours on the strange impulses of human beings, and came to the conclusion that of all their follies, marriage, at any rate, took the prize as the greatest and most incomprehensible one.

    (22–3)

    Caught amidst this incomprehensible swarm of honeymooning couples, Hanold begins to notice a “strangely oppressive feeling had again taken possession of him, a feeling that he was imprisoned in a cage which this time was called Rome” (27). To escape this romantic cage— “to escape the ‘inseparables’” (27)—he decides to flee to Pompeii because, as one young bridal couple tells him despairingly, “there are only old stones and rubbish there” (29). In Pompeii, however, Hanold immediately finds himself besieged by yet another domestic “two-winged creature,” the “musca domestica communis, the common house-fly” (32):

     

    He had never been subject to violent emotions; yet a hatred of these two-winged creatures burned within him; he considered them the basest evil invention of Nature . . . and recognized in them invincible proof against the existence of a rational world-system . . . . [They] whizzed before his eyes, buzzed in his ears, tangled themselves in his hair, tickled his nose, forehead and hands. Therein they reminded him of honeymoon couples . . . . [I]n the mind of the tormented man [Hanold] rose a longing for a . . . splendidly made fly-flapper like one unearthed from a burial vault, which he had seen in the Etruscan museum in Bologna . . . . [F]lies and bridal couples swarming en masse were not calculated to make life agreeable anywhere.

    (33–5; emphasis added)

    Isn’t Hanold’s longing for a “splendidly made fly-flapper” amidst this swarm of “flies and bridal couples” just like his longing for Gradiva (“the girl splendid in walking”)? Indeed, the splendid coupling of these two longings is confirmed later in Jensen’s novel, when, under the burning noonday sun of Pompeii, the flies and bridal couples suddenly vanish: “with their vanishing, what had formerly been the city of Pompeii assumed an entirely changed appearance, but not a living one” (Jensen 40). In this uncanny, midday milieu, Hanold’s wish for a “splendidly made fly-flapper” is apparently answered by the sudden apparition of his beloved Gradiva: “something suddenly stepped forth . . . and across the lava stepping-stones . . . Gradiva stepped buoyantly” (46). Or as Jensen says: “[Hanold] found what he was looking for” (53). Having been harassed across Rome by swarms of two-winged creatures, it is as though Hanold now finally finds relief in the queerly coupled apparition of a splendidly made Zoë-Gradiva-fly-flapper: splat!
     
    And yet, the question remains: Why do so many critical readings of Gradiva (including Freud’s) ignore Hanold’s explicit critique of the romantic (human, heterosexual) couple as an insidious domestic pest? In her recent Persons and Things (2008), for instance, Barbara Johnson notes that in his reading of Gradiva, “Freud seems to have set up a simple logic: love of statue = sick = repressed, love of real woman = healthy = free from repression. The only strange element in this structure is the animal Jensen uses to represent life: the housefly. Life is that which annoys” (148). But, as we have just seen, Jensen explicitly couples flies and bridal couples. For Hanold, these two-winged creatures go together. It is not simply life which annoys, but the (re)productive life of the romantic couple which annoys, which swarms, and which deserves a good swat with a splendidly made fly-paper. To miss this queer coupling in Jensen’s little romance is to miss how Hanold’s delusional love for a splendidly made bas-relief offers contemporary queer theory untapped material for thinking about what Bersani and Dutoit call “non-copulative mode[s] of pairing” (22). Of course, since the most contemptible thing for Bersani and Dutoit is for the partners of such non-copulative pairings to become cemented, fixed, and immobilized, like “blocks of self-contained matter” (23), it is doubtful they would be willing to read Hanold’s love for an immobile, inanimate, plaster bas-relief as anything but a grave loss of “levity” (23). Indeed, for Bersani, Baudelaire’s obsession with statue sex—“so white, so cold” (Baudelaire 69)—is itself a reactionary defense against such a life of levity and mobility. Or as Bersani writes, “necrophilia is the Baudelairean erotic ideal; it is sex with an absolutely still partner . . . [and] aspires to a sexuality compatible with death” (Baudelaire 70). And yet, if “the homo” is the one who risks “loving the other as the same, in homo-ness,” as Bersani famously asserts elsewhere, and thus the one who “risks his own boundaries, risks knowing where he ends and the other begins” (Homos 128–9), isn’t it possible to read Hanold as a sort of Bersanian homosexual, i.e., as one who risks loving “the other” (the non-human) as “the same” (the human)? Again, I suspect Bersani would say (as he does in Homos) that such “a perfectly realized and definitive homo-ness is incompatible with life” (171). Homo-ness, it seems, must transport one into the world, into life, but never into death.
     
    And yet, Freud, some eighteen years after his early attempt at coupling his new science of psychoanalysis with Jensen’s little romance, himself returns to the question of Zoë (“life”) in Beyond the Pleasure Principle (1920). There, he famously speculates that the love of life may be but a secondary deviation—or, as he puts it, a “complicated détour” (46)— from a more primordial drive for the inanimate (46). Like Hanold’s love for the ancient bas-relief, then, Freud speculates that all “organic life,” while appearing to be ruled by the mobility and levity of change, is actually motivated by a more conservative drive for “an earlier state of things” (Beyond 44), what we might call (á la Hanold) an archeological striving for an “ancient goal” (Beyond 45). Thus, as Freud states:

    [The] final goal of all organic striving [is] . . . . an old state of things, an initial state from which the living entity has at one time or other departed and to which it is striving to return by the circuitous paths along which its development leads. If we are to take it as a truth that knows no exception that everything dies for internal reasons—becomes inorganic once again—then we shall be compelled to say that “the aim of all life is death” and, looking backwards, that “inanimate things existed before living ones.”

    (Beyond 45–6)

    But by claiming that this drive for inanimate things precedes and makes possible a secondary deviation toward living ones, isn’t Freud, here, offering a version of the reversed Pygmalionism we identified at the very heart of Jensen’s novel? And if so, can’t we say that the later Freud of Beyond the Pleasure Principle unwittingly comes around to Hanold’s pedestrian investigations, even to the point of repeating a version of them as his own? Note, for example, Freud’s speculations on the strange evocation of life out of inanimate matter:

    The attributes of life were . . . evoked in inanimate matter by the action of a force of whose nature we can form no conception . . . . The tension which then arose in what had hitherto been an inanimate substance endeavored to cancel itself out . . . to return to the inanimate state . . . . till decisive external influences altered it in such a way as to oblige the still surviving substance to diverge ever more widely from its original course of life and to make ever more complicated détours before reaching its aim of death.

    (Beyond 46)

    If the love of life is a secondary deviation (delusion?) provoked from out of a more originary inanimate state of things, i.e., a deviation from deviation, then doesn’t the opposition of life and death become less a couple than an originary double?

    Indeed, in her essay “The Double is/and the Devil: The Uncanniness of The Sandman,” Sarah Kofman is interested in tracing Freud’s resistance to precisely such figures of originary doubleness throughout his 1919 essay on “The Uncanny,” an essay written roughly at the same time as Beyond the Pleasure Principle. And although Kofman never connects the figure of the double in “The Uncanny” to the figure of the couple in Freud’s Gradiva essay, she does note how Freud’s “Uncanny” also revolves around the story of a young man who falls in love with an inanimate thing, a doll. Like Hanold’s love for a statue, Nathaniel’s love for the doll Olympia in The Sandman becomes the locus for Kofman’s critique of Freud’s essay. Why, Kofman wonders, doesn’t Freud consider Nathaniel’s love for Olympia a paradigmatic case of the uncanny (“The Double” 141)? In a section titled “The Animate and the Inanimate: Diabolical Mimesis,” Kofman suggests that Freud’s dismissal of Nathaniel’s doll-love simply repeats a more general fear of the supplement (writing) operating throughout Western thought. Following Derrida, Kofman states, “Writing’s supplementarity indefinitely calls forth supplementarity because there has never been an originary model perfectly present and complete . . . . It [the double, the supplement] indicates that life must necessarily always pass through death” (“The Double” 137). But instead of confronting this logic of the supplement, Freud turns Nathaniel’s doll-love—like Hanold’s statue-love—into a simple, binary case of delusion, a case of lifeless artifice simply flipping sides with living reality. According to this scenario, Nathaniel (like Hanold) simply forgets living presence and turns instead to dead representations, revealing his pathological preference for a dead fiancée over a flesh and blood one. And yet, as Kofman argues, what is truly uncanny (queer) about Nathaniel’s love (and hence what is resisted by Freud) is the “failure to distinguish between the living and the dead” (“The Double” 142; emphasis added). Where everyone else sees a binary opposition between life and death, Nathaniel (like Hanold) couples them in his love, revealing the “indissoluble bond between life and death” (Kofman, “The Double” 148). And it is this queer coupling of animate and inanimate in a general economy of the double which is, for Kofman, Freud’s ultimate insight into the unheimlich (although one he reveals only despite himself, unwittingly). Thus: “understood as a general economy, the distinction between the imaginary and the real is replaced by a problematics of a simulacrum without an originary model” (Kofman, “The Double” 160).
     
    With Kofman’s evocation of a Derridean general economy of the double, it would appear that we have now moved beyond the sacrificial economy we started out with, i.e., the burning question of the romantic couple.15 And yet, even the older Freud of Beyond the Pleasure Principle ends his book with yet another triumph of the romantic couple. To be precise, Freud ends his book by adding another step to his speculations regarding the need of “organic life” to “restore an earlier state of things” (Beyond 69). Instead of being a primordial death drive for the inanimate, Freud wonders whether this hypothetical drive might simply be a repetition of an ancient myth recorded in Plato’s Symposium. According to this myth, original human nature was different from present human nature. “Everything about these primaeval men was double: they had four hands and four feet, two faces, two privy parts, and so on. Eventually Zeus decided to cut these men in two . . . . After the division had been made, ‘the two parts of man, each desiring his other half, came together, and threw their arms about one another eager to grow into one [couple]’” (Freud, Beyond 69–70). But by adding this final Platonic (and we might say Hegelian) step to his speculations, Freud’s drive for restoring an earlier state of things becomes not a drive for the inanimate but for the reconciliation of the divided couple: romantic copulation. It is here, perhaps, that we should recall Kofman’s larger point regarding Freud’s readings of novels, namely, that they are “fictions, ‘romances’ in their own right” (Freud and Fiction 3).
     

    IV

     

    [T]he play of copula is subtle. Like that of the couple in general. In fact, concerning such a pair, why do they say a couple?

    Jacques Derrida (Glas 248–9)

    [A] person turning to stone is usually bad, while a stone coming to life is desirable. But perhaps it is the confusion of the two realms [“life” and “non-life”] that is really, and unavowedly, attractive. Walter Benjamin . . . speaks often of the “the sex appeal of the inorganic.”

    Barbara Johnson (20–1)

    As Barbara Johnson notes, Walter Benjamin often speaks of “the sex appeal of the inorganic” when describing fetishism (Benjamin 153). By way of conclusion, then, I want to consider why it is that Freud surprisingly dismisses fetishism in his reading of Gradiva, and what this dismissal implies not only for my speculative hypothesis regarding the rise and fall of sublimation as a concept in Freud’s thinking, but what this dismissal might also imply for contemporary queer theorists interested in perverse couplings of “persons” and “things.” After all, such a dismissal of fetishism seems remarkable given that Gradiva would seem to have provided Freud with a tailor-made case of foot fetishism. But as Freud states:

    The psychiatrist [as opposed to the psychoanalyst] would perhaps assign Hanold’s delusion . . . [to] “fetichistic erotomania,” because falling in love with the bas-relief would be the most striking thing to him and because, to his conception, which coarsens everything, the interest of the young archeologist in the feet and foot-position of women must seem suspiciously like fetichism. All such names and divisions . . . are, however, substantially useless and awkward.

    (Delusion 173–4)

    Although Freud clearly dismisses the diagnosis of fetishism here, he nevertheless admits that the psychiatrist might still be tempted by it. By contrast, the most striking thing about Jensen’s novel for Freud is that, “Before our eyes there is then unfolded the story of how this delusion is cured by a fortunate set of circumstances, the interest transferred back again from the cast to the living girl” (175). In other words, rather than remaining, like Hanold, uselessly fixated on the end-less (de)feet of bas-relief—its (dis)placement of the two—Freud is attentive to the fortunate unfolding of its cure as a romantic reunion. For Freud, the speculative economy of Jensen’s novel is its great analytic insight: Hanold’s interest is not uselessly squandered or endlessly wasted, but “transferred back again”—fortunately—in his reunion with Zoë.

     
    Of course, throughout this paper, we have seen all the ways this “fortunate” reunion with Zoë never seems to get off the ground. The hyphenated coupling of the very word “bas-relief” at once makes possible and resists absolutely—i.e., enacts and annihilates—any idealization, conceptualization, and the (re)productive copulation of Aufhebung. But does this mean that we, too, are like the psychiatrist quoted above whose coarse perspective sees fetishism everywhere? Indeed, isn’t fetishism, by supposedly taking the side of things, a way for contemporary queer theorists to critique the uplifting relève of both Hegelian sublation (Aufhebung) and Freudian sublimation (Sublimierung)? After all, as Derrida notes in Glas (1974), his own queer reading of that odd couple Hegel and Genet, “The Aufhebung, the economic law of absolute reappropriation of the absolute loss, is a family concept” (133). It is a family concept, Derrida notes, precisely because of what he calls the “child-relief” (Glas 133):

    [T]he parents, far from losing or disseminating themselves without return, “contemplate in the child’s becoming their own relief.” They guard in that becoming their own disappearance . . . . The child-relief of the loss [perte] . . . . The Aufhebung is the dying away, the amortization, of death. That is the concept of economy in general in speculative dialectics. Economy: the law of the family, of the family home, of possession . . . . [T]his guarding retains, keeps back, inhibits, consigns the absolute loss or consum(mat)es it only in order better to reg(u)ard it returning to (it)self.

    (Derrida, Glas 133–4)

    What is interesting here is how, in Derrida’s rhetoric, this child-relief begins to resemble a fetish. It is as if the “child-relief of the loss,” as Derrida puts it, becomes a kind of fetish object for the parents, “their own relief” from death, from castration, from loss.16 Can we say, then, that what Freud encounters in Jensen’s little romance is the story of a man who prefers a bas-relief to a child-relief, i.e., prefers a dead thing to reproductive futurity and its fetish? But, then, what is the difference between sublimation and fetishism in this case? Suddenly, taking the side of things in an effort to critique the reproductive futurity of the romantic couple seems naïve when the fetish object appears at the very heart of the speculative economy of heteronormativity (the family circle: daddy-mommy-baby).

     
    Consider, then, the recent debates on the (im)possibilities of lesbian fetishism in the journal differences, provoked largely by the volatile figure of the butch-femme couple. As Chris Straayer notes, “early lesbian-feminists rejected the lesbian butch for her unconventional public personal style . . . [because] a butchy appearance seemed to communicate a direct imitation of heterosexual practice via mannish signifiers [mimetic fetishes]” (275).17 Judith Butler’s essay “The Lesbian Phallus and the Morphological Imaginary” (1992) not only implicitly critiques this rejection of the butch—i.e., her supposed “defilement or betrayal of lesbian specificity” (86)—but it also paves the way for Teresa de Lauretis’s The Practice of Love: Lesbian Sexuality and Perverse Desire (1994), which attempts to explicitly valorize the specificity of lesbian sexuality as fetishistic (de Lauretis 317).18 And yet, while acknowledging de Lauretis’s ability “to explain both the similarities and the differences between butch and femme sexual positions using her account of lesbian fetishism” (“Labors of Love” 165), Elizabeth Grosz states in her review of de Lauretis’s book:

    I remain worried . . . about the strategic value of a notion like the “lesbian phallus,” “lesbian dildos,” and virile display: while they do have the effect of unsettling or disquieting presumptions about the “natural” alignment of the penis with social power and value, they do so only by attempting to appropriate what has been denied to women and to that extent remain tied (as we all are) to heterocentric and masculine privilege. Such modalities . . . still presuppose the normative (heterosexual) complementarity in lesbian couplings.

    (Grosz, “Labors of Love” 170)

    In other words, even (or perhaps especially) in the case of lesbian fetishism, there remains a normative assumption of the romantic couple, in which, as Grosz points out, the lesbian’s “love-object is not an inanimate or partial object [as it is for males, according to Freud]; it is another subject. Her ‘fetish’ is not the result of a fear of femininity, but a love of it” (“Lesbian Fetishism?” 153). It’s as if lesbian fetishism—no less than the child-relief— ultimately props up (relève) a human couple (the butch-femme).19 Or as Gayle Rubin puts it in her critique of such psychoanalytically-inflected readings of lesbian fetishism:

    When I think about fetishism I want to know about many other things. I do not see how one can talk about fetishism, or sadomasochism, without thinking about the production of rubber, the techniques and gear used for controlling and riding horses, the high polished gleam of military footwear, the history of silk stockings, the cold authoritative qualities of medical equipment, or the allure of motorcycles . . . To me, fetishism raises all sorts of issues concerning shifts in the manufacture of objects . . . or ambiguously experienced body invasions . . . If all of this . . . is reduced to castration or the Oedipus complex . . . I think something important has been lost.

    (85)

    Are we are doomed, then, to simply oscillate like Gradiva’s two feet in a humanist metaphysics of fetishism and its couples (person/thing; subject/object; animate/inanimate), reduced to merely switching allegiances between the two? Isn’t this itself a bit like fetishism, in the same stroke denying and affirming the cut—the de-cision (castration)—in a series of substitutes, as if hanging by a thread (hair), or a hyphen (bas-relief, child-relief), end-lessly (de)feeted?
     
    As we have seen, Hanold’s inability to come to life without the mediation of a lifeless thing seems to be no less of a hairy situation. But, as I have argued, not only does the hyphenated word “bas-relief” both set up and upset Freud’s concept of sublimation, but this failure of erection already repeats Hanold’s defeat in realizing his romantic copulation with Zoë at the end of Jensen’s novel. Which is to say, sublimation’s defeat ironically repeats the (de)feet of a bas-relief, whose arrested and arresting two feet rise and fall without end or relief, endlessly (dis)placing the elevated supremacy of the two in a queer double-movement. And the irony of this defeat, as Barbara Johnson suggests in her reading of commodity fetishism in Marx’s Capital, is unavoidable. When Marx, for example, describes the supposed fetishistic transformation of a table (use-value) into a commodity (exchange value), he states:

    A commodity appears, at first sight, a very trivial thing . . . [but] analysis shows that it is, in reality, a very queer thing . . . [T]he table continues to be that common, every-day thing, wood. But, so soon as it steps forth as a commodity, it is changed into something transcendent. It not only stands with its feet on the ground, but, in relation to all other commodities, it stands on its head, and evolves out of its wooden brain grotesque ideas, far more wonderful than “table-turning” ever was.

    (Marx, qtd. in Johnson 141)

    Changed into a commodity, the table suddenly “steps forth” like Gradiva, standing not only on its feet, but on its head. As Johnson points out, however, the problem with this fantastic scenario of fetishistic transformation is that a table is “anthropomorphic from the start” (142). We already refer to the legs of a table, for example, and this figurative anthropomorphism is irreducible. Or as Johnson states, Marx can only “play around with an existing figurative structure” (142); Marx can no more eliminate this trace of anthropomorphism from language than Freud can eliminate the queer double-movement of (de)feet from Hanold’s romantic copulation with Zoë.

     
    What is queer about Gradiva, then, is not fetishism, but the specter of a “general fetishism,” as Derrida calls it (Glas 210), or what Hanold calls “Zoë-Gradiva,” whose lifeless life threatens to deconstruct the very opposition between the organic and the inorganic, the real and the artificial, the living and the dead, the thing itself and the substitute. A “general fetishism,” as Derrida argues, “no longer lets itself be contained in the space of truth, in the opposition Ersatz / nonErsatz, or simply in the opposition” (Glas 209). Indeed, since fetishism always assumes that “[s]omething—the thing—is no longer itself a substitute,” as Derrida writes, “if there were no thing, the concept fetish would lose its invariant kernel” (Glas 209). What Derrida suggests here, as Geoffrey Bennington and Sarah Kofman point out, is a kind of queer double-movement.20 According to Bennington:

    [T]wo essential moments . . . structure Derrida’s remarks about fetishism: the first consists in a reconstruction of a “classical logic,” in which the fetish is defined against something not of the order of the fetish (“the thing itself,” the real thing, and so on), and the second in a generalization of the fetish. This movement of generalization is itself not simple, or at least does not simply or immediately consist in claiming that “everything is a fetish” . . . but [it does posit] an economy of fetishism, in which, for example, it might be strategically justified to claim that the supposed “thing itself,” which the “classical logic” opposed to the fetish, is itself the real fetish . . . . This slightly abyssal perspective awaits us.

    (185–6)

    Or as Derrida writes: “a fetishism . . . unfolds itself without limit” (Glas 210), unfolds like an uncanny fabrication. It is not surprising, then, that “the sex appeal of the inorganic” is something Benjamin formulated while contemplating fashion (folds, cosmetics, gloves): “the body experienced . . . not [as] a machine, but [as] clothing . . . made up of many types of fabrics juxtaposed and interwoven among themselves” (Perniola 10).

     
    René Magritte, Le modèle rouge (1934). Photo courtesy of Herscovici/Art Resource © 2012 C. Herscovici, London / Artists Rights Society (ARS), New York.
     
    Click for larger view
    Fig. 5.

    René Magritte, Le modèle rouge (1934). Photo courtesy of Herscovici/Art Resource © 2012 C. Herscovici, London / Artists Rights Society (ARS), New York.
     

     

    This is, no doubt, a feat Benjamin shares with Magritte (Fig. 5), but also, I think, with Hanold, whose pedestrian investigations into the lifeless life of a bas-relief (“Zoë-Gradiva”) open a “slightly abyssal perspective [that] awaits us.”
     

    Christian Hite received a Ph.D. in English Literature from the University of Southern California; his dissertation project was Technologies of Arousal: Masturbation, Aesthetic Education, and the Post-Kantian Auto-. Most recently, he was Visiting Scholar in the MA Program in Aesthetics and Politics at California Institute of the Arts.
     

    Acknowledgement

     
    I wish to thank the two anonymous readers whose comments lit a fire.

     

    Notes

     
    1.
    My English translation of Gradiva literally binds Jensen’s and Freud’s texts together into one volume, under one cover like bedfellows, creating one (romantic) couple, or should we say one singularly queer coupling.
     

    2.
    With regard to these footsteps (or impressions) left in burning ash (cinders), Derrida suggests that Hanold, in fact, “suffers from archive fever”: “His impatient desire . . . drove him on to Pompeii . . . to see if he could find her traces, the traces of Gradiva’s footsteps

    . . . . He dreams of bringing back to life . . . . Of reliving the singular pressure or impression which Gradiva’s step, the step itself, the step of Gradiva herself, that very day, at that time, on that date, in what was inimitable about it, must have left in the ashes. He dreams of this irreplaceable place . . . . [where] the trace no longer distinguishes itself from its substrate” (Archive Fever, 98–9). On the motif of burning ash, see Derrida’s Cinders.

     
    3.
    As Laplanche notes of Freudian sublimation (Sublimierung): “‘From the beginning’ there is a kind of coupling when something is sublimated” (23). “Creation and perversion, for example: for what is basically being sublimated—and Freud put great stress upon this—are polymorphously perverse impulses, each working on its own behalf” (Laplanche 24), like so many free radicals not yet elevated or distilled into the conceptual order of (re)productive life. In this elevating and distilling of sexual excitement from its occasions, sublimation, as Bersani notes, is most profoundly “a burning away of the occasion, or at least the dream of purely burning . . . . The concept should therefore be used to describe not merely the fate of nonfixated sexual energy, but also those movements in certain cultural activities—in, perhaps, above all, art—which partially dissolve the materiality of the activity” (“Erotic Assumptions” 37). But as Derrida has noted of this sacrificial economy of Hegelian sublimation/sublation: “In this sacrifice, all (holos) is burned (caustos), and the fire can go out only stoked” (Glas 240). Thus, for Derrida, it is as if a totalizing logic of holocaust shadows this inspirational economy of the Hegelian Aufhebung. Or as he writes of the Aufhebung in “The Pit and the Pyramid”: “the spirit, elevating itself above the nature in which it was submerged, at once suppresses and retains nature, sublimating nature into itself, accomplishing itself as internal freedom, and thereby presenting itself to itself for itself, as such” (76), i.e., as if pure and without remains. It is in this sense, then, that Craig Saper notes the threatening “backfire” of sublimation: “a usually effaced second fire involved in sublimation. It is no longer merely a matter of fire burning or a fire extinguished; now, every fire (sublimation) has its backfire (as in the explosion of “unburnt exhaust” that produces smoke and no fire power). It is this smoke, this acting-out sublimation, that . . . hints [at] a potential disjunction between sublimation and creativity” (63).

     

     
    4.
    On Derrida’s play with relève as “shitting,” see his readings of the “odd couple” of Hegel and Genet in the “two” columns of Glas.

     

     
    5.
    See, for example, Derrida’s 1967 essay, “From Restricted to General Economy: A Hegelianism Without Reserve.” In this essay, Derrida is in dialogue with Georges Bataille’s notion of general economy, a term Bataille uses to distinguish the excesses of expenditure from the restricted economy of Hegel’s speculative dialectic. See also Mark C. Taylor, Altarity, 115–48.

     

     
    6.
    As Derrida notes, the “Egyptian Spirit” as manifested in stone pyramids and hieroglyphs remains for Hegel, “too tied to the sensory representation of the thing . . . [which] holds back the spirit, encumbers it” (“The Pit” 97–8). Thus, in the Sphinx, for example, Hegel sees “the animality of spirit asleep in the stony sign” (Derrida, “The Pit” 99). Or as Hegel states: “the Sphinx—in itself a riddle—an ambiguous form, half brute, half human . . . may be regarded as the symbol of the Egyptian Spirit” (qtd. in Derrida, “The Pit” 97). It is only with the transition from Egypt to Greece, i.e., with the solving of the Sphinx’s riddle by Oedipus, that philosophy can truly take off in the West with the “deciphering and deconstitution of the hieroglyph” (Derrida, “The Pit” 99). Of course, it is also in this context that Hegel will attempt to distinguish true religion (i.e., Christianity) from mere fetishism in the Introduction to Philosophy of History, where he defines true religion as precisely “the disappearance of the fetish.” I will come back to the complex relationship between sublimation and fetishism—and particularly to Derrida’s reading of fetishism in Glas—at the end of this paper.

     

     
    7.
    Bersani’s point here is that the very emergence of the concept of sublimation is “a symptom of psychoanalysis’s uneasy relation to its own radical views on sexuality and culture—more specifically, to a view of art as nonreparatively or nonredemptively eroticized” (“Erotic Assumptions” 35).

     

     
    8.
    The epitome of this humanist metaphysics of fetishism is perhaps found in Georg Lukács’s History and Class Consciousness (1923), which develops Marx’s notion of commodity fetishism into a pejorative theory of reification, whereby the “relation between a people takes on the character of a thing” (32). The assumption here, of course, is that prior to this fall into reification, people were not things. Thus they could one day escape from their fallen (alienated) condition and regain their humanity through revolution, the disappearance of the fetish. Or as Jean Baudrillard puts it in “Fetishism and Ideology” (1970): “All of this presupposes the existence, somewhere, of a non-alienated consciousness of an object in some ‘true,’ objective state . . . . The metaphor of fetishism, wherever it appears, involves a fetishization of the conscious subject or of a human essence, a rationalist metaphysic that is at the root of the whole system of occidental Christian values. Where Marxist theory seems to prop itself up with this same anthropology, it ideologically countersigns [this] very system of values” (89). More recently, Bruno Latour has followed Baudrillard’s strategy, citing the eighteenth-century coinage of the word “fetishism” by Charles de Brosses in order to trace the ways in which this arrogant humanist metaphysics of fetishism ultimately deconstructs in a notion of the “factish” (Latour’s perverse neologism based on the ambiguous etymology shared by the words “fact” and “fetish”). See Latour, On the Modern Cult of the Factish Gods, 21–2.

     

     
    9.
    Some of these implications are confronted in the recent collection Queering the Non/Human (2008). With reference to their title, editors Noreen Giffney and Myra J. Hird state that “our employment of ‘non/human’ rather than ‘human/non-human’ . . . [as well as] our strategic placing of the slash . . . . [mark] the trace of the nonhuman in every figuration of the Human” (2–3). Like the slash, the hyphen in the word “bas-relief,” as we shall see, marks a similar though less deliberate operation of queering throughout this paper, one that singularizes the deconstruction of sublimation.

     

     
    10.
    The excavation of Pompeii in the mid-eighteenth century, as Walter Kendrick notes, “required a new taxonomy: if Pompeii’s priceless obscenities were to be properly managed, they would have to be systematically named and placed. The name chosen . . . was ‘pornography’” (11). As Kendrick argues, pornography is a relatively recent invention stimulated by the shocking discoveries uncovered by archeologists digging in the preserved ruins of Pompeii sometime around the mid-eighteenth century.

     

     
    11.
    One might be tempted to call my hypothesis regarding the rise of Freud’s concept of sublimation speculative. Not only because it is based on speculation, but because, as Mark C. Taylor notes: “The goal of Hegelian speculative philosophy is concord through sublation” (115). Through rational mediation, in other words, the enlightened philosopher attempts to reconcile hostile opponents in an uplifting, three-step dialectical process of conceptual copulation that steps along like Gradiva towards final reunion. And yet, just as Gradiva’s two feet lead to a kind of endless (dis)placement of the two without relief, so, too, my hypothesis regarding the rise of Freud’s concept of sublimation is bound get tripped up, arrested. And not only because it is based on speculation, but because it discerns in the very word “bas-relief” an allegory of its own endless (de)feet in the (de)feat of speculative dialectics.

     

     
    12.
    In addition to Bersani’s “Against Monogamy,” see also Forming Couples: Godard’s Contempt, co-authored with Ulysse Dutoit, and Intimacies, with Adam Phillips.

     

     
    13.
    As Hugh J. Silverman notes of Merleau-Ponty’s use of the term in “Philosophy and Non-Philosophy Since Hegel,” “The colloquial translation of Aufhebung as ‘canning’ emphasize[s] . . . a process of conserving. Surpassing as conserving occurs when fruit, for example, is taken out of its fresh state, preserved, and hence given a new form” in jam or fruit preserves (60). Would not such a colloquial translation of Hegelian sublation (and Freudian sublimation) as canning also provide a new, queer twist to that old Judeo-Christian mandate, be fruitful and multiply? Or, at least, expose the (un)canniness, so to speak, of its conservative sacrificial economy?

     

     
    14.
    I am not the first person to read Jensen’s Gradiva in terms of the Pygmalion myth. As Nicholas Rand and Maria Torok state: “In our eyes Jensen’s Gradiva: A Pompeiian Fancy (1903) provides a modern-day version of the ancient Pygmalion myth” (58). Although Rand and Torok do not propose a notion of reversed Pygmalionism, as I do here, they do note that Jensen tweaks the Pygmalion myth such that, “It is no longer the statue that comes to life through Venus’s intercession but the grief-stricken young man; from being emotionally dead, he is transformed into a lover of life” (58).

     

     
    15.
    In Positions, Derrida alludes to such a general economy of the double via Bataille in relation to his writing of the Hegelian Aufhebung otherwise with relève. As Derrida states: “it goes without saying that the double meaning of Aufhebung could be written otherwise. Whence its [relève’s] proximity to all the operations conducted against Hegel’s dialectical speculation. What interested me . . . was . . . a ‘general economy,’ a kind of general strategy of deconstruction . . . a double-gesture . . . a double writing, that is, a writing that is in and of itself multiple . . . a double science . . . . By means of this double, and precisely stratified, dislodged and dislodging, writing we must also mark the interval between inversion, which brings low what was high, and the irruptive emergence of a new ‘concept’ . . . . [i.e., those] undecidables [relève, hymen, supplement, différance, etc.] . . . that can no longer be included within philosophical (binary) opposition, but which, however, inhabit philosophical opposition, resisting and disorganizing it, without ever constituting a third term, without ever leaving room for a solution in the form of speculative dialectics” (41–3).

     

     
    16.
    As Freud writes in “Fetishism” (1927), the fetish “remains a token of triumph over the threat of castration and a protection against it” (154).

     

     
    17.
    Ironically, in their rejection of the lesbian butch, these early lesbian-feminists unwittingly repeat one of the founding texts of medical fetishism, Alfred Binet’s Le Fétichisme dans l’amour: étude de psychologie morbide (1887). In this text, as Robert A. Nye points out, Binet “scorned the modern fascination for makeup, where the lover fixes his attention on the artificial rather than the real, on the actress rather than the woman who hides behind the mask” (22). Binet’s humanist assumption, of course, is that a person is not a mask. But this very assumption is demolished by Marcel Mauss (1938), who notes that the very word “person” is derived from the Latin persona, meaning, precisely, “mask” (14–5).

     

     
    18.
    De Lauretis, of course, is not alone in this queer valorization of fetishism.” As Chris Straayer enthusiastically proclaims, “Fetishism is no longer the pathological condition of a few but rather our collective semiotics . . . . Realizing this, we begin to . . . exploit fetishistic uncertainty toward different conclusions” (266). See also Heather Findlay, “Freud’s ‘Fetishism’ and the Lesbian Dildo Debates,” 563–79.

     

     
    19.
    The status of fetishism in Grosz’s own work is highly ambivalent. On one hand, she claims, “the fetishist enters a universe of the animated, intensified object as rich and complex as any sexual relation (perhaps more so than) . . . [such] that both a world and a body are opened up for redistribution, dis-organization, transformation” (“Animal Sex” 200). And yet, on the other hand, she singles out “heterosexual sadists, pederasts, fetishists, pornographers, pimps, [and] voyeurs” as forms of “heterosexual and patriarchal power games” which might one day, under the dubious label of “queer,” insidiously claim an oppression on the order of lesbians and gays (“Experimental Desire” 249–50).

     

     
    20.
    A “generalized fetishism,” as Kofman writes, “allows for an oscillating between a dialectic and an entirely other logic, that of the undecidable. It necessarily entails a speculation that oscillates between a gesture that tries to master the oscillation and a gesture that shakes up and attracts all [metaphysical] oppositions, dragging along in its path the opposition fetish/nonfetish, substitute/thing itself, and masculine/feminine, among others, to the benefit of a generalization of those terms that are most devalued by the metaphysical hierarchy: fetishism, the substitute, the Ersatz, supplementarity, and also the feminine (because the feminine is characterized by oscillation). It is this double gesture that Derrida deciphers” (“Ca cloche” 83).

     

     

    Works Cited

    • Barthes, Roland. “Outcomes of the Text.” The Rustle of Language. Trans. Richard Howard. Berkeley: U of California P, 1989. 238–49. Print.
    • Bass, Alan, trans. “Différance.” Margins of Philosophy. By Jacques Derrida. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1986. 1–27. Print.
    • Bataille, Georges. “Big Toe.” Visions of Excess: Selected Writings, 1927–1939. Ed. and trans. Allan Stoekl. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1993. 20–3. Print.
    • ———. “The Use Value of D.A.F. de Sade.” Visions of Excess: Selected Writings, 1927–1939. Ed. and trans. Allan Stoekl. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1993. 91–102. Print.
    • Baudrillard, Jean. “Fetishism and Ideology: The Semiological Reduction.” For a Critique of the Political Economy of the Sign. Trans. Charles Levin. New York: Telos Press, 1981. 88–101. Print.
    • Benjamin, Walter. “Paris, Capital of the Nineteenth Century.” Trans. Edmund Jephcott. Reflections: Essays, Aphorisms, Autobiographical Writings. Ed. Peter Demetz. New York: Schocken, 1986. 146–62. Print.
    • Bennington, Geoffrey. “Fetishism in Glas.” Other Analyses: Reading Philosophy. CreateSpace, 2008. 183–202. Print.
    • Bersani, Leo. “Against Monogamy.” Is the Rectum a Grave? And Other Essays. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2009. 85–101. Print.
    • ———. Baudelaire and Freud. Berkeley: U of California P, 1978. Print.
    • ———. “Erotic Assumptions: Narcissism and Sublimation in Freud.” The Culture of Redemption. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1990. 29–46. Print.
    • ———. Homos. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1995. Print.
    • Bersani, Leo, and Adam Phillips. Intimacies. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2008. Print.
    • Bersani, Leo, and Ulysee Dutoit. Forming Couples: Godard’s Contempt. Oxford: Legenda, 2003. Print.
    • Butler, Judith. “The Lesbian Phallus and the Morphological Imaginary.” Bodies That Matter: On the Discursive Limits of “Sex.” New York: Routledge, 1993. 57–92. Print. Rpt. of “The Lesbian Phallus and the Morphological Imaginary.” differences 4.1 (1992): 133–70.
    • de Lauretis, Teresa. “Habit Changes: Response.” Feminism Meets Queer Theory. Ed. Elizabeth Weed and Naomi Schor. Bloomington: Indiana UP, 1997. 315–33. Print. Rpt. of “Habit Changes: Response.” differences 6.2 (1994): 296–313.
    • Derrida, Jacques. Archive Fever: A Freudian Impression. Trans. Eric Prenowitz. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1998. Print.
    • ———. Cinders. Trans. Ned Lukacher. Lincoln: U of Nebraska P, 1991. Print.
    • ———. “Différance.” Margins of Philosophy. Trans. Alan Bass. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1986. 1–27. Print.
    • ———. “From Restricted to General Economy: A Hegelianism Without Reserve.” Writing and Difference. Trans. Alan Bass. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1978. 251–76. Print.
    • ———. Glas. Trans. John P. Leavey, Jr. and Richard Rand. Lincoln: U of Nebraska P, 1990. Print.
    • ———. “The Pit and the Pyramid: Introduction to Hegel’s Semiology.” Margins of Philosophy. Trans. Alan Bass. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1986. 69–108. Print.
    • ———. Positions. Trans. Alan Bass. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1981. Print.
    • Edelman, Lee. No Future: Queer Theory and the Death Drive. Durham: Duke UP, 2004. Print.
    • Findlay, Heather. “Freud’s ‘Fetishism’ and the Lesbian Dildo Debates.” Feminist Studies 18.3 (Fall 1992): 563–79. Print.
    • Freud, Sigmund. Beyond the Pleasure Principle. Trans. James Strachey. New York: Norton, 1961. Print.
    • ———. Delusion and Dream in Wilhelm Jensen’s Gradiva, and Gradiva. Trans. Helen M. Downey. Los Angeles: Sun and Moon Press, 1993. 121–243. Print.
    • ———. Delusions and Dreams in Jensen’s Gradiva. Trans. James Strachey. Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works. Vol. 9. London: Hogarth Press, 1953–1966. 7–95. Print.
    • ———. “Fetishism.” Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works. Trans. James Strachey. Vol. 21. London: Hogarth Press, 1953–1966. 148–57. Print.
    • Giffney, Noreen, and Myra J. Hird, eds. Queering the Non/Human. Hampshire: Ashgate, 2008. Print.
    • Grosz, Elizabeth. “Animal Sex: Libido as Desire and Death.” Space, Time, and Perversion. New York: Routledge, 1995. 187–205. Print.
    • ———. “Experimental Desire: Rethinking Queer Subjectivity.” Space, Time, and Perversion. New York: Routledge, 1995. 204–27. Print.
    • ———. “Labors of Love: Analyzing Perverse Desire (An Interrogation of Teresa de Lauretis’s The Practice of Love.” differences 6.2 (1994): 274–95. Rpt. in Space, Time, and Perversion. New York: Routledge, 1995. 155–71. Print.
    • ———. “Lesbian Fetishism?” differences 3.2 (1991): 39–54. Rpt. in Space, Time, and Perversion. New York: Routledge, 1995. 141–54. Print. Rpt. of “Lesbian Fetishism?”
    • ———. Space, Time, and Perversion: Essays on the Politics of Bodies. New York: Routledge, 1995. Print.
    • Jensen, Wilhelm. Gradiva, and Delusion and Dream in Wilhelm Jensen’s Gradiva. Trans. Helen M. Downey. Los Angeles: Sun and Moon Press, 1993. 3–118. Print.
    • Johnson, Barbara. Persons and Things. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 2008. Print.
    • Kendrick, Walter. The Secret Museum: Pornography in Modern Culture. Berkeley: U of California P, 1996. Print.
    • Kofman, Sarah. “Ca cloche.” Trans. Thomas Albrecht. Selected Writings. Ed. Thomas Albrecht, Georgia Albert, and Elizabeth Rottenberg. Stanford: Stanford UP, 2007. 71–96. Print.
    • ———. “Delusion and Fiction.” The Childhood of Art: An Interpretation of Freud’s Aesthetics. Trans. Winifred Woodhull. New York: Columbia UP, 1988. 175–99. Print.
    • ———. “The Double is/and the Devil: The Uncanniness of The Sandman (Der Sandman).” Freud and Fiction. Trans. Sarah Wykes. Boston: Northeastern UP, 1991. 119–62. Print.
    • Laplanche, Jean. “To Situate Sublimation.” Trans. Richard Miller. October 28 (1984): 7–26. Print.
    • Latour, Bruno. On the Modern Cult of the Factish Gods. Trans. Catherine Porter and Heather MacLean. Durham: Duke UP, 2010. Print.
    • Lukács, Georg. “The Phenomenon of Reification.” The Object Reader. Ed. Fiona Candlin and Raiford Guins. London: Routledge, 2009. 32–8. Print.
    • Mauss, Marcel. “A Category of the Human Mind: The Notion of Person; the Notion of Self.” Trans. W. D. Halls. The Category of the Person: Anthropology, Philosophy, History. Ed. Michael Carrithers, et al. Cambridge: Cambridge UP, 1985. 1–25. Print.
    • Merleau-Ponty, Maurice. “Philosophy and Non-Philosophy Since Hegel.” Trans. Hugh J. Silverman. Telos 29 (Fall 1976): 43–105. Print.
    • Miller, J. Hillis. Versions of Pygmalion. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1990. Print.
    • Nye, Robert A. “The Medical Origins of Sexual Fetishism.” Fetishism as Cultural Discourse. Ed. Emily Apter and William Pietz. Ithaca: Cornell UP, 1993. 13–30. Print.
    • Perniola, Mario. The Sex Appeal of the Inorganic: Philosophies of Desire in the Modern World. Trans. Massimo Verdicchio. New York: Continuum, 2004. Print.
    • Rand, Nicholas, and Maria Torok. “A Case Study in Literary Psychoanalysis: Jensen’s Gradiva.” Questions for Freud: The Secret History of Psychoanalysis. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1997. 54–73. Print.
    • Rubin, Gayle, with Judith Butler. “Sexual Traffic: Interview.” differences 6.2 (1994): 62–99. Rpt. in Feminism Meets Queer Theory. Ed. Elizabeth Weed and Naomi Schor. Bloomington: Indiana UP, 1997. 98–108. Print.
    • Saper, Craig. “Sublimation as Media: inter urinas et faeces nascimur.” Discourse 31.1–2 (Winter–Spring 2009): 51–71. Print.
    • Straayer, Chris. Deviant Eyes, Deviant Bodies: Sexual Re-Orientations in Film and Video. New York: Columbia UP, 1996. Print.
    • Taylor, Mark C. Altarity. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1987. Print.
    • Willis, Ika. “‘She Who Steps Along’: Gradiva, Telecommunications, History.” Helios 34.2 (Fall 2007): 223–42. Print.
  • Prefatory Note

    Eyal Amiran, Editor
    University of California, Irvine
    amiran@uci.edu

    The essays in this issue come from a conference organized at UC Irvine in October 2010 to celebrate two decades of publishing Postmodern Culture, and complement the works from the conference published in issue 21.1. The conference, “Culture After Postmodern Culture,” asked what postmodern culture means today: a brief note about the event is found in issue 21.1. Arlene Keizer’s paper at the conference appears elsewhere; we include here her interview with poet Harryette Mullen.

  • The Trouble with Human Rights

    Daniel Worden (bio)
    University of New Mexico
    dworden@unm.edu

     
    A review of Robert Meister, After Evil: A Politics of Human Rights. New York: Columbia UP, 2011.

     
    In After Evil, Robert Meister provocatively documents the emergence of, the ethics of, and the regrettable lack of political change demanded by our contemporary understanding of human rights. This ambitious and persuasive book charts human rights as an ethical philosophy, a symbolic relation between subjects, and a pervasive ideology of our own relationship to history, as well as a rationale for the deferral of material, economic and political change. Within the contemporary logic of human rights, there is a key contradiction that, for Meister, serves as an unfortunate yet operative logic: genocide is figured as something that happens in a past from which we have had or must have a clean break, yet even though we imagine such a clean break from past genocide, there is still never enough time to properly work through the historical trauma that resonates from human suffering. Because of this impasse—”never again” and “never enough time”—human rights appears to be political when it is, in fact, merely ethical. Human Rights Discourse, for Meister, emerged in its full-blown, global, contemporary form in 1989, and it quickly became the dominant rationale for, especially, U.S. and U.N. intervention in sovereign nations: “The fall of communism in 1989 eliminated the excuse that a humanitarian show of force could provoke nuclear countermeasures and also weakened the constraint on intervention.
     
    By the first Persian Gulf War in 1991, a self-described ‘world community’ no longer doubted its power to prevail over evil. And after the 1994 Rwandan genocide, which outsiders could have easily interrupted, the advocates of human rights intervention shifted from questioning whether ‘couldn’t implies shouldn’t’ to arguing that ‘could implies should’” (3).
     
    By the 1990s, then, humanitarian intervention became an imperative rather than a question, and concerns about whether intervention in sovereign nations makes the intervening power imperialist seem “at best an anachronism and at worst the same old craven excuse for doing nothing that allowed the horrors of the twentieth century to take place” (3). In After Evil, Meister traces and analyzes the valences of Human Rights Discourse, synthesizing case studies of South Africa’s Truth and Reconciliation Commission and Abraham Lincoln’s addresses during the Civil War, explications of ethical and political philosophers Alain Badiou and Emmanuel Levinas, interpretations of the Nuremberg trials, and analyses of Human Rights Discourse’s roots in theology. Human Rights Discourse, ultimately, functions as a kind of salve in Meister’s analysis, a way of obscuring rather than reckoning with past, present, and future injustice. Our contemporary version of human rights—Meister refers to it in the book’s preface as “sentimental humanitarianism” (vii)—supersedes earlier conceptions of the Rights of Man. Indeed, Human Rights Discourse is “the self-consciously ethical rejection of previous versions of the Rights of Man that were violently against the power of aristocracies, autocracies, and the like” (8). The actions encouraged by Human Rights Discourse are meant to facilitate security, and they are inherently opposed to the kinds of revolutionary thinking and action that motivated and stemmed from 18th-century constructions of the Rights of Man. As a counterrevolutionary political theology, Human Rights Discourse casts perpetrators of genocide as potential victims of, and victims/survivors of genocide as potential perpetrators of, future genocide. The goal of Human Rights Discourse, then, is to place the perpetrator and the victim in an affective relation where both bear witness to and promise never to participate again in genocide. This affective relation, of course, requires nothing like revolutionary change, and, according to Meister, it ends up reinforcing the unjust distribution of wealth and resources that are often the result of genocide. In Human Rights Discourse, Meister claims, the idealized figure of identification is less the victim than aid workers, “exemplary precursors on a path to redemption that we must all eventually follow . . . Despite (perhaps even because) such saintly figures exist in Human Rights Discourse, I would continue to argue that its real aim is to reassure the compassionate witness of his own redemption” (78).
     
    Human Rights Discourse’s counterrevolutionary effects are most clearly seen, in Meister’s analysis, through the role accorded to the beneficiary of genocide. In the case of South Africa, for example, “former victims establish that they were morally undamaged by allowing beneficiaries to keep most, if not all, of their gains from the discredited past without having to defend those gains as legitimate. Distributive justice is thus largely off the agenda of societies with new human rights cultures, except to the extent that redistribution can be divorced from retribution and recast as ‘reparation’—which in South Africa consisted of acknowledging past practices of repression that beneficiaries no longer have reason to deny or condone” (23-24). Reparation, then, is largely affective, a project of remembering and bearing witness rather than redistributing wealth and ill-gotten fortunes. Human Rights Discourse thus facilitates an ideological break with the past, “a time of cyclical violence,” and the emergence of a new era “in which the evil is remembered rather than repeated” (25).
     
    Meister’s account of how Human Rights Discourse approaches genocide comprises the core of this book’s polemical argument: that institutions like South Africa’s Truth and Reconciliation Commission are successful in Human Rights Discourse precisely because they produce an affective response on the part of the beneficiaries of human rights violations and work against any type of structural or economic reparations on the part of victim. What counts, in Meister’s account of Human Rights Discourse, is that the beneficiaries of genocide recognize that they, too, could have been, or might in the future be, victims of yet another genocide, and thus pledge to “never again” stand by while another genocide occurs. In this way, Human Rights Discourse encourages identification with victims, while at the same time producing an anxiety, even fear, of those victims, because they might become the perpetrators of a cycle of violence against beneficiaries. These relations—between victim, beneficiary, and perpetrator—function less to resolve trauma than to push it aside, to cast past atrocities as a legacy of injustice for which remediation will come in some nebulous future. The beneficiaries of past injustice, those who remain in power even after reconciliation, “always want more time: the time they have is never sufficient for justice to be done. Their professed compassion for victims is a distinctive ethical attitude that refuses apathy but that can also substitute for justice” (313). This ethical attitude demands that all subjects bear witness to human rights violations, “an act of memory that makes compassion in the present discontinuous with the past,” producing a radical break that allows inequality to persist in the face of testimony to the history of that very inequality (230). Human Rights Discourse, then, interpellates all subjects as survivors of some past or future genocide. This universalization of the category of the “victim” has become key to how scholars understand the late twentieth century. For example, Donald Pease has argued that this subject position is one of the chief effects of nuclear warfare: “As an anticipated total disaster, Hiroshima transmuted cold war spectators into symbolic survivors of their everyday lives, able to encounter everyday events as the after-images of ever-possible nuclear disaster” (51). Lauren Berlant has also analyzed the ways in which sentimental texts like Show Boat universalize suffering and survival into national feelings; she describes this as “a project of emotional humanism that wants to turn the enduring sexual and economic politics of racism in the United States into a story about suffering in general, one that offers a liberal lens through which to see all American sufferers as part of the same survival subculture” (69). Meister’s book can be read as an elaboration of this project. Human Rights Discourse broadens the survivor/victim subject position to all nations and shifts it from a mode of subcultural belonging to a mode of mainstream belonging. Within Human Rights Discourse, all citizens of any nation are asked to think of themselves as survivors of human rights violations; even if a subject has never experienced such violations, one is asked to bear witness to the suffering of others, thus identifying with suffering as constitutive of ethical personhood.
     
    Because national sovereignty is imagined as a victimary position, Israel, the permanent exception that responds to the exceptional horrors of the Holocaust, receives a great deal of analysis in this book as a mid-century model for emergent Human Rights Discourse. Israel is especially significant in Meister’s analysis, both because of the United States’s ideological relation to it—Israel’s existence serves as a kind of proof of America’s humanitarianism—but also because Europe and America’s resolve to prevent genocide on the scale of the Holocaust from ever happening again means that Israel must be protected at all costs. Indeed, Meister explicates in this book “the Israeliness of the way the U.S. expresses itself in matters of human rights. Through Human Rights Discourse . . . the U.S. has appropriated Jewish American victimary identity to describe its own global hegemony—that we have always been an Israel is now taken to explain why the U.S. is hated by anti-Semites throughout the world” (203). In our contemporary moment, the concept of sovereignty shifts as we increasingly conceive of “nation-states based on victimhood” (111).
     
    In her recent analysis of borders and sovereignty, Wendy Brown argues that “key characteristics of sovereignty are migrating from the nation-state to the unrelieved domination of capital and God-sanctioned political violence” (23). Meister’s analysis of Human Rights Discourse takes a different vantage point, but his findings are similar. Sovereignty is paid lip service by Human Rights Discourse, but the exceptional case of Israel proves the rule that the types of reparations and reconciliations championed by advocates of human rights typically involve little in the way of the reconfiguration of nation-states and the redistribution of wealth, and much in the way of compassion and forgiveness. That is, in the discourse of contemporary human rights, religious rhetoric and affective relations are privileged, resulting in stymied political and economic change. Without any real moves toward economic or political equality, Meister argues, sovereignty and reconciliation will remain mere tropes, masking the consolidation of wealth and the persistence of the very inequalities that facilitate human rights violations.
     
    The exception of Israel’s sovereignty underlies the contemporary Human Rights Discourse that Meister analyzes in his wide-ranging and provocative study. While Israel’s statehood underwrites the logic of sovereignty today—especially with its emphasis on race/ethnicity’s coextension with nationhood—genocide stands as the catastrophe that must be warded off by whatever means necessary, and thus, what legitimates and stabilizes the discourse. When genocide does occur, it must be worked through in a process of reconciliation, by which the genocide’s beneficiaries and victims recognize one another’s mutual losses without any redistribution of wealth. While Meister largely casts Human Rights Discourse in religious terms, it is also clearly part of late capitalism. As Richard Dienst argues in relation to the pop singer Bono’s philanthropic work for Africa:

     

    The trajectory of Bono’s campaigns over the past decade tells us a great deal about the limits of philanthropy, reform, and popular politics in a world where any feeling of global collectivity seems increasingly remote . . . in spite of his high-flown rhetoric, he does not want to forge a bond of solidarity and obligation between the mass audience he addresses in the West and the subjects in the South whom he claims to represent: such a bond might all too easily turn against the system he serves.

    (118)

    This “system,” global capitalism, also operates behind Human Rights Discourse. Encouraging affective bonds but delaying any redistribution of wealth, reconciliation, witnessing, and testimony all serve to alleviate the guilt that beneficiaries of human rights violations feel, without doing anything to remedy the very real inequalities that exist in any situation where human rights violations occur.

     
    After Evil is a large, even magisterial work, and because it is an analysis of a discourse, it often veers away from the particular and toward the abstract. Meister uses nebulous pronouns to denote beliefs that “they” or “we” hold, and the explications of symbolic or psychoanalytic structures of disavowal and identification are often free-floating and unattached to particular subjects or events. As an analysis of one of the most prevalent discourses of our contemporary moment, this methodology works well. When the book swerves into more practical analyses of how redistributive justice might work or why Islam interpellates subjects differently than the Judeo-Christian Human Rights Discourse, the book’s abstractions falter and seem ill-suited for the kind of particular, detailed analysis promised by those topics. These slippages do seem to be intentional on Meister’s part. After Evil contains over 130 pages of endnotes, and the detailed evidence for many of the book’s claims and case studies are to be found in those notes. This is understandable in a work of such scope, and especially because the book ultimately aims to document Human Rights Discourse as a discourse, even an ideology, that transcends any particular instance and operates as a symbolic logic, governing not just international law but our own emotional lives.
     
    In its analysis of Human Rights Discourse, After Evil does clearly demonstrate how the logic of human rights, with its emphasis on testimony, redemption, and forgiveness, forms a kind of civil religion today. Human Rights Discourse “is a set of cultural techniques that allows individuals to disavow the collective wishes on which past struggles were based in much the way that missionaries get pagans to renounce their violent gods” (316). This conversion discourse aspires to interpellate us all, and it renders collective wishes irrelevant as we are all transformed into compassionate individuals. The fantasy of collective belonging made possible by Human Rights discourse, After Evil posits, furnishes us with the illusion that sentimentality and compassion can help us comprehend the phenomenon of genocide, and that this understanding in turn makes possible just responses to past, present, and future atrocities.

    Daniel Worden is currently Visiting Assistant Professor of English at the University of New Mexico, where he will be Assistant Professor of English in Fall 2012. He is the author of Masculine Style: The American West and Literary Modernism (2011). He has recently edited, with Ross Barrett, Oil Culture, a forthcoming special issue of Journal of American Studies, and, with Jason Gladstone, Postmodernism, Then, a forthcoming special issue of Twentieth-Century Literature.
     

    Works Cited

     

    • Berlant, Lauren. The Female Complaint: The Unfinished Business of Sentimentality in American Culture. Durham: Duke UP, 2008. Print.
    • Brown, Wendy. Walled States, Waning Sovereignty. New York: Zone, 2010. Print.
    • Dienst, Richard. The Bonds of Debt. New York: Verso, 2011. Print.
    • Pease, Donald. The New American Exceptionalism. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2009. Print.

     

  • Not just the freeway, but the ride and the radio

    Lisa Brawley (bio)
    Vassar College
    lbrawley@vassar.edu

    Review of Karen Tongson, Relocations: Queer Suburban Imaginaries. New York: NYU Press, 2011.
     

     

    Contained in these boxes, little and large, are the unacknowledged urgencies, desires, and encounters meant to be kept out of these meticulously planned geographies: queers, immigrants, ‘gangstas,’ minimum-wagers, Others who find the notion of a ‘nuclear family’ as toxic as it sounds.

    (1)

    Karen Tongson’s Relocations is an ambitious first book, with an admitted “propensity for sprawling out” (xiii): it deftly merges disparate elements of a diverse archive to describe wide-ranging forms of queer world-making in suburban Southern California. The book forges a two-fold critique that is long overdue. Tongson aims to correct two stubbornly persistent misconceptions that, despite ample evidence to the contrary, continue to frame both critical and popular discourses about cities and suburbs alike: the first is the idea that suburbs are sites of “racialized, classed, and sexualized homogeneity” (3); the second misconception is that the metropolis — especially New York City — is the privileged habitat for queer world-making. In this sense, Tongson joins Judith Halberstam and especially Scott Herring in forcing a fundamental reexamination of accepted narratives of sexuality and space, one that moves beyond the metropolis and the walkable city to take up post-pedestrian forms of urbanism.1
     
    Relocations makes this two-fold critique while also serving as a meditation on Tongson’s own relocation from Manila to Southern California in 1983, after a childhood spent with musician parents traveling through the Pacific rim. For Tongson, as for so many others, the suburbs of Southern California represent the signature landscape of the American Century. And while her text is far more than a case study of the so-called ethnoburbs, its narrative more than supports the conclusion that it is no longer the central city but the (older, first ring) suburbs that have become the primary destination for immigrants and migrants in the United States. If this is true for suburbs in general, Tongson suggests it is all the more so for Southern California, as she cites Gustavo Arellano: “Orange County is the Ellis Island of the twenty-first century” (83). In Tongson’s forceful description, the evident heterogeneity of suburbs past and present has not altered their idealized image as the exemplary setting for “American normativity” (20). Drawing especially from Catherine Jurca’s White Diaspora, Tongson suggests that the American suburban ideal persists largely as the result of a vast 20th-century cultural archive—film, literature, and television—that portrays suburbia as both the promise and paradox of “American normativity.” As she describes, “bourgeois seclusion” in “the tidy confines of suburban domesticity” serves as “the prosperous white American’s most profound burden” (20). Against this normative framing, the core project of Relocations is to reveal a counter-archive of suburban cultural forms and practices produced by the suburbs’ less visible inhabitants: “queers, immigrants, ‘gangstas,’ minimum-wagers, Others who find the notion of a ‘nuclear family’ as toxic as it sounds” (1). And thus Relocations produces a “queer of color suburban archive” (27), the core thematic element of which is not the ennui of the suburban entitled, but rather the various modes of “making do” undertaken by “the relocated” (21).
     
    We are introduced to this counter-archive in Tongson’s first chapter, and we learn that the archive of “the relocated” is as expansive as the landscapes it surveys, including strip malls, amusement parks, freeways, neighborhood culs-de-sacs, and agricultural wastelands. But in Tongson’s text, these landscapes of American normativity lose their generic hue and become newly specified as diversely-lived social spaces: the strip mall with a dim sum shop and Botánica, the tract house with the “customized, ornamental addition” (42). The range of materials that comprises this counter-archive is likewise expansive: interviews, municipal archives, blogs and bulletin boards, radio stations, DJs, soundscapes, personal memories, literature, performance art, fotonovelas, online diaries, site plans, urban visual culture. Tongson’s counter-archive— willed into coherence by the fact that it is an archive she lived in and through—demonstrates that Southern California is not just the freeway but the ride, and what’s playing on the radio; not just the theme park, but its dance floor and what the DJ’s spinning; not just the ranch house, but the party in the backyard, and in whose arms you find yourself. Tongson provides not only a rich description of the sites and scenes of 80s Southern California, but also of its sounds—or more precisely its soundtrack. Song lyrics punctuate her paragraphs and pop rhythms structure the cadence of her prose in what Tongson describes as “a twisted form of critical karaoke,” a term she attributes to Joshua Clover (24). Indeed, popular music forms a core vector through which otherwise isolated queer subjects shape a collective social world, in a process Tongson designates “remote intimacy”—one of her central critical motifs (27). In multi-mediating her archive, Tongson joins Lynn Spiegel and too few others, who have investigated the full inter-imbrication of media and the built environment.2 Tongson manages to hold in tension the centripetal force of her expansive archive and multiple critical questions in part by going with the flow. That is, she uses the cloverleaf of the freeway as a figure for the diverse vectors of her inquiry that “merge together before pulling apart toward different destinations” (161).
     
    In her second chapter, Tongson turns to performance artist Lynne Chan, about whom Tongson first wrote in 2002, to elaborate and calibrate her critique of “queer metronormativity.” Here Tongson revises her own earlier reading of the “Bakersfield-born, Coalinga-raised, transgender superstar JJ Chinois” to reveal the ways this work challenges presumptions that have blinded queer scholarship—including her own—to forms of queer world-making as they take place outside the metropolis (20). Tongson spends time with George Chauncey’s paradigm-setting Gay New York (1995) and the “conceptual slippage” she sees in his text between descriptions of “gay New York” and “the gay world” (49). Tongson argues that Chauncey set a pattern for subsequent queer scholarship so that now-storied places and practices in New York have come to define the contours of gay aspiration and modes of queer inhabitation, as the “template for a national gay ethos and culture” (49). Tongson critiques the tendency within queer scholarship to regard as paradigmatic gay men’s experience of the metropolis, arguing that doing so not only under-attends to the differing forms of living the city experienced by lesbians and queers of color, but also privileges styles of urban inhabitation that, as Tongson develops in later chapters, dovetail all too easily with the logics of urban gentrification. Tongson also critiques a parallel presumption: that the process of coming out as publicly queer requires geographic relocation from the ostensibly homophobic countryside or repressive normativity of the suburbs to the gay-friendly streets of San Francisco or New York, where one enters the queer diaspora.
     
    Thus rather than reading JJ Chinois’s relocation from Southern California to NYC through the accepted spatial logics of queer diaspora—as a move from a closeted “nowhere” of the suburbs to the out “somewhere” of the big city—Tongson attends to the centrality in Chan’s work of the series of “nowhere” stops along the road. Tongson coins the term “dykeaspora” (an admittedly “embarrassing neologism” [55]) to describe JJ Chinois’s queer journey throug h vernacular non-metropolitan landscapes—landscapes that had been color-coded, as it were, during the run-up to the heated 2000 presidential election, when the idiom of “red state” and “blue state” became a new national shorthand subsequently augmented as “retro versus metro” (64). One especially memorable stop on Chinois’s “dykeasporic” journey is a performance at a demolition derby at a “red state” state fair in Skowhegan, Maine. JJ Chinois, in a Young Republicans muscle shirt driving a pink car with gold wheels, loses the derby but wins the crowd. Rather than ostracize or threaten, the crowds embrace the transgender persona. Describing the event Chan writes, “I wasn’t so much making an ironic gesture, but finding a way of experiencing a genuine pleasure in shattering expectations about identity, race, and gender in places we think of as scary, nowhere places” (qtd. in Tongson 67). Tongson suggests that Chan’s JJ Chinois reveals that it is possible both to be “unapologetically, outlandishly queer” and to “traffic through the American heartland unscathed” (66). She argues that “Chan’s JJ Chinois project offers a model of queer encounter that is distinctly optimistic about the queer’s ability to move to, from, and through suburban and rural spaces without succumbing to the inevitable and self-fulfilling narratives of desperation and violence that haunt the spatial ‘peripheries’” (66). Tongson’s exploration of Chan’s work is rich, detailed and compelling; her final summary about its import is slightly less so. Her concluding sentence leaves unchallenged the “red state” homogeneity she otherwise critiques and refutes: “At the very least, JJ poses the possibility that we can, at once, empathize with the Other as well as invite the Other’s empathy, not only in our suffering but also in our pleasures” (66-67). There is something finally unsatisfying in Tongson’s reading of JJ Chinois as “strategically antiessentialist” (58), which risks repeating rather than intervening in the process by which whole swaths of the country are rendered by a single hue of red or blue.
     
    Lynne Chan’s performance work provides a kind of road map for Relocations. Tongson importantly draws our attention to the ways Chan turns “sprawl to specificity” (37); this is a strategy that informs Tongson’s third and fourth chapters, as she begins to specify the terrain of her own sprawling Southern California youth spent in and around West Riverside. Taking extant visible evidence as her starting point-Victoria Boulevard, a fenced-off stub of “the parent navel orange tree”—Tongson tells the story of the emergence of this region in the late 19th century through the Reagan-era 1980s. She charts the emergence of the “Orange Empire,” where a botanical experiment, rich soil, immigrant labor, and British capital (plus water rerouted from the Colorado River) combined to produce the agricultural dynasty that made Riverside briefly the richest town in the nation in 1890 (116). Tongson describes the region’s transformation from agricultural richness into an “Inland Empire,” now a “repository for the region’s toxins from the groundwater up” (116). She also tracks the growth of Orange County, the rise of Disneyland and other area amusement parks that turned American normativity into a branded theme, as well as the U.S.’s latest global export. Here Tongson shows that the horizontal cities of Southern California never were simple culs-de-sac of white privilege but emerged and continue as “crossroads of empire” (116), built by immigrants and paid for by British foreign investment. The signs of such imperial crossing amplify as Tongson turns her attention to the crossroad closest to home—the intersection of “Van Buren Boulevard and Arlington Avenue, where a Kmart stands as the gateway to West Riverside” (158)—in a chapter she terms the “Empire of My Familiar” (112). She provides a rich, extended excavation of Studio K alongside the 1980s club scene that took shape at the very heart of the family-themed amusement park, Knott’s Berry Farm. Drawing on personal interviews, DJ playlists, and company archives, she re-animates the queer and proto- queer social world as it took shape within—and made queer use of—club dance floor moves, the pop rhythms of Gwen Stefani, hotel rooms, and backyard parties. Tongson concludes the chapter with a reading of Alex Espinoza’s Still Water Saints, a text that also explores the Southern California landscape as a palimpsest of present pasts. In the half-empty strip malls and ghost towns with Spanish names, “we find an archive and pedagogy of reading, of reimagining empire, race, and sexuality amid the ruins of an Inland Empire seemingly impervious to success” (154): with this passage Tongson describes Espinoza’s novel, but she could be describing her project as well.
     
    The book’s final chapter takes us from West Riverside to East Los Angeles, which we encounter via the performances of Butchlalis de Panochtitlan (BdP). The chapter unfolds as a rich and extended close reading of their work, especially their 2007 fotonovela, “Fat Choca Ghetto Gurl,” and their 2008 play, “The Barber of East L.A.” These works consider the “tensions between feeling ‘at home’ within one’s own ethnic enclave and being ostracized for brandishing one’s butch, female body in the ‘hood’” (193). The BdP also dramatize a corollary tension “by establishing the brown butch’s preference for her ‘hood over the implicitly ‘cold’ and indifferent ‘big gay city’” (193). The questions are given additional urgency by the forces of gentrification transforming “Lesser Los Angeles.” Viewed from the perspective of the characters of BdP, gentrification creates urban ruins rather than renovating them—a welcome refusal and inversion of the accepted alibi of urban redevelopment. These sections of Relocations also extend a subtheme that tracks through Tongson’s text as a whole: that “mainstream” popular culture often provides more space for minoritized subjects than do subcultural genres. For example, the BdP bend Morrissey lyrics to their own ends, while the neighborhood’s central social space—the night club, the Vic—becomes the site of a violent clash with an encroaching white punk band (200). In summarizing her close critical reading of their work, Tongson concludes that the BdP “transforms commercial objects of the everyday into powerful, ludic symbols for the transcultural lived experiences of queer of color suburban subjects” (192). As with her analysis of Lynne Chan, Tongson’s account of the work of BdP could also be a description of the critical force of own project: an apt and timely reading not only of everyday popular objects but also of “how these objects are transformed through their consumption in specific settings, from the home, to the streets, to the disappeared social spaces of lesser Los Angeles” (182-183).
     
    Relocations ends with a coda that is more road sign than destination: Tongson urges readers to shift “our spatial fantasies about sexuality from one kind of street life to another: to the compensatory form of motion and contact in spaces seemingly (if not actually) bereft of the urban luxury known as ‘walking culture’” (213). In doing so, Tongson takes on what has been understood since the mid-19th century as the ur form of urban experience: walking. “Driving in your car through lonely stretches of Southern California or elsewhere. Driving in your car with someone else . . . desperately seeking excitement elsewhere, somewhere, but realizing that it might just be all about the ride, the inevitably aimless transport of accidental reverie—and all about who you’re riding with” (213). This call to think through the modes of sociality formed within post-pedestrian landscapes is timely and important. Yet if her coda urges us to rethink queer suburban social spaces, her project as a whole—its method and its archive—also demands a belated rethinking of “walking culture” itself in a time when walking has its soundtrack, when iPods extend dashboard radios, video screens and windshields trade places, and moving through late modern spaces arguably takes on key attributes of auto-mobility.
     
    Finally, what one sees in the rear view mirror, passing out of sight, is the idea of “the suburbs” themselves as a single, coherent urban form. Relocations is a text that recalibrates ways of looking at and listening into landscapes of American normativity by insisting that we cannot know them in advance. As a poignant, informed, and deeply researched project that makes a deft intervention into several fields of inquiry at once—queer theory, American studies, urban studies, cultural studies, ethnic studies, the new suburban history—Relocations will be of interest to anyone concerned to comprehend the diverse lives lived in the “middle landscape,” which is to say, the “nowhere” that is where the vast majority of people in the United States both live and work. Much of the poignancy and critical urgency of Tongson’s book comes from a set of questions it rarely poses outright but which seem nonetheless to organize the project as a whole. The book is animated by (and perhaps also seeks to dull) the ache of having left a place— once home—behind: “As I learned only after I left it so many times over, the Inland Empire will keep bringing me back with a force at once mundane and powerful” (157). Indeed, the book “begins and ends with home” (xv), and is punctuated throughout with brief hard-to-shake images and unresolved glimpses of the very different modes of “making do” in the suburbs experienced by other members of her family—especially her mother, a jazz singer from Manila. We read, for example, that the Kmart that stands as the gateway to West Riverside is the “same Kmart where my mom worked her very first day job, transitioning from blue notes to blue-light specials because live music was not a service this imperial economy believed it could afford” (158). It is a harsh irony that Tongson’s core critical motif—the “remote intimacy” through which geographically isolated subjects form new modes of queer sociality—is hinged upon the very shift from live to recorded music that conditioned the isolated labor of her mother. Which is also to say: there are aspects of Tongson’s multivalent text that have the force and form of a coming out narrative, but here we discover that coming out as a queer child of the suburbs is perhaps more vexing, uncharted, and finally more ambivalent than coming out as queer intellectual.
     
    In sum, Relocations succeeds powerfully in its effort to “trace the contours of suburban modes of queer sociability, affinity, and intimacy” (159); it tells an important story about the diverse lives lived in the horizontal cities of the United States through the keen optic of a queer Southern California adolescent circa 1980—one that importantly revises accepted ways of thinking about the inter-articulation of sexuality and space.
     

    Lisa Brawley works in the fields of critical urban theory, feminist theory, and American Studies at Vassar College where she directs the American Studies program. Her scholarship and teaching engage the processes of capitalist urbanization in the long 20th century United States, exploring the relation between urban form, the politics of state legitimacy, and shifting structures of citizenship. Most recently, her work explores the visual registers of everyday urbanism, and the role of photography and cinema in the 1969 Plan of New York City. She served as co-editor of PMC from 1994 to 2004.

    Footnotes

     
    1. See Halberstam, In a Queer Time and Place (New York: NYU Press, 2005); Scott Herring, Another Country: Queer Anti-Urbanism (New York: NYU Press, 2010).

     

     
    2. See Lynn Spigel, Welcome to the Dreamhouse: Popular Media and Postwar Suburbs (Durham: Duke UP, 2001).
     
  • How to Do History with Pleasure

    Tyler Bradway (bio)
    Rutgers University
    tyler.bradway@gmail.com

     
    A review of Elizabeth Freeman, Time Binds: Queer Temporalities, Queer Histories. Durham: Duke UP, 2010.

     
    In the final paragraphs of The History of Sexuality Vol.1, Michel Foucault imagines a future society looking back on ours with bewilderment. This society, organized by a “different economy of bodies and pleasures,” will be perplexed at our infatuation with confessing the “truth” of sexuality and at the ways our devotion to this illusion subjects us to the ruses of power (159). Foucault conjures this future in order to encourage his readers to reflect on the present. But if we were to take Foucault’s narrative more seriously, how exactly would this society relate to its sexual past? How might sexuality mediate, even instigate, its historical imagination? Could a critical reanimation of a society’s erotic past inspire resistance to the ruses of power that dominate its present? These are the kinds of questions encouraged by Elizabeth Freeman’s provocative contribution to recent debates in queer temporality, Time Binds: Queer Temporalities, Queer Histories. Freeman outlines an affectively-based relation to history that encounters the past in the present and registers this encounter through the sensations of the body, particularly through pleasure. Time Binds elaborates this affective historiography (“erotohistoriography”) through a vast archive, but it primarily focuses on experimental films from the era of New Queer Cinema (predominately in the mid-1980s to the mid-1990s) that denaturalize and formally reconstruct queer relations to time. Freeman’s analysis provides a welcome counterpoint to queer, psychoanalytic, and Marxist historicisms based in melancholia and trauma. Her greater insight, however, is to reveal how erotic historicisms can “jam whatever looks like the inevitable” by maintaining a “commitment to bodily potentiality that neither capitalism nor heterosexuality can fully contain” (173, 19). Even as Time Binds gives us hope that today’s radical energies will lie dormant for future generations, it makes a compelling argument that queers might turn to the recent and long past to challenge the strictures of this present, now.
     
    Why has queer theory turned to “time” as a primary category for analysis, and why is queer theory in general in a “retrospective mood,” as Michael Warner recently put it (“Queer”) ? The answer to both questions lies in the paradoxical mainstreaming of queer theory within the humanities, which has occurred in the shadow of a pervasive neoliberalization of sexual politics. On the one hand, queer theory now has an institutional past. A radical discourse that emerged out of a direct-action movement fighting for AIDS awareness, queer theory now has journals, anthologies, and introductory courses for undergraduates. On the other hand, its (highly uneven) assimilation within the humanities has taken place alongside a mainstreaming of the LGBT movement itself. The latter receives unequivocal scorn from queer theorists precisely because it has, for the moment, supplanted the radical activism of the AIDS era. The mainstream LGBT movement exemplifies, according to José Esteban Muñoz, the “erosion of the gay and lesbian political imagination” in favor of a pragmatic assimilation into heteronormativity (21). Indeed, we can glimpse the willful jettisoning of queerer politics in the privatization of a public sex culture, the commodification of queerness into a market niche, and the drive for LGBT inclusion within nationalist citizenship, symbolized by efforts to repeal “Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell” and legalizing gay marriage. In short, “homonormative” polices—to use Lisa Duggan’s term—have become the endgame of sexual politics. Consequently, it has fallen to queer theory and, as Freeman demonstrates, queer artists to foster an historical relation to a non-normative past, to spit on the scrubbed visions of middle-class “respectability” espoused by the mainstream, and to imagine alternative forms of belonging beyond those sanctioned by heteronormativity.
     
    Queer theories of time are thus split between a collective challenge to sexual politics that would wave a “mission accomplished” banner and an internal discussion about how to best mount this challenge.1 For example, Lee Edelman’s polemic No Future (2004) famously refuses any attachment to homonormative discourses of futurity, particularly those crystallized through the reproductive figure of the Child. But he also urges queer theory to embrace negation—the radical unbinding of selfhood and the concomitant refusal of any “better” social alternative—as its most critical force. By contrast, Munoz’s Cruising Utopia (2009) aligns queerness with a utopian potentiality that refuses to accept any enclosure of the present, whether in the form of homonormativity or queer negativity. In many ways, Time Binds converges with Munoz’s methodology, which we might call “queer untimeliness.”2 This approach values the immanence of the present, and it insists on a virtual relationship between the past and present in which the past serves as a reservoir of possibility waiting to be activated by the present. This perspective underlies Munoz’s account of “potentiality,” and it echoes Elizabeth Grosz’s recent description of the past as seeking “to extend itself and its potential into the present, waiting for those present events that provide it with revivification” (Nick 254).
     
    Time Binds takes this revivification quite literally, demonstrating how queer texts frequently represent the reactivation of the past as an erotic and embodied encounter. Indeed, it locates Mary Shelley’s Frankenstein (1831) as a queer progenitor of erotohistoriography. On the one hand, then, Time Binds defines the queerness of its artists through their method of “mining the present for signs of undetonated energy from past revolutions,” which they revivify within representations of the body (xvi). On the other hand, it insists on the material force of aesthetic form—particularly film’s manipulation of time—to provide the jolts the past needs to enliven the present. These stylistic reconfigurations of time enable “glimpses of an otherwise-being that is unrealizable as street activism or as a blueprint for the future” (xix). While Freeman, like Munoz, does not rigidly segregate culture from politics, Time Binds locates potentiality in the aesthetic that exceeds pragmatic and even direct-action politics, and it argues that queer eroticism provides a potent tool for representing alternative relations to history and time that exceed those consolidated by the dominant culture.
     
    Time Binds clearly shares queer theory’s tendency to affirm practices of sexual experimentation as a conductor of political radicalism. However, it does not take homo- or hetero-normativity as its primary opponent to this potentiality. Instead, Freeman targets “chrononormativity,” capitalism’s temporal synchronization of bodies for the purpose of generating socially meaningful productivity. She conceives queerness as a political “class” insofar as queers are marked by “failures or refusals to inhabit middle- and upper-middle-class habitus [which] appear as, precisely, asynchrony, or time out of joint” (19). Her first chapter (“Junk Inheritances, Bad Timing”) tracks the queerness of “familial arrhythmia” across working-class “dyke narratives” including Cecilia Dougherty’s film The Coal Miner’s Granddaughter (1991), Diane Bonder’s film The Physics of Love (1998), and Bertha Harris’s novel Lover (1976). These texts depict how heteronormative ideologies of genealogical sequence and domesticity suture the family into the progressive time of the nation-state. By recasting “reproductive futurity” into the historically specific social form of industrial labor time, Freeman forestalls any conflation of queer time with the sacred, eternal, or cyclical times of “domesticity” that are industrialism’s dialectical counterpart. The representation of domestic time as a respite from history only effaces the expropriation of women’s labor in the home. While Freeman’s materialist narrative is not, in itself, new, it provides a welcome insistence that capitalism’s time must be thought alongside any queer alternative; it reminds us, too, that “queer time” is decidedly not ahistorical but equally engendered, if also uncontained, by capitalism’s temporal regulation of bodies. Therefore, Freeman’s appeal to a “bodily potentiality” is neither romantic nor utopian. The “bodies and encounters” that she describes are instead “kinetic and rhythmic improvisations of the social… scenes of uptake, in which capitalist modernity itself looks like a failed revolution because it generates the very unpredictabilities on which new social forms feed” (172). Through her readings of queerness as a classed habitus disjoined from the dominant timing of capitalism, Freeman provides an important bridge between Marxist and deconstructive modes of queer theory. The payoff of their synthesis is that queer theory can understand the ways performative and embodied “improvisations” challenge historically specific (and rapidly changing) bindings of embodiment, labor, and capital.
     
    Freeman’s primary example of an untimely, queer performativity lies in her in concept of “temporal drag”—the revivification of an anachronistic gendered habitus. Temporal drag extends Judith Butler’s account of performativity, but it also complicates Butler’s conflation of novelty with subversion. Freeman views the body’s surface as the “co-presence of several historically contingent events, social movements, and/or collective pleasures” (63). Rather than focusing on gender transitivity, then, she seeks a “temporal transitivity that does not leave feminism, femininity, or other so-called anachronisms behind” (63). To my mind, temporal drag captures a key pleasure of drag—namely, the experience of “lovingly, sadistically, even masochistically bring[ing] back dominant culture’s junk” and evincing a “fierce attachment to it” (68). Yet temporal drag expresses more than identification; it can unleash the “interesting threat that the genuine past-ness of the past… sometimes makes to the political present” (63). Freeman marshals temporal drag in her second chapter (“Deep Lez”) to refute the generational model of feminism’s progression in forward moving “waves.” She values, instead, the undertow, the pull backward of temporal drag, as a non-heteronormative form of archival transmission. If Susan Faludi’s recent essay (“American Electra: Feminism’s Ritual Matricide”) is any indication, the desire to represent feminism’s intergenerational relations in maternal terms remains strong. Therefore, temporal drag provides a timely queer alternative for those who believe it is destructive to disavow a relation to second-wave feminism and for those who also refuse the heteronormative “generational” model it sometimes idealizes. Curiously, Time Binds does not apply the model to “waves” of queer politics, which have their own sentimental and sadistic narratives; the latter can be seen in queer disavowals of cultural-political formations such as gay and lesbian studies, identity politics, and lesbian feminism. Insofar as queers lack institutional forms of inheritance, as many theorists argue, Freeman’s chapter could complicate future historical narratives about queer theory’s own complex generational relations. However, Freeman helpfully points to queer theory’s debt to and affinity with second-wave and French feminism. Indeed, her readings of Shulamith Firestone and Julia Kristeva model, in conceptual terms, the temporal drag she values in queer art. Time Binds‘s investment in lesbian and feminist texts (and their problematic intersections with one another and with queer theory) also provides a counterpoint to some masculinist descriptions of “subversive” eroticism. For example, her inspired reading of Kristeva’s “slow time” as an “ongoing breach of selfhood” expands the punctual self-shattering valorized by Leo Bersani (45). Yet Freeman also challenges any attempt, including Kristeva’s, to “recontain[] the messy and recalcitrant body” through “good” (naturalized) timings of “patriarchal generationality” and “maternalized middle-class domesticity” (45-46).
     
    What kind of a historiography could escape these heteronormative, diachronic models and keep faith with the queerness of “temporal drag”? Freeman’s answer is “erotohistoriography,” which she outlines in her third chapter (“Time Binds, or Erotohistoriography”). Erotohistoriography uses the body as a “tool to effect, figure, or perform” an encounter with history in the present (95). Freeman locates the origin for this concept in Edmund Burke, who considered “manly somatic responses… a legitimate relay to historical knowledge” (99-100). Although Burke’s theory was ridiculed by Thomas Paine and ultimately rejected by Romantic and Victorian historicisms, Freeman tracks its exuberant afterlife in queer texts, including Virginia Woolf’s Orlando (1928) and Hilary Brougher’s The Sticky Fingers of Time (1997).These texts represent a “carnal” relationship to the past. In Orlando, for example, Freeman argues that the “writing of history is…figured as a seduction of the past and, correspondingly, as the past’s erotic impact on the body itself” (106). For Woolf, this queer “ars erotica of historical inquiry” counters both “a masculine national progress narrative and the dilettantish and anhedonic hobbies left to female antiquarians” (106). For contemporary readers, erotohistoriography challenges the narrow affective range of dissident historicisms, such as those conceived by Marxism and queer theory; in the former, pain functions as the index of the oppressed’s true historical consciousness, and in the latter, melancholia offers the most ethical relation to the lost objects of the past. While Time Binds does not discount these historiographies, it does insist that pleasure can also contribute to a radical historical imagination.3 Of course, pleasure in the past can take the form of reactionary nostalgia or triumphalism. In a key move, though, Freeman reads Walter Benjamin’s call to the working-class to “turn back toward the suffering of their forbears” through Nguyen Tan Hoang’s film K.I.P. (2002), in which the young director’s open, desirous mouth is reflected in the screen of a 1970s gay pornographic film (19).
     
    If “history is not only what hurts but what arouses, kindles, whets, or itches,” as it is in K.I.P, Freeman suggests that “suffering need not be the only food the ancestors offer” (117, 19). In other words, pleasure, in its multifarious figurations, can be a relay to historical consciousness as well.
     
    Freeman is aware of the potential romanticism and racism that can result from an ars erotica of history.4 Her analysis of Sticky Fingers turns precisely on the burden the film places on Ofelia, the sole black character, to figure a threat to lesbian trans-temporal eroticism. Yet Ofelia is also the “film’s best historiographer” because she “neither forgets nor repudiates the past, but she also refuses to dissolve it into something with which she unproblematically identifies” (134). Freeman’s own erotohistoriography follows this imperative, refusing to sacrifice the violence of racist histories for a redemptive intimacy with, or a reparative erasure of, the traumatic past. To explicate this precarious balance, Freeman’s fourth chapter (“Turn the Beat Around”) turns to Isaac Julien’s The Attendant (1992), which links sadomasochistic, interracial gay sex to Trans-Atlantic slavery. In the film, the attraction between a black guard and a white visitor is sparked by F.A. Biard’s 1840 painting of a slave auction, The Slave Trade, Scene on the Coast of Africa. The painting comes to life and morphs into a fantastical S/M orgy. Through an attentive reading of the film’s formal experimentation with time, rhythm, and sound, Freeman argues that it reveals how S/M disaggregates and denaturalizes the body’s re lationship to normative timings. In “reanimating historically specific social roles, in the historically specific elements of its theatrical language, and in using the body as an instrument to rearrange time,” S/M can become “a form of writing history with the body” that challenges linear history and preserves a relation to the traumas of the past (139). Freeman’s chapter ultimately stops short of identifying the content of the historical consciousness written through S/M, precisely because her investment lies in how the temporal form of S/M reveals the carnal dimension of ideology as such. In her reading, S/M literalizes and makes conscious the temporal regulation of racialized habitus. Affective dynamics such as bodily rhythm can subsequently be apprehended as a “form of cultural inculcation and of historical transmission rather than a racial birthright” (167). Freeman’s provocative argument has profound implications, certainly, for queer readings of S/M and of interracial desire; it suggests a way of attending to racist histories without disavowing their problematic intersections with desire. But it will also interest those seeking to understand how affect is fundamentally bound up with, and a binding force of, history, power, and aesthetics. Time Binds reveals how power structures become habituated within affective dispositions, and it also insists that experimentations with affect can disaggregate the body’s normative bindings within time, releasing new relational possibilities.
     
    Freeman’s profound argument about affect is paired with a refreshing investment in fantasy’s “power of figuration” (xxi). In this respect, Time Binds extends Freeman’s earlier definition of queerness as a combination of “wild fantasy and rigorous demystification” (Wedding xv). While the latter has been central to queer theory’s paranoid position, the former is still met with suspicion. Note, for example, that Edelman’s polemic locates fantasy as the “the central prop and underlying agency of futurity” (33-34). For Edelman, jouissance names an explosive unbinding of the self’s narcissistic, fantasmatic, and normative attachments to desire. Freeman reminds us, however, that selves “must relatively quickly rebound into fantasies, or the sexual agents would perish after only one release of energy” (xxi). Rather than lament fantasy’s falsity, she values its unpredictably “beautiful and weird” figures. These figures, she argues, often literalize alternative paths to apprehending historical knowledge. Although erotic figurations and practices are “no more immediate than language,” Freeman notes “we know a lot less about how to do things with sex than we know about how to do things with words” (172). Time Binds therefore has much to teach contemporary queer theory about how to read experimental representations of erotic encounters. Indeed, I cannot do justice here to the way Freeman’s readings generate critical insights about time from the uncanny friction of fingers, tongues, mouths, lungs, fluids, tails, and whips. Certainly, time’s binds will always lash us to systems of power and to their traumatic histories, which we forget at our peril. But Time Binds also shows that there are practices of (re)binding the body’s time that engender sustenance, consciousness, and potentiality. Through its insistence on the critical use of pleasure for thinking history otherwise, Time Binds offers a powerful imagination of how we might loosen certain binds so that we can knot some new ones.
     
    Tyler Bradway is a Ph.D. candidate in Literatures in English at Rutgers University. He is currently completing his dissertation on postwar queer experimental fiction. He has written reviews for College Literature and symplokē, and he has an essay on Eve Sedgwick’s ethics of intersubjectivity forthcoming in GLQ.
     

    Footnotes

     
    1. For an overview of the lines of debate, see the special issue Freeman edited on “Queer Temporalities” in GLQ: A Journal of Gay and Lesbian Studies 13.2-3 (Winter/Spring 2007), particularly the roundtable discussion “Theorizing Queer Temporalities” (177-195).

     

     
    2. For a discussion of queerness and the untimely, see E.L. McCallum’s and Mikko Tuhkanen’s recent collection Queer Times, Queer Becomings.

     

     
    3. For a consonant defense of the critical value of positive affects, see Michael Snediker’s Queer Optimism: Lyric Personhood and Other Felicitous Persuasions.

     

     
    4. The basis for this concept lies in Foucault’s opposition between the West’s discursively mediated pleasure (scientia sexualis) and the East’s ars erotica, in which knowledge derives directly from the body. On his later revision of this dichotomy, see Foucault’s “On the Genealogy of Ethics: An Overview of Work in Progress” in Ethics: Subjectivity and Truth. Ed. Paul Rabinow. New York: The New Press, 1997. 253-80.

     

     

     

    Works Cited

     

    • Edelman, Lee. No Future: Queer Theory and the Death Drive. Durham: Duke UP, 2004. Print.
    • Foucault, Michel. The History of Sexuality, Vol. 1. Trans. Robert Hurley. New York: Vintage, 1990. Print.
    • Freeman, Elizabeth. The Wedding Complex: Forms of Belonging in Modern American Culture. Durham: Duke UP, 2002. Print.
    • Grosz, Elizabeth. The Nick of Time: Politics, Evolution, and the Untimely. Durham: Duke UP, 2004. Print.
    • Muñoz, José Esteban. Cruising Utopia: The Then and There of Queer Futurity. New York: New York UP, 2009. Print.
    • Warner, Michael. “Queer and Then?” The Chronicle of Higher Education. 1 Jan. 2012. Web. 13 Apr. 2012.

     

  • Postures of Postmodernity: Through the Commodity’s Looking Glass

    David A. Ensminger (bio)
    Lee College
    davidae43@hotmail.com

     
    I tend to imagine store window displays as late-capitalism voyeur tableaux, microcosms, and dioramas, more than mere passer-by enticement. They become a pitch and pronouncement, a Weltanschauung, a way of making meaning, a fetish-world, and an inner-view. They feel layered and riddled with an unconscious and conscious psychogeography, a keyhole to paused worlds in an urban environment teeming with fuss and speed, indifference and callousness. As an invitation and lure, they act as freeze-frames of stories made anew by each gaze. Through the distancing and filtering functions such window panes perform, viewers observe carefully concocted consumption.
     
    Sometimes the spaces act as compendiums replete with multinational goods, folk crafts still warm from kinesis and handling, or pervasive motifs of plasticized Pop. They proffer a distinct cultural specimen of each store as well as strata of economic indicators. In towns riddled with empty storefronts, the goods may seem like artifacts of duress – a few lone mustered antiques, white elephants, dime-store novelties, tchotchkes, and dust-gathering gadgets. In cities like Austin, along certain hipster-riche drags, the goods may seem both ironic and nostalgic, self-consciously retro and manicured, like a personal “museum of me” featuring inventory ready to be displayed on online sites like Etsy.
     
    Storefronts often index cultural rituals too, from Christmas and Day of the Dead to re-enacted boyhood fantasia, bygone product eras, and Elvis worship. In doing so, the displays become self-contained simulations, orderly and sequenced, choreographed with purpose and charm, even as viewers are beset by randomness, disorder, flux, and instability in their worlds. The storefront experience is a ritual itself, meant to convey liminality. The storefront is neither the store, really, nor the sidewalk: it is in-between, unbounded. A visit to such space confers special status. Viewers are no longer totally anonymous: they are potential participants.
     
    The windows furnish dreams; mannequins – realistic, poetically sculptural, or boldly geometric—become our surrogates. In effect, the windows complicate the participant-observer dyad. They simulate what viewers might want to be, not merely the good and products they desire. The views provide a glimpse of the fetish-object and muster scenes beyond our grasp. In turn, viewers attempt replications of their own, perhaps by hoarding the items found within the scene, splicing the store product genome with their own homes and apartments.
     
    Like postmodern insect collectors, viewers seek specimens. As if pushing pins into the undersides of arthropods, they seek, even unconsciously, to own, display, and curate their own commodities and fetish-lined spaces, cupboards of their own curiosities, and to align items according to their own algorithms. The store window environments teem with personas and prompts, some ancillary and accidental, some pertinent to the storytelling and myth making. Some relate to the ideology of the store-as-brand and the sensibilities and gestalt of employees. The displays become a series of enmeshed ideas, not merely tracts of goods.
     
    The displays signify group identification as well. Culled from dispersed, sundry items locked within the geometry of stores, the displays become doppelgangers of both viewers and curators and articulate desires that viewers have yet to recognize. Viewers become tacit voyeurs held in limbo by the strict frontality and fixed formula of each storefront, and each viewer attempts to discern the parts of the palette, fondly appraising the habits of Pop.
     
    Some might define the style of my photos as aloof and amateurish. Others might deem my approach an anti-aesthetic and liken it to factory floor technical photography. Unfussy and straightforward, the style matches the pieces. The eerie stiffness of each mise-en-scene seems synonymous with leisure society’s dead space, which is inhabited by mannequins, papier-mâché creatures, ceramic architecture, and stuffed animals to create frozen faux landscapes and postures of post-modernity.
     
    Still, others might liken my approach to Pop itself: the flatness and centrally composed subjects are the modus operandi. People might assume I seek to subvert Pop and kitsch iconography with the pre-existing and inherited images filtering into the camera eye. Yet I imagine each window as a three-dimensional postcard, or a magic lantern show of consumerist chic, simultaneously awash in high culture aspirations, pop culture conundrums, and low culture realities.
     
    An imposed formal rigor sometimes imbues the displays; other times, the displays appear ad-hoc. Some evoke expressionism. Others seem much more accidental, vernacular, blunt, and naive. I tend to be drawn less toward patented products and more toward a campy sense of capitalism, including folk displays and combinatory environments in which recognizable brands and mass-marketed merchandise become subsumed by homespun conceits. I am intrigued when various iconographies become scrambled and enmeshed in hybrid spaces: crisp corporate logos may combine with naive aesthetics, revealing the not-so-hidden hands of workers from factory floor to window sill, navigating a discourse of desire.
     
    The displays are essentially a wax mold and a rabbit hole too. Each poised, cold surface and controlled shadowplay begets an interpenetration of meaning, becoming an estuary of gazes while slipping open the door of impending consumption. The curators pay heed to the rites of this initiation: this is where the gaze shall dwell, this is how the goods will be trafficked, and this is how the vacillating impulse of buyers will become cemented. Hence, the cartographers of Pop lure us through the colliding charms found within the matrix of each window, avidly dispatching our needs and desires.
     

    The Heights, 19th Street, Houston, Texas. 2010.
     

     
    On the outskirts of the Houston megalopolis, the street hosts a hip microcosm of gallery/coffee bars, second-hand and upcycled goods outlets, self-declared antique malls, and niche interior design stores. The lo-res cell phone shot captures dusk descending on the mise-en-scene, replete with demure vases and winged statuettes alongside a 1920s flapper-style mannequin head (teeny eyebrow lines, aquiline nose, perfectly pinched lips, and short, coal-black hair). The scene is lit like a still from an Otto Preminger film. A slant of light envelops the face, which is untethered from a body, while the hand is detached, like a satellite orbiting an invisible center of gravity.
     
    The fractured facade turns body parts into disassembled perches for costume jewelry that recalls pockets of history. Meanwhile, garments become scaled down to isolated bits: slender wrist and truncated neckline alone survive. The vertical and horizontal lines are overly apparent: the body, with its Dionysian impulses—its mirth-making and uncontrolled urges, its unclean tendencies and unbound jazzy flesh—are rendered superfluous and unnecessary. Only the elongated gaze of the face survives as the fingertips graze the carpet edge, suggesting a codex of reductive womanhood frozen in the postures of post-modernity.
     

     

    Lower Westheimer Road, Houston, Texas. 2011.

     

     
    Now shuttered, Mary’s Lounge, with its leather’n’Levi reputation, was the last outpost of gay bar culture to survive on this arterial road in Houston’s former gay ghetto. (The strip has shifted north over the last few decades.) The poster reveals a fault line between hetero and queer communities by exposing the queer epidermis, since many exterior facades of local gay bars still remain anonymous, pedestrian, and featureless. Glistening in the near-dusk ozone sun, the poster evokes an emancipated queer body that has survived the AIDS rupture – with its concomitant tropes of atrophy and emaciation – and reveals a pumped-up, masculine pride. The multiple possible meanings of “Mary’s is Not Responsible” resonate in alert red. “Not Responsible” for what, viewers wonder, besides the risky “baggage,” yet another word loaded with meanings. Perhaps Mary’s is “Not Responsible” for in-the-closet anxiety or for the white heat and vascularity displayed by the hyper-cultivated, Hellenistic body in the age of sullying steroids. Perhaps the phrase refers to the black and white, muscled, testosterone terrain posed right within the doorframe as a lure, bait, and intoxicant. Removed from stage to street corner, the poster acts as dislocated exhibitionism, a trope of militarized fitness routines, and an altar to the young male. All these meanings collide next to a city bus stop and used bookstore.
     

     

    Downtown Natchez, Mississippi. June 2011.

     

     
    We entered town after the floods had barely begun to drawn back. Mosquitoes collided with our necks and arms on every block as the sun started to edge toward the river’s shoreline. A pervasive quietude was quickly dispelled by a burst of hail that spewed across streets and bounced off statues. A blackout soon intervened as well. Seeking the last ounces of light, people took to the sidewalks. This storefront countered that sober sublimation. The mannequin’s fervor and pitched, heroic, unblemished leisure society joy stood in stark contrast to the flood’s aftermath and the nearby laconic waiters and carefully tended gardens. The size seven shoe, the everywoman necklace, the artfully funky glasses (not for busywork but a key perhaps to seeing the curious, must-have objects within the store’s cornucopia), the blue eye shadow, the curvaceous mouth, and the tilted cap, together with the T-shirt knotted at the midsection, oscillate between expressions of playfulness and flirtation, between slightly upscale Southern styles and mock laughter. We gaze into the toothless mouth, succumbing to the rhetoric of her pose and the mass-cultural infatuation she inspires. By the minute, the floodwater recedes even further, like an apparition of nature subjected to erasure by her glee.
     

     

    Richmond Avenue, Houston, Texas. 2010.

     

     
    To become fully immersed in the psychogeography of my neighborhood, I try to photograph it every few months, to see what I see. That is, to address the recessed vectors that my eye would normally miss, the dimensions that might remain otherwise unexposed. Fashion is raw power, I once wrote, knowing that ideologies surface fully on our sleeves. The avenue is home to cell phone stores, broken-down book dealers, fish and Indian restaurants, and occasional boutiques, dressmakers, and ateliers. The scene appears as a looking glass. The seemingly two-dimensional photograph reveals both the workaday world of cellophane, calculators, and string, juxtaposed with a kind of luminescent couture. The mannequin feels superimposed, exposing an eerie femininity stripped of body parts. The curve of the window mimics the arc of a theater stage, a slight sparkle shimmers on the purse, a distinct red is dispersed and multiplies throughout the scene, the blue necklace acts as a beacon, and the yellow nuance of the dress, almost enduring a full frontal wash-out, soaks up the plastic light wattage. The dismissed limbs leave only the submissive hull; the body becomes no more than a custodial mount for the imperatives of the workshop.
     

     

    West Alabama Street, Houston, Texas. 2010.

     

     
    The Virgin of Guadalupe resides placidly with her darker doppelganger in the forlorn heart of Montrose, where the roads are pockmarked under the stress of heat and drought. Evanescent, she glows mere blocks from a neon Donald Judd gallery space housed in an old grocery store and funded by the Menil family, millionaire art patrons. The two exhibitions represent the blurry lines between the sacred and secular, iconographic religiosity and iconic minimalism, each surrounded by neighborhoods with bright bodega lights, Mexican cantinas, a gay cowboy bar, barber shop, and Gothic-styled city utility building. The neon studio in which the Virgin resides offers a full roster of nightclub signage, refurbished Flash-O-Matic clocks, and fine art pieces (like brushed aluminum dragonflies) that intermingle just like the neighborhood, which became an interface between the forces of gentrification and change and the stalwarts of affordable mid-century apartments, ma and pa democracy, and community gardens. The Virgin watched the demolition of the community college, the rise of graffiti sprayed on everything from poles to Dumpsters, the displacement of Hispanic families by redevelopment, and the encampment of Miami-style megalith apartments next to freeways prone to massive flooding. She watched and waited for the water to come.
     

     

    South Congress Avenue, Austin, Texas. Sept. 2010.

     

     
    In the bustling, hipster interzone of this street heading toward the outer freeway are blocks of boutiques, upscale modern eateries, vintage hotels and fire stations, and famous racks of Southwestern boots in the corner store. Amid the fanfare are the specialty shops featuring Third World imports and repurposed goods and spaces celebrating the rituals and folklore of the Texican territory, such as this Day of the Dead altar, with its traditional display of papier-mâché skulls. The simulated Mexican handmade crafts crowd the window, while the rituals surrounding the days are a syncretic amalgam of ancient Mesoamerican practices and Spanish Catholic rituals. Skulls are omnipresent during the festivities, including calaveritas de azucar (sugar skulls) given to children. The store display appears to evoke a multicultural merger between Anglo mercantile aims and persistent, somewhat fossilized Mexican sundries. On another level, the immediacy of the facial paint, with its homespun vernacular vividness, also contrasts with the store’s grid-like displays and money-driven ethos. This is not a bodega or barrio store where immigrants come to maintain cultural practices, nor is it a bridge between cultures, per se. The stores signifies appropriation and incorporation, and each loose-limbed posture and wizened piece of skull tissue in the display might be equated with the stop-motion work of Tim Burton, as in The Nightmare Before Christmas. The uncanny figures, annexed by consumer culture, become tokens of colorful ethnic-inspired entrepreneurship that unintentionally forces rent hikes and redesigned neighborhoods.
     

     

    South Congress Avenue, Austin, Texas. Sept 2010.

     

     
    The larger-than-life monkey in the Fez cap emblazoned with the inverted iconography resembling both the Turkish and Tunisian flags immediately signifies circus sideshows, the Shriners, and street peddlers torn from old, Middle Eastern themed films. The monkey is both a paroxysm of Pop and an analogue to the store itself, which offers unstable hybrids. The symbolism of time is unveiled as well: time understood as moon cycle, time measured by quirky plastic wonders, and time as construct. The East, with its Muslim otherness, becomes reduced and frozen for the window shopper’s gaze. The shot also reveals some of the store’s other strata: 3-D puzzles, pirate clocks, and postcards of reprinted pulp fiction, which lead to an interior brimming with Japanese tin toys, street art book compendiums, and campy magnets for the tourist’s Maytag. The entire venue becomes a repository for hollow insouciance. It is located along a stretch of street indicating a city adrift on its own acceleration, well-endowed with a sense of comeuppance and simulation chic, where $1,100 cowboy boots for the Western nouveau merge with $11.00 platters of veggie loaf. The display is an emblem of an asynchronized city, where poverty is heaped into corners while carefully curated, gentrified “museums-of me” like this offer stuffed-animal lynching and kooky, anthropomorphized items that signify the components of camp culture. Such displays revisit the retro-past made in offshore not-so-Edens (Chinese factory towns), imported back into Western master narratives of cute capitalism borne on the backs of commodity laborers.
     

     

    South Congress Avenue, Austin, Texas. Sept. 2010.

     

     
    A voyeur can become immersed in this mise-en-scene for minutes as the slanted lamps signify a desire to illuminate or to see, which none of the decapitated heads—bearded, literary-minded grotesqueries—can do. The scene also evokes tropes of automatic writing. An example is presented mid-page on the heavy, black, metal Royal typewriter, as if the heads are in a trance and letting the machine convey their monologues, which are given a certain gravitas by the white plaster column, itself emblematic of both civil discourse and ruins. Perhaps the scene suggests a rupture in civil discourse, in the history of logic and rationality. Perhaps it suggests our society suffers endless drivel, signified by closed and blood-rimmed eyes, emitted by talking heads —experts and insiders crowding contemporary discussions. The skullduggery and metal chains, the antique group photos, and pointed sign indicate what happens when people succumb to such “mind-forged manacles” (if I may steal from William Blake): they will become stripped of their humanity, then exist as mere costumery. Note the discrepancies and incongruities: the “typed” paper actually resounds with cursive letters, as if the ghost is truly in the machine. More of the same material is folded on the table, like a pile of dead letters. The Pop merchandiser layers the window setting with Spiritualist and Surrealistic undertones for the entranced shopper and offers iridescent kitsch, priced to go.
     

     

    Rice Village, Houston, Texas. 2010. Business retired same week.

     

     
    This shot captures the last week of the five-and-dime store, which opened in 1948 in a small shopping district near the shadow of Rice University. Now an intimate street parking mecca for low-rise, downscale box stores like the Gap and Urban Outfitters, and homespun regional retailers like Half Price Books, this window captures the last light of the store’s made-in-China ware. It embodies a central code: the viewer is a potential consumer of tchotchkes in an emporium of manufactured whimsy, which offers an anarchic array, from the John McCain caricature presidential mask (can we muster the courage to don his craggy face and insert our eyes in his empty brain?) and all-American Baseball Tin Bank (where money and sport converge) to the Manhattan Baby package (adopted nomenclature of urbanism?) and the Cute Creatures, which offer the ultimate inversion: become your favorite animal character, the Rooster, and get a choking hazard as well. Roosters still dwell within city limits, as do goats, in outlying neighborhoods next to railroad tracks and tar-paper roofed homes, but only the Village can offer this temporary dark magic and liminality, revealing a youngster’s longing to fuse with the animated world of Foghorn Leghorn (of Looney Tunes fame) and to immerse fully in the unbound dynamics of play and Technicolor in looped demonstrations of slapstick and faux-Southern shtick. The windfall of items seems to embrace a patois of congested Pop and form a transit hub of throwaway goods. In such places, hoarding is made civilized and kaleidoscopic: each piece potentially funneled to children’s parties and adult water cooler office gags. Each is also latently equipped to tell viewers that less is never more. More trinkets mean more low culture wealth and joy in the leisure society tick-tock world.
     

     
    Westheimer Road, Houston, Texas. 2010. Building demolished April 2012.
     

     
    This installation speaks to combinatory elements, documenting an art gallery groping with the holiday season by assimilating vestiges of Christmas décor and lore. The bucolic oil painting’s landscape evokes regions far from the East Texas flatland oil and gas topography. It speaks to multiple miniaturizations, from the foliage and flowers basking in the imagined Mediterranean sun to the wooden doll Santa Claus, who holds a penny-sized horse ornament. He seems curiously engaged in the narrative, as if conveying the irony of the season, in which mass-manufactured, wooden folk art becomes a symbol of seasonal authenticity in planned, gated suburbs. Plus, he seems to stare into the juxtaposed landscape, wondering how his cold-weather apparatus will handle the salted, balmy hillocks stirring with red-as-blood poppy petals. In his hand, he holds the toy animal. The workhorse, long removed from such landscapes, is no more than a child’s rocking fantasy, just as Santa Claus too is mere fantasy—a tale metamorphosed into the rites and rituals of consumer society. Yet he cannot escape the conundrum: note the two nails puncturing the window frame, as if barring him from touching the outside. He speaks to entrapment and winter wishes frozen out of time, out of place. Small electric light bulbs, no more than plastic cocoons in the midday sun, signal his retreat into daylight, where all is exposed. His blue eyes, once a safe haven for children’s late-night dreams, are no more than signposts for loss and dislocation. They remain defiantly human even while he endures an aesthetic condemning him to Pop platitudes.
     

    David Ensminger is an Instructor of English, Humanities, and Folklore at Lee College in Baytown, Texas. He completed his M.S. in the Folklore Program at the University of Oregon and his M.A. in Creative Writing at City College of New York City. His study of punk street art, Visual Vitriol: The Art and Subcultures of the Punk and Hardcore Generations, was published in July 2011 by the Univ. Press of Mississippi. His book of collected punk interviews, Left of the Dial, is forthcoming from PM Press, and his co-written biography of Lightnin’ Hopkins, Mojo Hand, is forthcoming from the University of Texas Press. His work has recently appeared in the Journal of Popular Music Studies, Art in Print, and M/C Journal (Australia). He also contributes regularly to Houston Press, Maximum Rock’n’Roll, Popmatters, and Trust (Germany). As a longtime fanzine editor, flyer artist, and drummer, he has archived punk history, including blogs and traveling exhibitions.

     

  • Incidents in the Lives of Two Postmodern Black Feminists

    Harryette Mullen
    and Arlene R. Keizer (bio)
    Conversation
    University of California, Irvine
    akeizer@uci.edu

     
    In the introduction to Signs and Cities: Black Literary Postmodernism,
    Madhu Dubey writes, “Although we would expect African-American literature
    to form a vital resource for debates about postmodernism, it is
    conspicuously missing, even when these debates are launched in the name of
    racial difference” (2). The avant-garde writer Harryette Mullen’s poetry
    and essays demonstrate how black American literary works can fundamentally
    reshape the category of the postmodern.

     

     
    Arlene R. Keizer:
     
    Twenty years ago, when I was in graduate school in the San Francisco Bay Area, good friends of mine gave me a copy of the African American avant-garde poet Harryette Mullen’s book Trimmings (1991) as a birthday gift. The delight I felt upon reading those poems for the first time is still with me. Mullen’s intricate duet with Gertrude Stein, and her meditation on the construction of women’s bodies through attire and the social conventions pertaining to it, made rhythm and melody out of the tight spaces into which women, especially women of color, have often been forced. I’ve followed Mullen’s career ever since; thus my understanding of what constitutes the black postmodern has been infused from the beginning with the variety and musicality of her singular body of work.
     
    Finding myself on the West Coast again, I contacted Mullen, whom I’d met on several occasions, to ask if she would be willing to participate in an interview, and she generously agreed. We met in west Los Angeles to set the parameters of our conversation, discussing many of the shared concerns of black postmodernist writers and critics. The following interview was conducted via e-mail between February and May of 2012.
     

    Arlene R. Keizer:

     
    In my own research on African American literary and cultural expression, I’ve been interested in the “postmemory” of slavery. I borrow the term postmemory from Marianne Hirsch, who uses it to describe the experience of the children of Holocaust survivors; she writes,

    I use the term postmemory to describe the relationship of children of survivors of cultural or collective trauma to the experiences of their parents, experiences that they “remember” only as the stories and images with which they grew up, but that are so powerful, so monumental, as to constitute memories in their own right. The term is meant to convey its temporal and qualitative difference from survivor memory, its secondary or second-generation memory quality, its basis in displacement, its belatedness. . . . Postmemory characterizes the experience of those who grew up dominated by narratives that preceded their birth, whose own belated stories are displaced by the stories of the previous generation, shaped by traumatic events that they can neither understand nor re-create.

    (8)

    I’ve even come to believe that postmemory is a constitutive element of the black postmodern; I actually think much of your work bears out my argument. What do you think about that idea?

     

    Harryette Mullen:

     
    You might be thinking of moments in my poetry that evoke the legacy of African Diaspora, as in Muse & Drudge or in a poem like “Exploring the Dark Content” from Sleeping with the Dictionary. As a graduate student, I wrote a dissertation about fugitive narratives of runaway slaves.
     
    Currently I’m engaged in a potentially endless family history project, and of course these efforts to comprehend the past are related. I grew up with absolutely no oral history of enslaved ancestors. Living in a region that honored the “gallantry” of Jefferson Davis and Robert E. Lee, I was surely affected by white southerners’ views of slavery and the Civil War.
     
    As a child I was aware that black people were connected to Africa and to slavery, but when it came to my own family’s connection, there was no clue. My grandmother recalled hearing nothing about it, although, as I soon discovered when I began to research our family, my grandmother’s father had been born into slavery and her grandparents had all been enslaved adults when the Civil War began.
     
    Our family narrative resisted these basic facts that I’ve only lately incorporated into my personal story. The earliest individuals I’ve found so far in my black family lines were born, either in Virginia or the Carolinas, in the late 1700s and early 1800s. I have not yet documented any ancestors born in Africa, although I may be close to finding my family’s first-generation enslaved African immigrants.
     

    ARK:

     
    That’s amazing! The need to excavate personal or familial links to slavery drives so much contemporary black cultural work. Many writers seem to focus on the lack of a known connection, while others are uncovering or establishing a clear genealogy. How has this search affected your creative work?
     

    HM:

     
    I’ve started making collages with copies of old family photographs, letters, and other documents from my grandparents’ papers. I’ve made about fifty of these collages. Some I made as gifts to family members. Most of them are 14 x 17 inches; a few are larger, and there are several smaller ones. Many of them have titles. There’s an “Ancestor Spirit” series in memory of my grandmother, with titles like “I’ll Fly Away,” “I’ll Wear a Starry Crown,” and “My Grandmother Loved Music.” I think of them as an extension of scrapbooking that also relates to my interest in collages and quilts.
     
    That was an unexpected turn in the family history project. It started when I began photocopying the old documents so that I wouldn’t have to keep handling fragile originals as I worked on the research project. I cherish those old letters, handwritten with fountain pens by previous generations schooled in the Palmer method. My grandmother, in particular, had very graceful penmanship. I’ve copied not only the letters, but also the envelopes, with their evocative stamps and destinations. Old documents, made on letterpress printers, are visually interesting, like the World War II ration books that my grandmother saved.
     
    I also treasure the vintage family portraits. We have photographic images of at least four family members who were former slaves. Photography was my father’s hobby, back when serious photographers used a darkroom to make their own prints. When he served in the military, he had requested to join the Army Signal Corps as a photographer, but few if any African Americans would have gotten that assignment back then. After he graduated, he had a job as public relations director for his alma mater, Talladega College; several of his photographs were published in newspapers.
     

    ARK:

     
    Do you think the black postmodern especially infused with postmemory? Or might this be true of the postmodern more generally?
     

    HM:

     
    I would relate Hirsch’s concept of “postmemory” to Toni Morrison’s concept of “rememory” in Beloved, one of the texts at the center of your critical and theoretical writing on black subjectivity in contemporary narratives of slavery. Both writers are concerned with repression of individual and collective trauma and subsequent return of the repressed in psychosocial dysfunction.
     
    I share your interest in what happens when the experience of trauma shapes narrative, and also when trauma resists the creative catharsis of narrative. At the end of Beloved, with the admonition “This is not a story to pass on,” Morrison captures the double bind gripping those whose cultural identity is constituted through historical trauma and its aftermath (279).
     
    Is the repetition of narrative itself another manifestation of trauma? Does the repeated trauma-narrative act like a pharmakon with a dual function as medicine and poison? Do we inoculate ourselves with an altered virus?
     
    We see this ambivalence about memory and memorialization in Marilyn Nelson’s A Wreath for Emmett Till, published as a book for young readers. We are aware that trauma shapes our lives, whether we choose to remember and speak of it or we resort to silence and try to forget it.
     
    In the case of slavery, precious few stories were passed down to us from our ancestors, so we see contemporary writers and artists returning to the scene of trauma with the burden of creating narratives and images that otherwise would not exist for events that otherwise might be forgotten or might be told only from the slav eholder’s point of view.
     
    Scarcely existent are stories of the Middle Passage that represent the experience of Africans who were killed and enslaved in uncountable numbers. Their stories can only be imagined by reading between the lines of assorted legal documents. This ambivalence about telling and not telling such stories of massive trauma is repeated in M. NourbeSe Philip’s Zong!
     
    From the global slave trade codifying the conversion of people into property, to the Nazis’ methodical genocide of Jews and others defined as inferior to so-called Aryans, we see the shadow of postmodernity—the legal and scientific rationalization for denying humanity to particular groups of human beings.
     
    One aspect of postmodernity is inscribed in the ongoing recurrence of massive violence and displacement affecting diverse populations, accompanied by the proliferation of documents, images, and narratives relating multiple, concurrent, and overwhelming experiences of trauma.
     

    ARK:

     
    I’ve been very disturbed by what seems to me an excessive focus on the body in black memorialization of slavery and the slave trade. For some reason, the logic of re-enactment has a powerful hold on the black New World culture of memorialization. What I’ve long admired about your work is how it directs attention away from the body itself (black, female, or black and female) to its construction by outside forces. Trimmings is, of course, a signal example. You and I have also discussed the critics who have argued that, in Sleeping with the Dictionary, you turn away from subjectivity, challenging the idea of a unitary subject. Will you say a bit about how you think of the relationship between writing and embodiment?
     

    HM:

     
    As some critics have noted, Trimmings plays with mutually constitutive codes of “whiteness” and “blackness” in social constructions of feminine identity, also pertinent to a poem like “Dim Lady” in Sleeping with the Dictionary. I’m interested when racial and sexual codes converge in the relations of consumers and commodities, an interest that continues in my work from Trimmings to S*PeRM**K*T.
     
    I have tried to ask critical questions about subjectivity and embodiment, with particular interest in cultural forms and practices used to construct and represent gendered and racialized bodies. Yet, because I’m a writer accustomed to living in my head, I might tend to underestimate the body’s importance. In certain art forms, such as painting, sculpture, and performance, embodiment may be central to the work itself.
     
    So I’m wondering what kinds of images and practices you have in mind as excessive, gratuitous, stereotypical, or otherwise objectionable. I can imagine a spectrum of possibilities: some compelling and thought-provoking, others more disturbing, troubling, and perhaps ill-conceived, as you suggest.
     
    I had a poetic understanding of the “return” of Sethe’s “baby ghost” as a fully grown woman in Morrison’s Beloved, but then I was far more resistant to that figure embodied by Thandie Newton when the novel was adapted to film. Yet, when I recall what is most memorable for me about that film, which I have viewed only once, it is a visually poetic image that some might call “excessive” or “over the top” due to its otherworldly strangeness: it’s that scene when the figure of Beloved is “reborn” from the water. She emerges soaking wet, covered with ladybugs and butterflies.
     
    I can think of brave and provocative works created by dancers, actors, performance and visual artists—things that I would never do. I never saw, but I’ve read about Robbie McCauley’s creation and performance of Sally’s Rape, in which she herself embodies a slave woman stripped naked on the auction block. The character she performs is based on her own ancestor. It seems to have been regarded as a thoughtful and powerful work, within a context of body-centered performances that came out of feminist and identity-based art practices. If we think of embodiment and subjectivity as complicated processes, there are multiple ways of inhabiting our bodies, just as we can imagine myriad experiences of subjectivity.

    ARK:

     
    It helps to hear you situate that work in the context of feminist and identity-based art practices. When I learn about such a performance piece, it sounds fascinating in the abstract, but I can’t imagine sitting through it. Some of my discomfort comes from a sense that to re-enact “scenes of subjection,” to borrow Saidiya Hartman’s term, with one’s own body revivifies the reduction of black subjects to the body. In the context of the Holocaust, for instance, such a re-enactment would be almost unthinkable. I guess I’m differentiating pretty stringently (perhaps too stringently) between forms of mediation when it comes to black creative practices; in other words, my responses to literary and two-dimensional or fine art “re-enactments” are very different from my responses to them in the flesh (akin to your unease with the depiction of Beloved in the film version of Morrison’s novel).
     
    I think this is related to another current concern of mine. I’ve developed a particular interest in what I’ll call black irony, not as in “black humor,” but instead the multiple forms of irony found in black people’s humor in the US and the Caribbean. I think of New World black cultures as being fundamentally ironic, but I’ve been disturbed lately by the sense that, for many in white mainstream culture, black irony is often invisible and black performances, no matter how ironic, are often read as sincere and essential(ist) (e.g., responses to damali ayo’s performance art and to Dave Chappelle’s comedy, or the scenario Percival Everett stages in Erasure, in which a parody of Sapphire’s Push is taken for the “real thing” and wins a major book award). Can you talk a bit about irony in your work and the difficulty that black irony seems to pose for some white audiences (and some black audiences, as well)?
     

    HM:

     
    The effectiveness of irony and satire depends on some baseline of consensus about reality and shared values, just as appreciating a poet’s craft requires awareness of literary conventions. Still, it seems impossible that damali ayo’s pointedly ironic performances in “Rent-a-Negro” or “Panhandling for Reparations” would be read as works of straightforward sincerity—just as I would have thought it was impossible to mistake the satirical and critical intention when Coco Fusco and Guillermo GómezPeña were touring with their performance piece “Two Undiscovered Amerindians,” also known as “The Couple in the Cage.” But Fusco and GómezPeña reported that on several occasions some people apparently did not understand that the two artists on display in the cage were performers.
     
    There may be people who simply are tone-deaf, who find it difficult to perceive any shade of irony. Or perhaps irony goes undetected by hasty, distracted readers who are not giving sufficient attention to the text. Or possibly there are audiences that have no other response to “minority art” than either to sympathize or refuse to sympathize with our “plight.” Or maybe it’s a question of contextual framing, especially when audiences may encounter texts and performances on any number of media platforms—often without having intentionally sought them out, but simply as a result of searching for a related key word.
     
    I am frequently dismayed by unforeseen results of Internet searches, as when my search for a news report concerning President Obama takes me to a racist blog, or when in the recent past I would use the search term “African American” along with the name of almost any small town in the United States, and the top hit would be that town’s nearest “drug rehabilitation center.” Maybe I just don’t appreciate Google’s sense of irony? Maybe writers and performers such as Everett and ayo should sprinkle emoticons—little winking smiley faces to indicate irony—throughout their texts?
     
    Okay, I have to add a postscript to this response. I just heard a news item on the radio about a person in a cow costume who stole several gallons of milk from a Walmart store and then began distributing the milk to strangers outside the store. Was that a work of performance art?
     

    ARK:

     
    I really wish I had seen that. Performance art mixed with the redistribution of wealth—what could be better?! On that note, will you talk a bit about how you see the sphere of art and the sphere of politics coming together? I don’t think anyone thinks of your work as “political art,” though an investment in social critique and social justice are apparent within it. Do new technology and information-delivery systems have any bearing on the way you see art and politics coming together?
     

    HM:

     
    Readers who think of poetry and politics as opposing or mutually exclusive discourses may underestimate the elasticity and heterogeneity of poetry. I take it that poetry can engage with any subject, including political, social, and cultural ideas and events. Contextual framing as well as the writer’s intention and linguistic choices determine whether a text is considered to be primarily referential, persuasive, expressive, or aesthetic. I don’t think that words in themselves are inherently or solely political or poetic. It’s a question of how they are put together, and to what end.
     
    Developments in technology and media continue to alter the relations of audiences to artists and writers, now known as “content creators,” blurring any line of separation between the two as these roles become more dispersed, interactive, and interchangeable. This potentially unstoppable democratizing force of global impact already shapes artistic and political discourses.
     
    Consider the recent example of a Nobel Prize awarded to the imprisoned Liu Xiaobo, a dissident poet identified with the generation that protested in Tiananmen Square. At the Nobel award ceremony, the gold medal for literature was placed on the poet’s vacant seat; the Chinese government reacted by blocking references on the Internet to “empty chair” when the poet’s followers resorted to this periphrastic substitute for his banned name and works. (As I write, censors have banned any mention of “Shawshank Redemption” in China’s social media networks, a coded reference to the escape from house arrest of the activist Chen Guangcheng.) There’s also the dynamic career of Ai Weiwei, whose international prominence is due to his adroitly provocative meshing of aesthetics and politics as well as to the technological sophistication of this artist and his defenders. The response to his work by viewers, critics, supporters, government censors, and political leaders is as important as the work itself, which continually responds to its ongoing reception and interpretation in political and aesthetic discussions.
     

    ARK:

     
    To move to a slightly different subject, one of the many things that delights me about Sleeping with the Dictionary is that in a rich and playful way, it rhymes with an idea introduced by VèVè Clark in the 1980s to address the diverse totality of the African Diaspora. She coined the term “diaspora literacy” to describe the knowledge one would need to read and understand culture from all African Diasporic locations, and I’ve often thought that her term implies a “diaspora lexicon,” a dictionary of the terms and concepts that might appear in the literary and cultural output of writers, artists, and musicians. What I love about your book is that it dramatizes just how comprehensive such a dictionary would have to be, not exclusive at all but overlapping with a diverse set of other lexicons, in the same way that an English dictionary contains French words that Anglophone people use all the time. Can you talk a bit about your own lexicon?
     

    HM:

     
    A broader, more inclusive cultural literacy is exactly what I hope to attain, and what I would like to encourage for other readers. The language of poetry is a way of reaching out to others beyond the limits of my own specific background. In addition to the required reading for English majors, as a college student I was also introduced to African, Caribbean, Spanish, and Latin American literature.
     
    As a writer I am attracted to words of different sound, shape, and texture from a variety of discourses; I have drawn from spoken as well as written languages in my poetry. Like most educated and literate people, my vocabulary as a writer can be more various, inclusive, and precise than the relatively smaller reservoir of words I use daily in casual speech, because my written language draws on my potentially expanding vocabulary as an active reader with access to libraries of literature and reference.
     
    My recourse to something like a diaspora lexicon was in part a response to the challenges I had encountered with my previous work. My first book, Tree Tall Woman, was in some ways an attempt to relate my poetic “voice” to what I’ve called the urban rhetorical vernacular of the Black Arts movement.
     
    Rather than rewriting poems that had already been written, I hoped to build on expressive traditions and innovations those poets represented. With minimal departures from Standard English, my poetry texts would be read as “black talk”; instead of trying to establish myself as an authentic street talker, I was interested in the poetic possibilities of code-switching, a more familiar form of expression for me, that I think is also characteristic of African American literature as a whole.
     
    A few critics of the Black Arts era, such as Stephen Henderson, had noted a broadly inclusive range of linguistic registers in the diversity of “black styles” of speaking and writing, including the styles of well-educated black communicators. I decided that my own “black expression” could include whatever I found of interest.
     
    After Tree Tall Woman two books that followed, Trimmings and S*PeRM**K*T, were the result of my critical encounter with Gertrude Stein’s modernism, a possible influence on writers as different as Richard Wright and Gwendolyn Brooks. With Muse & Drudge I tried to use language to reach across the “Black Atlantic” while also drawing on information compiled in books such as Zora Neale Hurston’s Mules and Men, Robert Farris Thompson’s Flash of the Spirit, Clarence Major’s From Juba to Jive, and African-American Alphabet by Gerald Hausman and Kelvin Rodriques. In Sleeping with the Dictionary, my unwitting collaborators include William Shakespeare, the US Congress, and the creators of Roget’s Thesaurus and The American Heritage Dictionary.
     

    ARK:

     
    What recent work in any literary or artistic genre interests you and/or inspires you in your current practice?
     

    HM:

     
    I’m not necessarily seeing the newest, cutting-edge art, but I enjoy artist books and books about art. Our black bookstore here in Los Angeles, EsoWon, usually has a choice selection of art books. Once when I was browsing books in the storefront of the Studio Museum in Harlem I saw James Fugate, a co-owner of EsoWon, buying a stack of art books there. Right now I’m reading EyeMinded, a collection of essays by art critic Kellie Jones—no relation to Amelia Jones, a critic known for writing about identity or body-centered art and a co-organizer of the Womenhouse Web project. Another influential art critic is Lucy Lippard, who also wrote a novel. I met her years ago when she was giving a talk in Rochester, and after that I read her critical books on various art movements, as well as her novel.
     
    I also like going to galleries and museums, and I often feel inspired by the work of visual artists. I made the rounds to different art spaces that were part of a collaborative exhibit of California art, Pacific Standard Time. I went more than once to the Hammer Museum in Westwood during that regional PST exhibition, and I had the pleasure of seeing the artist Betye Saar where her work was on display. The Hammer also screened several films by African American filmmakers, including Charles Burnett and Julie Dash, who attended film school at UCLA; I went to their film screenings and panel discussions.
     
    In the realm of poetry, my current work in progress is a tanka diary that will likely be published in fall 2013. It’s inspired by translations of traditional and modern Japanese syllabic poetry as well as by contemporary tanka verses composed in English.
     

    ARK:

     
    In Looking Up Harryette Mullen, the recently published collection of interviews you did with fellow poet Barbara Henning, you briefly mention Tyree Guyton and David Hammons as visual artists who were doing something similar to what you are doing in poetry. Can you say more about the way you think about contemporary black artists and artistic practices, and if and how you use them as a springboard? Because of Muse and Drudge, many people are aware of your complex relationship with many black musical forms, but I think much less is known about how you engage with African American or black Diasporic visual art.
     

    HM:

     
    Of course the Black Arts movement included not only writers but also musicians, dancers, actors, filmmakers, and visual artists such as Raymond Saunders whose essay “Black is a Color” was of interest to writers and artists across disciplines. Some artists have been rather prolific writers, particularly Adrian Piper, who is a philosopher as well as a conceptual and performance artist. I have occasionally written about visual art and artists in essays such as “Visual Rhythm,” “Chaos in the Kitchen,” and “African Signs and Spirit Writing.” The latter is included in a collection forthcoming from University of Alabama Press.
     
    There are so many artists whose work I enjoy, from the iconic black figures in those large, colorful paintings by Kerry James Marshall to various combinations of photography and text in the work of artists such as Lorna Simpson, Carrie Mae Weems, and Glenn Ligon.
     
    I admire the splendid elegance and purity of form in the work of the sculptor Martin Puryear as well as the exploded maps and abstract diagrams of Julie Mehretu. I am also attracted to the eclectic esthetic of David Hammons and Tyree Guyton, John Outterbridge and Noah Purifoy, Romare Bearden and Betye Saar, Mark Bradford and Leonardo Drew, whose art seems closer to what Toni Morrison called “eruptions of funk” as they work with collage or assemble their art from recycled objects.
     
    They may be more or less attracted to abstraction or to figurative images. They may draw their inspiration from Pablo Picasso, Joseph Cornell, Robert Rauschenberg, Marcel Duchamp, or the movement known as Arte Povera. I’ve said before that in Muse & Drudge I tried to do something similar with “recycled language,” “found poetry,” and “altered” texts, making use of what I call, after Duchamp, “linguistic ready-mades.” Like jazz musicians, these artists inspire me to try alternative ways of composing poetry.
     
    Betye Saar and her artist daughters Alison Saar and Lezley Saar live in the greater Los Angeles area; over the years I have tried as often as possible to attend their gallery openings. I definitely feel the spirit of their creative enterprise, and one of my books, Blues Baby, has a cover with an image of Alison Saar’s life-sized “Topsy” sculpture. The cover of my book Recyclopedia is designed with an image of a David Hammons sculpture made with recycled glass bottles. The cover of Sleeping with the Dictionary features an enigmatic drawing by Enrique Chagoya, from whom I also borrowed the title of a poem in that book, “Xenophobic Nightmare in a Foreign Language.”
     
    My forthcoming collection of essays has a title inspired by the poet Toi Derricotte. That book, The Cracks Between, will have one of Faith Ringgold’s images on the cover. In the process of writing poetry I’ve been known to borrow from song lyrics as well as titles that artists and musicians give to their works. I sometimes make lists of favorite lines and titles for possible use in future poems.
     
    In addition to Chagoya’s satirical title, I can think of lines in Muse & Drudge that are borrowed from painter Rose Piper (“The fortune cookie lied”), visionary artist and street evangelist Gertrude Morgan (“Jesus is my airplane”), and Krazy Kat cartoonist George Herriman (“Fool weed, tumble your head off—that dern wind can move you, but it can’t budge me”).
     
    I’ve enjoyed opportunities to meet and collaborate with artists. Three poems from Sleeping with the Dictionary, “Free Radicals,” “Between,” and “Music for Homemade Instruments,” were influenced by my experience of working, respectively, with artist Yong Soon Min when she organized the Kimchi Xtravaganza for the Korean American Museum in Los Angeles, with Allan deSouza when he edited a special issue of the art magazine Frame-Work, and with musician Douglas Ewart in a performance at Woodland Pattern in Milwaukee. From the same poetry collection, “Quality of Life” was inspired by a visit to Manhattan where I used to attend, whenever possible, poetry readings and art exhibits organized by the Dia Foundation.
     
    A few things I’ve written exist only as collaborations, such as texts I wrote to accompany images made by Yong Soon Min for Womenhouse, and Waving the Flag, a collaboration with video artist Sheila M. Sofian and musician William O. Darity. More recently I participated with other writers in an arts event at LACE (Los Angeles Contemporary Exhibitions) curated by UNFO (Unauthorized Narrative Freedom Organization).
     

    ARK:

     
    In one of her many interviews, visual artist Kara Walker says, “[I]n a way my work is about the sincere attempt to write Incidents in the Life of a Slave Girl and ending up with Mandingo instead” (107). Are there moments when your willful imagination has led you to places you didn’t particularly like? What do you do at such moments?
     

    HM:

     
    My imagination tends to run in different directions, as I am most interested in what makes language turn toward poetry. What I dread most is when my imagination fails to lead me to any particularly interesting place. I suppose what you are describing as willful imagination is what I would experience as writer’s block, when my thoughts are unproductive. When I reach such an impasse, my inclination is to take time out: go for a walk, listen to music, or get some sleep. My usual concern is whether an idea is compelling enough to take me to the point of completing a satisfying draft. Once it’s completed, my concern is whether a poem might hold the attention of other readers.
     
    I think our understanding of a visual image is quite different from how we process language. The visual perception seems more immediate and primal, although artists may create visual images that reward sustained attentive viewing. Decoding a poem tends to be a bit more convoluted, with the brain experiencing a slight delay in comprehending the layers of significance. The resources of poetry are such that I worry less about communicating a specific message, but more about the “music” of the language. I don’t fret much about whether the content of my thought is ugly or beautiful if I can get the language to do what I want.
     
    I’ve said often that my work is “serious play,” which could apply to most artists. Another tidy oxymoron is “ugly beauty,” the title of a Thelonious Monk tune. It’s a useful concept for the work of some artists, and a liberating idea for me when I’m uncertain in my own practice as a poet. I also like thinking of the creative process as “chaos in the kitchen,” the title of a work by Alison Saar. So much of the artist’s work involves learning, practicing, and trusting that process.
     
    There may be a particular trap awaiting the visual artist who is African American, particularly when her work is as spectacularly and scandalously visible in the art world as Kara Walker’s. This artist seems driven to confront and committed to overcome the collective shame of Americans in “the land of the free” who are descended from slaves and slaveholders—and it can’t be forgotten that many of us are offspring of both.
     
    Coincidentally, I’ve been reading about the enslaved South Carolina potter David Drake (sometimes referred to as “Dave the potter” or “Dave the slave”) in a book by a white descendant of a slaveholding family that had counted Dave among their valuable assets. At one point the author refers to Kara Walker’s work:

    An enormous panorama cut from black paper and affixed to a white wall, her composition presented a candy-box version of a Southern plantation scene. Only on carefully studying the silhouettes of the graceful mansion and dancing slave children and ladies in tilting skirts was it apparent that horrors were being perpetrated in the secret spaces between black and white. Images of shameful abuses—whippings, even murders—emerged from the details of the seemingly innocent composition.

    (112-113)

    There certainly is something willfully mischievous and trickster-like, as well as something terribly painful and angry in the work of Kara Walker, something akin to the work of the painter Robert Colescott and the writer Darius James. By the way, readers will find the psychosexual perversities of the master-slave relationship in Harriet Jacobs’s autobiographical narrative as well as in Kyle Onstott’s novel.

    ARK:

     
    Oh yes, that’s right! That perverse legacy is apparent in both the sublime and the ridiculous. Given your deep engagement with other artistic forms, if you weren’t working with words, what medium would you choose and why?
     

    HM:

     
    I guess the creative people who dazzle me most, other than writers, are visual artists, architects, composers, opera singers, jazz musicians, and my favorite classical musician, Yo-Yo Ma. Of course, dancers are amazing, but I’m far too klutzy even to imagine myself with that kind of physical grace.
     
    At this point, I can hardly picture myself doing anything else, although when I was growing up my mother enabled my sister and me to try a variety of creative pursuits. She herself had rejected piano lessons, but played clarinet and oboe in a high school band that included Ornette Coleman and Dewey Redman; she had taken an art class with David Driskell when she was in college. In a letter to her parents back home, my mother mentioned a reading on campus by Langston Hughes. My parents were first drawn together by their mutual interest in amateur photography and theater, although my father eventually became a social-work administrator and my mother, an educator and community school director. I can recall being frightened as a young child, seeing my mother fire a prop gun on stage in a community theater production.
     
    Somehow on her modest public school teacher’s salary my mother managed to pay for our private piano lessons, our art classes at the children’s museum, and our dance classes at the YMCA. As a divorced parent, she provided us with supplies for drawing, painting, and sculpting. We had a cardboard puppet theater and made our own hand puppets. She also encouraged us to learn how to sew, knit, and crochet. I never was particularly good at arts and crafts, but I do still draw a little from time to time, just for my own pleasure; lately, as I said, I’ve been making collages that look like poster-sized scrapbook pages.
     

    ARK:

     
    I was also lucky enough to have parents who revered reading and the arts and made enormous sacrifices to enable their children to have music, art, and dance lessons. Even though I was raised in an atmosphere with very conventional gender-role expectations, through reading I found my way to feminism at a very young age. I was a teenage feminist!
     
    For about ten years now, I’ve been using the term “black feminist postmodernism” to describe a set of avant-garde literary and artistic practices and a nascent phenomenology of a subset of women in the African Diaspora. I think of you as being the poster child for black feminist postmodernism, and I wonder if this term resonates with you at all. Would you be willing to let me use your work on the flag for our hypothetical parade? Do you think of your work as being part of a kind of work some black women writers and artists are doing now? If so, what is the link to feminism?

    HM:

     
    I would be honored to march in such a distinguished parade, with colors flying. I had not thought about my work in exactly those terms, although I certainly identify myself as a black woman, a feminist, and a writer influenced inevitably by postmodernity. I think of your work as performing the critical function of articulating explicit and comprehensive theoretical frameworks more than my own writing that tries fitfully to straddle creative and critical discourses.
     
    It is worth noting that, because of the work of the generations that preceded us, we were educated to become intellectual and creative workers in a time when black and feminist writers and scholars are included among the leading thinkers whose works we study and critique. Their example surely encourages us to take our own work seriously.
     

    ARK:

     
    Your writing calls for close reading. How important are techniques of close reading in your classroom practices? To what degree have criticism and theory displaced techniques of close reading in our (university English departments’) pedagogy?
     

    HM:

     
    The greatest threat to the survival of poetry may be the rushed, distracted, overburdened reader with no time to appreciate what a poem has to offer. Generally speaking, poetry is meant to slow down the process of reading. The encounter with a poem becomes a kind of meditation as we scan the text closely and repeatedly in order to absorb the sense of it and appreciate its aesthetic effects.
     
    In practice, what I try to teach or model for students is attentive reading: considering the context, form, and content of the text. It also helps to read the poem aloud, if possible. For better or worse, a number of anxieties surround the reading and writing of poetry. There is the fear of misreading and misinterpretation, and the related fear that poetry is becoming irrelevant, or too esoteric to attract broad audiences. Time devoted to digesting literary theories (as one theory expands upon or displaces another) may be subtracted from time available to read actual literature, placing a further burden on the reader. Literary theory creates its own set of anxieties for many readers.
     
    Although I don’t think of myself as writing “academic poetry,” I’m sure my poetry is influenced by my reading, writing, and teaching in university communities. Learning a variety of critical approaches to the text has enhanced my understanding and appreciation of literature. Still, there are times in my relationship with poetry when I feel quite humble and ignorant. As far as I can tell, a state of not knowing or not understanding may be crucial for a fuller experience of writing and reading poetry.
     
    As a teacher of literature, no matter how passionate I may feel about a book that is meaningful to me, it will not be meaningful in the same way to my students. For readers, poetry can be experienced quite differently inside or outside the academy. For students, books are required reading, usually accompanied by writing assignments, quizzes, and examinations. In the classroom, reading and writing are tightly intertwined, so that the literary text becomes a prompt for inquiry and explication. Students are expected to read canonical literature and also to write critically about literary works. Outside the classroom, readers choose the books they want to read in whatever leisure time is available. Readers may find themselves returning to favorite poems for repeated reading, but no quiz will follow.
     

    Arlene R. Keizer is Associate Professor of English and African American Studies at the University of California, Irvine. She is the author of Black Subjects: Identity Formation in the Contemporary Narrative of Slavery (Cornell UP, 2004), as well as essays and articles in a range of journals including African American Review, American Literature, and PMLA. Her current work addresses black postmodernism in literature, performance, and visual art; African American literature and psychoanalytic theory and practice; and the intersections between memory and theory.
     

    Works Cited

     

    • Clark, VèVè A. “Developing Diaspora Literacy and Marasa Consciousness.” Comparative American Identities: Race, Sex, and Nationality in the Modern Text. Ed. Hortense J. Spillers. New York: Routledge, 1991. 40-61. Print.
    • Dubey, Madhu. Signs and Cities: Black Literary Postmodernism. Chicago: U
    • of Chicago P, 2003. Print.
    • Hartman, Saidiya V. Scenes of Subjection: Terror, Slavery and Self-Making in Nineteenth-Century America. New York: Oxford UP, 1997. Print.
    • Hirsch, Marianne. “Projected Memory: Holocaust Photographs in Personal and Public Fantasy.” Acts of Memory. Ed. Mieke Bal, Jonathan Crewe and Leo Spitzer. Hanover: UP of New England, 1999. 3-21. Print.
    • Morrison, Toni. Beloved. New York: Knopf, 1987. Print.
    • Todd, Leonard. Carolina Clay: The Life and Legend of the Slave Potter DAVE. New York: Norton, 2008. Print.
    • Walker, Kara. “Kara Walker Interviewed by Liz Armstrong 7/23/96.” No Place (like Home). Ed. Elizabeth Armstrong et al. Minneapolis: Walker Art Center, 1997. 102-113. Print.

     

  • Re-thinking “Non-retinal Literature”: Citation, “Radical Mimesis,” and Phenomenologies of Reading in Conceptual Writing (1)

    Judith Goldman (bio)
    University of California, Berkeley
    judithgo@buffalo.edu

    Abstract
     
    This article discusses the self-characterizations of the contemporary North American school of Conceptual writing, arguing that certain exponents of Conceptualism disavow a relation to Language writing, claiming an alternate predecessor in Conceptual art. The article in turn posits that the appropriative technique of “reframing” used by Conceptualists has been under-theorized, given its importance as a compositional strategy of unreadability, and in turn approaches the Conceptual textual readymade as “strategic medium translation” (one form of “medium envy”). Tracing other modes of radical mimesis in Conceptualism that shadow economic phenomena, the article analyzes works by Robert Fitterman as exemplary of radical mimesis critical of digital capitalism.

     

     

     

    “Unreadability”—that which requires new readers, and teaches new readings. —Bruce Andrews, Text & Context

     

    Declaring the Unreadable

     
    It’s no secret that Conceptual poet Kenneth Goldsmith styles himself a provocateur. (The introduction from his recent critical book Uncreative Writing, featured in the “Review” section of The Chronicle of Higher Education in September 2011, for instance, states that in his classroom students “are rewarded for plagiarism” and that “the role of the professor now is part party host, part traffic cop, full-time enabler.”2) In the maze of self-quoting brief essays, introductions, and interviews on Conceptual poetry published prior to this book, which also includes self-citation, Goldsmith continually re-mounts the argument that versions of “uncreativity” based on strategies of textual appropriation are warranted because the old versions of creativity are beyond worn out: “When our notions of what is considered creative became this hackneyed, this scripted, this sentimental, this debased, this romanticized . . . this uncreative, it’s time to run in the opposite direction. Do we really need another ‘creative’ poem about the way the sunlight is hitting your writing table? No.”3 Of course, Goldsmith may be ventriloquizing the point of fellow Conceptualist Craig Dworkin, who had introduced his UbuWeb Anthology of Conceptual Writing by stating: “Poetry expresses the emotional truth of the self. A craft honed by especially sensitive individuals, it puts metaphor and image in the service of song. Or at least that’s the story we’ve inherited from Romanticism, handed down for over 200 years in a caricatured and mummified ethos—and as if it still made sense after two centuries of radical social change.”4 Though such remarks might seem directed at an ossified literary establishment, another target proposes itself: Language writing. For Language writers not only challenged a culturally dominant confessional poetry, but also did so precisely by issuing statements of which the Conceptualists’ are carbon copies. The movement is here omitted from the (counter-) record by the very means of its own provocation.5
     
    “Conceptual writing” at first referred to works by a self-identified, core group of writers who amalgamated their school c.1999 and participated for years in a listserv devoted to the topic. Yet it has also always been understood as a characteristic set of methods for making literary texts largely by manipulating found materials in ways involving procedure, constraint, or more “simple” annexations. While these methods tend to attenuate or substantially mediate subjective authorial expression, their main purpose lies in a revelatory hyperbole or deconstruction of content through arbitrary though telling operations.6 Probably the two best-known works of Conceptual writing are Goldsmith’s Day (2003), a re-inscription in book form of the entirety of The New York Times of September 1, 2000, with the non-linear format of the work incorporating eruptions of ad copy into news stories and massive entries of stock quotes, and Christian Bök’s Eunoia (2001), a collection of univocalic prose poems, in which each chapter is based on a different vowel and employs 98% of the univocalic words for that vowel in Webster’s Third International Dictionary, while obeying further constraints such as grammatical parallelism.7 Conceptual writing has been institutionally ensconced with unusual enthusiasm in the domain of both poetry and visual art. In 2005, the Canadian poetics journal Open Letter published a full issue entitled “Kenneth Goldsmith and Conceptual Poetics.” In 2008, the conference “Conceptual Poetry and Its Others” was held at the Poetry Center of the University of Arizona. In the last few years, panels on and readings of Conceptual writing have been featured at MOMA and the Whitney Museum in New York, as well as at an art festival in Berlin. Goldsmith read in the White House event “A Celebration of American Poetry” in May 2011. Two anthologies, together containing work by over 150 authors, have recently appeared: Against Expression: An Anthology of Conceptual Writing, edited by Goldsmith and Dworkin, and “I’ll Drown My Book”: Conceptual Writing by Women, edited by Caroline Bergvall, Laynie Browne, Teresa Carmody, and Vanessa Place.8
     
    Conceptualists have been materially and socially supported by the institutions and community of Language poetry; they also share Language writing’s focus on media capitalism and the political economy and institutional and discursive organization of culture, poetry in particular. Yet Conceptualism parts ways, or so it represents itself, from its disavowed predecessor in regard to key tactics, concepts, and concerns. Perhaps the most important commonality among Language poetries’ strategies and self-understandings was the cultivation of de-reifying, participatory forms of readership through the agency of disjunction and fragmentation. Fracturing words, syntax, and narrative diminishes extra-textual reference—a function that masks social control by presenting language as transparent—in favor of re-routing signifying processes to reveal oppressive social coding.9 As an ostentatiously open discursive field, the disjunctive text short-circuits passive readership and its maintenance of given social grammars, demanding the co-production rather than the consumption of meaning.10 Goldsmith in particular has staked Conceptual writing on negations of these values of Language poetry. In his introduction to a dossier on Conceptual writing and Flarf in the journal Poetry we find:

    Start making sense. Disjunction is dead. The fragment, which ruled poetry for the past one hundred years, has left the building. . . . Why atomize, shatter, and splay language into nonsensical shards when you can hoard, store, mold, squeeze, shovel, soil, scrub, package, and cram the stuff into towers of words and castles of language with a stroke of the keyboard. . . . Let’s just process what exists.

    (315)

    In an interview with the Finnish poet Leevi Lehto:

    It’s much more about the wholeness of language, the truth of language, rather than the artifice of fragmentation that is so inherent in much Language writing. . . Forget the New Sentence. The Old Sentence, if framed properly, is really odd enough.11

    In an interview for Bomb Magazine’s blog:

     

    It’s the idea that counts, not the reading of it. These books are impossible to read in the conventional sense. 20th century notions of illegibility were commonly bound up with a shattering of syntax and disjunction, but the 21st century’s challenge to textual convention may be that of density and weight.

    (“So What Exactly”)

    Ironically, as should be evident from my epigraph, Goldsmith’s claim on the “unreadable” for Conceptual writing, borrows a gesture from the repertoire of Language poetics: Steve McCaffery, for instance, discusses Language writing as unreadable in relation both to Barthes’s notion of the writerly, anti-hermeneutical work (the reading of which is not a recovery or communication of meaning but a further writing), as well as to a more literal unreadability in which the text opens onto a libidinal economy beyond the semiotic.12 Mutatis mutandis, the new unreadable here serves to characterize Conceptual writing as hyper-contemporary, to identify it with an immersive digital culture that is somehow post-reading, while concomitantly dating (and rendering passé) Language writing, with its obsessive focus on an activated, writerly reader. Very recently, in remarks on his in-progress remake of Walter Benjamin’s The Arcades Project, Goldsmith again pointedly inverts this paradigm, stating that following Benjamin, his work will propose “writing as reading,” meaning that his writing will be purely transcription (even as he notes The Arcades Project is compulsively readable).13 A few years earlier, Goldsmith undercuts the possibility of reading a Conceptualist work:

    Just as new reading strategies had to be developed in order to read difficult modernist works of literature, so new reading strategies [are] emerging on the web: skimming, data aggregating, the employment of intelligent agents, to name but a few. Our reading habits seem to be imitating the way machines work: we could even say that online, by an inordinate amount of skimming in order to comprehend all the information passing before our eyes, we parse text—a binary process of sorting language—more than we read it. So this work demands a thinkership, not a readership.

    (“So What Exactly”)

    Reading in a culture of distraction has become literally machinic, thus technically not reading at all. Making free with discursive materials, forms, and techniques that solicit anti-reading, Conceptual writing requires a “thinkership”—a Duchampian “non-retinal” supplement—as its post-literary due. Yet if this contemporizing maneuver generates a thin, positive social agenda for the work—Goldsmith gives no sense of what a thinkership would be thinking about—it also misidentifies the strengths of Conceptualist projects, as it points to certain problems in various self-descriptions and -representations.

     
    For instance, the modeling of Conceptual writing on Conceptual art, Goldsmith’s catchy “thinkership” evincing a connection to what has been termed “Idea Art.” This medium envy is also readily apparent in Dworkin’s masterful introductory essay, “The Fate of Echo,” to the formidable Against Expression anthology, even as Dworkin, in strong contrast to Goldsmith, forthrightly argues for the importance of reading Conceptual writing (xxxvii). Firming up the connection between Conceptual art and Conceptual writing—”Although the focus of this anthology is resolutely literary, a comparison of the conceptual literature presented here with the range of interventions made by the foundational works of conceptual art is still instructive” (xxiv)—Dworkin goes on to offer brilliant readings of canonical works of Conceptual art. Yet perhaps a more skeptical approach, refining the terms of that earlier movement and questioning its self-representations, and homing in more surgically on its uses of language, would have helped to clarify the stakes of Conceptual writing. Further, his discussion also offers something of a dual historical narrative, in which Conceptual art both progressively dematerializes the art object through the use of language as idea (culminating in Lawrence Weiner’s agnos ticism regarding whether a work is ever made from a stated concept) and comes to treat language itself as pure matter (along the lines of Robert Smithson). Conceptual writing picks up from where this second ending leaves off, as Dworkin posits, “rejecting outright the ideologies of disembodied themes and abstracted content. The opacity of language is a conclusion of conceptual art but already a premise for conceptual writing” (xxxvi). He goes on to equate this “opacity” with language treated as “quantifiable data,” and as we are then reminded to read “textual details,” Conceptual writing’s materials handling, its purported reduction of language to matter, surfaces as an intriguingly messier issue. Despite Dworkin’s ingenious epigraph from Deleuze and Guattari: “Even concepts are haecceities and events in themselves,” “idea” and “concept” are also used as given by Conceptual art.
     
    But perhaps more important and more pertinent to this discussion are the burdened terms “context” and “reframing” on which the new Conceptualist project also rests. Drawing on the legacy of Duchamp, Pop art, Conceptual art, and Appropriation art, Conceptual writing relies on such uncreative annexing maneuvers as “nomination,” “selection,” and “reframing” (xxiv-xxvi). “The intelligent organization or reframing of already extant text is enough,” Dworkin writes. “[P]reviously written language comes to be seen and understood in a new light, and so both the anthology as a whole—with its argument for the importance of the institutions within which a text is presented—and the works it contains are congruent: a context, for both, is everything. The circumstance, as the adage has it, alters the case” (xliv). Citation is necessarily case-sensitive; so, perhaps, is the very definition of “circumstance.” Which is to say, if context is everything, what exactly is context? 14 On the post-Derridean assumption that, “There are only contexts without any center of absolute anchoring,” Dworkin offers more of a description of reframing methods than an account of how these methods work, with their readers, to generate new, consequential meanings.15 Is the pivotal contextual circumstance internal or external to the text, or does Conceptual writing somehow especially spoil this distinction?16 If the “mode of strict citation” is key to these enactments of recontextualization, what do we make of that concomitant pull or stalling of identity?17 Can reframing be considered a mode of interpretation, or better put, a mechanical means of manipulation inevitably both implementing and encouraging further interpretation? Conceptual writing’s reframings are further described as reflecting “remix culture”: “In the twenty-first century, conceptual poetry thus operates against the background of related vernacular practices, in a climate of pervasive participation and casual appropriation” (xlii). How does Conceptual writing comment on rather than simply instantiate these practices under the auspices of “literature”? 18
     
    Citationality is central to many versions of Language poetics. In Bernstein’s work, Marjorie Perloff notes, we may see a general mass media contamination of language such that every discourse appears as a reified “-ese.”19 In a number of essays, Bruce Andrews underscores the fictive consensus of official discourse, revealing its politics; conversely, he argues, insofar as the social coding and control of difference makes up a unified system, its grammar must be broken down by rejecting representation and improvising rules and individualizing processes of meaning-making.20 Dworkin himself has supplied an exemplary discussion of the “indeterminate citationality” in Lyn Hejinian’s My Life: “[T]he text . . . emphasizes its citationality by incorporating apparently quoted material without quotation marks and, conversely . . . framing some phrases in marks of quotation without apparent significance and without citing a speaker or source” (“Penelope Reworking” 62). As Dworkin further points out, “Context in My Life is all to the point” (70)—the particular brilliance of the text is its use of sentence repetition to reframe, producing an openness particularly inviting of participatory readership: “Since the composition of My Life is explicitly nonlinear, the likely thematic connections for many sentences are not always clear at first encounter, and the text inscribes within its architectonics a necessary rereading” (72).
     
    By contrast, Conceptual writing’s use of citation is a more documentary affair: it does not so much utilize representative social textures or abyssal intertextuality as exploit the indexical valence of literal citation.21 As “The Fate of Echo” suggests, “if these poems are not referential in the sense of any conventionally realist diegesis, they point more directly to the archival record of popular culture and colloquial speech than any avant-pop potboiler or Wordsworthian ballad ever dreamed” (xlv). As I will discuss further below, instead of blurring the line between the quoted and the seemingly-quoted, Conceptual writing employs actual and often medium-sensitive quotation: even when the source is indeterminate, that is, more in keeping with distributed, corporate, anonymous or automated authorship especially pertinent to web-based material, that indexical quality is there. Further, if an archival ethic is at the core of, for instance, Language writer Susan Howe’s work, while other Language poets, too, made use of specified documents and vocabularies, these tend not to be de-personalized, rule-bound (if always subjectively enacted) manipulations or annexations of text.22
     

    Notes on Conceptualisms: A Readership v. A “Thinkership”

     
    Notes on Conceptualisms (2008), a slim volume by Conceptualists Robert Fitterman and Vanessa Place that describes Conceptual writing and situates it in the contemporary cultural landscape, comprises an elegantly presented set of aphoristic notes, numbered, with alphabetical subheads. The format recalls both Sol LeWitt’s numbered Sentences on Conceptual Art (1969) and scientistic philosophy such as Wittgenstein’s Tractatus. A performance not quite outrageous enough to be a hoax, the work is written in the rhetoric and idiom of high theory, complete with diagrams. It mentions, among others, Badiou, Lacan, Žižek, and theorist of modernism and gender Christine Buci-Glucksmann. It is playful, arrogant, sometimes contradictory, sometimes hermetic, and quite abstract—the result of two savvy cultural producers crafting a position between, on one hand, a baseline cynicism completed by Adorno and Horkheimer’s despairing chapter on the culture industry in Dialectic of Enlightenment and theories of the avant garde post-Peter Bürger and Paul Mann, and, on the other, an oppositional stance towards media capitalism.
     
    With precursors in, for instance, Goldsmith’s week of blog posts at the Poetry Foundation site (2007), Notes on Conceptualisms sets out to identify methods of Conceptual writing, the relationship of authors to the materials used and to the texts produced with them, and the impact that textual structures generated by procedures have on the meaning and signification of works. In fact, however, much of Fitterman and Place’s thinking revolves around what they call “pure conceptualism,” or unadulterated appropriation or reframing of text, a technique both authors have used in a number of works. Most space in Notes is given to aperçus about art’s capacity for critical cultural work—such as institutional critique—and what undermines it. While Goldsmith claims “unboring boring” antecedents in John Cage and Andy Warhol, and Dworkin edited a volume of Vito Acconci’s early writings, Fitterman and Place situate their observations only abstractly with regard to conceptual (such as Sol LeWitt), post-conceptual (such as Mike Kelley), and appropriation (such as Jeff Koons, Haim Steinbach, and Sherrie Levine) artists. They focus more intently on art criticism of appropriation art produced in the early 1980s by October, Artforum, and Art in America contributors, which coalesce around the term “allegory.”
     
    In Notes, allegory is first introduced as a tactic for saying slant what would be repressed as straight (13),23 and then described as “a narrative mediation between image . . . and meaning” (14). Fitterman and Place state, “Conceptual writing mediates between the written object . . . and the meaning of the object by framing the writing as a figural object to be narrated . . . conceptual writing creates an object that creates its own disobjectification” (15-6). A context for these oblique claims is produced by subsequent references to Hal Foster’s “Subversive Signs” (1982), Craig Owens’s “The Allegorical Impulse: Toward a Theory of Postmodernism” (1980), and Benjamin Buchloh’s “Allegorical Procedures: Appropriation and Montage in Contemporary Art” (1982).24 Buchloh’s essay is based on Benjamin’s concept of allegory developed in The Origins of German Tragic Drama and essays on Baudelaire. As Benjamin writes, “The devaluation of objects in allegory is surpassed in the world of objects itself by the commodity” (cited in Buchloh 166). As Buchloh explains, appropriation practices re-allegorize the allegory of the commodification process. “The allegorical mind,” he states, “sides with the object and protests against its devaluation to the status of a commodity by devaluating it a second time in allegorical practice. . . . The repetition of the original act of depletion and the new attribution of meaning redeems the object” (166). Clearly, then, Conceptual writing focuses on texts ripe for de-reification through allegorization, though Fitterman and Place incessantly deflate this project: in the wake of what they see as the failure of the oppositional art movements of the twentieth century, they view all such negating maneuvers as pre-destined for reabsorption within capitalist machinery. Of course, this is hardly news. But one way they do mark the here and now is through their programmatic debasement of reading as misguided or irrelevant with regard to Conceptual writing, which is in turn tied to its status as readymade, with all its purported ambivalence as the sine qua non of the dialectical movement from the liquidation of tradition to institutional recuperation.
     
    Thus, they speak, for instance, of Conceptual Writing as a critical meta-text: “To the degree conceptual writing depends on its extra-textual features for its narration, it exists—like the readymade—as a radical reframing of the world. Because ordinary language does not use itself to reflect upon itself” (Notes 39). Likewise, they state: “Allegorical writing (particularly in the form of conceptual writing) does not aim to critique the culture industry from afar, but to mirror it directly. To do so, it uses the materials of the culture industry directly. This is akin to how readymade artworks critique high culture and obliterate the museum-made boundary between Art and Life. The critique is in the reframing” (20). Given this almost naïve, not fully historicized alignment of their project with readymades (e.g. Duchamp’s snow-shovel, Levine’s re-photographs) as engaged in anti-capitalist irony, in immanent ideological critique, Fitterman and Place’s countering cynicism is remarkable: “Consider the retyping of a random issue of The New York Times as an act of radical mimesis . . . [this gesture is a critique] of the leveling and loading medium of media . . . [and is] inseparable from the replication of the error under critique. Replication is a sign of desire” (20). If authorial appropriation is simultaneously critique of a nd an active identification, a fascination, with its object, so too can the viewer’s reception be both a critical reading and passive consumption. Quoting Hal Foster’s influential statement in “Subversive Signs” that the appropriation artist is “a manipulator of signs more than a producer of art objects, and the viewer an active reader of messages rather than a passive contemplator of the aesthetic or consumer of the spectacle” (cited 18-9), they remark: “Note that ‘more than’ and ‘rather than’ betray a belief in the segregation or possible segregation of these concepts; conceptualism understands they are hinged” (18). The double-edge of the textual readymade is at its dullest sharpest, however, when Place and Fitterman suggest that the critical interprete r’s non-reading is precisely equivalent to the non-reading that contemporary culture already calls for: “Pure conceptualism negates the need for reading in the traditional textual sense—one does not need to ‘read’ the work as much as think about the idea of the work. In this sense, pure conceptualism’s readymade properties capitulate to and mirror the easy consumption/generation of text and the devaluation of reading in the larger culture” (25). Place and Fitterman thus give a new twist to the catchphrase Kenneth Goldsmith invokes when speaking of his work as unreadable.
     
    Notes on Conceptualisms echoes Goldsmith’s over-reliance on a passage from Sol LeWitt’s Paragraphs on Conceptualism (1967): “In conceptual art the idea or concept is the most important aspect of the work. When an artist uses a conceptual form of art, it means that all of the planning and decisions are made beforehand and the execution is a perfunctory affair. The idea becomes a machine that makes the art.”25 But to take LeWitt’s statement as a synecdoche for Conceptual art is highly problematic. Both Goldsmith’s and Fitterman and Place’s thinking in part recapitulates the logic illuminated by Liz Kotz’s recent important genealogical work on Conceptual art, Words To Be Looked At. Rather than viewing Conceptual Art as solely defining itself against retinal visual art, Words To Be Looked At gazes across artistic media to ground Conceptual art in post-World War II, Western innovations in music, performance art, and poetry. For Kotz, John Cage is an especially seminal figure: Cage radically re-envisioned the musical score by canceling it, most especially in 4’33”, as a notated representation of the music to be played. The score became instead a set of largely verbal directions or instructions and thus autonomous from traditional, specialized musical language and grammar (using, for instance, objective temporal measurements of seconds, rather than measurement in bars and signature). Cage’s deracination and restructuring of the score made it a form that could be mobilized (as it mutated) across media, eventually providing the framework for Conceptualism, in which “the work of art has been reconfigured as a specific realization of a general proposition” (194). Conceptualism and other late 1960s art practices thus renovate the ontology of the visual artwork such that it comes to resemble that of music: “Particular materials are merely specific presentations . . . for a general idea that is the work” (191), while “the information of a piece is understood as something that can be abstracted from an individual manifestation” (199).
     
    Ironically, Fitterman and Place’s focus on “pure conceptualism,” or a text based on unadulterated appropriation of another text, is ill-served by their model of Conceptualism as idea-based, or, as Kotz puts it, “a specific realization of a general proposition” (198). To represent a text as it has been given is not to use a proposition, directive, or procedure as a tool for processing materials to realize a work. In fact, it is precisely the opposite. Procedural texts themselves cannot be reduced to expendable, mechanistic iterations of a concept: their particularity always already spoils or resists recuperation into the general schema from which they issued. Many procedural texts underscore the pointed indeterminacy, contradiction, andelasticity with which they embody the general. This is why they should be (or are meant to be) read. 26 Relatedly, we might inquire whether such schema-based or reframing works’ de-retinization of literature is really analogous to Conceptual art’s de-retinization of visual art. “If we return to the conventional account of conceptual art,” Barrett Watten asks, “what becomes of the dematerialization of the art object, in which art’s opticality is transposed to language, when the medium is language itself?” (141). As noted above, Conceptual artists realized their anti-aesthetic by turning to language as the non-sensuous medium of the idea, even as language could also be recognized as (also) matter (cf. the title of Robert Smithson’s 1967 press release for an exhibition of language-based art, “LANGUAGE to be LOOKED at and/or THINGS to be READ”). Fitterman and Place propose literature’s self-transcendence along similar lines: “in some highly mimetic (i.e., highly replicative) conceptual writings, the written word is the visual image” (17). Conceptual writing passes through the merely retinal on its way to becoming non-retinal. Yet if “Art as Idea” subverts or negates the visual with the verbal and explores discursive problems subtending perception, aesthetic experience, and definitions and institutions of visual art, Conceptual writing does not seem to instantiate the reverse. Conceptualist artists particularly invested in the materiality of language, such as Mel Bochner, were interested in processes of reading, in part because they saw language as mediating or always working in concert with the visual and as the material support of thought. In this sense, much Conceptual art is not an allegorical practice: the text that is so often the art is not meant to be jettisoned in the process of getting to meaning—it is put forth as materially imbricated with that meaning.27
     
    Notes‘ other model for understanding the wholesale confiscation of text, the D uchampian readymade, distorts Duchamp’s particular construction of the non-retinal by equating the “readymade” with “reframing.” What is central to the readymade is neither its laying bare of the act of nomination that (un)grounds art—the presentation under the auspices of art an ordinary, mass produced, unaesthetic object—nor its explosion of the divide between life and art. A readymade should instead be understood through its peculiar, accompanying linguistic apparatus as well as its context of display. For instance, Duchamp’s Trebuchet [Trap] (1917) is a coat rack nailed to the floor, its contextual position key to the work, as is its punning title, which plays on the French word “trebucher,” “to stumble,” also a term in chess for a move that trips one’s opponent. As Marjorie Perloff has argued, such works are conceptual insofar as they function as interactive, visual-verbal puzzles, in which language delays apprehension of object as the object delays apprehension of language.28 Dalia Judovitz, in Unpacking Duchamp, offers as an interpretation of the readymade an ingenious play on “mechanical reproduction”: the readymade plays upon and rhetoricizes artistic conventions and components and as such is less a production than a meta-production or reproduction presuming that literacy. Through its various strategies of punning delay, the readymade creates a highly active transitivity around object and language. As a switch for activating this contra-banal performativity, it embodies a conceptual mechanism or machine. To discuss the readymade without reference to reading makes no sense, even as reading is coupled with thinking, as a process of riddling out meaning.29
     
    Such complications thus perhaps reposition the readymade as poised for a “thinkership”—but the readymade is insistently stripped down once again to an operation of bare reframing in Vanessa Place’s recent “Afterword” to I’ll Drown My Book: Conceptual Writing by Women. “I have previously identified many forms of conceptualism, ranging from the pure t o the baroque,” Place writes, referring to Notes. “I have come to consider conceptualism, qua conceptualism, that is,” she continues,

    as writing that does not self-interpret, is not self-reflexive . . . writing in which the content does not dictate the content: what appears on the surface of the page is pure textual materiality, no more (and often much less) than what you see on the surface of the page. Conversely . . . conceptualism is also writing in which the context is the primary locus of meaning-making. I have written elsewhere that all conceptualism is allegorical, that is to say, its textual surface (or content) may or may not contain a kind of significance, but this surface significance (or content) is deployed against or within an extra-textual narrative (or contextual content) that is the work’s larger (and infinitely mutable) meaning. . . . After all . . . there remains only one who matters—the one who encounters this text or that text in this or that textual context, and in this and that contextualizing context only one remains—the reader who is the thinker. . . .

    (446-7)

    “Context” here remains undefined even as, poised against “content” and indeed replacing the content as such, context is entirely accountable for the meaningfulness of the conceptual work. Is the “textual context” the here and now of the reader (true of every copy of any text, whether presented as appropriated or not)? Or is that “contextualizing context” supplied by an allegorical act of appropriation or reframing, and if so, why and how does such re-presentation transmute the text? Further, the “thinker” who interacts with this context again becomes the copula for “reader,” while the text here “encountered” is portrayed (impossibly) as utterly divested of cues for uptake. This may refer to “pure” conceptualism’s asceticism in relation to its handling of the text: Place also notes elsewhere in her commentary on the anthology that some writing in it she doesn’t consider conceptualism in that “much of it dictates its reception, contains within its writing the way or ways in which it would be read” (447).

     
    I want to suggest, therefore, not only that unmanipulated readymade works may nonetheless position their readers, but also that the primary texts chosen for reframing, far from being “infinitely mutable,” may pose productive resistance to travel. “Conceptual writing . . . exists—like the readymade—as a radical reframing of the world.” In this passage from Notes, “world” seems inadvertently substituted for “text,” a switch that in fact deconstructs the crucial point about the work of reframing. For perhaps the textual readymade does not exploit but rather short-circuits the fungibility of texts among contexts. (“Epistemic contextualism is embedded in every material form insofar as that form is the product of both an articulation and a reception,” Place concedes in a recent interview.30) Instead of operating the iterability that allows language to travel from context to context, by turns sloughing off and building on prior instances of which none is proper, the Conceptual readymade involves a form of citation that is indexical. Like a photograph of language in language, the readymade text does not circulate among contexts promiscuously and anew, but takes its world with it. And yet the textual readymade, over against this would be self-effacing documentary effect, also draws attention to its work of mediation, its re-siting and medium translation of the text it captures. Goldsmith has asserted Conceptual writing as a “poetics of flux, celebrating instability and uncertainty:” “Disposability, fluidity, and recycling . . . Today [words are] glued to a page but tomorrow they could re-emerge as a Facebook meme. . . . This new writing is not bound exclusively between pages of a book; it continually morphs from printed page to web page, from gallery space to science lab, from social spaces of poetry readings to social spaces of blogs”; “Conceptual Writing . . . uses its own subjectivity to construct a linguistic machine that words may be poured into; it cares little for the outcome” (“Introduction [Flarf & Conceptual Writing]” 315). With its blithe frictionlessness, Goldsmith’s model for the medium-hopping text is the extensibility of content, through markup coding, in new media. But, of course, what this hyperbolic portrayal of liquidity trades on is a post-medium condition in which recontextualization can hardly register as such. N. Katherine Hayles’s “Translating Media: Why We Should Rethink Textuality” offers the perfect riposte: “The largely unexamined assumption here is that ideas about textuality forged in a print environment can be carried over wholesale to the screen . . . as if ‘text’ were an inert, nonreactive substance that can be poured from container to container without affecting its essential nature” (267). Because texts are in-formed by the emergent materiality of the media embodying them, medium translation, as Hayles adamantly maintains, impacts reading and meaning.
     
    In contrast to Goldsmith’s vision of medium-fluidity, then, I would argue that many Conceptual readymades engage in aggressive, strategic medium translation. In a suggestive passage from the beginning of The Textual Condition, Jerome McGann writes, “Every text has variants of itself screaming to get out, or antithetical texts waiting to make themselves known. These variants and antitheses appear (and multiply) over time, as the hidden features of the textual media are developed and made explicit” (10). Conceptual readymades realize these antithetical versions of texts: despite using found materials, they are highly authored works that appropriate reflexively medium-specific texts and re-mediate them in formats that work against their original purposes. Which means that re-framing may be seen as a dialogic, not to say antagonistic, affair, engaging the past medial incarnation of a text, as well as its pragmatic, interactive context, its world. One electronic work deploying precisely this tactic is Place’s “After Lyn Hejinian,” featured at the 2010 “Print <3 Digital”-themed Columbia College Printer’s Ball.31 Place’s 70-minute work, composed on Twitter and screened in the common area of the festival, consists entirely of passages appropriated from the beginning, middle, and end of Lyn Hejinian’s My Life. The remediation in tweet format cuts the sentences of My Life into 140-character segments, while Place cites discontinuously from the work, excising parts of the text. Discussed above in terms of citation and re-contextualization, My Life is studded with leitmotifs and repetitions that propose multiple narratives or thematic paths to readers who themselves link its discontinuous units. Offering itself, in Juliana Spahr’s formulation, as a locus of “reciprocity and exchange,” My Life encourages its reader, as Hejinian writes in the “The Rejection of Closure,” “to cover the distance to the next sentence” (46), indeed to move back and forth in the text continually emending meaning (70). Given this particular phenomenology of reading, which requires a spatial interaction with the full text as a non-linear field, Place’s appropriation comes into view as an aggressive medium translation. The tweet, which is used strategically to isolate and autonomize not even sentences but arbitrary character-packets, deracinates Hejinian’s deliberate, paratactic ensemble as conjunction-to-be-composed. The Twitter format calls for a mode of reading in an economy of distraction and divided attention, belonging to quite a different social network assemblage. (Likewise, what Spahr calls Hejinian’s “nonpersonal mix of confession and everyday observation” (68), a mode that genericizes her text to produce a non-egocentric autobiography as cultural critique (77), Place purposely echoes by using the generic background template for her Twitter feed.) The frisson of “After Lyn Hejinian” is its debasement of My Life, predicated not only on its non-analytic dismantlement of that text, but also on its invocation and negation of the creative reading practice that, in its original medium, My Life invites.
     

    “Radical Mimesis” in the Information Economy

     
    Day provides another case in point. Goldsmith, in “Being Boring,” lovingly documents the process of medium translation in which he engaged as he digitized an issue of the newspaper in newsprint—if, ironically, only to choose the codex as the appropriate output device for the project. “It became this wild sort of obsession to peel the text off the page of the newspaper and force it into the fluid medium of the digital,” he writes. “I felt like I was taking the newspaper, giving it a good shake, and watching as the letters tumbled off the page into a big pile, transforming the static language that was glued to the page into moveable type.” Darren Wershler-Henry has discussed how the epigraph to Day—Truman Capote’s slur on Jack Kerouac: “That’s not writing. That’s typing”—does not actually describe the production of the book, as Goldsmith OCR’d it, noting that computing as flow calls for a different model of authorship than a typewritten text (Wershler-Henry 165). Goldsmith himself states he did both, albeit typing not on a (Romantic) typewriter but into a word processing document: “Everywhere there was a bit of text in the paper, I grabbed it. . . . If it could be considered text, I had to have it. Even if there was, say, an ad for a car, I took a magnifying glass and grabbed the text off the license plate. Between retyping and OCR’ing, I finished the book in a year” (“Being Boring”). Craig Dworkin, by contrast, underscores Goldsmith’s medium translation in terms of the book: “At the micro-level, [Day‘s] distinctive facture arises from a peculiar textual democratization, reducing the newspaper’s patchwork carnival of fonts and typefaces to the book page’s uniform print-block of equal-weight twelve-point Times” (“Zero Kerning” 18). Christopher Schmidt, under the impression that Goldsmith did in fact (slavishly-cum-heroically) re-type the entire newspaper, argues that he overworked himself as a reader: he has “read the newspaper like a book (doggedly left-to-right, rather than scattershot, as one might read a newspaper), and in the process, produced a book” (26). According to Schmidt, this extreme makeover of the newspaper into literature amounts to a critique of the print commodity’s obsolescence, reminding us of the labor creating the newspaper requires on a daily basis. Yet this valorized immersive reading germane to the book medium, representative of an effaced labor process, is oddly enough congruent, to turn back to Wershler-Henry, to a mode of reading even more debased than the scanning of headlines: the reproduction of text by scanner. If Day is, among other things, a way of representing machinic versus distractive scanning, Goldsmith, with his use of a magnifying glass, in fact aims above the probable capabilities of any scanner to grab text, copying it too perfectly in a kind of inversion of the Duchampian inframince.
     
    Day emerges, then, as a work that cannot be glibly reduced to idea. It demands to be read and is centrally about reading in the variety of modes pertinent to our contemporary media ecology.32 Its use of strategic medium translation necessarily invokes the initial situatedness of the readymade text in a particular medium-as-an-extended field: medium considered as an assemblage that includes production, publication, promotion, distribution, consumption, institutional intake, as well as the material vehicle of the text. Medium translation is one of an array of techniques of radical mimesis that double, displace, draw attention to, comment on, and/or deconstruct the nodes and circuits of the information economy. Such mimesis, too, enables “transference,” as Caroline Bergvall seems to suggest (18). Conceptual writing’s radical mimesis also gives onto problematics of labor, valorization, commodity forms, and temporalities that penetrate and generate our contemporary immersive media environment, positioning authorial and artistic labor within and as reflective of this economic context. Removing us from the misguided endgame of explosion/recuperation associated with the readymade that always already condemns it to failure, the paradigm of radical mimesis involves, as a number of art critics and historians have suggested, a shadowing and complicating of past and present economic realities and cultural practices and objects.33
     
    In a version of the poetics of general economy, Goldsmith writes in “Uncreativity as Creative Practice,” “I’m interested in a valueless practice. Nothing has less value than yesterday’s news. . . . I’m interested in quantifying and concretizing the vast amount of ‘nutritionless’ language; I’m also interested in the process itself being equally nutritionless.”34 If the purity of this expenditure is challenged by its neo-Dada cachet, as well as by Goldsmith’s own testimony about his process as pedagogically and otherwise rewarding, in a recent talk Richard Owens in turn characterizes Conceptual writing as styling itself along lines of “fictitious capital,” “disarticulated from processes of production” as it exploits the results of prior productive labor, hyper-inflating its recycled reproductions (“Finance”). Owens further notes, vis-à-vis Goldsmith’s “Information Management,” a tendency to “privilege curatorial and administrative practices” involving “the ability to manage, circulate, and reframe” writing otherwise characterized as a “worthless heap,” thus aligning the Conceptualist with “an executive position . . . along a vertical axis of diversified tasks within production” as opposed to “the labor of making at the ground level.”35 Owens’s argument is complicated both by the distributed (and potentially automated) primary authorship of some of these texts as well as a consideration as labor of the “immaterial labor,” as termed by Maurizio Lazzarato, Michael Hardt, Antonio Negri.36 Over against his executive posturing, Goldsmith elsewhere characterizes his artistic labor as congruent to that of the digital sweatshop: “I’ve transformed from a writer into an information manager, adept at the skills of replicating, organizing, mirroring, archiving, hoarding, storing, reprinting, bootlegging, plundering, and transferring. I’ve needed to acquire a whole new skill set: I’ve become a master typist, an exacting cut-and-paster, and an OCR demon. There’s nothing I love more than transcription; I find few things more satisfying than collation” (“Being Boring”). This is not clean, managerial reproduction, given that Goldsmith’s description points beyond his own practice to the decidedly material conditions of, as Wershler-Henry notes, “a globalized milieu where multinational corporations routinely outsource the digitization of their print archives to firms in India, China and the Philippines” (163). In this self-portrait of poetic reskilling, creative class transcodes itself (even slums) as data entry, even as its ludic mimesis of the dirty work of the information economy both draws attention to production processes and problematizes what counts as artistic or authorial effort; what seems at stake here is its staging and provocation of “anxieties that surround changing definitions and divisions of labor” and valorization (Molesworth 48).
     
    Replaying what Benjamin Buchloh dubbed Conceptual art’s “aesthetic of administration” from vantages of executive and office drudge, the new Conceptualists do not simply appropriate but appropriate appropriation, highly conscious both that they revisit aesthetic strategies and that the 2.0 scenario calls for these repetitions with a difference.37 This historicity is shed in Nicholas Bourriard’s discussion of postproduction in contemporary art: he describes appropriative practices as a mode of coping with the destabilizing, chaotic epistemic and social conditions produced by the Internet.38 In one version of postproduction, artists seize pre-existing forms by accessibly repurposing them rather than referring to their history. In another version, navigation, artists become cultural purveyors or curators who may be thought of as service workers “imagining links” among denuded particulars, thus creating “likely relations between disparate sites”; they “project scripts” onto culture to make the welter signify, to give some subset of it relevance and currency (18). With navigation, as with the customized or personalized reconstitution of de-historicized forms for purposes of social bonding, artists perform affective labor that is refused by much Conceptual writing.39 Robert Fitterman distinctly rejects speaking as a representative or docent or fashioning experiential works that program affective response. When asked in an interview with Coldfront magazine what his five favorite bands are, Fitterman states, “My tastes are broad and indelicate”; when asked for his five favorite films, Fitterman literally pastes in the schedule for a Cineplex. In declining to treat his readymade materials as open forms for connectivity and identification, Fitterman further refuses to perform experience-making services that are part and parcel of the contemporary agenda for art. In other words, he is not in the business of producing livable, immediately cathectable forms.40
     
    Radical mimesis allows for immanent critique, negativity, and parody, or may instantiate forms of refusal. It is at core a mode of exploration that seems particularly appropriate to this moment of extreme change in the face of new media economy and culture. I see such practice as complementary to Jacques Rancière’s call for a “redistribution of the sensible,” insofar as it encourages us to mix modalities of perception to view business as usual and thus allows us a better purchase on the distribution of the sensible as it stands.41 Further, if radical mimesis can function as illuminating iteration or simulation of social phenomena, a replay at once in quotation marks and itself a real instance, the use of readymades can also mobilize a referential function that not only reveals that exact citation exceeds itself but also works as a recontextualization that is palimpsestic, over against Bourriard’s notion of a deracinated cultural commons inviting sharing, authentic and stabilized subjective expression, and responsibility-less use.
     
    I want to turn, then, to Robert Fitterman’s practices of radical mimesis in four recent Conceptualist works: Rob the Plagiarist; Metropolis XXX: The Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire; Rob’s Word Shop; and Sprawl. Attending carefully to these works will draw out the ways in which Conceptualist writing, even in the form of the textual readymade, demands a complex engagement of reading as it maintains social and political negativity.
     

    Rob the Plagiarist: Others Writing By Robert Fitterman 2000-2008 (2009)

     
    Guy Debord and Gil Wolman’s “Methods of Detournement” (1956) notes, “There is not much future in the detournement of complete novels” (11). But it does suggest that canonical works be retitled with titles from forgotten mass media ephemera. Fitterman’s Rob the Plagiarist uses a version of this strategy by appropriating for its own the cover of Dan Brown’s mass-market novel The Da Vinci Code (2003), complete with its promotional material: “C oming Soon: A Major Motion Picture” and “A #1 Bestseller Worldwide.” (The image is actually a slight alteration that ridicules the esoterism of The Da Vinci Code by swirling plainly iconic visual codes over the Mona Lisa’s face. The design, we might further note, doubles Duchamp’s “L.H.O.O.Q.”) Rob the Plagiarist‘s back cover, which features a photograph of Fitterman as poet-author, at once gentleman scholar and corporate executive, flanked by books, reminds us, with its simulative mimesis of the author photo, that such conventions not only serve to bond book to originating author, but also to authorize the book for commerce. The book also contains the familiar promotional inserts before the title-leaf. “Praise for Rob the Plagiarist” is copied precisely from The Da Vinci Code, but for the replacement of Fitterman’s title for the original in each blurb. (Real blurbs for the book can be found on its last interior page.) So, too, the epigraph of the first section of the book is a long, exact citation from the first chapter of the novel.
     
    Fitterman’s radical mimesis of The Da Vinci Code reminds us that poetry in general, and the small press publication in particular, is inimical to such mass media. At the same time, his mapping of the mass-market paperback directly onto the site of poetry forces us to see that if poetry in contemporary America is rarely commodified to the extent that other cultural forms are, our encounters with poems themselves are nonetheless mediated by external networks of valorization. In turn, cited materials become ciphers for lyrics—ersatzes that have a “reveal-codes” function, allowing us to see that what we more properly call “poetry” is pre-read or unread, doesn’t need to be read, in that it has already accrued its value and authority by virtue of how its positioned within institutional networks or by means of the auspices of brand-like authorship.42 Yet while such citations can be likened to blank counters (like Allan McCullom’s Plaster Surrogates, sets of framed, ersatz, black-square “paintings”), MacGuffins that set a system in motion and make its dynamics visible, they can also more literally enact the “displacement of art by its own support, by its own spectacle” (Foster 105). This happens in the poem “[READING],” which cites the (outdated) promotional materials/calendar for the Line Reading series, among others, including (painfully) the authors’ bios and credentials—perhaps compulsively readable for other poets. Similar is “National Laureate,” which under the name of each of the fifty states cites a few verbatim lines from that state’s poet laureate. Such poems of poetry’s institutionality are coupled with poems that denaturalize literature as subjective expression, such as “The Sun Also Also Rises,” which collects together the sentences beginning with the pronoun “I” from Hemingway’s novel. Likewise, the epigraph of the book’s second section is the opening of Dickens’ Great Expectations, already famously plagiarized by Kathy Acker in her book Great Expectations—plagiarism itself is already mediated by, routed through, prior plagiarism.
     

    Metropolis XXX: The Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire (2004)

     
    Conceptual writing projects often work with database sources and/or with texts that present themselves or can be read as totalizing systems. Here, it would seem, authors use modes of composition appropriate to the digital age. Yet as Craig Dworkin convincingly argues in “Imaginary Solutions,” these works are best understood in light of a non-linear view of literary experimentalism. Indeed, Dworkin focuses in on “the radical dilation of modernist experiments by twenty-first century writers, who magnify and distend what were the tentative, occasional, and local tactics of early modernism into aggressive, explicit, and comprehensive strategies of textual production . . . these . . . works are less a belated or revised modernism than a kind of modernism in extremis” (31). As it turns out, certain analog projects were “proleptic: their striking forms anticipate the computerized new media that would seem to be their ideal vehicle” (30). The exaggeration and hyperbolic consummation of such strategies is thus anything but nostalgic—which tactic could more befit our postmodern situation of Total Information Awareness?
     
    Edward Gibbon’s monumental The Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire (1776-89) is a totalizing project of history about the unraveling of a project of total empire. Yet the textual totality Gibbon presents must be considered stubbornly analog: averse to total information, the book’s main achievement was in selecting from among a massive stock of facts to produce a coherent thematic narrative of decline interpolated with exposition of its underlying causality. Fitterman considers his The Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire (2004), an installment of his epic work Metropolis, an “updated version” of Gibbon’s original, and I am tempted to read his poetics in this work as an analogization of digital culture. Initially to have been titled The Decline and Fall (Sale) of the Roman Empire, the book distantly echoes Gibbon’s reiteration of the classical explanation for Rome’s decline: the loss of civic virtue, as bolstered by his representation of the Praetorian guard auctioning off the empire to the highest bidder. As Lytle Shaw has noted, Fitterman’s Decline and Fall foregrounds how contemporary urban space is mediated by a “digital metropolis” that grounds itself by simulating an older regime of face-to-face encounters, “[operating] as a kind of ghostly afterlife of previous urban interactions” (44). (An actual urban space, we might note, is thus haunted by this haunting.) On a larger scale than the polis, Fitterman’s “B9D” sections feature a firm that does global executive outsourcing; Gibbon himself saw the Roman Empire’s outsourcing of defense to foreign mercenaries as a cause of its downfall.
     
    But perhaps the book’s main resistance to network capitalism lies in its implied anti-totalitarian stance towards the Internet. Gibbon himself included in his history a running commentary comparing Roman vicissitudes with contemporary British ones; Fitterman in turn does not simply allegorize twenty-first century America as a decadent, collapsing Rome, but complicates this parallel by proposing and problematizing the Internet as a reflection of the imperial American social totality, what Shaw calls “an imagining of a seemingly unpicturable imperial reality” (44), as well as its main totalizing instrument. If the Internet is mainly viewed as a sublime object because it is incomprehensibly large, though comprehensively systemic and reflexive, Fitterman subtly suggests that we might consider the virtual environment more an instantiation of a Žižekian kernel of the real, a resistance to totalization.43
     
    This program is carried out within an ironically totalizing, tightly structured form. Just as Gibbon is thought to have inaugurated modern historiography with his preference for and extensive use of primary sources, so does Fitterman do away with mediation. The entire work assembles “large, unmodified chunks” of text from a gamut of Internet commerce sites, a representative sampling of hyper-contemporary discourses of commodification. Fitterman’s 30 chapters do not exactly mirror Gibbon’s original schema. Instead, it is designed with internal symmetry. Each of 15 chapters has a duplicate. The text thus totalizes itself through this internal reflection. Actual price tags or more explicit commodification come to replace initial sales pitches in many of the doubled chapters. For instance, the first “Rubber Ducks” chapter gives directions for display: “Rubber Duck Alignment: Side-by-Side Lineup / Made popular by the Radio City Rockettes, this method of lining up is best at promoting a risqué attitude” (39); the second one is a list of prices: “Sunny Duck (beak color may vary) $3.95 . . . Scuba Duck $3.95/Referee Duck $3.95/Blues Brothers Duck $6.95” (46). The first time around, adumbrating Gibbon’s famous chapters on the rise of Christianity, the “Popes” section comprises a compilation of end-time prophecies of saints and popes updated for the twenty-first century; the second time Christianity becomes farce, reduced to a selection of items from a “product directory” at www.catholicsupply.com.
     
    A particularly brilliant feature of Fitterman’s selections is the various totalizing aspirations of each site, from representations of commodity universes; to products that are themselves universes, such as a cruise ship, a New Testament-themed mini-golf course, “protective packaging systems”; to meta-business listings, such as the titles of booths at a business expo for other business expos to solicit participants; to firms with a global reach, such as a European telecom research partnership. If Baudrillard was one of the first to articulate a fallen sociability in the form of information networks whose nodes interpenetrate each other without resistance, this paranoiac nightmare takes on more the valence of an imperial dream evinced in these sites of the total capillarity of Internet capitalism, conscripting every possible customer in its universal embrace.44
     

    Rob’s Word Shop (2010)

     
    Enlarging on his own practice of radical mimesis, in May 2010, in the Bowery in New York City, Fitterman opened a storefront enterprise called “Rob’s Word Shop,” only a few blocks from where, in 1961, Claes Oldenburg had installed “The Store,” where he sold sculptural replicas of mundane commodities. Fitterman instead purveyed words, written with a black Sharpie at the time of transaction on paper stamped and signed with authenticating certification. Individual letters could be purchased for fifty cents, while full words cost a dollar. As if the shop were a boutique, Fitterman and his clientele often collaborated on the purchase choice as. With its nod to Oldenburg and its use of archaic exchange mechanisms—rather out-dated receipts and stamps—and prices, Rob’s Word Shop was not a nostalgic quasi-re-enactment but an ingenious, palimpsestic, ludic mimetic practice, simultaneously simulative and actual, implicating the actual as simulated. It drew attention to history and change in the arts and in the city at large. Fitterman’s sold words, amounting almost to a counterfeiting operation, mime the commodification of language in cultural forms from advertising to literature to legal documents, trading the gift economy of everyday verbal mediation for commerce. If they point up the contemporary trend towards the abyssal abstraction of commodities, at the same time, these almost homespun language goods very cleverly, cannily mimic the ontological change in the work of art initiated by Warhol’s iterative factory editioning of artworks and morphed by Conceptual art’s model of the score-realization structure. They not only remind us that art is a special commodity of speculative or pure exchange value, but also that this shift to iterability becomes a nexus of capitalization in art.
     

    Sprawl: Metropolis 30A (2010)

     
    The greater part of Fitterman’s 2010 work Sprawl, again entirely comprised of swathes of appropriated Internet text slightly adapted, presents itself as a map—approaching a 1:1 representation—of “Indian Mound Mall.” While on one hand, the bulk of the book’s structure is based on the physical site of the mall—Southgate Parking Garage, Levels 1-3, the Atrium, the Food Court, and the Cineplex—its textual mimesis of the mall’s flora and fauna derives from the user-generated content of shopping chat rooms that vet the vendors and review the films. Albeit a slim volume, Sprawl may be viewed as a version of Walter Benjamin’s mammoth, labyrinthine Arcades Project, which documents the 19th-century Parisian shopping arcades and a culture becoming saturated with and conditioned by modern commodity fetishism. Benjamin’s iconoclastic sociological method in the work was precisely one of radicalizing citation: the Arcades Project was meant to “develop the art of citing,” as he put it, “without quotation marks” (458). It is an elaborate system of quoted passages taken from hundreds of sources, organized into coded, cross-referenced dossiers and presented almost without buffering and orienting commentary, whereby he creates a “textual arcade” (Perloff, “Phantasmagorias” 27). Echoing Benjamin with its mall-mirroring architectonic, Sprawl also participates in the radically mimetic textual economies of the new ecopoetry, which, as Marcella Durand theorizes, “[takes] into itself ecological processes” (117): “Close concentration upon systems as systems can lead to the animation of poetic processes . . . the incipient and dynamic idea of poetry as ecosystem itself” (118). If, as David Buuck asserts, “The mall is the nature park, the horizon of the new pastoral. Poetics is the engaged navigation of such conflicted terrains” (18), Fitterman registers the mall as ecosystem, realizing an effective blurring or meshing of real and virtual space. Sprawl replicates how the society of the spectacle, the mall long one of its most potent sites, has mutated through Internet culture 2.0. Commodity spectacle before the passive consumer is replaced by ever-more insidious feedback loops in which shopping endlessly reflects on itself.
     
    Benjamin saw his Arcades Project as emancipatory, as James Rolleston argues: the work mined revenants of commodity culture that seemed to promise an egalitarian society, in order to blast them (as shrapnel) into that culture’s newer, fascistic organization to foment revolution.45Sprawl is, by contrast, a bleak work. Indeed, Fitterman himself has written a piece reflecting on the project as an ethical failure because of its potential condescension towards its source materials, a problem he considered several strategies for resolving but which in turn he didn’t implement because they produced further problems compromising the project as a whole.46 I would argue that while Sprawl is a work of strategic medium translation, this re-presentation of readymade text uses the codex reframing as a means of critical suspension—or better put, as a means of sublation, of simultaneous preservation and cancelation. As Benjamin writes of citation: “In the quotation that both saves and punishes, language proves the matrix of justice. It summons the word by its name, wrenches it destructively from its context, but precisely calls it back to its origin.”47 Here we might focus on the poem “Directory”: almost radiantly negative, it is an inert verbatim citation of the complete unauthored mall directory, not omitting the dead column of the chain stores’ grid assignments:
     

    Street Level
    J. Crew N101
    Macy’s N104
    Payless ShoeSource R114
    Kate Spade E112
    Coach E152
    H & M E116 (15)

     

    Suspending its given, transitive and pragmatic function to allow for a reflexive, critical stance, “Directory” brings the mall directory into view as a triumphal mapping of and locating tool within a site that is a globally inflected and overwritten non-site. “Directory” opens the open-secret of the map as an info-mechanism of the abstract time-space peculiar to the amnesiac presentism of an obsessively consumerist culture under new media capitalism, a minor yet also representative genre within a systematic apparatus for deracinating and delocalizing social relations and social place. Indeed, this piece is preceded in the book by a citation of the mall’s promotional materials entitled: “Welcome to Indian Mound Mall,” which begins: “When you come to Indian Mound Mall, you’ve come to history!” (13). Pointedly, Fitterman’s mode of citationality does not excavate the site but echoes the mall’s own history-annihilating gesture in, as Edmund Hardy formulates regarding the Conceptual readymade, “a needful faux originary archaeology or prehistory of the present moment’s spectral afterlife” (“Nothing”). The mall directory readymade further functions as a synecdoche for and mini-treatise on how we find things now—the URL and GPS—on space as exhaustively abstracted, contemporaneous, transparent, searchable, controlled, totalized, and systematized.

     
    “Directory” has had at least two other published incarnations, one in the section of the July 2009 issue of Poetry devoted to Conceptual writing and one, identikit, in the Poetry Foundation’s database of poets and their representative poems. Both differ strikingly from the version found in Sprawl. Here the collection of brand and meta-brand signifiers has been reduced to a sub-set of franchises, names shuffled and repeated a few times:

    • Hickory Farms
    • GNC
    • The Body Shop
    • Eddie Bauer
    • Payless ShoeSource
    • Circuit City
    • Kay Jewelers
    • Gymboree
    • The Body Shop
    • Hickory Farms
    • Coach
    • Macy’s
    • GNC
    • Circuit City
    • Sears
    (335)

    The poem stages not only the Minimalist installation aesthetic of the serial rearrangement of units whose production was outsourced to industrial manufacturers, but also Pop Art’s (and Conceptual art’s) deconstruction of this aesthetic, which borrowed its logic of arrangement only to turn from phenomenologically engaging the viewer’s relation to object and space to semiotically engaging the viewer’s relation to commodities and mass media. Stan Apps has observed regarding this version of the poem, “Consumerist language is constantly replaced, ever-fresh, and thereby enacts a perpetual present that is more imaginatively powerful than the continuous past evoked by traditional poetry. . . . Of course, the names are beautiful. Using unadulterated direct observation, Fitterman makes available to us the linguistic beauty that is the backbone and deep structure of the consumerist environment.” Vanessa Place has stated, “The lyric tells you now to think about then now, the now coming after the then; the conceptual is you now, thinking you now” (“Nothing”). To the contrary, lyric might itself be characterized as a technology for triggering “a perpetual present.” “Directory” might then be thought of as a deconstructive lyricism that, while it forces its reader to reflect on the present moment of reading, also estranges and arrests history-scrubbing consumerist language practices motored by immediate obsolescence. If Fitterman’s repetition of store names draws them into patterns of rhythm and rhyme, this is hardly to point to their innate, seductive beauty. Rather than aestheticizing these names and remaking them into properly sweetened poetic materials, the poem suggests that the contact between such prosodic modes and the materiality of language is deadeningly mediated by the phantasmatic culture of conspicuous consumption. It reflects on what it posits as an epochal change in the possibility of poetry, not a harnessing of readymade effluvia for beauty.

     
    Fitterman’s works constitute an anti-nostalgic and timely re-iteration of appropriation strategies and engagement in modes of radical mimesis that critically examine capitalism under digital culture, mounting an agenda of changing the distribution of the sensible not by making the invisible visible but by proposing counter-reading to ambient distraction and ever-more insidious textual instrumentalities in a culture saturated with marketing and deluged by information. In looking to the uncompleted past of postmodern appropriation art in relation to the institution of poetry, in foregrounding the referential function of his citations and the historicity of his tactics, in refusing to provide directly affective platforms for his audience in very contemporary nexuses of interactive consumption, Fitterman’s methods involve creating a political non-synchronicity based on underscoring “a contradictory coexistence of modes in any one cultural present.”48 Their often unmitigated negativity makes them particularly recalcitrant to recuperation, if not to reading.
     

    Judith Goldman is the author of Vocoder (Roof 2001), DeathStar/rico-chet (O Books 2006), and l.b.; or, catenaries (Krupskaya 2011). She co-edited the annual journal War and Peace with Leslie Scalapino from 2005-2009 and is currently Poetry Feature Editor for Postmodern Culture. She was the Holloway Poet at University of California, Berkeley in Fall 2011; in Fall 2012, she joins the faculty of the Poetics Program at the University at Buffalo.
     

    Footnotes

     

    1. “Non-retinal literature” is a term coined by Bill Freind in “In the Conceptual Vacuum: on Kenneth Goldsmith’s Kent Johnson’s Day;” he adapts the term from Marcel Duchamp’s well known phrase “non-retinal art.”
     
    2. Goldsmith, “It’s Not Plagiarism. In the Digital Age, It’s ‘Repurposing.’” The Chronicle Review, The Chronicle of Higher Education, September 11, 2011.
     
    3. Goldsmith in conversation with Katherine Elaine Saunders, “So What Exactly Is Conceptual Writing?: An Interview with Kenneth Goldsmith.”
     
    4. The passage occurs right at the beginning of his introduction to the anthology.
     
    5. This theme is reprised at the end of Dworkin’s “The Fate of Echo,” his introductory essay to Against Expression: An Anthology of Conceptual Writing, xliii.
     
    6. See Christian Bök, “Two Dots over a Vowel,” for an instance of cataloguing these methods. See also the organization of I’ll Drown My Book, where the larger rubrics are “Process,” “Structure,” “Matter,” and “Event.”
     
    7. See Dworkin’s discussion of Bök’s project in “The Imaginary Solution” 52-3.
     
    8. In the interest of full disclosure, the present author is included in both of these anthologies.
     
    9. See, for instance, Steve McCaffery’s “Diminished Reference and the Model Reader.” Significantly, McCaffery also critiques Language writing’s conscription of the reader to the production of meaning. Another classic essay on this topic is Ron Silliman’s “Disappearance of the Word, Appearance of the World.” Again, Dworkin’s “Fate of Echo,” when it comes to theorizing “uncreative writing,” discusses it precisely in terms of diminished reference, largely as theorized by Language writers (but without mention of them) (xliii).
     
    10. For an interesting discussion of the role of fragmentation in Language poetry, see Michael Clune, “The Poem at the End of Theory.” Clune argues that disjunctive Language poetry sets itself up as exemplifying poststructuralist theory and thus as in need of that complementary discourse.
     
    11. See “Interview with Kenneth Goldsmith: Nude Media, Or Benjamin in the Age of Ubiquitous Connectivity” available online at the Electronic Poetry Center at Buffalo website.
     
    12. See McCaffery, “Language Writing: from Productive to Libidinal Economy.” For a discussion of figural uses of illegibility or unreadability, see Dworkin, Reading the Illegible xxii.
     
    13. See Kenneth Goldsmith’s post from April 2011 on Harriet, the Poetry Foundation’s news and community website, “Rewriting Walter Benjamin’s ‘The Arcades Project,’” April 30, 2011.
     
    14. In an earlier essay, “The Imaginary Solution,” Dworkin takes up a number of works in print and new media to delineate a contemporary avant-garde genre that involves “the sorting and sifting of databases of found material rearticulated and organized into largely arbitrary and comprehensive systems” (47). Here he elucidates context more thoroughly.
     
    15. Jacques Derrida, “Signature Event Context” 320. Derrida himself asks, “Is there a rigorous and scientific concept of the context?” (310). In an interesting causal reversal, Derrida suggests that citations themselves generate new contexts, rather than that a new context gives a citation a new meaning: “Every sign . . . as a small or large unity, can be cited . . . thereby it can break with every given context, and engender infinitely new contexts in an absolutely nonsaturable fashion” (320). In “A ‘No Man’s Land’”: Postmodern Citationality in Zukofsky’s ‘Poem beginning ‘The,’” Ming-Qian Ma theorizes Zukofsky’s dissolution of the text-context binary along Derridean lines, asserting that, “Zukofsky’s poem is one in which the established text-context dichotomy collapses and the conventional function of context is subverted” (55). Ma argues further that Zukofsky’s poem effaces itself as a controlling context for its citations and instead features them as utterly essentialized, rather than socially or culturally representative, or even representative of their original sources (57-8). In other words, the poem is made solely of citations (and an index of references) yet forms exactly the opposite of what Barthes calls “a tissue of quotations” in that the poem refuses to be networked. As such the quotes become material texture, “out of which one composes one’s own songs” (59). As I will argue below, Conceptual writing gets some traction out of a sense of “context.”
     
    16. The essay tends to focus on reframing as intra-(para)textual re-presentation: “A work can never really be duplicated by formal facsimile” (xxxvii). “[I]dentical procedures rarely produce identical results. Indeed, impersonal procedures tend to magnify subjective choices (to keep with the example of the newspaper, how would different transcribers handle line breaks and page divisions, layouts and fonts, and so on?)” (xxxviii-xxxix).
     
    17. Jason Christie’s “Sampling the Culture,” an essay on Goldsmith’s Day, defines an appropriative practice of “plundergraphia” as a reframing or recontextualization without a supplementation of the cited text itself, yet bot h contextual change and textual identity are defined tautologically: “Plundergraphia is a more general praxis that situates words in a new context where they are changed by their trans-formation into an entirely different context than that of their original one . . . the work . . . has to be retained in its entirety without anything else being added to it” (78).
     
    18. An appropriative though not a Conceptual work, Tan Lin’s Heath and the essays surrounding it deal more directly with these issues.
     
    19. As Perloff writes in Radical Artifice, “Whereas in, say, the Pisan Cantos, individual items (a citation from a letter, an historical narrative, a Latin quotation, a bit of Poundian slang, retain their identity . . . in Bernstein’s poem [“Safe Methods of Business”], the pieces of the puzzle are always already contaminated, bearing . . . traces of . . . media discourses (legalese, Wall Street-speak, National Enquirer gossip, and so on)” (197).
     
    20. See Andrews’s “Text & Context” and “Poetry as Explanation, Poetry as Praxis” in Paradise and Method. Notably, “Text & Context” also hardly discusses context.
     
    21. See especially Leonard Diepveen’s ideas on texture and citation in Language writing in Changing Voices 159-166.
     
    22. In “George Oppen and the Poetics of Quotation,” Peter Nicholls discusses Language poets’ engagement both consciously and unconsciously with corrupting specific references, which could also demonstrate writing as a process of reading and memory inherently prone to eroding and changing original materials or as a way of activating subjunctive histories and cracks in texts that might otherwise seem monological and monolithic.
     
    23. Barrett Watten’s quite dismissive analysis of Notes on Conceptualisms in “Presentism and Periodization in Language Writing, Conceptual Art, and Conceptual Writing” is entirely based on this one sentence at the very beginning of that work: “Allegorical writing is a writing of its time, saying slant what cannot be said directly, usually because of repressive political regimes or the sacred nature of the message” (13; quoted in Watten 141). For Watten, this definition of “allegory” fails at the task of periodization in which it seems to engage: grounding allegorical technique in a specific historical moment. Thus, the term “allegory,” as Watten deflatingly reads it, must refer to “the expansion of meaning by the historical ungrounding of formal means” (142). Conceptual writing thus comes into view as naïve and removed from meaningful historical engagement, in the Adornian dialectical materialist sense. Watten ends his article by noting that his interest in Conceptual writing stems from its “reinterpretation and redeployment of the many available and viable procedures in the historical present in which conceptual artists, Language writers, and conceptual writers (plus post-avant and Flarf) are working” (153). Of course, this knowing redeployment of technique is often precisely what is at stake in Conceptual Writing, as I will discuss further below. As is evident in the very name of the school, Conceptual writing’s claims to “newness” and to an avant-gardist “radical break” with historical antecedents is almost always coupled with a self-conscious turn to predecessors – just not the immediate predecessor of the Language School (this disavowal of the immediate predecessor a classic gesture). Watten’s leveling of the quite varied movements he lists seems to mark an investment in portraying the Language School as the last viable avant-garde, rather than to engage in the more considered interpretation he is known for. Further, while Watten accuses Goldsmith in particular of using an invalid “technological determinism” as grounding the “newness” of Conceptual Writing, this leaves Watten himself without a means of analyzing how the strategic redeployment of techniques does meaningfully embody historical change (and to a certain extent, a critical purchase on that change) precisely in terms of its interaction with and commentary on the contemporary immersive digital media environment.
     
    24. “Allegory occurs whenever one text is doubled by another,” Craig Owen writes in “The Allegorical Impulse: Toward a Theory of Postmodernism.” Yet the semiotic violence of postmodern allegory, as Owen sees it, is that the double maximizes the potential in the allegorical operation not to redeem or establish a relation with a (lost) past, but to usurp it: “[the allegorist] does not restore an original meaning that may have been lost or obscured . . . Rather, he adds another meaning . . . only to replace: the allegorical meaning supplants an antecedent one” (Part 1: 69). Allegory in Owen’s discussion also morphs into “emptying out,” as well as into rendering “opaque,” “illegible,” and, most importantly, undecidable (pace Paul de Man): through suggesting “mutually incompatible readings” (Part II: 61), “postmodernism . . . works to problematize the activity of reference” (Part 2: 80).
     
    25. Goldsmith, for instance, adapts LeWitt in his brief statement, “Conceptual Poetics”: “Conceptual writing is more interested in a thinkership rather than a readership. Readability is the last thing on this poetry’s mind. Conceptual writing is good only when the idea is good; often, the idea is much more interesting than the resultant texts.”
     
    26. See especially Liz Kotz’s discussion of Lawrence Weiner towards the end of Words To Be Looked At and Dworkin’s “Imaginary Solutions” (as well as his comments in his introduction to Against Expression, noted above). Dworkin writes of Goldsmith in “Zero Kerning”: “Consistently branded, his books come so neatly packaged in single-sentence summations that they seem to render any actual reading redundant, or unnecessary . . . Measured against the specifics of the particular texts, such tag-lines are of course to some extent inaccurate, and one should always remember Benjamin’s warning: ‘Never trust what writers say about their own writing.’ Indeed, part of the interest of Goldsmith’s projects lies precisely in [how] they deviate from the tidiness of their clear protective wrappers” (10). Katie Price’s recent talk, “Content is (Never) More than an Extension of Form: Craig Dworkin’s Parse and the Legacy of Conceptual Art,” offers a sharp take on the Conceptual, procedural work Parse, which parses Edwin A. Abbott’s How to Parse (1874) according to Abbott’s own system of grammatical analysis. As she states: “With Parse, the material object is not to be bypassed on its way to some ‘more important’ thought; the act of reading itself—as opposed to the ideas of the project alone—becomes vital.” She goes on to show how Parse reveals parsing to be a (variable) art rather than a science, bringing into focus the violence (and pleasures) of parsing, as well as diagnosing Abbott’s “grammar biases.” Most helpfully, Price notes: “The idea may be the machine that makes the art, but once that art is made, it can never again be reduced to just an idea.”
     
    27. On the materiality of language in conceptual art, see Anne Rorimer’s entry on Joseph Kosuth in Reconsidering the Object of Art: 1965-1975, Liz Kotz’s Words to Be Looked At, and Joanna Burton’s catalog essay for a recent Mel Bochner retrospective. Burton writes, for instance, “Language . . . will be seen in Bochner’s work as the connective glue between otherwise seeming incongruent terms, such as conceptual/material, reductive/additive, internal/external, subject/object, and background/foreground” (14).
     
    28. Perloff makes these arguments in chapters on Duchamp in Radical Artifice and 21st Century Modernism.
     
    29. Compare also Charles Bernstein’s characterization of Language poetry in “Writing and Method”: “Writing as a map for the reader to read into, to interpolate from the space of the page out onto a projected field of ‘thinking’ . . . . So that the meaning of this text is constituted only in collaboration with the reader’s active construction of this hypertext” (234-5).
     
    30. Place makes this remark in conversation with Edmund Hardy, towards the beginning of “‘Nothing that’s quite your own’: Vanessa Place interviewed.”
     
    31. A video of this work may be accessed on the Poetry Foundation website at http://www.poetryfoundation.org/features/video/253.
     
    32. Jason Christie offers an excellent description of Day‘s provocations along these lines, but winds up suggesting the book form of the work should not be read: “The idea of transporting a quotidian and time-sensitive object such as the newspaper into a posterity-ridden space like that of the book challenges our sense of utility. Words are meant to be read. Words don’t have expiration dates. So, a newspaper that is two days old is already redundant by the simple fact of the two intervening days’ issues of the newspaper that are each supposedly up-to-date up to their respective dates of issue. Books are meant to blanket the social aporia generated by newspapers’ attempt at total coverage and provide a retrospective, albeit revisionist picture of a given historical moment. Books are meant to be read at any time, irrespective of ‘when’ they are written or published. But the deceptively honest question remains: how fruitful is it to read a newspaper as a book when it is continuously more and more out-of-date? Should such a book be read at all? I realize to some people it is almost sacrilegious to suggest that a book should not be read, that a book’s function is other than to be read, but the question nonetheless remains” (81-2).
     
    33. See, for instance, Miwon Kwon, “Exchange Rate: On Obligation and Reciprocity in Some Art of the 1960s and After,” as well as Molesworth, “Work Avoidance,” and “Work Ethic,” where she writes: “In recent years, there has been a return to artistic strategies of the 1960s . . . . [O]ne reason for this revived interest is that the early twenty-first century has also been marked by radical transformations of the global labor force. As commodities are now almost exclusively produced in developing and non-Western nations, the labor of developed nations has increasingly become the management of information and the production of experience. Experiments in Conceptual and Performance art of the 1960s seem particularly germane in this context and may even offer strategies for understanding, coping with, and resisting these recent developments in our ever more globalized economy” (19).
     
    34. See Steve McCaffery’s Bataille-based, anti-productivist model of textuality in “Writing as General Economy” and “Language Writing: from Productive to Libidinal Economy.”
     
    35. Owens’s position overlaps with my note about Sol LeWitt above.
     
    36. Indeed, in “Immaterial Labour,” Lazzarato specifically considers “immaterial labor” as a “transformation of working-class labor.”
     
    37. See Benjamin Buchloh, “Conceptual Art 1962-1969: From the Aesthetic of Administration to the Critique of Institutions.” Dworkin notes that Goldsmith “appropriates the tactic of appropriation” from Appropriation art in “Fate of Echo” xli.
     
    38. See the “Introduction” to Bourriard’s Postproduction: Culture as Screenplay: How Art Reprograms the World.
     
    39. For a discussion of artists under the rubric of service workers, see Andrea Fraser, “What’s Intangible, Transitory, Mediating, Participatory, and Rendered in the Public Sphere?”
     
    40. For a preliminary discussion of “affective labor,” see Michael Hardt, “Affective Labor.” It should be noted that Fitterman’s post-9/11 work “This Window Makes Me Feel” and his recent book Holocaust Museum explore quite different but highly affectively charged materials and are themselves quite affecting. His deadpan appropriative treatment drastically counteracts or pierces through the publicly regulated feeling surrounding these materials, while it also suspends sentimentality not merely to ironize it but to complicate it and hold it up for inspection. My thanks to Rodney Koeneke for discussion of this point.
     
    41. The readymade as (re-)framing mechanism is salient to Rancière’s concept of the “regime of the aesthetic” in The Politics of Aesthetics, particularly the section “The Distribution of the Sensible,” and in Aesthetics and Its Discontents, the sections “Lyotard and the Aesthetics of the Sublime: a Counter-reading of Kant” and “The Ethical Turn of Aesthetics and Politics.” The “aesthetic regime” is a modality of art as a posited, autonomous zone, a politicized, contemplative common space or heterotopia for exercising disinterested, dis-alienated relationality to the objects there annexed, working towards a re-distribution of the sensible.
     
    42. My insights coincide with those offered by Thom Donovan in his review of Fitterman and Place’s Notes on Conceptualisms.
     
    43. See, for instance, Slavoj Žižek’s discussion of this kernel in the first chapter of The Sublime Object of Ideology.
     
    44. As Jean Baudrillard described in his eerily proleptic The Ecstasy of Communication: “Consumer society lived also under the sign of alienation, as a society of the spectacle” (150). But something has changed: “In place of the reflexive transcendence of mirror and scene [of the spectacle], there is a nonreflecting surface . . . where . . . the smooth operation surface of communication [unfold] . . . the . . . period of production and consumption gives way to the ‘proteinic’ era of networks, to the narcissistic and protean era of connections, contact, contiguity, feedback and generalized interface that goes with the universe of communication” (146).
     
    45. See James L. Rolleston, “The Politics of Quotation: Walter Benjamin’s Arcades Project.”
     
    46. See Fitterman, “Failure: A Postconceptual Poem.”
     
    47. From Walter Benjamin, “Karl Krauss,” cited in Perloff, Unoriginal Genius 4.
     
    48. Both phrases are from Hal Foster, “Readings in Cultural Resistance” 178.
     

     

    Works Cited

     

    • Andrews, Bruce. “Poetry as Explanation, Poetry as Praxis.” Paradise & Method: Poetics & Praxis. Evanston: Northwestern UP, 1996. 49-71. Print.
    • ———. “Text & Context.” Paradise & Method. 6-15. Print.
    • Apps, Stan. “Review of Poetry Magazine July / August 2009 (part 2).” Freewill Applicator Blog. 25 Jun. 2009. Web. 10 Sept. 2010.
    • Baudrillard, Jean. “The Ecstasy of Communication.” Ed. Hal Foster. The Anti-Aesthetic: Essays on Postmodern Culture. New York: The New Press, 1998 (1983). 145-154. Print.
    • Benjamin, Walter. The Arcades Project. Trans. Howard Eiland and Kevin McLaughlin. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2002. Print.
    • Bergvall, Caroline. “The Conceptual Twist: Foreword.” Ed. Caroline Bergvall. I’ll Drown My Book: Conceptual Writing by Women. Los Angeles: Les Figues, 2012. 18-22. Print.
    • Bernstein, Charles. Artifice of Absorption. Paper Air Vol. 4.1. Philadelphia: Singing Horse Press, 1987. Print.
    • ———. “Writing and Method.” Content’s Dream: Essays 1975-1984. Los Angeles: Sun & Moon Press, 1986. 217-236. Print.
    • Bök, Christian. Eunoia. Toronto: Coach House Books, 2001. Print.
    • Bourriard, Nicholas. Postproduction: Culture as Screenplay: How Art Reprograms the World. New York: Lucas & Sternberg, 2005. Print.
    • Buchloh, Benjamin. “Allegorical Procedures: Appropriation and Montage in Contemporary Art.” Essays on [Performance] and Cultural Politicization. Spec. issue of Open Letter: A Canadian Journal of Writing and Theory 5.5-6 (1983): 164-193. Print.
    • ———. “Conceptual Art 1962-1969: From the Aesthetic of Administration to the Critique of Institutions.” October 55 (1990): 105-143. Print.
    • Burton, Johanna. “The Weight of Words: Mel Bochner’s Material Language.” Mel Bochner: Language 1966-2006. New Haven: Yale UP, 2007. 13-36. Print.
    • Christie, Jason. “Sampling the Culture: 4 Notes Toward a Poetics of Plundergraphia and on Kenneth Goldsmith’s Day.” Kenneth Goldsmith and Conceptual Poetics. Spec. issue of Open Letter: A Canadian Journal of Writing and Theory 12.7 (2005). Print.
    • Clune, Michael. “The Poem at the End of Theory.” Ed. Craig Dworkin. The Consequence of Innovation: 21st Century Poetics. New York: Roof Books, 2008. 242-255. Print.
    • Debord, Guy and Wolman, Gil. “Methods of Détournement.” (1956). Trans. and Ed. Ken Knabb. Situationist International Anthology. Berkeley: Bureau of Public Secrets, 1995. 8-13. Print.
    • Derrida, Jacques. “Signature Event Context.” Margins of Philosophy. Trans. Alan Bass. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1982. 307-330. Print.
    • Diepveen, Leonard. Changing Voices: The Modern Quoting Poem. Ann Arbor: U of Michigan P, 1993. Print.
    • Donovan, Thom. “Review of Robert Fitterman and Vanessa Place, Notes on Conceptualisms.” Bomb Site. 2 Oct. 2009. Web. 22 Apr. 2012.
    • Durand, Marcella. “The Ecology of Poetry.” )((eco(lang)(uage(reader)). Ed. Brenda Iijima. New York: Portable Press at Yo-Yo Labs and Nightboat Books, 2010. 114-124. Print.
    • Dworkin, Craig. “The Fate of Echo.” Against Expression: An Anthology of Conceptual Writing. Eds. Craig Dworkin and Kenneth Goldsmith. Evanston: Northwestern UP, 2011. xxiii-liv. Print.
    • ———. “The Imaginary Solution.” Contemporary Literature 48.1(2007): 29-60. Print.
    • ———. “Introduction.” The UBUweb Anthology of Conceptual Writing. Ed. Craig Dworkin. (nd). UBUweb. Web. 22 Feb. 2012.
    • ———. “Penelope Reworking the Twill: Patchwork, Writing, and Lyn Hejinian’s My Life.” Contemporary Literature 36.1 (1995): 58-81. Web. 15 Feb. 2012.
    • ———. Reading the Illegible. Evanston: Northwestern UP, 2003. Print.
    • ———. “Zero Kerning.” Kenneth Goldsmith and Conceptual Poetics. Spec. issue of Open Letter: A Canadian Journal of Writing and Theory 12.7 (2005): 10-20. Print.
    • Fitterman, Robert. “Directory.” Poetry 194.4 (2009): 335. Print.
    • ———. “Failure: A Postconceptual Poem.” P-Queue 7 (2010): 103-107. Print.
    • ———. Holocaust Museum. London: Veer Books, 2011. Print.
    • ———. Metropolis XXX: The Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire. Washington, DC: Edge Books, 2004. Print.
    • ———. Rob the Plagiarist. New York: Roof, 2009. Print.
    • ———. “Rob’s Word Shop.” New York, NY. May 5-27 2010. Performance.
    • ———. “Rob’s Word Shop.” Rob’s Word Shop. Web. 27 Feb. 2012.
    • ———. Sprawl. Los Angeles: Make Now, 2010. Print.
    • ———. This Window Makes Me Feel. UBUweb. Ubueditions, 2004. PDF.
    • ———. and David Buuck. “Identity Theft.” Rob the Plagiarist. New York: Roof, 2009. Print.
    • ———. and Vanessa Place. Notes on Conceptualisms. New York: Ugly Duckling Presse, 2009. Print.
    • ———. and Ken L. Walker. “spotlight: Robert Fitterman.” Cold Front Magazine. 30 Jan. 2010. Web. 22 Feb. 2012.
    • Foster, Hal. “Subversive Signs.” Recodings: Art, Spectacle, Cultural Politics. Seattle: Bay Press, 1985. 99-117. Print.
    • Fraser, Andrea. “What’s Intangible, Transitory, Mediating, Participatory, and Rendered in the Public Sphere?” October 80 (1997): 111-116. Print.
    • Freind, Bill. “In the Conceptual Vacuum: on Kenneth Goldsmith’s Kent Johnson’s Day.” Jacket 40 (2010). Web. 22 Feb. 2012.
    • Gibbon, Edward. The History of the Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire. Ed. David Womersley. London: Penguin Books, 2000. Print.
    • Goldsmith, Kenneth. “A Week of Blogs: On Conceptual Writing.” Poetry Foundation, 2007. Electronic Poetry Center at Buffalo. Web. 27 Feb. 2012.
    • ———. “Being Boring.” (nd). Electronic Poetry Center at Buffalo. Web. 27 Feb. 2012.
    • ———. “It’s Not Plagiarism. In the Digital Age, It’s ‘Repurposing.’” The Chronicle Review, The Chronicle of Higher Education. 11 Sept. 2011. Web. 10 Feb. 2012.
    • ———. Day. Great Barrington: The Figures, 2003. Print.
    • ———. “Introduction [Flarf & Conceptual Writing].” Poetry. CXCIV.4 (2009): 315-316. Web.
    • ———. “Introduction to Flarf vs. Conceptual Writing.” The Whitney Museum of American Art, New York, NY. April 17, 2009. Electronic Poetry Center at Buffalo. Web. 27 Feb. 2012.
    • ———. “Rewriting Walter Benjamin’s ‘The Arcades Project.’” Harriet: News & Community, Books. Poetry Foundation. 30 Apr. 2011. Web. 27 Feb. 2012.
    • ———. “Uncreativity as Creative Practice.” (nd). Electronic Poetry Center at Buffalo. Web. 27 Feb. 2012.
    • ———. “Why Conceptual Writing? Why Now?” Eds. Craig Dworkin and Kenneth Goldsmith. Against Expression: An Anthology of Conceptual Writing. Evanston: Northwestern UP, 2011. xvii-xxii. Print.
    • ———. and Leevi, Lehto. “Interview with Kenneth Goldsmith: Nude Media, Or Benjamin In The Age Of Ubiquitous Connectivity.” Tuli & Savu. (2002). Electronic Poetry Center at Buffalo. Web. 27 Feb. 2012.
    • ———. and Sanders, Katherine Elaine. “So What Exactly Is Conceptual Writing?: An Interview with Kenneth Goldsmith.” Bomb Magazine. 02 Oct. 2009. Web. 28 Feb. 2012.
    • Hardt, Michael. “Affective Labor.” boundary 2 26:2 (1999): 91-100. Print.
    • Hayles, N. Katherine. “Translating Media: Why We Should Rethink Textuality.” Yale Journal of Criticism 16.2(2003): 263-90. Print.
    • Hejinian, Lyn. My Life. 2nd ed. Los Angeles: Sun & Moon, 1991. Print.
    • ———. “The Rejection of Closure.” The Language of Inquiry. Berkeley: U of California P, 2000. 40-58. Print.
    • Judowitz, Dahlia. Unpacking Duchamp: Art in Transit. Berkeley: U of California P, 1998. Print.
    • Kotz, Liz. Words To Be Looked At: Language in 1960s Art. Cambridge: MIT Press, 2007. Print.
    • Kwon, Miwon. “Exchange Rate: On Obligation and Reciprocity in Some Art of the 1960s and After.” Work Ethic. Ed. Helen Molesworth. University Park: Penn State UP, 2003. 83-97. Print.
    • ———. One Place After Another: Site-Specific Art and Locational Identity. Cambridge: MIT Press, 2004. Print.
    • Lazzarato, Maurizio. “Immaterial Labour.” Radical Thought in Italy: A Potential Politics. Trans. Paul Colilli and Ed Emery. Eds. Paolo Virno and Michael Hardt. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1996. 132-146. Generation Online. Web. 22 Dec. 2011.
    • Leung, Simon et al. “Contemporary Returns to Conceptual Art: Renee Green, Silvia Kolbowski, and Stephen Prina.” Art Journal 60:2 (2001). 54-71. Print.
    • LeWitt, Sol. “Paragraphs on Conceptual Art.” Artforum 5:10 (1967). 79-83. Print.
    • Lin, Tan. Heath. Canary Islands: Zaesterle Press, 2007. Print.
    • Ma, Ming-Qian. “A ‘No Man’s Land’”: Postmodern Citationality in Zukofsky’s ‘Poem beginning ‘The.’” Poetry as Re-Reading: American Avant-Garde Poetry and the Poetics of Counter-Method. Evanston: Northwestern UP, 2008. 39-59. Print.
    • McCaffery, Steve. “Diminished Reference and the Model Reader.” North of Intention. 2nd ed. New York: Roof Books, 2000. 13-29. Print.
    • ———. “Language Writing: from Productive to Libidinal Economy.” North of Intention. 2nd ed. New York: Roof Books, 2000. 143-158. Print.
    • ———. “Writing as General Economy.” North of Intention. 2nd ed. New York: Roof Books, 2000. 201-226. Print.
    • McGann, Jerome J. The Textual Condition. Princeton: Princeton UP, 1991. Print.
    • Molesworth, Helen. “Work Avoidance: The Everyday Life of Marcel Duchamp’s Readymades.” Art Journal. 57:4 (1998). 50-61. Print.
    • ———. “Work Ethic.” Work Ethic. Ed. Helen Molesworth. University Park: Penn State UP, 2003. 25-51. Print.
    • Owen, Craig. “The Allegorical Impulse: Toward a Theory of Postmodernism.” October 12 (1980): 67-86. Print.
    • ———. “The Allegorical Impulse: Toward a Theory of Postmodernism (Part 2).” October 13 (1980): 58-80. Print.
    • Owens, Richard. “Finance Innovation Commodity Culture.” Modernist Studies Association Conference. Buffalo, NY. 9 Oct. 2011. Talk.
    • Nicholls, Peter. “George Oppen and the Poetics of Quotation.” Revue francaise d’etudes americaines 103(2005) : 23-37. Print.
    • Perloff, Marjorie. 21st Century Modernism. Oxford: Blackwell, 2002. Print.
    • ———. Radical Artifice: Writing Poetry in the Age of Media. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1994. Print.
    • ———. “Phantasmagorias of the Marketplace: Citational Poetics in Walter Benjamin’s Arcades Project.” Unoriginal Genius: Poetry by Other Means in the New Century. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2010. 24-49. Print.
    • Place, Vanessa. “Afterword.” I’ll Drown My Book: Conceptual Writing by Women. Ed. Caroline Bergvall. Los Angeles: Les Figues, 2012. 445-7. Print.
    • ———. “After Lyn Hejinian.” Columbia College, Chicago. 30 Jul. 2010. Performance. Poetry Foundation. Web. 07 Mar. 2012.
    • ———. and Goldman, Judith. 6 Mar. 2012. Personal correspondence.
    • ———. and Hardy, Edmund. “‘Nothing that’s quite your own’: Vanessa Place interviewed.” Intercapillary Space. Aug. 2011. Web. 13 Feb. 2012.
    • Price, Katie. “Content is (Never) More than an Extension of Form: Craig Dworkin’s Parse and the Legacy of Conceptual Art.” Modernist Studies Association Conference. Buffalo, NY. 9 Oct. 2011. Talk.
    • Rancière, Jacques. Aesthetics and Its Discontents. Trans. Steven Corcoran. Cambridge: Polity Press, 2009. Print.
    • ———. The Politics of Aesthetics. Trans. Gabriel Rockhill. London: Continuum, 2004. Print.
    • Rolleston, James L. “The Politics of Quotation: Walter Benjamin’s Arcades Project.” PMLA 104.1(1989): 13-27. Print.
    • Rorimer, Anne. “Joseph Kosuth.” Reconsidering the Object of Art: 1965-1975. Eds. Ann Goldstein and Anne Rorimer. Los Angeles: Museum of Contemporary Art, 1995. 150-154. Print.
    • Schmidt, Christopher. “The Waste Management Poetics of Kenneth Goldsmith.” SubStance 37.2 (2008): 25-40. Print.
    • Shaw, Lytle. “Docents of Discourse: The Logic of Dispersed Sites.” boundary 2 36.3 (2009): 25-48. Print.
    • Silliman, Ron. “Disappearance of the Word, Appearance of the World.” The L=A=N=G=U=A=G=E Book. Eds. Bruce Andrews and Charles Bernstein. Carbondale: Southern Illinois UP, 1984. 121-132. Print.
    • Smithson, Robert. “Language to be Looked at and/or Things to be Read” (1967). Robert Smithson: The Collected Writings. Ed. Jack Flam. Berkeley: U of California P, 1996. 61. Print.
    • Spahr, Juliana. Everybody’s Autonomy: Connective Reading and Collective Identity. Tuscaloosa: U of Alabama P, 2001. Print.
    • Stephens, Paul. “Self-Portrait in a Context Mirror: Pain and Quotation in the Conceptual Writing of Craig Dworkin.” Postmodern Culture 19.3(2009). Web. 22 Feb. 2012.
    • Tabbi, Joseph. “The Technology of Quotation: William Gaddis’s J R and Contemporary Media.” Mosaic 28.4 (1995): 143-164. Print.
    • Watten, Barrett. “Presentism and Periodization in Language Writing, Conceptual Art, an d Conceptual Writing.” Journal of Narrative Theory 41.1(2011): 125-161. Print.
    • Wershler-Henry, Darren. “Uncreative is the New Creative: Kenneth Goldsmith Not Typing.” Kenneth Goldsmith and Conceptual Poetics. Spec. issue of Open Letter: A Canadian Journal of Writing and Theory 12.7(2005): 161-169. Print.
    • Žižek, Slavoj. The Sublime Object of Ideology. London: Verso, 1989. Print.
  • Getting the Make: Japanese Skateboarder Videography and the Entranced Ethnographic Lens

    Dwayne Dixon (bio)
    Duke University
    dedixon@duke.edu

    Abstract

    Using Jean Rouch’s concept of the ciné-transe, this essay argues that the camera transforms the relations between the anthropologist and the field site through movement and the filmic encounter. Critical focus on the camera/body assemblage shifts attention from the fetish of the recorded image and onto the subject and researcher’s haptic experience with and through visual technology. This essay specifically examines how movement, media, and visual ethnographic methods intersect around the video practices of Japanese skateboarders. With cameras as the primary tools and the subjects of the research, the ciné-transe is reimagined as a mode of social being and anthropological data.

    In an event he describes as “good luck,” ethnographic filmmaker Jean Rouch lost his tripod only two weeks into making his first film, a 1947 project about the Niger River (148). This loss immediately destabilized his camera, forcing Rouch to use it in the field in ways that undermined traditional cinematography. By transforming the camera into a mobile extension of himself, Rouch found himself in a new relationship with his subjects. The tripod had physically produced—and conceptually supported—a specific, static distance between the anthropologist and the everyday world in motion before the ethnographic lens, making the camera a stable platform and neutral tool with which to observe and record. As the camera was put into motion, however, the ethnographic mise-en-scène could no longer be taken as a stable field of human action or as a phenomenon from which data could be extracted by the systematic deployment of the (ethnographic) camera.1 Rouch’s subsequent technique of placing himself and his camera directly into the lives of his subjects is often depicted as the collapse of “an invisible wall” (Young 112), or perhaps as the abandonment of an “observation post” (Rouch 38). His method—the camera—in full view of his subjects, Rouch engages with his subjects in an improvisational, mobile dynamic and claims himself transformed: his newly shifting relation to his subject causes him to alternately lead and follow action. At the same time, the boundary between camera and human operator seems to collapse into the “living camera” that Vertov dreamed of. Rouch and his unmoored camera are not simply reducible to an idealized cyborg dyadic unification or a dialectical reformulation of anthropological labor in which the anthropologist, already hard at work in the field, becomes a mediated laborer or a “watchman and regulator” to the (visual) machine of ethnographic production (Marx 705). Instead, Rouch finds himself within an ebullient field of shifting relations—relations between movement, mediation and method triangulating anthropology at the site of loss and luck.

    When an earlier anthropology, equipped with the tripod-steady technique of observational cinema, is destabilized and cast out on its luck, we enter with Rouch into the magical space of this triangulation. It is a contact zone between the mobile physicality of bodies creating social space, the technological membrane mediating experience, and the ethnographic methods engaging the culture through which movement and media are made meaningful. This magical space is significant for anthropology because it describes a contact zone of seeing machines and sensuous bodies, contacts both virtual and explicitly haptic. The question of action connects movement, mediation, and method: how are the contacts made through media and around bodies? What is the mode? How is the anthropologist touched and thus transformed in the process of haptic and machinic transaction? How does the anthropological subject handle the media-striated matter of culture? These questions frame my interrogation of the camera’s relations with anthropological method and movement with a specific emphasis on Rouch’s concept of the ciné-transe and how it inscribes a particular ethnographic medium of engaged, haptic experience within the field site. I turn then to my own highly mediated field site of Tokyo to explore the mode of contact and transactions between myself, my own ethnographic camera, and skateboarders in Tokyo who video record their successful tricks, or mei-ku, and then create short videos that circulate digitally through global skate culture.

     

    Getting Close to Machine and Method

     

    First, let us return to the haptic and virtual contact: our “contact” with the world or our experience of life has always been through “the prism of culture” and thus virtual, states Boellstorff in preparing the ground for his own ethnography of the digital world of Second Life (5). “Human being has always been virtual being,” and technologies, especially visual ones, intensify this virtual being by reconfiguring and re-presenting our ways of knowing ourselves (5). But the contact is also sensuously embodied in an anthropology that seeks “to escape the visualist paradigm by rediscovering the full range of human senses” (Grimshaw 6). This dual form of contact underscores the interplay of sensual bodies with embodied media. Immediate, sensory experience requires us to reground media within the contact zone of the body. To invoke digital media is perhaps to conjure people flowing seamlessly through layered modes of technologized interactions while seemingly disconnected from “reality,” documenting everyday minutiae through smart phones, and crafting digital identities through channels as public as YouTube to the more selective tunings of social media and texting. Envisioned in this way, media is expansively utopic and universal, and must be regrounded in lived, varied experience, where bodies can be altered, re-imagined and transformed. The human in contact with the machine “provincializes” media and, in such proximity to the body, “allows us to consider the way these media have become central to the articulation of cherished beliefs, ritual practices, and modes of being in the world” (Coleman 3).

    The tripod’s loss liberates Rouch to form new, generative contacts between the camera and his subjects, to experience the sensuousness of space, and to bond ecstatically with his recording machine. This loss or destruction produces an intimate effect of incorporation when the camera comes into close contact with bodies. Through physical proximity and as an extension and alteration of the ocular sense and the physiological apparatus of the human that supports it, the camera takes on the motion of the head and the body and amplifies, amplifying the eye. As the body is transformed by the incorporation of the camera, so too is the machine affectively transformed. When he walks with the camera, Rouch tries “to make it as alive as the people it is filming,” and in so doing he comes under its spell. “He is no longer himself,” becoming instead a newly mediated, possessed subject in a ciné-transe (39). As the camera takes on more liveliness, it requires not only more living energy from the anthropologist but also more of what Guattari terms “abstract human vitality” (36). Occult vocabulary has potency for Rouch, and we see the machine’s magic even more vividly in Marx’s own otherworldly assertion when he channels Goethe:

    What was the living worker’s activity becomes the activity of the machine. Thus the appropriation of labour by capital confronts the worker in a coarsely sensuous form; capital absorbs labour into itself – ‘as though its body were by love possessed’

    (704).

    Eliding the subjectivities of work in field and factory, the substitution of “anthropology” for “capital” reveals a figure of double possession: the good luck of Rouch’s lost tripod signals not a freedom from the transfixing power of machinic discipline but the uncanny mobilization of the camera as vector for a new ethnographic method of close but mediated contact. Changing the way he sees through the camera produces a state in which “[Rouch] is no longer himself” and is “absorbed” by the ethnographic camera he puts into motion. Rouch’s possession by the camera transpires as the camera seems to objectively “absorb” the truth of the subject—a point we will return to in considering Margaret Mead’s own experiments with visual ethnography. Rouch’s ciné-transe and Marx’s “coarsely sensuous form” of labor’s absorption describe the affective power of close contact with machines and the methodological and disciplinary regimes which structure the relations that emerge from these contacts. As ethnographic medium, the camera alters the researcher, compels new movement through space, and intercedes with the field site on behalf of the researcher, rearranging the modes of contact between Rouch and his informants. Anthropology, as a site of knowledge and a method of knowing, takes up the labor of those before the camera and transfigures them into subjects, while transforming their active energy into the recorded matter of raw academic data. But this process of transformative possession depends on the researcher embodying the form and techniques of anthropology.

    The camera, with the authority of scientific sight and as the author of ethnographic vision, absorbs the anthropologist into itself and in turn takes on a living presence able to reconfigure social relations. This phrasing gives the camera a mystical power, or perhaps simply the unwarranted force of technological determinism. But I draw attention here to the camera as part of an assemblage of knowledge production where the anthropologist is already situated as a recording apparatus with alert ear and ready notebook, but apparently and inexplicably never falls under the spell of the keyboard. Among anthropologists I know, other substances are necessary to produce an adequate “typo-trance” that might feebly approximate Rouch’s ciné-transe, which requires nothing more than the writer’s familiar panoply of sideboard chemicals, on the rocks or rolled. What is it about the ethnographic camera that channels at once anthropology’s disciplinary power and the strange enactments of embodied techniques before hazing back into a seductive aesthetic and intellectual form of the “imponderabilia of actual life” when viewed at close range (Malinowski 16)? There are the countless small details of sound and sight clouding the celluloid, the videotape, the digital SC card, with one effortless sweep of the lens across a scene, across many scenes, in long, uninterrupted takes. Perhaps it is not simply the pull of the photogenic (and our distrust of what becomes comely once taken in through the apparatus), but also the charm of the camera, the way we’re taken in—the way it touches us. Fatimah Toby Rony proposes the idea of conversion as both mode and discourse in the filmic encounter between anthropological science and Native Other. Conversion, she argues, is “both a crossing over and a translation through various different visual media” (7). She is especially concerned with the process whereby Western procedures of truth-telling convert the experience, performance and beliefs of the Other into purportedly objective records, such as the films made by Margaret Mead and Gregory Bateson of Balinese trance. In this converting act, she says, “the Native is often seen as the subjugated Silenced one, and the European, who leaves behind his autobiographies, books, photographs, films, etc. is the Voice” (7). Rouch’s account of his own conversion by the camera describes a newly charged cyborg Other, taken in through a socially complex trance between himself, the camera, and those engaging knowingly in front of the lens. So there is the question of this conversion, to double Rony’s conceptualization back on itself, where the possessive power of anthropology and doing “good work” in the field is repossessed by the means of its own production, an already delicate alchemy of the camera and those that perform for it.

    Anthropology, despite its traditional insistence on the supremacy of written text, is not immune to the energy of the visual field or the charm of its machinic capacity for conversion, despite some suspicion. Perhaps anthropology is more receptive to the camera because it depends anxiously upon its own field agents’ to become recording (or writing) machines for its elusive data (to become Rimbaud’s “pen hands”) (Rouch 43). The compulsion, or disciplinary need, to generate records, documents, and images that are “true” and thick with raw veracity saturates the bodies of anthropologists such that they might say, echoing the title of Jean Jackson’s famous essay, “I am a fieldnote.” Surely the ontological calm of embodying the alchemy of anthropology’s revered fieldnote comes as the labor of the senses is drawn through the discipline’s membrane to become text as a “meditative vehicle for a transcendence of time and place [that is] a transcendental return to time and place” (Tyler 129). Writing becomes the site of the out-of-body experience: ethnography’s power exercised in the writing out of a sensory distillation of the field replete with its putative subjects. The writing body writes out the lived knowledge in the most ideal state of anthropological possession, “as though . . . by love possessed.” The writing machine recombines a disordered or fragmented world and recollects the body bursting with data, albeit as “an object of meditation that provokes a rupture with the commonsense world and evokes an aesthetic integration whose therapeutic effect is worked out in the restoration of the commonsense world” (134). Ethnographic writing, Tyler argues, is an enigmatic, occult document “to read not with the eyes alone” and to which the vision machine—the ethnographic camera—responds, intervening in this corpographic alchemy with a challenge to and enhancement of the body (136). In so doing, it unsettles my appropriation of Marx: labor, I maintain, is transmogrified into product through the camera; the unedited video or film is a raw ethnographic text, already an evocative visual representation of rhythm and proximity, and thus exerts “a kind of magical power over appearances” that Tyler eschews (131). However, the body-camera assemblage is never totally absorbed into the disciplinary spell of even a richly ambiguous post-modern anthropology. The method of trance and the effects of conversion remain to be considered.

    The entranced ethnographic camera does not put the world of the field site into the soft focus one might imagine corresponds to something as sensuous as a ciné-trance. Instead Rouch desires a paradoxical proximity again shaded by the magic of machines: “We have become invisible by being close and by having an extremely wide view [through the use of wide angle lenses]; that’s the model of disorder” (155). Rouch describes a technique of sharp intimacy confounded by the eclipse of the human-operator within the camera assemblage. Although he may sense himself to be invisible while seeing everything, his claims to “disorder” only point to the collapsed distances between himself and his subjects. He shares the space and moves with his subjects, following the flow of information emanating from them. He must improvise his method in order to comprehend visually and haptically what is happening in the field around him. Ethnographic writing “…uses everyday speech to suggest what is ineffable, not through abstraction, but by means of the concrete,” and yet is continually at risk of converting the subject or native Other into a concrete, if uneasily fragmented object under the sign of anthropological authorship (Tyler 136). The ethnographic camera is not entirely exempt from this dilemma, yet it operates within the contingency of the visual vernacular, moving within the everyday as an entranced and entrancing scopic machine, capable of converting the familiar into something that seems truer but somehow transfigured into a magical alterity. The field site is literally re-presented through the camera’s gaze, but Rouch’s method afflicts the truths that the camera might claim with disorders of movement, especially amidst the dizzying, mediated vortex created when the field site itself is a cultural space contingent on mobilizing cameras and bodies in front of them.

     

    Entranced Movement and Moving Truths

     

    Rouch’s camera-in-motion is revelatory of the ethnographic film project because it redirects our gaze from the fleshy subject on screen and beckons us to contemplate how motion itself—the motion of the camera and of the world around it—constitutes what we behold as the filmic object. Deleuze argues that in watching projected images, we do not see “a figure described in a unique moment” but instead witness “the continuity of the movement which describes the figure” (Cinema 1 5). This inversion of the relation between actor and movement dissipates any assumed solidity of the ethnographic subject simply enacting (cultural) motion before the camera, and in turn forces us to grapple with the ethnographic film as a much larger assemblage-in-motion or a “whole which changes” (Cinema 1 22). For if the ethnographic film is a moving artifact of a researcher’s attempt to frame action as the subject’s embodied and performed cultural truths, then what is the researcher’s mode of action when appended to the catalyzing machine of the camera? The figure on screen is a machinic trace of the camera’s movement in the field, and the frame itself marks the territory of site. Movement is always within the frame and its very containment is the effect of the ethnographer’s mode—for Rouch, one of a mobile immersion, so close as to disappear right into the movement of the subject: “we film with wide angles, that is, seeing everything, but reducing ourselves to proximity, that is, without being seen by others” (154). Who are these others, whom Rouch describes as unseeing but who are certainly seeing his entranced movements? Is this an attempt to become the motion that creates the ethnography, rather than the field researcher possessed so sensuously by the discipline that every action contributes to the vitality of a carefully structured truth? The film is not only an object of knowledge activated as moving images on screen (upon which Deleuze’s analytical focus is primarily fixed); it also comprises the field-site within which the camera is moving. The field-site exists primarily out of frame, serving as a kind of invisible ether of an authenticating reality that emanates from the moving images and fixes the unstable chemistry of their truth.

    Rouch’s lost tripod represents a symbolic challenge to the panoptic dreams of celluloid culture-capture that were conjured by Margaret Mead, who seeks to fix the camera as a tool and sign of a scientifically rigorous anthropology.2 Mead is convinced of the singular power of ethnographic image -making to secure material evidence in the present and to ensure knowledge in the future. The camera represents a mechanical, dispassionate rationality and expresses “the idea that one can truly understand a people through the copious use of recording” (Rony 11). Here, the camera seems to ameliorate the deep anthropological anxiety over the “whole that changes” through its capacity to “preserve materials… … long after the last isolated valley in the world is receiving images by satellite” (Mead 9). Mead imagines 360 -degree camera arrays long before they were to create the spectacularly frozen motion of Keanu Reeves in The Matrix, and she insists on long, uninterrupted sequences of footage (or the long take) that can be “repeatedly reanalyzed with finer tools and developing theories” (10). Against this version of truth-making contingent on cameras harnessed to fixed modes of acquisition and analysis, Rouch demonstrates an ethnographic approach to the camera and to anthropology’s elusive, mobile object. This approach is far less rigidly self-assured: “You have to set off a series of actions to see, all of a sudden, the emergence of the truth, of the disquieting action of a person who has become disquieted” (149). Setting aside the temporal moment in which “truth” emerges, I want to emphasize the “series of actions” as the movements of cameras and of the ethnographic field site in order to contemplate a productive “disquieting” in anthropological practice whereby the stability of both the field site and the researcher are challenged.

    Mead values the camera’s production of a material record, and her research with Gregory Bateson generates a deep archive. This emphasis on the material value of truth-artifacts resonates strongly with the visual practices of skateboarders in Tokyo among whom I conducted fieldwork for two years. However, they put themselves and their cameras in repetitive motion on the streets, relentlessly attempting a trick, shifting angles to capture an image or sequence of images to evoke an intense embodied sensation in the viewer, searching out new locations to try new tricks and acquire new images and footage. By this repetitive circulation through the streets, alleys, and industrial labyrinths of Tokyo, skaters carefully accumulate a folio of visual documents that will continue to do particular kinds of definitive and signifying work once put into circulation; much like ethnographic writing, they hope to express the ineffable through the concrete. They use image technologies to document skateable architecture and to record themselves riding and performing tricks across Tokyo’s varied surfaces. Their camera equipment ranges from the intimate to the assertive: multi-use, portable technology including personal cell phones equipped with cameras, and expensive, high -definition digital video cameras such as the favored DCR-VX2000.3 The cameras supplement and alter the central experience of the skater: the body is in alert and risky contact with city space, a relation exemplifying what Elizabeth Grosz describes as the “productive constraint and inherent unpredictability” of the corporeality of cities and bodies (49). Image-making technologies create a precarious relay of haptic and representational signals, contributing to the “relations of exchange and production, habit …and upheaval” between body and urban space (49). From the position of the anthropologist, the skaters’ cameras frame the representation of mobile relations of body and space while calling attention to the force of movement itself in producing these relations. These cameras also incite questions about how the visual machines—video cameras, cell phones, computers, digital playback programs, and editing software— structure the terms and affects of those relations when images are circulated and commodified in the global networks of skate culture, where they put into motion bodily “habit” and “upheaval” as techniques of mediated skaterly identities. The skaters’ use of visual technologies creates habituating structures as they record the “upheaval” of skaters’ bodies, including serious injury and conflict with authority. The mediated/filmic self-representations of anthropology’s Others have become as significant to the discipline as the self-deployment of cameras by skaters, since Sol Worth’s famous attempt in 1965 to mediate Malinowski’s charge to the ethnographer “to grasp the native’s point of view…to realize his vision” by equipping Navajo informants with 16mm movie cameras (25). What is crucial here are the new terms of mediation introduced by the intensely corporeal zone of the skaters’ action. I encountered upheaval in my own ethnographic video practice—a rhythmic crisis of my own visual apparatus, a crisis akin conceptually to Rouch’s lost tripod. What is this capacity of the camera to simultaneously orchestrate the body-rhythms of the skaters and the machine-rhythms of the anthropologist? How does movement itself operate in the dynamic frisson created between skaters inhabiting a spectacularized corpus or mode of the body created by their own cameras and the force of video capture exerted by the ethnographic camera?

     

    Making It

     

    From this tripartite formation of skater, urban space, and visual technology emerge ritualized modes of movement for skaters and cameras, modes that are dense with repetition and failure, and which are used to get hold of a specific event. A mei-ku, or successfully completed or landed trick, stabilizes and grounds skaterly identity and its meanings when encoded within the spectral circulations of the moving image. (The word “Mei-ku” borrows the English word “make” for Japanese skater slang.) Arising from this dense set of contingencies are haunting questions about the authorizations, authorities, and authoring that occur between the skaters behind and in front of the cameras, and between the skaters and the ethnographic lens.

    On a computer in the editing studio far away from my field site of Tokyo, I play back ethnographic footage on a small viewing window arranged among four other windows. I am using Final Cut Pro, digital video editing software. Seated in front of my screen-machine, I watch a key informant, 31 year-old Koji, sitting in front of his own computer screen and illuminated in its spectral glow. He is also watching footage play back inside the same visual architecture of Final Cut Pro. Koji’s versatility with recording and editing video has made him unexpectedly visible in my own ethnographic videography; he frequently shows up in front of my camera while behind his own. Koji has been critical to my research on skateboarders in Tokyo, not only because he co-owns and manages a skateboard company, but also because he films and produces nearly all of its video content. He records hours of footage of the fledgling company’s four professional and amateur riders. He was once a promising amateur snowboarder before he suffered injuries in Colorado. This change in his physical ability led him to experiment with videography, and he began producing short snowboard videos with his friends. He then moved to Tokyo and made a skateboard video entitled Catch Me (2005), followed by Barcelogy (2007), which features Japanese skaters in the emerging skate hotspot of Barcelona. After collaborating on Barcelogy with Itoshin and Junichi, two respected pros, Koji started a skate company with them in December 2007. In the company “office”—the living room of a rented suburban home in western Tokyo where the team lives collectively amid boxes of skateboard decks and t-shirts—Koji sits in front of his screen, intensely focused. He is staring at images he has seen countless times. He leans forward, his body intimate with the machine, watching the spectacle replay on the small window before him. Koji is showing me a YouTube video of Masataka, an amateur skateboarder from Okinawa who rides for Koji’s recently formed underground skate company, Lesque.4 Koji has uploaded the video only days before, and he is obsessed with checking the viewing statistics. He refreshes the page and hollers in delight because a few more hits have been registered in the past few minutes.

    Koji shot and edited all the footage in Masataka’s video—thirty five separate clips comprising a total of two minutes and nineteen seconds. Now that the video is in global circulation, he sits like Marx’s watchman, attending to its progress. In checking the number of hits and reading viewers’ comments, Koji returns again and again to the digital artifact, the site/sight of so much of his labor. Though filming and editing are done, he exerts more effort, attempting to assess the effects of the video on its audience so he can calibrate his next project. He nods along to the soundtrack of Mobb Deep’s “Quiet Storm,” its dark, East Coast hip hop beats filling the spare office where we sit. The short video is the culmination of hundreds of hours of work spent coordinating logistics, traveling as far as Seoul and Taipei in search of new skate spots, collaboratively preparing a trick’s choreography with Masataka at every location, and filming every attempt and the final “make,” or successful landing, of the trick. Another series of labors followed: importing and logging hours of footage, editing, negotiating with Masataka and other team riders over the final choices of tricks and their sequence, color-correcting, adding secondary sound beds with music, and then rendering and finalizing the digital file that is then uploaded to YouTube. All this effort is expended in the hope that the combination of location, filming, editing, and music choice will display and enhance Masataka’s technical skill and style on a skateboard. The goal is a sensuous image -experience powerful enough to stimulate affective responses in viewers that will in turn alchemize the magic of branded financial sponsorships from U.S. companies for Masataka.5 While Masataka’s movement on his skateboard is the ostensible subject here, this brief narrative outlines the labor and moving parts necessary to put the filmic skate object —whose subject is ostensibly Masataka’s movement on his skateboard—in motion across time and space. The circulation via YouTube of a locally produced visual commodity saturated with signs of authenticity is crucial in articulating Lesque’s value to the global skateboard community and, more specifically, Masataka’s value to U.S. skate companies. The camera tracking Masataka’s deft movements is certainly about commodification. The performance captured is a form of exchange: the labor of the subject’s body before the camera is returned to the viewer as confirmation of an ideal, authentic self. To see Koji and Masataka’s relations to one another, to the camera, and to the global “screen” of YouTube only in terms of labor, however, is to overlook how movement constitutes the skaterly figure, both as a commodity and as an ethnographic object.

    The literal movement of the skater and the camera in the skate video illustrates Deleuze’s notion of the “whole that changes.” At the same time, it exhibits the skaters’ need for a fixed subject available for close analysis and authentication within a global network of visual skateboard artifacts. Much like Rouch’s paradoxical claims of closeness and invisibility, or Deleuze’s inversion of the relation on screen between actor and motion, these skateboarders continually work at the play of skating to create the necessary video footage that would solidify their figures and present ideal selves immobilized against the backdrop of the city even as the real bodies roll and tumble in constant motion. The imagining and subsequent performance of the supposedly immediate skateboard trick is a spatial and temporal event that demands enormous physical and improvisational energy and generates repetitive failure, often resulting in physical injury as the skater attempts to manipulate the board in and over the architecture of the city street. The skater’s attempts at a trick are repetitive not because they are a circular habit,6 but because of the way flowing movements of different orientations and trajectories are organized in, activated by, and felt throughout the energetic body. What the skaters desire, however, is to land the trick and ride away, continuing the exploratory, ebullient relationship of board, body, and city through a series of complex motions. Each attempt, bounded as it is by an incompletion or interruption of the desired telos of the landing and continued flow, is itself comprised of the body’s arriving and passing through intense arcs of motion that are understood as “failure.” This unachieved telos is in fact part of the structure of the trick, a disordered potential fraught with the risk of bodily damage that in itself constitutes a corpus of practice undergirding the authenticity of the mei-ku captured by the patiently tracking camera.

    “The trick” is a kind of destination, and the desire for continuous flow drives the skater to persist in experiments involving the body, skateboard, and physical space and to endure their concomitant risks. Iain Borden emphasizes the primacy of the trick, or “move” as he terms it, in the desires of skaters who “spend perhaps more time than any other sports practitioners actually failing to do what they attempt” (121). The camera extends a field of desire that relates the skater to the space of the trick. With the extension of this field, desire is relayed back to the camera from the skater in a kind of synergy. The skater wants to be more than they are in being captured by the camera, while the quotidian indexicality of the photograph is of interest only to the police and the anthropologist (Pinney 214). While physically so destabilized, the skater longs for the camera’s unblinking focus to cut short the repetition of failure with a decisive take—a hold on the momentary experience of the mei-ku manifested through the intimate but invisible power of the camera. The constant failures in front of the lens represent repetitious time spent turning back and forth and setting up for the next shot. But they also represent accumulation, as all those attempts accrue on digital tape or as bits on chips secreted within the dark chambers of the patient cameras.

    The skateboarding film desires the mei-ku for its aura of authenticity derived both from the implicit risk to the skater’s body in motion and from the unique specificity of the location. The mobile and mutable forms of visual technology exert exuberant and unrelenting force on physical bodies and conceptions of being and practice. If practices such as skateboarding have been transformed to include the specular as much as the haptic and now infuse ordinary action with the potential for ritual and spectacle, how is research practice also similarly transformed? It is not enough to suggest, as George Marcus and Michael Fischer do, that anthropology is uniquely positioned “with its ethnographic insistence on in-depth knowledge of localities and their interactions with global processes” (xxi). Anthropologists themselves are uncertainly marked by and made coherent through the visual field exerted on them in the very terrain they call their field site (xxi). The method as a “whole that changes” requires us to abandon Mead’s precious panopticons of eternally recording cameras (even though this dream persists in surveillance fantasies). The field site itself, as a space of visual action, techniques, and documents, includes the anthropologist within its autopoietic process. Among the skaters, I find my own abstract vitality synchronizing with the machines around me.

     

    A Total Machine on Screen

     

    As Koji watches Masataka land trick after astounding trick in rapid succession in the YouTube Sponsor Me video, he murmurs in English, “Masa is a total machine,” before lapsing back into focused silence. This brief comment has dense implications with respect to the energies and desires flowing through and around the skateboarding male body, the vector of the visual and attendant spectacle, and the mobility and mobilization of young people like Masataka within a historically specific matrix of social forces: a “social machine.” The first machine is the impossible performance of uninterrupted success created by Koji’s editing. The editing produces a dizzying, ecstatic rush of chaotic events. In thirty five clips in less than two and a half minutes, Masataka moves quickly and deliberately toward, over, and down familiar street architecture made incomprehensible through his skaterly transformation of them into something dangerous, thrilling, and unplaceable. In some shots, the camera is static, as in one scene in which the camera’s wide-angle lens points up a long set of stairs from the bottom. There is only a millisecond of stillness before Masataka appears and launches off the top stair, moving incredibly fast and descending past the camera that pans to track him as he clears the entire double set of stairs and rides away. In other, longer takes the camera pursues Masataka as he performs a series of tricks in quick succession, moving from obstacle to flat ground, never slowing as he engages yet another obstacle. The “machine” here is one that repeats without failing, but in doing so it points out the reformulation of Masataka’s haptic presence in space. It compresses this frenzied ritual of the “make” into something that streams uninterrupted and can loop endlessly—a reformulation possible only through the circuits of video and editing software. The real is intensified into an orgy of speed and risk, then precisely arranged in relentless images of what Japanese skaters long for, the mei-ku completed in a unifying flow of energy. Success is repeated with a smooth, ecstatic consistency across a shifting cityscape. The machine engages in a kind of ciné-transe that at once accumulates and occludes failure within the massive digital residue generated through the assemblage of videographer, camera, and skater.

    The “make” is the exquisitely visible trace because of the repression of another aspect of Masataka’s machine-like performance: his persistent repetition of failure. Around each edited filmic event is a zone of failure, excised as a new regime of disciplined truth is exerted over the spectacularized body. Koji’s hard drive is clotted with gigabytes of “failure” as Masataka bails on trick after trick, attempt after attempt. This accumulation of cut footage is not surprising in the least. There is no chance that we might mistake the carefully selected and edited footage of the final video as “unreal” or “less true” because of the absence of failed attempts and falls. Indeed, the signs of the real are exhibited in movement, in Masataka’s intense contact with handrails, ledges, and streets where the implicit risks of speed and bodily chaos are ever-present. The repetition of failure surrounding each mei-ku is rendered invisible, and so the serial crisis of the fall, injury, and trauma is deferred, kept out of circulation, and in reserve. The digital artifacts authenticate the few seconds of video into which the most intense spectacular value is condensed.

    Seemingly impervious to the vicissitudes of gravity, Masataka endlessly makes his tricks through the machinic grace of Koji’s editing software. On- screen before us, he permanently averts skateboarding’s inevitable corporeal brutality—the total vertigo of what Caillois calls ilinix, the most chaotic and nonsensical form of play that is most threatening to the corporeal body and to the social organization of that body. In repetition, each mei-ku banishes this vertigo and “prevent[s] it from being transformed into disorder and panic” (144). Masataka is a “machine” that depends on other (scopic) machines to transform him and to produce a desirable object, one that alters the very practice of skateboarding.

    This short video is an attempt to attract capital heavily distributed and anchored throughout the youth culture/skateboard metropole of SoCal. The video is pleasurable, but it also congeals labor and represents an effort at securing an economic future. Skateboarding on the streets of Japan is an innovative, improvisational practice where young men (and it is almost always men), many of whom are under-employed or out of work altogether, exert their bodily energies in play that reorganizes the meaning of capitalist urban space. At the same time, skateboarding opens a new field of possibilities by generating economic value within global youth culture in the face of Japan’s prolonged economic malaise. This possibility explains Koji’s excitement over the viewing statistics on YouTube, testifying to his hope that the video will get Masataka noticed where being seen can have material results—in the skateboard industry networks situated in southern California cities like Costa Mesa, Carlsbad, and Irvine. The video is an economic product, but also a form of self-representation that synchronizes idealized visions of the potential city and the creative, autonomous skater. It articulates these two figures of city and youth within a global grammar of “youth culture.” Kids’ social realities and virtualities are shaped by ad agencies, video game companies and the worlds they design, branded extreme sports events, media networks, and underground companies like Lesque. This complex represents what Deleuze calls the “social machine” that “selects or assigns the technical elements used” (Dialogues 70). In this sense, too, Masataka is “a total machine,” a component in the formation of the social. He is a critical body-in-motion that can construct a visual field for Lesque’s immediate social and economic spaces and their aspirations to shape Japanese skate culture. To be more specific: Masataka is an active machine insofar as he produces the haptic experiences necessary for a particular kind of skate practice that can jump scale from the local spatiality of the Tokyo street—where authenticity is alchemized through painful wrecks, creativity, and bodily skill—to the global networks where legitimizing capital and media exposure might become accessible. At the same time, Masataka is a target machine for Koji’s “seeing machine” that comprises not only the video camera but the entire assembly of software and relay platforms like Youtube—the digital membrane through which visual artifacts pass into global circulation.

    One could ask, “What might be the effects of the repressed zone of failure upon the video and its social relations, should it return?” But I am more interested in the absence of failure and how its “return” is intimated by the anthropologist’s second camera, positioned like a shadowy second gunman to finish a job. Koji and Masataka’s video does not for a moment undermine the subordinated relation between the world as object and the mechanical eye. The video works feverishly within a theater of truth that Antonin Artaud would surely appreciate, emphasizing in its negative space “effects that are immediate and painful—in a word … Danger” (Artaud 42). The unseen space of “what could happen” coincides precisely with what is visible on screen, the machined empire of facts, the unquestioned history of the mei-ku. Like Rancière’s description of Chris Marker’s experimental documentary film The Last Bolshevik, Koji’s video echoes from the absented zone of failure: “The real must be fictionalized in order to be thought” (38). Having taken up Masataka’s labor in its entirety, as failure contributes through its massive negative displacement to the value of the mei-ku, Koji creates a videographic identity that is lush with the movements and spaces of “authentic” skateboarding. This identity is produced through both hard work and intense pleasures and is too dull, too painful, and too intensely and briefly ecstatic, to be thought. Only in the artifact’s repeating itself again and again on computer screens around the world can Koji access the real of viewing statistics that confirm his labor and serve to calibrate his next project.

     

    The Skateboard Mei-ku: Ito-shin, frontside noseblunt slide, Kyoto, Japan, 2008

     

     

    Trance-action

     

    Where does this leave the anthropologist with the other, externalized camera? In studying the relations between skaters, cameras, and city, I am conscious of deploying my own video camera as a recording tool set to “deep focus”—not focused on any particular detail or person but set so the foreground, middle-ground and background are all equally sharp —certain to snare data indiscriminately. Beneath its modernist masquerade of “scientific rigor,” my position is helpless. I watch Koji enviously from behind my own camera as he skillfully pursues the visible events necessary for a theater of the immediate and painful. He skates fast behind his subject, pushing, while keeping his eyes fixed on the small viewing screen that frames his shot. With small adjustments, he keeps the skater in focus and gracefully times his motions to sweep to the edge of a staircase just as the skater launches off. I begin filming as if I can trust my own epistemo-kinaesthetics to tell me when to turn the camera on, when to pause, when to save it for later. On tour through southern Japan with the Lesque team, we spend a night in Kyoto, skating till the early morning hours. We leave for Nagoya around midday in a steady grey drizzle. But just outside Kyoto we pull over alongside a rice field that borders a massive elevated superhighway, flanked on either side by a major surface road. Beneath the superhighway is a pristine concrete embankment stretching for several hundred meters, interrupted only by the highway’s enormous vertical pilings, and enclosed by a fence. The spot is incredible: perfectly smooth concrete and an imposing setting made deliciously and, more importantly, visibly illicit by being fenced off from the street, which marks it as a totally authentic site of unintentional public architecture waiting to be discovered and liberated. One of the Lesque pro riders, Itoshin, is determined to “make” a trick on the bank. Yamada, the pro photographer, gathers his gear: remotely synced strobe flash and stands, camera bag, and tripod. Koji readies his expensive video camera. I insert a fresh DV tape into my own inexpensive, borrowed video camera. We climb the fence. Each participant takes up his place beneath the faint shadow of the superhighway above that shields us from the unrelenting rain.

    Initially I let my camera run continuously, but nothing spectacular is happening. I turn the camera off. The battery needs to last. Itoshin makes a few attempts at a frontside noseblunt slide on the lip of the bank, attempting to slide over a protruding box on the face of the bank before popping off his nose and re-entering into the bank past the obstacle. He increases his speed. Changes his angle of approach. Pops into the trick later. Yamada shoots a few test frames. Moves a strobe flash. I film these things. Itoshin pulls a white T-shirt over his black tank top. The shirt is emblazoned with his new, American skate-clothing sponsor’s logo. The company hasn’t asked for any footage or photos from him. He is so intent on keeping the sponsorship that he takes any opportunity he has on tour to get a mei-ku on video or jpeg. The other riders lounge against a piling. I don’t film them. The ritual begins in earnest. The flash bursts again and again as Itoshin miscalculates, or loses his balance, or bails before he even gets to the top of the bank. Koji doggedly films every attempt, following just behind Itoshin on his own skateboard, giving the camera a mimetically smooth motion in relation to Itoshin’s own body. I film their approach from atop the bank and after almost every failure, I stop recording, just like Koji. Koji asks me to move because I am in his shot: the anthropologist is contaminating the reality of the trick. I shift down to the flat section of concrete, behind Yamada, who crouches with his reflex camera mounted to an intimidatingly professional tripod. I zoom in on Itoshin and Koji beginning their approach and zoom out to keep Itoshin fully in frame as he fails the trick yet again. Subtly, without thinking, I have ceased to remain in deep focus where I can catch all motion and interactions at once, including Yamada’s and Koji’s uses of their respective cameras. Zooming in, I have made Itoshin’s performance-spectacle the object of my own filmic gaze, synchronizing my own scopic machine with those of my subjects. The ritual has pulled me into its rhythm and texture. The repetition is dulling and hypnotic. The near-misses accumulate into an unbearable deferral of the mei-ku. This is what I want: to be subjected to the ritual without terminus, when the cameras fixate on machinic repetition. This is frustrating, painful data. But it is also relentlessly soothing in its ever-present promise of the moment that will captivate us all: the instant when Itoshin will make the trick and ride out smoothly. That tape has seventy three clips, sixty eight of which show Itoshin attempting the trick. The anthropologist’s camera emerges as the perverse counterpart to Koji’s obsessive attention to viewing statistics on Masataka’s YouTube video. I accumulate the statistics that comprise the zone of failure, an accumulation possible only because I am taken over by the machine of the visible that involves the skaters’ cameras in their own rituals of the mei-ku. I bend to read the counter on the video camera like Marx’s watchman and regulator, immersed in painstaking labor that exceeds the parameters of what my body understands as work. I am entranced, waiting for the make and simultaneously under the spell of the rhythm and movements of this complex embodied ritual of cameras, skateboards, illicit space and agile bodies.

    The long, continuous take is the defining mode of so many canonical ethnographic films, based on the idea ardently pursued by Mead, that the camera is a neutral and greedy machine for accumulating visual data. If well positioned and left alone to record uninterrupted, like a surveillance camera, it will “naturally” pull into itself the unique spectacle of culture in action. But under the highway in Kyoto, I cannot make the camera record the long take. It is an aberration to keep the camera running with the CCD sensor continuously converting light into electronic signal. In the midst of this ritual I am not easily hypnotized by the imperceptible whispering of the unspooling tape or the uninterrupted duration of the shot sequencing an “objective truth.” Letting the camera run without my interference feels as though I was forcing myself out of a trance. The timecodes of my tapes are punctuated with stops and starts, the skaters around me intent on creating a spatio-temporal zone within which the field of the visible can take hold at close range. Long after the event, the deep, unblinking gaze now broken, I survey my data in its temporally perforated form. Having been recorded through this method of stopping and starting, the tapes display a visual artifact that Rouch calls the ciné-monte, the edited filmic event created in the moment the real is enacted and failed. I am gazing back at myself in the data and discovering the limits of the “‘film-trance’ (ciné-transe) of the one filming the ‘real trance’ of the other” (99). In this ritual, which depends so heavily on the presence of multiple cameras, what is the function of my spectating camera, the ethnographic camera that intends to produce knowledge or evoke the ambiguous and lively intersections of movement and mediation? That is, while the skaters always anticipate the camera as a necessary component of the event they themselves were making, I do not seem to be absorbing the event. Instead, my ethnographic gaze is absorbed into the skaters’ mediated movements, arcing through a socially organized sense of time. The transactions between the haptic experience of the skaters’ bodies and their cameras are pre-conditioned to include yet another layer of mediation. The cultural event I sought to record was already established around the terms of mediated/machinic visuality, so that the skaters, videographer, and photographer had entered into a ritualized series of intense repetitions—entranced by their own work of cameras on bodies moving dangerously through an out-of-bounds space. My own ethnographic lens is made coherent through inclusion in their social and scopic relations. Even though I am swept up in the same rhythmic pacing of their bodies and cameras, I am engaged in trance-action with their own framing of the world. My body-camera assemblage is enlarging the field of experience through its desiring predisposition toward retrieving the extraneous and peripheral—what Benjamin calls the “unconscious optics” of the camera (21). Itoshin’s repetitions and failures produce so much discarded visual data for Koji and Yamada yet are fundamental to the ecstatic “realness” of the event, just as trespassing below the highway confers authenticity. The failures, though invisible in Koji’s final video edit or in Yamada’s careful photo selection, demonstrate a collective agreement between the three young men to persist in achieving the mei-ku and each failure itself confirms their willingness to endure. Itoshin “leads,” as the focus of action and energy circulates around him, but all three participants share in a flowing series of negotiated choreographies upon which the mei-ku and its documentation depend. These failures and the social relations cohering within them ethnographically endure in my own footage. My punctuated recording method reveals the strength of the temporal rhythms of the ritual within which I was immersed, but the moving frame of my shot draws in the intense inter-relations of the three men.

    Though my camera also follows Itoshin’s lead, the unconscious optics of my camera emerge intensely within the contact zone comprised of laboring bodies behind and before cameras, in spaces mediated through grueling repetition. The series of flowing exchanges I have described above depend on trance-action: a mode that incorporates the methods of creativity and labor for the skaters and myself, as well as our haptic understandings of what it means to ride a skateboard, amplified through our own mediations of that embodied knowledge. Destabilized along with Rouch, trance-action becomes my ethnographic method, the effect of multiple movements and mobile mediation. Situated dangerously at the moment where youthful bodies engage the city in play and spectacle, working hard to manufacture a visual document saturated with realness, the ethnographic camera attempts to assemble meaning from the “upheaval” of corporeality reinscribed by the skaters’ cameras that track it, coming in so close. It is a delicate exchange: my camera never out of touch but never close enough to become invisible to the very cameras awaiting its gaze and deepen the modes of mediated possession.

    The trajectories of our bodies and cameras in this fraught space are unruly, and their effects on one another produce tense relational oscillations that threaten to recapitulate Caillois’s ilinix of disordered play. By marking out instead the contact zone of movement, mediations, and methods, the focus turns toward the mode that shapes these contacts. Rouch’s ciné-transe is transformed through new relations between sensuous bodies and scopic machines, and in the methods and spaces where the bodies and machines trance-act. The field site, as conceptual ground and lived space, is in turn powerfully possessed by these social and machinic exchanges—trance-actions—before it becomes a mei-ku, or the site of knowledge making. The transformation of this site presents a significant, sometimes uneven, and “disquieting” challenge to anthropology. The authoritative distance of the tripod is long lost for rich, proximal contact between researcher, subjects, and their media—contact that undermines the very stability of those subject positions and their affects in relation to media. Movement is transmuted into a bodily knowing through senses and camera. And new ethnographic media-rhythms are gained in research with young people choreographing their own encounters between the mediated and the haptic.

    Dwayne Dixon is a Ph.D. candidate in the Department of Cultural Anthropology at Duke University where he is completing his dissertation on young people in Tokyo and their relations to urban space, changing economic conditions, and visual technologies.

     

    Footnotes


    1. By using the cinematic term for the set and its components to refer to the field site, I draw ethnographic film and cinema into a kin-space where they share a lineage of spectating, empirical gazing, fantasy, and mediation. The canonical approach of ethnographic filmmaking has been to regulate the camera as a reliable, scientific instrument of recording and preservation capable of “communicating the essence of a people.” (De Brigard, 38; see also Sorenson and Jablonko). Colin Young summarizes the history a nd strategy of this approach in his essay Observational Film. Loizos outlines a fundamental discontent with these films because of their narrow modes of production and reception. He argues for a situated understanding of ethnographic film as “texts gaining depth from connectedness to other texts” and thus maintains porosity around the visual data (Loizos 64).

     


    2. Mead echoes an earlier proponent of ethnographic film, Marcel Mauss, who insists that in fieldwork “All objects must be photographed… Motion pictures will allow photographing life” (15). Rouch suggests that ethnographic film prevailed as a method in the immediate postwar period because of the technological streamlining of cameras, coupled with Mauss’s injunction to “film all of the techniques…” (Mauss qtd. in Rouch, “Camera” 34).

     


    3. The expansion of the keitai (cell phone) into a ubiquitous and versatile multimedia platform for Japanese youth includes the incorporation of camera technology beginning in 1999. In his historical survey of cell phones and young people, Tomoyuki Okada notes the influence of other forms of consumer visual technologies that gained popularity because of their emergent social possibilities, specifically puri-kura, or “Print Club” photo booths. Marking the role of cell phone cameras in the daily lives of skaters is significant because it demonstrates a mode of social visuality within networks of young men, whereas previous research has strongly associated this techno-social field with young women (see Miller).

     


    4. By “underground” I mean specifically that Lesque is attempting to operate in the open marketplace without formal outside investments, loans, or the support (and financial claims) of one of the major action sports distributors in Japan. The company is exclusively owned and run by skateboarders with the intention of retaining autonomy over finances, over business relationships with shops and riders, and, significantly, over image. Lesque intentionally projects a cosmopolitan aura first through its name, a portmanteau of the English suffix -less derived from “endless” and of the Spanish interrogative que, resulting in the somewhat obscure “endless question,” a concept that is foundational to Lesque’s philosophy.

     


    5. For Lesque, being based in Japan means having limited to no visibility within the tightly networked and dominant matrix of the skate industry arrayed along the West Coast of the U.S. Technological innovations, new tricks, influential personalities, and, perhaps most significantly, fashions, seem to emanate from and at least are pulled into the authorizing and taste-making orbit of California’s skate scene, from where they are put into global circulation. YouTube has provided Koji a medium to beam carefully edited representations of his riders outward toward an international audience of fellow skaters. With luck, Lesque’s riders will get noticed within skateboarding’s metropole of California and become sponsored by a company situated at the center of this cultural and economic matrix. This arrangement would give the U.S. company a local connection and presence in a lucrative market while extending a heightened authenticity to the Japanese rider and thus to Lesque, insofar as the rider would then be recognized by the legitimizing force of a Californian hegemony.

     


    6. See Deleuze, Difference and Repetition, 78-81.

     

     

    Works Cited

     

    • Artaud, Antonin. The Theater and Its Double. Trans. Mary Caroline Richards. New York: Grove Press. 1958. Print.
    • Benjamin, Walter. “The Work of Art in the Age of Mechanical Reproduction.” Illuminations. Ed. Hannah Arendt. Trans. Harry Zohn. New York: Schocken, 1969. Print.
    • Boellstorff, Tom. Coming of Age in Second Life. Princeton: Princeton UP. 2008. Print.
    • Borden, Iain. Skateboarding, Space, and The City: Architecture and the Body. Oxford: Berg. 2001. Print.
    • de Brigard, Emilie. “The History of Ethnographic Film.” Principles of Visual Anthropology. Ed. Paul Hockings. Paris: Mouton, 1995. 13-43. Print.
    • Caillois, Roger. “Mimicry and Legendary Psychasthenia.” Trans. John Shepley. October 31 (Winter 1984): 16-32. Print.
    • Coleman, E. Gabriella. “Ethnographic Approaches to Digital Media.” Annual Review of Anthropology 39 (2010): 487-505. Print.
    • Deleuze, Gilles. Cinema 1: The Movement-Image. Trans. Hugh Tomlinson and Barbara Habberjam. London: The Athlone Press, 1986. Print.
    • ———. Cinema 2: The Time-Image. Trans. Hugh Tomlinson and Robert Galeta. London: The Athlone Press, 1989. Print.
    • ———. Dialogues II. Trans. Hugh Tomlinson and Barbara Habberjam. NYC: Columbia UP, 2007. Print.
    • ———. Difference and Repetition. Trans. Paul Patton. New York: Columbia UP, 1994. Print.
    • Fischer, Michael and George Marcus. Anthropology as Cultural Critique: An Experimental Moment in the Human Sciences. Chicago: The U of Chicago P, 1999. Print.
    • Grimshaw, Anna. The Ethnographer’s Eye. Cambridge: Cambridge UP, 2001. Print.
    • Grosz, Elizabeth. Architecture from the Outside. Cambridge: MIT P, 2001. Print.
    • Hastrup, Kirsten. “Anthropological Visions: some notes on visual and textual authority.” Film as Ethnography. Ed. Peter Ian Crawford et al. Manchester: Manchester UP, 1992. 8-25. Print.
    • Loizos, Peter. “Admissible Evidence? Film in Anthropology.” Film as Ethnography. Ed. Peter Ian Crawford et al. 50-65. Print.
    • Malinowski, Bronislaw. Argonauts of the Western Pacific. London: Routledge, 2002. Print.
    • Marx, Karl. The Grundrisse. London: Penguin,1973. Print.
    • Mauss, Marcel. Manual of Ethnography. Ed. N.J. Allan. Trans. Dominique Lussier. New York: Durkheim Press, 2007. Print.
    • Mead, Margaret. “Visual Anthropology in a Discipline of Words.” Principles of Visual Anthropology. Ed. Paul Hockings. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 1995. 3-12. Print.
    • Miller, Laura. “Bad Girl Photography.” Bad Girls in Japan. Ed. Jan Bardsley and Laura Miller. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2005. 127-142. Print.
    • Okada, Tomoyuki. “Youth Culture and the Shaping of Japanese Mobile Media: Personalization and the Keitai Internet as Multimedia.” Portable, Personal, Pedestrian: Mobile Phones in Japanese Life. Ed. Mizuko Ito, Daisuke Okabe, and Misa Matsuda. Cambridge: MIT P, 2005. 41-60. Print.
    • Pinney, Christopher. “Notes From the Surface of the Image: Photography, Postcolonialism, and Vernacular Modernism.” Photography’s Other Histories. Ed. Christopher Pinney et al. Durham: Duke, 2003. 202-220. Print.
    • Rancière, Jacques. “Is History a Form of Fiction?” The Politics of Aesthetics. Trans.
    • Gabriel Rockhill. London: Continuum, 2000. 35-41. Print.
    • Rodowick, D.N. Gilles Deleuze’s Time Machine. Durham: Duke UP, 1997. Print.
    • Rony, Fatimah Tobing. “The Photogenic Cannot be Tamed: Margaret Mead and George
    • Bateson’s Trance and Dance in Bali.” Discourse 28.1 (Winter 2006): 5-27. Print.
    • Rouch, Jean. “The Camera and Man.” Cine-Ethnography. Ed. Stephen Feld.
    • Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2003. 29-46. Print.
    • ———. “On the Vicissitudes of the Self: The Possessed Dancer, the Magician, the Sorcerer,
    • the Filmmaker, and the Ethnographer.” Cine-Ethnography. 87-101. Print.
    • Russell, Catherine. Experimental Ethnography: The Work of Film in the Age of Video.
    • Durham: Duke UP, 1999. Print.
    • Sorenson, E. Richard and Allison Jablonko. “Research filming of naturally occurring
    • phenomena: basic strategies” Principles of Visual Anthropology. Ed. Paul
    • Hockings. Paris: Mouton, 1995. 147-162. Print.
    • Tyler, Stephen A., “Post-Modern Ethnography: From Document of the Occult to Occult
    • Document.” Writing Culture. Eds. James Clifford and George E. Marcus.
    • Berkeley: U of California P, 1986. 122-140. Print.
    • Vertov, Dziga. Kino-Eye: The Writings of Dziga Vertov. Trans. Kevin O’Brien. Berkeley:U of California P, 1984. Print.
    • Young, Colin. “Observational Cinema.” Principles of Visual Anthropology. Ed. Paul Hockings. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 1995. 99-114. Print.
  • Flower Fisting

    Anne-Lise François (bio)
    University of California, Berkeley
    afrancoi@berkeley.edu

    Abstract

     

    This essay asks about the fate of flowers in an age of colony collapse disorder and market-driven industrial agriculture. From human hand-pollination to the genetic selection of self-pollinating crops, contemporary responses to CCD bring to ironic conclusion certain tropes of flowers as figures of deceit, mortality, transience, and appearance without substance. Taking “flowers” to signify a special openness to contingency and potentiality, the essay examines the irony whereby global capital both disseminates this openness as “precarization” and threatens to destroy it by enforcing an ever more rigid monopoly on the reproduction of certain life forms.

     

    i. nature’s tropes

    Even the most beautiful flowers are spoiled in their centers by hairy sexual organs. Thus the interior of a rose does not at all correspond to its exterior beauty; if one tears off all of the corolla’s petals, all that remains is a rather sordid tuft. . . . But even more than by the filth of its organs, the flower is betrayed by the fragility of its corolla . . . after a very short period of glory [éclat], the marvelous corolla rots indecently in the sun, thus becoming, for the plant, a garish withering. Risen from the stench of the manure pile—even though it seemed for a moment to have escaped it in a flight of angelic and lyrical purity—the flower seems to relapse abruptly into its original squalor: the most ideal is rapidly reduced to a wisp of aerial manure. For flowers do not age honestly like leaves, which lose nothing of their beauty, even after they have died; flowers wither like old and overly made-up dowagers, and they die ridiculously on stems that seemed to carry them to the clouds.

    Georges Bataille, “The Language of Flowers” (12)

    How strange that the pollen and stigmatic surface of the same flower, though placed so close together, as if for the very purpose of self-fertilisation, should in so many cases be mutually useless to each other!

    Charles Darwin, The Origin of Species (145)

    In saying that the flower blooms and fades, we make the flower the thing that persists through the transformation and lend it, so to say, a personality [eine Person] in which both conditions are manifested.

    Friedrich Schiller, Letters on Aesthetic Education (qtd. in Scarry, Dreaming by the Book 63)

    The summer’s flow’r is to the summer sweet,
    Though to itself it only live and die.

    William Shakespeare, Sonnet 94

    In the program for the PMC conference from which this special issue of PMC has emerged, my title was initially misprinted as “Fisting Flowers,” a transposition I felt obliged to correct because this, whether taken as something we might visit upon flowers or flowers might do to us, seems just plain mean: vulgarly offensive, even unthinkably crude, given the incongruity between the brutality of the act and the delicacy of the substantive. Not that “Flower Fisting” isn’t just as crudely unthinkable, but here the hint of something self-reflexive in the present progressive’s hesitation between object and adjective evokes that peculiar self-pleasuring with which flowers are commonly associated. They give off this impression of sufficing to themselves by virtue, paradoxically, of their dual role as sites of openness allowing entry to the plant’s sexual organs, and concealment protecting these same organs from outside threats. This duality of function—access and enclosure—is especially evident in Stephen Buchmann and Gary Nabhan’s summary of the multiple and contradictory challenges to which specific floral architectures can be imagined as an evolutionary response:

    At the same time the flower’s petals and sepals are protecting these organs, th ey must allow access so that pollen can come and go. More than that, the flower’s shape must increase the probability that pollen will arrive on receptive stigmas at just the right time. Then the flower must continue to protect the stigmas while the pollen grains send down pollen tubes containing sex cells that migrate downward through stylar tissues to eventually fertilize the ovules. Finally, closed flowers often continue to protect developing seeds from the range of stresses that plague flowers and fruits prior to their opening, from insect predators to drying winds.

    (Forgotten 34)

    Buchmann and Nabhan invite us to refine our sense not simply of the discrepancy between appearance and essence for which the flower is the trope par excellence, as in Bataille, but also of the mystery of why something so exposed to the elements should yield the illusion of self-enclosure, or why the flower’s surrender to and dependence on insects for reproduction should appear as self-sufficiency, however transient. If their account bears witness to a taxing of the same form by diverse functions worthy of Freudian “overdetermination,” it is Darwin who, in the chapter “Natural Selection” in The Origin of Species, traces the circular maze by which flowers achieve a redundancy of reproductive possibilities. In the paragraphs preceding the passage quoted above, he had discerned—or rather posited—the need for cross-pollination to explain what would seem to be an otherwise purposeless, indeed detrimental exposure to the elements, since “every hybridizer knows how unfavourable exposure to wet is to the fertilisation of a flower” (143). In a few short sentences, Darwin then describes the millenia-long co-evolution of bees and flowers as a dizzying dance of out-performance by which function is perfected only to be superseded, because the perfection of one means-to-an-end brings about a counter-move that in turns renders the original means purely ornamental, so that flowers finish by figuring onanistic self-pleasuring precisely because pollination is done for them. If they are open and exposed to wet, it is to guarantee fullest freedom for the entrance of pollen from another individual, and to prevent what would otherwise seem inevitable—the “self-fertilisation” from “the plant’s own anthers and pistil . . . stand[ing] so close together” (143). But if, as in the case of many flowers such as the great papilionaceous or pea family, it turns out that they have their organs of fructification closely enclosed, this is only the better to let the bees in: in such cases, “there is a very curious adaptation between the structure of the flower and the manner in which bees suck the nectar; for, in doing this, they either push the flower’s own pollen on the stigma, or bring pollen from another flower” (144).

    Here the apparent obstacle—difficulty of entry—turns out to favor the bee as if in anticipation of the doctrine of mutualism, or exclusive partnership between plant and pollinator, that twentieth-century entomologists would later espouse and in turn reject or modify. On the whole, however, the multiplicity of redundant possibilities recorded in Darwin’s prose is truer to the “loose, diffuse,” and shifting attachments, whose prevalence causes Buchmann and Nabhan to question the once-dominant assumption that “one-to-one relationships [are] the norm in the natural world” (70, 71). Following the work and lexicon of Judith Bronstein, Buchmann and Nabhan would rather we speak of “landscape patterns” than of partnerships between one p lant species and its corresponding insect species, so as to better recognize the reservoir of different methods of pollination and nectar-gathering drawn upon by flowers and pollinators such that if x is not available, y may be: “These landscape patterns inform us not only of the in teraction between beetle and spice-bush, but all the other flowers that beetles sequentially visit and all the other animals that visit spicebushes and their neighbors” (68). Reading Buchmann and Nabhan, it is impossible not to detect in mutualist assumptions an investment in heteronormativity, just as it is impossible not to inflect the alternative vision of plural and versatile accommodation with a certain polyamorous insouciance and easy non-committal. Originally selected for their non-selectivity, the generalist bees of late twentieth-century industrial beekeeping mimic this easy opportunism or openness to possibility even as the logic of large-scale, monocultural food production threatens to destroy it. If, according to Buchmann, “honeybees have the gr eatest pollen dietary range of any known pollinator” (62), his excitement about the many-colored mounds of pollen pellets in which he can read the different wildflowers they’ve visited, and his wonder at “the fine particles of bizarre materials other than pollen” that they are also known to collect (“mold spores, cheese mites, flour, coal dust, and sawdust”), finds its dystopian conclusion in the idea that such a diet, already extensive in range, might now be wholly without content—purely symbolic—insofar as samples of the pollen of commercial fruit crops (almond, plum, kiwi, and cherry) are now being termed “dead due to lack of soil nutrients.”1 This irony, whereby for-profit industrial beekeeping ends up foreclosing on what it begins by exploiting —the bees’ own cheating and scavenging ways—implies that between “nature” and “industry” there is only a choice between whoring of one kind or another. The point is worth underscoring because a certain ideal of pure, uncontaminated species-being is so often attributed to “naturalist” critics of animal husbandry under late twentieth- and twenty-first-century capitalism. If anywhere, the notion of nature as fixed and unchanging until humans come along to disturb, modify, and rearrange it, belongs to the mutualist assumptions that Buchmann and Nabhan wish to contest because they invite the tendency to “look only at plant/animal pairs” while ignoring “the entire interplay of floral resources and pollinators in a habitat” (78). Their preferred “landscape pattern” evokes instead a stretchable but importantly finite range of neighboring possibilities; such capacity for context-specific variation and versatility seems least likely to survive under twenty-first century market-driven methods of industrial pollination.

    Writing in the 1990s before the emergence of the honeybee crisis now known as “colony collapse disorder,” Buchmann and Nabhan were already warning that the complex co-evolutionary dance between insects and plants that so delighted Darwin might be coming to an end due to the equally complex interaction of a number of contemporary ecological stresses, including the disappearance of habitat, pesticide-heavy industrial monocultures, and global climate change. This essay explores the ways that contemporary responses to colony collapse disorder, from human hand-pollination to the genetic selection of self-pollinating almond trees, echo the long-standing literary association of flowers with deception and illusion and constitute a kind of ironic fulfillment of their status as figures of appearance without substance and of veiling without hiding. “[Metaphors] which primarily are encountered in nature demand only to be picked, like flowers” writes Derrida in a wittingly self-reflexive footnote to “White Mythology” (220n21), and the same might be said of the ready fund of literary and philosophical sources on the tropological nature of flowers and the floral nature of tropes: one has only to reach out and pick. I do so quite lightly and randomly here, skipping over much and landing on little (and even then only glancingly), mimicking the lightness of touch and easy give-and-take at issue in insect and human pollinator-plant relations.

    To begin with a topos that I won’t pursue in detail but that informs the thinking behind this essay, there is rhetorical criticism’s account, in Derrida’s “White Mythology,” Glas, and elsewhere, of metaphor as the “flower” of all rhetorical figures and of flowers as the ultimate metaphors in the double sense of both definitive or exemplary, and last, final, or exceptional.2 Always disponible or at the disposal of that which lacks a ready image, flowers become metaphors of metaphor, figuring only the movement of transference from one signified to another; at the same time (and as a result), they constitute auto-referential and self-evident exceptions to the figurative chain, without need of illumination from the outside by another image.3 William Empson, glossing Shakespeare’s lines “The summer’s flow’r is to the summer sweet, / Though to it self it only live and die,” describes this dialectic of self-concentration and exposure, effortless virtue and guileless deceit, by which the seemingly self-contained flower metamorphoses into something else: “It may do good to others though not by effort or may simply be a good end in itself (or combining these, may only be able to do good by concentrating on itself as an end)” (96). In her exquisite sampling of (mostly twentieth-century) floral discourses, Herbarium Verbarium, Claudette Sartiliot similarly emphasizes the metamorphic, mimicking, self-dissolving and self-cancelling movement of flowers across texts, taking her cue from Rousseau to describe the flower as a time signature, no more than “a making visible of the passage of time . . . from the time its corolla opens till the time it fades” (39).

    The metaphorical transfer between the tropological and the biological is in this context seemingly unstoppable, as when botanist Jean-Marie Pelt happens to choose (but what else is there?) the metaphor of the postal service (itself already doubling as a metaphor for metaphorical transfer) to describe floral pollination: “One thus trusts the carrier and chance: something will always eventually reach its destination, provided a lot is sent. What does it matter if whole bags—bags of pollen, that is—are never delivered, never reach their destination. In the work of pollination, nature is not particular (in French, regardante); it trusts chance, neglects, squanders” (qtd. in Sartiliot 32-33). For the purposes of this essay, the ironies of this potentially airless rhetorical short-circuiting matter less than the easy slippage, evident in Pelt’s prose, from vulnerability to indifference, from doing everything to doing nothing to reproduce. Because poverty of means demands prodigious expense, dependence on chance is by turns expressed as weakness, by turns as sufficiency. Years ago, writing in an entirely different context, Empson provided a kind of literary equivalent to such a “landscape pattern” by tracing the double and contradictory senses of the word “honest” in Shakespeare’s writings—chaste and sexually reserved, but also frank, generous, and undisguised, and therefore corrupt, lascivious, and rank (137). These different valences of openness (from generosity to availability to exposure) are particularly worth emphasizing in light of the increasing precarity to which “generalist” workers are exposed under neoliberalism. “Precarization”—whether it means the making-temporary of work itself (which now may disappear at any moment), or the heightened expendability and disposability of the labor force, or the dismantling of structures of social support on which to fall back in the absence of employment—only captures one dimension of the reliance on another’s pleasure originally implied by the term “precarious”: “held or enjoyed by the favour of and at the pleasure of another person” (OED).4 Comparison with Pelt’s trails of floral negligence, however jarring, makes newly legible the disappearance or atrophy of a differently lived relation to contingency that coincides with the introduction of permanent insecurity into every area of life.5

    Before turning to explore in greater detail this contradictory dynamic of fortified fragility, whereby new forms of capitalist enclosure leave nothing to the domain of chance or “nature” but also (and as a result) leave workers nothing to count on, I want to consider one more flower theorist who emphasizes their accommodation to the shape of human desires—not their naturalness or simplicity per se but their remaining within easy reach of mortal powers.6 Indeed, in her Dreaming by the Book, Elaine Scarry seems to understand the special claims that flowers have on human imaginations—as readily imaginable objects and as images for imaginative work itself—in terms similar to the “trust” that Pelt attributes to flowers in their relation to their varied postal carriers. Here too my interest is less in debating the claims for evolutionary mutuality implied by Scarry’s somewhat astonishing assertion that flowers fit between our eyes in a way that Pegasus does not (46). Rather, I want to re-inflect her claims for the special capacity flowers have not to be special—not to tax but to remain adequate to imaginative powers—through the common association of flowers with promiscuity, easy availability, whoredom, transience, and commonness itself. For the pleasure of reading Scarry on flowers lies in her feel for the non-punitive skepticism or light-hearted doubt as to the sentience and even aliveness induced by the insubstantiality and speed with which flowers materialize only to disappear—yielding a closeness to illusion, another name for which is “imagination” because not experienced as error or fault. Hence the convergence between Schiller’s idea of the flower as no more than a convenient way to designate a blooming followed by a fading and Scarry’s idea of the convenience with which the flower can enter the mind “precisely because it is always already in a state of passage from the material to the dematerialized” (63). Drawing only on what is near at hand, flowers, according to Aristotle, can complete their cycle within a single day (60); such quickness of dissolution—easily interpretable either as praiseworthy local economy or fickle cheapness—interests Scarry only as evidence of all that makes “imagining . . . like being a plant—not-perception . . .[but] the quasi-percipient, slightly percipient, almost percipient, not yet percipient, after-percipient of perceptual mimesis. . . not sentience, but sentience rolled-back” (66-67):

    Pre-image and after-image, subsentient and supersentient, the plant exposes the shape of a mental process that combines the almost percipient with a kind of transitory exactness. It is as though the very precision required to find the exquisitely poised actuality of the flower’s “vague sentience” manifests itself as a form of acuity.

    (68)

    As a kind of shadowy sentience that both intensifies and disperses actual perception, imagination for Scarry resembles photosynthesis, because she follows Darwin in understanding the latter as a responsiveness to light that anticipates and in some sense already constitutes vision or perception. Her reading culminates with an extraordinary account of Darwin’s experiments in tracking the motion of plants in response to light, experiments whereby he would attach to them delicate instruments that let them trace on pieces of glass their intricate movements “oscillating up and down during the day” (The Power of Movements in Plants; qtd. in Scarry 69).

    Whether or not one concurs with Scarry’s account of the imagination, two aspects are worth underlining here: first, the way that flowers invite the persistent addition of a modifying adjective such as “almost” that qualifies, almost to the point of negation, the substance of what is asserted about them; second, the idea that sensitivity to light alone already constitutes for the seemingly motionless plant a mode of being in motion and in time—a point to which I return at the end of this essay. As Scarry’s work helps remind us, floral lives, by their strange quickness, possess a kind of acuity of achieved reality that is never far from passing back into possibility. In this close proximity to vanished and emergent potentiality, they are in some sense more real but just as importantly less real than the kinds of life intelligible to industrial agriculture: isolated, seemingly autonomous organisms (self-pollinating almond trees, single-function pollinators), to which life is decisively granted and then just as completely taken away.7 I turn now to this dystopian political narrative of enclosure enforcing an ever more rigid monopoly on the reproduction of that to which life is ever more rigidly given (or not), so as to trace in accounts of the causes of colony collapse disorder, as well as dominant responses to it, the remains, or flattened images in reverse, of flowers’ dance with possibility. Here too my aim is not to set up some sort of contrast between “nature” and “artifice” but, on the contrary, to juxtapose as much as possible different kinds of illusion, differentiating them on the basis of the contentment they may or may not afford with their status as illusion.

    ii. floral enclosures

     

    But let clear springs be near and moss-green pools,
    A little brook escaping through the grass.
    Let palm or huge wild olive shade the porch,
    That, when the kings lead forth the early swarms
    And young bees revel in the spring they love,
    A neighbouring bank may tempt them from the heat,
    Or tree embrace them in its welcome leaves,
    Upon the water of the stream or pool
    Cast willow branches and upstanding stones,
    That they may have a bridge to rest upon
    And spread their wings toward the summer sun,
    In case the east wind sprinkle loiterers
    Or sudden gust submerge them in the flood.
    Let green spurge-laurel blossom all about,
    Far-smelling thyme and pungent savory,
    And beds of violet drink the freshening fount.

    Virgil, The Georgics, IV.18-32

    For all their efforts . . . humans have not succeeded in domesticating bees. A swarm escaping from a commercial hive has just as good a chance of surviving in the wild as a feral swarm, and the number of wild colonies living in trees still far exceeds the population living in accommodations designed for them by humans. The history of beekeeping, then, has not been a story of domestication, but rather one of humans learning how to accommodate the needs and preferences of the bees themselves.

    James L. Gould and Carol Gould, The Honey Bee

    “Colony collapse disorder” refers to the worldwide immune deficiency syndrome whereby entire hives of pollinating bees have been mysteriously disappearing without a trace overnight—a syndrome now likened to AIDS for bees because the corpses of those bees that do remain indicate they had been suffering from a variety of disease.8 Organic beekeepers are fond of claiming that colony collapse is only a symptom of a market-driven system of agriculture long since gone awry, and indeed, beneath the doomsday scenario of a Hollywood movie lie more interesting if less dramatic stories of ongoing political enclosure, ecological disruption, and aesthetic homogenization. In the passage cited above from Book IV of The Georgics, Virgil’s loving recommendations for how to provide bees with the choicest spot and otherwise tend to their well-being bear witness to the careful cultivation not just of the bees themselves but of the illusion of freedom from work, or rather freedom-in-work that defines bee-flower exchanges. Even the sleep-inducing murmur of the Hybla bees of Eclogue 1 owes its just barely audible utopian note to the intertwining of leisure and work in the thought of their wandering from flower to flower, an illusion predicated on the inarticulate assumption of their potential non-enclosure, even if they always wander the same fields and return to the same hives. This same permissiveness within limits is sounded by the repeated “Let”—at once permission and command—that recurs in the English translations of the Georgics. Any such illusion of easy, gratuitous give-and-take can hardly be maintained, however, in the face of the mass-flower fuck for which, long before 2006, bees of a certain breed were being pimped out, moved northward on interstate highways and then southward again, according to the strict demands of variously placed and timed industrial monocultures.

    In her 2007 New Yorker piece, Elizabeth Kolbert describes how modern agriculture has itself evolved to depend on the services of Apis mellifera, a floral generalist—polyectic—not particular (1, par. 5). Kolbert’s term “evolved” itself repeats a pernicious naturalization of the hardly inevitable process by which “five-hundred-acre apple orchard[s]” have become the norm. In an orchard of such a size, according to Kolbert, “there simply aren’t enough indigenous pollinators to produce a commercial crop: either the yield will be too low or the fruit will be small or stunted” (1, par. 5), so farmers rely on mobile pollinating armies to do the work in a way that revives the longstanding mock-heroic comparison. Since, as Kolbert writes, “two men can easily move ten million bees into an orchard in a single day” (1, par. 7), the same bees may begin by pollinating apples in Pennsylvania, move on to blueberries in Maine, then to clover in New York, and back to pumpkins again in Pennsylvania.9 As commercial beekeepers like David Hackenberg, whose bees first began disappearing in November 2006, are quick to emphasize, the same economy of large-scale industrial monocrops that demands a ready supply of moveable pollinators also gives commercial beekeepers little choice to do anything else, since domestic honey cannot compete with cheap corn syrup or honey imports.

    In arguing that the trouble now expressing itself as colony collapse disorder began long ago, the point is not to mourn the denaturalization of beekeeping as if there were a time before three-way, human-animal-plant manipulation, but to measure of the differences between two types of cultivation—differences now so great there is no good reason, whatever the genetic identity, to call these creatures honeybees. Documentaries such as The Vanishing of the Bees and articles like Kolbert’s impressively catalogue the changes in working and living conditions on which such a claim might rest, each one of which jolts the pastoral illusion of relative autonomy. Constant transportation, for example, not only stresses the bees—Kolbert’s informant tells her “he expects to lose ten per cent of his queens simply as a result of the jostling” (par. 7)—but leaves them no time to make sufficient honey to feed themselves or their young, so that their diet has to be supplemented with the very sweeteners that have turned them migrant workers in the first place. According to Gunther Hauk, modern beekeepers will not in any case risk a gap or interval by letting the queens die; those following the conventional manuals automatically replace the queen in at most two years, a process that each time requires reintroducing the worker bees to a new queen on a shorter and less flexible time cycle than they would ordinarily follow.10

    More than simply technical solutions to difficult physical conditions, measures like these not only presuppose the equivalence of different temporal cycles but evince a general mistrust of leaving things to chance, a desire to supplement and secure so-called instinctive animal behavior, and a willingness to do things for the bees continuous with Virgil’s loving directives. Yet there is no direct path from letting “beds of violets drink from the trickling spring” to the artificial insemination of the queen bee and her automatic retirement and human-selected replacement. In between lies the unfortunate feedback loop by which certain forms of domestic exploitation create conditions of helplessness and dependence that in turn elicit further disregard and undervaluation of the colony’s formerly more autonomous powers. Embêtissement (bestialization/stupefaction) might have been Derrida’s term for the process whereby it becomes all too easy to tell who is using whom, as mutual accommodation and two-way manipulation flatten out into one-sided exploitation and control.11 The Goulds’s now perhaps antiquated claim notwithstanding, it is tempting to evoke in this context Paul Shepard’s critique of domestication as “infantilization,” even if it concerns domesticated mammals and although I remain wary of Shepard’s tone-deafness to the complicated gender politics overdetermining these terms, especially when used synonymously with one another:

    These changes [brought about by captivity and domestication] include plumper and more rounded features, greater docility and submissiveness, reduced mobility, simplification of complex behaviors (such as courtship), the broadening or generalizing of signals to which social responses are given (such as following behavior), reduced hardiness, and less specialized environmental and nutritional requirements. The sum effect of these is infantilization.

    (38)

    As if in echo of Shepard, Hauk goes so far as to want to vindicate the bees’ right not to be spared the labor of making their own wax: according to him, the comb of most modern honeybee hives is supplemented with man-made wax so the bees can get on with the business of making honey instead. Studies show, Hauk claims, that when bees that have been so supplied are once again allowed to use their own wax, it can take up to two to three years for them to relearn “the art of building a good comb” (24).

    If true (and it should be remembered that Hauk is a maverick writing for a non-specialist readership), his critique uncannily echoes postcolonial critiques of the erasure of indigenous knowledges. The question of whether we can speak of practical memory loss among nonhuman species also deserves to be thought alongside Bernard Stiegler’s Derridean-inspired re-appraisal of Plato’s critique of writing (and other mnemotechnologies) as ironically more destructive than preservative of local memory. If by proletarianization Stiegler means the loss of knowledge and know-how that workers and consumers suffer as a result of the exteriorization of memory, what might it mean to extend the concept to nonhuman actors?12 The idea that humans have struck a bargain similar to that of domesticated animals, paying for an enhanced material existence and protection from death (parasites, disease, cold, etc.) with a reduced set of individuated skills and transfer of knowledge to a collective archive, continues to resonate, in however strange and contradictory ways, in the renewed currency of Foucault- and Arendt-inspired critiques of the “elevation of life” as the “ultimate point of reference” and “highest good” that marks modern societies as “biopolitical.” The words are Hannah Arendt’s in The Human Condition, but I borrow them from Gil Anidjar, who in his recent essay “The Meaning of Life” paraphra ses Arendt’s discontent with a modernity that subjects “life to the rhythm of the new and renewed, the rhythm of the biological” (710).

    Here too the ironies may be too many for the brief space of this essay, but it is worth noting how Arendt’s still unsurpassed pages on labor in The Human Condition help make intelligible the contradictory process whereby modernity’s almost exclusive concentration on the expansion and prolongation as well as reproduction of the material conditions of existence succeeds in rendering the labor of making life live both endless and effortless. (As developments in technology make labor “more effortless than ever,” it becomes, according to Arendt, “even more similar to the automatically functioning life process” [116]). Thus what Gandhi once called the “exaggerated importance” that “the West attaches to prolonging man’s earthly existence” (qtd. in Devji 269) can take the form of investing in the disposable and replaceable parts of ever-shorter cycles of production. The lengthening of life and the speed with which the tools (whether themselves living or not) required to maintain it expire, express the same terror of decay. At the same time, this elevation of “life on earth” as the “highest good of man” goes hand in hand with diminished practical know-how of what it takes to make such life possible—an impoverishment itself all too evident in the simplistic reduction of the “biological” to a single rhythm of renewal. It is impossible not to cite in this context as a kind of satire on the Arendtian monolithic view of “natural life” her own satiric account of Marx’s vision of post-capitalist society as “a state of affairs where all human activities derive as naturally from human ‘nature’ as the secretion of wax by bees for making the honeycomb; to live and to labor for life will have become one and the same, and life will no longer ‘begin for [the laborer] where [the activity of laboring] ceases’” (89n21). We may indeed be approaching, in the most dystopian of ways, a state in which there is no difference between living and laboring for life, but by then bees will have long since stopped making their own honeycomb.

    iii. painted blossoms

     

    How like Eve’s apple doth thy beauty grow,
    If thy sweet virtue answer not thy show.

    Shakespeare, Sonnet 93

    Perhaps the most obvious and cruelest irony in colony collapse disorder consists in the transformation of the flower into a kind of deferred poison for the bee and the way this again both revises and extends certain long-standing tropes of the flower as a dangerous (because substanceless) deceiver whose passing show can never match its final remains. Writing in 2009, former EPA analyst Evaggelos Vallianatos offers the following lurid image of the bee ingesting its own slow-release poison in the form of pollen-size nylon bubbles containing the nervegas parathion. The flower is made into a time-bomb, as if in dramatic realization of the floral phobias recorded in Shakespeare’s sonnets or Bataille’s writings:

    What makes this microencapsulated formulation more dangerous to bees than the technical material is the very technology of the “time release” microcapsule. This acutely toxic insecticide, born of chemical warfare, would be on the surface of the flower for several days. The foraging bee, if alive after its visit to the beautiful white flowers of almonds, for example, laden with invisible spheres of asphyxiating gas, would be bringing back to its home pollen and nectar mixed with parathion.

    In Silent Spring, Rachel Carson was already warning of the lethal if unintended consequences of pesticides on pollinating insects, yet ironically it is the switch, undertaken in part in response to Carson’s critique, from the earlier, heavily toxic chemical sprays of the Cold-War era to the more recent, and supposedly more enlightened, benign forms of “systemic pest management” that has exposed bees to the greatest danger. Thus one hypothesis about the most immediate causes of colony collapse disorder (as presented in the Vanishing of the Bees) blames systemic insecticides like Bayer’s imidacloprid, introduced as recently as 1994. Because imidacloprid (known under the trade name gaucho) is constantly present in the plants and soil, beekeepers can no longer protect their bees by removing them from the fields and orchards at the special times of spraying, as they did with first-generation post-War insecticides. Debates over gaucho—now banned in France thanks to the efforts of militant unionized beekeepers but still legal in the United States—seem to hinge on the difference between lethal and sublethal; Bayer-sponsored studies show bees are not mortally affected, while other studies show immune deficiency appears only with the second generation, in the young bees who have been fed imidacloprid-laced pollen. Recognition of these deferred and chronic effects requires opening the experiments out onto longer temporal frameworks. Even without the expertise to weigh in on this particular debate, the literary scholar, as a student of metrical and other units of time, will be struck, as well, by how the logic of systemic insecticides appears to take no account of the difference between permanence and periodicity, between ceaseless emission and periodic reiteration, such that one is always at the same, eternally repeating “now” with no possibility of either development or decay.

    At the end of this essay I return to the question of how this monotemporal norm works as a denial of the principle of alternation that is basic to meter and seasonal work alike, but for now, further evidence of such temporal homogeneity may be adduced in contemporary responses to colony collapse disorder that treat it as simply a matter of the increasing unavailability of pollinators and so decide to do without them: in the last two years Zaiger Genetics has introduced into California, which has the largest share in worldwide commercial almond crops, a new variety of self-pollinating almond trees fittingly called Independence™.13 If Independence™ catches on commercially, the circle will be complete because the same monocultural orchards whose extensive size has necessitated the rental of pollinating bees, thereby creating some of the conditions for colony collapse, will now be independent of them.14 This vision of our postmodern earth as a totally enclosed space or global hothouse promises to fulfill the dream of overcoming the need for sex for reproduction and of becoming free of what Darwin called the “inter-crossing of individuals” with all its heteronormative baggage, but only at the cost of also foreclosing the possibility of fortuitous chance encounters and denying ongoing relations of interdependence. The contradiction to be pondered further is why the insistence on the porousness and manipulability of species-boundaries (you can equip the flower with its own bee by making it “self-compatible”) should simultaneously coincide with a terrifying impoverishment of interaction between species and an investment in careful immunization from temporal evolution (as if the norm for each creature were to be under quarantine from others).15

    Yet such a vision would not be complete if it did not include its seeming antithesis. Even as large orchard growers in California have begun to import their bees from abroad while waiting for genetically selected, self-compatible tree varieties to become viable, pear orchard keepers in the Sichuan province of China have been resorting since the mid-1980s to hand pollination because heavy pesticide use has wiped out the local insect pollinators and beekeepers now refuse to rent out their pollinating colonies to the region. This labor-intensive process relies on what may itself be a temporary condition in a rapidly urbanizing Chinese economy—the ready availability of human labor, with thousands of villagers in the trees carefully hand-pollinating blossom by blossom. In its segment on the issue, the PBS documentary The Silence of the Bees pauses over the incredible slowness of the process: it takes humans four hundred hours to do what bees could do in an afternoon—a comparison that retroactively transforms the disappeared bees into a pre-image of mechanized labor. Its complement would be the disconcerting image of humans—mostly women since they are considered better pollinators than men—in trees laden with white blossoms but now eerily rid of the hum of insects (as if turned from actual trees into three-dimensional realizations of purely visual representations), dipping sticks made of chicken feathers and cigarette filters into plastic bottles of pollen collected just days before from the “pollinizer” trees, and then touching with pollen about twenty to thirty flowers at a time.16

    The riot of details here reflects and derives from a hybridization not of plant or animal species but of what one might reductively suppose to be incompatible cultures and economies: pre- and postmodern, organic and industrial, the global market and the rural village. Perhaps especially worthy of note, given the dystopian ecological and labor conditions in which it occurs, is the more than physical intimacy—the acute attention to the look of each flower and to specific temporal or meteorological conditions—required to do the job: whereas bees only inadvertently drop pollen in the right place and at the right time in the course of doing something else (gathering nectar), hand pollinators cannot afford to leave accurate timing to chance and must first learn to tell the stigma’s receptivity to pollination by the color of the anthers or (which is easier) by the degree of openness of the petals. According to differing weather conditions, this window of receptivity will be over within three hot, sunny days (in which case the rate of pay will sometimes double) or last up to ten (if cloudy and cool). Such responsiveness to minimal variation affords a kind of pastoral reprieve within the very logic of homogenization and reliance on a single market that is expressed by the pear orchards—a cash crop now being planted in former rice paddy fields and rapidly displacing all other kinds of cultivation. If more self-compatible varieties such as Yali trees are introduced, as growers wish (there is apparently little interest in bringing back the bees), these thirty-odd years of hand-painting flowers will no doubt themselves constitute no more than a temporary and residual interlude in the grand march of capital.

    iv. coda: shifting flow’rs

     

    [Mohavea confertiflora]: “ghost flower” [so named because it looks so much like another flower—sand blazing star—that] even bees are sometimes fooled. Whereas sand blazing star provides nectar and pollen for bee visitors, ghost flower offers nothing. But by the time a bee has worked its way into the floral tube of a ghost flower and has discovered that the blossom contains no nectar and little pollen, the bee has already inadvertently pollinated the flower.

    Emily Bowers, 100 Desert Wildflowers of the Southwest

    In The Botany of Desire, Michael Pollan takes as axiomatic that “the one big thing plants can’t do is move, or, to be more precise, locomote,” and wants his readers to reimagine the “great existential fact of plant life”—the “immobility of plants” (xx)—as the basis for a different kind of action and agency—a mode of action that, hardly worthy of the name, can only seem to locomotors such as ourselves indirect, oblique, passive, and fictive—or worse, back-handed, deceptive and manipulative.17 After all, what except passive aggressive would we call a person who, like the flower, tricks an unsuspecting fellow into carrying her goods for her?18 “How like Eve’s apple doth thy beauty grow, / If thy sweet virtue answer not thy show,” Shakespeare writes of the young man of the sonnets in Sonnet 93; yet it is the young man’s flowerlike impudence— the sense that his appearance will never betray him and that he cannot begin to look like the demon he may be within (because he cannot bring together “inside” and “outside” and cannot help promising love by his looks)—that the Shakespeare of the Sonnets both loves and hates in him. The point at which he is flowerlike is also where he is most mortal, vulnerable, and exposed to and dependent on the world without. “Ghost flower” is presumably so named because it is a pale copy, all show and no substance, of a “real” flower. But Shakespeare would teach us just the contrary: precisely by troping on what ordinary flowers do, by signifying to the bee “flower” without actually doing what a flower is supposed to do for a bee, “ghost flower” may be more of a flower than most. In fact, “ghost flower” may represent flower-being at its purest according to Pollan’s claim that flowers were “nature’s tropes” before us (69), from the start figurative beings whose truth has been to lie: to figure, to shadow, to image the absent thing itself, whether this be the fruit to come or the other flower.

    A purely visual account of floral tropics might end here, leaving relatively unchallenged the monotemporal norm whose increasing hegemony and grip on species possibility I have been critiquing throughout this essay. Flowers such as “ghost flower” and their insect counterparts— bees known as “thieves” because they visit flowers for nectar and pollen without going near the stigmata—would seem to outdo in their artifice the mimicry of the self-pollinating flowers of genetically selected and copyrighted orchard trees. They would also seem to anticipate the inventive resourcefulness of the sterile-fruit-bearing, “Blossom-set”-treated hothouse varieties for whom hormones have “ghosted” the work of pollination. Useful reminders that there is neither direct correspondence nor necessary relation between feeding and pollination, “thieving” bees would also seem to set the example for the complete dissociation of these activities that has become the norm for the sugar- and corn-syrup-fed commercial pollinators of today’s interstate hives—a dissociation wholly continuous with the separation of form and function that produces the aesthetic as a separate sphere. But, as I have argued, such mimicry of the mimic pollinators and flowers is still not mimicry enough, for what is being lost is the diversification and richness of temporal and spatial possibility necessary for the formation of a “landscape pattern”: what is disappearing is the versatility evident in the example of Mentzelia decapetala—robbed of nectar by bees in the late afternoon only to be pollinated by moths later that night.

    If this sensitivity to time and with it the capacity for context-specific variation are indeed now threatened with permanent extinction, by way of elegiac conclusion on their behalf, I’d like to return to the question of floral temporality that I left suspended along with Darwin’s graphs of the constellations drawn by the light-determined motion of plant radicles. Whereas the premise of The Botany of Desire is that plants can’t move, in the iambic pentameter of Shakespeare’s sonnets, at least, flowers can move in the sense that they can occupy different positions metrically, and their syllabic count can shift from one to two or two to one, as Paul Kiparsky and Kristin Hanson have illustrated in their work on elision and metrics in the sonnets. According to Hanson, because Shakespeare strictly adheres to the rule of one syllable per metrical position (strong or weak), the word “flower” is sometimes two syllables—flower—sometimes one —flow’r. “Weeds among weeds, or flowers with flowers gathered” is the line from Sonnet 124 Hanson cites to make this point, a line gorgeously apposite to the concerns of this essay.19 At the level of meaning, the line offers nothing by way of the Darwinian sexual reproduction and propagation of species with which “the desire” of the protagonists of Pollan’s Botany is always ultimately identified. Here there is only sterile semantic repetition or verbal confusion, a doubling of sameness as one image of indistinction—”weeds among weeds”—is followed by another—”flowers with flowers gathered.” But at the level of the iambic line’s alternating pattern of weak-strong-weak-strong beats, change already occurs within the first phrase “weeds among weeds,” because the first “weeds” is in the odd or offbeat position while the second falls clearly on the down beat.20 Similarly, the first “flowers” in “flowers with flowers gathered” is elided, since the word “with” provides all the breathing space needed—and indeed allowed—between the two strong beats of “flow” and “flow,” while in the second instance, “flowers” must be lengthened to two syllables to space out the returning down beat on the first syllable of “gathered.”21 Such animating metaphors of relief, breathing space, rests, or intervals of down time might give pause to a generative linguist such as Hanson, but I use them deliberately here to emphasize the point I made earlier: such a capacity to play with time or, rather, to work with its lengthening and shortening through elisions, pauses, and rests, makes possible an extraordinary variation within minimal space. Accommodating itself to and making do with the most reduced semantic materials, such a fertility might be called tropic rather than biological, and it is precisely this playful relation to micro- as well as to macro-temporal contexts for which the new (but hardly changed nor changeable) generation of ever defensive, self-compatible monocrops will be poorly equipped, however fortified.

    Anne-Lise François is Associate Professor of English and Comparative Literature at the University of California, Berkeley. Her first book, Open Secrets: The Literature of Uncounted Experience (Stanford University Press, 2008), won the 2010 René Wellek Prize from the American Comparative Literature Association. Her current book project, Provident Improvisers: Parables of Subsistence from Wordsworth to Berger, weighs the contribution of pastoral figures of worldliness, commonness, and provisional accommodation, in addressing contemporary environmental crises and their political causes.

     

    Footnotes

     

     

    My thanks to Eyal Amiran, Ryan Dirks, Sarah Ensor, and Brian McGrath
    for what they let me glean.


    1. Discussing the already stressed conditions in which even supposedly healthy industrial bee colonies operate, Rowan Jacobsen cites a 2007 study by Thomas Ferrari of Pollen Bank that found “a majority of almond, plum, kiwi, and cherry pollen” to be “dead due to lack of soil nutrients” (146).

     


    2. As Derrida shows, “metaphor” attains its status as both exemplary trope and exception among ornaments by virtue of the singular economy with which it abridges comparison and asserts internal identity, thereby ceasing to “be an ornament too much” (222), in the same way that flowers escape the chain of signification they also figure.

     


    3. Comparison to flowers perhaps inevitably involves some version of the contradictory “like that which is like nothing else” legible in the line from Hölderlin’s “Brot und Wein” that Paul de Man famously analyzed in “Intentional Structure of the Romantic Image”: “Nun, nun müssen . . . Worten, wie Blumen enstehn” (“Now must words originate like flowers”). In this early essay, the irony of the comparison to flowers (themselves without comparison) rests in part on the notion of natural objects having the sources of their being within themselves, a notion that is, of course, itself a trope and illusion—a figuring of nature as that which is always identical with itself and therefore beyond or beneath figuration. But the further irony lies in the way that emphasis on flowers’ self-reflexivity as tropes of tropes leads to the same conclusion: flowers except themselves not as “natural” beings only capable of being what they are, but on the contrary, as honest liars, whose truth is to make no claim but to lie and cover for what they are not. See The Rhetoric of Romanticism 1-17, esp. 4.

     


    4. See in this context Levinas’s figure of the “‘face as the extreme precariousness of the other,’” upon which Judith Butler meditates in the essay “Precarious Life” in the book by that name (134). The starkness of Levinas’s sense of exposure to the other’s vulnerability usually sets the tone for discussions of “precariousness,” although Butler herself offers a less despairing way of thinking about fragility and dependence. For an entry into the extensive bibliography of “precarity studies,” see the first footnote to Lauren Berlant’s chapter “After the Good Life, an Impasse” in Cruel Optimism (293n), as well as the chapter itself.

     


    5. The range of meanings of the untranslatable French term disponibilité remains in this context especially relevant:

     

    disponsibilité: (Law) state of being disposable, disposal (of property); (Mil.) state of being unattached. Être en disponibilité, (Mil.) to be unattached, on half-pay. Fonds en disponibilité or disponibilités, available funds. Mise en disponibilité, release. disponible, a. Disposable, at one’s disposal, available; unoccupied, disengaged, vacant. –n.m. That which is available; realizable assets. Marché au disponible, spot market.

    (Cassell’s French Dictionary)

    Disponible is what capital wants labor to be, or so Hardt and Negri suggest, citing Marx on the proletariat’s poverty as “the general possibility of material wealth” (“Economic Manuscript of 1861-63”): “When they are separated from the soil and from all other means of production, workers are doubly free: free in the sense that they are not bound in servitude and also free in that they have no encumbrances” (qtd. in Hardt and Negri 54). Yet what this ever more rigid demand for flexibility appears to have forgotten is the other, erotically-inflected sense of disponible as easy-going and within easy reach, the sense we find in Barthes’s writings on cinema-going, for example. Or such is the paradox that this essay wants to work out.


    6. In the Seventh “Promenade” of the Rêveries, Rousseau already makes this point about the easy reachability of flowers, contrasting them with the inaccessible stars:

     

    Plants seems to have been sown with profusion on earth, like the stars in the sky, to invite mankind to the study of nature by the attraction of pleasure and curiosity; but stars are placed far away from us; one needs preliminary knowledge, instruments, machines, some very long ladders to attain them and put them closer to our reach. Plants are naturally so [within reach]. They are born under our feet, and in our hands so to speak.

    (133, my translation)

    7. Another counterpoint here, of course, would be Rei Terada’s Looking Away, with its interest in what does not demand commitment as affirmation, in phenomena content to hover in suspense–phenomena whose hold on reality was never in the first place assured.

     


    8. In October 2010, the New York Times reported that “since 2006 20-40% of the bee colonies in the United States alone have suffered ‘colony collapse’” (Johnson). For more specific details on the rates of colony collapse worldwide, see Jacobsen’s chapter “Collapse” in Fruitless Fall (57-66).

     


    9. Documentaries about colony collapse disorder usually show this movement on maps with illuminated, moving white arrows displaying the route taken by the trucked bees—a fleeting visual representation of how large agribusiness, otherwise abstracted from particular time and place, remains subject to seasonal rhythms. See, for example, George Langworthy and Maryann Henein’s 2009 Vanishing of the Bees as well as PBS’s 2007 Nature episode The Silence of the Bees. These images of bees chasing after a kind of eternalized spring, that is perpetually at the same point of flowering, recall the barren paradise—as safe from repetition as it is incapable of evolution, unable either to decay or to bear fruit—of Keats’s gardener Fancy “who breeding flowers, will never breed the same” (“Ode to Psyche”). Yet the seasonally-determined transport of the bees also bears with it as a kind of memory the utopian pastoral image of the erstwhile, small-scale working farm whose diversified and differently timed flowering crops used to provide smaller colonies all they needed on the spot. If, in a sense, agribusiness has only extended across space what was once spaced across time, the question is what gets lost—or why are we inclined to say something gets lost—when space begins to do the work of diversification once performed by time.

     


    10. Hauk blames this acceleration on “our American dream of eternal youthfulness and abhorrence of old age” as well as on what he calls “the spark-plug mentality,” according to which “it is advisable to change a [machine] part before its efficiency decreases markedly” (29). Hauk details the complex process by which honeybees will raise an emergency replacement queen in the case of a queen’s unexpected death, and then dispose of her as soon as a new queen, raised by the “normal” channels, is ready—interim measures that from the point of view of “efficiency” must seem extraordinarily wasteful. Thomas Seeley’s account of the “normal” process of reproduction in Honeybee Ecology: A Study of Adaptation in Social Life is also worth citing in this context:

     

    In summary, it appears that both the queen and the workers of a colony agree that the queen should be allowed to live until her egg-laying or some other property has declined to the point of roughly halving the colony’s original ability to survive and reproduce. Although precise measurements of queen performance at the time of supersedure are lacking, it is generally understood that workers only rear a replacement for their mother queen once her egg-laying has declined dramatically (Butler 1974), and even then they do not kill their mother queen, but allow her to work together with the new queen. Presumably the workers hope to rear reproductives from their mother’s eggs for as long as possible.

    (60)

    The passage seems typical of most studies of honeybee ecology prior to colony collapse in appearing to focus exclusively on bees living independently of humans, or at least presenting their habits as if humans were not in the picture.


    11. See his seminar “La bête et le souverain” (The Beast and the Sovereign),” in particular the Fifth Session, January 30, 2002, where he claims that bêtise and “bestiality” are not in the first place properly attributable to “beasts,” although I would claim that these terms may apply to humanized animals at the end of a long process of mutual (if asymmetrical) inter-formation (136-161, 138).

     


    12. See in addition to his book-length Technics and Time, the short entry “Anamnesis and Hypomnesis” and the entry “Memory” in Critical Terms for Media Studies.

     


    13. For scanty press coverage of these newly marketed self-compatible varieties, see, for example, Schmitz’s “Self-Pollinating Almond Trees Pop Up” (2011) and Flores’s “ARS Scientists Develop Self-Pollinating Almond Trees” (2010), which summarizes Craig Ledbetter’s related research developing self-pollinating varieties at the USDA. The premium put on the cultivation of select species in isolation from all others is evident first in experiments that involve “surround[ing] the [tree] branches with insect-proof nylon bags to exclude insects that could serve as pollinators,” and second in the stated rationale for such trees, which is apparently as much about saving growers from having to plant “lower-paying” pollinizer varieties as about reducing the need to import pollinating bees from as far away as Australia. Since Independence™ orchards will probably not supplant the Australian bees, the contradiction again worth highlighting here is how such isolationist purism goes hand in hand with—is in fact made possible by—dependence on the global market: terror of contact and contamination conspires with the drive to ever-greater efficiency to make it appear onerous to plant more than two varieties of trees, but not to ship hundreds of hives halfway around the world, many of which will not survive the trip beyond the single season.

     


    14. As Marc Reisner shows in his incomparable Cadillac Desert, the oversized plantations by which California has come to dominate the almond market worldwide are themselves symptomatic of another kind of hidden dependence, as they exist solely on account of the continued availability of artificially cheap because government-subsidized irrigation water. See Cadillac Desert 373-74; for a detailed account of the particular pollination challenges posed by California’s almond orchards, see Jacobsen’s chapter “The Almond Orgy” (123-136).

     


    15. Nicole Shukin powerfully addresses this contradiction in Animal Capital through the example of animal-borne diseases.

     


    16. For these details here and below, I draw on Tang Ya et al. 12.

     


    17. Botany owes its popularity, I would argue, to its making thoroughly livable the decentering of the human that begins with Darwin.

     


    18. For this see my Open Secrets, a book about literary characters who practice a peculiarly innocent kind of lying or withholding—who lie in the open and hide through appearance, deceiving not by active concealment but by letting appearances tell a certain story and not correcting the misconstructions that may result in the minds of others—and in this sense, a book about flowers.

     


    19. The line is first cited by Kiparsky as the last in a series illustrating his point that “there is no particular reason . . . to expect any prosodic homogeneity in a line, foot, word, or any other domain of verse.” As he shows, poets “use with abandon . . . . a situation in which an optional prosodic rule is applied in one place in a line and not in another, just as linguistic rules can be so applied” (243).

     


    20. An older method of scansion such as John Hollander’s would designate the first foot as an instance of trochaic inversion, thereby allowing both downbeats to fall on “weeds.”

     


    21. In the modernized text that appears alongside the 1609 Quarto, Booth prints the line as “Weeds among weeds, or flow’rs with flowers gathered,” as if to show the reader the difference in metrical value between the first instance of the word “flowers” and the second.

    Works Cited

     

    • Anidjar, Gil. “The Meaning of Life.” Critical Inquiry 37.4 (Summer 2011): 697-723. Print.
    • Arendt, Hannah. The Human Condition. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1958. Print.
    • Bataille, Georges. “The Language of Flowers.” Visions of Excess: Selected Writings, 1927-1939. Trans. Allan Stoekl. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1985. Print.
    • Berlant, Lauren. Cruel Optimism. Durham: Duke UP, 2011. Print.
    • Bowers, Janice Emily. 100 Desert Wildflowers of the Southwest. Tucson: Western National Parks Association, 1989. Print.
    • Buchmann, Stephen and Gary Nabhan. The Forgotten Pollinators. Washington: Island P, 1996. Print.
    • Butler, Judith. Precarious Life: The Powers of Mourning and Violence. New York: Verso, 2004. Print.
    • Carson, Rachel. Silent Spring. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1962. Print.
    • Cassell’s French Dictionary. Ed. Denis Girard. Rev. ed. New York: MacMillan Publishing Co., Inc, 1977. Print.
    • Darwin, Charles. The Origin of Species. Ed. J.W. Burrow. New York: Penguin Books, 1985. Print.
    • De Man, Paul. The Rhetoric of Romanticism. New York: Columbia UP, 1984. Print.
    • Derrida, Jacques. The Beast & the Sovereign. Vol.1. Trans. Geoffrey Bennington. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2009. Print.
    • ———. “White Mythology: Metaphor in the Text of Philosophy.” Margins of Philosophy. Trans. Alan Bass. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1982. Print. 211-271.
    • Devji, Faisal. “The Paradox of Nonviolence.” Public Culture 23.2 (Spring 2011): 269-74. Print.
    • Empson, William. Some Versions of Pastoral. London: Hogarth, 1974. Print.
    • Flores, Alfredo. “ARS Scientists Develop Self-pollinating Almond Trees.” Agricultural Rese arch Service. U.S Department of Agriculture. 6 April 2010. Web. 12 Jul. 2011.
    • François, Anne-Lise. Open Secrets: The Literature of Uncounted Experience. Stanford: Stanford UP, 2008. Print.
    • Gould, James L. and Carol Gould. The Honey Bee. New York: Scientific American Library, 1988. Print.
    • Hanson, Kristin. “What’s Elision For?: Aesthetic Implications of the Syllable Structure of Shakespeare’s Sonnets.” UC Berkeley Department of Linguistics Colloquium, Berkeley, CA. 6 Apr. 2009. Public Lecture.
    • Hardt, Michael and Antonio Negri. Commonwealth. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2009. Print.
    • Hauk, Gunther. Toward Saving the Honeybee. San Francisco: Biodynamic Farming and Gardening Association, 2008. Print.
    • Jacobsen, Rowan. Fruitless Fall: The Collapse of the Honey Bee and the Coming Agricultural Crisis. New York: Bloomsbury, 2008. Print.
    • Johnson, Kirk. “Scientists and Soldiers Solve a Bee Mystery.” New York Times 6 Oct. 2010. Web. 8 Oct. 2010.
    • Keats, John. Selected Poems and Letters. Ed. Susan Wolfson. New York: Pearson Longman, 2007. Print.
    • Kiparsky, Paul. “The Rhythmic Structure of English Verse.” Linguistic Inquiry 8.2 (Spring 1977): 189-247. Print.
    • Kolbert, Elizabeth. “Stung: Where Have All the Bees Gone?” The New Yorker, 6 Aug. 2007. Web. 8 Oct. 2010.
    • Oxford English Dictionary. New York: Oxford UP, 2011. Web. 8 Oct. 2012.
    • Pelt, Jean-Marie. Les Plantes: leurs amours, leurs problèmes, leurs civilisations. Paris: Fayard, 1981. Print.
    • Pollan, Michael. The Botany of Desire: A Plant’s-Eye View of the World. New York: Random House, 2001. Print.
    • Reisner, Marc. Cadillac Desert: The American West and Its Disappearing Water. New York: Penguin Books, 1986. Print.
    • Rousseau, Jean-Jâcques. Les Rêveries du promeneur solitaire. Paris: Garnier-Flammarion, 1964. Print.
    • Sartiliot, Claudette. Herbarium Verbarium: The Discourse of Flowers. Lincoln: U of Nebraska P, 1993. Print.
    • Scarry, Elaine. Dreaming by the Book. Princeton: Princeton UP, 1999. Print.
    • Schmitz, John. “Self-Pollinating Almond Trees Pop Up: Breeders Select Trees that Set Fruit With Less Work.” Capital Press. East Oregonian Publishing Co. 7 Jul. 2011. Web. 12 Jul. 2011.
    • Seeley, Thomas. Honeybee Ecology: A Study of Adaptation in Social Life. Princeton, NJ: Princeton UP, 1985. Print.
    • Shakespeare, William. Shakespeare’s Sonnets. Ed. Stephen Booth. New Haven: Yale UP, 1977. Print.
    • Shepard, Paul. Nature and Madness. Athens, GA: University of Georgia Press, 1982. Print.
    • Shukin, Nicole. Animal Capital: Rendering Life in Biopolitical Times. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2009. Print.
    • Shultz, Doug. Silence of the Bees. New York: Educational Broadcasting Corporation, 2007. Web. 24 Sept. 2010.
    • Stiegler, Bernard. “Anamnesis and Hypomnesis: Plato as the first thinker of the proletarianisation.” Pages Bernard Stiegler. ARS Industrialis: association pour une politique industrielle des technologies de l’esprit. Web. 1 Dec. 2011.
    • ———. “Memory.” Critical Terms for Media Studies. Ed. W.J.T. Mitchell and Mark B.N. Hansen. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2010. Print. 64-87.
    • ———. Technics and Time. Trans. Richard Beardsworth and George Collins. Stanford, CA: Stanford UP, 1998. Print.
    • Terada, Rei. Looking Away: Phenomenality and Dissatisfaction, Kant to Adorno. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2009. Print.
    • Vallianatos, Evaggelos. “Honeybees in Danger.” Truthout. 12 April 2009. Web. 8 Oct. 2010.
    • Vanishing of the Bees. Dir. George Langworthy and Maryam Henein. Cargo Films and Releasing. 2009. Film.
    • Virgil (Publius Vergilius Maro). The Georgics. Trans. K.R. MacKenzie. London: The Folio Society, 1969. Print.
    • Ya, Tang, Xie Jia-sui, and Chen Keming, “Hand pollination of pears and its implications for biodiversity conservation and environmental protection–A case study from Hanyuan County, Sichuan Province, China.” College of the Environment, Sichuan University. N.d.Web. 12 Jul. 2011.

     

  • The Art of Everyday Life and Death: Throbbing Gristle and the Aesthetics of Neoliberalism

    Gregory Steirer
    University of Pennsylvania
    steirer@english.upenn.edu

    Abstract

    This essay examines the influence of Situationist thought on aesthetics in postwar Britain through a close analysis of Throbbing Gristle, a fine-arts-cum-pop group responsible for the invention of the dystopian subculture Industrial Culture. Framing the group’s work as a response to the politics of 1970s Social Art, the article argues that Throbbing Gristle’s techno-libertarian aesthetics represent a deliberate effort to foreground and maintain deep-seated contradictions within the concept of the art of everyday life. By emphasizing the aesthetic side of Situationist thought, the article also offers a new framework for understanding and interrogating the legacy of the Situationists after 1968.

     

    In Leaving the Twentieth Century (1974), the first English-language edition of Situationist writings, adventurous readers fortunate enough to find a copy would have discovered a blueprint for an unusual new city. Espousing a radical form of city planning driven by an imaginative and technically impossible architecture, editor and translator Christopher Gray, rendering into English Ivan Chtcheglov’s “Formula for a New City,” describes a city whose buildings and quarters are each individually designed to produce in the inhabitant or pedestrian a specific emotional effect: “There will be rooms awakening more vivid fantasies than any drug. There will be houses where it will be impossible not to fall in love” (17).1 Though most of the emotions to be elicited stem from familiar ethical and poetic humanist traditions—Gray mentions, for instance, the Gothic-Romantic Quarter, the Happy Quarter, the Noble and Tragic Quarter, the Historic Quarter, and the Useful Quarter—near the end of the essay Gray conjures up a vision of a different tradition altogether, the Sinister Quarter:

    The Sinister Quarter, for example, would be a distinct improvement on those gaping holes, mouths of the underworld, that a great many races treasured in their capitals: they symbolised the malefic forces of life. Not that the Sinister Quarter need be bristling with traps, oubliettes or mines. It would be a Quarter difficult to get into, and unpleasant once one succeeded (piercing whistles, alarm bells, sirens wailing intermittently, hideous sculptures, automatic mobiles with motors called Auto-Mobiles), as ill-lit at night as it glared bitterly during the day.

    (17)

    If the other quarters, taken together, can be seen as a product (albeit a strange one) of a familiar and longstanding utopianism directed towards the rational design of a perfectly functioning social organization or place, Gray’s Sinister Quarter indicates a perverse expansion of the content of perfection itself. For the first time in utopian fantasy, the City’s human and technological failings—the very features previous utopias had been imagined to extinguish—are preserved and incorporated as an integral part of the utopia itself. By maintaining the “malefic” as a loud, ugly, and technologically choked Quarter designed to cause injury and displeasure to those who enter, Gray preserves the form of utopia but so dramatically expands utopia’s content that his City appears to lack a supra-rational principle (peace, equality, faith, utility) dictating what the application of rational design is meant to accomplish.

     
    The problem of the Sinister Quarter (if we can call the provocation of its utopian existence a problem) can be seen as a concise illustration of a much larger problem that beset Britain’s art world in the 1970s as the Situationist-inspired “revolution of everyday life” gradually infiltrated the practices and theories of a new generation of artists and critics. On the one hand, this revolution anarchically embraced all experience. Aesthetic pleasure, the artists-cum-revolutionaries discovered, was to be had everywhere and in everything—even in things normally held to be boring or bad or sinister. Its reception depended only upon the perceiver freeing him- or herself from his or her socially conditioned expectations so as to receive it. If taken too far, however, the dismantling of socially conditioned expectations—embodied institutionally by the museum and gallery—liberated art from the disinterest (first put forth by Kant) and formal hermeticism (enthroned in the 1950s by Clement Greenberg) upon which the new, revolutionary conception of art-as-anything depended in the first place.2 If anything was to be art, Art itself could not be anything, but had to maintain its unique position as ahistorical, apolitical, and rooted in aesthesis.
     
    On the other hand, the same artists-cum-revolutionaries discovered that if the revolution was extended so that it overturned the concept of Art itself, the prize of Art-as-anything was that Art could now finally be and do something. Free of the restraints of Kantian aesthetics, Art could re-enter history as useful work and join the politically disenfranchised in their struggles against capitalism, imperialism, and fascism. No longer providers of sensuous pleasure or creators of Culture in the aristocratic sense, artists could now join their social brethren as comrades in the battle for control of the everyday and thus work to repair Britain’s many social failings. Art could become social work, artists social workers.
     
    Though most British artists in the 1970s ignored the contradiction at the heart of the everyday by cleaving to only one of these revolutionary perspectives—the anarchic or the socialist—Gray’s Sinister Quarter results from the uneasy combination of both. Essentially an imaginative work of social engineering in which the modern City is “fixed” so that it induces desired emotions and behaviors and provides an ideal existence, Gray’s Situationist-inspired City refuses to discriminate among emotions and behaviors so as to identify which are in fact desirable. Not only does Gray, following Chtcheglov, seek to include them all, but by way of imaginative compensation he devotes the most explicit planning to what would traditionally be labeled the least desirable (only the Sinister Quarter is described in detail). The secret moral connotations normally structuring the art of everyday life are revealed as the concept is stretched to include maleficence, danger, and fear—an art of everyday death.
     
    Whether or not Genesis P-Orridge, Cosey Fanni Tutti, Peter “Sleazy” Christopherson, or Chris Carter read Gray’s Leaving the Twentieth Century is unknown, but in 1976 when they debuted as the band Throbbing Gristle they seemed—with their ear-splitting sounds, repulsive lyrics, offensive imagery, and mechanical rhythm section—to have stepped right out of the Situationists’ Sinister Quarter. MP Nicholas Fairburn, outraged at what the group, operating previously under the name of COUM Transmissions, had fashioned out of public money (it had received an Arts Council grant), decried its members as “the wreckers of civilisation,” thus positioning them publicly as dangerous dystopians whose art threatened—if not actually wrecked—the hard-earned achievement of British civilization. Fairburn, of course, exaggerated (and did so partly in order to pin the disintegration of Britain’s postwar political consensus upon the ruling Labour government), but his description of P-Orridge, Tutti, Christopherson, and Carter as art-terrorist dystopians astutely identifies the group’s aesthetic strategy. Simultaneously anarchic aesthetes and hyper-rational technocrats, facilitators of the everyday and demonic social workers, Throbbing Gristle uncomfortably straddle the two different understandings of the revolution of everyday life that the Situationists, through Gray’s anthology and the works of their English members Ralph Rumney and Alexander Trocchi, had bequeathed to the British art world. In doing so, Throbbing Gristle invented a disquieting new subculture, named Industrial Culture, which was determinedly dystopian and anti-progressive—while simultaneously revolutionary and anti-conservative—in its approach to contemporary society, artistic production, and political action.
     
    Whereas different branches of British art in the 1970s developed out of single sides of Situationist thought—on the one side British happenings, performance art, and Fluxus; on the other “social art” and Art & Language—Throbbing Gristle and the Industrial Culture it created are unique for their rootedness within the contradictions of Situationist thought. Their dystopian aesthetic was thus in large part an effort to maintain these contradictions in an artistic and social space that sought to ignore or suppress them. Though I have described these contradictions in terms of the incommensurable practices arising out of the notions of “anything as art” and “art as political work,” the split in Situationist thought can also be mapped (with identical results) upon the differences between the two canonical Situationist ur-texts: Guy Debord’s The Society of the Spectacle (1967) and Raoul Vaneigem’s The Revolution of Everyday Life (1967). Though frequently grouped together in accounts of the Situationist project, the two represent vastly different visions of what Situationist thought should be and do. Whereas Debord’s book presents a highly critical, theoretically dense analysis of the spectacle, venomous and pessimistic in tone and rooted in Marxist thought, Vaneigem offers a more lyrical and optimistic meditation, rooted in Kierkegaard and the metaphors of alchemy, on the potential of radical subjectivity to reshape individual and social experience. To the problems of alienation and spectacular consumerism, Society of the Spectacle offers the abstract solution of critical consciousness, realized by the working class through councils that achieve real democracy by transcending the “isolated individual” and the “atomized and manipulated masses” (thesis 221). By contrast, The Revolution of Everyday Life identifies revolution with a non-alienated, passionate form of individual subjectivity, one that reconfigures relationships to everyday life so to as release their subversive dynamism. The two books, themselves representative of the two major modes of Situationist art and writing, thus constitute an aporia within Situationist thought. Because most academic and popular scholarship on the Situationists has ignored Vaneigem in favor of the more theoretically sophisticated Debord, such scholarship has repeatedly failed to register this aporia. As a result, the cultural legacy of the Situationist movement has been constructed in a manner that over-emphasizes critical theory, overt political action, and the spectacle of commodity capitalism. In tracing the contradictory approaches to the everyday that organized Throbbing Gristle’s work, I am thus offering a more complicated—and, I believe, more accurate—framework for approaching both Situationist thought and its legacy within the cultural sphere.
     
    Throbbing Gristle is not, of course, entirely sui generis in its relation to Situationist thought—and indeed its aesthetic approach to social work is especially indebted to J.G. Ballard’s late-1960s writings (specifically those collected under the title The Atrocity Exhibition [1970]) and the work and performances of William Burroughs (who lived in Britain during the late 60s and was a friend and collaborator to P-Orridge).3 Situationist thought had an especially vibrant afterlife in Britain in the 1960s and 70s, with countercultural groups like King Mob and the Angry Brigade basing themselves explicitly upon Situationist theory, and artists and musicians/performers such as Art & Language and The Sex Pistols borrowing key elements of Situationist practice or critique.4 Throbbing Gristle’s work, however, is arguably the most useful of these artists and groups for highlighting and tracing theoretically the two different valences of Situationist thought, for, more so than the other figures’ works, Throbbing Gristle’s resists easy identification with either Debord or Vaniegeim’s theoretical model alone. What is more, Throbbing Gristle and the Industrial Culture it inaugurated serve together, chronologically, as a kind of endpoint to the post-1968 adventure of Situationist thought within the popular and/or subcultural spheres. They thus also enable us to better understand how changes to information technology and the Western political order, both beginning in the 1980s, served to strip Situationist practices of most of their critical bite.
     
    It should be noted that Throbbing Gristle, like other Situationist-influenced groups within the British art world, was more than a mere attempt to realize Situationist theory. Throbbing Gristle was born in 1969 as P-Orridge’s COUM Transmissions, a performance-art enterprise that grew to include Tutti, Christopherson, and Carter before transforming into Throbbing Gristle and leaving the gallery/museum scene for that of the concert and record shop. As COUM, the group experimented with Cage-inspired approaches to art, primarily via happenings and Actionist-style performances, and participated in the burgeoning European avant-garde performance art scene of the 1970s.5 Although internationally recognized for its art at the time, COUM has come to be remembered almost entirely for its October 1976 Prostitution show at the ICA, which featured (among other things) framed clips from Tutti’s work as a professional model for the British and European porn industries. When it was discovered by a scandal-hungry press that COUM had received a small Arts Council grant for the show, a storm of protest developed, with Conservative MPs, museum-goers, and newspapers attacking the Arts Council and the ICA for having funded obscenity.6 Following so quickly upon the heels of similar ICA “scandals”—including the funding of Mary Kelley’s 1976 Post-Partum Document show and the purchase of Carl Andre’s Equivalent VIII (purchased in 1972, but not attacked by the press until 1976)—COUM’s Prostitution was partially responsible for ensuring that avant-garde and experimental art would no longer receive government funding once Thatcher came to power.7
     
    Though the work of COUM Transmissions is an interesting subject in its own right and deserves more scholarly attention than it has yet received, its major artistic preoccupations situate it well within the anarchic or Vaneigem side of Situationist aesthetics. In the spirit of John Cage (whose book Silence helped inspire the young P-Orridge to become an artist), COUM used performance art to challenge the distinction between art and non-art, disrupt passive modes of interacting with the world, and re-invest everyday life with beauty and aesthetic free play.8 The group’s transition to Throbbing Gristle and its development of an explicitly techno-dystopian aesthetic can thus be seen as the repudiation of aesthetic anarchy as a self-sufficient strategy for reconfiguring the relationship between art and the everyday and re-humanizing post-war Britain. Rather than advocate a liberatory and institutionally liberated approach to art, Throbbing Gristle sought to bring art into the everyday by re-conceptualizing art itself, paradoxically, as a libertarian form of behavioral science—a dystopian techno-politics. In what follows, I provide a close analysis of this paradoxical approach to aesthetics—its style, its politics, and its philosophical premises—by situating it within the context of both 1970s social art, a short-lived aesthetic movement that developed an aesthetic explicitly modeled after behavioral psychology (but rooted in a Marxist approach to alienation and critical consciousness), and postwar impediments to research and the exchange of information. I conclude by returning to Situationist thought and offering a re-conceptualization, based upon Throbbing Gristle’s work, of the aporia at its heart, and the promise it may—through this aporia—yet hold.
     

    From Social Art to Industrial Culture

     
    Though Throbbing Gristle originally debuted at the ICA’s opening party for Prostitution—and thus announced itself to the public under the auspices of Britain’s foremost contemporary art institution—scholars and fans have long considered Throbbing Gristle an extra-art-world affair. Exemplary in this regard is Simon Ford, who writes in Wreckers of Civilisation: “The art world, they [P-Orridge et al.] concluded, was elitist, hypocritical, and out of touch, and the music industry promised a more relevant context for their work” (6.26). Even more cautious critics such as Neil Mulholland, who concedes the importance of art-world concerns to Throbbing Gristle, persist in identifying Throbbing Gristle primarily as a commercial music endeavor, thereby placing it outside the bounds of their discipline (Mylholland 61). In doing so, these critics reaffirm the very discursive boundaries both COUM and Throbbing Gristle sought to challenge.9 Art History’s rejection of Throbbing Gristle, fitting though it may be given the group’s strong anti-institutional bent, has nevertheless had two particularly pernicious effects on our historical understanding of the group. First, this rejection has effectively written Throbbing Gristle out of professional scholarship since the discourse to which Art History has assigned the group (“rock music”) has until quite recently been treated by most of academia as extra-academic. At the library of an American research university like the University of Pennsylvania one will thus search in vain for an indication that Throbbing Gristle ever existed, let alone exerted an influence on par with the Sex Pistols on the development of popular music in the 1980s and 1990s. Second, fan or underground scholarship, though working to reconstruct the band’s history, has, in following Art History’s lead, positioned as extra-artistic what was in fact an essentially artistic undertaking, rooted in art-world concerns and contexts and dependent upon the specific category of 1970s social or behavioral art for its seemingly novel approach to Situationist aesthetics. Indeed, to fully understand Throbbing Gristle’s dystopian aesthetic—both its origin and its aims—it must be placed in the context of this short-lived leftwing art movement.
     
    What was social art? Unlike most other art movements of the 1960s and 70s, social art lacked both a specific formal style (though, as we will see, the various styles tended to produce a single, common effect) and a committed association of practitioners. It was rather defined by a particular approach to the idea of art and the role of the artist in contemporary society. Nicholas Serota, former Director of the Whitechapel Art Gallery—the venue for Art and Society (1978), one of the two big social art exhibitions of the 1970s—described such art as “motivated by a belief in the need to change the social and political framework and, in some cases, the generally accepted role of artists in our society” (5). Richard Cork, curator of the other big social art exhibition of the decade, The Serpentine Gallery’s 1978 Art for Whom?, claimed more generally that “[t]he only valid criterion would…be whether the artist enlarges everyone’s capacity to live, with the fullness which should be his or her equal human due, in the world today” (10). Invitations to Cork’s show, however, included a ten-point manifesto, presumably endorsed by the exhibiting artists (though written, it would seem, by Cork), in which social art’s goals were laid out in clear, albeit still somewhat general-sounding, prose. The two most distinctive points were numbers four—”We are convinced that art must be transformed into a progressive force for change in the future”—and nine—”We would like society to regard artists as having an active part to play in dealing with the human, social and political issues which affect everyone’s existence” (qtd. in Levin 16). In other words, social art was to be an art of everyday life in the sense that it would function to improve the lives of the poor and working class (“society”) by addressing basic problems in the organization of modern life: rundown cities, alienation (either too little or too much), industrial pollution, the uniformity of modern housing developments, etc.
     
    Different artists pursued the goals of social art in different ways. Formally speaking, the various examples of work on display at the two big shows exhibited a wide variety of artistic media and production techniques, though such works tended to exclude traditional fine arts categories such as canvas painting and sculpture. Conservative critic Bernard Levin provided the following accurate (though hostile) account of such variety for readers of The Times after visiting the Art for Whom? show:

    It contains some strikingly attractive brightly-coloured designs by children for the facade of a school; the adult work, on the other hand, consists of things like sheets from the Family Allowances Act torn out and pasted on the wall, similarly displayed notices from the Asbestos Information Council, an advertisement for the products of the Distillers’ Company, annotated to draw attention to the company’s connexion with the thalidomide tragedy, and—this is the contribution of Peter Dunn and Lorraine Leeson—an account of a campaign against the proposed closure (on economy grounds) of Bethnal Green Hospital.

    (16)

    Two important observations on the nature of social art can be drawn from the above description. First, social art greatly resembled what has come to be called social work, its artists independent social workers. Such artists advocated for change by using art to address what were traditionally seen as either political or (increasingly after World War II) sociological/technocratic problems. By acting as community organizers and socialist propagandists (a word they preferred to “advertisers” or “marketers”), they sought to re-define artists as servants to the people and thus re-situate art as a fundamental aspect of everyday life by transforming it into politics. As Andrew Forge predicted in a 1971 piece for Studio International describing the decline of gallery-based art, “Art utterly democratized becomes politics” (34). Such was the goal of social art. Second, such art, despite its wide variety of styles and media (and excepting the occasional public mural), was formally predicated on the denial of aesthetic pleasure, traditionally defined. Cheaply printed photographs, torn sections of newsprint annotated with marker, columns of figures and statistics, typewriter fonts and sloppy textual blocking—social art deliberately sought to replace the vertical dimension of aesthetic free play with the horizontal dimension of historical materialism. Aesthetic contemplation would no longer be modeled on religious worship but on the practice of reading a Marxist pamphlet or socialist newspaper.

     
    As a form of community-centered socialist politics, social art staked out an ostensibly anti-professional position within the art world. Despite the exhibition of work in shows like Art for Society and Art for Whom?—what Dunn and Leeson name “gallery socialism”—working-class (and usually urban) community centers such as town halls, libraries, schools, and tower blocks were deemed the proper place for art, which was itself frequently defined in terms of collective action rather than art objects (43). Social art rhetoric, through variations on phrases like “art for all” or “art for the people,” thus frequently positioned “real” art in opposition to the art of the museum and professional artist. Such institutional art was faulted both for its participation in the capitalist class structure and for the restricted population (educated and supposedly wealthy) it served. Indeed, the role of professional artist was itself attacked for its elitist monopolization of the title. As Ken Sprague, an exhibitor in Art for Society asserted, “It is not a question of every artist being a special kind of man but of every man, woman and child being a special kind of artist” (30). Returned to the people, art would become a progressive force, an invigorating social energy through which communities could fashion their own modern-day utopias. As for the social artists themselves, following a suggestion Justin Schorr made in Toward a Transformation of Art, they re-imagined themselves as therapists, community organizers, and social workers. As Schorr wrote, “My suggestion is that artists should redefine the art enterprise…so that it is no longer considered an economic endeavor but rather is considered a service profession, one that is to be subsidized” (89).
     
    In re-imagining the artist as social worker, however, the division between artist and community member that social art had supposedly wished to mend was re-asserted in technocratic terms. The artist, though no longer possessing skills necessary for the creation of art, possessed an understanding of art as politics and an ability to organize under its name that placed him in the position of artist-administrator or -bureaucrat. Thus the drive to create social art resembled in its professional ideology the contemporaneous movement by artists to market themselves to the business world (best realized by the Artist’s Placement Group or APG).10 Indeed, the function of the social artist was almost identical to that of the new, business-friendly corporate artist, as summarized by Tom Batho of Esso Petroleum in a discussion of APG: “To some extent the artist is a bit like the business efficiency man who goes through the company. It’s not so much what they find wrong but what they release in suggestions from the personnel of the company they’re examining” (qtd. in Lucie-Smith 160). Like these corporate artists, social artists acted as community managers, identifying problem areas and inefficiencies and utilizing organizational skills to spur “every man, woman and child” on to more productive or progressive work (Sprague 30). The social artist, precisely in his or her capacity as social worker, was also a species of technocrat: a manager or human administrator. Stephen Willats, a prominent social artist who continued to produce art according to its principles into the 1990s, thus preferred the term “behavioural art”—highlighting as it does the goal of modified behavior (and the modified consciousness it produces) within communities—to that of social art. (For similar reasons he named his journal “Control”).11
     
    With the technocratic aspect of social art in mind, the ugliness of its actual aesthetic productions should appear less surprising. In a market over-saturated with institutionally certified artists and lacking a consistent method of appraising ability, social artists look longingly to professional labor markets that ranked employees based upon specialized knowledge and skill. Because the Romantic ideology underpinning popular, governmental, and educational understandings of art recognized individual genius in place of measurable skills, artists qua artists in the 1970s competed in an anarchic labor market in which one’s individual labor could not be meaningfully compared with another’s; in the absence of a determinable hierarchy, artists thus depended upon patronage, nepotism, and what was sometimes known as “professional incest” (serving on grant-awarding boards to which one later made application).12 As much then as social art’s “art for everyone” democracy could be explained by the socialist politics of its practitioners, it was just as much a logical response to the devaluation of art as a specialized kind of labor. By inflating the supply of artists so greatly that their market value was zero (everyone is an artist), social artists sought to damn their professionally-trained brethren while re-classifying themselves as technocrats: a new, creative version of scientist, scholar, and administrator. The resulting aesthetic style was thus anti-expressive, anti-Romantic, and anti-Heroic. It was, fundamentally, what a group of German student protestors named in 1968 “information-aesthetics,” in which fact, figure, and technical language approximate dthat of the corporate spreadsheet, governmental paper, or law review (Clay and Kudielka 64). Black and white photography, pay slips, and newspaper articles functioned as mere documentation, what Les Levine called in an early article on information-aesthetics “evidence-creating,” the raw material upon which sociological theses (usually produced under the title of “artist statements”) might be based (264). In the end, social art was ugly because it sought not to be art at all but rather the science and politics of producing changes in human behavior; the aesthetic dis-pleasure of social art was thus premised upon the technocratic pleasure of science.
     
    Taken by itself, social art was an extremely short-lived art world phenomenon that (aside from the popularization of community murals) had little direct lasting effect upon either the art world or the everyday of the working class. Indeed, with the sudden profitability of British Art in international art markets under Thatcher (thanks both to the new finance economy of London and the aesthetic innovations of the YBAs) the financial impetus for turning to social art in the first place had vanished. But though 1970s social art remains today little more than a footnote in the history of Fine Art and socialist political activism, it yet must be recognized as the peculiar (and unwitting) progenitor of one of the most vibrant Western subcultures of the late twentieth century: what Throbbing Gristle christened “Industrial Culture.” For the members of Throbbing Gristle were, if not social artists themselves, then the bastard children of social art, produced through the profane dalliance of social art’s fundamental aesthetic principles with the politics (or anti-politics) of extreme libertarianism.
     
    The members of Throbbing Gristle were not classified as social artists by art critics in the late 1970s (they were not in fact classified as artists at all), but the band’s artistic production (encompassing not only music, but performance, prose, and a significant amount of visual material) greatly resembled social art’s in terms of its deliberate pursuit of what most would call sensuous dis-pleasure. Visually speaking, the means through which Throbbing Gristle solicited such dis-pleasure were nearly identical: degraded black and white photographs were common, color was generally absent (except for the occasional bit of red), poorly clipped newspaper articles served as backdrops or (in written documents such as Industrial News) the artistic subject in its entirety. Perhaps most exemplary—and extreme in its banishment of visual pleasure—is the cover to the band’s first album, confusingly titled The Second Annual Report of Throbbing Gristle (released in 1977). Lest the entirely blank white cover evoke the minimalism of Richard Hamilton’s White Album (designed for the Beatles in 1968), a single plain sticker containing the corporate sounding title, the production date, and the label’s address in an unremarkable black font is affixed to the top right corner. The back of the LP’s sleeve is similarly blank, save for a much larger sticker, pasted in the sleeve’s center and containing what resembles a poorly photocopied reproduction of the first page of a shareholder’s report. The text, written in corporate-speak, describes the band’s activity in thoroughly un-artistic terms:

    This second year of production has shown a definite move towards establishment of a sound business foundation on which further work involving greater capital expenditure can be based. Considerable progress has been made in the fields of research and development which have enabled us to give live demonstrations in five locations.

    (Throbbing Gristle, The Second Annual Report)

    Though some commentators have read the industrial language here and in other areas of Throbbing Gristle’s oeuvre as a means of mocking the industrial dimensions of the music business, the dimensions mimed are not those of the music industry, the major companies having decades earlier adopted cooler corporate identities.13 The aesthetic blandness rather suggests in-house administrative reports of the kind produced by government agencies or scientific/technical R&D departments. In fact, despite occasional music industry gags (particularly with its fourth album, Twenty Jazz Funk Greats), the group’s Industrial Records functioned like a typical late 1970s independent record company; the target of its aesthetic was thus not the record industry at all (of which Industrial Records was in fact a part), but the postwar valorization of techno-rationalism and the authoritarian regime of the expert it supported.14

     
    Before I turn to Throbbing Gristle’s critique of technocracy, let us take a brief look at how the band translated social art’s emphasis on sensuous dis-pleasure into sound. Certainly the music they produced (much of it, especially at its live concerts, might better be classified as noise) was unpleasant by traditional aesthetic standards. With screeches of high-volume feedback, squelches of over-amplified guitars, and the whining improvisations of P-Orridge’s electric violin, Throbbing Gristle’s music seemed crafted on the assumption that even Punk’s three chords were unnecessary for forming a band. Because of the band’s “industrial” label, critics and fans have regularly interpreted such music in mimetic terms, hearing it as a recreation of the postwar industrial soundscape. In an early version of a 1978 review for Sounds, Jon Savage thus observed, “TG take up all the machine made noise in our industrial decline and throw it back in your face. Like PA hum, feedback, static, sonic accidents” (qtd. in Ford 7.12).15 Savage’s observation is typical for its easy correlation of musical noises with the sound of industrial-age machines, but the particular noises he cites are difficult to identify in the 1970s soundscape, industrial or otherwise—with the single exception of a rock concert sound check. Certainly the loose and often skittery electronic beats (Throbbing Gristle lacked a live drummer) sound nothing like the mechanized rhythm of the factory floor to which they’re often compared. The noises of much of Throbbing Gristle’s songs thus no more belong to a realist or representational aesthetic tradition than they do a recognizable musical form.
     
    The band’s sounds were not, of course, entirely without precedent (though some effects, particular those run through Carter’s homemade “Gristlelizer” could not be heard elsewhere). Indeed, they were what sound technicians would readily label noise: excessive or undesired audio information that obscures the primary or desired musical message.16 For the sound technician (or the musician), such sounds in fact cancel out the expressive and emotional aspects of the music (the jam or the groove), replacing its participatory or subjective effect with a purely informational one: the speaker is too close to the mic, the levels on the bass are too high, the samplers are improperly sequenced, etc.17 Thus where Punk rock’s noise stemmed from a DIY amateurism that one could ignore in appreciation of the rock music behind it (and which vanished as the bands improved over time), Throbbing Gristle’s noise frequently came off as alarming sonic information behind which no music or meaning could be discerned. In these early days, Throbbing Gristle’s music thus presented its audience with a question: What do I do with this?
     
    As the cognitive effects of Throbbing Gristle’s brand of noise should suggest, the band did not pursue sensuous dis-pleasure or what Drew Daniel calls “anti-pleasure” for its own sake (12). As with social art’s annotated newspapers and Xeroxed pay slips, the unpleasant productions of Throbbing Gristle were a corollary of the band’s efforts to construct a popular information-aesthetics; unlike social art, however, Throbbing’s Gristle’s information-aesthetics sought, through the détournement of information itself, to aestheticize information rather than to politicize art. Industrial Records supported this goal or (in the language used by the label) “mission” through the semi-regular publication of Industrial News, ostensibly a newsletter/catalogue produced by the band and its collaborators (such as Monte Cazzaza) and distributed to fans, or “Control Agents” (the term is borrowed from Burroughs), who had joined the label’s mailing list. In place of the official fan club publications of other labels, which feature pin-up photographs and teen-oriented interviews with musicians, Industrial News consisted primarily of quasi-scientific news: descriptions of venereal disease, reports on abnormal psychology, technical instructions for survivalists, illustrations of medical procedures (of the kind J.G. Ballard and Martin Dax had celebrated earlier in the decade via Ambit), studies on the effects of radiation, and numerous articles on serial killers.18 The band’s songs were similarly loaded with arcane references and free-floating bits of de-contextualized information; Christopherson in particular regularly mixed in sampled snippets of BBC news programs and documentaries as well as his own field recordings—illicitly captured, according to Ford, with “powerful surveillance equipment” (Ford 8.25). In conjunction with Industrial News and the reference-laden interviews given to the underground music press, these informational snippets frequently served as prompts for further research/aesthetic exploration by fans. They thus functioned as the musical equivalent of scholarly footnotes.
     
    This emphasis on research eventually came to be one of the dominant features of Industrial Culture itself. As P-Orridge explained to Ford: “You can often trace the songs back to my book shelves. 50% to 60% of the songs were conceived after reading books…. I often ended up with an entire drawer of a filing cabinet of documentation in order to come up with just three or four minutes of lyrics” (7.12). As fans increasingly hunted down these texts and those cited by later industrial bands, various reading lists began to circulate. Re/Search Publication’s volume on Industrial Culture thus appends to each interview with an individual band a long list of important texts and recommended readings. Throbbing Gristle’s entry contains over 150 book references, the titles of which include Post-Mortem Procedures; History of Magic, Witchcraft and Occultism; The Scourge of the Swastika; and Nuclear Survival Handbook (“Throbbing Gristle” 18-19). As Daniel, reflecting upon his own initiation to Throbbing Gristle, observes, “Industrial culture had to be sought out through deliberate research and slow archival accumulation, consumed on record and in print at a scholarly remove” (12).
     
    Of course, what Throbbing Gristle and Industrial Records presented as research would probably strike us today as informational trash: no more authentically “research” than the pornography of the 1970s and 1980s whose credits frequently announced the film’s scholarly relevance in an effort to avoid prosecution for obscenity. Indeed, information on serial killers and pictures of medical atrocities (such as the surgically mutilated penis on the cover of Surgical Penis Klinik’s Meat Processing Section, released on Industrial Records in 1980) are today easily accessible via the internet by anyone who is interested (and many who are not). Throbbing Gristle’s information-aesthetics thus imitated the style of social art, but replaced the progressive and often moralistic purpose of the latter’s socialist aesthetics with an anarchic commitment to non-purposiveness and Kantian disinterest. The socialist project of radical left-wing artists, who hoped by their art to remake the social world for the sake of the working class and poor, was transformed into an obsession with information—often disgusting or inscrutable, though nevertheless sometimes strangely beautiful—for its own sake. But just as COUM’s art for art’s sake was also for the sake of a virulent anti-institutionalism, Throbbing Gristle’s emphasis on information for information’s sake was in service to two specific politico-aesthetic principles.
     
    First, Throbbing Gristle sought via the valorization of research and information to affiliate and empower non-professionals who, by definition, lacked institutional accreditation as scholars. The band’s earlier efforts as COUM to liberate art from artists was thus transposed into the professional sphere of science and sociology; information was to be “liberated” from the experts who produced and managed it. As P-Orridge argued in a 1979 manifesto (usually) titled “Nothing Short ov a Total War”: “Thee power in this world rests with thee people who have access to thee most information and also control that information” [sic] (24). As the management of human beings (particularly by government) occurred through the manipulation of information, the key to individual power, P-Orridge concluded, lay in the reclamation by everyday people of the ability to direct and produce information. Throbbing Gristle’s “Control Agent” fans were thus those who had achieved individual agency by taking control over information’s form.
     
    Of course, P-Orrdige’s emphasis on the dangers of managed information may seem over-stated and paranoid to us today. Thanks to the internet, information of almost all types has become readily accessible to all (or at least all those with internet connections) in virtual form. And when particular information is not, its material incarnation is generally easy to locate thanks to online libraries, storefronts, and auction sites. Research, in fact, has become effectively de-institutionalized through the web; today’s budding researcher can pursue his or her project (whatever it might be) independently—with neither authorization nor assistance. (Of course, the availability of online resources assumes a complicated web of production in which multiple individuals participate; these individuals, however, need not interact formally or be institutionally affiliated.) But in the 1960s, 1970s, and 1980s, information was more rigidly organized and demarcated—perhaps, thanks to new technology (which greatly increased both the quantity of recorded information and the possibility of illicit surveillance), even more rigidly so than at any time since the Enlightenment successfully challenged the censorship of religious authority. The Cold War created an atmosphere of secrets, where the open movement of information risked triggering nuclear annihilation. In such a climate, the spy, glamorized by 007, became for much of the early postwar period the ultimate fantasy profession—while the State, guarding its secrets even from itself (witness Nixon, but also serious CIA and MI5 scandals), bred an atmosphere of fear and paranoia. Censorship and obscenity laws were increasingly enforced as cheaper production costs lowered the barrier to publication.
     
    To do independent research at such a time was not easy, especially if the subject of that research was controversial or out of the mainstream. Such research—say, for example, into Nazi occultism or nuclear radiation—required a network of individuals with whom to exchange primary and secondary texts that were often rare and/or prohibitively expensive. It also required some alternative means of publication or information-exchange (as simple as the exchange of letters or as complicated as independent publishing) if the research were going to exist as anything but self-education. Information, as an object, was thus quite a different entity from information today, precisely because information in the 1960s, 1970s, and 1980s was still constituted by an object. And, as an object, it produced aesthetic communities—cultures or sub-cultures, depending upon the perceived value of the information—that revolved almost entirely around its circulation. Because information cannot exist as such without being potentially accessible (it must, that is, contain the capability to inform), different kinds of information in the post-war period became ontologically identified with the different communities that kept them circulating. Most of these communities were organized in the form of professional institutions, which served to limit access by carefully managing membership. But the aesthetic community that has come to be known as Industrial Culture tended to maintain an open network in which any person could participate by producing or exchanging information (as with the first generation of Punk, passive consumption seems to have been rare). Supported by Industrial Records (and later by other labels such as Tesco, World Serpent, and Cold Meat Industries), participants in Industrial Culture fashioned themselves into DIY experts, anarchic technocrats colonizing the extreme borders of science, sociology, and psychology.19
     
    Whereas liberating art from artists produces, in theory, the dissolution (or total expansion) of the concept of art, separating technocracy from professional technocrats does not produce a similar conceptual collapse with regard to technocracy. For even if technocratic science is wrenched from the hands of professionals and opened to all, Throbbing Gristle’s fundamental problem with technocracy—that it works to control people—remains unresolved. The name given to the band’s fans, “Control Agents,” thus conveys a disturbing double-sense: though meant to signify people who had taken control of the information stream that had previously manipulated them, it likewise suggests guerilla practitioners able to use information to control others. In other words, though lacking the institutional validation of the real thing, DIY technocracy still functioned and felt like the professional version it challenged. As P-Orridge advised listeners on Heathen Earth (1980), “You should always aim to be as skillful as the most professional of the government agencies.” Not surprisingly then, the area of research encouraged most by Throbbing Gristle was behavioral psychology—books such as Wilhelm Reich’s Mass Psychology of Fascism, J. Delgado’s Physical Control of the Mind, and J. P. Chaplin’s Rumor, Fear and the Madness of Crowds featured prominently in reference lists, their subjects translated into songs with names such as “Convincing People” and “Persuasion.” Such songs often exhibited a schizophrenic logic, reveling in the very acts of manipulation they seemed to decry. Daniel, for example, observes that though “Persuasion” “functions as an analysis of mechanisms of control, a critical unpacking of the personality that needs to control others…it also permits a pleasurable identification with that controlling position, a fantasy scenario in which the affective charge experienced through having power over others is gloated over, wallowed in and recirculated” (105). By identifying its critique of manipulation with manipulation itself, Throbbing Gristle substituted for social art’s hypocritical denouncement of false consciousness (a diagnosis that establishes the diagnostician’s freedom at the expense of the person or group diagnosed) the disturbing admission that the freedom to critique another’s lack of freedom creates and/or reifies the very lack it critiques.
     
    If one important effect of Throbbing Gristle’s information-aesthetic was the formation of a DIY research community whose existence challenged both the monopolization of research and the progressive use to which it was put by professional technocrats, the other was a clever recovery of the Vaneigem-inspired revolution of everyday life towards which COUM had originally been directed. Indeed, with Throbbing Gristle and Industrial Culture the very concept of the everyday was expanded, in a direction that seems to have left Cage behind by more fully embracing Vaneigem, to include events and experiences (murder, radiation, pollution, boredom, etc.) that are usually seen as waste products of industrial society and thus out of bounds to art’s distinction-granting gaze. As waste products, such objects resisted appropriation by both progressive causes (which usually cited them only as negative examples) and traditional notions of beauty, which generally associated beauty with morality (the latter often identified with the concept of nature or the natural).
     
    The anti-progressive aspect of Throbbing Gristle’s aesthetic was achieved, in a manner that resembles Gray’s representation of the Situationist City, primarily through the selection for representation of objects that cannot rationally be accounted for by any functioning utopia. Exemplary in this regard was the band’s handling of murder, which (especially in its early days) was a frequent topic of its music, writing, and performances. Songs like “Urge to Kill” and “Slug Bait” reported the activities of serial killers like Edmund Kemper and Charles Manson not as calls for moral outrage (and subsequent corrective action), but as aesthetic phenomena. Through such songs and reports in liner notes and Industrial News, the band endorsed the desire to commit murder as a legitimate form of radical human subjectivity and sought to encourage such subjectivity in its audience.20 Sometimes this encouragement even assumed the form of a direct imperative, as at the band’s 1977 “Rat Club” gig, during which P-Orridge wrapped up one song by repeatedly shouting at the audience, “All I want you to do is go out and kill” (Ford 7.11-7.12). Certainly the band did not actually hope to incite murder, but wished instead to open up modes of experiencing murder and the fantasy of committing it that are not wholly determined by the familiar problem-oriented discourses of sociology and psychology. In a June 1976 piece for Studio International titled “Annihilating Reality,” P-Orridge and Christopherson explained:

    Edeward Paisnel, known as the Beast of Jersey, was found guilty of thirteen charges of attacks on six people on Monday 13 December 1971. On 13 September 1440 Gilles de Rais was found guilty of 34 murders, though it is believed his victims numbered over 300. Rais, Prelati, Poitou made crosses, signs, and characters in a circle. Used coal, grease, torches, candles, a stone, a pet, incense. Words were chalked on a board. Could these rituals preceding child murders, in another context and properly photographed, become Beuysian performance?

    (45-46)

    Such musings would come back to haunt P-Orridge during his later investigations by Scotland Yard for producing, along with Derek Jarman and the members of Psychic TV, what looked like a snuff film, but “Annihilating Reality” does not actually advocate murder; rather it argues for the separation of the act’s formal qualities from its social effects and moral value.21 Instead of immorality, murder, the band argued, can be seen as an aesthetic event, as art. Furthermore, when the concept of art was thus expanded so as to include murder as a paradigmatic example, it shed the need to reflect what ought to be and contribute to that ought’s utopian realization.

     
    Though murder appeared frequently as an object of aesthetic contemplation in Throbbing Gristle’s work, a more common figure of anti-progressive desire for the band is that of thwarted biological reproduction. The mutilation of sex organs, abortion, rape involving murder, and (male) masturbation appeared frequently in its lyrics and imagery.22 A regular video backdrop for early Throbbing Gristle concerts, for instance, featured a highly realistic simulated castration. The image of wasted semen, however, received some of the most sustained attention.23 The cover for the “Something Came Over Me” side of Subhuman/Something Came Over Me (1980) featured a laboratory photograph of Christopherson’s semen suspended in water while the song’s lyrics celebrated the anti-social pleasures of male masturbation. A single line, “something came over me,” is repeated incessantly in a regular rhythmic pattern by P-Orridge, who occasionally substitutes for it additional lyrics (“Was it white and sticky?” “I think I kind of liked it,” and “Mommy didn’t like it”) that reveal the title’s sexual significance. The final refrain, “And I’m do-do-do-do-doing it again” communicates a triumphant dismissal of the mother’s censure, the extended staccato of the word “doing” signaling not only the speaker’s defiance of social expectation, but the excessive jouissance achieved by doing so. In its 1980 performance of the song at Oundle School, then an all-boy’s boarding school near Peterborough, the band further expanded the song’s significance by using a greatly extended version as the center-piece for its entire performance.24 For the audience of adolescent schoolboys, P-Orridge shifted to a didactic register, transforming the final lyric (repeated again and again for minutes) from committed avowal to militaristic imperative—”Do-do-do-do-do it anyway!”—thereby hijacking the educational discourse of the institution for non-productive and socially harmful instruction. Through such careful undermining of the progressive ideology governing the production and reception of art, Throbbing Gristle offered an art that deliberately countered the moral desires of socially conscious citizens.
     
    Of course, the vast majority of the band’s music and visual production was unconcerned with desire at all, moral or otherwise, and there was little of it that directly attacked specific moral values. Indeed, as described earlier, much of Throbbing Gristle’s work was concerned with what was generally perceived as informational trash. The band took functionless research and discredited or fringe science and, refusing to render it “art” by translating it into a fine arts language of visual pleasure, presented it as research. Because such research lacked functional value, however, it simultaneously served as a successfully realized expression of what could be called “pure information”—information, which through a process resembling détournement, had been removed from any particular function or purpose. As a material phenomenon, pure information maintains the form of science or purpose (it looks like data) but cannot be meaningfully identified with either a professional research institution or a particular project or purpose. It thus lacks a rational cause, but looks like it has one; and this odd conjunction—the appearance of purposiveness in general—is precisely (and not incidentally) the definition of beauty offered by Kant and the tradition of aesthetics to which he gave rise. Ultimately, Throbbing Gristle’s strongest weapon against the colonization of art by experts was thus to adopt the form of expertise while emptying it of reason. For data denied function can communicate to its receiver only as pure form: a discarded recording of computer sounds (“I.B.M.”) becomes music; a medical textbook illustration of a surgical procedure becomes a drawing. Furthermore, by creating its own non-professional research communities in which all could produce such research-cum-art, Throbbing Gristle likewise created a host of un-trained (even inadvertent) artists. Throbbing Gristle thus turned the form of social art against social art itself; the expertise of the social artist, secured by his superior progressive vision, was undone by divorcing expertise from reason both pure and practical (to use Kantian language) and thus opening it to all. If anyone could produce research without rational aim or direction and communicate that research, then anyone who did so was simultaneously producing art.
     
    Throbbing Gristle “ceased to exist” (to use the group’s own language) in 1981, but its influence was felt throughout the eighties and much of the nineties as a host of new bands and subcultural artists adopted the “mission” of Industrial Culture. Though the bands and labels started by the original four (Tutti and Carter’s Chris and Cosey, P-Orridge’s Psychick TV, and Christopherson’s Coil) still set much of the research agenda, new experimental groups such as Whitehouse, Current 93, Nurse with Wound, SPK, Test Dept, Cabaret Voltaire, Einsturzende Neubauten, Boyd Rice, and Der Blutharsch, introduced their own aesthetic tweaks and produced their own “scholarly literature.”25 By the 1990s, Industrial Culture had even had limited mainstream success as bands like Skinny Puppy, Ministry, and Nine Inch Nails translated Throbbing Gristle’s “musical” style into more familiar song structures (most featuring recognizable choruses and stable electronic rhythms).
     
    Despite Industrial Culture’s longevity, however, information technology and the social reality undergirding the subculture has changed so significantly as to render unviable the subculture’s aesthetic. The personal computer and the internet have created a new kind of de-hierarchized social sphere, very different from that of “everyday” Britain during the post-war period, in which communities could function outside the bounds and without the remit of law, social mores, and professional institutions; indeed, the internet seems even to have freed communities from the limitations of geographic space. On the face of it such open access to the exchange of information might appear to be the realization, on a global scale, of the kind of DIY research/aesthetic community on which Industrial Culture was based. In practice, however, the mode of community enabled by computers and the internet privileges postmodern—or, as Alan Kirby has called them, “digimodern”—communication practices and social values that are incompatible with the essentially modernist values of Industrial Culture and the Situationist aesthetics it inherited.26
     
    Although, as Mitchell Waldrop has recounted in his authoritative history of personal computing, both the computer and the internet were originally designed to aid scientists and researchers in the processing of scientific data, even before the launch of the early internet (as ARPANET), they were already serving an important secondary function: personal communication—or what most communication scholars call Computer-Mediated Communication (CMC). In CMC, multiple computers, connected via the internet, enable through special software new forms of communication platforms (the newsgroup, the email, the instant message) that privilege direct or low-latency communication between distinct individuals. Though there has been a continuous debate over the value of the communities produced through CMC, both its proponents and its detractors typically support their judgments by comparing these computer-mediated communities to traditional, communitarian notions of inter-subjective belonging derived from Romantic or anti-modern notions of what a community is.27
     
    The model of community put forth by Throbbing Gristle, by contrast, rejected communitarian values (which the band viewed as both overly conservative and excessively utopian) in favor of those stemming from aesthetics and radical subjectivity. In place of personal communication, Industrial Culture privileged the exchange of useless information: of non-purposive texts (informational trash), citations, and prompts for research. Such exchange, though occasionally also leading to the formation of personal relationships premised upon intimacy or inter-subjective familiarity, was directed primarily towards the enabling of aesthetic experiences and DIY (a practical ideology whose name itself is at odds with traditional notions of community) activities that are fundamentally individual or mono-subjective in orientation. Whereas Industrial Culture was premised from the start upon a Modernist notion of the text—non-responsive, impersonal, self-sufficient (or endogenic) with respect to meaning—CMC substitutes for the thick mediation of the text the transparent mediation of software (offering direct, often immediate exchange). On the newsgroup rec.music.industrial, started in 1991 and still operative today, one finds virtually no aesthetic texts (and few links or citations to such texts), but rather personal exchanges about favorite and least favorite music, requests to meet up at concerts, advice on which CD to purchase, and a small degree of personal name-calling and invective (“flames”). Though by some criteria this may very well constitute informational trash, it offers little potential for “art as anything” détournement nor the radical aesthetic experience such détournement seeks.
     
    The development of CMC alone, however, was not responsible for the finished viability of the kind of détournement practiced by Throbbing Gristle and Industrial Culture; the rise of new media (beginning in the early 1990s) brought with it a change in the ontology of media itself that robbed détournement, in virtually all its modes, of critical power. Lev Manovich explains this change in terms of variability:

    Old media involved a human creator who manually assembled textual, visual, and/or audio elements into a particular composition or sequence. This sequence was stored in some material, its order determined once and for all. Numerous copies could be run off from the master, and, in perfect correspondence with the logic of an industrial society, they were all identical. New media, in contrast, is characterized by variability. (Other terms that are often used…are mutable and liquid.) Instead of identical copies, a new media object typically gives rise to many different versions.

    (36)

    Lacking an ideal (in the Platonic sense) or proper form, the new media object is too mutable, too unfinished and open to change to serve as a fitting target of détournement. As strings of 0’s and 1’s meant to be decoded by software (in contrast to the hardware needed to access old media such as film or vinyl), new media objects lack the very qualities previously taken to constitute an object. They have content, but no essential form—and lacking such form, they lend themselves more to use than to study or beholding. Indeed, the eminent usability of the new media object has given rise in recent years to the dual ideologies of Web 2.0 and “prosumption,” each advocated by technophiles, media journalists, and marketing gurus.28

     
    In the face of such an object, which not only allows itself to be changed/mis-used but seems to positively invite it, what is a twenty-first-century Situationist to do? Détournement in the style of Debord—meant through the collage of plagiarized texts to short-circuit the spectacle in order to raise the spectator’s critical consciousness—loses its critical purchase in a world of re-mixed and mashed-up content. But so too does the détournement of Vaneigem, which aims to revitalize the revolutionary potential of the everyday through what he sometimes called the pre-analytic “consciousness of immediate experience” (195). No longer is it possible to restore an object’s lost aesthetic surplus by reframing it as pure information, for the ontology of the object within a cultural sphere dominated by new media is no longer objectivity in the traditional sense at all, but rather customization, personalization, and mis-use.
     
    Because of the twin problems of CMC and new media ontology, Industrial Culture deliberately resisted adapting to the internet. Throughout the 1990s, few of the bands and artists associated with the subculture had any web presence at all, while today the key living practitioners make little use of it other than for advertising and sales.29 Unusual for contemporary pop musicians, many of these sales revolve around limited edition, physical objects (usually vinyl, but sometimes CDs) in handcrafted packaging or bundled with special art objects. While it would be easy to criticize such a practice as a conventional form of commodity fetishism, it might be better seen as a form of object fetishism—that is, an insistence, under the dominance of new media, on classical objectivity, textual closure, and aesthetic disinterest. Those industrial musicians who have adopted digital production techniques have done so in ways that seek to undermine or challenge the ideology of free-form variance and mutability, most often by relying upon alchemical or magical working methods (which emphasize continuance and development rather than dissonance, plagiarism, and customization).
     

    From the Art of Everyday Life and Death to the Aesthetics of Neoliberalism(s)

     
    What, ultimately, were the political valences of Throbbing Gristle’s aesthetic productions and the subculture that formed around them? Politically speaking, their commitment to what we can call (paradoxically) a technocratic libertarianism maps poorly onto traditional schemas of political affiliation. As P-Orridge (writing as David Brooks) told Sounds in 1978: “It is very important that TG be allowed to point out that they have absolutely no political stance of any kind. Throbbing Gristle are apolitical…. Long live the Industrialists!” (qtd. in Ford 8.15). Though such an apoliticism can to some degree be read as anarchic resistance to the post-war political order, the silliness of the concluding exclamation indicates Throbbing Gristle’s distance from the usual forms of (leftwing) anarchism, which see the State and the warring political groups to which it gives rise as one of the central problems of the modern political order.
     
    Because Industrial Culture (like the tail end of the first wave of Punk) was at its peak during the period of Conservative rule under Margaret Thatcher, the ugliness of Throbbing Gristle’s art has (again, as with Punk) sometimes been interpreted as leftwing resistance to modern capitalism and the Conservative Party under Thatcher.30 As my discussion of the group’s relationship to social art should suggest, however, its commitment to dystopian models of social (dis)organization actually locates it closer to Thatcher than her opposition during the late 1970s (recall that the group “ceased to exist” after 1981). As “Sleazy” explains in an interview with Daniels:

    [A]t that time I think that the Labour government was seen as the bad guy. They had been the cause of many of the social problems that we had railed against…. So when the conservatives first got into power, nobody really knew who they were aside from the fact that it was a change from the supposed darkness of the past. All the negative things that we ascribe to the Conservative or Republican viewpoint now were unknown to us at the time.

    (78)

    Of course, there are significant ideological differences between Thatcher’s Conservatism and Throbbing Gristle’s libertarianism, but given the social and economic climate of the time, the similarities—particularly their simultaneous suspicion of and attraction to the very idea of government itself—are striking. Indeed, Thatcher’s various efforts to encourage individual self-reliance and private financial markets through the withdrawal of both state support and bureaucratic tinkering resembles in its liberalizing strategies the efforts of COUM/Throbbing Gristle to empower individual non-professionals as artists, researchers, and anarchic technocrats. Both goals squarely opposed the left’s efforts to produce a coherently organized society built upon community and equality through the empowerment of the working class.

     
    For this reason—and for Throbbing Gristle and Industrial Culture’s wry hostility to socialist political ideals such as community, fraternity, and equality—it is tempting to position Throbbing Gristle as a kind of neoliberal vanguard, a libertarian aesthetic project contributing, however minutely (and perhaps even unwittingly), to the disintegration of the postwar social order and the rise of an atomized, individual-oriented political sphere dominated by economic imperatives. Viewed through such a lens, Industrial Culture would bear a strong similarity to Punk, which—though repeatedly hailed by scholars as anti-capitalist and radically (if insufficiently) socialist—shares many aesthetic principles with Industrial Culture: an anti-technocratic or DIY approach to aesthetic production; a celebration of the ugly, violent, and ruined aspects of postwar social life; and a rampant—indeed, uncontrollable (witness Malcolm McLaren and Sid Vicious)—individualism.
     
    Throbbing Gristle’s relationship to Situationist theory, however, suggests problems with this assessment. The first revolves around the difficult and perhaps paradoxical nature of aesthetics as a politics, which we find in Vaneigem’s work—although in a deliberately proto-theoretical mode of discourse. Vaneigem prescribes a politics in the form of aesthetic practice, which through its détournement of the everyday is designed to produce revolution at the level of individual subjectivity. “The work of art of the future will be the construction of a passionate life,” he insists, in one of many similar-sounding formulations (202). This prescription may at first also appear a blueprint for neoliberalism; indeed, aesthetics itself (and with it the Kantian idea of the beautiful) has since the 1980s come to been seen as essentially individualist in orientation, the judgments of taste that underpin it functioning as little more than psycho-social expressions of class difference. This is unfortunate, in that the aesthetic, as first theorized by Kant, is posited as precisely that mechanism that enables human beings to link their individual subjectivity (via sensations or aesthesis) to the universality of a shared social order. As Kant states, “in the judgment of taste nothing is postulated except…a universal voice with regard to satisfaction without the mediation of concepts, hence the possibility of an aesthetic judgment that could at the same time be considered valid for everyone” (101). From a Kantian perspective, the aesthetic judgment directed at everyday life would thus function to lay the ground for a community not based on shared interests, values, or antagonisms, but rather that of sense itself—what Jacques Rancière sometimes calls a communis sensus. This communis sensus is a kind of community persisting through (and indeed because of) separation; it posits a mode of togetherness founded in disinterested, sensual autonomy. As Rancière explains, “aesthetic autonomy is not that autonomy of artistic ‘making’ celebrated by modernism. It is the autonomy of a form of sensory experience. And it is that experience which appears as the germ of a new humanity, of a new form of individual and collective life” (Aesthetics 32). As Rancière notes elsewhere, the aesthetic mode of experience produces for the individual a radical dis-identification with his own social situatedness; and it is precisely this dis-identification (in Vaneigem, immediate experience) that allows one to create new identities, forms of consciousness, and relationships with others (Rancière, Emancipated 73). Ultimately, this is the form of experience that Throbbing Gristle aimed at, and through this experience a communis sensus, which, in contrast to the more traditionally political utopias proposed in the postwar period, would not require co-presence, cooperation, or even direct communication in order to create belonging.
     
    The second reason we might reject the attribution of neoliberalism to Throbbing Gristle stems from a problem with the concept of neoliberalism itself. Humanities and social science scholars use this word to signal a politico-economic order, dominant in Britain and the US since the 1980s, wherein the order of politics has been completely (or almost completely) reduced to that of economics, all in the name of individual freedom and competitive markets. Neoliberalism thus represents an end to community, to distributive notions of justice, to universal ideals; in exchange, it offers what David Harvey has called, “the financialization of everything” (33). For these reasons, it serves as the bête noir of contemporary scholarship, where it is universally attacked or lamented, sometimes even as an “evil” or a “terror.”31 Despite its prevalence within scholarly debate, however, the concept of neoliberalism has managed largely to escape the kind of critical complication that surrounds other key scholarly concepts. Taylor C. Boas and Jordan Gans-Morse, after conducting a survey of the term’s appearance in scholarly articles on development and political economy between 2002 and 2005 (admittedly a far-cry from humanities scholarship, but the comparison is still instructive), find that the term is rarely subject to definition, though surprisingly monosemous in usage:

    Despite its prevalence, scholars’ use of the term neoliberalism presents a puzzle. Neoliberalism shares many attributes with ‘essentially contested’ concepts such as democracy, whose multidimensional nature, strong normative connotations, and openness to modification over time tend to generate substantial debate over their meaning and proper application. In stark contrast to such concepts, the meaning of neoliberalism has attracted little scholarly attention.

    (138)

    Instead of neoliberalisms scholars must thus currently make do with neoliberalism, and with it a surprisingly—and, I believe, unhelpfully—monologic vision of a dominant order unmarked by serious internal difference, contradiction, or conflict at the level of logic.

     
    Throbbing Gristle and the illumination its aesthetic practice offers with respect to the contradictions of Situationist thought, however, point the way to a richer notion of neoliberalism as a concept. For it is clear that what is neoliberal about Throbbing Gristle and Industrial Culture—their individualism, their substitution of aesthetics for traditional politics, and their hostility toward collective social projects—had been inherited from Situationist thought, which, via Vaneigem, celebrated the very same values as a corollary to the revolution of everyday life. This revolution, albeit rooted in individual psychology, nevertheless sought something larger—a reconceptualization of what individuality and community are and can be, a communis sensus in which aesthesis is enough to produce belonging. If it contributed to the ultimate dominance of a neoliberal order, it did so, paradoxically, out of ignorance—for certainly, the content of our contemporary social order is not what Vaneigem imagined—but also deliberateness, in that the form of our social order is as close a realization to what Vaneigem wanted as the West has yet known. By drawing a line from Situationist thought (itself subject to internal contradictions and multiple potentialities), through Industrial Culture, to the concept of neoliberalism, my intent is not to paint the Situationists or Throbbing Gristle as evil, but rather to suggest a deeper, more complicated, and internally conflicted conceptual mapping of neoliberalism. Industrial Culture and its approach to Situationist thought offer us a better understanding of the revolutionary hopes and desires that helped supplant social democracy with neoliberalism, as well as the radical possibility that somewhere hidden within the workings of neoliberalism itself may lie a path to these hopes and desires’ eventual fulfillment.
     

    Gregory Steirer is a scholar specializing in media studies, aesthetics, and digital culture. From 2011-2012, he served as a researcher for the Connected Viewing Initiative project at the Carsey-Wolf Center at UC Santa Barbara. He has taught television, audio culture, film, and literature at the University of Pennsylvania, the New York Film Academy, and UC Santa Barbara. He has published articles on performance theory and comics studies and has work forthcoming in the anthology Connected Viewing: Selling, Sharing, and Streaming Media in a Digital Age (Routledge). He also manages the blog Cultural Production.
     

    Footnotes

     
    1. Chtcheglov’s original piece was published in abridged form under the pseudonym Gilles Ivain in the first issue of the Internationale Situationniste (1958). Because Gray took great liberties with the translations, formatting, and illustrations (some contributed by British artist Jamie Reid), his anthology has been dismissed by most scholarly authorities as a poor translation. Ken Knabb, whose Situationist International Anthology is consistently preferred by academics for scholarly citations, singles out Gray’s work in the 1981 Preface to his own anthology as being “particularly bad,” full of “chummy paraphrases [that] obscure the precise sense of the original” (ix). Because of this dismissal, I treat Gray in this introduction more as an author than a translator. This is in keeping with how he was perceived by the mid-70s British counterculture itself, who associated Gray’s name more with Situationist thought than the names of the original participants—save, of course, for Guy Debord and Raoul Vaneigem.
     

    2. For the best examples of Greenberg’s approach to aesthetics, see Greenberg, “Abstract, Representational, and So Forth”; Greenberg, “The New Sculpture”; and Greenberg, “Modernist Painting.”
     

    3. Though there appears to have been no direct interaction between Ballard and the members of Throbbing Gristle, during the 1980s they were often perceived (and presented) as part of the same cultural and/or aesthetic movement. Re/Search Publications, a publisher specializing in subculture and outsider or fringe work, published works by both of them (as well as work by William Burroughs) as part of the same series.
     

    4. A history of the reception and development of Situationist thought in England can be found in Robertson.
     

    5. For a comprehensive history of COUM, see Ford.
     

    6. For surveys of political and press response to the show see Ford 6.22-6.24 and Walker, Art and Outrage 88-92. Ford uses an idiosyncratic page numbering schema for Wreckers of Civilization, in which each chapter begins a new numbering sequence. My citations thus indicate the chapter number and page number.
     

    7. Mulholland ascribes to COUM too much influence when he argues that “COUM, in effect, helped to justify and popularize the right-wing attack on the Arts Council which took place throughout 1976, and may have been a contributing factor in creating the legitimization crises that ensured a Conservative election victory in 1979” (63). But certainly COUM did help change public opinion regarding the value and efficacy of the Arts Council and was in large part responsible for its withering under Thatcher.
     

    8. The young P-Orrdige’s first album, Early Worm, quotes Cage in its liner notes and features such instruments as “prepared tapes,” “feedback,” and “waste paper bin.” Though never formally published in the 1960s, the album was re-issued in a limited edition as Genesis Breyer P-Orridge and Thee Early Worm by Dais Records in 2008. For more information on this album, see Ford 1.8; P-Orridge, “Biography”; and “Genesis P-Orridge and Thee Early Worm.” For the best published account of COUM’s approach to performance art and the importance to P-Orridge of Cage’s Silence, see Ford, especially Chapters 1 and 2.
     

    9. Not a single scholarly publication that presents itself as Art History mentions Throbbing Gristle (despite the latter’s greater longevity and cultural influence) except as a postscript to COUM.
     

    10. For an account of the APG, see Bishop 163-177. Somewhere in between social art and the APG was the occasionally successful effort by artists to market themselves individually to towns (especially new town corporations) as “town artists.” David Harding, who worked in such a capacity for Glenrothes from 1968 to the late 70s, defined his job in terms of three roles: “The artist as planner”; “The artist working with architects and designers,” thereby “influencing the space between buildings”; and “The artist as community artist,” “creat[ing] opportunities with the town for people to express themselves and create their own environment” (Braden 41-2).
     

    11. Willats recounts in detail one of his 1970s “behavioural art” projects (and includes reproductions of the many forms and surveys it involved) in Willats, Art and Social Function. A survey of his broader career can be found in Willats, Stephen Willats: Between Buildings and People.
     

    12. Despite Romanticism’s seeming incompatibility with government technocracy, a Romantic approach to artistic production dictated much of the British government’s arts education policy in the 1960s and 70s, the most important of which was the creation of the Diploma of Art and Design (or Dip AD) under what is generally referred to as the First Coldstream Report. For full details of the Dip AD and its differences from the degree it replaced (the National Diploma in Design or NDD), see National Advisory on Art Education. An abridged version of the report can be found in Ashwin 95-101. Although the Report enshrined Romantic conceptions of the artist into state policy (for instance, the waiving of entry requirements for applicants “tempermentally allergic to conventional education”), these same conceptions fueled student opposition to the Dip AD (National Advisory 3, par 8). For a concise account of the most famous case of art school resistance, see Tickner.
     

    13. See, for examples, “Throbbing Gristle” 9-11 and Reynolds 130.
     

    14. For an early account of Industrial Records’ publishing activity, including some discussion of their work with Brion Gysin and William Burroughs, see “Throbbing Gristle Biography” 65.
     

    15. The published version was heavily edited, but Savage developed this reading further in England’s Dreaming (Savage 422). Genesis P-Orridge offers a similar interpretation in “Throbbing Gristle” 11. For an example of such a reading by fans, see Scaruffi.
     

    16. As Abraham Moles puts it, “A noise is a signal the sender does not want to transmit” (79).
     

    17. Or, in the case of tracks like “I.B.M.” (from D.o.A.), a “found-recording” supposedly discovered on a discarded magnetic tape in a dumpster outside a computer corporation, with questions about basic production and intention: How were these sounds made, why were they made, and why were they discarded?
     

    18. Pages from Industrial News, no. 2 (1979) have been reproduced in Ford 9.20-9.23.
     

    19. Discussing the significance of the name “Industrial Records” in the liner notes to The Industrial Records Story [1984], P-Orridge (writing under the pen name Terry Gold) explained, “Records meant files and research documents, a library” (qtd. in Ford 7.17).
     

    20. Some later industrial bands, such as Whitehouse (named after either a pornographic magazine, the seat of the United States government, or censorship crusader Mary Whitehouse), developed this interest in murder so that it served as the primary focus of their music.
     

    21. The realistic images of mutilation and death used by the band were primarily the work of Christopherson, who trained as a professional wound simulator—a job intended to help prepare novice emergency and military medics for work in the field. In 1977, Christopherson was also employed to use this training to decorate the storefront windows of Malcolm McLaren’s Sex shop with what resembled the remains of a young man killed in an electrical fire. See Savage 324-325.
     

    22. Although Cosi Fanni Tutti was a leading member of Throbbing Gristle and her sexuality had been a major focus of COUM’s performance art, Throbbing Gristle generally ignored female sexuality except as it is related to reproduction. Later industrial bands tended to maintain this approach, in the process creating a creative environment hostile to women (who, not surprisingly, figure rarely as artists/writers/performers within industrial culture until the latter’s adoption of pagan ideologies in the early 1990s). Important and influential exceptions include the work of Nurse with Wound and Current 93 (especially the latter’s In Menstrual Night [1986]), though both bands were led by men.
     

    23. The obsession with semen carried over into numerous post-Throbbing Gristle industrial culture projects. P-Orridge’s next band, Psychic TV, frequently explored the magical functions of semen; Coil (which included Christopherson) released t-shirts promising “The industrial use of semen will revolutionize the human race”; and Coil adherents Anarcocks sold specially designed vials of their own semen over the internet.
     

    24. The unlikely venue was secured via a series of misrepresentations and lies regarding the band’s sound (P-Orridge presented them as a cross between Pink Floyd and Tangerine Dream). The students, however, loved it (they seem the most enraptured of any of the band’s live audiences captured on video). Concert footage is available on Throbbing Gristle, TGV.
     

    25. Cabaret Voltaire actually began making music before Throbbing Gristle, but their music was not regularly associated with Industrial Culture until after Throbbing Gristle had disbanded. For more information see Fish.
     

    26. On digimodernism, see Kirby.
     

    27. An overview of the debate can be found in Baym. For representative examples of each side, see Rheingold and Lockard.
     

    28. For a brief account of these ideologies, see Han.
     

    29. This lack of use should not be ascribed to any form of Luddism or technophobia, as many of Industrial Culture’s leading artists were at the vanguard of analogue technology (particularly via sampling) and early digital sound processing.
     

    30. See, for example, Walker, Left Shift 110.
     

    31. Note, for example, the titles of Mike Davis and Daniel Bertrand Monk’s Evil Paradises: Dreamworlds of Neoliberalism and Henry A. Giroux’s Against the Terror of Neoliberalism: Politics Beyond the Age of Greed.
     

    Works Cited

     

    • Ashwin, Clive, ed. Art Education: Documents and Policies 1768-1975. London: SRHE, 1975. Print.
    • Baym, Nancy K. Personal Connections in the Digital Age. Malden: Polity, 2010. Print.
    • Bishop, Claire. Artificial Hells: Participatory Art and the Politics of Spectatorship. London: Verso, 2012. Print.
    • Boas, Taylor C. and Jordan Gans-Morse. “Neoliberalism: From New Liberal Philosophy to Anti-Liberal Slogan.” Studies in Comparative International Development 44.2 (2009): 137-161. Print.
    • Braden, Su. Artists and People. London: Routledge, 1978. Print.
    • Clay, Jean and Robert Kudielka. “Politics and Art.” Studio International 176.903 (1968): 62-64. Print.
    • Cork, Richard. “Art for Whom?” Art for Whom? London: ACGB, 1978. 5-11. Print.
    • Daniel, Drew. 20 Jazz Funk Greats. New York: Continuum, 2008. Print.
    • Debord, Guy. Society of the Spectacle. Trans. Ken Knabb. Eastbourne: Soul Bay, 2009. Kindle file.
    • Dunn, Peter and Loraine Leeson. “A Question of Context.” Art for Society: Contemporary British Art with a Social or Political Purpose. London: Whitechapel Art Gallery, 1978. 41-46. Print.
    • Fish, Mick. Industrial Evolution: Through the Eighties with Cabaret Voltaire and Local Government. London: SAF, 2002. Print.
    • Ford, Simon. Wreckers of Civilisation: The Story of Coum Transmissions & Throbbing Gristle. London: Black Dog, 1999. Print.
    • Forge, Andrew. “Forces Against Object-Based Art.” Studio International 181.929 (1971): 32-37. Print.
    • Gray, Christopher. Leaving the Twentieth Century: The Incomplete Works of the Situationist International. London: Revel, 1998. Print.
    • Greenberg, Clement. “Abstract, Representational, and So Forth.” Art and Culture. Boston: Beacon, 1961. 133-138. Print
    • ———. “Modernist Painting.” Clement Greenberg: The Collected Essays and Criticism, Volume 4: Modernism with a Vengeance, 1957-1969. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1993. 85-93. Print.
    • ———. “The New Sculpture.” Art and Culture. Boston: Beacon, 1961.139-145. Print.
    • Han, Sam. Web 2.0. London: Routledge, 2011. Print.
    • Harvey, David. A Brief History of Neoliberalism. Oxford: Oxford UP, 2007. Print.
    • Kant, Immanuel. Critique of the Power of Judgment. Ed. Paul Guyer. Trans. Eric Matthews and Paul Guyer. New York: Cambridge UP, 2000. Print.
    • Kirby, Alan. Digimodernism: How New Technologies Dismantle the Postmodern and Reconfigure Our Culture. New York: Continuum, 2009. Print.
    • Knabb, Ken. Preface. Situationist International Anthology. Revised ed. Ed. and trans. Ken Knabb. Berkeley: Bureau of Public Secrets, 2006. ix-x. Print.
    • Levin, Bernard. “This Poisoning of the Well of Art.” The Times 12 May 1978: 16. Print.
    • Levine, Les. “The Information Fall-Out.” Studion International 181.934 (1971): 264-267. Print.
    • Lockard, Joseph. “Progressive Politics, Electronic Individualism and the Myth of Virtual Community.” Internet Culture. Ed. David Porter. New York: Routledge, 1997. 219-231.
    • Lucie-Smith, Edward. “Artists in Steel Towers.” Studio International 177.910 (1969): 158-161. Print.
    • Manovich, Lev. The Language of New Media. Cambridge: MIT P, 2001. Print.
    • Moles, Abraham. Information Theory and Aesthetic Perception. Trans. Joel E. Cohen. Urbana: U of Illinois P, 1968. Print.
    • Mulholland, Neil. The Cultural Devolution: Art in Britain in the Late Twentieth Century. Burlington: Ashgate, 2003. Print.
    • P-Orridge, Genesis. “Nothing Short ov a Total War.” Esoterrorist: Selected Essays 1980-1988. San Francisco: MediaKaos/Alecto Enterprises, no copyright. 24-25. Print.
    • P-Orridge, Genesis and Peter Christopherson. “Annihilating Reality.” Studio International 192.982 (1976): 44-48. Print.
    • Rancière, Jacques. Aesthetics and Its Discontents. Trans. Steven Corcoran. Malden: Polity, 2009. Print.
    • ———. The Emancipated Spectator. Trans. Gregory Elliott. London: Verso, 2009. Print.
    • Reynolds, Simon. Rip It Up and Start Again: Postpunk 1978-1984. New York: Penguin, 2006. Print.
    • Rheingold, Howard. The Virtual Community: Homesteading on the Electronic Frontier. Revised ed. Cambridge: MIT P, 2000. Print.
    • Robertson, George. “The Situationist International: Its Penetration into British Culture.” What Is Situationism? A Reader. Ed. Stewart Home. Edinburgh: AK P, 1996. 107-133. Print.
    • Savage, John. England’s Dreaming. New York: St. Martin’s Griffin, 1991. Print.
    • Scaruffi, Pierro. “Throbbing Gristle.” Scaruffi.com. Web. 15 August 2011. Schorr, Justin. Toward a Transformation of Art. London: Assoc. U P, 1974. Print.
    • Serota, Nicholas. “Preface.” Art for Society: Contemporary British Art with a Social or Political Purpose. London: Whitechapel Art Gallery, 1978. 5. Print.
    • Sprague, Ken. “Said and Done.” Art for Society: Contemporary British Art with a Social or Political Purpose. London: Whitechapel Art Gallery, 1978, pp 27-30. Print.
    • Throbbing Gristle. Heathen Earth. Industrial Records/Forced Exposure, 2011. CD.
    • ———. The Second Annual Report of Throbbing Gristle. IR , 1977. Vinyl record.
    • ———. TGV. IR, 2000. DVD.
    • “Throbbing Gristle.” Ed. V. Vale, Industrial Culture Handbook. San Francisco: RE/Search, 1983. 3-19. Print.
    • “Throbbing Gristle Biography.” William S. Burroughs, Brion Gysin and Throbbing Gristle. San Francisco: RE/Search, 1982. 62-65. Print.
    • Tickner, Lisa. Hornsey 1968: The Art School Revolution. London: 2008. Print.
    • UK. Ministry of Education. National Advisory Council on Art Education. First Report of the National Advisory Council on Art Education 1960. London:1960. Print.
    • Vaneigem, Raoul. The Revolution of Everyday Life. Trans. Donald Nicholson-Smith. London: Rebel, 2001. Print.
    • Waldrop, M. Mitchell. The Dream Machine: J.C.R. Licklider and the Revolution that Made Computing Personal. New York: Viking, 2001. Print.
    • Walker, John A. Art and Outrage: Provocation, Controversy and the Visual Arts. London: Pluto, 1999. Print.
    • ———. Left Shift. London: I. B. Tauris, 2002. Print.
    • Willats, Stephen. Art and Social Function. 2nd ed. London: Ellipsis, 2000. Print.
    • ———. Stephen Willats: Between Buildings and People. London: Academy Group, 1996. Print.
  • Cage’s Mesostics and Saussure’s Paragrams as Love Letters

    Sean Braune (bio)
    York University
    sbraune@yorku.ca

     
    Abstract
     
    John Cage’s poetry is often analyzed in relation to conceptual writing and constraint, making Cage seem particularly absent. This essay argues that the conceptual writing found in “62 Mesostics re Merce Cunningham” is not devoid of emotion. Quite the contrary, the mesostics become the equivalent of a love letter. By employing Saussure’s paragram studies, Foucault’s theory of heterotopias, and chaos theory, the essay shows that there is something in language that renders it as either a constrained vehicle of love (in the Cagean mesostic), or as a nonlinear system that features disequilibria and chance emergences of meaning (in the Saussurean paragram).
     
    John Cage’s “62 Mesostics re Merce Cunningham” fashions text in relation to the chosen “spine-word,” or name, which is, in this case, either “Merce” or “Cunningham.” A “mesostic” is a form invented by Cage that writes through another text using the constraint of a spine-word or name. In mesostics, the spine-word or name moves down the middle of the poem, whereas an acrostic is left-justified. A “paragram” is a term invented by Saussure that denotes an embedded name or theme-word that proliferates within a text. The paragram shares features with a mesostic; however, the paragram is hidden whereas mesostics are typically announced. The paragram proliferates in a text, according to Saussure, in relation to its phonic features that simultaneously saturate the text while at the same time structurally organizing it. Much as Saussure originally defines langue in relation to space, Cage’s practice of naming exists within a space: “For Saussure these words exist at the same time, that is, synchronically, in a purely relational structure, a topological space Saussure called langue” (Saldanha 2085). This essay suggests that the mesostics emerge from a protosemantic field of language via Cage’s chance operations while simultaneously manifesting as a paragram (as an encoded name within language). I will also claim that the mesostics exist within a poetic or syntactic space that signifies the love shared between Cage and Cunningham, who “were lovers, life partners from 1942 until Cage’s death” (Weaver 19). “Love” is a fraught term that may seem rather non-academic; however, Cage’s poetry is often analyzed in relation to conceptual writing and constraint, making Cage seem particularly absent. I claim that the conceptual writing found in the Merce Cunningham mesostics is not devoid of emotion; quite the contrary, the mesostics become the equivalent of a love letter.
     
    This created space of love (in both the mesostics and the paragrams) is heterotopic. A heterotopia defines a space as “other,” typically bridging definitive borders and creating a new space from already existent ones. The term is primarily geographical, but Foucault first defines “heterotopia” in The Order of Things in relation to language and naming:

    Heterotopias are disturbing, probably because they secretly undermine language, because they make it impossible to name this and that, because they shatter or tangle common names, because they destroy ‘syntax’ in advance, and not only the syntax with which we construct sentences but also that less apparent syntax which causes words and things (next to and also opposite one another) to ‘hold together’.

    (xviii)

    This essay emphasizes the definition of a heterotopia as a linguistic space that can “undermine language” and “tangle common names” by destroying syntax. Such a linguistic definition will be used throughout this essay in relation to Cage and Saussure. Peter Johnson avers that “‘heterotopia’, derived from the Greek heteros, ‘another,’ and topos, ‘place,’ is used within a broad typology to distinguish these emplacements from ‘utopia’,” and that “[h]eterotopias draw us out of ourselves in peculiar ways; they display and inaugurate a difference and challenge the space in which we may feel at home” (77, 84). It is difficult not to be tempted by a pun and claim that Cage’s writing also exists in a homotopia (to bring his craft into relation with his sexuality); however, whereas hetero means “other” and homo “same,” I think that this perceived binary of hetero/homo is under the sway of feedback whereby neither signifier holds dominance in the binary.1 Wendy Pearson points out that “the adoption of the prefix ‘homo-‘ with its connotations of invariance, conformity and even normalcy flies in the face of a cultural logic of sex which precisely defines ‘homosexuality’ by its difference” (85). Situating Cage’s art in relation to his sexuality and the heterotopia does not have to be purely biographical. Instead, I find Foucault’s use of the prefix hetero telling in that he uses a prefix that is connoted with hegemonic sexuality (and its attendant institutions of power) to create an “other space” (a topos) that allows and/or welcomes alternative configurations of identity. Both heterotopia and homotopia suggest a space or geography that exists apart from a dominant norm: “homotopia as an at least potential and decidedly illegitimate queer utopia approaches closer and closer to the concept of heterotopia, and vice versa” (Pearson 93). Heterotopias and homotopias are “unthinkable spaces that reveal the limits of our language” (Johnson 85), allowing us to consider Cage’s writing as a welcoming topology of a future heterotopia which embraces syntactic breakdown. Cage defers authorship in favor of chance operations (a point that will be made clear in reference to the Saussurean paragram), opening into an alternative linguistic space where the hegemony of language (as syntax) is undermined by love. The Cunningham mesostics therefore take on the form of a love letter where Cage’s definition of love is one of parataxis and asyntactic play.

     
    Cage claims, in conversation with Richard Kostelanetz, that “when people love one another, they don’t speak so much; or if they speak, they don’t make sense. They tend to make nonsense, when they love one another” (137, my emphasis). Despite the fact that love is typically something felt—an emotion or feeling about someone else – it is better thought of as something spoken. Love is given form in syntactic and linguistic statements that when delivered have the same power as performative utterances. Saying “I love you” to someone is a linguistic event requiring agency; however, love is also, as Cage asserts, almost dissimilar from nonsense. Recent research in neuroscience supports Cage’s claim: endocrine studies have shown that love is a little bit like being on drugs – oxytocin, vasopressin, and serotonin levels, as well as the dopamine reward center in the brain, are each affected when people are in love (De Boer 115-117). De Boer et. al. claim that “early stages of romantic love show similarities to OCD, including symptoms of anxiety, stress, and obtrusive thinking. It is therefore attractive to think of early love as a mild serotonin-depletion-related form of obsessive behavior” (117). Love makes people irrational and a little obsessive, suggesting that love is an experience closely related to avant-garde textual experimentation and nonsense (assuming that love is syntactically announced). If the experience of love is a little like being delusional, then it follows that the syntactic and linguistic experience of love must also be irrational: the mesostics embrace the visual depiction of the sort of nonsense that one sees in Shakespeare’s Romeo and Juliet when, at the famous play’s end, both lovers, in a fit of frenzied passion, commit suicide because their all-consuming love means they cannot live without each other.
     
    Unlike the mesostics written for Marcel Duchamp or James Joyce (which are all quite readable from a traditional literary critical approach), the Merce Cunningham mesostics challenge readerly temptations toward meaning. Cage’s choice to render the Cunningham mesostics in the form of asyntactic nonsense indicates the veiling of a private sphere or space of love between Cage and Cunningham: a private poetic communication between both, an homage to a devoted lover. Andy Weaver reads the mesostics through the lens of Lyotard’s theory of the differend and Cage’s closeted silence regarding his homosexuality: “Filled with nonce words, lacking punctuation and normative syntax, these silent poems … act as closets-in-view” (26). I agree with Weaver when he asserts: “I believe that ’62 Mesostics’ openly enacts Cage’s love for Cunningham” (30), but I would further insist that the mesostics not only enact a love, but rather encode a love within a particular textual practice that, through the heterogeneous dispersal of letters organized through a strict conceptual rule, erases the binary of homosexual or heterosexual in favor of the experience of love itself.
     
    Weaver further claims that “the homosexual differend removes the problem of Cage’s silence. Since he can speak his homosexuality in the impossible idioms, Cage is not a victim. By escaping victimization, Cage undercuts the viability of the standard idioms, those idioms that do not allow homosexuality to be spoken” (34). However, why would Cage need to announce his sexual persuasion from the mountaintops in order to be understood? Why is Cage’s silence about his sexuality still a speaking? Jonathan Katz argues that “[i]n silence, there was instead a wholeness, a process of healing” (52), and Weaver suggests that Cage’s “homosexual silence provides him agency and strength” (25). Unlike both Katz and Weaver, I do not feel that Cage was obligated to announce his sexuality to anyone. Katz’s emphasis on silence’s providing Cage with wholeness and healing is problematic because it implies that homosexuality leads to splitting and illness. On similar assumptions, homosexuality was, until 1975, considered a diagnosable mental illness (Weaver 23). Obviously, Katz would never intend such a reading of his argument because his assertion depends upon a specific historical moment: in the 1950s and 1960s the outing of one’s homosexuality was an invitation to sociocultural, medical, and religious persecution.2 However, my essay is less interested than both Katz and Weaver in Cage’s sexuality per se: if Cage had written the mesostics for a girl, a billboard, a lawn chair, or a parakeet, I would be as interested in the paratactic and asyntactic use of the mesostic as a tool for the formal encoding of names. That being said, I do not want to summarily ignore Cage’s sexuality; instead, I would point out that the Cunningham mesostics, while not blatant or obvious expressions of a homosexual love story, are, nonetheless, still written for a male lover and should be considered politically prescient and culturally important to queer studies. The mesostics therefore simultaneously operate as both love letters and also as closets-in-view that defiantly announce Cage and Cunningham’s queerness against the hegemonic norms of 1960s America. I support Weaver’s claim that “Cage not only calls into question the nature of expression (‘What is it to write?’ or ‘How does one express love?’), he also asks something much more provocative: ‘What is love?’” (34). This question “what is love?” is primarily linguistic and any answer must also take place within the topological space of langue. The linguistic space within which this love letter can be written is heterotopic—a space signified by the nonsense made when two people love one another.
     

    Mesostics and Paragrams: From Saussure to Cage and Back Again

     
    At first glance the paragram and the mesostic are essentially opposites: Saussure finds names/words hidden in texts, while Cage uses a name as a foundation to order a poem/text. I will argue against the obvious differences between them and claim that the mesostic and the paragram are flip sides of the same linguistic coin, so to speak, i.e., both indicate an uncanny agency within language and textuality.
     
    Saussure’s interest in the paragram was a lifelong obsession with finding coded names and words hidden in Vedic hymns, Saturnian prose, and Latin verse. Both Cage and Saussure are concerned with what I call a nominative function: the act of naming. First, to clarify terms:
     
    Saussure wrote 139 notebooks in which he uses several terms for the same idea: anagram, logogram, hypogram, and paragram. Each of these terms reflects various emphases on coded names and words: whether they are para (beside other words), hypo (underneath), logo (formed out of dispersed letters), or ana (the word written anew), each term used by Saussure implies a coded name within a verse line (Gronas 160). I will privilege paragram above the others because Steve McCaffery chooses paragram in his study on the protosemantic in Prior to Meaning: The Protosemantic and Poetics.
     
    The downfall of Saussure’s paragram research is his search for authorial intention: he requires validation that the words and names are knowingly encoded by poets. He even goes so far as to write Giovanni Pascoli to confirm that the poet has encoded the names that Saussure has found (Gronas 162-163). When Pascoli does not respond to his query, Saussure abandons his research. Despite Saussure’s retreat, authorial intention draws the mesostic and the paragram together: Saussure discovers names in texts but wants to know that these names have been intentionally encoded by the authors/poets. Cage accomplishes this, intentionally encoding a selected name within a text. Furthermore, the paragram harnesses the protosemantic elements of language (language’s randomness as a chaotic structure). These forces are then used by Cage to form the mesostics via love and desire. The chance operation that permits the writing of a mesostic renders the mesostics an effect of protosemantic chaos momentarily ordered around a selected name.
     
    The paragram indicates an underlying law within a closed system of language: initial conditions (say the constraint of a 26-letter alphabet) allow for a near-infinite array of combinations and permutations. I would suggest that the initial conditions give way to repeating patterns in relation to an underlying sociocultural and mythographic impulse: “Pertaining as paragrams do to hidden, nonlinear relations within texts, their disposition commits all writing to the status of a partly self-organizing system; they are thus unquestionably not only major agents of linguistic instability and change but also advance a protosemantic challenge” (McCaffery xvi). McCaffery is referencing the nonlinear dynamics and chaos theory of Ilya Prigogine and Isabelle Stengers. This analogy can be extended to include one of the other founding fathers of chaos theory, Edward Lorenz, who famously defines a dynamical system as one system featuring “sensitive dependence on initial conditions” (8-9). In the model (or system) of the paragram, the initial condition is the choice of a name. Cage is aware of the aesthetic potential of initial conditions. In his musical theory, Cage sketches out the possibilities offered by three tones in his “Lecture on Nothing”:

    The other day a pupil said, after trying to compose a melody using only three tones, “I felt limited .”

    Had she con-cerned herself with the three tones – her materials – she would not have felt limited.

    (Silence 114)

    Cage understands that rather than promoting a constrained form of minimalism, the use of three tones in the production of a piece of music is akin to a potential maximalism that opens into the chaotic possibility of artistic production. In the example of the paragram, the selected name defines the parameters of a dynamical process within language. The use of procedural constraints allows Cage to negate authorial intention and create a work that is an accidental conglomeration or assemblage of text for which the author functions as bricoleur or catalyzer. However, the mesostics do not fully negate authorship. Rather, the initial selection of the name falls under the purview of Cage the poet. In the instance of the mesostics, the authorial function becomes a nominative function.

     
    The important question to ask about the Saussurean paragram (in relation to Lorenzian initial conditions) is the question of intentionality: were the names that Saussure was finding intrinsic to the compositional process, thus indicating an uncanny nominative function at work within language? Or were the names chance occurrences that contained no internal intentionality (which would still align with the analogy of language as a chaotic system)? I would suggest for the purposes of this essay that it does not matter whether the paragrams were intentional encodings or chance patterns because either option allows that language and semiotic processes are combinatory systems prone to patterns that emerge from chaotic potential.

    On the other hand, what is fascinating about Saussure’s research is the implication of an encoded identity, of a dynamic opposite to the one McCaffery privileges when he writes, “the paragram does not derive necessarily from an intentionality and is an inevitable consequence of Western writing’s alphabetic combinatory nature” (197). Saussure’s original intent with the paragram is one of causality, intentionality, and ontology (literally a Being in language that is placed there according to a sort of intelligent design), but McCaffery repositions the paragram as a concept related to chaos and chance. Saussure is looking for God in language: “Two-thirds of the some ninety names which Saussure finds anagrammatized in the exercises thus far published are those of gods or heroes. They are, then, relatively ‘pure’ names, names liberated from material contingencies, names with universal social power” (Kinser 1119). The “purity” of the name implies the mythological slippage of narrative within a text. Saussure describes his own project in the following way:

    One understands the superstitious idea which suggested that, in order for a prayer to be effective, it was necessary for the very syllables of the divine name to be indissolubly mixed in it: the god was, in a manner of speaking, rivetted [sic] to the text.

    (qtd. in Kinser 1120)

    Saussure’s structuralism can be seen in his preference for intentional design when he, almost like a paranoiac, searches through poetries for clues to this encoding. Instead of seeing chance, as Cage no doubt would have, Saussure sees pattern and intent: “Not only all actual literary texts, but also our very notion of literature might then be at once engendered and circumscribed by a triumphant, though largely unrecognized, ‘archi-anagramme’” (Shepheard 523). The archi-anagramme would be a deistic name, Saussure’s paranoia seems to suggest. This paranoia is geared towards the spoken, towards a conflict between parole and langue, the same conflict that Derrida later implodes with différance, a conflict that encodes either a spoken or written prayer. Saussure is interested in the prayer that echoes underneath the spoken or written word, the prayer that defers to a deity or an arche, a source of signification, sublimity, or religiosity.

     
    Sylvère Lotringer suggests that in this prayer, “the phoné recovers its center, its preferred place, for in every name there is a certain coefficient of presence, a certain guarantee of identity” (5). Lotringer points out that it is the phoné or the spoken over the written that Saussure invokes because the Swiss linguist often finds his encoded names in syllabic diphones and triphones where only the sound conveys the encoded word. The presence (or presumed presence) of the gramme in the paragram is only discovered performatively through parole. Saussure thinks of the paragram as an “especially powerful organizing principle” in language itself (Shepheard 523). I claim that Saussure considers the paragram a law of language that provides an underlying structure or foundation, somewhat akin to the Newtonian laws of physics that structure the natural world.

    Samuel Kinser finds ideological analyses in Saussure’s notebooks (but Kinser denies the same level of chance that McCaffery implies), where the paragram (or anagram) is used as a mnemonic device intended for the memorization of deistic names or phrases: “[a]nagrams repeat names, in order to induce memorization of names,” and “[r]itualization is remembering” (Kinser 1132, 1128). Lotringer maintains that, “[t]he Saussurian anagram constitutes, in other words, the imaginary dimension of all writing” (8). If Lotringer is correct (and his argument is similar to Kinser’s in this regard) then the imaginary dimension of writing tends towards nomination (the giving of a name) either intentionally (as Saussure would have believed) or by chance (as McCaffery implies or, as I would argue, Cage would have as well). Whether this nominative impulse is driven towards mnemonics, prayer, or homage makes little difference because the end effect is one of naming, of signing the name of the other (or another) in the form of a God, a hero, or a lover in a poetic verse or text that acts like an incantation of a memory, an homage, an ideological record, and a love letter.
     

    Mesostics as Paragrammic Emergences

     
    The unpublished Saussure notebooks have been excerpted and compiled by Jean Starobinski in Words upon Words. The theme word of the anagram becomes the spine of the mesostic. As Saussure himself writes: “[the] theme, chosen either by the poet or by the person who is paying for the inscription, is composed of only a few words, either entirely of proper names or of one or two words added to the inherent function of proper names” (Starobinski 11-12). It is not always the proper name that counts; instead, it is the nominative function associated with a name or taking its place. Saussure’s theory of the anagram (or paragram) suggests that: “To write lines incorporating an anagram is necessarily to write lines based on that anagram, and dominated by it” (17). In the case of the Cunningham mesostics, the poems are dominated by the name of Merce Cunningham. Cunningham is then the hero, the god, or the figure of homage in the mesostic. However, as will be shown, I would like to trouble this assumption by pointing out that Merce’s name is very often difficult to decipher. The varied spacing, size, and font-type of the Letraset3 choices encode and hide the spine-word or name in the presentation of the mesostic. For this reason, despite what Saussure may contend (by believing that the name or spine-word dominates the poem), Merce’s name does not dominate the mesostics, but rather exists tenuously and contingently within the experimental structure of the mesostics’ presentation on the page.
     
    McCaffery argues that the paragram can be considered a dynamical structure that maps a space: “Paragrammic programs necessarily manufacture bifurcation points within semantic economies, engendering meanings but at the same time turning unitary meaning against itself” (197). A bifurcation point4 (a term borrowed from chaos theory) is a point in which a once-unified trajectory splits into two different trajectories. A bifurcation point implies a space or, at the very least, a dynamical model or map. Dynamical modeling5 (or the graph of a system that becomes chaotic over a period of time) creates shapes within the model (such as the famous butterfly-shaped Lorenz attractor or the Mandelbrot set) in the same manner as the mesostics create the “shape” of Merce Cunningham.6 Let us consider the first of the 62 mesostics that use Cunningham as the spine (I have included Cage’s original along with a transcribed version in order to clarify the different shapes, sizes and fonts):
     
    Fig. 1. If you are a Project MUSE subscriber click for view of image.
     

    denCe
    sicdUctor
    oNce
    iN
    premIse
    oN
    Gy
    sHort
    steAd
    Mucon

    (M 4)

    The mesostic is a writing-through of the books in Merce’s library, including Merce’s own book on choreography, and the mesostic evokes the shape of Merce the dancer. Cage speaks about his compositional process:

    The poem would then have a spine and resemble Cunningham himself, the dancer. Though this is not the case (these mesostics more resemble waterfalls or ideograms), this is how they came to be made. I used over seven hundred different type faces and sizes available in Letraset and, of course, subjected them to I Ching chance operations. No line has more than one word or syllable. Both syllables and words were obtained from Merce Cunningham’s Changes: Notes on Choreography and from thirty-two other books most used by Cunningham in relation to his work.

    (M n.p.)

    The mesostics are so subject to chance operation and Cagean constraint that the shape of the mesostic appears to mimic the shape of the paragrammic word: Merce Cunningham is physically depicted as in a portrait, sculpture, or etching. The words, taken from books in his library and re-permuted into asyntactic signifiers, take on the form of a private and personal homage that indicates a state of reverence and love.7 The movement (or dynamism) of the mesostic implies the dance of Cunningham, a point more strongly evinced by the second mesostic using Cunningham as the spine:

     
    Fig. 2. If you are a Project MUSE subscriber click for view of image.
     

    danCe
    lUs
    eeN
    (aNthe
    whIch
    calnitioN
    Girl
    rlencHr
    cepAteygrel)
    Mi

    (6)

    Here the word “dance” contains the lettristic echo of the nonce-word “dence” and relates to Cunningham’s artistic talent. The various shapes and spacings of the letters make transcription difficult: for example, “calnition” looks, at first glance, to be “caution.” The “lni” appears to be a “U” because the dot of the “I” melds into the cross of the “T.” In the nonce-word “rlenchr,” the “L” is barely noticeable because it rests on top of the “E.” Why the variety of fonts, sizes and placements? Weaver points out that the physical layout of the poems feature letters that are “often phallic-shaped ‘I’s and ‘l’s” (31). This may be part of it, but why not write the mesostics in the same form as the Joyce8 or Duchamp9 mesostics? These other mesostics are more readable (even the Joyce ones which use words from Finnegans Wake) because there is more text surrounding the spine-word and the Letraset varieties of letters, fonts, and spacings are normalized to highlight the selected name. The Cunningham mesostics are frequently one-word lines. Cage points out that “language controls our thinking; and if we change our language, it is conceivable that our thinking would change” (qtd. in Kostelanetz 149). Cage’s mesostics can potentially change the way “our” thinking – or thinking as a normative model – is structured, making hegemonic thought more capacious and open to lived differences (semiotic, linguistic, sociocultural, gendered, etc.). The mesostics are coded – i.e. the name is occluded in the wide variety of letter sizes and font choices – in order to maintain the privacy of the relationship (to keep the love between Cage and Cunningham strategically hidden from view). Kinser reminds us that, regarding the Saussurean anagram, “the name thus hidden is the center of the passage, the meaning toward which it moves” (1115); in the same way, the non-meaning of the Cunningham mesostics moves towards the relationship between Cunningham and Cage. The first line from “Writing through the Cantos” is written in much the same manner as Saussure’s discovered paragrams (where the mesostic does not appear as a spine but as a horizontal encoding): “and thEn with bronZe lance heads beaRing yet Arms sheeP slain Of plUto stroNg praiseD (X 109). This example from Cage can be contrasted with one of the examples from Saussure’s notebooks where Saussure finds the name of Agamemnon in the following line from the Odyssey. Odysseus tells King Alcinous about the shade of Agamemnon in Hades: “Áasen argaléon anémon amégartos autmé” (qtd. in Kinser 1113). Without raising the question of intention again—the question of how Saussure knows that Agamemnon was the intended head-word—I would like to point out that this essay is interested in definitively known instances of nomination, which is why I focus on Cage’s mesostics. However, if this question is put aside—and, as Kinser points out, the diphones suggest that this Homeric example rules out the alternative names of “Alcinous,” “Odysseus,” and “Poseidon” (1114) – then I think a contrast should be drawn between the Homeric example and the Cage example from “Writing through the Cantos.” Cage’s choice to imbed Ezra Pound within a series of mesostics is certainly a form of homage to the great modernist craftsman; however, I would instead like to claim that the Cunningham mesostics are written in a similar vein as, say, Petrarch’s self-identified (by capitalization) anagram/paragram to Laura:

    When I move my sighs to call you and the name that Love wrote on my heart, the sound of its first sweet accents is heard without its LAU-ds.
     
    Your RE-gal state, which I meet next, redoubles my strength for the high enterprise; but “TA-lk no more!” cries the ending, “for to do her honor is a burden for other shoulders than yours.”

    (qtd. in Gronas 190)10

    Laureta is the diminutive of Laura and the love poem is an homage to Petrarch’s love for her and also a nomination of the object of his love. This Petrarchan example is an antecedent that more closely resembles Cage’s mesostics to Merce (in the form of a love poem). Cage explodes the syntax and hegemony of the heteronormative love poem by using asyntactic words to create a heterotopic/homotopic space for the expression of his love. As Cage himself notes: “I think we need to attack that question of syntax” (qtd. in Kostelanetz 149). Foucault claims that heterotopias “shatter or tangle common names, because they destroy ‘syntax’” (xviii); however, the coordinates of the homo-heterotopic space can be designated by a proper name. At least in the case of Cage, the nominative function is what destroys syntax in the Cunningham mesostics. Cage’s definition of love as signified through nonsense allows the mesostics to make a sort of intuitive and sublime sense as love poem and homage. Even though Kinser points out that “names enclose and control rather than stray from the path of discourse” (1107), Cage’s nominative function strays because Cunningham’s name is very difficult to decipher when looking at the mesostics. The name is obscured in the variety of capitalizations and spacings, thus fulfilling Foucault’s definition of heterotopia in that the name is tangled within the other nonce-words. The other nonce-words that have successfully destroyed syntax. Even though Cage claims that his mesostics can be understood in “the way you understand ‘No Parking’” (Kostelanetz 149), I would instead suggest that the Cunningham mesostics employ a far more complicated dynamic and, even though Cage would want them to seem as simple as “No Parking,” they encode a strong love written within a paragrammic heterotopia.

     
    How does one understand “No Parking”? On the one hand, it is quite literally a sign; perhaps “No Parking” is one of the examples par excellence of semiotics. “No Parking” is a sign on a sign and it contains text that with or without context (i.e., driving on a street or approaching a parking spot) or interpretant requires very little analysis to comprehend. “No Parking” is a directive speech act that implicitly signals a punishment if a driver does not obey the sign’s command (in this case, “No Parking” becomes contingently related to legal discourse, whereby a fine can be issued). Cage’s point is that the directive and its placement within a larger discourse is understood almost immediately. The immediacy of the meaning of “No Parking” can be compared to the immediacy with which one understands the mesostics. However, this is obviously not the case because the mesostics are written with nonce-words and resist linguistic meaning. I would therefore suggest that “No Parking” should be considered a visual composition and not only a textual one. “No Parking” is a sign that drivers hardly need to read to understand: the shape of the sign and the words are familiar because the sign is already neurocognitively primed in a driver’s memory. The mesostics should not, in this sense, be read, but rather, they should be seen or experienced. Despite the procedural techniques Cage uses, the mesostics deny meaning and point to a metaphysic of language. Much as Saussure believes that something uncanny functions structurally within language to order texts and discourses with names, Cage’s mesostics point to a meaning that is protosemantic and beyond language, but still significant. There is still, because of the procedure, some ineffable aspect of Merce Cunningham captured in the mesostics through Cage’s use of Merce’s own library and book on choreography, suggesting that the mesostics cannot be limited to the textual level (because they resist reading) and should also be understood at a protosemantic and visual level.
     
    Mesostic 2, the second mesostic using Cunningham as the spine, ends with the nonce-word “Mi,” a word that echoes the first mesostic using Merce as the spine (Mesostic 3):
     
    Fig. 3.  If you are a Project MUSE subscriber click for view of image.
     

    Mir
    thE
    pRe
    Crown
    wE

    (9)

    I do not want to imply a progression between any of the mesostics. However, I am interested in phonemic, graphematic, and lettristic echoes in the mesostics. Many of the chance occurrences found in the mesostics indicate an uncanny aspect to the randomized ordering of language: such randomness is protosemantic and paragrammic. For example, many words appear in various forms—I would argue that these words appear as themes to the whole piece—”dance” can be found as “dence” (4), “dance” (6), “danc” (62), “dance” (108), “dances” (97), “dancer” and “danc” (130), “dance” (191), and Mesostic 44 ends with the words: “dance / men” (155). Body parts repeatedly appear throughout the mesostics, supporting Cage’s assertion that the mesostics evoke Cunningham the dancer: “legs” (39), “hands” (130), “heads, / arm” (203), and “knees” (193); the movements of dance recur in the words “jump” (62) and “movement” (112) (“movement” reappears in Mesostic 4 [11]). Mesostic 55 self-referentially describes the ways in which the mesostics were composed by highlighting the word “chance” (191) in the top line. The “Mi” (6) from Mesostic 2 sonically suggests “Me” (or a place of singularity) that ends with the word “We” in Mesostic 3. Is the “we” Cage and Cunningham? Paragrammic uncertainty organizes the mesostics via chance, affording the emergence of a particular configuration of letters. Mesostic 28 seems self-referentially aware of the protosemantic and uncanny conglomeration of the chance experiment:

     
    Fig. 4. If you are a Project MUSE subscriber click for view of image.
     

    danCe.
    thoUgh,
    ruN
    oN
    nIr
    Num
    rhiGuage
    Huge
    hAs
    lanzoMe

    (108)

    Despite claims to a mesostic’s randomness (assuming it is constructed according to a chance operation), I would like to highlight the last four lines of Mesostic 28: “rhiGuage / Huge / hAs / lanzoMe.” If the prefixes of the nonce-words “rhiguage” and “lanzome” are exchanged then the lines read: “language / huge / has / rhizome.” Ignoring authorial intention—and ignoring whether or not Cage ever read Deleuze and Guattari’s A Thousand Plateaus—I would like to point out that a rhizomatic model of language welcomes a paragrammic reading because a rhizome is a chaotic system11 that promotes chance occurrences and semiotic emergences. Cage’s chance experiment almost desires meaning whereby a rhizome of language peers out from a randomly ordered mesostic that coins “rhiguage” and “lanzome.” Furthermore, I would argue that the nonce-words “rhiguage” and “lanzome” simultaneously signify “language” and “rhizome” alongside their more meaningless iterations, thereby contextualizing the mesostic itself as a paragram of chance and an evocation of Cunningham: a rhizome is circular, spiraling, and involuted much like a dance.

     
    This essay has argued that the Merce Cunningham mesostics signify as a love letter between two lovers that highlights the protosemantic and paragrammic aspects of language and textuality. Following Weaver’s assertion that Cage “removes the presuppositions surrounding love and leaves the mesostics with only the bare elements of love” (34), I claim, after Weaver, that this love is paratactic, experimental, textual and based on paragrammic chance. Even though I focused on some of the more formal features of the Cagean mesostic, love cannot be ignored when discussing the mesostics written for Merce Cunningham. However, this chance (of love and language), when it coheres into a linguistic rhizome, is understood immediately as both a textual and visual sign that the viewer apprehends as quickly as a sign that reads “No Parking.” Both “No Parking” and the mesostics for Merce Cunningham become aesthetic signs that are comprehended as totalities. Despite the fact that the mesostics are paratactic and fractured, with letters dispersed at random around the spine-word or name, the paragrammic aspects of the mesostics become an invisible self-organizing force, an uncanny energy operating within language as a chance operation (much as Saussure imagines) that makes the aesthetic totality of the mesostics cohere into their finished products. A rhizome of language manifests as both territorialization (radicle or root) and as totality or territory (rhizome) in the same way that the mesostics cohere into a final rhizomatic totality (a “No Parking” sign) that contains within it paragrammic roots, permitting the emergence of the overall mesostic.
     
    Much like the nonce-words that Cage conjures from I Ching chance operations (a process of composition in which he asks the I Ching which page in a book he should focus on, and then which word on that page, based on coin flips), love itself is a chance operation that often emerges randomly from events, societies, environments, and geographies. Cage recognizes the asemic, nonlinear and aperiodic signification of love, its inability to be easily reified, predicted, or categorized, and the singular poetry created by two lovers who “tend to make nonsense, when they love one another” (qtd. in Kostelanetz 137).

    Sean Braune is a Ph.D. student at York University and holds a Masters from the University of Toronto. His poetry has appeared in ditch, The Puritan, Rampike, and Poetry is Dead. He wrote the play Leer that was performed at Ryerson University in April 2010 and directed the short film An Encounter (2005), which won the award for excellence in cinematography at the Toronto Youth Shorts Film Festival ’09. He has published in Studies in Canadian Literature, Canadian Literature, and Journal of Modern Literature.

    Footnotes

     
    1. See Pearson 93 for more on the difficulty of differentiating the terms “heterotopia” and “homotopia.”

     

     
    2. Consider, for example, the 1967 ruling by Justice Tom Clark of the United States Supreme Court who claimed that “all homosexuals [are] psychopaths” (qtd. in Weaver 23).

     

     
    3. Letraset is a now outdated method where letters can be rubbed onto a piece of paper. The technique is known as “dry transfer” and happens when the poet places the desired letter overtop the paper and rubs that letter off the transparency and onto the sheet. The Letraset sheets originally came with a wide variety of letters and fonts.

     

     
    4. Put in the simplest terms, a bifurcation point is a moment in a dynamical system where a split occurs, as in how tree branches grow: one branch bifurcates and becomes two, and so on.

     

     
    5. A dynamical model is a computer-generated graph of a system that features chaotic behavior. An example would be modeling the movement of a pinball through a pinball machine.

     

     
    6. Cage himself makes this point: “The poem would then have a spine and resemble Cunningham himself, the dancer” (M n.p.).

     

     
    7. This aligns Cage’s mesostics with the anagrams to Aphrodite or Hercules that Saussure uncovers.

     

     
    8. Such as this one:

     

    Jiccup
    The fAther
    My shining
    thE
    Soft

    (X 1)

    Judges
    Or helviticus
    sternelY
    watsCh
    futurE of his

    (X 1)
     
    9. Such as this one:

     

    reMove god
    from the world of ideAs.
    Remove government,
    politiCs from
    sociEty. keep sex, humour,
    utiLities. Let private property go.

    (M 30)

    the sounDs
    of the bUgle
    were out of my Control,
    tHough without
    my hAving
    Made the effort
    They wouldn’t have been Produced.

    (M 30)
     
    10. The original Petrarch reads: “Quando io movo i sospiri a chiamar voi, / e ‘l nome che nel cor mi scrisse Amore, / LAUdando s’incomincia udir di fore / il suon de’ primi dolci accenti suoi;. // Vostro stato REal, che ‘ncontro poi, / raddoppia a l’alta impresa il mio valore; / ma TAci, grida il fin, ché farle onore / è d’altri omeri soma che da’ tuoi” (qtd. in Gronas 190, trans. by Robert Durling).

     

     
    11. See Deleuze and Guattari’s A Thousand Plateaus for references to the rhizome as a chaotic system (6, 70, 312, 337).

     

    • Cage, John. M: Writings ’67-’72. New England: Wesleyan UP, 1972. Print.
    • ———. Silence: Lectures and Writings by John Cage. Connecticut: Wesleyan UP, 1973. Print.
    • ———. X: Writings ’79-’82. New England: Wesleyan UP, 1983. Print.
    • De Boer, A., E.M. Van Buel, and G.J. Ter Horst. “Love is More Than Just a Kiss: A Neurobiological Perspective on Love and Affection.” Neuroscience 201 (2012): 114-124. Print.
    • Deleuze, Gilles, and Félix Guattari. A Thousand Plateaus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia. Trans. Brian Massumi. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2005. Print.
    • Foucault, Michel. The Order of Things: An Archaeology of the Human Sciences. Trans. A.M. Sheridan Smith. New York: Vintage, 1994. Print.
    • Gronas, Mikhail. “Just What Word Did Mandel’shtam Forget? A Mnemopoetic Solution to the Problem of Saussure’s Anagrams.” Poetics Today 30.2 (2009): 155-205. Print.
    • Johnson, Peter. “Unravelling Foucault’s ‘different spaces’.” History of the Human Sciences 19.4 (2006): 75-90. Print.
    • Katz, Jonathan D. “John Cage’s Queer Silence; or, How to Avoid Making Matters Worse.” Writings Through John Cage’s Music, Poetry, and Art. Ed. David W. Bernstein and Christopher Hatch. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2001. Print.
    • Kinser, Samuel. “Saussure’s Anagrams: Ideological Work” MLN 94.5 (1979): 1105-1138. Print.
    • Kostelanetz, Richard. Conversing with Cage. New York: Limelight, 1988. Print.
    • Lorenz, Edward N. The Essence of Chaos. Seattle: U of Washington P, 1995. Print.
    • Lotringer, Sylvère. “The Game of the Name.” Diacritics 3.2 (1973): 2-9. Print.
    • McCaffery, Steve. Prior to Meaning: The Protosemantic and Poetics. Illinois: Northwestern UP, 2001. Print.
    • Pearson, Wendy. “Homotopia? Or What’s Behind a Prefix?” Extrapolation 44.1 (2003): 83-96. Print.
    • Saldanha, Arun. “Heterotopia and structuralism.” Environment and Planning A 40.9 (2008): 2080-2096. Print.
    • Shepheard, David. “Saussure’s Vedic Anagrams.” The Modern Language Review 77.3 (1982): 513-523. Print.
    • Starobinski, Jean. Words upon Words: The Anagrams of Ferdinand de Saussure. Trans. Olivia Emmet. New Haven: Yale UP, 1979. Print.
    • Weaver, Andy. “Writing through Merce: John Cage’s Silence, Differends, and Avant-Garde Idioms.” Mosaic 45.2 (2012): 19-37. Print.
    • Yeats, W.B. W.B. Yeats: Poems selected by Seamus Heaney. London: Faber and Faber, 2000. Print.
  • From Stenotype to Tintype: C.D. Wright’s Technologies of “Type”

    Jennie Berner (bio)
    University of Illinois, Chicago
    jennieberner@hotmail.com

    Abstract

     C.D. Wright’s engagement with documentary technology—stenography in Deepstep Come Shining and tintype photography in One Big Self—reveals a contradictory impulse in her poetry: to document individualized data while abstracting this data into “type.” Wright uses this contradiction to underline the incommensurability of two literary discourses in Deepstep Come Shining (documentary and lyrical), and of two political ones in One Big Self (neoliberal and materialist). Against the mischaracterization of Deepstep Come Shining as a hybrid documentary-lyrical text, this essay argues that it embodies a renewed commitment to medium specificity; and against the mischaracterization of One Big Self as a testament to the liberating power of self-expression, it argues that the poem shifts attention away from prisoners’ identities and toward material forms of subjugation.
     
    C.D. Wright’s book-length poem, Deepstep Come Shining (1998), includes several facsimiles of long, thin strips of old stenotype paper produced by Wright’s mother, who was a court reporter in Arkansas. On one level, these facsimiles underline what many critics have called the “documentary” mode of the poem, whose stenographic impulse is demonstrated by its recording of the voices and texts that Wright encountered along a road trip through the American South.1 On another level, however, the facsimiles underline a seemingly contradictory impulse of abstracting and obscuring these same voices and texts. The facsimiles are, after all, effectively illegible; we see the wrinkles and folds that mar the letters, the smudged and bleeding ink, but not the courtroom proceedings they once were meant to relate. While certainly not illegible, the voices and texts composing the poem Deepstep Come Shining undergo a similar materialization, insofar as they are persistently fragmented, flattened, and reframed. This materialization discloses, in turn, a remarkably personal, even lyrical dimension of the poem: just as the stenotype facsimiles’ irregularities evidence the hand of Wright’s mother, so too the poem’s idiosyncrasies evidence the hand of Wright herself.
     
    In this way, Deepstep Come Shining stages the convergence of two modes of discourse – documentary and lyric – that have often been deemed incompatible due to the former’s commitment to objectivity versus the latter’s commitment to subjectivity. This convergence has been a hallmark of Wright’s poetry for decades, and has located her in a tradition of poets who have undertaken similar documentary projects (William Carlos Williams in Paterson, Muriel Rukeyser in U.S. 1, and Theresa Cha in Dictee, to name a few). But unlike many documentary poems that have negotiated these two modes of discourse by disturbing the line between objectivity and subjectivity – by insisting that documents are never neutral and, conversely, that the lyric subject is always shaped by material culture – Deepstep Come Shining emphasizes and in fact exploits their incommensurability. To see Wright’s idiosyncratic hand at work in the poem is, after all, to be blind at the same time to the Southern landscapes she has so rigorously documented, just as to see those landscapes is to be blind to her idiosyncrasy. The poem, that is to say, operates according to a unique poetics of vision that allows Wright to embrace documentary and lyric without sacrificing the specificity of either mode.
     
    This poetics of vision emerges again in One Big Self: Prisoners of Louisiana (2003), a photo book of Louisiana prisoners that Wright produced in collaboration with the photographer Deborah Luster. This time, however, Wright’s formal benchmark is the tintype, an early photographic medium most often associated with portraiture, and what’s ultimately at stake is not so much the integrity of the lyric subject as the integrity of all the “selves” she investigates. Like Luster’s tintype-style photographs, Wright’s text simultaneously documents the identities and aspirations of individual prisoners and obscures them in order to reveal powerful abstractions of the prison-industrial complex. Wright’s engagements with these two documentary technologies, the stenotype and the tintype, reveal her ongoing interest in the transformation of highly particularized data into “type.” But whereas the stenotype serves as a figure for Deepstep Come Shining‘s attention to printed “type” and to the people who write or key it, the tintype serves as a figure for One Big Self‘s attention to sociological (and especially criminal) “types” and the institutions that administer them.
     
    From this standpoint, it is not surprising that many critics have described One Big Self as a more explicitly ethical or political project than Deepstep Come Shining.2 To be sure, One Big Self draws on Deepstep Come Shining‘s poetics of vision to confront a corresponding politics of vision. This politics, however, is more complex – and indeed more contentious – than most of Wright’s critics presume. In response to the prevailing claim that One Big Self offers, above all, a compassionate portrayal of prisoners’ individuality, I argue that it is precisely by obscuring and abstracting individuality that Wright achieves her political project. No matter what identities the prisoners of One Big Self perform for the viewer, they are forever subsumed, the poem suggests, by the brute reality of their incarceration. Indeed, if Deepstep Come Shining realizes the incommensurability of two modes of literary discourse (documentary and lyric), One Big Self harnesses this realization to underscore the incommensurability of two modes of political discourse: one that aims to register (and, more importantly, respect) individual interests and identities, and another that aims to evaluate and improve material conditions that exist regardless of individual interests and identities. Although Wright does not endorse one of these political discourses over the other, to her credit her project diverges from – and redresses – the standard postmodern project insofar as it divorces each discourse from the other, strategically shifting our attention away from the contents of people’s unique identities and towards various material (economic, juridical, and carceral) forms of subjugation and inequality.
     

    Deepstep Come Shining’s Poetics of Vision

     
    I should acknowledge at the outset that my emphasis on the stenotype in Deepstep Come Shining may seem disproportionate by some measures. The facsimiles punctuate the poem a mere four times over the course of one-hundred-plus pages and may look mainly decorative at first glance. Critics have largely ignored them, concentrating instead on the poem’s more obvious preoccupation with vision. Without a doubt, Wright reflects on a variety of visual media in the poem (painting, photography, film, etc.), and directly cites texts like Newton’s Opticks and Fry’s Vision and Design.3 I do not mean to downplay the importance of this preoccupation by highlighting the stenotype. On the contrary, I begin my discussion of Deepstep Come Shining with the poem’s treatment of vision not only to ground the subsequent discussion of the stenotype in its broader context, but moreover to argue that the stenotype can sharpen our understanding of the poem’s visual concerns.
     
    Deepstep Come Shining repeatedly conceives of objects that are acutely visible, even luminous. Many objects figured in the poem emanate light: “magnolialight,” “leglight,” “lotuslight,” “cornlight,” “onionlight,” “alligatorlight,” “Formicalight.” These compounds suggest that light is inextricably tied to particular objects. While the poem acknowledges the contrary scientific claim – “It is not that we live in a world of colored objects but that surfaces reflect a certain portion of the light hitting them” (79) – it almost exclusively represents an optics of embodiment, not reflection. The many references to chlorophyll and photosynthesis, for instance, as well as to the tapeta lucida that makes some animals’ eyes shine in the dark, clearly indicate a fascination with the synthesis of light and matter. This synthesis becomes even more pronounced in the many instances of synesthesia throughout Deepstep Come Shining. One passage, for instance, describes a woman who “laid her hand on the deeply furrowed bark, groping for the area of darkest color” (67). Another quotes King Lear‘s Gloucester: “I see it feelingly” (1).
     
    This fascination with embodied light recalls Roland Barthes’s famous meditation on photography, Camera Lucida, and in particular the section titled “The Luminous Rays, Color.”4 According to Barthes, “the photograph is literally an emanation of the referent” (80). Through the photograph, the referent transmits “radiations” to the spectator (80). In this way, he says, “a sort of umbilical cord links the body of the photographed thing to my gaze: light, though impalpable, is here a carnal medium, a skin I share with anyone who has been photographed” (81). It may come as no surprise, then, that Deepstep Come Shining treats photography as a technology of vision par excellence.5 Some lines go so far as to connect human vision with photography by way of a manufactured chemical, silver nitrate, which is not only applied “in the newborn’s eyes” (57) to prevent infection that might lead to blindness, but also used “in manufacturing photographic film” (73).
     
    In fact, Wright treats photography as not only an exemplary technology of vision, but moreover as an exemplary poetics of vision. Photography, that is to say, emerges as a remarkable kind of “writing of the light” to which the poem aspires (3). This analogy, of course, is largely figurative: poems do not actually capture or radiate light. As Barthes explains, the peculiar ontology of the photograph makes it capable of transmitting the referent’s radiations in a way that a text (or, more specifically, a poem) cannot. The “photographic referent,” after all, is “not the optionally real thing to which an image or a sign refers but the necessarily real thing which has been placed before the lens, without which there would be no photograph” (76). The photograph confirms that its referent existed in a particular place at a particular time. It is a “certificate of presence” (87). The light it gives off, in turn, physically corresponds to the light its referent gave off at the moment the photograph was taken. In this way, a photograph maintains an essentially indexical relationship with the thing it is of.6
     
    This conception of vision as indexical comes at a cost, however: it threatens to reduce the eye to “a mere mechanical instrument” and “image-catching device,” as Deepstep Come Shining puts it (78, 73).7 Yet photography’s indexicality – however unattainable for poetry – is precisely what seems to appeal to Wright as a horizon for Deepstep Come Shining. The poem’s title can be read, in fact, as a reduplication of indices. “Deepstep Come Shining,” the poet repeats, encouraging Deepstep – which not only refers to a town in Georgia, but also evokes another kind of index, the footprint – to impress her with its light. Indeed, although Wright cannot achieve formally what she figures (i.e., a poem comprised of luminous objects that have autonomously imprinted themselves on her eyes and, in turn, on the page), a corresponding formal project does emerge as long as we broaden our purview to include other varieties of indexicality. The poem emerges specifically as an index of language, if not light.
     
    This formal project is announced, in part, by Wright’s inclusion of the stenotype facsimiles mentioned earlier. Stenotype is a kind of shorthand machine most often used by court reporters that allows the operator to type spoken dialogue quickly, theoretically in real time. It is designed as a recording device, not a compositional tool, and as the term “operator” suggests, the individual who uses the stenotype is considered to be a part of its machinery. In short, the operator is no writer. In this light, the stenotype serves as a fitting emblem for indexicality in writing and thus plays a crucial rather than merely decorative role in the poem. The stenotype, that is to say, formalizes for the poem what photography can only figure.8
     
    In keeping with this stenographic model, Deepstep Come Shining comprises actual voices, texts, and other media Wright encountered on a Southern road trip (many of which are listed at the end of the poem, under the heading “Stimulants, Poultices, Goads“). Some voices evoke the locale. For instance, the expression, “All around in here it used to be so pretty” (8) and the adjective “yonder” (7) hail from the South, as does the old grammar joke: “Where do you folks live at. Between the a and the t” (23, 47). At least one voice in the poem speaks in Spanish. Still others suggest a particular speaker’s occupation: the waiter’s “Are you still working on that drink” (84, 87) or the DJ’s “Don’t touch that dial” (43, 58, 96, 97). The poem even records lyrics from artists, like Bob Dylan, whom one might hear on the car radio. Advertisements for events such as fiddle contests and products like Gold Bond Medicated Powder populate the poem, as do posted rules like “no-shoe-no-shirt-no-service” (79). Other signs adopt a more intimate register: “Note on the fridge: Vanilla yogurt inside. See you in the morning, girls” (10). Citations from academic or scientific texts underline the more conceptual work that has influenced the poem.
     
    From this standpoint, Deepstep Come Shining belongs to a long tradition of documentary poems that appropriate different voices, texts, and other media in order to challenge the narrow identification of poetry with subjective lyric expression. Wright’s determination to create a poetic record of a particular region, for instance, aligns her with poets like William Carlos Williams – whose Paterson (1946-1963) draws from historical letters, advertisements, and geological data to capture the local history of Paterson, New Jersey – and Hilton Obenzinger, whose New York on Fire (1989) draws from newspapers, interviews, and history books to recount the many fires that have ravaged New York City since 1613. Wright’s geographic paradigm, the road trip, has its precedent in Muriel Rukeyser’s U.S. 1 (1938), a book-length poem that employs Depression-era literary and photojournalistic techniques to represent Rukeyser’s travels along East Coast highway Route 1.9 In particular, Deepstep Come Shining recalls the sequence of U.S. 1 titled “The Book of the Dead,” which documents a deadly industrial disaster in West Virginia via interviews, descriptions of medical photographs, letters, and hearings in the U.S. House of Representatives. Wright’s engagement with court reporting similarly invites comparison to poems like Charles Reznikoff’s Testimony (1934-1979), which uses court records to attest to various acts of violence and injustice in the United States during the late 19th and early 20th centuries.
     
    At the same time, however, Deepstep Come Shining seems to resist this documentary tradition by systematically obscuring and abstracting the very texts and voices it contains. Aside from Wright’s occasional use of quotation marks, all-caps, and italics to indicate citation, there are very few cues in the text that mark the beginning and end of any utterance. The relentlessly end-stopped lines obfuscate not only the difference between one speaker’s statement and another’s question, but also the variations in intonation. As a result, many utterances flatten out, and idiosyncrasies of voice and text collapse into regularities of type. At several points, the poem explicitly acknowledges the difficult task of determining intonation: “Which is pitched higher crepe or crape,” it asks (37); “Which is brighter g-r-a-y or g-r-e-y. Which is pitched higher” (77). Furthermore, the unusual juxtaposition of lines and the frequent use of non sequitur frustrate the expectation that utterances in close proximity (grouped together in a paragraph or stanza, for instance) will speak to one another. Although the poem alludes to actual conversations and narratives surrounding numerous characters who populate the text – the floating host, the boneman and the snakeman, the Veals of Deepstep, Pattycake, Clyde Connell, and Aunt Flora, for instance -, more often than not these conversations and narratives are dispersed throughout the poem in nearly irreconcilable fragments.
     
    Indeed, Deepstep Come Shining alternately locates and dislocates its component parts (not to mention the reader) both temporally and spatially. The poem is clearly set in the rural South, and often mentions specific spatial coordinates: towns such as Deepstep, Milledgeville, and Vidalia; and businesses such as Motel 6, Chuck’s Dollar Store, and Scatters Pool Hall. It even offers directions: “Ripcord Lounge is up on the right. . . A little past the package store”; “Make a left just beyond Pulltight Road” (8). Yet these coordinates do not form a cohesive map; or if they do, it is a map that folds in on itself at various points. In the poem’s own words, “the genesis of direction breaks and scatters” (35). Interiors become exteriors, north leads to south, and ultimately, the promise of location turns out to be illusory. References to popular news stories about the Unabomber and the murder of Michael Jordan’s father place the reader in a general era. The more mythical temporality of the boneman and snakeman stories, however, resist being plotted on a historical timeline. Insisting that “no one should know the hour or the day” (10), the poem enacts a kind of textual “Time lapse” that disorients the reader (3, 93). Its refrain, “Now do you know where you are,” only underlines this sense of temporal and spatial disorientation (8, 22, 37, 89). In effect, the only time and space the reader can be sure of occupying is the time and space of the poem itself. The poem, from this standpoint, is not simply a second-hand transcript of what Wright has seen, but moreover a record of what she literally makes visible in poetic form.
     
    The stenographs in Deepstep Come Shining further underline this project of dislocation and abstraction. Despite their nod to indexical writing, the stenographs do not transparently point to the courtroom dialogues they index. In fact, to the reader who is unfamiliar with shorthand, they seem virtually illegible. Although Wright potentially could have remedied this situation by having the stenotype transcribed into longhand, she chose not to, presenting them in facsimile instead. As a result, the formal arrangement of the stenotype contrasts sharply with the poem, and its material features, such as the darker tone of the paper and the irregularities of the ink, come to the fore. The abstraction of the actual courtroom proceedings, that is, reveals the stenographer’s mark – in this case, the mark of Alyce Collins Wright, C.D.’s mother. The stenotype facsimiles ultimately serve both as a site of documentation and as a site of abstraction. They gesture towards a trial while simultaneously obfuscating that trial to register the presence of the one person there who is meant to embody absence: the stenographer.
     
    Deepstep Come Shining not only yields this dialectic of documentation and abstraction on a formal level, but also figures it thematically. If, as detailed earlier, the poem betrays an attraction to objective, mechanical vision in many passages, it also celebrates a more abstract, metaphysical kind of vision in others. Many passages ascribe greater visionary powers to people whose eyesight has been compromised in some way. “A synergism of cancer and dwelling in musical extremis” allows Coltrane, for instance, to see angels (59). An iridectomy gives way to vivid metaphor:

    A shirt on the floor looked like

    the mouth of a well

    Spots on a horse
    horrible holes in its side

    The sun in the tree
    green hill of crystals

    Moon over Milledgeville
    only a story

    Saucer of light on the wall
    the hand of god.

    (51)

    The poem’s ongoing punning between “whole” and “hole,” as well as the many references to focusing and refocusing, blurring in and blurring out, only reiterate Wright’s concern for this oscillation between vision and blindness, positive and negative space, figure and ground.

     
    Wright does not regard this kind of oscillation as merely interesting, however, and instead repeatedly associates it with violence. Light must be “murdered” so “the truth [can] become apparent” (75). An almost apocalyptic version of this oscillation is figured on the last page of the poem, when the speaker vows to “offer a once-and-for-all thing, opaque and revelatory, ceaselessly burning” (107). Like the devastating fire to which the speaker alludes – a fire that destroyed the very objects the text incarnates – this “once-and-for-all-thing” (presumably the poem itself) simultaneously radiates with and obliterates the objects to which it points. It is as if the poem promises to illuminate and immortalize, yet at the same time extinguish, the very objects and bodies it points to or marks. Wright, in other words, emphasizes the precarious and potentially self-destructive nature of the model of light-writing that so fascinates her.
     
    Deepstep Come Shining is certainly not the first poem to abstract documentary material. On the contrary, all documentary poems, including those mentioned earlier – Williams’s Paterson, Obenzinger’s New York on Fire, Rukeyser’s U.S. 1, and Reznikoff’s Testimony – arguably demonstrate an impulse towards abstraction. After all, the very strategies poets often use to adapt documentary material to the form of poetry – selection, fragmentation, repetition, lineation, and so on – paradoxically divert attention away from the voices, places, and events being documented and towards more formal aspects of their poetry.10 Without some degree of abstraction, in fact, it would be difficult to distinguish a documentary poem from a mere mechanical exercise. Abstraction serves, in other words, as a response to the central question that, as Marjorie Perloff notes, inevitably arises for the documentary poet: “If the words used are not my own, how can I convey the true voice of feeling unique to lyric”? From this perspective, abstraction does not simply entail a lapse or distortion of the documentary impulse. Rather, it generates a crucial dialectic that allows documentary poets to negotiate their relationship to lyric.
     
    The history of this dialectic of documentation and abstraction coincides, to a large extent, with the history of lyric. Although a detailed account of this history is beyond the scope of this essay, a couple of broad trends are worth sketching out. In the first half of the 20th century, documentary projects appealed to many poets as a way of counteracting the individualism of the lyric and bringing poetry closer to everyday realities. Rukeyser, for instance, gravitated towards documentary material because she believed that “the actual world, not some fantastic structure that has nothing to do with reality, must provide the material for modern poetry” (qtd. in Dayton 226). Documentary material offered her a broader foundation on which to “build” her poems – a foundation that went beyond “those personal responses which have always been the basis for poetry” (qtd. in Dayton 146). Like other modernist poets, Rukeyser tends to use abstraction as a means of reinforcing, interrogating, commenting on, or elucidating the messages already inherent in documentary material. Later in the 20th century, however, a number of poets turned to documentary not as an alternative or supplement to lyric, but as a way of challenging the very coherence of the lyric self. In her book-length poem Dictee (1982), for instance, Theresa Hak Kyung Cha stitches together historical, autobiographical, journalistic, epistolary, and visual texts in order to complicate the idea of a Korean voice or identity. For postmodern poets like Cha, abstraction does not clarify or unify disparate materials; instead it underlines the extent to which the lyric speaker is constructed (or, more to the point, deconstructed) by disparate materials.
     
    Although both of these trends inform Wright’s work, Deepstep Come Shining‘s use of abstraction sharply diverges from that of many earlier documentary poems and indeed marks a new approach to lyric. As mentioned above, Wright figures the movement from mechanical to metaphysical vision as an act of violence. This act of violence, in turn, echoes her transcription of individual voices and texts into typographic form. Abstraction, that is, does not serve as a means of deriving meaning from the voices and texts Wright collected on her road trip; on the contrary, abstraction destroys meaning by radically materializing these voices and texts to the point of impenetrability. In this light, the poem’s use of abstraction reveals the strong influence of language poetry on Wright’s work, an influence remarked by critics like Lynn Keller. As Keller points out, however, Wright draws upon strategies of language poetry to resist “the kind of personal lyric that had become the sanctioned form for feminist expression,” at the same time that, in keeping with a number of other contemporary women poets, she distances herself from the exclusive, “male-dominated Language scene” (28). This distancing is particularly apparent in her efforts to re-embody the voices and texts she so radically materializes. Just as the Arkansas court proceedings that underlie Deepstep Come Shining‘s stenotype pages ultimately bear the mark of Wright’s mother Alyce, so too the Southern voices and texts composing the poem ultimately bear the mark of C.D. The poem indexes not only the events of Wright’s road trip and the court where her mother worked, but moreover Wright and her mother’s sheer presence as witnesses.
     
    It might be tempting to assume here that Deepstep Come Shining is proving a general point about the ease with which language can be appropriated or re-embodied by various subjects (a point that would largely accord with Language poetry). But there is nothing general about Wright’s decision to index herself and her mother. Indeed, by deliberately choosing to include a set of stenotype facsimiles her mother produced, Wright gestures towards a very personal relationship that motivates Deepstep Come Shining‘s poetics of vision. By aligning stenography with poetry, Wright specifically aligns her mother’s career as a court reporter with her own career as a poet. Unlike Wright’s father’s job as an Arkansas judge, which required him to evaluate testimony and intervene in the lives of those he encountered in the courtroom, Wright’s mother’s job as a court reporter barred her from evaluating or intervening in any way. Amidst the noise and activity of the courtroom, her mother would have been an essentially passive and silent presence, revealing nothing of herself as she typed. Wright, however, challenges this dichotomy between the activity of judging and the passivity of recording by attempting to salvage something meaningful from her mother’s stenotype facsimiles.11 Realizing that no translation or reading of the stenotype pages will yield any insight into her mother, Wright opts instead to abstract the pages, thereby emphasizing the beauty and craft of the physical traces her mother left behind (and, by extension, of the traces she leaves behind in the poem). Abstraction, in other words, gives rise to an unexpected locus of intimacy and of lyricism in Deepstep Come Shining. If the poem’s documentary material manifests an appreciation for the Southern landscapes and soundscapes that shaped Wright’s childhood, its abstractions manifest an appreciation for the peculiar legacy of type-writing that Wright inherited from her mother.
     
    Wright’s use of abstraction not only distinguishes Deepstep Come Shining from earlier documentary poetry, but also anticipates a kind of appropriative poetry that has gained popularity in the new millennium. As a number of critics have noted, many contemporary poets – among them Vanessa Place, Katie Degentesh, Kenneth Goldsmith, and Noah Eli Gordon – have recently pursued projects that involve various forms of citation and transcription. Granted, many of these projects gain inspiration from modern digital media and communication technologies that are a far cry from Deepstep Come Shining’s antiquated stenography, but they also echo the ideal of nonintervention that stenography embodies.12 In fact, although this poetry incorporates documents and source material, I hesitate to call all of it “documentary” insofar as its commitment is not always to the events and objects to which the documents point. In some cases the documents are almost incidental to the larger project of substantiating – indeed, indexing – the poet’s encounters and interactions with them. For instance, Kenneth Goldsmith’s Day (2003), a word-for-word transcription of the September 1st, 2000 edition of The New York Times, is less about the specific news events of that day, and more about the painstaking and tedious labor the poem required for its production. Likewise, Flarf (a genre of poetry generated by internet searches) often foregrounds the poet’s process of navigating the Web as much as the specific content generated by it. The documented voices and texts of Deepstep Come Shining, by contrast, are in no way incidental. While the poem’s lyric and documentary modes are mutually exclusive (to see one is to be blind to the other), they nevertheless converge upon a similar set of preoccupations and concerns. Wright’s poetics of vision nevertheless paves the way for the appropriative poetry of the new millennium, insofar as it shows that poets can extract something personal, even lyrical, from second-hand documents and information without having to resort to older confessional or expressive modes of writing to do so. Indeed, in light of Wright’s work, poetic projects that may have appeared to embody the culmination of anti-lyrical tendencies re-emerge as sites of renewed engagement with lyric, and, more generally speaking, of renewed commitment to the specificity of various modes of literary discourse.
     
    To be sure, Wright demonstrates an intense desire to capture – and even radiate with – the voices and texts she literally encounters over the course of Deepstep Come Shining‘s composition. Abstraction, however, is just as crucial to the poem because it allows her to forego some of the more expressive conventions of lyric poetry, while at the same time advancing the poet’s role as a remarkably complex seer or poeta vates. Although many critics have examined Deepstep Come Shining‘s preoccupation with vision, by overemphasizing the poem’s documentary mode and underemphasizing its corresponding abstractions they have, not insignificantly, overlooked Wright’s efforts to formalize her own role as a visionary. On the one hand, Deepstep Come Shining‘s poet-as-seer is merely an “operator,” a technology for faithfully capturing and making visible certain sights. On the other hand, she is a dangerously blinding force. She makes the reader look away from what is most transparent in order to see what else might be revealed: “We see a little farther now and a little farther still / Peeping into the unseen” (9).
     

    One Big Self’s Politics of Vision

     
    On the surface, One Big Self manifests a dialectic of documentation and abstraction reminiscent of Deepstep Come Shining. A collection of voices and texts accumulated over the course of another trip through the South, One Big Self abounds with road signs, crime reports, confessions, statistics, radio broadcasts, and inmate questionnaires. Like Deepstep Come Shining, One Big Self also features a list of sources Wright researched and in many cases cites (a list titled “Why not check it out and lock it down”). In some cases, Wright directly identifies the source, speaker, and/or addressee of a given line or stanza, but in most cases the task of identification is not so straightforward.
     
    Some lines imply particular speakers and addressees (prisoners, guards, the poet); some carry double meanings or vary in meaning depending on the context. As she did in Deepstep Come Shining, Wright further complicates the task of identification by often omitting crucial punctuation and thereby flattening the tonal register. As John Cotter remarks, “abstract, a lot of the lines can be read in more than one way, or read as true for more than one inmate, or an observer, or apply equally well to victim or visitor.” One Big Self also frustrates narrative expectations with its play of associative logic, non sequitur, parataxis, and circular questioning. It furthermore participates in the kind of simultaneous location and dislocation observed earlier in relation to Deepstep Come Shining. Although one section is headed “On the road to St. Gabriel” and another “On the road to Angola,” for instance, the poem most often interweaves and even collapses different times and spaces.
     
    To notice similar processes of documentation and abstraction and of location and dislocation at work in both Deepstep Come Shining and One Big Self is not to say that the poems share the same overall project or agenda. To begin with, in One Big Self the document or record enters the more menacing realm of evidence, a realm where sentences potentially incriminate. Wright explicitly identifies “the resistance of poetry to the conventions of evidentiary writing” as a challenge that shaped her project; and, as the subtitle of the 2007, poem-only edition of One Big Self—One Big Self: An Investigation—announces, the poem proceeds via a gathering of evidence (ix). As R.S. Gwynn points out, however, it is not entirely clear “what’s being investigated” (685). The thing about evidence, after all, is that it implies a crime (or, at the very least, an event that requires adjudication). Yet Wright makes it clear that she does not want to criminalize or determine anything, even though (or perhaps because) her subjects’ guilt has been, in some cases, predetermined. She lays out her aims in the preface: “Not to idealize, not to judge, not to exonerate, not to aestheticize immeasurable levels of pain. Not to demonize, not anathematize. What I wanted was to unequivocally lay out the real feel of hard time” (xiv).
     
    Indeed, lacking a definite criminal event, the poem often investigates its own composition, with all the prison visits, correspondences, and research that went into it. The relative amorphousness of this event, in turn, leads Wright to continually interrogate – and push the boundaries of – what exactly counts as evidence. “Counting” thus serves as a crucial term in One Big Self. “Count your fingers / Count your toes / Count your nose holes / Count your blessings…” the poem begins, establishing counting as a device that will return again and again (3). The poem is nevertheless by no means all inclusive, and it acknowledges many more impasses than Deepstep Come Shining does. In some cases a voice warns “Don’t ask,” or a speaker notes “I don’t go there,” as if some lines of investigation are too loaded. In other cases the poet resorts to more impersonal forms of research such as the search engine “Ask Jeeves.” The poem, in sum, betrays an unusually agonized relationship to its own contents – to what it will or will not allow in – that contrasts with Deepstep Come Shining‘s sense of ease (Wright describes the latter poem as her “rapture” (“Looking”).
     
    Perhaps it should come as no surprise to find this level of self-consciousness in a poem titled One Big Self. The project, after all, demands that Wright consider the very nature of “selves,” and not just her own, but also the prisoners’. As she explains in her preface to One Big Self, her objective was to view “prisoners, among others, as they elect to be seen, in their larger selves” (xiv). Deborah Luster’s preface to the collaborative photo-book edition, titled “The Reappearance of Those Who Have Gone,” similarly stresses the prisoners’ disclosures of their “very own selves… before my camera.”13 Both editions of One Big Self demonstrate not only an awareness of the problem of how to get other “selves” into the poem (i.e., not as “others” in relation to Wright’s and Luster’s selves), but moreover a level of circumspection about what constitutes a “self” in the first place. Consider, for instance, the inmates’ attire in Luster’s photo-book portraits. Some pose in prison stripes, others in chef hats and uniforms; some wear Mardi Gras beads and feathers, others, grisly Halloween costumes. Are these really the subjects’ “very own selves”? Does the fact that the inmates choose how to dress and pose themselves necessarily ensure that their “very own selves” are being presented? More to the point, what does that phrase even mean?
     
    The question of how to capture a subject’s true self has been central to the practice of portrait photography – and of portraiture more generally – for years. As Michael Fried points out in Why Photography Matters as Art as Never Before, there is something inherently theatrical about portraiture, about the idea of a subject posing for an artist. And if the artist’s ambition is to capture the subject’s true self, and not a false performance, there is something consequently problematic about portraiture. (Here again, the difference between documenting and evidencing comes into play: all photographic portraits in some sense document their subjects; but only the select few succeed in evidencing their subjects’ true selves.) Some photographers have attempted to sidestep the portrait’s theatricality by experimenting with hidden cameras and candid shots, but these experiments often entail forms of manipulation and intervention in their own right. Fried thus maintains that for portrait photography to be genuinely anti-theatrical it must not avoid, but must directly contend with the frontal pose.
     
    This question of how to capture a subject’s true self even when that subject is posing under the most theatrical conditions is clearly a question that Luster, as a portrait photographer, has not only inherited, but moreover embraced. While her portraits may seem strikingly theatrical, they also evidence an anti-theatrical impulse. More to the point, they risk theatricality precisely in order to earn a kind of anti-theatricality. Luster’s anti-theatrical impulse is perhaps most obvious in her comments about wanting to be as unobtrusive a photographer as possible. She claims, for instance, that she did not conduct research on prison life as part of the project. In “The Reappearance of Those Who Have Gone,” she implies that research would have interfered with her ability to make the portraits “as direct a telling as possible.” Clearly, Luster’s methods of documenting selves contrast sharply with Wright’s methods. The assumption here seems to be that photography, by its very nature, neutrally captures its subject (in this case, the prisoners) – and that whatever Luster learned about prison life could have distorted the subjects’ disclosures of their “very own selves… before my camera.” Wright, by contrast, had to immerse herself in research to get other “selves” into her poetry to begin with.
     
    Luster’s decision to print her photographic portraits on sheets of metal, in the style of tintypes, also underlines her anti-theatrical impulse. As Michael Carlebach observes, tintypes are known for resisting some of the formalities associated with traditional portraiture. When they were first introduced in 1856, tintypes were cheap, durable, and – compared to daguerreotypes and other early processes – relatively fast and easy to print. This made them popular not only with studio photographers who wanted to make a quick profit from working-class customers, but also with itinerant photographers who worked concessions at carnivals and fairs. It also made them unpopular with photographers who hoped to elevate photography to an elite profession or art form.
     
    Tintypists tended to prioritize business concerns over aesthetic concerns. They used plain backdrops and did not deem it cost-effective to outfit their studios with elaborate props or sets. In fact, one of the only props many tintypists did use was a clamp (sometimes called a “head rest”) to immobilize the subjects’ heads and thereby prevent blurring. While these clamps contributed to stiff, unnatural poses, these poses stem from a technological rather than an aesthetic formality. The subjects appear stiff, in other words, not because they are trying to perform certain formalities associated with portraiture, but because they are simply trying to prevent the shots from being ruined.
     
    This is not to say that the subjects were oblivious to aesthetic concerns. On the contrary, tintypists’ relative indifference to the aesthetics of their work enabled subjects to take more active roles in the composition of their portraits. Subjects often chose how to pose, where to look, what expressions to have, and what to wear. Many brought personal props to the shoots. During the Civil War, in fact, when tintype trade flourished, many soldiers posed in uniform with weapons, and this fashion of posing with the tools of one’s trade then continued after the war. What was different about the conventions associated with tintypes, however, is that they were developed and perpetuated to appeal not to professional magazines or artists, but to subjects’ friends, coworkers, and family members.
     
    This history of more informal tintype portraiture has appealed to a number of contemporary portrait photographers who use tintype to document and in many cases dignify individuals from more or less marginal social groups: cowboys in Robb Kendrick’s “Revealing Character” (2005), for instance, or soldiers in Ellen Susan’s “Soldier Portraits” (2007-2010). Luster’s photographs – and her determination to give inmates control of their own images – clearly gesture towards this history too. Notwithstanding the occasional prison stripe, however, the costumes, masks, and occupational props wielded by Luster’s subjects do not divulge – and often conceal – their identity as prisoners. In fact, Luster’s photographs manage to give even the prison stripes a costumey feel. And unlike a number of other prison photography projects such as Danny Lyon’s “Conversations with the Dead” (1971) and Taro Yamasaki’s “Inside Jackson Prison” (1980), which offer glimpses of penitentiary life, most of Luster’s photographs employ black backdrops that block out the broader prison environment and allow the inmates themselves to take center stage.
     
    Luster’s portraits, in other words, do not overdetermine her subjects’ identities as prisoners. On the contrary, they enable her subjects to express a wide range of identities and aspirations, some of which seem deeply sincere, others deeply ironic, and others so fantastical that they are difficult to reconcile with the realities prison life. Inmates who participated in One Big Self understood that they would both appear in a photo book and get a dozen wallet-sized prints for themselves. The inmates’ poses thus express a variety of intentions: to generate sympathy from estranged relatives, develop a portfolio, become famous, add to their possessions, and communicate with loved ones. So although the resulting photos resist the formalities of the mugshot (the quintessential prison photograph) and of photographs once used by eugenicists to diagnose criminals, they are highly formalized in their own way. Luster’s photographs do not ultimately solve the problem of how to overcome theatricality, and thus capture the inmates’ “true selves” or individuality; but in the process of attempting to solve this problem, they also redirect the viewer’s attention onto competing forms of portraiture that, for better or worse, condition subjects’ social legibility. They clearly suggest that their subjects are more than anonymous prisoners; but the viewer’s search for particulars leads only to a host of abstractions – of performed “types.”
     
    The two cover photographs selected for the poem-only edition of One Big Self suggest that Wright may be just as interested as Luster (if not more interested) in the problems of self-expression that portraiture raises. The majority of Luster’s portraits show subjects directly facing the camera in theatrical poses and clothing that, as suggested above, frequently pastiche conventional portrait photography. The two cover photographs in the poem-only edition, however, present an even more tenuous notion of facingness. The front cover depicts a woman wearing a dark mask over her eyes, a tall light-colored hat, and a baggy Halloween costume with bells on the collar and wrists. Her hands rest on her lap as she stares directly into the camera, unsmiling. The back cover shows an arm extended, palm facing the camera, bearing a tattoo of a woman’s face. What is remarkable about both of these cover photographs is that they exemplify the tension between being “all there” in a portrait, and yet not quite all there. The presence of the mask and the tattoo suggest exhibitionism, on the one hand, and a kind of concealment or holding back, on the other.
     
    Like the women in the cover portraits, Wright expresses a desire at once to exhibit and to conceal what she has evidenced in One Big Self. This desire recalls the dialectic of documentation and abstraction explored earlier in the context of both Deepstep Come Shining and One Big Self. But whereas Deepstep Come Shining obscures actual court proceedings with an embodied (and deeply personal) stenotype, One Big Self obscures the actual bodies of those who have been “sentenced” in order to bring to the fore various formalities, especially those of the criminal justice system. One Big Self‘s abstractions do not shift our gaze onto type-writing per se (as in Deepstep Come Shining), but rather onto the “types” portrayed – and in some cases enforced – by the prison-industrial complex and other institutions. One Big Self documents very specific utterances while paradoxically inviting us to ask what “types” of people these utterances imply: inmate, victim, or visitor. Whereas the “Stimulants, Poultices, Goads” list at the back of Deepstep Come Shining stokes (and frustrates) a desire to see what the poet saw, One Big Self‘s “Why not check it out and lock it down” more pointedly invites (and renders futile) a kind of matching game with the poem’s constitutive parts (65, 83).
     
    Considering these typological leanings, it is not surprising that One Big Self pays significant attention to forms of address. The poem’s pseudo-letters, with salutations like “Dear Child of God,” “Dear Prisoner,” and “Dear Affluent Reader,” for instance, highlight the roles that people assume in the process of writing to one another. According to Martin Earl, “The repeated letters enable the poet … to stress one of the remaining formalities left to people living in the alternative world of incarceration. Language, after all, is the one thing that can’t be taken away from them.” But rather than treating letters as rare formalities permitted in prison, Wright treats them as sites where some of the many formalities of prison life – and of life beyond prison – get articulated. She does not depict the letters as a unique privilege, like Earl suggests, insofar as they absolutely do not enable prisoners to freely express themselves. Instead, the letters raise problems similar to those examined earlier with respect to portraiture: how can writers reveal their true selves when the relationships between writers, texts, and readers are so fraught?
     
    Wright’s formal interest in the transformation of individuals into types also expresses itself via the content of the poem, which frequently notes the idiosyncrasies of bodies, in particular tattoos and scars. It plays with the notion that a face is something you earn in prison, that inmates eventually “get a face on them” (23). At the same time, the poem attends to the generalities into which faces or people can disappear. For example, “Black is the Color” broaches discrimination within society and/or the criminal justice system, as does the recurring question of whether people “run to type” (17). The poem underscores the many, more trivial ways people are typed too: one can be “a budget person,” for instance, or “a night person,” a sign of the zodiac, or an administrative number (67). Quotes from a board game called “The Mansion of Happiness” further accentuate the ease with which individuals can be classified, evaluated, and rewarded (or punished) according to arbitrary rules. Even the title One Big Self alludes to the relationship between individual and type; as the quote of film director Terence Malick elaborates, “Maybe all men got one big soul where everybody’s a part of – all faces of the same man: one big self” (qtd. in Gilbert).
     
    By reframing the dialectic of documentation and abstraction established in Deepstep Come Shining in terms of individual and type, One Big Self manages to adapt Wright’s poetics to a corresponding politics. A couple of examples from the poem are useful here. Consider, first, the campaign to “Restore the Night Sky” by reducing the light pollution caused by surrounding prisons (27). The image establishes a basic conflict between two levels of vision: earthly lights obscure celestial ones. On another level, however, this conflict is loaded with sociological significance: some people can’t enjoy clear views of the sky because the state is keeping its eye on prisoners. This example, in other words, exposes the fact that some types of people have (or at least believe they ought to have) access to various sights, while others don’t – and, conversely, that some types of people get subjected to surveillance, while others don’t. Wright also uses mirrors in One Big Self to elaborate a similar politics of vision. She explains, “Your only mirror [in prison] is one of stainless steel. The image it affords will not tell whether you are young still or even real” (38). Once again, the poem not only acknowledges two competing levels of vision (i.e., the literal substance of the mirror, on the one hand, and the fleeting images of inmates who appear in it, on the other), but moreover implicates the mirror in a broader system of isolation and control. Chosen above all for its durability, the prison mirror ultimately serves to detemporalize and dematerialize, rather than individuate, the inmates who approach it.
     
    On the one hand, Wright wants to imagine that she and Luster might remedy this situation by improving the inmates’ access to clear images of themselves. She explains that many inmates agreed to have their pictures taken because they were eager to get copies of the prints, to see themselves better than the regulation mirrors allowed. Here the distinction between self-expression and self-reflection breaks down: the photographs function not as sites where inmates reveal their true selves to others, but rather as sites where they become conscious of themselves as such for the first time in potentially years. The photographs allow inmates to read the otherwise elusive passage of time on their own faces and to verify the reality of their own bodies against a dozen wallet-sized prints. On the other hand, Wright seems quite aware that Luster’s photographs are just as entrenched in a politics of vision as any other set of images. Taken as a whole, the tens of thousands of photographs Luster took of Louisiana prisoners merge into patterns and generalities. In particular, they present an overwhelmingly racialized image of prison: a large majority of Louisiana prisoners are black. As the poem confirms, “Black is the Color” “Of 77% of the inmates in Angola,” and “Of 66% of the inmates at St. Gabriel” (34). Luster’s tintype-style photographs, which have an antique look to them, further underline the historical significance of these statistics. They show that despite the time that has elapsed since the Civil War, when tintypes reached the height of their popularity, the status of African Americans still looks bleak by some measures.14
     
    While many other critics have noticed a politics of vision in One Big Self, they have frequently misconstrued it. The primary mistake they have made resembles the one mentioned earlier in the context of Deepstep Come Shining criticism. By concentrating on the presence of documentary subject matter, they have concluded that Wright’s poetry and Luster’s photographs are mainly about allowing outsider voices to speak and be seen. Nadia Herman Colburn, for instance, insists that Wright’s poems show a “commitment to understanding other people.” “To read her poems,” Colburn observes, “is to enter into the lived experience, not only of Wright herself, but of her characters.” According to Suzanne Wise, “what dominates Wright’s account are the voices of the prisoners themselves, shifting power away from the poet-witness as the arbiter of experiences” (405). Grace Glueck claims that by “patiently” shooting inmates “in a neutral way,” Luster “honors their identities” (29). And Stephen Burt goes so far as to claim that “for Wright and Luster, the project of portrait photography… becomes a project of releasing people from bondage” (50).
     
    These claims tend to rely on the assumption that there is something liberating about expressing oneself and, in turn, being seen or heard. This assumption is, of course, a popular one. It motivates a broad range of creative projects that aim to provide spaces of expression behind prison walls and/or to share the work of incarcerated writers and artists with a broader audience.15 What is not clear, however, is that Wright and Luster share this assumption. By no means did they enter the prisons they visited as activists, educators, or publicists. (On more than one occasion, Wright has acknowledged the ethical precariousness of these visits.) Neither the questionnaires Wright distributed to prisoners as part of her research nor the photographs Luster took were meant to be outlets of creative expression for the inmates. And although Wright and Luster did discover that some inmates appreciated the opportunity to pose for the camera and share their stories, the images and text of One Big Self depict as many—if not more—moments of foreclosure as moments of disclosure. The poem in particular deploys a kind of abstraction that violently wrenches readers from lived experience and locates them in a formal space. Like the two cover photographs for the poem-only edition of One Big Self, it simultaneously solicits and forbids the viewer’s identification with its subjects. On one level, the poem aims at an anti-theatrical ideal: readers, Wright hopes, will see the prisoners for who they are, without the distortion of various lenses. On another level, the poem foregrounds these lenses themselves.
     
    Abstraction allows One Big Self to generate some skepticism about the assumption that expressing oneself, and being seen and heard, is in itself liberating. As mentioned earlier, the poem’s exploration of forms of address, for instance, implies that “free” expression or communication is an impossible ideal. Moreover, by abstracting individual voices into types, the poem asks us to consider the many other forms of subjugation and inequality that exist—some serious, some trivial. It reminds us that no matter how liberating it may be for prisoners to be heard and respected, respect and attention will not release them from prison; no matter what kind of windows One Big Self might open, the walls that separate prisoners from the rest of society remain very real. In fact the one identity category that encompasses all the subjects portrayed in One Big Self—the category of prisoner—never really has to be acknowledged, performed, or represented there, because no matter what they say or how they look, the subjects are admitted to One Big Self only insofar as they are prisoners. If there is no escaping the prison literally, there is no escaping it figuratively (i.e., via One Big Self) either. This, again, is why the prison stripes worn by some of the subjects in Luster’s portraits seem almost incidental. Granted, Wright’s preface acknowledges the lofty-sounding ambition to reunite “the separated with the larger human enterprise” (xiv). If the poem stages a reunion, however, it is decidedly not a reunion where individual people freely honor, sympathize with, or refine their views of each other. Rather, it is a reunion that exposes the existing social and political forms that contain people.
     
    In this light, Wright and Luster’s efforts to avoid criminalizing anyone are particularly significant. They show that Wright and Luster are less interested in what people have done in the past, and more interested in the social and political forms that condition what they can and cannot do in the present. The questions their project raises are not about who deserves to be criminalized – or who deserves to be “typed” in any way, for that matter – but rather about what function certain categories and formalities serve in the first place. Is it possible that some “types” precede – and indeed even produce – the individuals who exemplify them? Is it possible, in other words, that being a criminal type is not wholly a matter of personal responsibility? Do the social and political forms we perpetuate bear some responsibility as well?
     
    Although few may admit it, the prison itself is a form that many people have a stake in maintaining. Wright claims that One Big Self originated from one troubling observation – that prison was the central industry of certain areas of Louisiana. And in sections like “Dialing Dungeons for Dollars,” she interrogates privatization, prison realty, and the corporate revenue it generates (28). Admittedly, One Big Self is not exactly a polemic against the prison-industrial complex, and Wright’s point is not to offer concrete alternatives to current social and political formations. By periodically blinding our view of individuals, however, she succeeds in illuminating the formal sites where social and political change may occur. These sites, like the prisons Wright and Luster visited, may be places where our vision often falters, and where we cannot properly or fairly see the individuals contained. Still, Wright implies, there is a limit to how far better vision alone will get us. After all, as important as it may be to see individuals for their “true selves,” if we want to interrogate a form like the prison as such – and not just who deserves to be in it or how they are regarded once they are there – we must overlook these selves for the sake of the system of which we are all a part.
     

    Jennie Berner is a Ph.D. candidate in the Program for Writers at the University of Illinois at Chicago, where she teaches English and fiction writing. Both her scholarly work and her creative dissertation – a collection of short stories – interrogate the relationship between literature and visual technologies. Her poetry and fiction have appeared in Crazyhorse, Boston Review, The Journal, and The Coachella Review.
     

    Footnotes

    1. See, for instance, Burt, Wise, and Keller.
     
    2. Most notably Gilbert and Burt.
     
    3. According to Wright, the poem is “as close as I have ever gotten to a conceptually visual work” even down to her “method of composition – on the wall” (Wright, “The Wolf Interview”).
     
    4. Although Wright does not include Barthes as one of the “Stimulants, Poultices, Goads” listed at the back of Deepstep Come Shining, the striking similarities between the two works, as well as the poem’s reference to the camera lucida, make it difficult to rule out the possibility that these echoes might be more than coincidental.
     
    5. It is worth noting that Deborah Luster accompanied Wright on the road trip that helped generate Deepstep Come Shining. Their common research and travel during this period led, in fact, to a series of photo-text retablos, one of which appears on the cover of Deepstep Come Shining. Prior to Deepstep Come Shining, Wright and Luster also collaborated on Just Whistle: A Valentine (1993).
     
    6. For more on the the photograph’s status as index, see Rosalind Krauss’s “Notes on the Index” parts I and II in The Originality of the Avant-Garde and Other Modernist Myths (1985).
     
    7. Hence the longstanding debate about whether photography – which can be produced with the mere click of a button – counts as an art.
     
    8. Granted, the operator could intervene as a writer. The court system attempts to safeguard against this possibility by requiring its reporters to swear that they will faithfully record what they hear. Still, the human operator has a kind of agency, and for this reason, the stenotype pages are not indexical in the strictest sense of the term.
     
    9. It is also worth noting that Rukeyser, like Wright, travelled with a photographer, her friend Nancy Naumberg.
     
    10. It might be tempting to generalize even more, and state a commonplace: no matter how directly or dispassionately it is presented, and no matter what genre it is presented in, documentary material inevitably bears the mark of the documentarian. What gets lost in this generalization, however, is any sense of the specific challenge that documentary material presents for poetry. This challenge, of course, is precisely what has motivated many poets to pursue documentary projects in the first place.
     
    11. There is a gender dynamic at work here too, judging being a historically male domain and court reporting a historically female one, particularly in the 1960s and early 70s, when Alyce Wright was working.
     
    12. A number of critics argue that digital and communication technologies are in large part driving the recent impulse to appropriate. According to Marjorie Perloff, for instance, appropriative poems tackle the question of poetry’s role “in the new world of instantaneous and excessive information.” Brian Reed similarly insists that these poems “tell us something profound about psychology and sociality in the new millennium. Even in fantasy it might no longer be tenable to separate ourselves from the information that we take in – or the manner in which we do so” (760). There is something to be said for this notion that the hypermobility of language and information in the new millennium and the expansion of virtual space have sparked efforts to relocate and ground the poet. At the same time, Deepstep Come Shining – published in 1998, just prior to the massive surge in texting, social networking, and other forms of digital communication – suggests that the interest in locating or indexing the poet via appropriated material is not wholly dependent on these technological developments.
     
    13. From this standpoint, the model of photography invoked by One Big Self requires more than just indexicality. Any photograph, after all, can index a subject. But only some photographs can capture his or her essence.
     
    14. In this light, Luster’s work invites comparison to that of other contemporary photographers (most notably Sally Mann) who use different varieties of 19th-century wet-plate photography to broach issues of time and history. But whereas Mann, for instance, takes advantage of the long exposure times of wet plate processes to literally capture the passage of time, Luster prints her images on aluminum plates after-the-fact to create an antique look that effectively collapses past and present.
     
    15. Arts-in-prison programs are a good example: proponents like Janie Paul insist that workshops offer prisoners “an opportunity to transcend their situation” (“Prisons” 551).

    Works Cited

    • Barthes, Roland. Camera Lucida. Trans. Richard Howard. New York: Hill and Wang, 1981. Print.
    • Burt, Stephen. “Lightsource, Aperture, Face: C.D. Wright and Photography.” Close Calls with Nonsense: Reading New Poetry. Minneapolis: Graywolf Press, 2009. 41-59. Print.
    • Carlebach, Michael L. Working Stiffs: Occupational Portraits in the Age of Tintypes. Washington: Smithsonian Institution Press, 2002. Print.
    • Colburn, Nadia Herman. “About C.D. Wright: A Profile.” Ploughshares. Emerson College, n.d. Web. 30 Nov. 2012.
    • Cotter, John. “The Damage Collector.” Open Letters Monthly. Open Letters LLC, n.d. Web. 30 Nov. 2012.
    • Dayton, Tim. “Lyric and Document in Muriel Rukeyser’s The Book of the Dead.” Journal of Modern Literature 21.2 (1997/98): 223-240. Print.
    • Earl, Martin. “One Big Self: Finding the Noble Vernacular: C.D. Wright/Deborah Luster” Harriet the Blog. The Poetry Foundation, 2 Apr. 2009. Web. 30 Nov. 2012.
    • Fried, Michael. Why Photography Matters as Art as Never Before. New Haven: Yale UP, 2008. Print.
    • Gilbert, Alan. “Neither Settled Nor Easy.” Boston Review Jan.-Feb. 2008. Web. 30 Nov. 2012.
    • Glueck, Grace. “Deborah Luster and C.D. Wright – ‘One Big Self: Prisoners of Louisiana.’” The New York Times. 18 Jun. 2004. Print. 29.
    • Gwynn, R.S. “Lost Roads.” The Hudson Review 60.4 (2008): 683-690. Print.
    • Keller, Lynn. Thinking Poetry: Readings in Contemporary Women’s Exploratory Poetics. Iowa City: U of Iowa P, 2010. Print.
    • Krauss, Rosalind. “Notes on the Index.” The Originality of the Avant-Garde and Other Modernist Myths. Cambridge: MIT Press, 1985. 196-220. Print.
    • Luster, Deborah, and C.D. Wright. One Big Self: Prisoners of Louisiana. Santa Fe: Twin Palms Publishers, 2003. Print.
    • Luster, Deborah. “The Reappearance of Those Who Have Gone.” Introduction. One Big Self: Prisoners of Louisiana. Twin Palms Publishers, 2003. Deborah Luster. Web. 12 Dec. 2012.
    • Perloff, Marjorie. “Poetry on the Brink: Reinventing the Lyric.” Boston Review. May/June 2012. Web. 12 Dec. 2012.
    • “Prisons, Activism, and the Academy – a Roundtable with Buzz Alexander, Bell Gale Chevigny, Stephen John Hartnett, Janie Paul, and Judith Tannenbaum.” Editor’s Column. PMLA 123.3 (May 2008): 545-567. Print.
    • Reed, Brian M. “In Other Words: Postmillennial Poetry and Redirected Language.” Contemporary Literature 52.4 (2011): 756-790. Web.
    • Wise, Susan. “The Border-Crossing Relational Poetry of C.D. Wright.” Eleven More Women Poets in the 21st Century. Ed. Claudia Rankine and Lisa Sewell. Middletown: Wesleyan UP, 2012. 399-425. Print.
    • Wright, C.D. Just Whistle: A Valentine. Berkeley: Kelsey Street Press, 1993. Print.
    • ———. Deepstep Come Shining. Port Townsend: Copper Canyon Press, 1998. Print.
    • ———. “Looking for ‘One Untranslatable Song.’” Interview with Kent Johnson. Jacket 15 (Dec. 2001). Web. 12 Dec. 2012.
    • ———. One Big Self: An Investigation. Port Townsend: Copper Canyon Press, 2007. Print.
    • ———. “The Wolf Interview: C.D. Wright.” Interview with Lynn Keller. The Wolf 19 (2008). Bloodaxe Blogs. 20 Apr. 2009. Web. 12 Dec. 2012.
  • The Most Dangerous Place: Pro-Life Politics and the Rhetoric of Slavery

    Lisa Guenther (bio)
    Vanderbilt University
    lisa.guenther@vanderbilt.edu

    Abstract

    In recent years, comparisons between abortion and slavery have become increasingly common in American pro-life politics. Some have compared the struggle to extinguish abortion rights to the struggle to end slavery. Others have claimed that Roe v Wade is the Dred Scott of our time. Still others have argued that abortion is worse than slavery; it is a form of genocide. This paper tracks the abortion = slavery meme from Ronald Reagan to the current personhood movement, drawing on work by Orlando Patterson, Hortense Spillers, and Saidiya Hartman to develop a discourse of reproductive justice that grapples with the wounded kinship of slavery and racism.
     
    In 2011, a series of billboards began to appear in urban areas across the United States.

    February, New York City: “THE MOST DANGEROUS PLACE FOR AN AFRICAN AMERICAN IS IN THE WOMB.” The image is a young black girl in a pink dress.1
     
    April, St. Louis, Missouri: The same slogan on a baby blue background, beside the face of a young black boy.2
     
    March, Chicago’s South Side: “Every 21 minutes our next possible LEADER is ABORTED.” The image is a stylized version of President Obama’s face.3
     
    June, Atlanta, Georgia: “THE 13TH AMENDMENT FREED US. ABORTION ENSLAVES US,” against the backdrop of a tattered American flag. Another reads: “THE 14TH AMENDMENT MADE US MEMBERS. ABORTION DISMEMBERS.”4
     
    June, Oakland, California: “BLACK & BEAUTIFUL,” above the image of a sleeping black baby. “BLACK & UNWANTED,” above the face of a black toddler. “BLACK CHILDREN ARE AN ENDANGERED SPECIES,” beside the face of a black toddler, apparently on the verge of tears.5

    These billboards were designed and marketed by two different pro-life groups: Life Always and The Radiance Foundation. Life Always was founded by Stephen Broden, an African-American pastor and political commentator on FOX News; the board of directors consists of two black men (both pastors), a white woman who used to work for Planned Parenthood but is now a pro-life activist, and a white man “looking to give back blessings” (“About Life Always”). The Radiance Foundation is the brainchild of Ryan Scott Bomberger and Bethany Bomberger. Ryan – who presents as black – describes himself as the son of a woman who “was raped yet courageously chose to continue the pregnancy, giving him Life. He was adopted as a baby and grew up in a loving, multi-racial Christian family of 15. . . . His life defies the myth of the “unwanted” child as he was adopted, loved and has flourished” (Radiance, “Ryan”). Bethany – who presents as white – describes herself as “an educator – encouraging and empowering others to pursue their life goals” (Radiance, “Bethany”). Both groups represent Planned Parenthood as the central instrument of an ongoing black genocide.

     
    While Life Always and the Radiance Foundation were putting up billboards in cities from Oakland to New York, the personhood movement was picking up steam in states across the South and Midwest: Alabama, Arkansas, California, Colorado, Florida, Mississippi, Nevada, Ohio, Oklahoma, Virginia, and Wisconsin. The personhood movement seeks to abolish the right to abortion, not through the courts but through a constitutional amendment. As I argue at some length in this paper, this strategy is based on an implicit, and sometimes explicit, but inherently opportunistic and misleading comparison of the struggle to ban abortion with the (apparently successful) abolition of slavery through the Thirteenth Amendment. The first formulation of a personhood amendment at the state level was Mississippi’s Proposition 26, which sought to redefine personhood to “include every human being from the moment of fertilization, cloning or the functional equivalent thereof” (Wedgeworth). Proposition 26 was defeated on November 8, 2011, with a vote of 58 to 42, but three months later, on February 14, 2012, Virginia’s House Bill No. 1 passed in the General Assembly (66 to 32). This bill declared that the “life of each human being begins at conception,” and ensured that “unborn children at every stage of development enjoy all the rights, privileges, and immunities available to other persons, citizens, and residents of the commonwealth” (“HB1”).6 A similar bill was passed by the Oklahoma senate on February 15, 2012, with a vote of 34 to 8 (Hoberock).
     
    The leaders and spokespersons of the state-based personhood movements are almost invariably white and male. But this does not prevent them from connecting their cause to the liberation of black people. In a video posted on the Personhood USA Web site, called “A Day to Advance,” a white-sounding male speaker declares that “Personhood is the new civil rights movement for the twenty-first century,” while a video image of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. flashes onto the screen; an audio track of Dr. King’s voice murmurs in the background, almost indiscernible. After the first Personhood Amendment was defeated in Mississippi, the founder of Personhood Mississippi, Les Riley, compared his own struggle to extinguish women’s reproductive choice with William Wilberforce’s struggle to abolish the slave trade in the British Empire:

    For nearly twenty years, [Wilberforce] fought against bigotry, financial interests, personal illness, legal maneuvering, apathy and global politics until the slaved [sic] trade was abolished – and even then, it wasn’t until 1833 that slaves were emancipated [in the British empire, we should note – although Riley does not; slavery would not be abolished in the US until 1865]! The fight for the right to life is not over – neither in Mississippi, nor in the USA, nor in the world at large.

    Riley is not the only leader in the personhood movement to compare their struggle to ban abortion with a white man’s struggle to abolish slavery. In an interview with the Huffington Post, Bryan Longworth, the director of Personhood Florida, also compares himself to Wilberforce, adding: “Slavery is virtually ended around the world now. Where do you go to buy a good slave today? You can’t get one. Why? Because people now see slavery as abhorrent, and one day people will see abortion as equally abhorrent if not more abhorrent.”

     
    What is going on here? For decades, conservatives such as Ronald Reagan, Supreme Court Judge Antonin Scalia, and pro-life legal scholars George Swan and Charles Rice have compared the abolition of slavery with the proposed abolition of abortion.7 The argument goes something like this: If we respect and defend the civil rights of all persons, black or white, then we should respect and defend the sanctity of all human life, from the fertilized egg to the patient on life support. But since the election of a black president in 2008, comparisons between abortion and slavery have both intensified and mutated from “the struggle to end abortion is like the struggle to end slavery” to “abortion is like slavery” and “abortion is worse than slavery.” Moreover, this meme has been taken up by black pro-life groups who compare abortion not only to slavery, but also (with reason) to the eugenics movement and (beyond reason) to a new black genocide. And it has entered mainstream American political and media discourse – with some hiccups – through remarks made by would-be presidential candidates such as Mike Huckabee and Michelle Bachmann. What are the implications of the abortion = slavery meme for the politics of race, gender, sexuality, and reproduction in the US? How did the fight against slavery become intelligible as a fight for the right to life? Where are the battle lines being drawn in this fight? Who is the enemy, and what is the prize?
     
    In what follows, I track the abortion = slavery meme from Ronald Reagan to the current personhood movement, drawing on critical resources from Orlando Patterson, Hortense Spillers, Saidiya Hartman, and others. My argument, in a nutshell, is that we cannot understand current pro-life discourse without situating it within a history of slavery that it both invokes and disavows. In the end, what we need is not a return to the liberal feminist pro-choice politics of the 1970s and 80s, but rather a discourse and a practice of reproductive justice that takes the wounded kinship of slavery and racism not just as a related concern but as a serious, central issue – perhaps the central issue – in American reproductive politics today.
     

    Ronald Reagan, Father of a Meme

     
    Ronald Reagan’s text, “Abortion and the Conscience of the Nation,” was published as an article in The Human Life Review in 1983, republished as a book in 1984, and republished again as an article in 2004, on the occasion of Reagan’s death. Like the leaders of Personhood Mississippi and Personhood Florida, Reagan compares the pro-life movement to Wilberforce’s fight to end slavery, attributing to the latter an anachronistic belief in “in the sanctity of human life.”8 He also compares the exclusion of blacks from constitutional protection in Dred Scott v. Sandford (1857) to the exclusion of the fetus from (what he takes to be) this same sort of protection in Roe v. Wade (1973).9 What is at stake in this comparison?
     
    Dred Scott was a slave who sought legal redress when the wife of his deceased master refused his offer of three hundred dollars for the manumission of himself, his wife, and their children. Scott argued that, since he had lived with his former master in states where slavery was illegal, such as Illinois and Minnesota, he could not be considered the legitimate property of his master or his master’s widow. Scott lost the case – not because the court decided against his claim, but because it decided that, as a negro and a slave, Scott was not a citizen, and so he did not have the right to bring a legal claim to court. Chief Justice Roger B. Taney argued that blacks “had no rights which the white man was bound to respect;” they were “not included, and were not intended to be included, under the word “citizens” in the Constitution” (“Dred Scott Case”). This decision was eventually overturned by the Thirteenth and Fourteenth Amendments, which abolished slavery and revised the terms of citizenship, due process, and equal protection under the law.
     
    What does the Dred Scott decision have to do with the politics of abortion? Or rather, how was this decision taken up by the pro-life movement in such a way that it became relevant to abortion politics in the 1980s, and again in 2011? At issue in Dred Scott was not the slave’s humanity, nor even the slave’s legal personhood, but rather his or her inclusion or exclusion as a citizen of the United States, with the rights that citizenship entails. But in spite of this explicit reference to citizenship, Reagan invokes the Dred Scott decision, as he also invoked Wilberforce’s speech, as a contribution to the debate over the value of human life:

    This is not the first time our country has been divided by a Supreme Court decision that denied the value of certain human lives. The Dred Scott decision of 1857 was not overturned in a day, or a year, or even a decade. At first, only a minority of Americans recognized and deplored the moral crisis brought about by denying the full humanity of our black brothers and sisters; but that minority persisted in their vision and finally prevailed. They did it by appealing to the hearts and minds of their countrymen, to the truth of human dignity under God. From their example, we know that respect for the sacred value of human life is too deeply engrained in the hearts of our people to remain forever suppressed. But the great majority of the American people have not yet made their voices heard, and we cannot expect them to—any more than the public voice arose against slavery—until the issue is clearly framed and presented.

    (2)

    We know that a respect for “the sacred value of life” is engrained in the hearts of Americans. And yet, the American heart and the American mind are not always connected to the American mouth. A majority declaration of the sacred value of life was still at an embryonic stage in 1983. Like a fetus in utero, the American people lacked a public voice with which to declare the sanctity of life, and it would continue to remain silent “until the issue [was] clearly framed and presented.”

     
    By framing the issue of citizenship in Dred Scott as an issue of personhood, and framing personhood as (sacred) life, Reagan exploits the emancipation of the slaves – by a Republican president, no less – as an “example” of how a “minority” can appeal to the hearts and minds of Americans in order to secure “the truth of human dignity under God.” Reagan elaborates this example with a quote from Abraham Lincoln’s own reframing of the framers’ intentions in the wake of the Dred Scott decision. In a speech delivered in Lewiston, Illinois, on August 17, 1858, Lincoln argued that blacks were included in “the whole great family of man” (qtd. in Reagan 4). This is clearly a reference to the language of the Dred Scott decision, which excluded blacks from “the whole human family” on the grounds that the framers of the Declaration of Independence would have been “utterly and flagrantly inconsistent with the principles they asserted” if they had continued to practice slavery while recognizing blacks as “men” who were “created equal” and so endowed by their Creator with “certain unalienable rights” such as “life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness” (“Dred Scott”). Blacks could not be considered citizens, and the framers could not have intended to include them as citizens – not because of anything present or lacking in black people as such, but rather because the Founding Fathers would not be worthy of the respect that we citizens grant them, if they were found to act in such flagrant contradiction with their own principles. The integrity of “the whole human family” – or at least, the “family” of citizens of the United States of America – depends on the integrity of its Fathers, and if some of our brothers and sisters must be excluded from the family in order to show that Father was right, then so be it.
     
    Abraham Lincoln took a different approach to the founding document of the United States, which Reagan cites approvingly:

    I should like to know if taking this old Declaration of Independence, which declares that all men are equal upon principle[,] and making exceptions to it[,] where will it stop. If one man says it does not mean a Negro, why not another say it does not mean some other man?

    (qtd. in Reagan 4)

    This is the example provided by the negro: it’s the classic example of “the thin edge of the wedge.” If you refuse to admit the negro into the family of man, then why not also exclude some other man? And if you exclude some other man, then how will you prevent yourself from being excluded at some point? If you – a (white) citizen – respect yourself, then you must also respect the negro.

     
    Reagan reframes Lincoln’s claim about dignity of “man” as a warning “of the danger we would face if we closed our eyes to the value of life in any category of human beings” (4). With the shift from “man” to “life,” the example of slavery becomes useful to pro-life politics in the ’80s: If you refuse to admit that the fetus is a person, then why not also the newborn, the three-day old infant, the toddler – or the adult African American, for that matter? If you respect the personhood of “our black brothers and sisters,” and if you respect Lincoln as the Great Emancipator, then you must also respect the personhood of the fetus.10
     
    In current pro-life discourse, however, the logic of exemplification becomes more complicated. On one hand, the pink fetus provides the example for African-American personhood via the black fetus (who, as if testifying to his membership in universal humanity, appears pink in the womb). We know in our hearts that the (white) pink fetus is a person, so we must extend to unborn African Americans the same enthusiastic protection as unborn white Americans, lest the black fetus become the thin edge of the wedge for pro-life politics. White pro-life activists must reach out to their “black brothers and sisters,” and to join forces in the battle to defend the sacred value of human life.
     
    But on the other hand, and at the same time, the African-American adult provides the example for the pink fetus, again via the (pinkened) black fetus. We all know – if not in our hearts, then at least in our minds and in our mouths – that African Americans are persons. We have proof of this in the form of a black president. If you respect the personhood of African Americans – if you would even go so far as to vote a black man into the presidency – then you must extend this respect to the black fetus, and through it, to the fetus as such, the pink fetus.
     
    Either way, the pinkened black fetus – or the blackened pink fetus – becomes the middle point through which the personhood of the pink fetus and the personhood of the black adult is secured.11 It functions not as the limit case of personhood, but as the point of intersection between two of its most powerful examples. The black fetus is both a beautiful, desirable, valued member of the “whole great family of man” and a victim of legalized child abuse and murder, a life threatened with extinction, an “endangered species” (the title of the first campaign launched by toomanyaborted.com).
     

    Not All in the Family

     
    Who will protect the sacred life of the black fetus? And against whom must the Lincolns and Wilberforces of today defend it? Already in a 1976 speech, Reagan provided a “clear framing and presentation” of this threat:

    She has eighty names, thirty addresses, twelve Social Security cards and is collecting veteran’s benefits on four non-existing deceased husbands. And she is collecting on Social Security on her cards. She’s got Medicaid, getting food stamps, and she is collecting welfare under each of her names. Her tax-free cash income is over $150,000.

    (qtd. in “Myth”)

    If the welfare queen did not exist, she would have to be invented – as it seems she may have been, since Reagan never names the woman, and no one matching that exact description was ever found (Krugman).

     
    Like the fetus, the welfare queen is dependent on others for her survival and her flourishing. But unlike the fetus – whom, thanks to Lennart Nillson’s photographs in “A Child is Born,” we are able to imagine as an autonomous being floating in the impersonal environment of the womb – the welfare queen is exorbitantly, improperly dependent. She’s like a vampire feeding from the open veins of the state, taking more than her fair share, exploiting the generosity of those who pay their taxes and play by the rules. She is an ungrateful child, a spoiled brat in the family of man – and even worse, she has the capacity to reproduce herself.
     
    As Andre Bauer, Lt. Gov. of South Carolina from 2003 to 2011, explained in a town hall meeting in January 2010, during his unsuccessful bid for the Republican nomination for state Governor:

    My grandmother was not a highly educated woman, but she told me as a small child to quit feeding stray animals. You know why? Because they breed. You’re facilitating the problem if you give an animal or a person ample food supply. They will reproduce, especially ones that don’t think too much further than that. And so what you’ve got to do is you’ve got to curtail that type of behavior. They don’t know any better.

    (“Bauer”)

    Bauer offered this anecdote in support of his view that the parents of children receiving free lunches or lunch subsidies should be subject to mandatory drug testing and required to attend PTA meetings and parent-teacher interviews. He added: “I can show you a bar graph where free and reduced lunch has the worst test scores in the state of South Carolina” (qtd. in Montopoli). Feeding leads not only to breeding, but also to stupidity, which leads to even more breeding – and so on. When the scandal broke nationwide, Bauer insisted that he did not mean to imply that people who receive social assistance “were animals or anything else.” He clarified that “he would penalize only adults and that he never advocated taking away a child’s free or reduced-price lunch” (Montopoli).

     
    The child – like the fetus who is interpellated as already-a-child, already-a-person, already-a-citizen or even (as in Lauren Berlant’s analysis) the ideal American citizen – has a right to be dependent.12 It is an innocent victim of its family’s own failure to provide the basic essentials of life. In the child, as in the fetus, we can recognize “the sacred value of human life.” But the grown woman – the grown black woman – the grown, economically unproductive, and hyper-reproductive black woman who fails to attend PTA meetings: Is she a person? Is she an example of sacred life, or is she an example of the threat posed to sacred life by a sovereign master with the power to kill or let live? Like the slave whose personhood was recognized in law first and foremost when she committed a crime, the welfare queen was born to be punished. Was she ever a child? Can we imagine her as a fetus? At what point does the member of an endangered species become a breeding stray whose overpopulation threatens the sanctity of life and the whole human family?
     
    The black woman, understood as an emancipated slave, as one of “our black… sisters,” is a useful example for the personhood of the fetus. But the black woman, understood as a welfare queen – as a big baby sucking at the teat of the state and breeding like a stray animal – offers a different kind of example: not of the sacred value of life, but of both the degraded powerlessness of the slave and the sovereign power to kill and let live. She is not an example to follow, like Lincoln and Wilberforce, but rather a site of inversion and of convergence between illegitimate dependence and illegitimate sovereignty. She is a welfare queen.
     
    This image of the welfare queen sets the stage for a new set of Great Emancipators: a generation of Mike Huckabees, Rick Santorums, and Michelle Bachmanns who are poised to liberate the black woman from her own grotesque power.13 For example: in a March 2009 fundraiser speech in Jackson City, Missouri, Mike Huckabee, former Governor of Arkansas and one-time frontrunner for the 2008 Republican presidential nomination, warned his audience that civilization might come to an end if “one group of people have life and death control over another for no particular reason other than their own conveniences and, in that case, prejudices” (qtd. in “Hucakbee”).14 Huckabee asked:

    What are we saying to the generation coming after us when we tell them that it is perfectly OK for one person to own another human being? I thought we dealt with that 150 years ago when the issue of slavery was finally settled in this country, and we decided that it no longer was a political issue, it wasn’t an issue of geography, it was an issue of morality. That it was either right or it was immoral that one person could own another human being and have full control even to the point of life and death over that other human being.15

    He continues: “Before laws get changed, we have to change minds and hearts of all the American people, but especially those who will ultimately make the decision as to whether or not they will give an unborn child life or whether they will give it a death sentence” (“Huckabee”).

     
    What does it take to imagine the pregnant woman as a sovereign “owner” of the fetus, her quasi-slave? What sort of “conveniences, and in that case prejudices” must we attribute to this slave-owning woman in order to understand abortion as a “death sentence” – in the only Western democratic nation still to practice capital punishment? What must be happening in my heart and my mind for these comparisons to make sense to me? What must I know, and what must I forget? In order to engage with these questions, we need to reflect more carefully on the personhood of the slave and on the slippages between person, citizen and “life” that have greased the joints of the “Abortion = Slavery” meme from Ronald Reagan to the Personhood Movement. What is a person? What is a citizen? What is sacred life?
     

    The Trauma of Natal Alienation

     
    In Slavery and Social Death, Orlando Patterson argues that the slave is defined not by the denial of personhood but rather “the permanent, violent domination of natally alienated and generally dishonored persons” (13). Natal alienation is the systematic isolation of the slave from its kin – in other words, from a network of others who are socially obliged to come to one’s defense. Without kin, the slave is confined to a single (legitimate) social relation: to the master who owns her, and to whose arbitrary violence she remains exposed, even if the master happens to be kind or even fatherly. For this reason, the fictive kinship of slave ownership – however sincerely felt by the master or even by the slave – is not enough to compensate for the social death produced by natal alienation. If the master chooses to sell a slave’s parents, children, lovers, or friends, they will be sold; if the master chooses to recognize a slave’s claim to kin, this claim will be recognized – for as long as he chooses to recognize it. All of the slave’s social relations hang in suspension from this single legitimate social relation, and they remain in suspension at the pleasure of the master.16 In effect, the slave is “born” or “reborn” as the dependent of the master: as a permanent minor or child, excluded from the inheritance of the father’s name but bound to the inheritance of the mother’s slave status. Patterson calls this relation “a peculiar reincarnation on the margin of his master’s society” (66). Claude Meillassoux goes even farther, describing the natally-alienated slave as “non-born” or “born outside birth” (40, 107, 121).
     
    Far from excluding slaves from personhood, then, every slave society has carefully inscribed the personhood of the slave within the law as a way of foreclosing their claim to the rights of a citizen.17 How did natal alienation shape the scene of American slavery? In his 1858 Inquiry into the Law of Negro Slavery, Thomas Cobb describes the peculiar “birth” or “rebirth” of the slave:

    When the law, by providing for his proper nourishment and clothing, by enacting penalties against the cruel treatment of his master, by providing for his punishment for crimes, and other similar provisions, recognizes his existence as a person, he is as a child just born, brought for the first time within the pale of the law’s protecting power; his existence as a person being recognized by the law, that existence is protected by the law.

    (qtd. in Dayan 13)

    Colin Dayan offers an insightful commentary on this passage:

    The slave, once recognized as a person in law, becomes part of the process whereby the newborn person, wrought out of the loins of the white man’s law—in a birth as monstrous as that of Victor Frankenstein’s creature—can then be nullified in the slave body . . . [W]e begin to see how the law, invoking the double condition of the unborn and the undead, can eject certain beings from the circle of citizenry, even while offering the promise of beneficent protection.

    (13)

    The slave is “born” in law as a person who is natally alienated and socially dead. She lives, she works, she breeds – and yet she has “no rights which a white man is bound to respect” (“Dred Scott”). Even the right to a family – to a lineage of ancestors and descendants in relation to whom one’s own life gains meaning beyond the trajectory of fertilized egg to corpse – is undermined by the fictive kinship of slave ownership. The slave is born to be punished: not as a citizen with rights, but as a person whom the law holds criminally responsible and for whom it makes certain “provisions.” Even the “law’s protecting power” exposes the slave to natal alienation and social death; even when it includes him in the “family of man,” it is as a child of the master rather than the kin of her kin. As such, the slave is neither a full person nor a non-person, but a remnant of personhood, or what Dayan calls “a negative personhood” (23). We could put this in the language of Agamben’s biopolitics: the slave is inclusively excluded in the law as bare life or sacred life, as life that can be extinguished without consequences. He has not been “raised up” by the father and recognized as a legitimate heir. Rather, the slave’s bios or biographical life is suspended, while her zoe or biological life – including her productivity and reproductivity – is inscribed into law as the object of sovereign power (Agamben 17-29).18

     
    I have used the pronouns “he” and “she” interchangeably to refer to the slave, and yet it is not clear that this grammar applies. In “Mama’s Baby, Papa’s Maybe: An American Grammar Book,” Hortense Spillers argues that the standard grammatical distinctions, as well as standard psychoanalytic stories about the psychic investment in grammars of kinship, desire, and gender identity are rendered incoherent by the practice of antebellum slavery. Consider, for example, the white slave master who rapes a black female slave. A child is born, but who is the father? The child is sold as a commodity: So who is the mother? The child is a good, strong worker: Is it therefore a man? The child gives birth to more children: Is it therefore a woman? What is the grammatical, social and psychic framework that will make sense of this child, and in relation to which the child may make sense of itself, himself, herself, themselves?
     
    For Spillers, the slave is ambivalently feminized and ungendered. He cannot be a man because, like a woman, he is barred access to the name of the father; he has nothing to inherit and nothing to pass down to his kin. And yet she cannot be a woman because she is not exchanged in the way that (white) women are exchanged, passing from the protection of a father to the protection of a husband who, in turn, becomes the father of her children.19 The commodification, rape, torture, forced labor, and forced reproduction of slave women produces a “materialized scene of unprotected female flesh – of female flesh ‘ungendered’” (68). And yet this flesh remains irreducible to the body of the slave, which is stolen and divided into parts – legs for ploughing, arms for hoeing, hands for picking cotton – each part to be used and used up. The stolen body is interchangeable with any other body; it can be sold, traded, and discarded without regard for particular differences between bodies or for the singularity of each body’s experience. But the flesh is different; it remains in the “vestibule” of the history of stolen bodies, neither outside of history nor captured wholly within its terms. Flesh is “that zero degree of social conceptualization that does not escape concealment under the brush of discourse, or the reflexes of iconography” (67). The wounds inflicted by slavery’s “high crimes against the flesh” leave durable marks on the body, literally tearing into the skin and ripping out bits of flesh. “These undecipherable markings on the captive body render a kind of hieroglyphics of the flesh whose severe disjunctures come to be hidden to the cultural seeing by skin color” (Spillers 67).
     
    Black skin, as the mark of racialization in the wake of the Middle Passage, does not disclose the violence against the flesh of slaves, but conceals it behind a permanent essence, an inferior type of being, a brute body that may or may not feel any pain. To “see through” the cultural meanings of black skin after slavery is not, however, to grasp the simple truth of slavery and the violence that it inflicted on captive bodies. Rather, the scars left by the whip – by the literal and symbolic whips of slavery, which include natal alienation – remain “undecipherable markings,” “hieroglyphics” readable by an ancient African culture for which we have no Rosetta stone. And yet, these markings call out for interpretation, if only as the zero degree of social conceptualization.
     
    Spillers asks “if this phenomenon of marking and branding actually ‘transfers’ from one generation to another, finding its various symbolic substitutions in an efficacy of meanings that repeat the initiating moments” (67). In order to respond to this question – or even to ask it – we need to find a way of talking about “flesh and blood” entities in a different way, not as carriers of racial essence, but as affective, material, relational beings who are not outside of history, but not quite inside history either. Flesh is the least remainder of a corporeality that can be understood as that which resists understanding. Any “theory” of the flesh would have to trace the resistance of the flesh to the theft and violation of bodies, without pretending that the flesh does not hurt or is not marked by that violence. The zero degree of social conceptualization that the flesh imposes on discourse promises to hold open a site of resistance to the inexorable, irreversible terms of history and biology, nature and culture.
     
    Spiller’s critical concept of the flesh helps to shed light on the psychosexual dimensions of the current slavery = abortion meme. As Spillers notes, the legal principle of “partus sequitut ventrem” attaches the “condition” of the mother to her children, such that her status as free or enslaved is “forever entailed on all her remotest posterity” (qtd. 79). To be born to a black woman, even today, is to be branded with the sign of illegitimate parentage and perverse sexuality; the flesh of the mother sticks to the child, while the name of the father slips off, refusing to take hold. Even in Dred Scott, Justice Taney cited laws against miscegenation, and the asymmetrical punishment of mulattos born to white women and to black women, as evidence that the founding fathers never intended black slaves (implicitly understood as children born to black women) to be citizens, and permanently disinheriting them from “the whole human family.” The rape of black slaves by white masters was not only permitted by law, it was underwritten and even institutionalized by laws that affirmed both the white slaveholder’s sovereign power over the black slave – a power to kill or let live – and also his biopolitical power over the black slave woman – a power to make live and let die, a power to reproduce his own property through the bodies of black women and, to a lesser extent given miscegenation laws, black men. Take, for example, the 1705 Virginia Code:

    XXXIV. And if any slave resist his master, or owner, or other person, by his or her order, correcting such slave, and shall happen to be killed in such correction, it shall not be accounted felony; but the master, owner, and every such other person so giving correction, shall be free and acquit of all punishment and accusation for the same, as if such accident had never happened.
     
    XXXVI. [A]ll children shall be bond or free, according to the condition of their mothers.

    (“Laws”)

    How does this psychosexual legacy of slavery continue to haunt American politics and American grammar, particularly in the current reanimation of the abortion = slavery meme? In “Whiteness as Property” and “Finding Sojourner’s Truth,” Cheryl Harris explores the implications of these laws for the continuing fusion and confusion of whiteness with property in the US today, arguing that “the law’s legitimation of the use of black women’s bodies as a means of increasing property” both incentivized the rape of black women and “facilitated the merger of white identity and property” that continues to structure the intersecting meanings of race, class, and gender in the US (“Whiteness” 279).20 Given this fateful merger, it seems impossible to make a coherent connection between the personhood of the slave and the personhood of the fetus, or between the slavemaster’s sovereign power to kill or let live and the woman’s right to terminate or continue a pregnancy.
     
    But nothing is impossible at the level of what Reagan calls “the heart.” Either the black woman is not quite the person we have in mind when we think about slaves or about women, or she is destined to become the new target audience for a change of mind and a change of heart. Is the black woman excluded from the group of those who, in Mike Huckabee’s words, “will ultimately make the decision as to whether or not they will give an unborn child life or whether they will give it a death sentence”? Or is she its new, and even privileged, member?
     
    In the 1980s, the aborting woman was imagined as a successful, middle-class, masculine, and potentially-emasculating white woman. This is the woman who decides to get an abortion because her pregnancy interferes with her ski vacation. It was her heart that films like “The Silent Scream” was hoping to change.21 But in current pro-life rhetoric, the aborting woman is increasingly imagined as a black woman. She is both a murderous sovereign, a master who wields the power to kill and let live over the fetus who is trapped in her dangerous body, and also a vulnerable ex-slave (for whom the [pinkened] black fetus provides the prime example of humanity and sacred life). As an illegitimate sovereign, the black woman must be punished and controlled; as an ex-slave, however, she is “our black sister,” a valuable part of the “whole family of man.” As such, she must be saved from her own bad choices and ignorance, lest she inadvertently plunge her race back into a condition worse than slavery.
     
    But even when the black woman is privileged as a target for pro-life discourse, this does not necessarily mean that she is the intended audience of this discourse. If she is addressed by this discourse at all, it is as a part of the family of man – a sister, a mother, a wife, a womb. She is the belly that I kiss, the mother of our future leader, the hinge between freedom and slavery, the wellspring of black & beautiful life.22 On the rare occasions that she appears as a speaking subject, such as in a pro-life video featuring Dr. Alveda King, niece of Martin Luther King, it is as a chastised and ashamed woman, eyes lowered as she speaks of her personal knowledge of the horrors of abortion, set against a stark white background (personhooddotnet).
     
    As an emancipated slave and a repentant woman, the black woman offers a unique example for pro-life politics: she is the part that sustains the whole, even while she threatens it; she is both the most perfect object of salvation and the most perfect target for punishment. If you can reach the black woman, if you can change her heart, then you can unite the great struggle against slavery with the great struggle for sacred life. Even better, you can acknowledge the horrors of slavery, without having to bother too much with its economic, political, social and sexual legacies. If abortion = slavery, then you can be a Wilberforce for your own time, rather than an ambivalent inheritor of racial privilege. If abortion = worse than slavery, then even the descendants of slaves are not immune to the criticism that they pose a greater threat to themselves and to their race than slavery or white supremacy ever did.
     
    This is where things get tricky. Because the most enthusiastic disseminators of the abortion = slavery meme are not the white leaders and supporters of the personhood movement, but rather black pro-life groups such as Life Always and the Radiance Foundation.
     

    Lose Your Mother, Punish Your Mother, Mourn Your Mother, Let Your Mother Be

    [I]t is only when you lose your mother that she becomes a myth.

    – Saidiya Hartman

    Why is the fetus such a powerful image in the United States? Without being able to prove this point – without even knowing what would constitute a “proof” in this case – I want to suggest that it has something to do with mothers. It is difficult to imagine yourself at one and the same time as a radically independent individual and as the child of a woman upon whom you were once radically dependent, and without whom you would not be here. The traumatic awareness of dependence on the mother’s body both suggests a (misleading) analogy with slavery and touches the nerve of this other, historical trauma of slavery itself, including the blatant contradiction of practicing slavery in a republic founded on individual freedom. This trauma reverberates differently for black Americans and white Americans, and many white Americans would not recognize themselves as “traumatized” by the shame of having inherited racial and/or economic privilege through slavery; but this may be a case where the lack of recognition offers a more eloquent testimony than its presence.23
     
    How does the trauma of slavery reverberate in the black pro-life movement? As a white woman (a Canadian, no less!) living in a fairly segregated city in the American South, I can only note what I have observed and invite critical feedback. A video produced by The Radiance Foundation and co-sponsored by the National Black Prolife Coalition claims that the number one killer of black persons is not heart disease, diabetes, HIV, homicide, or any other problem related to poverty and systematic racism. It is Planned Parenthood, and the black women who are “targeted” by the “abortuaries” that Planned Parenthood has installed in urban black neighborhoods (“Number One Killer”). The termination of pregnancies by black women amounts to a “genocide” of the unborn, and black leaders who support reproductive choice – and who are named in the video – are guilty of having “sacrificed 15 million babies for political or personal gain.” Another video by The Radiance Foundation, called “Epidemic,” appropriates the image and words of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr.: “Injustice anywhere is a threat to justice everywhere.” It supplements these words with the claim that “Abortion never reduces poverty… It reduces US.” This statement echoes the message on billboards installed in Atlanta in time for Juneteenth: “THE 13TH AMENDMENT FREED US. ABORTION ENLAVES US.” Or “THE 14TH AMENDMENT MADE US MEMBERS. ABORTION DISMEMBERS.”
     
    Part of the affective power of these advertisements is the felt but obscured gap between the freedom promised by the abolition of slavery, by the civil rights movement, and even by the election of Obama, and the ongoing reality of racial inequality, poverty, hyperincarceration, and all the other forms of what Ruth Gilmore calls exposure to “premature death” (28).24 However dubious the claims made in pro-life media campaigns, this is a very real issue, and the pain expressed in videos such as The Radiance Foundation’s “Lies” must be taken seriously, whether or not one agrees with its interpretation of the ethical and political implications of this pain. “Lies” begins with a sequence of “un-” words: unplanned, unintended, unimportant, unloved, unwanted – all of which, a young woman’s voice assures us, are “untrue.” In his bio for The Radiance Foundation on toomanyaborted.com, Ryan Bomberger describes himself as “once considered ‘black and unwanted’ but instead was adopted and loved” (“Meet Ryan”). But there is no room here for the expression of the pain of finding oneself pregnant and not wanting a child, or wanting a child and knowing that you do not have the resources to raise it, such that the most responsible choice may be not to give birth. Bomberger’s song, “Meant to Be,” thanks his birth mother for carrying her pregnancy to term, even though it was the result of a rape:

    I know it wasn’t easy
    I know it changed your life
    I imagine no words could console
    The woman he had defiled
    But somehow you found the courage
    And the grace to carry on
    When everyone around you told you
    This child should not be born.

    (“Beautiful Words”)

    Organizations such as Life Always and The Radiance Foundation express a sense of natal alienation, or what Saidiya Hartman calls “wounded kinship” (“Time” 764), which needs to be acknowledged if we are to get any closer to understanding what motivates the impassioned outcry of pro-life black men (and some women) against the “black genocide” of abortion. But this by no means justifies their political positions or tactics, which are just as misleading and manipulative as the positions and tactics of Wilberforce-identified white leaders of state personhood movements.

     
    From the perspective of The Radiance Foundation, the fight to ban abortion is a way of continuing King’s legacy, where the fetus is invoked not just as an object to be saved by others but as a full person, a citizen, a brother or a sister in the struggle. This appropriation of King’s legacy requires a significant revision of his explicit support for Planned Parenthood. In his acceptance speech for the Margaret Sanger Award in 1966, King wrote:

    There is no human circumstance more tragic than the persisting existence of a harmful condition for which a remedy is readily available. Family planning, to relate population to world resources, is possible, practical and necessary… Negroes have no mere academic nor ordinary interest in family planning. They have a special and urgent concern… Negroes were once bred by slave owners to be sold as merchandise. They do not welcome any solution which involves population breeding as a weapon. They are instinctively sympathetic to all who offer methods that will improve their lives and offer them fair opportunity to develop and advance as all other people in our society.

    (qtd. on “About Us,” Planned Parenthood).

    The Radiance Foundation counters King’s speech, both by suggesting that these were not his own words, but rather those of Coretta Scott King (since she delivered the speech on his behalf), and also by arguing that King was simply wrong on this issue:

    He became enamored with the façade of Planned Parenthood and its glossy cover of family planning and the false assurance of eliminating poverty. Birth control promised equality. It failed. Instead, the divide that King fought so passionately to mend became a chasm filled with communities ravaged by out-of-wedlock births, exponentially high STD/HIV rates, and rampant fatherlessness.

    (“Martin Luther King”)

    There is little doubt that Planned Parenthood under the direction of Margaret Sanger was complicit with, and even enthusiastically supportive of, a racist eugenics movement.25 The question is: what do we do with this legacy? How do we inherit both the pain and the promise of a history that has destroyed so many lives for the direct and indirect profit of others? How do we negotiate the social, political, economic, and psychic legacy of slavery without punishing women for bearing some of the most painful aspects of this legacy, and without repeating the rhetoric of “protection” that exposes the “protected” to almost limitless violence within the law?

     
    Planned Parenthood, and the pro-choice movement more generally, belong to a wounded and a wounding history. One way to respond to this history is to reject reproductive choice as a sign of freedom, and to condemn it as a strategy of coercion and even genocide. This is not an unreasonable response, considering the millions of (fully-born) African Americans who were killed by the slave trade, the practice of slavery, and the violence unleashed against them after the abolition of slavery, and who are killed in the everyday violence wrought by the legacy of slavery. But neither reproductive choice nor its cancellation adequately addresses this legacy or these millions upon millions of deaths. What we need is not a simple commitment to reproductive choice, with its white liberal baggage of self-ownership and the enjoyment of one’s body as one’s own “property,” but rather a commitment to a reproductive justice that involves a more complex set of demands for the social and economic support of women who choose to become mothers, as well as for those who do not. Reproductive justice cannot be accomplished by modifying the white, middle class, heterosexual pro-choice movement of the 1980s to “include” women of color; it must put the concerns of women of color at the center of its analysis and its political program if it is to address these concerns at all.26
     
    Whether the funding source is a black pro-life group or a white pro-life group, and whether the speaker or the author is a man or a woman, the assumed target of the current abortion = slavery meme is the same: a pregnant or potentially-pregnant black woman. It is her heart and mind that must be changed. But who is this woman?
     
    The more passionately the pro-life movement – black or white – invokes “our black sister” as an emancipated slave and a carrier of sacred life, the more it positions her rhetorically as a sovereign threat to life whose personhood is recognizable only insofar as she is targeted for punishment. From this perspective, the comparison of abortion and slavery is quite apt – but not for the reasons that Reagan, Huckabee, or The Radiance Foundation have outlined. It is not the fetus who is put in the position of a slave by the black woman’s right to choose; it is the black woman who is interpellated by pro-life politics as both a threatening slavemaster and a threatened (ex-)slave, and whose personhood is recognized primarily (but not exclusively) to the extent that she is targeted for punishment. The (pinkened) black fetus is put to work on billboards, TV, and internet ads to connect the dots between the black woman as a parasitic sovereign or welfare queen and the black woman as “our black sister,” a valued member of “the whole human family.”
     
    But what if we refused these alternatives?
     
    In “The Time of Slavery,” Saidiya Hartman explores the sense of “wounded kinship” that motivates some African Americans to search for their roots in Africa, in an effort to overcome the natal alienation of slavery by “going home.”

    Slavery denied the captive all claims of kin and community; this loss of natal affiliation and the enduring pain of ancestors who remain anonymous still haunt the descendants of the enslaved… For these reasons, it is crucial to consider the matter of grief as it bears on the political imagination of the diaspora, the interrogation of U.S. national identity, and the crafting of historical counternarratives. In other words, to what end is the ghost of slavery conjured up?

    (762-3)

    This is precisely the question we need to be asking in response to white and black invocations of the abortion = slavery meme. What forms of desire and what forms of shame are mobilized against black women, in the name of black women, for the sake of “protecting” black women – and how do these desires and shames both traumatically repeat the history of slavery and refuse to acknowledge its “high crimes of the flesh”? How do the materially and symbolically different positions of white men and black men affect the feelings of loss and wounding that motivate such impassioned defenses of the vulnerable, unwanted, but lovable fetus – who is threatened not only by Planned Parenthood but also by both the illegitimate sovereign power of black women and the highly-contested sovereign power of a black president?27

     
    Hartman situates the desire to reconnect with a lost or stolen homeland, and to recover broken or foreclosed kinship relations, within a history whose promise of emancipation has not lived up to its name:

    As W. E. B. Du Bois noted a century ago, despair was sharpened rather than attenuated by emancipation. In the face of the freed, not having found freedom in the promised land, could be seen the “shadow of a deep disappointment.” Tears and disappointment create an opening for counterhistory, a story written against the narrative of progress. Tears reveal that the time of slavery persists in this interminable awaiting— that is, awaiting freedom and longing for a way of undoing the past. The abrasive and incommensurate temporalities of the “no longer” and the “not yet” can be glimpsed in these tears.

    (“Time” 769-70)

    The “no longer” and the “not yet” – the vestibule of history, and the site of an affective, material flesh that can be wounded even while it resists, and resists even while it is wounded – this is the opening for a critical counterhistory in which the lost and stolen mother is no longer punished for the violence that has been done to her, but instead is granted the possibility of an afterlife, even in the midst of an ongoing history of natal alienation. The responsibility for holding open this possibility takes different forms, depending on how one’s body and one’s subjectivity has been positioned by this history. But the responsibility is shared among all the ambivalent inheritors of this legacy of slavery.

     
    In the end, Hartman refuses the nostalgia for return, while acknowledging its affective allure. Instead, she affirms “a promise of affiliation better than that of brothers and sisters” (Lose 172), rooted not in legal fictions of kinship, nor in biological kinship, but in a kinship of purpose based on the shared concern for “what we might become together or the possibility of solidarity” (231). This is the coalition we need to be building right now, while states across the South revise their abortion laws and, at the same time, celebrate the onset of the civil war, sometimes without even mentioning slavery (Seelye).
     
    I leave the last word on this issue to the Trust Black Women partnership of the Sister Song collective, a coalition of women with different religious affiliations and different views on reproductive choice, but who are nevertheless committed to reproductive justice – which they define as the view that “every woman has the human right to have a child, not have a child, and parent the children she has” (“Who We Are”).

    There are those who believe they should control Black women’s reproduction like during slavery. They believe in population control and use false compassion for children to disguise a racist and sexist agenda… They claim that Black women can’t be trusted. They accuse us of practicing genocide on our people when we stand up for ourselves…
     
    We don’t need fanatics to tell us what to do. Black women make decisions every day about whether to parent or not, not just whether to give birth. Those who think they should dictate our choices won’t be there when the child is born, to help us fight for better education, increase child care, keep our kids out of jail, send our children to college, or get affordable health care. Black women fight for ourselves and we fight to uplift our people…
     
    In our struggle for reproductive justice, African American women have a unique history that we must remember in order to ensure bodily sovereignty, dignity, and collective uplift of our community. The choices that women of color make are based on their lived experiences in this country and reflect multiple oppressions, including race, class, and gender, and their efforts to resist them.
     
    We affirm that African American women have the human right to parent the children they already have. To ensure the full enjoyment of this right, they must also have access to the social supports necessary to raise their children in safe environments and healthy communities, without fear of violence from individuals or intervention by the government.

    (“Who We Are”)

    This is what we need right now: a politics of the flesh that moves beyond the loss of natal alienation, and even beyond the mourning of this loss, by creating new forms of kinship, and new (or are they old?) forms of power.

    Lisa Guenther is Associate Professor of Philosophy at Vanderbilt University. She is the author of The Gift of the Other: Levinas and the Politics of Reproduction (SUNY Press, 2006) and Solitary Confinement: Social Death and its Afterlives (University of Minnesota Press, forthcoming).
     

    Footnotes

     
    1. See Holloway. Sponsored by Life Always in honor of Black History Month. The billboard was taken down after one day in response to widespread objections, including claims by the mother of the child that her image was not authorized for use in the billboard campaign.

     

     
    2. “Missouri RTL Sponsors Pro-Life Billboard: ‘The Most Dangerous Place for an African American is in the Womb.” Life Always and Missouri Right to Life. The National Right of Life News Today. 7 Apr. 2011. Web. 16 Feb. 2012.

     

     
    3. Thirty billboards in the Chicago area, sponsored by Life Always. “Anti-Abortion Group Features President Obama on Chicago Billboards.” ABC News. 30 Mar. 2011. Web. 16 Feb. 2012.

     

     
    4. Eighty billboards in the Atlanta area, co-sponsored by The Radiance Foundation and Georgia Right to Life. “Juneteenth Billboards Expose.” Too Many Aborted. 17 Jun. 2011. Web. 16 Feb. 2012.

     

     
    5. Sixty billboards in the Oakland area, co-sponsored by The Radiance Foundation and the National Black Prolife Coalition. “Unborn Californians Are Endangered.” Too Many Aborted. 12 Jan. 2011. Web. 16 Feb. 2012.

     

     
    6. The Senate has sent this bill back to the Education and Health committee for further consideration, which allows it to defer making a decision until 2013. See Gabbatt.

     

     
    7. See Threedy for a comprehensive review of this literature.

     

     
    8. There is no mention of anything like “the sanctity of human life” in Wilberforce’s 1789 speech. Rather, Wilberforce paints a picture of human suffering and degradation in the slave trade, and in particular in the transport of slaves, because he was convinced that if investors in the slave trade knew what actually happened to slaves, they would find themselves unable to support it or to remain indirectly complicit with it.

     

     
    9. A Google search for “abortion + ‘Dred Scott’” yielded 678,000 results on November 20, 2011. For example, the Website for Personhood Florida states: Just as the wicked Dred Scot [sic] decision ruled that African Americans were non-persons and could be property, so Roe v. Wade has declared that the pre-born are non-persons and are considered property. As Dred Scott was never “overturned” but amended, that is what we are seeking to do: repent from the wicked decision of 9 people that brought death on our whole nation and amend our way, state by state, appealing to the people’s hearts to simply establish the personhood of the pre-born, the disabled and the elderly to protect their right to life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness by love and by law. Their right to life, their personhood is self-evident and is inalienable.

     

     
    10. By invoking Lincoln’s argument against slavery as an authority in his own argument against abortion, Reagan exploits the power of “Lincoln” as a master signifier, even while his own active promotion of “states’ rights” discourse directly contradicts Lincoln’s political agenda. The figure of the Great Emancipator functions to stabilize the otherwise chaotic slippage of signs in the Great Communicator’s text. I thank an anonymous reviewer for this point.

     

     
    11. The disabled fetus is arguably the other middle term in this equation. Personhood Florida includes the fetus (or “pre-born”) in a series of other forms of “sacred life”: “the pre-born, the disabled and the elderly.”

     

     
    12. Berlant argues that, in the 1980s and ’90s, fetal personhood or “superpersonhood” became the ideal form of American citizenship and subjectivity. “America follows the condition of the fetus” (173).

     

     
    13. In July 2011, Bachmann, along with her rival for the Republican presidential nomination, Rick Santorum, signed a document called “The Marriage Vow—A Declaration of Dependence Upon Marriage and Family,” drafted by a group called The Family Leader. The vow offers a bullet-point list of evidence for their claim that the “Institution of Marriage in America is in great crisis” (3). The first point refers to the “sad” state of African-American families: “Slavery had a disastrous impact on African-American families, yet sadly a child born into slavery in 1860 was more likely to be raised by his mother and father in a two-parent household than was an African-American baby born after the election of the USA’s first African-American President” (3). For critical responses from the blogosphere, see Tommy Christopher’s “Michele Bachman Signed Pledge” at Mediaite and Jill Tubman (Cheryl Contee)’s “Michele Bakkkman’s Pledge” at Jack and Jill Politics.

     

     
    14. Huckabee had been invited to speak by the Jackson City-based Pro-Life group, Vitae Caring Foundation. He gave a version of the same speech two years later, in February 2011, at an event organized in Knoxville, TN, by the Center for Bioethical Reform. “Mike Huckabee Compares Abortion to Slavery.” Huffington Post. 16 Feb. 2011. Web. 15 May 2011.

     

     
    15. See also the website of Life Always, That’s Abortion:

     

    No mother, black or white, has absolute ownership rights over the child being protected and nurtured in her womb… Abortions reduce the child before birth to an object, a “choice”, a thing of less-than-human status, suspended in a slave-like state between life and death, pending an arbitrary decision by the “owner” to abort or to keep the child. The decision to abort, [sic] robs the next generation of it’s [sic] great potential.”

     
    16. For a critique of this claim, see Brown.

     

     
    17. “No legal code I know has ever attempted to treat slaves as anything other than persons in law” (Patterson 23).

     

     
    18. See Meillassoux for insightful reflections on natal alienation in the context of African slavery.

     

     
    19. See Cheryl Harris’s analyses of the way that laws of inheritance and marriage have shaped the legal and social meanings of white and black femininity, in ways that appropriated slave women’s sexuality and reproductive power, and shored up the boundaries of white women’s sexuality and reproductive power (“Whiteness” and “Finding”).

     

     
    20. Not only did the matrilineal transmission of slave status incentivize the rape of black slave women by their owners, but it also continues – to this day – to put black women in a series of double binds where they must make impossible choices: Are you a woman or are you black? Will you pass as white to feed your family, or will you identify with the race of your kin and risk losing your job? For a black woman to claim ownership of her body – as black, and as a woman – is a radical possibility, unthinkable during slavery, and apparently still scandalous now.

     

     
    21. See Berlant’s brilliant analysis of “The Silent Scream” and other anti-abortion documentaries in “America, ‘Fat,’ the Fetus.”

     

     
    22. See, in addition to the billboards with which this paper began, The Radiance Foundation website and “Our Future,” YouTube.

     

     
    23. For a cogent analysis of the role that feelings of traumatic loss play in Rick Santorum’s appeal to conservative women, see Ferguson.

     

     
    24. Gilmore defines racism as “the state-sanctioned or extralegal production and exploitation of group-differentiated vulnerability to premature death” (28, 247).

     

     
    25. See, for example, Davis, Smith, Roberts.

     

     
    26. See Smith for a more thorough argument for and explanation of this position.

     

     
    27. One of the anonymous reviewers of this essay made an intriguing suggestion which I cite here in full, because they expresse the idea much better than I could recapitulate it:

     

    In a certain imaginary of the family within the black community, women’s choices risk repeating the white slavemaster’s denial of the black man’s self-determination, by proxy through the mother of his children. If she aborts the child – and the meme clearly presumes that she is the aborting agent – then the father loses the opportunity to reproduce a patriarchal system of female dependence, and thus the opportunity to guarantee his position as an authority equal to that of the white man. Are the notional heroes lost to the black community because of rampant abortion (the lost MLKs or Obamas) ever imagined to be women? Admittedly, the semiotic elements and structures involved here are tangled and inconsistent, but I would argue, as variant of the author’s central argument, that what is imagined to be at stake if the black woman too freely exercises choice in her reproductive life is the (re)production of black male authority, and continued black male – or simply male – regulation of women’s bodies. A black woman exerting her choice to not reproduce seems to me less like a slave-master than like a house-slave, viewed with dismay from the field: a potential facilitator or collaborator in the oppression of her people, and in particular the oppression of her father, husband, and brothers.

    Works Cited

    • “About Life Always.” That’s Abortion. n.d. Web. 16 Feb. 2012.
    • Agamben, Giorgio. Homo Sacer: Sovereign Power and Bare Life. Trans. Daniel Heller Roazen. Stanford: Stanford UP, 1998. Print.
    • “Anti-Abortion Group Features President Obama on Chicago Billboards.” ABC News. 30Mar. 2011. Web. 16 Feb. 2012.
    • “Bauer Criticism Grows.” Greenville Online. 25 Jan. 2010. Web. 15 May 2011.
    • Berlant, Lauren. “America, ‘Fat,’ the Fetus.” boundary 2 21.3 (1994): 145-95. Print.
    • Brown, Vincent. “Social Death and Political Life in the Study of Slavery.” The American Historical Review 114.5 (2009): 1231-1249. Web. 15 Feb. 2012.
    • Christopher, Tommy. “Michele Bachmann Signed Pledge.” 8 July 2011. Mediaite. Web. 15 Feb.2012.
    • Davis, Angela. “Racism, Birth Control and Reproductive Rights.” Women, Race & Class. New York: Vintage Books, 1983. Print.
    • Dayan, Joan. “Legal Slaves and Civil Bodies.” Nepantla: Views from South 2.1 (2001): 3-39. Print.
    • “Dred Scott Case: the Supreme Court Decision.” PBS. n.d. Web. 15 Nov. 2011.
    • Ferguson, Kathy. “Making Sense of Rick Santorum.” The Contemporary Condition. 8 Feb. 2012. Web. 19 Feb. 2012.
    • Gabbatt, Adam. “Virginia State Senate Halts Passage of ‘Personhood’ Bill.” 23 Feb. 2012. The Guardian. Web. 2 Jun. 2012.
    • Gilmore, Ruth. Golden Gulag: Prisons, Surplus, Crisis, and Opposition in Globalizing California. Berkeley: U of California P, 2007. Print.
    • Harris, Cheryl I. “Finding Sojourner’s Truth: Race, Gender, and the Institution of Property.” Cardozo Law Review 18.309 (1996): 309-409. Print.
    • ———. “Whiteness as Property.” Harvard Law Review 106.8 (1993): 1707-95. Print.
    • Hartman, Saidiya. Lose Your Mother: A Journey Along the Atlantic Slave Route. New York: Farrar, 2008. Print.
    • ———. “The Time of Slavery.” The South Atlantic Quarterly 101.4 (2002): 757-777. Print.
    • “HB1: Unborn Children; Construing the Word ‘Person’ Under Virginia Law to Include.” Richmond Sunlight. n.d. Web. 18 Feb. 2012.
    • Hoberock, Barbara. “‘Personhood’ Bill Passes State Senate.” 15 Feb 2012. Tulsa World. Web. 1 Jun. 2012.
    • Holloway, Lynette. “New York Latest Target of Black Anti-Abortion Billboards.” The Root. 24 Feb. 2011. Web. 16 Feb. 2012.
    • “Huckabee Likens Abortion to Slavery at Fundraiser.” Huffington Post. 24 Apr. 2009. Web. 15 May 2011.
    • Krugman, Paul. “Republicans and Race.” Op-ed. The New York Times. 19 Nov. 2007. Web. 19 Dec. 2012.
    • “Laws on Slavery.” Virtual Jameston. n.d. Web. 15 Nov. 2011.
    • “Life Always.” That’s Abortion. n.d. Web. 15 May 2011.
    • ——— and Missouri Right to Life. “Missouri RTL Sponsors Pro-Life Billboard: ‘The Most Dangerous Place for an African American is in the Womb.” The National Right of Life News Today. 7 Apr. 2011. Web. 16 Feb. 2012.
    • Longworth, Bryan. Interview by Laura Bassett. “Personhood Campaign Compares Fetuses to Slaves.” 09 Nov. 2011. Huffington Post. Web. 25 Nov. 2011.
    • Meillassoux, Claude. The Anthropology of Slavery: The Womb of Iron and Gold. Trans. Alide Dasnois. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1991. Print.
    • “Mike Huckabee Compares Abortion to Slavery.” Huffington Post. 16 Feb. 2011. Web. 15 May 2011.
    • Montopoli, Brian. “S.C. Lt. Gov. Andre Bauer Compares Helping Poor to Feeding Stray Animals.” 25 Jan. 2010. CBS News. Web. 15 May 2011.
    • National Black Prolife Coalition. n.d. Web. 15 Nov. 2012.
    • Patterson, Orlando. Slavery and Social Death: A Comparative Study. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1982. Print.
    • Personhood Florida. Personhood FL. n.d. Web. 20 Nov. 2011.
    • personhooddotnet. “Black Genocide in Georgia.” Youtube. 15 Aug. 2008. Web. 2 Dec. 2012.
    • Planned Parenthood. “About Us.” Planned Parenthood. n.d. Web. 10 Feb. 2012.
    • Radiance Foundation. Radiance Foundation.org. n.d. Web. 5 June 2012.
    • ———. “Bethany Bomberger.” The Radiance Foundation. n.d. Web. 16 Feb. 2012.
    • ———. “‘Lies’ Exposed by the RadianceFoundation.Org.” YouTube. 5 Mar. 2011. Web. 5 Jun. 2012.
    • ———. “Martin Luther King Jr. and the Injustice of Abortion.” The Radiance Foundation. 16 Jan. 2012. Web. 10 Feb. 2012.
    • ———. “Our Future.” YouTube. 1 Apr. 2011. Web. 05 Jun. 2012.
    • ———. “Ryan Scott Bomberger.” The Radiance Foundation. n.d. Web. 16 Feb. 2012.
    • Reagan, Ronald. “Abortion and the Conscience of the Nation.” The Human Life Review. 19 Jan. 2004. Web. 10 Feb. 2012.
    • Riley, Les. “Les Riley, Founder of Personhood Mississippi: ‘We Have Not Yet Begun To Fight.’” Christian Pro-Life News. WordPress. 9 Nov. 2011. Web. 30 Nov. 2011.
    • Roberts, Dorothy. Killing the Black Body: Race, Reproduction, and the Meaning of Liberty. New York: Vintage Books, 1997. Print.
    • Seelye, Katharine Q. “Celebrating Secession Without the Slaves.” The New York Times. 29 Nov. 2010. Web. 1 Jun. 2012.
    • Smith, Andrea. Conquest: Sexual Violence and American Indian Genocide. Cambridge: South End Press, 2005. Print.
    • Spillers, Hortense J. “Mama’s Baby, Papa’s Maybe: An American Grammar Book.” Culture and Countermemory: The “American” Connection. Spec. issue of Diacritics 17.2 (1987): 64-81. Print.
    • “The Marriage Vow—A Declaration of Dependence Upon Marriage and Family.” The Family Leader. The Iowa Family Leader’s Candidate Pledge, July 2011. PDF. Dave Weigel. Scribd. 8 Jul. 2011. Web. 15 Feb. 2012.
    • “The Myth of the Welfare Queen.” iOnPoverty. 22 June 2012. Web. 2 Dec. 2013.
    • Threedy, Debora. “Slavery Rhetoric and the Abortion Debate.” Michigan Journal of Gender & Law 2.3 (1994): 3-25. Print.
    • Too Many Aborted. “Beautiful Words.” Too Many Aborted. 6 Apr. 2010. Web. 10 Feb.2012.
    • ———. “‘Epidemic’ by the RadianceFoundation.Org & NBPC.” YouTube. 15 Jun. 2011. Web. 10 Feb. 2012.
    • ———. “Juneteenth Billboards Expose.” Too Many Aborted. 17 Jun. 2011. Web. 16 Feb. 2012.
    • ———. “‘Number One Killer’ by the RadianceFoundation.Org & NBPC.” YouTube. 4 Aug. 2011. Web. 10 Feb. 2012.
    • ———. “Meet Ryan Scott Bomberger.” Too Many Aborted. n.d. Web. 2 Jun. 2012.
    • ———. “Unborn Californians Are Endangered.” Too Many Aborted. 12 Jan. 2011. Web. 16 Feb. 2012.
    • Tubman, Jill (Cheryl Contee). “Michele Bakkkman’s Pledge.” Jack and Jill Politics. 11 Jul. 2011. Web. 17 Feb. 2012.
    • Wedgeworth, Steven. “An Examination of Mississippi’s Proposition 26.” Wedgeword WordPress. 5 Nov. 2011. Web. 16 Feb. 2012.
    • “Who We Are.” Sister Song. n.d. Web. 19 Feb. 2012.
  • Curbside Quarantine: A Scene of Interspecies Mediality

    Max Cavitch (bio)
    University of Pennsylvania
    cavitch@english.upenn.edu

     
    Fig. 1. Stills from “Pit Bull attacking little dog on streets of NYC.” MissWooHoo11. Youtube. 27 Jun. 2012. Web. 13 Dec. 2012.

    Blogs, news Web sites, and content aggregators of all kinds feed a vast stream of stories about domesticated animals ostensibly “gone wild.” The Huffington Post even has a regular specialty-features page called “Animals” that channels them from various cybermedia outlets. City-focused Web sites like New York’s Gothamist and HuffPost New York also have a keen sense of the newsworthiness of four-leggers implicated in scenes of bad animus. Extreme behaviors occasionally emerge—usually due to humans’ own acts of abuse or irresponsibility—and sometimes with horrific consequences (Freccero). But far more often, behavior condemned as feral tends to consist in some merely human-censured shift within a normal, creaturely behavioral continuum. Fear of such shifts has many sources, from dread of civic disorder to ontological anxiety, and the close-quartered urban lives of companion species are especially prone to entanglements—not only of bodies in close proximity but also of the complex animas that drive them. No matter where humans and their companion species go, we are bound to find ourselves ensnarled, smack in the middle of the unrest that makes good copy.

    Whether tabloid-style or more responsibly journalistic, such stories have a profound effect on how increasing numbers apprehend and manage the shared conditions of interspecies life. The great profusion of these stories can, unfortunately, effectively metastasize our fear of the potential threat posed by nonhuman animals, at the same time that these stories misleadingly exceptionalize the quotidian messiness, excitement, unpredictability, and usually sublethal—indeed at times comical—violence of interspecies encounters. Even for those with relatively limited access to cyberspace, in-the-flesh relatedness has become almost impossible to experience as something separate from digital transformation of the phenomenology of perception and the politics of representation, or as something irrelevant to our own and others’ imperfect apprehensions of how this transformation is proceeding (Poster, Hansen).

    The particular piece of digital ephemera I discuss below exists in the still challengingly new (or newly recognized) crossings of two forms of here-and-now relatedness: that of the pulses and bloodlettings of interspecies sociality’s variously forced and unbidden breakdowns (Haraway, Freccero), and that of radically decentered yet also broadly intensified fusions of sociality through digital modalities and platforms (Massumi). This dialectical relation between the evental and the systematic will prompt some readers’ interest in my remarks and in the video itself. Some will lean toward the evental take and others toward the systematic. Other readers, whom I hope for most of all, will find themselves stuck somewhere in between and will thus have to think for themselves about their own experience of impasse, that “curbing” or “quarantining” for which the man in the video so very dramatically and movingly stands as both subject and object. Could we make better use of that nexus than he seems to do?

    This linked video of a recent big-dog-on-little-dog attack near the corner of New York’s East 10th and Broadway has circulated through a number of cybervenues. It’s a short clip of panic, poor judgment, bewilderment, and the need to locate blame—a drama that plays out a thousand times a day in a country with well over eighty million dogs. More than that, it highlights the uncanniness of suddenly finding yourself in the thick of violence involving an aggressor-animal that belongs to you—an uncanniness erupting here as part of a present history of human-canine relations overwhelmed by breed mythology. Identified rightly or wrongly as a Pit Bull, the aggressor-dog becomes, in the video and in its later circulation and viewing, the focus of a struggle to confirm him as a profoundly impaired form of an otherwise commonly hypervalorized interspecies attachment. Unedited and impersonal, without the coordinated emplotments of more conventional cinematic media, the video captures and refracts the crisis of me/not-me that any dog-identified dog owner might someday have to face. Perhaps most strikingly, it is faced here by a young man who is at the same time also turned, by a breed-specific politics of vulnerability, into a dogged human isolate, an animate but hauntingly suspended figure of uncertain, ruptured, or simply nonexistent solidarities, captured at a distinctly contemporary impasse of embodied exposure and communicative capitalism (Dean).

    Any companion dog’s blazing out into violence forces the question: am I my animal after all? This creature, so full of me and me of him, dander and spit, heart-leaps and resentments, nuzzles and echoes—we’ve crossed ourselves in ways the commonly used word “bonding” doesn’t begin to cover: swapped DNA, merged assets, and projected onto one another all manner of fantasied qualities. Then suddenly an amygdalan click and the taste of blood make him forget me. And even though my whole spirit, along with my sinews and tendons and and limbs, is struggling to keep hold of him, he doesn’t heed me. In this brief moment, his intimate knowledge of me—of my sounds, smells, moods, lymphatic currents, posture of my deepest sorrow, my play triggers, capacity to share, to read his needs—seems to be lifted out of what he considers the realm of necessity, and I’m reminded how little I can claim to understand about our attachment. Right now, as I experience along my arms and shoulders his determination to kill another creature, I get the feeling he’s nowhere near me, and yet I’ve never felt more involuted in the substance of his being.

    Where does that leave me, if I’m the man in the video? Who—among the people on the scene, or watching later on the Internet—reflects upon his isolation in the curbside quarantine tacitly imposed by the other bystanders and in which he seems quietly to have acquiesced, on behalf of himself and his dog, as he patiently awaits their fate amid a flurry of 911 calls? So many phones out. Like the one that shot this video, the overwhelming majority of them being manufactured today have built-in cameras. Of the roughly five billion cell phones currently in use worldwide, almost all take pictures (Richter). For whom are these images destined? Flickr cohorts? YouTube viewers? Civic authorities? The local news channel? Mom? Whomever. But because we can dial and film simultaneously, what might feel like obligation can quickly turn to mediation and deferral. These days, the behavior of witnessing often amounts to an almost unconscious act of pitching what we observe to objects that may offer, at best, dubious prospects for solidarity. We no longer pay attention so much as pass it along. Or even to the extent that we do pay attention, we’re also heavily distracted by the desire to magnetize the attention of our intimate others, including strangers who might share something like our experience or something that is just stirring into experiential form.

    What is passed along now can be recuperated later, and not just by the videographer but also by countless consumers of screen-ephemera. We pass along, in other words, manifold opportunities for networked reflection, communication, and creativity (Manovich, Bruns), such as, for example, my own uptake of the present video. At the same time, though, we may be irrecuperably passing up a foundational ethical experience of the material immediacy of exposure. The videographer’s giggly expletives are a fitting soundtrack to this escalating loss of competence for exploring the precariousness of embodied sociality, and for doing so from a position other than that of anxious self-distancing. All media structure our experience of contingency, of course: this is nothing new. But the accelerated uploading and offloading of our encounters with the kind of visceral, creaturely exposure recorded at East 10th and Broadway seem to offer new opportunities for ignoring or forgetting that mediation itself, even in its most “throwaway” forms, is always structured by material conflict: who assumes control? what expenditures are required? whose exclusion facilitates my access? (Galloway, Dean).

    Multinational-produced DSPs compress disturbing visual data and lossy codecs transmit wisecracks and alarmed cries in the form of VoIP packets to the city’s PSAP, untethering information from its social location. Meanwhile, the man at the curb hasn’t at any point dropped or relinquished his leash—the tether that tells the world this dog is his, and that he’s snapped a kind of existential as well as juridical lock on him. The leash is both a sign and a tool of his dog’s subjection to his rule, however incomplete and subject to breakdown that rule may be. But it can also be the means of giving his dog a way out—out of doing harm or out of harm’s reach, offering him a vector of escape, or a tug toward freedom. Leashes are also called “leads,” and certain dogs—regardless of sex, size, or breed—can lead the strongest human anywhere: out of danger, out of one’s own inclination to submission, even out of oneself. So why don’t these two make a break for it and flee this scene of humiliation and the authorities’ possible retribution? Have they, resuturing companionability, silently agreed to wait voluntarily upon the rule of others? Or have they both failed to find a way out of forced endurance of their curbside quarantine, as everyone mills around, looking askance and asking themselves, just where does this guy end and his dog begin?

    Fig. 2. Still from “Pit Bull attacking little dog on streets of NYC.” MissWooHoo11. Youtube. 27 Jun. 2012. Web. 13 Dec. 2012.

    For reasons that may or may not track consciously in his own mind, the man with the backpack standing in the street holding his dog waits in larger-than-canine awareness of what may be to come (see Fig. 2). But in the meantime no one comes near him, and not just because they might be afraid of his dog. His own quiet distress also evidently strikes others as unapproachable. The unwelcome reminder of the breakdown of human-canine fellowship has also thrown human fellowship as such under the rails of panic. What are we to one another, after all, in moments of lost control and acute, physical vulnerability? What are we to ourselves, when so liable to confusion and self-distancing? Even as they mill around, people look away. Who wants to face the image of one’s own ever-faltering companionateness and inescapable psychic and bodily exposure?

    The dog (a male, by the glimpses of his prick) appears unhurt. His post-attack posture, with his upturned nose and wagging tail, may even indicate pride and pleasure. But how fares his owner? His hand looks injured. His stance suggests he may be in shock, or close to it. Yet no one goes over to talk to him, to ask if he’s OK, to offer some water, or simply to stand with him as he submits to the clamor of 911 calls going on around him; while the owner of the smaller, more aristocratically-stereotyped breed—who is seen first somehow having fallen or been pushed beneath the fray and then helped to her feet and given back her injured dog—shrieks “Help me!” and runs down Broadway with the Pekingese (whose sex is indiscernible from the video) in her arms. In terms of social space, abjection seems to slow him down, whereas wounded entitlement seems to speed her up. His depressive solemnity roots him to the spot, while her concern for the “me” that is both herself and her dog propels her down the cleared path to envisioned succor. Does only one of them have a right to the goodwill of others? Or has only one of them been trained to chase it?

    Violence can have a deceptively shattering relation to social space, apparently allergizing people against physical or psychic contact while actually shoring up certain craved or craven identifications. A man who hits his dog is an iconic candidate for ostracism, not least because he manifests the frustrations that bind up so many companionate couples’ own thwarted or perverse expectations of one another in a generalized political bewilderment. The video shows the Pit Bull’s owner hitting his dog repeatedly, desperately trying to force him to release the Pekingese. Does anyone present know that’s not what you’re supposed to do to break up a dog fight? Does anyone present know or care why one dog attacked another in the first place: whether it was prey drive or play drive, fear or anger, lust or boredom? Besides, wouldn’t we all like an excuse to let loose a fist at the object of our disappointments? Why won’t he obey my command to let go? This dog has spent his entire life hanging on my lips, listening for and puzzling over every word that passes through them, crazily adorning them with licks that might even be kisses. But right now, I’m just a gaping impediment to his overwhelming urge, his anima animated.

    Not incidentally, for some onlookers and viewers there is the damning aspect of the young man’s proletarian togs and shouldered bedroll, contrasted with the lost slipper of the Pekingese’s more bourgeois-appearing female owner, whose shopping bags have been left scattered on the pavement. No one goes near this man, almost as if he were Dickens’s Bill Sikes: that down-and-out rogue contaminated, not so much by association with his Bull Terrier, as by his perennial wariness and fear of the state’s power and vengeance, which he viciously imitates by beating and even trying to kill the dog he nevertheless hopelessly loves. Another man with a hand wounded from the fray gathers up some of the woman’s flotsam of emergency. (The raw video itself is a kind of flotsam or remnant, left for us to pick up online, uncertain as to what and who counts). But which dog was it, the Pit Bull or the Pekingese, who bit this good Samaritan’s hand when he stepped in to help separate them? Is that what 911 will come to investigate, in the interest of restoring a class structure that the scene can barely be imagined to disrupt—vividly framed as it is, thanks to the videographer’s accidental shot/countershot, by the figural crossfire between the branch offices of Chase Manhattan and Wells Fargo that just happen to face one another at this could-be-anywhere intersection (see Fig. 3 below)? It’s uncanny how well these shots of squared-off, brick-and-mortar bank branches conjure the lingering, face-to-face pretense of capitalism’s invisible flows of violence and value, even as a scene of palpable violence—and of possibly other kinds of value—plays out between them. There’s nowhere that disaster capitalism doesn’t delight in hiding itself behind people’s fears of vagrants and of dogs. And, almost everywhere, the cataracts of breed mythology make Pit Bulls the instantly recognizable garb of the dangerous classes.

    Fig. 3. Stills from “Pit Bull attacking little dog on streets of NYC.” MissWooHoo11. Youtube. 27 Jun. 2012. Web. 13 Dec. 2012.

    Under New York law (AGM, Art. 7, §123), a “dangerous dog” determination can result in a wide range of sanctions, from mandatory public muzzling to special insurance to execution. But whatever might end up happening to the aggressor-dog in this video, it will have been his place, and in one way or another the place of his owner as well, to be evaluated and to have a determination made about him based on a certain moment: a moment that brought two dogs, two dog owners, and a number of other people into direct bodily contact with each other, in a scrambled present of many barely ascertainable, emotional and physical vulnerabilities and agitations on the part of every creature present. Most of this promiscuous, terrifying contact becomes interrupted within seconds, quickly making room for the restoration of a coarse wariness that invites congealing arguments about rights, redress, and—most of all—the putative, class-based truths about a certain kind of dog owner and a certain breed of dog.

    Other more flexible and nuanced, less knowing and defensive orientations to improved solidarities have proven difficult to imagine, and even more difficult to bring to the reshaping of our moral and legal regimes (Hearne, Dayan). These difficulties are dismally underscored by other recent examples, including that of Star and homeless epileptic Lech Stankiewicz just a few blocks away at 14th Street and 2nd Avenue, and that of Lennox and the middle-class Barnes family in Northern Ireland. The difficulty of watching something better fail to unfold is also indicated by the 10th-and-Broadway video’s coming to such an abrupt end, when the camera busy collecting the present is suddenly switched off, or the “raw feed” is deemed by someone to have shown enough. The aggressor-dog’s owner and the videographer either can’t or won’t engage one another’s look. Yet each time it is played, the video helps us to rehearse the scene enacted by its subjects, a scene of indeterminate rather than conclusively failed solidarity: while there are no obvious glances of reassurance or verbal support, there is an inclination or a compulsion on the part of some, at least, to stay in the impasse, despite not knowing what to do (Berlant). The video rehearses the question: whose marginality are any of us, in fact, looking at, and in looking at it, how does any of us apprehend what remains to be seen and to be done both before 911 arrives as well as after the video goes viral? There are so many different circles of isolation and incomprehension that might be breached if we could bring uncustomary attentiveness to bear on the circumstancing of fear and aggression, of projection and dissociation, of frail and errant attachments, of the predatory and the victimized, and, perhaps most of all, of our sheer vulnerability: of the flesh that pulls and tears and can barely hold itself ready for the catastrophes to come, and of the other bodies to which we hold ourselves close, for all the supremely loving and barbaric purposes that transect us and make us neither human nor animal but only incomparably akin to each.

     
    Max Cavitch is Associate Professor of English and Cinema Studies at the University of Pennsylvania, where he is also a member of the Perelman School of Medicine’s Consortium on Bioethics, Sexuality, and Gender Identity. He is the author of American Elegy: The Poetry of Mourning from the Puritans to Whitman (Minnesota 2007) and of numerous articles on literature, cinema, and psychoanalysis in American Literary History, Common-Place, Contemporary Psychoanalysis, Early American Literature, Senses of Cinema, Screen, Slant, and Victorian Poetry. He is a member of the Executive Council of the McNeil Center for Early American Studies and co-edits the Center’s Early American Studies book series, which is published by the University of Pennsylvania Press.
     

    Works Cited

    • Berlant, Lauren. Cruel Optimism. Durham: Duke UP, 2011. Print.
    • Bruns, Axel. Blogs, Wikipedia, Second Life, and Beyond: From Production to Produsage. New York: Peter Lang, 2008. Print.
    • Dayan, Colin. “Dead Dogs.” Boston Review Mar./Apr. 2010: 26-28. Print.
    • Dean, Jodi. Blog Theory: Feedback and Capture in the Circuits of Drive. Cambridge: Polity, 2010. Print.
    • Freccero, Carla. “Carnivorous Virility; or, Becoming-Dog.” Social Text 29.1 (2011): 177-95. Print.
    • Galloway, Alexander. Protocol: How Control Exists after Decentralization. Cambridge: MIT P, 2004. Print.
    • Hansen, Mark B. N. New Philosophy for New Media. Cambridge: MIT P, 2004. Print.
    • Haraway, Donna J. When Species Meet. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2008. Print.
    • Hearne, Vicki. Bandit: Dossier of a Dangerous Dog. New York: HarperCollins, 1991. Print.
    • Manovich, Lev. The Language of New Media. Cambridge: MIT P, 2001. Print.
    • Massumi, Brian. Semblance and Event: Activist Philosophy and the Occurrent Arts. Cambridge: MIT P, 2011. Print.
    • MissWooHoo11. “Pit Bull attacking little dog on streets of NYC.” Youtube. 27 Jun. 2012. Web. 13 Dec. 2012.
    • Poster, Mark. Information Please: Culture and Politics in the Age of Digital Machines. Durham: Duke UP, 2006. Print.
    • Richter, Felix. “4.4 Billion Camera Phones.” Statista. 13 Oct. 2012. Web. 17 Dec. 2012.
  • “Kenosha, WI”

    Rory Ferreira (bio)
    St. Norbert College
    rory.ferreira@snc.edu

    I started writing raps seriously when my friend Robert drowned buck naked in a public pool. Like any self-absorbed, depressed-for-no-reason 19 year old, I was reading Camus, and the absurdity he talks about became, rather suddenly, all too real. This happened a year ago and resulted in the creation of my first mixtape, “I wish my brother Rob was here.”
     
    The song I chose to share is from my debut record, an overly-complicated double-EP titled “things that happen at day // things that happen at night,” which is probably trying too hard to deal with metaphysics, in particular problems of dualism. It’s the sort of armchair philosophy that feels good to me and makes for nice songwriting.
     
    This song is influenced to some extent by white men I don’t know like Bertrand Russell and Richard Linklater and even more so by the folk band Megafaun and their song “The Fade.” That song and this one are about the terrible, creeping darkness that starts to nibble at memories you cherish of people who are dead. And the burden of knowledge. And the guilt that comes with being relieved that you are now incapable of filing through mental rolodexes for mundane details about people who are dead because those rolodexes have deteriorated. At this point the Bertrand Russell bits kick in, and I half-heartedly escape by becoming an android with programmed memories and responses. It seems like a ludicrous way out until you realize that’s all adolescence and high school really is: android programming.
     
    The instrumental was made by my pal Will Mitchell (Pomona College) and it begins with him reading the last lines of our hero David Foster Wallace’s magnum opus, Infinite Jest. “And when he came back to, he was flat on his back on the beach in the freezing sand.” It seemed like the only way to describe surfacing from depression after the death of a close friend. Will possesses the uncanny ability to make instrumental pieces that perfectly mirror the type of bleak machinations running through my head during times of duress. The vague typewriter sounds plodding incessantly, the bombastic broken glass noises, and the bouncing bass drum that seems more at home on the latest Kanye West album—he takes these pieces and makes them fit. It’s easy to work with a guy like that.
     
    The piece concludes with a weird boast that, “If I wrote the greatest rap song, I wouldn’t let you hear it.” Obviously, I’m bluffing. I wrote what is to me the greatest song of my rap career for Robert, and I let everyone hear it. In that way, those lyrics become more and more disingenuous each day, and sometimes I hate myself for that. So I wrote another song to try to reclaim some dignity. Hopefully you enjoy it.
     
    If you are a Project MUSE subscriber click to hear audio:
     
    Track 1.
    “Kenosha, WI”

     

    Rory Ferreira is twenty and loves omelets. He studies philosophy at St. Norbert College and overuses the ethical dative. Lacking the courage to write academic papers, he started writing rap songs as Milo. His debut record, a double-EP titled “things that happen at day // things that happen at night,” will be released via Hellfyre Club on January 1st, 2013.
     

  • 2012 Los Angeles Asian Pacific Film Festival (May 10-20 2012)

    Patty Ahn (bio)
    USC School of Cinematic Arts
    pahn@usc.edu

     
    In May of 2012, Visual Communications hosted its 28th annual Los Angeles Asian Pacific Film Festival (LAAPFF), offering ten days filled with feature-length films, short programs, panels, and social events that formed a cross-section of the current state of Asian American media. Visual Communications (VC), a Los Angeles-based media collective founded in 1970 by four UCLA EthnoCommunications students, launched the festival in 1983 to promote Asian and Asian American cinema in the U.S. Initially offering a program of twenty films, LAAPFF now features more than 150 and has grown into a cultural and intellectual forum where filmmakers, producers, audiences, and critics discuss what they see dramatized on-screen: the challenges and potential futures for a minority media struggling to survive at the margins of a risk-adverse Hollywood. Strikingly, even though the modern studio system is based in Los Angeles, a city that houses one of the country’s largest and most diverse populations of diasporic Asians we have yet to see a significant increase in Asian and Asian American industry workers. LAAPFF thus aims to showcase the work of filmmakers emerging from the local L.A. communities as well within the international arena.
     
    LAAPFF 2012 seemed to portend progress as the West Hollywood-based Directors Guild of America (DGA) and Koreatown’s CGV cinema complex spilled over with excited moviegoers. At the same time, it animated, for this attendee at least, a number of uncertainties and contradictions that inevitably accompany a media environment in the midst of a major transformation around how content is produced and distributed. Abraham Ferrer, who has served as VC’s curatorial director since 1987, notes in an interview that across its name changes-“Asian American International Film Festival” (1983), “The Los Angeles Asian Pacific American International Film Festival” (1987), “VC FilmFest” (2000)—the festival has always aimed to facilitate a variety of production models and cater to multiple audiences.1 He identified three major, sometimes intersecting, trajectories in the festival’s history: one driven by independent artists, a second steered by a steadily-increasing number of filmmakers aspiring to break into the mainstream industries, and a third which emerged in the 1990s when practitioners began to experiment with online digital technologies (Ferrer). Throughout its history, LAAPFF has carefully navigated Southern California and the Asian-Pacific region’s cultural geographies while facing a shrinking pool of state resources, an increasingly cutthroat media marketplace, the differing tastes of the international art cinema circuit and global Hollywood, and the ascendance of affordable digital productions. While these pressures have been present since the festival’s inception, this year’s event highlighted some of the anxieties the neoliberal marketplace has activated within the Asian American media landscape. I offer here a critical review of LAAPFF 2012 that teases out some of these tensions and shares insights offered by VC’s veritable living archive, Abraham Ferrer, about the historical trajectories of VC and its festival.
     
    LAAPFF’s unwavering support of independent filmmakers grows out of the political groundwork paved by its founding organization. VC began in 1970 with the explicit aim of empowering members of the Asian American community to re-represent their own history and experiences. This media collective aligned with the decolonization and Third Cinema movements taking place in Africa, Asia, and especially Latin American throughout the 1960s. The term “Third Cinema,” coined by Argentine filmmakers Fernando Solanas and Octavio Gettino, encompassed a growing international commitment to creating films that would lead to the radical liberation from a U.S.-led first world capitalism, epitomized by Hollywood’s corporatized, hierarchical studio system (Mimura 30). Thus, VC built educational programs aimed at transforming filmmaking into an accessible, self-sustainable, and collaborative process (Mimura 37). These foundational commitments continue to inform curatorial choices made by LAAPFF’s programmers today, such as the decision to spotlight Musa Sayeed’s feature film debut, Valley of Saints (2012, India), at an opening night screening. Shot on location on a shoestring budget, using only DSLR cameras, no script, and non-professional actors, Valley belongs to a filmmaking tradition once embraced by VC and Third Cinema film collectives. Yet, it also stands as one among many examples of the sharp turn Asian American media has taken away from a U.S.-based identity politics once galvanized by VC.
     
    Set in the fall of 2010 against the backdrop of India-occupied Kashmir, Valley‘s story focuses on a small community living around the perimeter of Dal Lake, the region’s main tourist attraction, which now faces severe environmental degradation. The film drops us in medias res into the quotidian world of its protagonist, Gulzar, who cares for his aging uncle while working for a small boat tour business with his closest friend, Afzal. We learn early on that Gulzar and Afzal plan to leave behind their humdrum life on the lake, but Valley’s narrative does not follow a strict three-act linear structure. Rather, the film unfolds into a series of lyrical vignettes that invite us into the callow yet tender bond between these two men who together survive idleness and violence in war-torn Kashmir. Luscious, melancholic images of Dal Lake appear in many scenes, as a sense of nostalgia for pre-occupation Kashmir, when time did not feel imperiled by violently-enforced military curfews and environmental decay, is cast across the water’s reflective surface. In a post-screening Q&A with the largely Kashmiri audience, the American-born Sayeed explained that while his father, who had been a political prisoner in Kashmir, often mused about the unparalleled beauty of his homeland, Sayeed did not learn to speak Kashmiri and had only visited the region once as a child before making this film. However, rather than locating his experience of displacement within a U.S. cultural framework, he shared a deeply personal and unsettling examination of exile and return, reminding us of cinema’s power to bring together diasporic communities.
     
    Positioned from the start as an international festival, LAAPFF invites a complex range of works from its filmmakers, but it also has been inflected by broader political shifts in Asian American media culture.2 Ferrer notes that after the conservative backlash against affirmative action began to shut down academic programs like EthnoCommunications in the late 1970s, newer generations of media practitioners who came of age in the 1980s became increasingly removed from earlier political struggles. In a sense, they benefited from the groundwork built by film collectives like VC and practitioners like Arthur Dong, Christine Choi and Felicia Lowe, whose work remained committed to the struggles and issues of the Asian American community and maintaining an independent media (Ferrer). Media-makers experienced a certain representational freedom to pursue new kinds of stories. On one hand, this has allowed for more imaginative productions, like LAAPFF 2012’s program of queer shorts, I’ve Got It Bad (And That Ain’t Good). Curated by Erica Cho, this collection included pieces from Indonesia, Lebanon, and South Korea that were provocative and moving but not particularly concerned with naming the struggles of queer Asian life in different national contexts. Rather, it culled pieces like Chupachups (Kyung Ji-suk, 2011, South Korea), a story about an ardent relationship between two South Korean women who reunite one last time before one must leave to be married, with Gaysian Dream (Bernie Espinosa, 2011, U.S.), a brief peek into a young Asian American man’s fantasy world in which a chorus of drag queens (played by the Asians of Gay Men’s Chorus of L.A.) sing a version of Katy Perry’s pop single “Teenage Dream.” Another LAAPFF opening night feature, The Crumbles (Akira Boch, 2012, U.S.), narrates the tumultuous friendship between two Asian American women in their early 20s who decide to form a rock band together. Set in the Los Angeles neighborhoods of Echo Park and Silver Lake and made on a small budget with the help of a wide network of friends, family, and fellow filmmakers, the film drew a strong local community into DGA’s screening room that night, though it hardly expresses political ambitions. Rather, it more modestly shows two Asian American women playing strong leading roles in a rock film, a genre historically populated by white men in both mainstream and independent contexts.
     
    The liberalization of the U.S. marketplace throughout the 1980s and VC’s geographical and cultural proximity to Hollywood as a material place, professional network, and aesthetic/economic system partly account for the increase in LAAPFF filmmakers looking to break into the mainstream industries. During his 1981-1989 presidency, Ronald Reagan, a former Hollywood actor, held a vested interest in protecting the institutional and financial power of the major corporate movie studios, effectively gutting government funding for the arts (Holt). In many ways, mainstream avenues became the most, or perhaps only, viable option for many hopeful filmmakers. Since then, the further deregulation of the entertainment industry, the globalization of Hollywood, and the fracturing of audiences into an array of niche markets have only made it more difficult for Asian Americans to find a place in an industry that invests in minority demographics only to the extent that they are attractive for advertisers. For years, corporate executives have remained in a speculative gridlock about whether cultivating a distinct Asian American content market would result in long-tail profit, and whether Asian faces even attract Asian American viewers. Universal Pictures’ purchase of a spot in LAAPFF’s program for a sneak preview of its multimillion-dollar production Battleship (Peter Berg, 2012), underscored this dilemma. Studio executives assumed that the festival’s crowd would find the film relevant because it features a well-known Japanese actor (Tadanobu Asano) in a leading role. Ferrer admits that Battleship, which packed the theater with excited viewers, did not align with the festival’s aims of encouraging Asian American stories and images more complex than those Hollywood has historically offered (Ferrer). However, VC, one of many non-profit media organizations affected by state funding for the arts, was hardly in a financial position to turn down the studio’s offer.
     
    In the last ten years, the industry’s drawn out ambivalence toward Asian American consumers has been countered by an explosive rise of Asian American media productions on the web, fervently re-energizing the question of this community’s so-called market value. LAAPFF’s documentary feature line-up included the world premiere of Uploaded: The Asian American Movement (Kane Diep, 2012, U.S.), a 90-minute history of how YouTube has provided a platform for Asian Americans singers, actors, and comedians who would otherwise have no outlet in the mainstream market. Composed of talking head interviews with a number of online pioneers like Kevin Wu (the comedian known as KevJumba), Mike Song from Kaba Modern dance crew, and the members of Just Kidding Films, the film exudes a celebratory energy about how close Asian Americans have come to building a self-sustaining, autonomous media culture and economy.
     
    Indeed, a disproportionately high number of Asian Americans now earn a reasonable profit by monetizing their YouTube channels, proving that they do not need to go through traditional avenues like pitching to network executives or signing a deal with a major studio or record label. However, as Ferrer notes, the history portrayed in Uploaded does not situate what it dubs as the “movement” within the longer history of independent Asian American media and activism (Ferrer). While the film suggests that privatized online platforms can be used to distribute media, it does not address the limitations around the kind of content (short-form versus long-form, comedic versus dramatic, classical versus experimental, etc.) that draws the subscribers and ad dollars needed to support oneself with online media; it is not yet clear whether the self-promotional culture of YouTube can allow for the communal strategies necessary for sustaining an independent media. Online stardom hardly guarantees an opening or access for other generations of Asian American media-makers. That a group of young, talented filmmakers who have made a documentary about Asian American media must still travel through the film festival circuit to secure a distribution deal proves this. It remains to be seen whether the online media terrain will merely replicate the bottom-line logic of the neoliberal media marketplace or offer a democratic field accessible for those who actively opt to circumvent mainstream institutions like Hollywood or television.
     
    In my final exchange with Abraham Ferrer, he remarks that VC’s goal has always been, and will continue to be, to give filmmakers the tools to make cinema that speaks to its audiences. It is VC’s challenge to observe and support the growth of these artists across all platforms. Ferrer only hopes that people remember the work that this organization has done and the historical contours in which Asian Americans make their media.

    Patty Ahn is a Ph.D. Candidate in Critical Studies at USC’s School of Cinematic Arts. Her research interests include critical histories and theories of U.S. television, transnational media studies with a regional focus on the Pacific Rim, gender and sexuality, and sound and popular music. She has been published in Spectator, European Journal of Cultural Studies, and Discourse, and is currently serving a two-year term as co-chair of the SCMS Queer Caucus.
     
     

    Footnotes

     

    1. The festival initially adopted the name “Asian American International Film Festival” (AAIFF) because it borrowed its program from the traveling edition of Asian CineVision’s festival of the same name.

     
    2. For a detailed history of Visual Communications’ politics of aesthetics in relation to other Asian American film collectives active in the 1970s, see Okada.
     

    Works Cited

  • Digital Theory, Inc.: Knowledge Work and Labor Economics

    Carol Colatrella (bio)
    Georgia Institute of Technology
    carol.colatrella@lcc.gatech.edu

    Review of Katie King, Networked Reenactments: Stories Transdisciplinary Knowledges Tell, Durham: Duke UP, 2011, Rob Wilkie, The Digital Condition: Class and Culture in the Information Network, New York: Fordham UP, 2011.

     
    Over the past year, faculty members in my interdisciplinary department at Georgia Tech responded to the request by an external review for improved descriptions of our programs and department. The process of strategic planning is inherited from the corporate world and is the most obvious way that academic institutions are being pressed to function better (i.e., more like corporations). My colleagues and I struggled to agree on the best description of our research and teaching, because we knew that the reputation and future configuration of the department were at stake. Recessionary university budgets meant that we had to be both accurate and persuasive in descriptions that would be read by various interest groups: our university colleagues; administrators, including our dean, provost, and president; former, current, and prospective students and their parents; employers of our graduates; the citizens and legislators of our state who underwrite part of the budget for our institution; and the various other funding agencies and donors who contribute to our research and curricular programs.
     
    After considering what each faculty member does and relating it to the university’s recently issued strategic plan, we reached a consensus that our scholarship and curricular programs focus on culture and technology, and particularly on building and critiquing technologies, including technologies of representation. While agreeing on our core activities, however, we also recognized diverse affiliations with other disciplinary and interdisciplinary humanistic fields: rhetoric, literary criticism, creative writing, cinema studies, performance studies, and cultural studies of science and technology. Because it is impossible to be both universally transparent and cutting-edge, there are irresolvable, permanent tensions between our department’s general project and individual faculty members’ specific research; these tensions are reflected, furthermore, in the differences between our department’s configuration and those of similar departments in the state system and beyond.
     
    Our experience of strategic planning represents what Katie King calls “networked reenactment” in building community-identity and embodies what Rob Wilkie describes as the necessary, if unpaid, labor to create culture. King’s and Wilkie’s respective books, Networked Reenactments and The Digital Condition, both consider the economic forces affecting the creation, deployment, and consumption of technologies and related representations. Both books explain how macroeconomic processes affect scholarly work and undervalue it in the marketplace. Theoretically rigorous, these books are also highly pragmatic in recommending activism for social justice.
     
    In this way, Networked Reenactments and The Digital Condition have more in common than one might expect from their titles. Both texts explore the ways that media technologies are uncomfortably intertwined with entrepreneurial capitalism and with the emerging global university. Developing interdisciplinary and transdisciplinary arguments about human engagement with technology, King and Wilkie consider the constraints and rewards of recently-developed media technologies that promise empowerment while limiting return on investment. The authors discount unabashed affirmations of individual and social empowerment that appear in other cultural theories of media, and assess expanded opportunities for social networking as a poor substitute for social justice.
     
    Networked Reenactments and The Digital Condition present differently constructed, yet complementary arguments about the insufficiencies of contemporary accounts of technology and the context of global capitalism. Both books critique media’s facile representations of past and present and indict universities for going along with these dominant yet inadequate ideologies. More specifically, each points to engagements of media and “global academic restructuring,” to use King’s phrase. She understands that universities

    are venues packing simultaneous realities in multitemporal histories that interlace, variate, and shift range. Distributive processes of making, sharing, using, and modeling knowledge reach out among networking knowledge economies such that creating a product, addressing readers and audiences, and finding communication styles are all more difficult.

    (223)

    King and Wilkie explain that contemporary humanities scholarship struggles to represent accurate, accessible narratives about our engagement with science and technology. For Wilkie, such analysis must be grounded in historical materialism and should consider who contributes labor and who profits. He argues that literary criticism and theory are mere distractions so long as they do not consider such conditions. For King, representations of the past, particularly depictions of scientific exploration and discovery, are inadequate until they are unpacked by a historical materialist analysis. To teach and to do research in a university in the era of globalization presents an opportunity to consider the workings of capitalism, albeit while being subjected to and replicating its functions. Both texts have strengths and weaknesses, although the imperfections are slight and should not discourage readers. King’s Networked Reenactments interprets different texts and related social circumstances to discuss a diverse range of what she calls “reenactments”; she extends the definition of “reenactment” beyond participation in reenacted military battles and applies the term to media presentations such as museum exhibits, television shows, and Internet sites. King bases her argument on factually dense case studies organized in loose chronological order. Although the organization works well to support historical analysis of a specific period (the 1990s), it can be difficult to follow her argument because it tends to be interrupted by the factual density of the examples. As a result, summarizing the internal logic of King’s argument can result in a collage of related statements (see below), but it is rewarding because her analysis is so trenchant.

     
    Taking a different approach, Wilkie’s The Digital Condition counters the celebratory pronouncements of cultural theorists who see individual and social empowerment as inevitable outcomes of digital technology. A particular strength of Wilkie’s book is that it is clear, succinct, and straightforwardly organized. His application of Marx’s ideas to our digital economy could provoke resistance in readers who are suspicious of what can in places seem to be doctrinaire Marxism. But ultimately both Wilkie and King acknowledge the benefits as well as the costs of the technologies they discuss, share a healthy skepticism about the effects of global capitalism on production and consumption of media technology, and recommend that knowledge workers think skeptically and act beyond self-interest.
     
    Focusing on the 1990s enables King to present recent, still relevant cultural and political issues and to survey how different communities of practice explore similar ideological assumptions and material practices of networked reenactments. Her introduction reviews the general outlines of stories about past and present that are embedded in different types of reenactments, including science exhibits in museums, fictionalized historical television dramas, televised archaeological and historical documentaries, and fictional and reality TV shows that attempt to represent the past or what she calls “pastpresent,” a term referring to the inevitable inflection of present-day thoughts in any reading of the past. These topics are analyzed in greater detail in chapters 1 through 5, as King works her way through the decade with case studies of networked reenactment. The first chapter links the fantasy television shows Highlander and Xena to the political climate surrounding the formation of the European Union in 1992. King connects the reception of these shows to that of Ellen DeGeneres’s situation comedy Ellen and describes them as “examples, in telescoping layers of locals and globals, of . . . global gay formations and local homosexualities” (24). Her point that sexual communities serve as a synecdoche for national and transnational communities rings true, but instead of offering a summative evaluation of the shows’ sexual politics, she follows this point with a set of questions leading to subsequent chapters.
     
    Taking a meandering approach by emulating a walk through a museum, Chapter 2 of King’s book considers issues of national history and disciplinary claims related to the Smithsonian’s 1994 exhibit Science in American Life, which was funded by the American Chemical Society and elicited criticism from some scientists. King acknowledges other controversies that dogged the museum, including the 1991 exhibit on the American West, which critiqued the concept of Manifest Destiny, and the 1995 Enola Gay exhibit, which “the Air Force Association, the American Legion, and veterans’ groups [protested] was not going to express the view that the bombing of Japan had saved American lives” (60). She guides readers through Science in American Life by using narrative description and photos, a method she describes as “modest witnessing” along the lines of Donna Haraway, who wrote the foreword to Networked Reenactments. This witnessing sets the stage for King’s analysis of the exhibit, which exposed the conflicting “self-interests” of scientists, historians of science, and social scientists who engaged in disputes about what counts as science (is social science science?) and about whether public presentation of science should include “anti-science sentiment” (66, 61). King notes the critique of University of Maryland physicist Robert Park, who “characterized the exhibit as ‘technically superb’ but unbalanced, painting science as ‘a servant of the power structure’” (61). Park would prefer a positivist approach, identified by King as “pro-science conservatism”: “What people need to know, and are not told, is that we live in a rational universe governed by physical laws. It is possible to discover those laws and use them for the benefit of humankind” (Park qtd. in King 61). Patient, persistent readers are rewarded if they follow King’s meanderings because she enables us to work through the evidence supporting her generalized claim that the conflicts surrounding Science in American Life were “only a piece of the Smithsonian controversies coming out of the nineties, controversies in which commerce, knowledge work, and national culture are inextricably intermixed” (102).
     
    The next section of the book pursues the question of commerce in educational settings; it responds to academic capitalism, recapitulating arguments advanced by Sheila Slaughter and Larry Leslie about corporate incursions into the university and universities’ reconfiguration of their operations along corporate lines. King reports that her own use of the term “communities of practice” was protested by a student, who recognized its popularization “in the managerial domain” and thus refused to take King’s University of Maryland course that adopted the term to reference feminist practices (104). Another Smithsonian controversy discussed by King concerns Catherine and Wayne Reynolds’ withdrawal of funding for a proposed exhibit that would have contained, in historian Patricia Limerick’s words, American “portraits of individual achievement . . . [and] the obstacles against which those individuals struggled” (114-15). Media outlets reported that the prospective donors made demands incompatible with museum practice, yet the Smithsonian’s Blue Ribbon commission simply recognized inherent complications when private funds support public exhibits. King contextualizes this controversy by describing the changing purview of the museum: “its ‘national’ character and its ‘historical’ character are simultaneously long-term continuities but also relatively refocused priorities in politicized environments of the last half century” (119). This politicized refocusing is reflected in the ongoing transformation of the museum’s name: first known in the late fifties as “the Museum of History and Technology,” in the sixties it became “the National Museum of History and Technology,” in the early eighties it was “the National Museum of American History,” and the late nineties added the designation “the Behring Center” (119). The chapter concludes by recognizing that public history is inevitably “messy” in its attempt to explain competing interests while they unfold: “We cannot mine the terrors of globalization for possibilities unless we act as modest witnesses for what we are becoming” (127). Recognizing these shifts even at the level of museum naming enables King to assert a commitment to developing “relational feminist tools for progressive political work” and a willingness to look at “the limits of debunking” as part of “a critique of critique” (121). When she alludes to a feminism inherent in debunking others’ debunking, however, King does not explain what is particularly feminist about her critique other than careful observation of material practice and sensitive analysis of related ideological claims.
     
    The value of King’s argument depends on how much one appreciates her careful collage of facts as support for her general claims. For example, Chapter 3, “TV and the Web Come Together,” surveys television shows that represent the past and that present investigations of the past, such as a number of History Channel, Discovery Channel, and Nova series and episodes about ancient, medieval, and Renaissance cultures and their technologies. King describes the shows’ development, their assemblages, and their incorporation and reconfiguration of academic scholarship to engage audiences, who are presumed to be interested in

    communities of identity: what we are, what we name ourselves, shifts multiply as what we do variously with different each others connects us to multiple pastpresents. This kind of political possibility offers bits of utopianisms in a very different way than that of telling us who we should be and what we should do; instead it attempts to recognize who we are becoming.

    (159)

    She thus points to our processes of identity formation as evolving through various narrative reconfigurations in diverse media. Referencing the term “repurposing” used by Jay Bolter and Richard Grusin in their book Remediation, her chapter considers “internet repurposings” of television documentaries that are supplemented with Internet sites containing related materials for extended study. This argument can be extended beyond print, television, and Internet sites to include social media such as Twitter, Facebook, Pinterest, etc.

     
    King realizes historians and other experts are sometimes drawn into projects “less to provide interpretation or insight than a fig leaf of authority for a fundamentally anti-historical enterprise” (246), as she puts it in her fourth chapter, “Scholars and Entrepreneurs.” She discusses the 2001 six-part series The Ship, a “BBC reenactment of Captain James Cook’s voyage in the South Seas . . . [that] recruited [academics], reality TV style, to be specialist volunteers and to live on his ship The Endeavour . . . in circumstances the director, Chris Terrill, was to call ‘extreme history’” (247). King reports on critical reactions to the documentary and on the testimony of participants at a 2004 Vanderbilt conference. Noting that “BBC and museum folks felt deeply misunderstood and misrepresented” while her own talk “foreground[ed] the materialities of academic capitalism” (254), King connects the example of the conference to other examples that highlight “knowledge transfer” and thereby identifies the “entrepreneurial ‘products’” shared at transdisciplinary academic conferences as themselves examples of reenactments (257, 266).
     
    In her conclusion, King describes interpreting “science-styled television reenactment” as a way to “experience alternately embodied epistemologies” (274). Looking at the work of Henry Jenkins, King argues that “the materialities of transmedia storytelling are very much intertwined with academic technology infrastructures amid transdisciplinary scholarship amid academic entrepreneurships, some ‘mandated’ and some enthusiastic or ‘evangelizing’ in technology-specific ways” (280). This final move on her part appreciates that narrative, technology, and economy are tied together in a manner that requires continuing analysis of communities of practice and knowledge making.
     
    Such an analysis is offered, happily, by The Digital Condition, which describes the shortcomings of other social theories about culture and digital technologies. Wilkie begins with the premise that “the acceleration in developments in science, technology, communication, and production” has “made it more possible than ever not only to imagine but to realize a world in which the tyranny of social inequality is brought to an end” (2). That goal has not yet been achieved, Wilkie explains, because the contradictions between labor and capital are exacerbated by technology rather than eliminated by it (72). For example, technology provides professors with “more freedom in the classroom” without changing “the relation of productive and unproductive labor,” for “regressive tax policies that favor the rich over the poor” make public universities turn “towards corporate logics as a way of coping with less and less financial resources” (99). Such choices depend on how surplus value is calculated in the capitalist economy, a point that becomes the heart of Wilkie’s argument:

    Instead, these changes are a reflection of the fact that all aspects of life are being turned towards realizing as much of the surplus value expropriated during production into capitalists’ profits as possible. As such, it is not new technologies or control over how one works that will change this. The solution is transforming the economic relations which create these conditions. What is necessary for real transformation, in short, is freedom for all from a system driven by the private accumulation of surplus value.

    (98-99)

    Thus, when others concentrate on the digital enhancement of individual lives and creation of social progress, Wilkie is more disillusioned about achieving these outcomes in a capitalist economy.

     
    His first chapter explains how most cultural theorists have separated cultural from economic concerns: “It is not that cultural theory simply fails to describe the economic inequalities of digital society; it is that in the context of contemporary theories of digital culture—which focus on consumption over production, desire over need, and lifestyle differences rather than class—cultural studies turns class into a safe concept . . . [that] is hollowed out of any explanatory power” (5). Wilkie counters the work of contemporary thinkers such as Nicholas Negroponte, Jeremy Rifkin, and Zillah Eisenstein who see technology, and particularly access to digital technology, as eliminating class differences. Wilkie finds a similar omission of property in Mark Poster’s What’s the Matter with the Internet?, identifying Poster’s argument as “a clear example of the way in which the economic divisions of the digital condition are rewritten as conflicts other than those shaped by the relations of production” (22). The Digital Condition instead “reads” the digital according to “the historical materialist theory . . . that reconnects questions of culture to the objective relations of class, labor, and production” (7).
     
    Stipulating that a worker’s labor is property and that property is a key, albeit underappreciated, factor in a digital economy, Wilkie asserts that “class, in short, is an objective relation,” one that

    is determined not by the consumption of materials—whether, for example, both the lord and the serf eat from the same harvest and thus think of themselves as part of the same community or whether the owner and the workers spend their free time gaming online and consider themselves members of a gaming clan—but rather by the relationship to property that exists between these social groups.

    (27)

    Wilkie succinctly summarizes counterarguments by others, including Daniel Bell, who recognizes “traditions” and not “economics” as determining “the development of society and the uses of technology” (30). Comparing Bell’s ideas about capital with Jean Baudrillard’s, Wilkie concludes that “what both theorists share is the underlying assumption of a soft technological determinism” privileging knowledge as capital (33).

     
    Objecting to the idea that knowledge constitutes capital, Wilkie argues that it is labor that produces technology (36). He writes that Martin Heidegger locates “the alienation of the individual in contemporary society not in capitalism but in the instrumental logic of technology,” noting that what Heidegger “presents as a ‘spiritual’ renewal—creativity—is simply a recognition that it is the labor power of works that creates value” (41). Resisting Thomas Friedman’s characterization of the iPod as an example of technology empowering the consumer, Wilkie recognizes it as technology proceeding from human labor. Similarly, in his second chapter, he points out that

    technological developments produce value only in the sense that they are products of labor and therefore contain an amount of extracted surplus value, and that they are used to increase the productivity of labor within the working day, thereby indirectly contributing to the production of future surplus value. Machines do not produce value in themselves but only as instruments of human labor.

    (100)

    The second half of The Digital Condition links analyses of literary and digital theory and close readings of literary and cinematic texts that comment on human engagement with technology in order to advance Wilkie’s argument about labor and surplus value under global capitalism. He reads William Gibson’s Pattern Recognition and Bruce Sterling’s Mirrorshades in relation to theories of globalization. In chapter 4 (“Reading and Writing in the Digital Age”), Wilkie cites theories of digital text by N. Katherine Hayles and George Landow, among others, to explain “the open ideology of digital textualism” (126). The Digital Condition takes a dim view of “the Platonic theory of mimesis” and “the Derridean theory of nonmimesis,” preferring instead “the historical materialist theory of nonmimetic reflection” (146). In his concluding chapter 5 (“The Ideology of the Digital Me”), Wilkie acknowledges that Dark City and The Matrix take up “the discursively complex theories of writers such as [Antonio] Negri, [Bruno] Latour, and [Donna] Haraway” to popularize their “new ideologies” (180). Unfortunately, these films interpret contemporary conditions in ways “that extend, rather than challenge, capitalist relations” (186).

     
    In contrast, for Wilkie, technological innovation is linked to “the increasing productivity of labor,” which has not enhanced the lives of workers; instead, “the gap between the richest and poorest Americans has continued to grow at an increasing rate” (188). Wilkie disagrees with digital theorists who argue that “the contradiction between capital and labor is one of a residue of living labor that will be eliminated by the automation of production” (189). At the end of the study, Wilkie reasserts his claim that technology, far from liberating workers, “becomes a hindrance to progress” (194). His final recommendation is that cultural theory must “return to the concepts of class, labor, and production so as to be able to understand how the forms of everyday life are shaped by the economic relations and thus how and why the development of technology means they can be transformed in the interests of all” (195).
     
    How technologies, and particularly media technologies, serve the interests of an elite socioeconomic class is the common concern of both books under review. While King provides vivid collations of facts and assertions to demonstrate multiple interests unfolding in the production and reception of 1990s reenactments such as fictional and documentary television series and museum exhibits, Wilkie demystifies lofty speculations about technological empowerment by providing a rigorous account of how the few profit from the labor of the many in the current digital economy. These are complementary rather than contradictory arguments that press readers to think more deeply about the technologies we buy, use, and invent. Both texts enjoin us to develop social actions based on careful analysis rather than on commercial claims. The take-home lessons for me—to indulge in corporate-speak—include that technology constrains as it enables; that its efficiencies represent often unheralded, frequently under-rewarded labor; and that interactions of technology and culture can be tracked but not predicted.

    Carol Colatrella is professor of Literature and Cultural Studies in the School of Literature, Media, and Communication; Associate Dean for Graduate Studies and Faculty Affairs in the Ivan Allen College of Liberal Arts; and Co-Director of the Center for the Study of Women, Science, and Technology at the Georgia Institute of Technology. Colatrella’s books include Evolution, Sacrifice, and Narrative: Balzac, Zola, and Faulkner; Literature and Moral Reform: Melville and the Discipline of Reading, and Toys and Tools in Pink: Cultural Narratives of Gender, Science, and Technology. She co-edited (with Joseph Alkana) and contributed to Cohesion and Dissent in America. Technology and Humanity, an anthology she edited and to which she contributed, has just been published. Since 1993, she has served as Executive Director of the Society for Literature, Science, and the Arts and editor of the SLSA newsletter Decodings.
     

  • Political Realism and the Cultural Imaginary

    Graham Hammill (bio)
    University at Buffalo, SUNY
    ghammill@buffalo.edu

    Review of Filippo del Lucchese, Conflict, Power, and Multitude in Machiavelli and Spinoza: Tumult and Indignation. New York: Continuum, 2009.

     

    Filippo del Lucchese’s Conflict, Power, and Multitude in Machiavelli and Spinoza is a welcome addition to the growing collection of scholarly works that firmly place Spinoza in a tradition of radical political thought. This movement began in France in the late 1960s with the publication of Gilles Deleuze’s Expressionism in Philosophy: Spinoza and Alexandre Matheron’s Individu et communauté chez Spinoza (Individual and Community in Spinoza), and with Louis Althusser’s many courses on Spinoza during those years. This reading of Spinoza was introduced to the Anglo-American academy through the translation of these works and others, including Etienne Balibar’s Spinoza and Politics, Antonio Negri’s Savage Anomaly, and the seminal essays in The New Spinoza. One of del Lucchese’s main contributions is to link Spinoza to Machiavelli. Taking up the line of thinking developed by intellectual giants like Althusser, Deleuze, Negri, and Balibar, del Lucchese persuasively shows that much of what is radical in Spinoza comes from his ongoing engagement with Machiavelli. Machiavelli’s break with humanism and Thomism—his penetrating effort to recast virtue as a combination of force and display—formed the kernel that developed into Spinoza’s profoundly democratic political philosophy. In making this argument, del Lucchese also contributes to contemporary critical discussions concerning justice and violence, multiplicity, power and resistance, and the questions that these issues raise for democratic theory. Exposing and elaborating the lines of affiliation between Machiavelli and Spinoza, del Lucchese offers a version of democracy that stands as an alternative to the liberal model based on security, contract theory, and the transfer of rights to state authority. His book is an excellent contribution to the study of democratic theory and the history of radical political thought.

     

    Del Lucchese’s central premise is that Machiavelli and Spinoza both take dissensus as a political norm. This presupposition distinguishes these two thinkers from the political thought that preceded them as well as contemporary visions of politics that take unity and agreement as desirable ends. What Spinoza learns from Machiavelli, del Lucchese argues, is the idea that power and crisis are not at odds—that crisis is not an exception to the state or to political community but is one of the means by which power is expressed. As he writes, “A crisis that faces people and states, princes and peoples, does not represent an exception to the rule.” Instead, “crisis and power . . . intertwine, overlap, and meld together within the limits of a recursive relationship in which one necessarily refers to the other” (2). Del Lucchese then shows how this insight leads Machiavelli and Spinoza after him to develop political and metaphysical systems in which crisis is not mediated by sovereignty but is productively internal to the systems themselves.

     

    Del Lucchese tends to proceed through finely argued analyses of Machiavelli and Spinoza, but it is also quite clear that he intends his analysis to serve as an antidote to the double romance of the Schmittian decision and bare life, which Giorgio Agamben posits as the “hidden matrix” of Western sovereignty (45). Schmitt conceives of crisis as a break from political norms, and for that reason he argues that it demands an excess of sovereign power. Crisis must be mediated by the personal authority of the sovereign, who alone has the right to return the state to normal operating procedures through his capacity to decide the exception. Agamben’s analysis of bare life begins with a critique of Schmitt but then goes on to develop a complementary account of sovereignty and crisis through the lens of biopower. The excess of sovereignty identified by Schmitt results in an inextricable bond between the sovereign unfettered by law, on the one hand, and bare life stripped of legal protection and vulnerable to the cruelest and most sadistic operations of power, on the other hand. Responding to Agamben’s argument, del Lucchese writes that

    “bare life,” in this sense, is more of a theoretical figure than a real thing. It is a radically negative concept intended to express the lowest possible degree of humanity, reduced to an inert object. Now, the philosophy of Machiavelli and Spinoza denies that bare life can exist at all, negating its “ontological reality,” if you will. The philosophy of resistance and the absolute affirmation of life that emerges from the pages of these thinkers prevents us from thinking about the “bareness” of life; and life is never submitted to the violent actions of power as a purely passive object.

    (45)

    This is not to say that Spinoza and Machiavelli shy away from scenes of raw political violence. This is especially clear in Machiavelli, whose focus on cruelty and terror is well known. Spinoza is less obviously concerned with political violence per se, but del Lucchese makes a compelling case that Machiavellian concepts of violence influence Spinoza’s accounts in the Ethics of finitude, affect, and modes. When del Lucchese argues that that the philosophies of Machiavelli and Spinoza deny bare life, his main point is to insist that resistance, successful or not, can never fully or finally be expunged from political life once crisis is understood to be an expression of power, part of the norms of political operations. In no way does del Lucchese deny the sense of oppression that bare life as a concept aims to capture; rather, he argues that the figure obscures both the conflicts brought about by resistance and the resourcefulness of political agents that for Machiavelli and Spinoza form “the ontologically constitutive dimension of politics” (47).

     

    One of this book’s real strengths is the way that it draws out congruencies between Machiavelli and Spinoza, but this strength also comes at a cost. Some readers might object that the congruencies del Lucchese uncovers obscure a more complex sense of reception history. The version of Machiavelli that del Lucchese presents is clearly Spinoza’s Machiavelli. By the seventeenth century, Machiavelli’s works had become a weapon used across a range of political thought—including Reason of State, Huguenot resistance theory, French libertinism, and English revolutionary writing—in the effort to conceptualize state power, citizenship, and the rights of the oppressed. I think that del Lucchese’s theoretical rigor and penetrating analyses more than make up for this potential shortcoming. Scholars committed to a richer sense of intellectual history will learn much from this book.

     

    Del Lucchese’s argument proceeds in three stages. His first move is to show how Machiavelli and Spinoza develop a realistic approach to politics that displaces classical and theological notions of the common good. Rooted in a natural, ontological order—the natural order of master and slave or of husband and wife—the common good is better understood as a rhetorical ploy used by tyrants and others to justify systems of oppression. As Machiavelli and Spinoza show, once we understand political agents to be motivated by desire, passion, and interest, rather than reason, “there no longer exists a stable, sure perspective from which the common good can be defined. What exists in its place is a plurality, a clash of interests and demands” that only look like “private ambition” from an older, classical point of view (29).

     

    In a second move, Del Lucchese deepens the sense of community implied by this realistic perspective, by discussing the central role of conflict in Machiavelli and Spinoza’s sense of ontology, institutions, and political concepts. Del Lucchese shows how, on one level, conflict has to do with Machiavelli and Spinoza’s sense of political ontology—that is, the sense each has of individuals as internally conflicted, active agents operating in a world of ongoing contestation. On another level, conflict is built into instructional life. In The Discourses, for example, Machiavelli elevates Rome over other ancient city-states because it was able to build conflict between the patricians and the plebeians into its system of government, which for Machiavelli was the strength of the Roman republic. On yet another level, conflict becomes the ground from which received political and juridical concepts can be rethought. In a set of brilliant analyses, del Lucchese shows how Spinoza took up Machiavelli’s analysis of institutional life in order to reconceive terms that seem to be on the side of peace, security, and discipline. Conflict, he persuasively argues, is at the core of Spinoza’s understanding of obedience, natural right, and participation in civic life. In a particularly illuminating set of pages, del Lucchese claims that conflict is also at the core of Spinoza’s understanding of law, which from one perspective is a “sign . . . an effect, taken separately from its cause” (104), but from another perspective is a “battlefield” in which questions of rights and power get played out (105).

     

    Finally, in a third move del Lucchese shows how realism and conflict culminate in a political philosophy of multiplicity. At stake is Spinoza’s thinking about the multitude for democratic theory. Following Negri’s Savage Anomaly, del Lucchese argues that Spinoza takes up the figure of the multitude in response to contemporary contract theorists, Hobbes in particular. Expanding Negri’s arguments, del Lucchese links Spinoza’s engagement with the multitude to Machiavelli’s analysis of the people—as opposed to the wealthy—as a strong foundation for political rule. Following Machiavelli, Spinoza asks how multiplicity can be “affirmed” via the state “in the absoluteness of a democracy” (132). But del Lucchese’s analysis runs deeper than this, arguing that Spinoza’s analysis of multiplicity proceeds along two related lines. Multiplicity shows the need for democratic government, and it also shows the need for a critique of the autonomous individual. Del Lucchese tracks this double questioning—the multiplicity of the common and the multiplicity of the individual—first by producing an ingenious reading of diversity and animality in The Prince and then by showing how Spinoza develops the theme of diversity in the Ethics. In del Lucchese’s intricate and provocative argument, Spinoza suggests a form of political wisdom that emerges out of the multitude in the Ethics, in the well-known and difficult to understand third form of knowledge that goes beyond common notions and is associated with the intellectual love of God.

     

    One of the most surprising aspects of del Lucchese’s argument is that he takes political realism at face value. Realism is, among other things, a genre that encodes rather than simply accesses the real. Machiavelli certainly thought of himself as having a realist approach to politics—what del Lucchese calls “a concrete approach to political themes from a realistic point of view” (8)—and opposed his own emphasis on practical reason to “those who have imagined republics and principalities which have never been known to exist in reality” (Machiavelli 84). Machiavelli’s political realism was part of a broader movement in early modern Europe that included, among other things, the revival of Augustinianism, the recovery of classical writers like Lucretius, and the emergence of an increasingly strong merchant class. One strand of this movement resulted in what C. B. MacPherson has called possessive individualism and aided the explosion of capitalism in the eighteenth century. Machiavelli and Spinoza’s realism may well challenge this trend, but it would be worth understanding realism as itself a conflicted term that responded to and participated in key historical shifts.

     

    For del Lucchese, Machiavelli’s realism has to do with his conception of history as a plane of action on which virtù shapes events. Almost the inverse of Luther, for whom history reveals the inability of the human will to achieve salvation, in del Lucchese’s account Machiavelli conceives of history as the occasion for the will to assert its own shaping authority. (Here, he comes closest to J. G. A. Pocock’s reading of Machiavelli in his magisterial Machiavellian Moment.) Del Lucchese goes on to argue that Spinoza inherits and expands this understanding of history to encompass the whole of reality. But realism also involves Machiavelli and Spinoza in the politics of imagination. If, for example, the common good is not deducible from the natural order of things, for Spinoza this means that the common has to be constructed through the resources of the cultural imaginary.

     

    The politics of the cultural imaginary is one radical component of Machiavelli and Spinoza’s thought that del Lucchese does not take up. But this dimension of politics is central as each theorizes political community. One of the main lessons of the Theologico-Political Treatise is that culture is a powerful mediator of collective life, one that rivals charismatic authority. At the beginning of the Theologico-Political Treatise, Spinoza calls out tyrants for using “the specious title of religion” to “keep men in a state of deception,” so that they will “fight for their servitude as if for salvation” (389-90). Part of Spinoza’s response is to turn scripture into a cultural text—a product of human invention—so that it can no longer be used to justify authoritarian government. At the same time, Spinoza also recuperates scripture as a cultural text through which the common continues to be forged. This is for Spinoza the theologico-political dilemma: because religion can be instrumentalized in the service of oppression, it must be translated into a cultural apparatus that enables democracy. Spinoza would have learned this lesson from Machiavelli who, in The Discourses, supplements his critique of the Church with an argument in favor of Roman religion, which reinforced the norms and values of an expansionist republic. Both Machiavelli and Spinoza’s worry is that the cultural imaginary exerts such a powerful influence that it can lead the people or the multitude to act against their own desires and best interests. And this leads to the insight that the cultural imaginary has to be revised and reshaped again and again toward republican and democratic ends. This line of thinking has been pursued most powerfully by feminist scholarship on Spinoza—in particular work by Moira Gatens, Genevieve Lloyd, and Susan James. In his account of political realism, del Lucchese is paradoxically much more idealistic and utopian about the possibilities of the multitude being actualized without cultural mediation.

     

    It is very much to his credit that del Lucchese’s argument raises vexing problems like these. His rich and substantial account of conflict and multiplicity in the political philosophies of Machiavelli and Spinoza demonstrates the continued importance of these provocative and illuminating writers. In the opening pages of Conflict, Power, and Multitude, del Lucchese explains that his purpose is “to reveal the diversity and complexity of [early modernity] by emphasizing the existence of various, alternative modernities and the various conceptions of politics, law, and the state that were being formulated from the beginning of the sixteenth century to the end of the seventeenth century” (2). The alternative modernity that he reveals will be of great interest to anyone concerned with theorizing democracy today.

     

    Graham Hammill is Professor of English at the University at Buffalo, SUNY. He is the author of The Mosaic Constitution: Political Theology and Imagination from Machiavelli to Milton (Chicago, 2012) and Sexuality and Form (Chicago, 2000), and co-editor of Political Theology and Early Modernity (Chicago, 2012).

     

    Works Cited

     

    • Balibar, Etienne. Spinoza and Politics. Trans. Peter Snowdon. London: Verso, 1998. Print.
    • Deleuze, Gilles. Expressionism in Philosophy: Spinoza. Trans. Martin Joughin. New York: Zone Books, 1992. Print.
    • Gatens, Moira and Genevieve Lloyd. Collective Imaginings: Spinoza, Past and Present. London: Routledge, 1999. Print.
    • James, Susan. Spinoza on Philosophy, Religion, and Politics: The Theologico-Political Treatise. Oxford: Oxford UP, 2012. Print.
    • Machiavelli, Niccolo. The Discourses. Trans. Leslie J. Walker. London: Penguin, 2003. Print.
    • ———. The Prince. Trans. Luigi Ricci. New York: Penguin, 1999. Print.
    • MacPherson, C. B. The Political Theory of Possessive Individualism: Hobbes to Locke. Oxford: Oxford UP, 1962. Print.
    • Matheron, Alexandre. Individu et communauté chez Spinoza. Paris: Editions de Minuit, 1969. Print.
    • Negri, Antonio. The Savage Anomaly: The Power of Spinoza’s Metaphysics and Politics. Trans. Michael Hardt. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1991. Print.
    • The New Spinoza. Eds. Warren Montag and Ted Stolze. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1997. Print.
    • Pocock, J. G. A. The Machiavellian Moment: Florentine Political Thought and the Atlantic Republican Tradition. Princeton: Princeton UP, 1975. Print.
    • Spinoza: Complete Works. Ed. Michael L. Morgan. Trans. Samuel Shirley. Indiana: Hackett Publishing, 2002. Print.
       
  • Moraru’s Cosmodernism

    Review of Christian Moraru, Cosmodernism: American Narrative, Late Globalization, and the New Cultural Imaginary. Ann Arbor: U of Michigan P, 2011. Print.

     
    The critical discourse about postmodernism has recently taken a turn toward declarations that postmodernism is dead, finished, past. The aftermath of 9/11 and the trend of American fiction that is grounded in realism have prompted critics into a discussion about the post-postmodern moment that marks our existence.1 Christian Moraru is deeply invested in this discussion; in his Cosmodernism: American Narrative, Late Globalization, and the New Cultural Imaginary, he offers a unique theoretical and ethical framework for analyzing literature created in the late 1990s, after the peak of postmodernism, and raises literary and ethical questions about our contemporary moment. Moraru introduces a term that inventively describes the scope, ambition, and breadth of this period and its cultural practices: cosmodernism.
     
    Cosmodernism is, according to Moraru, a paradigm that is typical of the period after 1989 and whose main characteristic is relationality, or what he calls “being-in-relation, with an other” (2). Such relationality is manifested in American fictional narratives as an identity that is always created in relation to a wider context, surpassing the geopolitical and cultural limits of the U.S. Moraru thus sees cosmodernism as a “rationale and vehicle for a new togetherness, for a solidarity across political, ethnic, racial, religious and other boundaries” (5). Drawing on Levinasian ethics, he argues that cosmodernism’s ethical imperative and its novelty aim to bring us all together. This ethical investment is the main disparity between postmodernism and cosmodernism, and Moraru implicitly draws on the criticism of postmodernism as a socially disengaged practice, although he does not voice that stance in his text.2 Cosmodernism moreover 1) displaces our ignorance “toward returning the ‘I’ to its intellectual and moral dignity by allowing him or her to see things usually hiding in the shadow of his or her egocentrism” (75); 2) makes it possible to develop relationships in difference that Levinas introduced in his writing; and 3) introduces a “historicized argument for a cosmodern ethics” by reading the works of the late twentieth century and early twenty-first century as a “drama of with-ness” (75).3 The main characteristic of cosmodernism is, in other words, its interest in a humanity conditioned by diverse political, social, and cultural elements. Moraru explores this interest mainly by way of its linguistic performance.
     
    In the first part of the study, “Idiomatics,” Moraru examines the way that American cosmoderns treat language, recognizing in this treatment the foundation of an approach to ethics and, therefore, his own cosmodern theory as well. He recognizes a shift from a cosmopolitan view of linguistic globalism toward a multilingual, plurivocal mode. While the cosmopolitan approach was universalist, the cosmodern is idiomatic: “the cosmodern self makes itself, linguistically and otherwise, as it opens itself to the post-1989 Babel; thus, whatever this self speaks about, it speaks in tongues” (9). Using Jacques Derrida’s understanding of linguistic skills and Doris Summer’s critique of Derrida’s concepts, Moraru argues that the linguistic and national identities of this period are formulated in language “outside the stricture of . . . equivalence” (80). Americanness, for instance, fluctuates and depends on linguistic performance; linguistic and national identities are performed and created in relation to the totality of exposure to other linguistic and national identities. The American nation and native speakers are not the only measure of linguistic nationality and fluency, but rather participate in the performative act of creating “nation,” “language,” “American,” “American English,” and “native.” To illustrate this point, Moraru analyses Raymond Federman’s Double or Nothing and Chang-rae Lee’s Native Speaker, claiming that Lee “pins his hopes on the linguistic jumble itself. Set against monoglossic cosmopolitanism, his polyglossic cosmodernism . . . values . . . people’s rights not just to idioms not theirs by birth but also to idiomatic uses of these idioms” (102). In Lee’s novel, which has been celebrated for its linguistic and multicultural optimism, Moraru sees an example of the new, celebratory national and linguistic performativity that versifies and diversifies America. With their “‘Babelized’ English,” Moraru suggests, Lee’s characters acquire a linguistically cosmodern citizenship, while their multilingualism contests solidified political and cultural meanings (107).
     
    In the second chapter, “Onomastics,” Moraru analyzes naming and names in recent American narratives, focusing on the relationship between self and others displayed in the act of naming. He claims that in cosmodernism, the “name employs those others’ names to call the self and tell his or her story” (9). The onomastic imaginary is rooted in the perpetual processes of designation and identification, while it serves as a marker of with-ness. Moraru writes that cosmodern names “reveal us to the world by revealing our ties to others” (123) and that they denote not only the surpassed boundaries of the patronymic but also the boundaries of our communities; names introduce the world to us, and us to the world. Names are “anthropological vehicles of compassion” that allow us to empathize with others (155). Moraru finds typically cosmodern naming in Jhumpa Lahiri’s The Namesake and Lee’s A Gesture Life, in which the characters’ names encapsulate their interconnectedness with their pasts and presents: their histories, nations, and identities. The characters’ names are also a cultural allegory. Moraru’s onomastics is based on Derrida’s understanding of naming introduced in On the Name (1995), which exposes the postructuralist’s interest in the ethics and politics of responsibility. Moraru reinforces Derrida’s argument that a name is simultaneously a sign of otherness and a cultural approximation, as well as a deferral of presence; when a person is not present, her name teaches us about the “presence not present” (126). Moraru sees even more in names, however, namely the “distinctive affinity” that “does not jeopardize the distinctiveness of self and other. The name builds a bridge to the (other)’s side, which the other crosses not to assimilate me but to help me get a purchase on myself” (127). Moraru’s readings are captivating—especially his interpretation of The Namesake—but it is difficult to accept that they reflect the specificity of the period in question, if only because their conclusions can be applied to a vast range of literature. His understanding of onomastics—i.e., his idea that the name is always inscribed by cosmodern togetherness and is a vestibule to with-ness—is also too optimistic, although it cannot be entirely disregarded. Moraru is right to claim that in names we can recognize an attempt to create a new cultural narrative, but naming in cosmodern works, as in the cosmodern world, is often arbitrary. The name Lola in Junot Díaz’s Brief and Wondrous Life of Oscar Wao doesn’t suggest very much, for instance, and neither does the name Bruno in Aleksandar Hemon’s collection of stories.
     
    In the third chapter, Moraru turns to the “translational imaginary” that revolves around the figure of the translator in contemporary American fiction. He finds in translation the prime cultural modality of cosmodernism: “Since relationality is the keystone of the cosmodern and translation is a relational form, translation scenes and, with them, an entire translational way of seeing the world take up a central position in the cultural projections of cosmodernism” (158). Moraru describes a shift in emphasis in translation studies and its recognition that, along with linguistic decoding, translation requires cultural deciphering and therefore “establishes a relation to the other culture” (165). He reminds us of the infamous Umberto Eco example, “Oridinai un caffe, lo buttai giù in un secundo ed uscii dal bar” (“I ordered a coffee, swilled it down in a second, and went out of the bar”), with which the semiotician demonstrates that the meaning of the sentence is different to those who drink espresso and those who drink coffee from large cups. Moraru leaves the sentence in its original Italian, demonstrating that the translation allows us to understand the sentence at the linguistic level, while the meanings of not only “coffee” but also “bar” do not need to be cross-cultural equivalents. Instead of being an objective, one-way linguistic transmission from one language into another that is primarily concerned with textuality, philology, and formalism, translation regarded in this way pushes us “toward questions of identity, cultural politics, hegemony, and a relational and self-relational approach to the translator as meaning-maker” (169). Moraru insists that translation allows us to grasp and re-comprehend our own world if and when we make ourselves familiar with the world of others; the translator makes such an attempt possible. The cosmodern translation that incorporates both interpretation and deciphering thus encourages self-reading, and Moraru finds this exemplified by Nicole Mones’s Lost in Translation and Suki Kim’s The Interpreter. But the works that Moraru analyzes are all written in English, with their characters rather than their authors acting as translators. He still makes the apparently unfounded suggestion that by “translating” (fictional) worlds to American audiences, Mones and Kim also act as translators of both cultures and languages, and thereby demonstrate how the cosmodern author—unlike her predecessors—efficiently interprets linguistic and cultural disparities.
     
    In the fourth and the fifth chapters, “Readings” and “Metabolics,” Moraru pursues these theoretical premises. “Readings” is divided into three parts. The first section discusses the twenty-first century’s new “togetherness” or cohesion across social, political, and cultural differences, while the remaining two sections interpret Pico Iyer’s Abandon, Alice Randall’s Pushkin or the Queen of Spades, and Azar Nasifi’s Lolita in Tehran. These interpretations are particularly successful because of their focus on the politics that emerge between the texts and their readers. When analyzing Lolita in Tehran, Moraru is interested in “situational” reading, where the position of the interpreter marks the interpreted. Nafisi’s aesthetic world is, in fact, highly politicized exactly because “autocracy hyperpoliticizes the world, making everything political while denying political agency to the individuals in this world” (224). The politics of the book, therefore, are cosmodern because they do not stem from the content or theme inside the book but rather emerge in between the text and its readers. Moraru maintains that “The cosmodern reader thus fully ‘creates,’ and this creation honors the other, the ‘You,” and thus the higher ‘Thou,’ as reading arises in relation” (217). In “Metabolics,” an extension of “Readings,” Moraru argues that the cosmodern reading is critically transformative rather than iterative—its components transform the monolithic world into with-ness—, as exemplified by Don DeLillo’s late works and Karen Tei Yamashita’s Tropic of Orange. Moraru is invested in showing that cosmodernism has a global, transformative potential both for culture and for us; its culture “canvasses” a body of texts into which we simultaneously are born and such culture is a posteriori inscribed into us (256). Those gestures are global as well as “mondializing” in nature, since within a mundus, “while touching, mingling, and turning into one another, bodies nevertheless preserve their differential identities” (257). Cosmodernism contributes to our development as human beings by transcending the boundaries of national literatures. It is ethical in nature because relationalism is its main characteristic, not only in the sense that we are formed in relation to others, but also in the sense that those relations improve us.
     
    These postulates culminate in the final and most passionate chapter that reads as a manifesto of cosmodernism. Although the shortest, this epilogue is the most significant part of the book; it summarizes the main arguments and theoretical readings and is vibrant with the urgency of the new. Moraru claims that with Cosmodernism, he does not propose “another grand theory but a textually and contextually minded argument for cultural change in post-1989 American letters” (7). (His cosmodernism implies the recognition of an essential cultural change associated with the post-1989 moment, in spite of his constant insistence that global interconnectivity is nothing new and that cosmodern artists are not the first ones to discuss it.) In fact, Moraru’s “Epilogue: Postmodernism into Cosmodernism” is declarative in nature. He opens with a discussion of DeLillo’s understanding of the future in Cosmopolis and in Underworld and recognizes a crucial question that those two texts introduce: “How should we think about the future, about time broadly?” (300). Of course the answer is in cosmodernism, which he discusses in eight points.
     
    Moraru defines cosmodernism as either a continuation of or a reaction to postmodernism. He sees postmodernism not only as a methodological, philosophical, cultural, and historical predecessor of cosmodernism, but also as a practice that disables us from successfully grasping our immediate present. Moraru claims that postmodernism cannot handle and therefore does not respond to global crisis, primarily because of its tendency to “universalize” and “westernize” non-U.S. cultural spaces. Moreover, Moraru says, postmodernism’s globalization emphasizes westernization, which makes postmodernism “an aspect of the global crisis rather than its solution culturally, philosophically, or otherwise” (309). That is why a new theory needs to be introduced. Although postmodern universality is acquired and not intrinsic—which makes postmodernism problematic at the current historical and cultural moment—postmodernism nevertheless introduced a set of terminologies and methodologies for the project that will be finished well after it: cosmodernism. Unlike postmodernism, which is sensitive to the Other and minorities but reduces the Other to a theme, cosmodernism is centered around “the other’s presence [that] founds, organizes, and orients cosmodern representation rather than merely supplying it with the subject de jour” (313). Postmodernism and its theory indicate, albeit in a limited way, a historicizing move toward relationality, the main cosmodern attribute. Such a move began in the 1980s, when cosmodernism “start[ed] replacing postmodernism’s conceptual unit, the nation-state, with an ever more worlded world” (312). According to Moraru, this process has been transnational, cross-traditional, and intercultural, and although he considers 1989 the year of epochal change that pushed American culture toward “becoming a culture of relatedness,” he is careful to emphasize that cosmodernism is cross-canonical and of “soft” epochality: cosmodern elements can also be recognized in late modern as well as postcolonial works. Since cosmodernism does not have a dominant style but is characterized by relationality, Moraru reiterates that its importance lies in the ethical. Cosmodernism, he says, complicates our thinking about discourse, history, culture, and tradition by always incorporating experiences and cultures of the other, and therefore reducing our self-centrism. Cosmodernism is about others, not about the Other as a literary subject.
     
    Moraru provides a generous, optimistic vision of our contemporary moment (as well as of the future) and introduces a concept that challenges common notions about our time. While the present is customarily critiqued for its ruthless (global) politics and a whole set of questionable relationships (e.g., racial and religious), Moraru’s approach makes it possible to look at the present with admiration and pride, empowers us by emphasizing that we are ethical human beings, and re-establishes a humanism that effortlessly crosses the boundaries of social and cultural constructs. He argues that “literature matters” and that we, as scholars, should act on it. If postmodern politics is apolitical and ego-centric, then the concept of cosmodernism is needed for meaningful interaction with others and for leaving behind the sometimes tiresome discussions about postmodernism’s significance.
     
    If we in the period after the fall of communism are finally able to form our cultural identities in relation to others, however, is that because of global economy, ever-expanding capitalism, or something else? If cosmodernism draws us together, does that mean that postmodernism tore us apart? And if cosmodernism is not merely to supplement postmodernism, as Moraru claims, why is 1989 so crucial for periodization of the contemporary? Why would the ruined Berlin Wall be so important to contemporary American fiction, especially when Moraru’s literary examples include the works of Lahiri, Kim, Mones, Nafisi, Lee, and Yamashita, authors whose relationality can hardly be attributed to the end of the Cold War? Would it not be fair to say that the epochal year for American fiction is actually 2001, as Phillip E. Wegner suggests in his Life between Two Deaths, 1989-2001 (2009)?4 And what about the recent global economic crisis—does it not complicate the notion of unselfish relationality?
     
    These questions, however, do not diminish Moraru’s ambitious concept. His previous books focused on postmodern rewriting of nineteenth-century narratives—the ways in which late twentieth-century fiction writers “rework former texts for ideologically critical purposes” (Memorious 19)—and on the relationship between postcommunism and postmodernism.5 In those monographs and collections, Moraru approached postmodernism as the contemporary of postcommunism, and it is remarkable to see the evolution of his critical thought as it becomes increasingly informed by an interest in representation, intertextuality, and non-American postmodernisms, as well as by a growing interest in global, political affairs. Cosmodernism impresses by its depth and range, and offers a fascinating framework for comprehending our contemporaneity which, it seems, confuses us by its complexity as much as by the legacy of a postmodernism that, as many agree, is dead.
     

    Damjana Mraović-O’Hare is a Visiting Assistant Professor of English at Carson-Newman College. She has published in Criticism, Twentieth Century Literature, Modern Language Studies, and World Literature Today.
     

    Footnotes

     
    1. For a more detailed discussion of postmodernism, see, for instance: Burn, Brooks and Toth, Kirby, Green, Hoberek, McHale, McLaughlin, Murphy, Nealon, and Toth.
     

    2. Neil and Toth, for example, claim that postmodernism ceased to exist—and failed—for two reasons: it celebrated individualism and it was “socially irresponsible” (8). Its fall can be attributed to “its self-affirmation as an anti-ideological discourse” as well as to its function as “a vacuous and in-effectual aesthetic of the elite” (6, 7).

     
    3. Toth calls the period surpassing postmodernism “renewalism,” a term that alludes to the realistic narrative typical of fiction from the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries.

     

     
    4. Using Jacques Lacan’s notion of the “second death,” Wegner argues that 9/11 should be understood as an event that repeated an earlier collapse, namely that of the Berlin Wall and, therefore, of the Cold War. He claims that only with the fall of the Twin Towers was the Cold War finally over and a “New World Order” established.

     

     
    5. Moraru’s scholarship includes: Postcommunism, Postmodernism, and the Global Imagination; Memorious Discourse: Reprise and Representation in Postmodernism; and Rewriting: Postmodern Narrative and Cultural Critique in the Age of Cloning.
     

    Works Cited

       

     

    • Brooks, Neil and Josh Toth, eds., The Mourning After: Attending the Wake of Postmodernism. Amsterdam: Rodopi, 2007. Print.
    • Burn, J. Stephen. Jonathan Franzen at the End of Postmodernism. London: Continuum, 2008. Print.
    • Green, Jeremy F. Late Postmodernism: American Fiction at the Millennium. New York: Palgrave, 2005. Print.
    • Hoberek, Andrew. “After Postmodernism.” Twentieth Century Literature 53.3 (2007): 233-249. Print.
    • Kirby, Alan. “The Death of Postmodernism and Beyond.” Philosophy Now 58 (2006): 34-37. Print.
    • Lee, Chang-Rae. Native Speaker. New York: Riverhead Trade, 1996. Print.
    • McHale, Brian. “What is Postmodernism.” Electronic Book Review. 20 Dec. 2007. Web. 20 Jan. 2012.
    • McLaughlin, Robert L. “Post-Postmodern Discontent. Contemporary Fiction and the Social World.” Symploke 12.1 (2004): 53-68. Print.
    • Moraru, Christian. Cosmodernism: American Narrative, Late Globalization, and the New Cultural Imaginary. Ann Arbor: U of Michigan P, 2011. Print.
    • ———. Postcommunism, Postmodernism, and the Global Imagination. Ed. and preface. New York: Columbia UP/EEM Ser., 2009. Print.
    • ———. Memorious Discourse: Reprise and Representation in Postmodernism. Madison: Fairleigh Dickinson UP, 2005. Print.
    • ———.Rewriting: Postmodern Narrative and Cultural Critique in the Age of Cloning. Albany: SUNY P, 2001. Print.
    • Murphy, Timothy S. “To Have Done With Postmodernism: A Plea (or Provocation) for Globalization Studies.” Symploke 12.1 (2004): 23-34. Print.
    • Nealon, Jeffrey T. Post-Postmodernism or, The Cultural Logic of Just-in-Time Capitalism. Stanford: Stanford UP, 2012. Print.
    • Toth, Joseph. The Passing of Postmodernism: Spectroanalysis of the Contemporary. Albany: SUNY P, 2011. Print.
    • Wegner, Phillip E. Life between Two Deaths, 1989-2001: U.S. Culture in the Long Nineties. Durham: Duke UP, 2009. Print.

     

  • Notes on Contributors

    Patty Ahn is a Ph.D. Candidate in Critical Studies at USC’s School of Cinematic Arts. Her research interests include critical histories and theories of U.S. television, transnational media studies with a regional focus on the Pacific Rim, gender and sexuality, and sound and popular music. She has been published in Spectator, European Journal of Cultural Studies, and Discourse, and is currently serving a two-year term as co-chair of the SCMS Queer Caucus.
     

    Jennie Berner is a Ph.D. candidate in the Program for Writers at the University of Illinois at Chicago, where she teaches English and fiction writing. Both her scholarly work and her creative dissertation – a collection of short stories – interrogate the relationship between literature and visual technologies. Her poetry and fiction have appeared in Crazyhorse, Boston Review, The Journal, and The Coachella Review.

    Sean Braune is a Ph.D. student at York University and holds a Masters from the University Toronto. His poetry has appeared in ditch, The Puritan, Rampike, and Poetry is Dead. He wrote the play Leer that was performed at Ryerson University in April 2010 and directed the short film An Encounter (2005), which won the award for excellence in cinematography at the Toronto Youth Shorts Film Festival ’09. He has published in Studies in Canadian Literature, Canadian Literature, and Journal of Modern Literature.

    Max Cavitch is Associate Professor of English and Cinema Studies at the University of Pennsylvania, where he is also a member of the Perelman School of Medicine’s Consortium on Bioethics, Sexuality, and Gender Identity. He is the author of American Elegy: The Poetry of Mourning from the Puritans to Whitman (Minnesota 2007) and of numerous articles on literature, cinema, and psychoanalysis in American Literary History, Common-Place, Contemporary Psychoanalysis, Early American Literature, Senses of Cinema, Screen, Slant, and Victorian Poetry. He is a member of the Executive Council of the McNeil Center for Early American Studies and co-edits the Center’s Early American Studies book series, which is published by the University of Pennsylvania Press.

    Carol Colatrella is professor of Literature and Cultural Studies in the School of Literature, Media, and Communication; Associate Dean for Graduate Studies and Faculty Affairs in the Ivan Allen College of Liberal Arts; and Co-Director of the Center for the Study of Women, Science, and Technology at the Georgia Institute of Technology. Colatrella’s books include Evolution, Sacrifice, and Narrative: Balzac, Zola, and Faulkner; Literature and Moral Reform: Melville and the Discipline of Reading, and Toys and Tools in Pink: Cultural Narratives of Gender, Science, and Technology. She co-edited (with Joseph Alkana) and contributed to Cohesion and Dissent in America. Technology and Humanity, an anthology she edited and to which she contributed, has just been published. Since 1993, she has served as Executive Director of the Society for Literature, Science, and the Arts and editor of the SLSA newsletter Decodings.

    Rory Ferreira is twenty and loves omelets. He studies philosophy at St. Norbert College and overuses the ethical dative. Lacking the courage to write academic papers, he started writing rap songs as Milo. His debut record, a double-EP titled “things that happen at day // things that happen at night,” will be released via Hellfyre Club on January 1st, 2013.

    Lisa Guenther is Associate Professor of Philosophy at Vanderbilt University. She is the author of The Gift of the Other: Levinas and the Politics of Reproduction (SUNY Press, 2006) and Solitary Confinement: Social Death and its Afterlives (University of Minnesota Press, forthcoming).

    Graham Hammill is Professor of English at the University at Buffalo, SUNY. He is the author of The Mosaic Constitution: Political Theology and Imagination from Machiavelli to Milton (Chicago, 2012) and Sexuality and Form (Chicago, 2000), and co-editor of Political Theology and Early Modernity (Chicago, 2012).

    Damjana Mraović-O’Hare is a Visiting Assistant Professor of English at Carson-Newman College. She has published in Criticism, Twentieth Century Literature, Modern Language Studies, and World Literature Today.

    Gregory Steirer is a scholar specializing in media studies, aesthetics, and digital culture. From 2011-2012, he served as a researcher for the Connected Viewing Initiative project at the Carsey-Wolf Center at UC Santa Barbara. He has taught television, audio culture, film, and literature at the University of Pennsylvania, the New York Film Academy, and UC Santa Barbara. He has published articles on performance theory and comics studies and has work forthcoming in the anthology Connected Viewing: Selling, Sharing, and Streaming Media in a Digital Age (Routledge). He also manages the blog Cultural Production.
  • Secret Agency in Mainstream Postmodern Cinema

    Neal King
    Interdisciplinary Studies
    Virginia Polytechnic and Institute and State University
    nmking@vt.edu

    Among the most studied films of the last few decades are those that descend from the mid-century fiction of Philip Dick and his contemporaries, including Richard Condon (The Manchurian Candidate) and William Burroughs (Naked Lunch). These authors wrote during the Cold War scandal of the apparent “brain-washing” of U.S. soldiers by communists. In medical journal articles, Biderman and Lifton reported that military men had been coerced into confessing atrocities, and they helped to raise the specter of mind control, crystallizing fears of Big Brotherly rule that had been solidifying since the world war. As further news leaked of the Central Intelligence Agency’s baroque attempts to counterprogram double-agents, sci-fi writers wove mind-control plots into parodies of spy novels. The agents in such tales believe their own covers and think that they are ordinary men until evidence of violent pasts disrupts their lives in colorful ways. In the most subversive stories, protagonists never know who they were or whom they might attack next.

     
    The setup, in which normal life masks one’s status as a spy–a sort of hardboiled play on the monomyth–has drawn several filmmakers, who spin it into social satire. Consider a 1983 release by writer-director David Cronenberg. Tired of the banality programmed by the television station he runs, Max searches for “something harder.” He samples recordings of torture called “Videodrome.” The footage turns him on, and Max watches until he hallucinates a blend of video display, sex, and violence. But he soon learns that “Videodrome” is a mind control tool, wielded by fascists who induce Max to kill. He loses his grip on reality, appears to torture women, draws a gun from a hole in his gut and shoots men at work–all on orders from those who control him. At the end of Videodrome, Max blows his own brains out, television having poisoned his mind. In Max’s postmodern story, local governance gives way to conspiracy, certainty to schizophrenia, and narrative realism to surreal subjectivity. The heroic agency sustained by Hollywood’s classical alignment of spectators with successful, heterosexual protagonists is displaced by the penetration of bodies and minds. Max discovers that his status as agent-in-training has been kept so secret that neither he nor the audience knows about it until late in the film. He is a postmodern pawn.

     
    Ordinary-seeming citizens turn out to be unwitting secret agents, terrorists, and assassins in a series of North American films released over the last quarter century, including Blade Runner (1982), Videodrome (1983), Total Recall (1990), Naked Lunch (1991), The Long Kiss Goodnight (1996), Conspiracy Theory (1997), Dark City (1998), eXistenZ (1999), the three-film Matrix cycle (1999, 2003; see Figure 1 below), Imposter (2002), and A Scanner, Darkly (2006). In these movies, bourgeois protagonists discover secret lives of violence, engage with rebel groups, and then threaten and sometimes kill their own lovers. They escape ordinary routines and wrestle with over-socialization, media saturation, hampered agency, intensive surveillance, and the soul-draining effects of consumer capitalism. By discussing such films, I intend neither to nominate a genre nor to use them as reflections of the social world, but rather to consider the functions that production of and commentary on such films serve filmmakers, scholars, and perhaps others as well. The storytelling, which the 1950s brainwashing scandals indirectly inspired, have allowed filmmakers, analysts, and audiences to reconsider the status of authorship and agency in a postmodern world–in which subjects are commodities to be redefined for profit and prestige.

     
     
    Figure 1: Scene from The Matrix.
    Postmodernity taken literally, as body and agency compromised.
    © Warner Bros., 2008.
    Image from the author’s personal collection.

    There is no way to draw a clear line around the films named above. Scholars have included several of them in such overlapping sets as “mindfuck films” (Eig) and “puzzle films” (Elsaesser, Panek)–in some cases, claiming that Hollywood has undergone a large-scale, postmodern change. I have chosen the core of mind-job films simply by selecting those in which protagonists serve as unknowing agents of espionage. I study the derivation and correlates of this conceit in order to trace the origin of a postmodern segment of popular culture. Mind-job cinema engages postmodernity on the thematic level, and contemporary films result from an industrial context that has changed since the classical studio era of the 1930s and 1940s: for example, authors sign on to specific projects rather than to long-term employment by studios. One might thus presume that depictions of postmodernity in post-classical film arose with shifts in production–new modes of filmmaking (multinational hegemony, short-term contracting, the breakdown of genres and realism, etc.) and new patterns of storytelling. Indeed, the appearance of art-film styles of narration in mainstream, English-language feature film has led several scholars to posit a new narrative era, in which Hollywood’s commitment to coherent, character-centered narrative drive has weakened. The general argument in such literature is that contemporary films are more likely than before to fracture their narratives into opaque spectacles, with thrills aplenty but scant import.

     
    For instance, a book-length study argues that postmodern cinema results from “a revulsion against tightly structured, formulaic, narrowly commercialized methods traditionally linked to the studio system” (Boggs and Pollard 7). That mode of production, of “classical Hollywood cinema” (Bordwell, Staiger, and Thompson), includes attention to probabilistic and historical realism; coherent, clear plots that turn on decisions of white, heterosexual heroes; and editing/cinematography meant to disguise the artifice of narration and thus intensify emotional response. Critics have suggested that such cinema conveys “status quo ideals and messages” (Boggs and Pollard 5), and that the postmodern shift entailed critique and rejection of the modernity shored up by such ideology (6).

     
    Analysts argue for recent shifts in Hollywood storytelling, with the advent of the “psychological puzzle film” (Panek 65), with its (initially) unclear means of distinguishing protagonists’ hallucinations from diegetic reality; of “post classical narration” (Thanouli), with its art-cinema trappings and addled protagonists; of big-budget action spectaculars (Davis and de los Rios), with their noisy set-pieces that crowd out character development; and of postmodern cinema (Beard, “Crisis of Classicism”), which recuperates cheery Hollywood from the pessimistic 1970’s auteurist rebellion. Elsaesser also argues that “puzzle films” combine contemporary themes of psychic pathology (paranoia, schizophrenia) with the unreliable narration typical of post-classical film, and emerge from an industrial context in which filmmakers wish every film to provide “access for all” by meaning anything to anyone (37). Thus several analysts suggest that North American films have struck a sort of postmodern grand slam. In the postmodern era, these scholars argue, a significant chunk of storytelling has grown ambiguous in meaning, perhaps the better to serve the interests of the conglomerates that abjure widely shared critical views. These analyses suggest that especially fractured or polysemic storytelling also depicts elements distinct to postmodern life, grappling with the very forces that produce it: imbrications of virtual and real, electronic and fleshy, robotic and agentic; the inducement of disorientation and schizophrenia by corporate control. Thus might postmodern film be postmodern in all ways at once: in origin, in theme, and in narrative form. To assess the extent to which these forms coincide, I study the mind-job films from those angles.

    Mind-Job Plotting

    Analysis of structure reveals patterns in the plotting of secret-agent films. Mainstream artists, whether screenwriters or editing teams led by directors, tend to employ a four-act structure to feature film, in which regularly timed pauses emphasize protagonists’ goals and/or changes of direction, in order to clarify unfolding plots (Bordwell, Staiger, and Thompson).[1] Mind-job movies mostly use this structure to emphasize heroes’ departures from normal life, confusion over identity, and crises brought by combat and isolation.[2]

     
    The Matrix and Total Recall, for example, both begin with a disaffected worker open to a new, more rebellious life. Each ends its opening act with the hero’s break from the mundane: one unplugged from the titular “matrix” that imprisons his mind, the other driven from his home by a woman who turns out only to have posed as his wife (“your whole life is a lie,” she tells him in Total Recall). Both heroes are rudely awakened to the fact that they have been brainwashed, their apparent normalcy all lies. Both begin to search for truths about their origins. The films’ second acts introduce complications: one hero may be the foretold savior of the last colony of humankind, unplugged from the brainwashing matrix in order to free people from parasitic machines; the other may be a spy, also implanted (with false memories and a sham marriage to make the subterfuge more convincing) into a proletarian rebellion. These second acts end on moments of tension in which heroes wrestle with the competing possibilities that they are superhuman saviors, brainwashed dupes, or both (“What a mind job,” says a skeptic of the savior prophecy, in The Matrix). The films’ third acts play these possibilities off against each other as the oppressive rulers raise the stakes of the conflicts. Comrades and authorities provide competing testimonies, thus keeping heroes confused about who they really are. As is typical of Hollywood melodrama, third acts end on moments of crisis. In each case, a rebel mentor is captured or killed by an oppressive ruler; and it turns out that the deluded heroes were being used by secret police. “That’s the best mind fuck yet,” says the hero of Total Recall, who must escape another brainwashing in order to realize (what might be) his destiny. The hero of The Matrix must rescue his kidnapped mentor to fulfill his own. The fourth, climactic acts test heroes in the combat that suggests who they, and what their destinies, are. Both rescue people they love and appear to be foretold saviors after all, but both also know they were programmed by others to work their miracles. They may be heroic, but are hardly free in any liberal sense. Brainwashed to do good is brainwashed nonetheless; and they do not know which identities might be all their own, or whether there is such a thing. Indeed, the Matrix cycle saves its final revelation of the hero’s purpose for the climax of its first sequel; then, as in Total Recall, he learns the dispiriting truth that his savior status was manufactured by oppressors to subvert rebellion (see Figure 2).

     
     
    Figure 1: Scene from Total Recall.
    Crisis ends the third act and leads to the climactic battles of the film. All appears to be lost as the hero sees double, confronted by the oppressive state with evidence that his personality is a scam implanted to manipulate him and destroy rebellion.
    © Lion’s Gate, 2006.
    Image from the author’s personal collection.

    Thus can mind-job films feature plots that are both parallel and clear: revelations of brainwashing inspire departures from normal life; competing hints at origins heighten confusion; escalating conflicts with oppressors lead to crises; and final combat allows heroes to rescue comrades and stake claims to destinies. Such plotting trains viewer attention on the characters’ goals and their ongoing revision of and attempts to meet them. Though these stories depict confusion, they employ classical means to prevent it among viewers (at which both appear largely to have succeeded). Films with this plotting also released during the 1990s include The Long Kiss Goodnight and Dark City.

     
    As other examples of parallel plotting, consider two drug-novel adaptations, those of the Philip Dick’s A Scanner Darkly and William Burroughs’s Naked Lunch. Both concern addicts assigned to spy on loved ones. Though only one ends its first act with a traumatic event (Bill, the hero of Naked Lunch, gets high and accidentally shoots his wife), both end with heroes undercover, newly assigned to surveil drug peddlers. The second acts complicate assignments by hinting to the confused heroes how closely watched they are, without clarifying who they are. The protagonist of Naked Lunch shares a flat with an insectoid handler who directs his espionage. He makes new friends who are dead ringers for old ones and for the wife whom he has killed. His handler orders him to spy on those people but doesn’t reveal how he came to spy in the first place. Who might pull the strings he cannot guess. The main characters of A Scanner Darkly share a house fitted with cameras and microphones that capture their drug use. We see the government’s brainwashing process, by which the hero’s mind is split and made to work for police so deep undercover that he does not realize that he is also one of the addicts who live there. He thus spies on his friends and on himself without realizing it. Both films end their second acts with newer, more focused assignments: One character is to spy closely on a woman who resembles his deceased wife, and the other resolves to spy more intently on the alter version of his own self.

     
    Thus, while the first acts disrupt ongoing routines with new missions, second ones complicate and then focus those missions on especially intimate spying. Third acts develop the goals clarified by the second acts without allowing heroes to meet them; the spies pursue questions of identity but find no final answers. In Naked Lunch, his handler breaks it to the hero that he was brainwashed and pre-programmed to kill his wife, who the handler claims was a counter spy (“An unconscious agent is an effective agent,” he reassures the outraged hero). When friends try to talk him back to his normal life, this hero sends them away and drinks himself into a pit of despair. In A Scanner Darkly, the hero is troubled by the thought that a narc might live among his friends, but cannot see that it’s him. Worried that he has lost his family forever and that betrayals abound in the drug war, he slips into an existential funk just as deep, staring into the camera at the end of the act. Thus do both films end third acts on notes of crisis. Heroes have tried but failed to learn who they are or where they are going, and fear that they will lose everyone they love. Those dark moments set up climactic pursuits.

     
    Fourth acts twist plots with final betrayals, send heroes into drug factories run by double agents, and foreground their lasting alienation and confusion. The narcotics agent of A Scanner Darkly winds up incarcerated in a drug-rehab center that serves as an illicit factory for drugs. He is so thoroughly brainwashed that he lives as a prisoner there without understanding that he’s still being used to collect evidence of larger conspiracy. He secretes the blue flower that his handlers programmed him to obtain as evidence of drug production; but the film offers little hope that his mind will clear or mission end. The spy in Naked Lunch also visits a drug factory run by a man who pretends to cure addictions but instead fosters them for profit. There, the hero rescues the woman who resembles the wife whom he’s killed, but then shoots her by accident as well. His story ends with a sense of ongoing tragedy and malaise. In neither film does the hero see a way out of the loop of loss, betrayal, and addictive madness. These stories are bleak, and they dwell on drug-addled, brainwashed confusion. But they both use Hollywood’s four-act formula to keep mind-job stories as clear as possible (though neither sold many tickets). Heroes accept missions in their brainwashed states, later focus their spying on those closest to them, then become troubled by their lack of love and agency in those positions, and finally fail in their struggles for independence.[3]

     
    Other films with brainwashed spies that feature different plots also employ the Hollywood four-act structure to keep stories clear. The Manchurian Candidate (1962) and the 2004 remake offer minor variations on the same script. By the end of the second acts, heroes have learned that they were brainwashed. At the crisis-points that end third acts, delusional assassins murder women they love. Suicide, matricide, and salvation close both films. A more mainstream play on those parodies, Conspiracy Theory (1997) focuses on the romance and the danger that the brainwashed assassin poses to the woman he loves. Sunnier than the film it lampoons, Conspiracy Theory features no disturbing murders by heroic characters, but only the threat thereof. It ends happily for all but conspirators.

     
    We see more such classical structure if we look to the periphery of mind-job cinema. The obverse of the brainwashed-spy conceit is the story of a man who deludes himself that he is a spy when he (probably) is not. In A Beautiful Mind (2001) and Confessions of a Dangerous Mind (2002) (both based on biographies), young professionals dream of stardom and sex. Heroes of these films perceive themselves to be recruited to Cold War espionage (code-breaking in one film, assassination in the other), both of them responding to their insecurities with women. In the second acts, both heroes mix their public lives as professionals (mathematician, game-show producer) with clandestine spying. In their third acts, both heroes try to square their delusions with cohabitation, and fail. Only in the climaxes do they forswear their lives as spies and attain some normalcy and romantic bliss. These films are more focused on professional and romantic success than are those in the mind-job core.[4] Other films that feature deluded operatives include Fight Club (1999) and Memento (2000), both of which offer narrative puzzles (what is diegetically real? what is a hero’s hallucination?) and solve them in conventional fashion (climactic exposition specifies mental illness and the difference between hallucination and diegetic reality). Both rely on conventional four-act plotting to maintain clarity (see Bordwell [80] about the plot structure of Memento). The films neither mention spies nor draw from the stream running from the Condon/Burroughs/Dick novels, but they do suggest both the patterns that deluded-terrorist/detective stories can take, and their maintenance of conventions of clarity. The narrative shifts in these films do not make them postmodern.

     
    Indeed, claims about the postmodernity of shifts in storytelling may overstate the case. For instance, most of the elements of postmodern film noted by Boggs and Pollard (16) characterize decades of cinema rather than a postmodern period only: mass marketing, moral quagmires, film noir, and savage disorder–all present in Hollywood product since before World War II. Though mind-job films and other crime/sci-fi/horror cinema depict the immoral and insane, often in terms of deliberately puzzling narratives (such as whodunit detective stories that save revelations for last), mundane Hollywood storytelling remains as clear as ever. Intentional exceptions to the rule of narrative clarity in English language features are few. U.S. theaters have long showed European and Asian art films, with their own non-narrative modes; and Hollywood features have long depicted mentally unbalanced characters in ways that drew audiences to question lines between diegetic reality and hallucination (see, for instance, 1939’s The Wizard of Oz). Examples of such cinema from the last two decades do not indicate postmodern shift in Hollywood cinema.[5]

     
    In any case, the plot patterns in the mind-job core suggest a common lineage, as though adapters of Condon, Burroughs, and Dick watched and read each other’s works and developed the templates typical of generic production. It also suggests a commitment to classical Hollywood storytelling and the consumer-friendly clarity of plotting that it emphasizes, even if the protagonists tend to hallucinate and by doing so challenge audiences to learn each film’s distinction (if any) between fantasy and diegetic reality. Most mind-job films supply viewers with enough information to arrive at plausible interpretations of plot events. (Exceptions come only from Cronenberg, whose screenplays, though generally clear and classically structured, leave open the possibilities that heroes never wake from their dreams.) Even when hallucination and reality blend, hegemonic conventions keep mind-job films from lapsing into the abstract self-consciousness of art-cinema narration. Those conventions are professional guides that filmmakers continue to take pride finding new ways to follow (Bordwell 51, 107). And viewers who hope to identify with heroes continue to demand that stories follow them as well (Eig).[6] Thus mind-job cinema is not particularly post-classical in its narrative form, though it is concerned with elements of postmodernity as themes.

    Mind-Job Themes

    Fredric Jameson identifies “a whole mode of contemporary entertainment literature, which one is tempted to characterize as ‘high tech paranoia’, in which the circuits and networks of some putative global computer hook-up are narratively mobilized by labyrinthine conspiracies of autonomous but deadly interlocking and competing information agencies in a complexity often beyond the capacity of the normal reading mind” (80). Jameson roots conspiracy myth in the complexity of late capitalism, in which the growth of conglomerates (ruled by Byzantine legal codes but no obvious morals), breakdown of communities, and collisions of worldviews inspire general confusion. Industrial production has given way in the most developed world to consumer capitalism, as merchants pursue the unfettered advertisement and exchange that can most fully valorize their capital. Multinational corporations effect, via their intensive advertisement, “a prodigious expansion of capital into hitherto uncommodified areas [leading to the] colonization of Nature and the Unconscious” (78). What might have been “a space of praxis” becomes a no-man’s land of disconnected places and times, or a set of ideas inserted into consciousness by powerful organizations. Jameson notes that forces of late capitalism control the very circuits of information that people use to imagine their worlds, blinding us to what we might learn from the stories that we tell. As an economic order, defended by the military that it mocks in its pop-culture parodies, the postmodern culture industry has shown that it can turn even criticism of rebellion against it into a commodity (56).

     
    One might expect characters to confront such a world in contemporary cinema, a world in which powerful but poorly understood forces govern the minds of high-tech professionals in the most subversive and intimate ways imaginable. Indeed, modernity appears as a theme in mind-job films, as protagonists’ fears of being just like everyone else and too little the individuals of professional-worker ideals. Postmodernity in Hollywood cinema appears as the consumerism of urban renewal, in which old neighborhoods are plowed up and turned into ad-saturated consumer havens by shadowy conglomerates (the omnipresent advertising of Blade Runner–see Figure 3 below–and Total Recall, the manufactured communities of Dark City and The Matrix), only to be destroyed as heroes’ mind-warps externalize in spectacular violence. Postmodernism also appears in the schizophrenia induced in Hollywood heroes, who decide that behind façades of shopping centers lie conspiracies too vast to comprehend. The tightening disciplines of postmodern life leave them feeling impotent, so they wade into public bloodbaths to redeem themselves. These films use the surrealist language of contemporary film to present schizophrenic, penetrative combat, suggesting a postmodern aesthetic of cyborg unreality.

     
     
    Figure 3: Scene from Blade Runner.
    Postmodernity appears as theme in this confusing, ad-intensive cityscape.
    © Warner Brothers, 2008.
    Image from the author’s personal collection.

    Three elements of postmodernity as theme thus bear brief discussion: blinkered perception, bodily violation, and hampered agency. Deluded about their pasts, mind-job heroes cannot trust their senses. As they buckle under psychic strain, the movies draw from sci-fi and horror cinema’s arsenals of lurid imagery to convey confusion. In some cases, the environments around heroes alter as though with their moods. The Matrix films render fantasy in photo-realistic terms and shuttle characters through spatial displacements that make the architecture around them as confusing as any postmodern spaces. Total Recall features serpentine shots of vast interiors, viewed as if from the inside the hero’s mind. The skyline of Dark City reshapes itself as buildings rise and fall, changing size and appearance in seconds. Though much of the style of mind-job cinema fits the model of “intensified continuity” in narrative film identified by Bordwell, and thus simply makes more frequent use of the most dramatic compositions, camera moves, and editing strategies of classical Hollywood, some hallucinatory scenes go further still, into the generic turf of science fiction. They execute virtual camera moves across vast spaces and through walls (as in the Matrix cycle and Total Recall), toying with the imbrications of electronic media with actual and psychic spaces. Sudden space-time displacements convey the heroes’ fractured states of mind and the fall of the walls they have kept up between fantasy and reality. The Cronenberg films Videodrome, Naked Lunch, and eXistenZ offer prosthetic flesh-machines with erotic overtones, and symbolize fissured minds with penetrated bodies. Their heroes find themselves in new places without having traveled there by obvious means; they talk to strangers who seem to know them. Editing and physical effects allow audiences to share the heroes’ queasy disorientation, one generally linked in the stories to the violations and bodies and minds.

     
    The most obvious aesthetic development in mind-job cinema renders new relations between mind, flesh, and machine as penetrative violation. The hero of Videodrome develops a vaginal slit in his belly; he and other men slide videotapes and guns into the orifice and pull them out again, transformed but still deadly. The titular character of The Manchurian Candidate (2004) receives new programming through a needle into his brain; inhabitants of Dark City receive new personae through large syringes between their eyes; those of The Matrix do so through ports at the backs of their skulls. Inside the matrix, one has a “bug” crawl into his navel to keep track of him; and later a villain takes over the minds of other characters by plunging his virtual hand into their chests. The players of eXistenZ have ports of their own at the bases of their backs through which penile implants insert new worlds and identities.

     
    The penetrative tendencies of action cinema are realized most fully in scenes of mind-job combat. Shot by a “flesh gun,” a villain in Videodrome dies by splitting from head to toe, organs exploding as his blood spouts. The brainwashing conspirators of Dark City die when their heads crack open and the insects within wriggle forth to expire. The colonialist of Total Recall loses his eyes to the vacuum of space as his head slowly pops. In Imposter, a cyborg assassin screams as cops eviscerate him and pull a weapon from his heart. Much of this assumes a sexual tone that implicates postmodern manhood. Others have written of the penetrative violence and wordplay of such mind-job films as eXistenZ and The Matrix (Freeland), Total Recall (Goldberg), and Videodrome (Beard, Artist as Monster; Shaviro), in most cases linking the bodily penetration to postmodern fantasies of compromised manhood. In his analysis of other science-fiction films, Byers suggests that allusions to male intimacy can play on a “pomophobia”–the sense that moral and physical perversion infiltrates the solid male subject of modernity (7). “The homophobic’s paranoia about homosexual rape [expresses] a fear of violation of the masculine body that, in a heterosexual economy, sees itself as inviolable, as hard and sealed off rather than soft or opened” (15).[7]

     
    As mind job becomes “mind fuck” (as in Total Recall), men open their bodies and penetrate each other, claiming a perversely gendered space far from mundane life. Their domestic lives are phony set-ups and fall to violence and betrayal as battles compromise their bodies. Heroes are bound and/or brainwashed in the torture scenes of Imposter, The Matrix, The Long Kiss Goodnight, The Manchurian Candidate, Dark City (see Figure 4), Videodrome, Conspiracy Theory, and Total Recall. Most retaliate with penetrative assaults of their own. Some heroes escape with mere bullet wounds, beatings, and broken limbs, but the violation of a hero’s body is nearly as foregone a conclusion as the mortification of a villain’s.[8] These scenes involve face-offs between heroes and those who challenge their senses of themselves, burdening the violation with mind-job metaphors.

     
     
    Figure 3: Scene from Dark City.
    Posthuman conspirators prepare to inject a controlling, collective personality into the skull of the bound hero.
    © New Line, 2008.
    Image from the author’s personal collection.

    Heroes, and the conspirators who mold their minds, direct much of the threat of violence against lovers. Brainwashed protagonists kill wives and (at least former) lovers in both versions of The Manchurian Candidate, The Long Kiss Goodnight, Naked Lunch and Total Recall, and eXistenZ, and have been programmed to do so in The Matrix and Dark City. Even in cases where heroes resist the urge to savage their families, they direct the violence elsewhere. The brainwashed hero of Dark City learns that he has been implanted with the impulses of a serial killer of women by the strangers who control him. But he claims, in the name of his love for the woman programmed to be his wife, a sense of personal autonomy. That formerly secret agency then manifests in mind-job form by laying waste to a city and slaughtering the strangers who have implanted their thoughts.[9]

     
    Entertaining an ideal of possessive individualism, with its promises of status and freedom, heroes seem to suffer the effects of pacifying surveillance, seductive advertisement, demanding romance, burdensome families, rule-bound employment, and addictive routine. They could seem to respond with violence as moral hygiene, as if to flush from their brains the codes of faceless conspiracies that govern their minds as well as their worlds. So does violence become one of the principal expressions of agency in mind-job cinema, rooted as it is in an apparent revulsion from intimacies of any kind. We should not presume that these films valorize agency of a modernist ideal, however. The thematic depiction appears to be more complex.

     
    For all of the fighting that heroes do, agency in its ideal form seems out of reach for most. Even the most professionally successful hero (of the peripheral film A Beautiful Mind) must learn to live with his phantoms, unable to will them away. Neo cannot save his world by fighting in The Matrix Revolutions. Asked why he endures beating after beating, knowing that he must die, he claims, “Because I choose to”; but only by relaxing and allowing his opponent to penetrate and kill him can Neo help to destroy his enemy, in a plan authored not by him but by the computer program that has directed his movements. His passive acquiescence, rather than a choice to stand tall against attack, saves the day. Dark City‘s John also triumphs in battle, but only after being programmed to do so by an ally with a syringe full of lethal thoughts. And the new world that John creates (including the name “John”) is based not upon a life lived before his brainwashing but on the implanted programs instead. So must the hero of Total Recall worry about the possibility that he has won a battle by implanted design rather than by his own choosing. As protagonists shoot each other in eXistenZ, they must also wonder where virtual reality begins and ends, and thus whether the satisfying combat is of their own authorship or not. Other heroes kill themselves on the orders of implanted programming in Videodrome and Imposter. A testament to heroic agency, mind-job cinema is not.

     
    So mind-job films depict postmodern conditions, classically plotted. The remaining question bears on their origins. Does a movie that makes postmodernity its theme also arise from its unique mode of production?

    Mind-Job Production

    Mind-job cinema issues from a small group of mainstream filmmakers (in the U.S., Australia, and Canada) who work with Cold War fantasies. Canadian writer/director Cronenberg has been the most prolific translator, having drafted a screenplay for Total Recall from one of Dick’s stories, adapted Burroughs’s Naked Lunch, and made two other films featuring the same elements (Videodrome and eXistenZ). In his study of Cronenberg’s cinema, The Artist as Monster, Beard celebrates this authorial lineage:

    Cronenberg has always expressed his allegiance to the romantic-existentialist-modernist idea of the artist as heroic and transgressive explorer--explorer especially of the inner sources of transgression. His admiration especially for William Burroughs has always been expressed in these terms, and his attempts to emulate Burroughs have led him to create works which seek a direct, oneiric connection with unconscious instincts and associations. Videodrome is, along with Naked Lunch, certainly the best--most extreme and virtuosic--example of this phenomenon. The film's absolutely un-objective plunge into the realm of bodily disorder, identity chaos, bewildering transformation, and abjection signals a new commitment by Cronenberg to this principle of blind truth to the imagination, an embrace of fundamental disorientation as the price for a direct connection with the unconscious, and a discovery of a new path to the goal of artistic honesty. (123)

    Videodrome

    This testament to the work that Cronenberg has done to adapt Burroughs raises the question of auteurism. A humanist theory of the origin of film narrative, auteurism has expanded from a friendly critical perspective to a corporate marketing pitch and the posture of many filmmakers who wish to build renown. The theory was invented by aspiring French filmmakers who celebrated the genius of the Hollywood directors (Hawks, Hitchcock, and Ford prominent among them); it explained how great films could be made within a profit-oriented industry. Decidedly modernist, auteurism celebrated the single artist’s measure of control over work in the factory-like conditions of corporate Hollywood. It has also become the logic of block-buster era marketing. Distributors have found that writer-director, and producer-director “hyphenated” talent can make successful films, in part because the most popular names serve as product-differentiating brands in genre-film marketing (Baker and Faulkner, Flanagan). Auteurism’s popularity has also grown with the development of the free-agent process of film-by-film deal-making among artists, which favors those authors who call attention to their skill at manipulating and pleasing viewers. The hope is that producers will hire an auteur as a safe bet to make a successful film. Thus do many parties maintain respective interests in the lauding of auteurist control over storytelling in film.

     
    The irony of auteurism as a scholarly theory of postmodern culture is that postmodernity as usually theorized undercuts the formations upon which auteurism depends: the stability of authorial subjects, the metaphor capacity of texts, and the shared meaning of mass cultural products. Consider the case of Blade Runner (1982). Adapted from a Philip Dick story, and making vivid the urban decay and corporate corruption of its setting, Blade Runner has assumed “the oxymoronic status of a canonical postmodern cultural artefact” among scholars (qtd. in Begley 188). The film tells the story of a cop assigned to slaughter renegade androids who have had human memories implanted so successfully that their corporate creators can market them as “more human than human.” Fans of the film have long toyed with the notion that the cop is yet another android, brainwashed so thoroughly that he’s bought his own cover as human and knows not what drives him. The film seems to hint at this with a momentary gleam in the hero’s eye (and, in post-release versions, his dream of unicorns). At the end of the story, he takes an android as a lover and flees. Begley points out that scholars have embraced the metaphorical significance of Blade Runner‘s story in a way that works against their own theories of postmodern opacity. That is, some analysts interpret it both as a product of a dissimulating culture-industry and as a rich object for interpretation. On this conflict, Begley suggests that “it seems strangely mimetic to suppose” that a film such as Blade Runner “both represents and exemplifies postmodernism” (191). The argument that a film results from post-industrial shifts is a social-scientific one, usually paired in postmodern theory with the argument that films have lost much of their metaphorical import. This coheres as far as it goes, though it may exaggerate the change in Hollywood production (Bordwell 16, 189). Nevertheless, to argue in addition that Blade Runner director Ridley Scott and his screenwriters have achieved a vivid representation of the postmodern condition is to make a very different point, one in apparent conflict with the first. Those who analyze postmodernity as the decomposition of meaning, who also adhere to the modernist author as creator of metaphors that spectators may interpret, may be having their cake and eating it too. “Can narrative film mimetically reproduce postindustrial relations?” Begley asks rhetorically of such analysis. “Is Ridley Scott the author of postmodernity?” (191). Indeed, in view of the fracturing of meaning and authorship in postmodern theory, who would find value in such a claim to authority?

     
    Commentary celebrating the metaphorical significance of postmodern film is not hard to come by: on Dark City (Tryon); Terminator 2 (Byers); Videodrome (Beard, Artist as Monster 125), Memento and Conspiracy Theory (Boggs and Pollard).[10] Consider Boggs and Pollard on Blade Runner, among other films:

    While such movies do not fit conventional Hollywood formulas, they nonetheless stand at the critical edge of contemporary film culture today; their "postmodernity" equates with their graphic illumination of fundamental social and intellectual trends. (249)

    This film’s critical illumination of postmodernity, the authors argue, occurs in “the media-saturated public sphere” in which postmodern cinema in general “both appropriates and caricatures the antipolitical mood of the times while trivializing the major social problems that dominate the lives of ordinary citizens” (247). They thus provide the double argument typical of commentary on Blade Runner: it provides critical illumination, but also results from a production process that tends to diffuse the meaning of film. As Begley points out (191), the exceptional objects in such analysis tend to fit the eclectic standards of elite culture (high modernist in aesthetic, the work of reputable authors, and none too successful with the masses). The double status of such postmodern film is such that it both stands as product of an anti-political culture machine and (in some cases) allows for intensive interpretation of its insight into the postmodern condition.

    What might have made this selective auteurism so popular? Begley suggests that such “postmodernist appropriation of Blade Runner rests on an ideal spectator who is very nearly an academic critic” (190).[11] I move beyond Begley’s suggestion by adding that auteurist celebration of postmodern culture can also come in handy for filmmakers, whose careers might flourish if they can be branded auteurs. If the ideal spectator, in the celebration of postmodern culture, is nearly an academic critic, then perhaps the ideal filmmaker has the authority of a scholar. Ridley Scott has embraced the notion of the provocative, postmodern mind-job at the heart of the film he directed. He argues, in commentary attached to the pointedly labeled “Ridley Scott’s Final Cut” home-video release of the film (2007), that Blade Runner‘s hero is indeed a replicant, programmed with the memories and skills of a human cop. By aligning with the notorious inference of the hero’s nonhuman status, and taking credit for the implication, Scott asserts control over the film and the fans’ responses. He dons the mantle of visionary that mimetic interpretation ascribes. Thus presented as intervention, not mere consumer product, Scott’s work can seem both to result from and to provide critical commentary on the postmodern condition.

     
    The stories that filmmakers tell about making the films foreground authorial lineage and control. Jacobson and González chart the Hollywood development of The Manchurian Candidate in the wake of the success of Condon’s novel. Cronenberg has stated that Videodrome was first inspired both by the career of Marshall McLuhan and by Cronenberg’s experience watching late-night television (Cronenberg and Grünberg). It turned toward more political matters as he crafted his story for the science fiction and horror genres in which he works. On his DVD commentary, Cronenberg tells of the paranoia of Videodrome‘s star, who worried that a faceless, controlling “they” would destroy the film and its makers. Cronenberg says that he reassured those on the set that he, as writer/director, was in control. Thus might auteurism come in handy across a range of circumstances. On their DVD commentaries, production personnel note connections between these various works. The star of Videodrome connects it to the writing of Philip Dick; another actor, successful after starring in the Matrix films, provided the clout needed to get A Scanner Darkly made by agreeing to star in it; a screenwriter of Dark City notes (with distaste) resemblance between his story and the work of Cronenberg. Thus does a chain of storytelling connect Cold War jitters to Hollywood careers and craft. A small group of filmmakers, who work within their international, industrial network to exchange ideas and tell provocative stories, have mined postmodern ore from public interest in the brainwashing of soldiers and spies. The late-1950s appearance of reports of false confessions by U.S. soldiers raised discussion of “brainwashing.” Several novels on the topic, popular films, and a stream of science fiction followed. Cronenberg and others read the novels, saw potentials for provocative filmmaking, and made a series of films that influenced other artists, resulting in more Philip Dick adaptations (Imposter, A Scanner Darkly, etc.) and parodies thereof (Conspiracy Theory and Shane Black’s script for The Long Kiss Goodnight). The cyberpunk line of fiction influenced Australian Alex Proyas (Dark City) as well as the Wachowski brothers in the U.S. (The Matrix cycle). Copycatting of provocative stories became popular among filmmakers at the turn of the century, adding a more concrete motive to the larger trends postmodernity has wrought (e.g., widespread suspicion of intertwined corporate media and individual perception) (Wilson 93).

     
    Bordwell shows that filmmakers have long employed attention-getting devices within the framework of clearly-told stories (17) and do so today in part to demonstrate their virtuosity (51). They work in a distribution process so crowded that “product differentiation” serves studios and storytellers (73):

    Films aren't made just for audiences but for other filmmakers . . . a filmmaker can gain fame with fresh or elegant solutions to storytelling problems. . . . Prowess in craft yields not only professional satisfaction but also prestige, and perhaps a better job (107).

    This appears to have worked for such well-known filmmakers as Frankenheimer (a television director who gained a reputation as a feature-film director with such early 1960’s Cold War films as his 1962 version of The Manchurian Candidate), Cronenberg, the Wachowski brothers (The Matrix), and the authors of such peripheral films as A Beautiful Mind (which won Academy Awards) and Memento (which secured writer/director Christopher Nolan’s status as a potent auteur in Hollywood, such that he now makes summer blockbusters). Thompson notes that, while the break-up of the monopolistic studios left artists to seek work on film-by-film bases rather than in long-term contracts, the day-to-day organization of the job remains largely the same–“coordinated from development to post-production via the use of a numbered continuity script [which guides the work of people who] still have a set of craft assumptions inherited from older generations” (346). Thus filmmakers flaunt plot twists and violence for the same reason they cleave to classical principles of storytelling.

    In this loose network of artists we find the most immediate and concrete agency behind mind-job cinema–a group of filmmakers invested in tricky but clear storytelling, about heroes whose agency is hampered by the filmmaking beneficiaries of modernist celebration of authorship. Using the classical Hollywood model, filmmakers can boost their own status as auteurs by puncturing the delusions of the heroes whose stories they tell. Just as agency manifests in mind-job films as agonistic violence, often against loved ones, so does authorship appear as the showy mutilation of the traditional hero’s subjectivity. These filmmakers play one agency off against another and show they are really in charge.

     
    Mind-job cinema may very well result from larger postmodern change; I note merely that we need not resort to theories of the collapse of Western narrative, the death of authorship, a fragmentation of mundane storytelling, or collective schizophrenia in order to explain the appearance of these stories. We have sufficient reason in the mundane workings of artistic networks in English-language, feature-film production. The root of mind-job cinema thus may or may not be postmodern production. But, either way and following Begley, I urge against having it all ways in our analyses. I do not see how mind-job movies can be both post-classically ambiguous and metaphorically clear, or be apolitical and bear insight into postmodern conditions. Indeed, the imputation of meaning to the mind-job movies, by their scholarly critics, by their fans, and by the filmmakers themselves (however career-serving those imputations might be), lend credence to the notion that storytelling by the international, Hollywood-dominated film industry is more classical and more modernist than not. For all of the schizophrenia and conspiratorial brainwashing depicted onscreen, these stories tell, in reasonably clear fashion, stories of people with postmodern problems. They slight neither clear progress nor character development for vapid nostalgia, violent spectacle, or brainwashed hallucination. Nor does such storytelling appear to respond to uniquely postmodern demand. Though a generation will have grown up on video screenings of Fight Club and The Matrix, mind-job films are not otherwise hits. These visions of compromised agency and restless violence seem unlikely to indicate mass sentiments or to shape their courses. The small size of audiences for most of these films suggests that we look elsewhere to explain patterns in the storytelling. Likewise, though Cronenberg tells stories that never specify diegetic reality, he is alone in that respect among makers of mind-job cinema, and does not indicate a larger trend. Postmodernism in Hollywood’s storytelling may be sharply constrained by its commercial impulses.

     
    Changes in mass culture issue from the practices of (consumer capitalist) organizations, by the artists both employed and selfishly motivated to push cultural boundaries with “edgy” entertainment, loaded as that might be with nutty assassins and their mind-blowing violence. By splintering the psyches of their protagonists, filmmakers tout the reliability of their own craftsmanship, in service of careers in a labor market that maintains wholly modernist ideals of authorship.

    Notes

    1. Analysts (Bordwell, Staiger, and Thompson) have demonstrated that large numbers of Hollywood feature films adhere to classical principles of character-driven drama. Thompson shows that such films break their stories into sets of acts (usually four per 90-150″ feature, rather than the three claimed by Syd Field in his famous 1979 text), which emphasize character traits at their conclusions. Filmmakers use stylistic flourishes to mark end points of dramatic acts, to inspire moments of contemplation, to emphasize changes of direction, and thus to clarify the unfolding stories and maintain viewer interest. By having characters redirect the courses of their action at such points and provide the audience with moments of reflection, feature films privilege those decisions as defining characteristics.

    2. I use the term “hero” not as approbation or affirmation of agency but as shorthand for the character on whom the camera and story dwell. A hero is the character who spends at least as much time on screen as any other and whose personal trials receive as much attention as those of any other, and may not be the principal agent driving the plot.

    3. This is not to say that all stories are equally plot-focused. The adaptation of A Scanner Darkly includes a few scenes that illustrate character rather than advance the surveillance plot or depict changes in those characters. The writer/director wishes not to be known for “by-the-book storytelling” (Johnson 340). In his commentary on the home-video release of the film, Linklater recounts studio pressure to cut the static scenes.

    4. In a different direction, a peripheral cycle such as the Jason Bourne series (2002, 2004, 2007)–based on Robert Ludlum’s spy novels–involves brain injury and amnesia, and a brief sequence during which a hero discovers that he was trained to do violence. But it does not depict the intrusion of spy memories into normal life, because the hero never has a normal life. Cop action movies with mind-job elements include the Robocop cycle (1987, 1990, 1993) and Demolition Man (1993), in which cop heroes are electronically brainwashed in order to prevent them from challenging lawless oppressors.

    5. Berg excludes art films and the science fiction genre from his survey of “alternative” plotting because the former are defined as those primarily aimed at formal experimentation (12), and the latter “provides the motivation for and naturalizes” breaks in continuity (11). He rightly suggests that the best test of change in Hollywood storytelling comes from mainstream feature films outside of those sets.

    6. Volker argues that reports of the death of traditional, reliable narration in mainstream feature films are greatly exaggerated. He advocates that we distinguish stories that merely confuse their audiences from those in which main characters mislead by narrating delusions or lies. By his standard, a film such as Fight Club has an unreliable narrator, whereas a hallucinatory film such as Naked Lunch does not. By its conclusion, as its narrator’s head clears, Fight Club more rigidly distinguishes between the protagonist’s hallucination and diegetic reality than Cronenberg ever does. Cronenberg has stated (in DVD commentary for Videodrome) that he does not mark hallucinations stylistically, because “they feel real” to those who experience them. But Cronenberg is alone in this approach among mind-job filmmakers. Eig suggests that a film that was postmodern not only in theme, but in narrative form as well, would do without the classical storytelling typical of films such as Fight Club.

    7. Much of mind-job cinema violence follows the trend of contemporary crime movies, in which gory, penetrative combat accompanies puns about homosexuality and homosocial bonding. But these intimate violations transcend even the liberal standards of cop action bloodshed. In the cop movies that are peripheral to the mind-job cycle, sexual violence between men marks a space where men admit to their madness and love of antisocial action (King). So too, in mind-job cinema, where heroes join anarchic quests and revel in rebellious destruction.

    8. The least violent film is A Scanner Darkly. It features the explosion of a man’s head by gunfire but little other bloodshed. It is also the most depressive of the set, leaving its dazed hero incarcerated in a nearly somnambulant state at its conclusion, as if to suggest that, without violence, mind-job heroes cannot wake.

    9. Peripheral films include such romantic comedies as True Lies (1994), Grosse Pointe Blank (1997), Mr. and Mrs. Smith (2005), and War, Inc. (2008). The heroes are not deluded about their work as assassins, but their loved ones are, and heroes get stressed trying to integrate their lives. The films play with the threats that confused heroes pose to their lovers as they flee the constraints of consumer life. For instance, Grosse Pointe Blank arranges names and dialogue to represent the hero’s anomie: his name is Mr. Blank; he repeats the schizophrenic’s mantra (“It’s not me”) when he kills, hides behind dark glasses, and extorts psychotherapy with mocking threats of violence.

    10. Consider this scholarly commentary on The Truman Show, a cousin of mind-job films in which an apparently ordinary man only realizes in middle age that his life has been choreographed by a television producer. The commentary demonstrates links between the purposes of film critics, postmodern scholars, and marketers of mainstream film:

    While my own critical response to the film's artistic merit is no different than most critics' appraisal of it as a powerful indictment of rampant technology and rote consumerism or as a "thought-stirring parable about privacy and voyeurism" (Guthmann www.aboutfilm.com), the real critical value of The Truman Show lies in the boldness of its central concept and its self-reflexivity which provides an apt metacommentary on the New Hollywood situation.

    In the context of Kokonis’s larger argument that Hollywood film has subordinated narrative and critical commentary to spectacle, this is a remarkable assessment of a postmodern film. The showy self-reflexivity of so many Hollywood authors serves in such analysis, paradoxically, as evidence that claims of hampered agency/authorship are valid. I suggest not that the makers of The Truman Show lack the insight that Kokonis attributes to them, but rather that such intensive interpretation undercuts his own larger argument about postmodern, postclassical Hollywood, and the way in which its storytelling has sacrificed its critical, interpretable edge.

    11. Boggs and Pollard discuss the fate of film authorship in postmodern Hollywood, concluding with the paradox that recent change in production “simultaneously elevates and diminishes the status of auteur” (23), endowing them with “the aura of (postmodern) critical public intellectuals” (21). This is because directors can attain celebrity status and work as free agents but must submit to increasingly tight corporate control in order to have their projects funded.

    Works Cited

    • Baker, Wayne E., and Robert R. Faulkner. “Role as Resource in the Hollywood Film Industry.” The American Journal of Sociology 97.2 (1991): 279-309.
    • Beard, William. The Artist as Monster: The Cinema of David Cronenberg. Toronto: University of Toronto P, 2001.
    • —. “The Crisis of Classicism in Hollywood, 1967-77.” S: European Journal for Semiotic Studies 10.1-2 (1998): 7-23.
    • Begley, Varun. “Blade Runner and the Postmodern: A Reconsideration.” Literature/Film Quarterly 32.3 (2004): 186-92.
    • Berg, Charles Ramirez. “A Taxonomy of Alternative Plots in Recent Films: Classifying The ‘Tarantino Effect’.” Film Criticism 31.1/2 (2006): 5-61.
    • Biderman, Albert D. “Communist Attempts to Elicit False Confessions from Air Force Prisoners of War.” Bulletin of the New York Academy of Medicine 33.9 (1957): 616–25.
    • Blade Runner. Five-Disc Complete Collector’s Edition. Dir. Ridley Scott. Perf. Harrison Ford. 1982. Blu-ray. Warner Bros. Entertainment, 2007.
    • Boggs, Carl, and Thomas Pollard. A World in Chaos: Social Crisis and the Rise of Postmodern Cinema. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, 2003.
    • Bordwell, David. The Way Hollywood Tells It: Story and Style in Modern Movies. Berkeley: University of California P, 2006.
    • Bordwell, David, Kristin Thompson, and Janet Staiger. The Classical Hollywood Cinema: Film Style and Mode of Production to 1960. New York: Columbia UP, 1985.
    • Byers, Thomas B. “Terminating the Postmodern: Masculinity and Pomophobia.” Modern Fiction Studies 41.1 (1995): 5-33.
    • Cronenberg, David, and Serge Grünberg. David Cronenberg. London: Plexus, 2006.
    • Dark City. Director’s Cut. Dir. Alex Proyas. Perf. Rufus Sewell. 1998. Blu-ray. New Line Home Entertainment, 2008.
    • Davis, Robert, and Riccardo de los Rios. “From Hollywood to Tokyo: Resolving a Tension in Contemporary Narrative Cinema.” Film Criticism 31.1/2 (2006): 157-72.
    • Eig, Jonathan. “A Beautiful Mind(Fuck): Hollywood Structures of Identity.” Jump Cut: A review of contemporary media 46 (2003). July 2008 <http://www.ejumpcut.org/archive/jc46.2003/eig.mindfilms/text.html>.
    • Elsaesser, Thomas. “The Mind-Game Film.” Puzzle Films: Complex Storytelling in Contemporary Cinema. Ed. Warren Buckland. Malden, MA: Blackwell, 2008. 13-41.
    • Ferenz, Volker. “Fight Clubs, American Psychos and Mementos: The Scope of Unreliable Narration in Film.” New Review of Film and Television Studies 3.2 (2005): 133-59.
    • Field, Syd. Screenplay: The Foundations of Screenwriting. New York: Dell Pub. Co., 1979.
    • Flanagan, Martin. “The Hulk, an Ang Lee Film.” New Review of Film and Television Studies 2.1 (2004): 19-35.
    • Freeland, Cynthia A. “Penetrating Keanu: New Holes but the Same Old Shit.” The Matrix and Philosophy: Welcome to the Desert of the Real. Ed. William Irwin. Chicago: Open Court, 2002. 205-15.
    • Goldberg, Jonathan. “Recalling Totalities: The Mirrored Stages of Arnold Schwarzenegger.” differences 4.1 (1992): 172-204.
    • Jacobson, Matthew Frye, and Gaspar González. What Have They Built You to Do?: The Manchurian Candidate and Cold War America. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2006.
    • Jameson, Fredric. “Postmodernism, or the Cultural Logic of Late Capitalism.” New Left Review 146 (1984): 53-92.
    • Johnson, David T. “Directors on Adaptation: A Conversation with Richard Linklater.” Literature/Film Quarterly 35.1 (2007): 338-41.
    • King, Neal. Heroes in Hard Times: Cop Action Movies in the U.S. Philadelphia: Temple UP, 1999.
    • Kokonis, Michael. “Postmodernism, Hyperreality and the Hegemony of Spectacle in New Hollywood: The Case of The Truman Show.Gramma: Journal of Theory and Criticism 7.2 (2002).
    • Lifton, Robert J. “Chinese Communist ‘Thought Reform’: Confession and Re-Education of Western Civilians.” Bulletin of the New York Academy of Medicine 33.9 (1957): 626–44.
    • The Matrix. The Ultimate Matrix Collection. Dir. Andy and Larry and Wachowski. Perf. Keanu Reeves. 1999. Blu-ray. Warner Bros. Entertainment, 2008.
    • Panek, Elliot. “The Poet and the Detective: Defining the Psychological Puzzle Film.” Film Criticism 31.1/2 (2006): 62-88.
    • Shaviro, Steven. The Cinematic Body. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota P, 1993.
    • Thanouli, Eleftheria. “Post-Classical Narration: A New Paradigm in Contemporary Cinema.” New Review of Film and Television Studies 4.3 (2006): 183-96.
    • Thompson, Kristin. Storytelling in the New Hollywood: Understanding Classical Narrative Technique. Cambridge, MA: Harvard UP, 1999.
    • Total Recall. Dir. Paul Verhoeven. Perf. Arnold Schwarzenegger. 1990. Blu-ray. Lion’s Gate Entertainment, 2006.
    • Tryon, Charles. “Virtual Cities and Stolen Memories: Temporality and the Digital in Dark City.” Film Criticism 28.2 (2003): 42-62.
    • Wilson, George. “Transparency and Twist in Narrative Fiction Film.” Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism 64.1 (2006): 81-95.
  • The Steorn Exploit and its Spin Doktors, or “Synergie ist der name of das Spiel, my boy!”

    John Freeman
    Department of English
    University of Detroit Mercy
    freemajc@udmercy.edu

    ex.ploit (ĕk´ sploit, ĭk-sploit´) n. An act or deed, especially a brilliant or heroic one. See Synonyms at feat.

    tr.v. (ĭk-sploit´, ĕk´ sploit) ex.ploit.ed, ex.ploit.ing, ex.ploits

      1. To employ to the greatest possible advantage: exploit one’s talents.
      2. To make use of selfishly or unethically: a country that exploited peasant labor.

    See Synonyms at

    manipulate

      .
    1. To advertise; promote.

    Middle English, from Old French esploit, from Latin explicitum, neuter past participle of explicāre, to unfold; see explicate.

    –Wikipedia

    Given the long, inglorious history of alleged perpetual motion devices, the failure of the Irish technology company Steorn to demonstrate its heavily self-promoted device, the Orbo, might seem to warrant little fanfare. Whatever excuses offered for Orbo’s no-show, it was clear no laws of thermodynamics on the conservation of energy (CoE) were to be broken that day (or any other day, for that matter). If anything, a long-standing but informal law was upheld. As Popular Mechanics editor Clifford B. Hicks noted almost a century ago concerning proofs offered of perpetual motion devices: “There never was . . . indeed there never is, a convenient examination for such devices. This is almost another law of physics” (Ord-Hume 181). Several elements of the Steorn saga suggest, however, that some profit might yet be derived from writing on Steorn rather than from simply writing it off as a complete loss. The Steorn enterprise, in every sense an exploit, began in July 2007 with a £75,000 ad in the Economist.[1] Here, the company claimed to have discovered an anomaly in magnetic properties that allowed it to exploit the laws of thermodynamics and derive more energy from the system than it had put in. Steorn’s CEO, Sean McCarthy, claimed several unnamed universities had privately tested its device, but the testing was “always behind closed doors, always off the record, and [the device] always proven to work.” Steorn positioned itself as a guerilla corporation involved in an asymmetrical battle with establishment institutions. Alexander Galloway and Eugene Thacker characterize such resistance as an “exploit,” a viral intrusion into the interstices of various systems as “a resonant flaw designed to resist, threaten, and ultimately desert the dominant political [and, I would add, scientific and economic] diagram” (21). Enlisting the aid of what Tiziana Terranova labels the “outernet,” Steorn challenged the traditional business model. Selecting its own jury to test the Orbo, the company also resisted the normal scientific validation process.

     
    The Steorn Exploit has become a textbook case study for viral marketing techniques. Of course, exploitation cuts both ways, and viruses not only spread but also mutate. In noting that on-line social networks often originate in “techno-events,” Geert Lovink cites Alain Badiou’s contention in Ethics that “There must be an encounter, there must be something which cannot be calculated, predicted or managed” (Recession 9). True to form, Steorn’s failed quest has resulted in some unexpected encounters, not all of them favorable to the company. Its on-line forum has morphed into a webmind that evidences some of the emergent properties of a loosely collective consciousness. Increasingly unmanageable, this forum displays a mind of its own, at times even working to hack into and deprogram its host’s agenda. Moreover, both Steorn and its forum have had to do battle with another counter-exploitive element, this time appearing in the inhuman machinations of Herr Doktor Mabuse, a nightmarish perversion of Steorn’s original vision. Weathering the elements that have brought down similar social network enterprises, the forum has thus far managed to be self-sustaining. Whether or not it endures depends paradoxically on the very spirit of contestation that often drives its operations.

    The Business Exploit (Mixing it Up with Science)

    The process of valorization (the production of monetary value) happens by foregrounding the quality of the labor that literally animates the commodity. . . In particular, the Internet is about the extraction of value out of continuous, updateable work, and it is extremely labor intensive.

    –Terranova (47)

    The “killer apps” of tomorrow won’t be hardware devices or software programs but social practices. The most far-reaching changes will come, as they often do, from the kinds of relationships, enterprises, communities, and markets that the infrastructure makes possible.

    –Rheingold (qtd. Lovink, Recession 9)

    As both a business concern and an ersatz scientific enterprise, Steorn constitutes what Terranova describes as a “mutation,” a term she applies to free labor and its own ambiguous standing between such oppositions as “the Internet as capital and the Internet as anticapital” (53). Although Steorn’s challenge was physics-oriented, it is telling that it was published in a respected business journal. Exploits such as Steorn’s generally occur in the gaps between or within disciplines. Our current techno-event arose when the Economist published a claim usually reserved for the pages of the National Enquirer. In an age that Jodi Dean characterizes as distrusting traditional authority, the conspiracy of silence alleged by Steorn against the scientific establishment banked on people’s willingness to believe in the improbable, to have distrust for the arbiters of what Kuhn labels “normal science.” Steorn portrayed itself as a campaigner against modern day absolutism in all its forms: the absolutism of the State, Big Oil, Capitalism and even the absolutisms of Thermodynamic Laws and experimental procedure, foundational elements of traditional science. Steorn offered in the form of a world-altering perpetual motion device a “fantasy of a powerful, unifying knowledge” (Secret 31). As a business exploit, Steorn succeeded in the pre-demo days in perpetuating the fantasy by persuading many to suspend their disbelief. Of course, a stroll through the virtual Museum of Unworkable Devices demonstrates just how long-running a fantasy perpetual motion has been.

     
    Even in the face of its failed demo, Steorn has succeeded in establishing what Terranova describes as an “outernet,” that “network of social, cultural, and economic relationships that crisscrosses and exceeds the Internet––surrounds and connects the latter to larger flows of labor, culture, and power” (53). A small company with modest resources, Steorn has set up an unorthodox business model in the very middle of this internet/outernet divide. The Steorn Private Developers Club (SPDC, or SPUD in some members’ parlance) was established as a means for some members to investigate the “Orbo-effect” and find applications. Steorn thus took advantage of the testing and development skills of various subsets of members, again with a very modest outlay of investment. Interest in the initial SPDC was so great that a second one was established to accommodate the surplus. In its recruitment and enlistment of the free labor of its forum members, Steorn worked within the digital economy to create its own version of what the Italian autonomists label “the social factory.” Terranova describes this post-Fordist phenomenon as “a process whereby ‘work processes have shifted from the factory to society, thereby setting in motion a truly complex machine’” (33). Citing Facebook, Google, and Yahoo! as examples, John Palfrey and Urs Gasser demonstrate the growth of “interoperability,” the willingness of internet entities to open up their “service to third-party developers” (229).

     
    Purportedly established as a means of educating interested parties and disseminating news about the Orbo, the forum, according to McCarthy, was opposed by many in the company as an unnecessary distraction. Still, in plugging so many people into the company’s development, advertising, and marketing strategies, McCarthy has taken advantage of a labor force that has been indefatigable in the energy it has expended on behalf of the enterprise. Some forum members offer highly technical discussions of magnetic properties, describing openly their own experiments with magnetic properties as well as their speculations about what constitutes the Orbo effect (if anything at all!). Other threads are populated with people very knowledgeable about the Free Energy movement and its various claimants; when Steorn released images of its Orbo, they were able to speculate about how closely it resembled earlier so-called “free energy” devices such as the Perendev motor. Still other threads deal with related issues such as global warming, alternative energies, and breaking news stories concerning all manner of technological innovation. A net trolling through the vast dataspace of the cybersphere, the forum gathers into itself information. Terranova points out that such capturing of knowledge goes beyond enlisting the free and voluntary services of web-designers and multi-media specialists–and even inventors–to include “forms of labor we do not immediately recognize as such: chat, real-life stories, mailing lists, amateur newsletters, and so on” (33). While members do not design Steorn’s website, they have kept the forum going by spinning an impressive number of threads. Alive with energy, the forum threads proliferate, giving proof positive of Steven Johnson’s analogy of the web to “an information ecosystem, where data circulate like nutrients in a rain forest” (97).

     
    Particularly in reference to the technologically savvy members of the forum, Steorn has enlisted a cadre of specialists in what Lawrence M. Sanger characterizes as “shopwork.” Within the context of software design, Sanger defines shopwork as “any strongly collaborative, open source/open content work.” The word is a portmanteau constructed from “shared open work, and it arguably has the advantages of suggesting collaboration in both the original meaning of ‘shopwork’ (which implies something constructed or fixed in a shop, perhaps by several workers together) and, with its parts reversed, ‘workshop’ (which implies participatory learning)” (89). Some have speculated that Steorn had not been able to explain purported anomalies in the Orbo’s operation and had set up the forum and jury panel in the hopes someone “out there” might come up with an answer. If some conjectures about the company’s incomplete understanding of the Orbo effect are correct, then this enlisting of experts has allowed McCarthy & Company to tap into–at bargain basement prices–the expertise of knowledgeable forum members and the pool of jurors in coming to understand the alleged effect. Perhaps now that the Orbo is apparently at a dead end, Steorn is maintaining the forum in the hope it can claim proprietory ownership of any members’ discovery. This restriction holds especially true for jurors and members of the SPDC, who have had to sign Non-Disclosure Agreements (NDA’s) and to allot Steorn a proprietory interest in any discoveries stemming from their investigations of the Orbo.

     
    While Terranova and Sanger characterize what is a virtual “factory,” Steorn’s own factory model exists not only in the cybersphere but also in scores of the basements or garages of various tinkers and committed inventors who have applied an impressive array of skills either to replicate Steorn’s experiments or to set up their own versions of a perpetual motion device. Moreover, the compartmentalization that often separates the designer from the engineer or, more generally, management from labor in the typical business venture does not hold sway here. Steorn’s own social factory, a “truly complex machine,” converts the traditional production line into an impressive array of production links that users can employ in their investigations. A designer tinkering in his or her home workshop may post a display of the magnetic configuration in question on YouTube, other forum members giving instant feedback, critiques, and suggestions for improvement. Discussion is often wide ranging. Participants give engineering advice on the placement of magnets, stators, and rotors and offer formulae for momentum, rate of attraction, etc. This shopwork has been a natural progression from the early days of the forum, when videos of Steorn’s own set-ups were displayed and members worked collaboratively to figure out their design features, construction, and operation as well as to speculate about the theoretical limits to their operations. All in all, Steorn has created a basement mechanic chic, particularly among members of the SPDC, by promising to allow them to experiment with Orbo technology. As Arthur W.J.G. Ord-Hume attests from personal experience in Perpetual Motion: The History of an Obsession, there is magnetic drawing power to perpetual motion as a generative master narrative: “Talk perpetual motion for a while to the ordinary person and, sooner or later, the chances are that he will come up with a scheme of his own” (222). Ord-Hume writes that the quest for perpetual motion holds a particular appeal to the American sense of individualism and the ethic of DIY–“Thousands may have tried and failed, but I want to see for myself.”

     
    Although Sanger characterizes shopworks as “perpetual; they have no endpoint” (90), one might have predicted the forum’s demise with the advent of the failed demo. Surely the idea of staying around to rearrange the deck chairs on the S.ean S.teorn Titanic would not appeal to many forum members. But the forum and SPDC persist. Against the expectations of many, Steorn still maintains both. Steorn may have discovered one of what Terranova describes as “new mechanisms of extraction of value” in a gift economy. After all, why not keep the complex mechanism it has set going in perpetual motion? Although forum “workers” have been alienated from the company itself, many remain active in the forum. As Terranova writes, in such situations “the worker achieves fulfillment through work and finds in her brain her own, unalienated means of production” (36). Forum member alsetalokin, for example, has garnered a great deal of interest from forum members with his own device, the whipmag. Left to its own devices, the forum has proven to be self-sustaining. Even were Steorn to close up this part of its shop, many members are prepared to set up their own shopworking/workshopping site. Alienation, once the bane of the worker, here takes on a new meaning as the workers’ “alienation” leads to a self-sustaining mode in which workers have the power to “disincorporate” themselves from the sponsoring institution and strike out elsewhere in the cybersphere.

     
    This disaffection and striking out on one’s own are not always the fate of the “peer production” model that Don Tapscott and Anthony D. Williams investigate in Wikinomics. Calling such infrastructures “weapons of mass collaboration,” these authors point out the benefits of the innovation and value such enterprises can produce (11). This “uberconnected, amorphous mass of self-organized individuals” has the potential to allow a company to enlarge its operations even as it downsizes its core labor force. Tapscott and Williams argue traditional companies that fail to tap into these virtual “Ideagoras” will suffer an increasing competitive disadvantage. Citing Coase’s law that corporations will keep operations in-house as long as the transaction costs for outsourcing them are unfavorable, they point out that the internet allows corporations not only to outsource a growing number of their operations but also to invert this law: the internet makes outsourcing transaction costs much more favorable than sustaining in-house costs. In a striking example of the returns to be made here, Tapscott and Williams tell the story of Rob McEwen, CEO of Goldcorp, Inc. When it seemed that his company had prospected all the gold from a field in Red Lake, Ontario, he directed his head geologist, in essence, to open-source all the company’s geologic data–a seemingly insane idea in a highly secretive, highly competitive industry. Enlisting the aid of over a thousand “virtual prospectors,” he catapulted “his underperforming $100 million company into a $9 billion juggernaut” (9). Of course, such outsourcing requires letting go of proprietary knowledge. The authors cite Wind-up Records as one innovative company that initially created an outernet workforce of music fans who used their home computers “to synchronize Japanese animé art with popular music tracks.” Unwisely, the company later “squandered a brilliant opportunity to engage their customers as evangelists for their artists” by removing all their meticulously wrought videos from its site (53).

     
    From Tapscott and Williams’s viewpoint, Steorn’s creation of an SPDC falls somewhere between the models devised by Goldcorp and by Wind-up Records. Certainly there has been an enlisting of experts, although the SPDC is not fully open-sourced (thus, the “Private” in its title). There have been hints, vaguely set forth because of NDAs, that the company has not been entirely forthcoming in sharing its proprietary knowledge. While the forum itself has remained open, moderators have on occasion used their power of censoring/”sinking” threads and banning members. If the bane of dot-coms is poor business planning, the bane of network societies is a failure of moderation, whether that failure is expressed as under- or over-restrictive moderation. Hybrid enterprises like the one the forum is based upon run particular risks. Monetary capital and human capital are not always easily synchronized. Commenting on the failure of his Electric Minds magazine/web conferencing site, Rheingold sums up his own “dotgone” experience: “Venture capital, I concluded, might be a good way to ramp up a Yahoo or create a market for a kind of technology product that never existed before. But perhaps it isn’t a healthy way to grow a social enterprise” (qtd. Lovink, Dark 7).

     
    Steorn has pursued “a kind of technology product that never existed before” at the same time it has sponsored a decidedly lively social enterprise. Indeed, now that the commodity is in suspense, social interactions have become far more operative than magnetic ones. To reverse the old General Electric motto, process may be Steorn’s most important product. In this vein, a more skeptical analyst might conclude that Steorn’s goal all along was not to perfect a perpetual motion device but to achieve a different form of “overunity.” Thus, as a website-producer, Steorn has found the perfect means to keep its product in play, a product that may be nothing more than an advertising of its ability to garner hits and participation from a worldwide audience. As Terranova indicates, the liveliest sites are those that create multifunctional modalities: “Users keep a site alive through their labor, the cumulative hours of accessing the site (thus generating advertising), writing messages, participating in conversations, and sometimes making the jump to collaborators. The objective is to have you consume bandwidth” (49). Harnessing the desire and drive of the forum, the Steorn Exploit draws on it to provide, in Terranova’s terms, “the labor that literally animates the commodity” in a post-Fordist world.

     
    This animation takes a variety of forms, some of them parodic.[2] Shortly after the demo fiasco, the forum broke out in a chorus of limericks concerning the Orbo and the Steorn Exploit. These limericks operated like viral intrusions upon the Steorn Exploit, serving as running, gunning commentaries on issues, controversies, claims, and arguments that have arisen in the forum threads. At times, they have also functioned as micronarratives of the forum experience (such as The Schrödinger Cat Cycle and The Adventures of Orby Cycle). That Steorn by and large allows such postings on its website might seem surprising; however, they serve in their own way to keep Orbo in play. After all, if forum members’ amusing “theory” about the London demo failure is valid, Steorn may very well need a replacement for its “power source failure”:

    Now Orby was the hamster ideal, The best of his breed on the wheel. To London he went For the Steorn event But escaped out the door with a squeal.

    The proliferation of limericks on the forum supplies yet one more level to the social enterprise. They keep their numerous writers occupied, the human equivalent of a hard-driving “hamster work force” supplying Orbo and the Steorn Exploit new spins. As long as there is buzz, the source of generation is no great matter; indeed, as long as they’re caged, they’re engaged. Terranova characterizes late capitalism as “the field that both sustains free labor and exhausts it” (50). As McKenzie Wark might note, the company can harness this energy as long as it maintains “a surplus of desire and the scarcity of the desired object” (para. 309). Paradoxically, even suspicions about the company’s motives have served to drive the system along. As equal opportunity “co-conspirators,” forum members are encouraged to create threads and spin out queries. “Make links, search for truth,” as Dean would put it (Secret54). The production of linkages, moreover, is perpetual: “Action is postponed until a thorough study is undertaken, until all facts are known” (162-63). For Dean, such postponement “is a permanent deferral,” a depoliticizing, de-activating strategy, since the search for facts is endless and, worse yet, generates even more facts (163). For Steorn, it is exactly the kind of spin-doctoring that keeps the Orbo a going concern. No word from Steorn’s anonymous and sequestered Jury? There’s the consolation of a “memo” intercepted from one of its members and forwarded to us:

    We're reporting in this memo, Sean, On Orbo's bizarre stop/go motion We've found only pre-Copernican Models capable of furnishin' Steorn's eccentric and retrograde notion.

    Lest one get the notion that forum members simply serve as an ant-colony of dispensable laborers for the Steorn Exploit or spend all their time crafting limericks, we should note several members have turned into financial analysts and investigative reporters in researching the company, particularly since its failed demo. In a blog entry entitled “Steorn and free energy: the plot thickens,” Eric Berger points out that Steorn started out as an e-business company “that saw its market vanish during the dot.com bust.” He speculates that Steorn’s current campaign is simply a “re-tooling” of itself as a Web-marketing company. In this scenario, Steorn is “using the ‘free energy’ promotion as a platform to show future clients how it can leverage print advertising and a slick Web site to promote its products and ideas. If so, it’s a brilliant strategy.” Steorn may have thus avoided the fate of what Lovink describes as “Dotgone entrepreneurs [who] lacked patience to work on sustainable models . . . . The rule was: become a first mover, spend a lot of money, build traffic, get a customer base, and then figure out how to make money” (Dark 355). The company can certainly show potential clients it has the ability to create a buzz, garner endless hits, generate an impressive e-mailing list, and engage a virtual workforce to do its bidding (and even unbidding). As many firms realized in the waning of the dot-com boom, there is a “hard-core logic of the digital age: attract users, or become toast” (Dark 161). As Terranova indicates, “the best Web site, the best way to stay visible and thriving on the Web, is to turn your site into a space that is not only accessed, but somehow built by its users” (48). Generative, the forum weaves discussion thread after discussion thread in building up its own elaborate, labyrinthine structure. While many might object to the ethics of the Exploit, from the perspective of bandwidth consumption and the advertising of its own personalized widget, Steorn has proven a remarkable success.

     
    Quoting an IBM billboard–“Bad ideas don’t get better online” (Dark 348), Lovink observes that “The Internet has been a gift to charlatans, hypemeisters, and merchants of vapors” (350). Initially, at least, Steorn evaded such characterizations, as it seemed to be “marketing” altruism more than any product, particularly since the Orbo was as yet unnamed. All we knew until shortly before the demo was that its dimensions measured “bigger than a breadbox.” Steorn’s promise to allow Third World countries unlimited access to its technology (and others to employ it at a modest licensing fee) situates it firmly in the gift economy, the realm of “nonmarket relations” existing outside the neo-liberal state and its vested interest in the capitalist enterprise.[3] Client companies desirous of a strong web presence might be impressed by Steorn’s legerdemain. Protean, Steorn has simply resurrected its former self as “an expert in the field of technology risk management.” Thus, in its 2001 website, Steorn noted how many companies in this field suffer cost overruns, “with almost a third of projects being cancelled before completion.” Steorn offered its services to those who do not want “to fall prey to a combination of poor management, unrealistic expectations, unclear objectives, technology incompetence and lack of planning.” What greater risk to manage than an enterprise promising a technological breakthrough supplying an endless source of energy? Given the millions of Euros invested thus far in the company, an advertising budget of ₤75,000 is certainly modest, considering the amount of publicity and interest it has generated for the company. When one throws in whatever value-added profit Steorn has garnered from the free labor of SPDC members, cost management appears in an even more positive light.

     
    Speculations about what might be going on in the company add further spins to the Exploit. Alsetalokin,[4] for one, has speculated that the company may be a victim of an internal scam. However some forum members had a problem imagining the whole company falling under the spell of one person. Wouldn’t one whistleblower have stepped forward during these four years of “development,” if only to save the company from ignominious demise? (especially given that the whole project had been spun off Steorn’s efforts to develop a micro power source for an ATM fraud-detection device). As csblinky queried: “If the ship was sinking don’t you think one of the employees would have come public? How could a whole organization suffer from mass psychosis?” An answer from popular culture comes to mind. Janine, the Ghostbusters’ secretary, is interviewing a job candidate for the much overworked team:

    JANINE: Do you believe in U.F.O's, astral projection, mental telepathy, ESP, clairvoyance, spirit photography, full-trance mediums, telekinetic movement, black and/or white magic, pyramidology, the theory of Atlantis, the Loch Ness Monster, or in general in spooks, specters, wraiths, geists and ghosts?
    WINSTON: Not really. However, if there's a semi-regular paycheck in it I'll believe anything you say. (Ramis and Aykroyd)

    Still other members, following alsetalokin’s Hamsters-on-a-Wheel Theory, explored the possibility that Steorn’s enterprise has all along been a disguised social experiment, the forum members mere unwitting subjects for a future documentary (or, more likely, a mockumentary). Csblinky, however, pointed out some drawbacks to this theory: “If the subjects are the forum members, and who else is there, nobody that I know of has been questioned to find out how his socio-economic level and psycho-sexual Kinsey Index correlates with his reaction to each misstep, or whatever it is they look for in such studies; so it’s hard for me to see how that works.” Actually, one does not need a psycho-sexual Kinsey Index to delve into the psyches of many forum members, as they display few inhibitions. For example, shunyacetas writes:

    My darling, I want you to see A way to surpass Unity: We'll just thrash about Slow in and fast out We're two--in nine months we'll be three!

    Even the more risqué examples probably would not register all that high on the Kinsey Index, as only someone whose daily work attire includes double-breasted pocket-protectors would fully appreciate the eroticism of “object relations” entailed in this limerick from Evolvealready:

    Said Orbo to diode array "You're fun and a very good lay. The sex was so hot That my sticky spot[5] Won't be sticky the rest of the day."

    Whether scientific breakthrough or social documentary, the Steorn Exploit will never want for spin doktorsto keep it going full tilt. Of course, there is even an outside chance McCarthy & Company might still win validation and fame; after all, as cloud camper points out:

    Sean McC has nothing to worry about. Thomas Edison and the celebrated British physicist Lord Kelvin both agreed that Nikola Tesla's ideas were the work of the devil himself. They later apologized after AC electricity was proven and practical.

    Rumors have even surfaced that members of the SPDC have been shown a video of a famous physicist extolling the virtues of Steorn’s device. In one thread, “Could MIT’s Walter Lewin be a Juror?” fatspidr links the forum to one of his lectures, in which he gives both a mathematical and practical demonstration of some spooky effects that seem to defy the logic of CoE. To complicate matters, Steorn seems to have attracted millions more in Euros from several new investors. This fact immediately lit up several query nodes on the forum, which resulted in several investigations into who was investing in Steorn and what might have led people to make such investments in the face of Orbo’s failure.

    Even the worst-case scenario, utter and ignominious disgrace, may not require any “face-saving” gesture, at least in cstru4’s estimation:

    They don't have to skip town weighed down by bags of ill gotten booty and book in for a long and arduous session of Brazilian plastic surgery. They can say sorry, but it was a legitimate endeavour and anyway, we virtually TOLD you not to believe us.

    Indeed, even utter and ignominious disgrace may have been part of Steorn’s long-range plan. For example, in a thread entitled “When was the last thing you saw/heard from Steorn?” Big Oil Rep advances the theory that the Steorn Exploit may have been all along a “‘Producers’ type tax relief scam . . . . The Orbo could be the equivalent of ‘Spring Time for Hitler’–something that’s so ridiculous it’s bound to fail (or so the plan goes) and still leave investors better off.”

    The Psychological Exploit: Cogito ergo sum(us)

    Reduce the grandest type of man hitherto known to an abstract statement of his qualities and efforts, and he appears in dangerous company: say that, like Copernicus and Galileo, he was immovably convinced in the face of hissing incredulity; but so is the contriver of perpetual motion. We cannot fairly try the spirits by this sort of test . . . . Shall we say, “Let the ages try the spirits, and see what they are worth”? Why, we are the beginning of the ages, which can only be just by virtue of just judgments in separate human breasts–separate yet combined. Even steam-engines could not have got made without that condition, but must have stayed in the mind of James Watt.

    –George Eliot (Daniel Deronda 451)

    In this house, we obey the laws of thermodynamics.

    –Homer Simpson

    In Aliens in America, Dean finds that alternative sciences such as Ufology and paranormal investigations “insert themselves into the interstices of medicine, psychology, biology, religion, astronomy, and ecology” (to name just a few realms; 6). Not surprisingly, Steorn’s own alternative science, its challenge to the status quo, initially was inserted into the interstices of the scientific and business enterprises. Inadvertently, Steorn’s Exploit has unfolded within yet another interstice: that gap between the technological and the biological. The forum has taken on a life of its own, a hybrid existence, as it were. In the course of the last few years, Steorn’s forum has begun to operate like the psynet described by Ben Goertzel in “World Wide Brain: Self-Organizing Internet Intelligence as the Actualization of the Collective Unconscious.” Part of the larger webmind system, psynet “is a self-organizing network of information-carrying agents” (314). An artificial information storage and processing system linking servers on the Internet, the psynet manages “mobile agents” whose job is to create new links and provide feedback. It thereby fills in gaps in its own knowledge base and attains to a sense of introspection by “querying itself” about its deficiencies and even swapping sections of its memory with other servers (316). For example, not long after one forum member thought that s/he remembered Sean making a particular claim about Orbo at some point in the past, other members became activated, supplying a link to the comment and thereby initiating a new connection in the communal cyber-neural circuitry. At one point, members feared that Steorn might erase the hundreds of threads constituting the forum’s “past,” the hardware of its archival memory. Not to worry–one forum member already had designed a bot to make its way through the forum’s labyrinthine archive so that it would be recorded for easy recall and placed elsewhere on the web, out of Steorn’s proprietory reach. Like any biological entity, the mindshare composing the forum operates in ways to maximize its survival.

     
    The psynet can be flexible and adaptive because, as a stochastic system, it “is allowed to discover its own structure, within given constraints, rather than having structure imposed on it by rigid, preconceived rules” (314). Cross-referencing its own processing of information with that of other psynet units, a particular psynet operates by “an algorithm drawn by mathematical models of human social interaction” (316). Because of the relatively random nature of these operations, psynet displays the emergent properties of self-organization associated with the operations of “chaotic” systems. Traditional divisions of communication–human to human; human to machine–are breached here. Within the larger Webmind system, Goertzel finds a “gradation between ‘social’ and ‘intra-brain’ interaction . . . opposed to the rigid division between individual and society that we experience as humans” (316). Describing a “symbiosis” between humans and machines, Goertzel demonstrates how the system’s ready access to nonproprietory information allows it “to nudge the information at the readiest disposal of individual humans and divisions in certain directions, based on its inferences and its own emergent understanding” (317). As Marc A. Smith explains to information society sociologist Howard Rheingold, such arrangements–like that of text messaging–make it “possible for more people to pool resources. And ‘more people pooling resources in new ways’ is the history of civilization in…’ Pause. ‘…seven words’” (Smart Mobs 31).

     
    A massive parallel processing center, the forum has evolved in some respects into the Webmind described by Goertzel. An important proviso: This single brain does not operate like a Cartesian theater, with some localized operator managing its inputs, a model Robert Hassan opposes in associating it with “‘the school of guru interpretation’” (46):

    The idea of the network as a "global brain," even as analogy, does not work because it suggests a centrality, a unity and an overall coherence, that simply does not exist. Nevertheless, the notion that the network represents in some new way the living, technologized expression of hundreds of millions of people is useful as a framework of analysis. (46-47)

    As Ray Kurzweil explains, such “singularity” is comparable to the “apparently intelligent design of termite and ant colonies . . . [which] Despite their clever and intricate design . . . have no master architects” (151). Admittedly, “what fires together wires together,” in both neurological, entymological, and computer models. The result is far more interesting and adaptive than some Cartesian “ghost-in-the-machine” working from a central command center. Roger Beaumont, author of War, Chaos, and History, criticizes similar “big picture,” rigid command-control-communications models that “create a false sense of the high echelon’s ability to exercise rational control over a vast range of complex combat dynamics” (9). Confronted with what William James described as the “blooming, buzzing” confusion of the world, the human brain can never exercise full control over so much constantly shifting input, no matter how much it prides itself on its “high echelon” status. In Consciousness Explained, Daniel Dennett maintains that the single brain processes information more along the lines of a Multiple Drafts Model: “at any point in time there are multiple ‘drafts’ of narrative fragments at various stages in various places in the brain” (113). These drafts keep the brain in what William Calvin labels a “scenario-spinning” mode (Dennett 114). The individual “mobile agents” of the forum, linked through discussion threads constituting query nodes, their connections boosted and enriched by the electronic medium, have begun to display properties of Dennett’s multiple drafts model. This webmind tries to make sense of reality through a narrative it must continually draft and re-draft: “Information entering the nervous system is under continuous ‘editorial revision’” (111).

    The information that Steorn’s Exploit was a failure at the physics level caused the forum to coalesce more than ever into that complex pattern of query nodes and specialty neural circuits that Dennett uses to describe the brain’s functioning:

    In our brains there is a cobbled-together collection of specialist brain circuits, which, thanks to a family of habits inculcated partly by culture and partly by individual self-exploration, conspire together to produce a more or less orderly, more or less effective, more or less well-designed virtual machine, the Joycean machine. By yoking these independently evolved specialist organs together in common cause, and thereby giving their union vastly enhanced powers, this virtual machine, this software of the brain, performs a sort of internal political miracle: It creates a virtual captain of the crew, without elevating any one of them to long-term dictatorial power. Who's in charge? First one coalition then another, shifting in ways that are not chaotic thanks to good meta-habits that tend to entrain coherent, purposeful sequences rather than an interminable helter-skelter power grab. (228)

    These coalitions consider almost every topic imaginable, including the possibility of their own singularity. In a thread entitled “Will you live to witness the singularity?” this Webmind considers the possibility of immortality. Evolvealready argues “it won’t be possible to sustain life, because even the electron / neutron / proton won’t hold together.” Even assuming we can overcome the entropy problem, he notes: “With finite mass in the universe there’s only a finite number of states. I’m not sure living forever really counts if you’re caught up in a giant loop.” Conceding that entropy might be reversible, he points out that unfortunately “the other side has an old gravy stain and is in an ugly plaid.” Mr. Flora thinks he has found a way out of dissolution: “The solution is for us to create a new universe via the Big Bang principle, then figure out some way to transfer ourselves (or our consciousness, anyway) into this new universe.” Evolvealready quickly responds, “We’ll get a man right on it!”

    The crisis brought on by the failure of the Orbo has served to accelerate the forum’s multi-track editorial processing functions. Thus, in its efforts to make sense of its situation in a post-Orbo reality, the forum has begun a process of scenario-spinning to reorient itself to this changed reality that no longer answers to its expectations. This process is reminiscent of Francis Crick’s “searchlight” function for the thalamus, which works by “differentially arousing or enhancing particular specialist areas [of the brain], recruiting them to current purposes” (Dennett 274). For the collective of the forum, incoming data and “sense impressions” now have to be processed and reality tested. When faced with feedback contradicting its sense of the world out there, the forum can rely on various internal and external agents to reassess its position. For example, Dr. Mike, the eyes, ears, and even legs of the forum, was delegated to go to London to inspect the Orbo during its July 5th demo at the Kinetica Museum. Supposedly, Dr. Mike would have the opportunity to test the Orbo and “hit it with a hammer” if he wanted, as per the promise of unlimited access from Sean McCarthy, Steorn’s leading spokesman.[6] Like a savvy fight promoter, McCarthy had been spotted just a day or two earlier sporting a t-shirt boldly announcing the upcoming bout between his company and the laws of physics–“CEO vs. CoE.” Members of the forum were worked up to a fever pitch. It seemed that the secret truly would be made public. Translucency at last!

     
    Dr. Mike returned without having had a chance to inspect the device. After the hype about Orbo stopped and the lights went out, forum members were left with nothing but a “container for the fantasy of [over]unity” (Dean, Secret48). HedyL, invoking the decoherence principle of quantum theory, suggested a scientific explanation for Orbo’s no-show:

    They say Orbo owes half its existence
    To a function of quantum resistance.
    From a cloud it appears
    When anyone nears--
    Whereupon it spins nobody knows whence!

    Without reference to the quantum realm, Dr. Mike summed up his own findings in this Final Report:

    My conclusion after going through all this is that Steorn is neither hoax nor scam. It is delusion. The reason it seems surreal is because it is surreal--we are the real part of someone else's imagination.

    External (in)validation soon came from another source. Reporting for the BBC, Professor Sir Eric Ash was able to interview McCarthy soon after the failed demo. McCarthy, he argued, had convinced himself that scientific “dogma” such as the First Law of Thermodynamics could be challenged and overturned in the same fashion as religious or political dogmas. Sir Ash’s diagnosis? “I believe that Mr. McCarthy is truly convinced of the validity of his invention. It is, in my view, a case of prolonged self-deception.”

    While some members criticized Dr. Mike for weighing in beyond his expertise by offering a psychological rather than a physics diagnosis of Steorn’s failure, his linking of McCarthy’s state of mind to the forum’s own collective consciousness merits consideration. If nothing else, the demo’s failure has led to a focusing of the forum’s attention both on McCarthy’s motivations and on its own role in the unfolding of the Steorn Exploit. As the most salient spokesperson for Steorn, the pre-demo McCarthy was the locus of the forum’s attention; he was ever-present, loquacious, a mentor and guide in our deliberations. (The word “Steorn” translates as “mentor.”) The post-demo McCarthy has all but disappeared from the forum, driving its members to question both his motives and their own complicity as “the real part of someone else’s imagination.” One might ask, for example, “Why have we followed–and many of us still follow–the stop/start ‘progress’ of Steorn’s fantastic story?” But, then, how does one emerge from a narrative that has incorporated one as a character in its script? To be written voluntarily out of that script is a form of suicide or at least a difficult withdrawal from an addiction. Several members discuss the difficulties of such withdrawal. Speccy remarks: “I ‘quit’ this forum last year after asking Crank [a moderator] to disable my account. Within an hour I emailed her to reinstate it, I couldn’t help myself.” Crastney admits: “I’ve tried to quit before as well . . . soon as I’m having my first coffee at work I end up back though.” Maryyugo, another “quitter,” sums up the attraction: “How’s that old saying go? Everyone likes a train wreck?”

     
    Under stress, the forum’s communally oriented mind threatens to break down, showing itself subject to the individual psyche’s lapses into paranoia, as when Grimer speculates that mrsean2k might be “a Steorn employee, and if there is some kind of scam or deception you could be part of it.” With its own captain having “jumped ship,” the forum has had to fall back on its own resources to chart a new course on now unfamiliar waters. Threads initiated by any one of numerous “virtual captains” attempt to reframe the Steorn narrative to coincide with the new data and “impressions” that contradict the earlier worldview. The consensus has veered toward the notion that McCarthy was well meaning but self-deluded into thinking Steorn had discovered the Holy Grail of Overunity. As one forum member observed, the closer any perpetual motionist comes to 99.9% efficiency, the easier it is to convince oneself that just a little tweaking here and there will push the mechanism over the hump. Cyrilsmith has come forth with a step-by-step scenario as to why the demo failed, suggesting that what had been presented as tangible and real might have more properly qualified as a thought-experiment all along. He concedes that Steorn believes what it has is real, but it “doesn’t exist as a product, merely as a number of curious scientific experiments.” Steorn’s claims of efficiency are merely “extrapolations” for an as-yet-to-be-built working device. Rather than display the early models, which “all used intermittent motion, stop-start, fast-in slow-out” principles, Steorn decided to use a more transparent, “lash up” device designed by the SPDC. While this device allegedly ran for eight hours in the lab, Steorn did not test it long enough to be rigorous. Once Steorn’s engineers arrived in London and set up their equipment, they could not get the device to operate continuously. Against McCarthy’s expectations, it failed. “Irreplicable” damage was done. Predictable disarray ensued. Statistical anomalies that seemed to favor the device’s output earlier now turned against it with the inevitability of friction and gravity. Citing forum member Paul Lowrance, cyrilsmith sums up: “‘If you don’t know why it works you don’t know why it fails.’”

     
    For some, haunted and undaunted, the forum has become a psychic staging place for their own efforts to replicate Steorn’s “results” or perhaps to succeed at their own formulations. Overconfident offers a Sleepwalkersversion of how he spent a few months working from “a couple of blurry photos appearing on the net,” as he tried to understand McCarthy’s discussions of “magnetic viscosity, mumetal, fast in/slow out” principles:

    So I started gathering a bunch of these little puzzle pieces and attempted to fit them together into a bigger picture that might make sense. Still the skeptic, but I was determined to figure out what was behind all this. I even signed up as a forum user so I could start interacting. One day, waking from an afternoon nap, I had a vision (dream, daydream, hallucination, whatever you want to call it). I saw 2 magnets, and could visualize their interacting fields as they approached each other in a variety of configurations. In light of this vision, I went back over some of the puzzle pieces (clues) and several of them suddenly seemed to fall into place. I posted a couple scenarios here, back in the January timeframe. I had a couple positive comments, but mostly I was criticised or ignored. But that was OK. I was still pretty skeptical myself.

    Factuurexpress responded to Overconfident’s thought-experiment in blunter terms: “The problem with your vision Overc. is that you fail to see the difference between things you move around in your head and things generated by the VR logic engine.” These distinctions overlap VR logic with the logic of a perpetual VR machine where, as Dean suggests, one can escape a dubious “reality” many times over by “don[ning] the glove and goggles” (Aliens 109). Although “cobbled together,” the forum does exercise a self-correcting function, a reality principle in a sense. Overconfident can find consolation in the fact that “Devil’s sonatas,” the snake-tailed benzene ring, and new printing processes have all emerged from the respective dreams of Giuseppe Tartini, August Kekule, and William Blake.

    While the forum Webmind is self-generating in many respects, Steorn has had a hand in determining elements of its overall parameters. One could find no better instruction manual for diagramming the Steorn Exploit than Dean’s Publicity’s Secret.Arguing that publicity “requires the secret,” Dean cites Slavoj Žižek’s identification of ideology as the “‘generative matrix that regulates the relationship between the visible and the non-visible, between imaginable and non-imaginable, as well as changes in this relationship’” (qtd. 17). There is almost a quantum dimension here. As one forum member, loreman, opines in a thread devoted to limericks:

    			The Orbo exists like the cat
    			of Schrödinger, its stunning éclat
    			     lies betwixt and between
    			     the unseen and the seen
    			So Sean keeps it tucked under his hat!

    In retrospect, it is clear that Steorn has been exploiting elements of Žižek’s generative matrix. For example, Steorn published its “findings” in a business journal, findings that should have more properly been submitted with documentation to a peer-review science journal. Here, Steorn invoked the visible/non-visible dimensions of that matrix. Strangely enough, a company that claimed no academic would risk his or her career by publicly affirming the existence of a perpetual motion device then proceeded to select a pool of twenty-two jurors from over one thousand qualified applicants, refused to identify who they were, and then required them to sign Non-Disclosure Agreements concerning any observations, favorable or unfavorable, made in the course of what has turned out to be a lengthy, no-end-in-sight investigation. Thus, after the initial splash of publicity, apparently designed to draw in the maximum number of forum participants, Steorn imposed a veil of secrecy on the project. Jury deliberations were supposed to be released by the end of 2007, but the “perpetual” element of the Orbo seems to refer more to a perpetual deferment than to any sort of motion towards an end.

    The “sutured” social network that Steorn created evidences an ambivalence arising in the gap that Dean locates between publicity and the secret. Citing Bentham, she finds three social divisions operating here. The lower two are a public-supposed-to-believe and a public-supposed-to-know. What props up these two classes is a “judging class” whose judgment is “constant and certain, but . . . suspended” (Secret 20). This judging class allows the other two classes to indulge in the amusement that arises from publicity. True to Dean’s instruction manual, Steorn has split its audience into three more or less similar divisions. The anonymous jurors, working in sequestration, constitute Dean’s all-important judging class, and while we are assured they are highly credentialed and impartial, we know little of whatever (if any) judging process they have undertaken; in fact we might very well qualify their judgment as suspended. Certain Steorn insiders and censors, such as babcat, Magnatrix, and crank, claim to have seen Steorn’s device in operation, thereby occupying the position of a public-supposed-to-know. We should include here as well the SPDC, whose members allegedly have been given information about Orbo but who also have signed NDAs not to reveal what, if anything, they have found out in the process. Beyond and below the twenty-two jurors, two hundred or so SPDC members, and a handful of censors and sympathizers, is the public-supposed-to-believe. Cobbled-together, the elements of Steorn’s forum not only perform the continuous “multiple drafts” of Dennett’s model of the brain, they also try to arrive at Eliot’s “just judgments [made] in separate human breasts–separate yet combined.”

     
    Steorn has followed Dean’s instruction manual almost to the letter. Focusing on Reinhart Kosselleck’s discussion of Masons and their lodges, Dean notes that “lodges were secret inner spaces within the absolutist state, spaces that were separated from the political by the very mysteries whose protections enabled the lodges to serve indirectly as a counter to the state.” Practicing “ritualized enactments of nonfamilial, nonmarket relations outside of the state,” the lodges “provided forms of association and experiences of connection beyond those delimited by absolutism” (25). As in Dean’s discussion of the Enlightenment novel’s engendering of reading circles and salons, the internet has allowed for “new forms of association and experiences of connection” among forum members eager to discuss their views. The SPDC has an aura of Freemasonry, where “Private people came together as a public in secret” (30), here as a challenge to the “absolutism” of thermodynamic laws. Those who have pursued Steorn’s Orbo narrative would recognize their quest in Žižek’s description of drive, which

    stands for the paradoxical possibility that the subject, forever prevented from achieving his Goal (and thus fully satisfying his desire), can nevertheless find satisfaction in the very circular movement of repeatedly missing its object, of circulating around it. (Dean 116)

    Even the company’s CEO became caught up in a logical entanglement of his own devising. In a follow-up report on the failed demo, Physics Worlddescribes McCarthy & Company as

    Undaunted . . . Steorn plans to rebuild and defeat physics another day, although McCarthy does take one consolation from this apparent setback. "If I were in the business of doing tricks," he says, "then the demonstration would have worked." (Schirber 9)

    In a system of twisted logic, the proof of Orbo’s authenticity can only be evidenced by its failure! Like Polonius trying to figure out Hamlet, McCarthy has created an endless tautological loop, leaving his audience somewhere between “Suspend” and “Perpend”:

    Mad let us grant him then, and now remains
    That we find out the cause of this effect,
    Or rather say, the cause of this defect,
    For this effect defective comes by cause:
    Thus it remains, and the remainder thus.
    Perpend.

    Hamlet (Act 2.2: 100-105)

    As the myth of perpetual motion historically has stirred up the desire for power and control, it was only a matter of time before one of the most malevolent of spirits was summoned forth from the depths of the forum’s collective unconscious.

    The Abduction Exploit: Enter Herr Doktor Mabuse

    The interesting question for me is not whether a global brain is developing. It clearly is. But will this growing global brain turn out to be sane or insane?

    –Peter Russell (qtd. Goertzel, 321)

    Dr. Mabuse recommends that you seek medical attention at his offices soon. You have delusions of competence!

    –Doktor Mabuse (resident forum shrink and advice columnist)

    If the Webmind would troll long enough, there is no telling what it might catch. Witness, in the world of fisheries, the occasional capture of the “extinct” coelacanth. No doubt, the virtual world is populated by a congeries of creatures whose activities at times defy all description. Paul D. Miller, alias DJ Spooky, notes the positive elements of the breakdown of prescribed social identity boundaries on the net: “creating this identity allowed me to spin narratives on several fronts at the same time and to produce persona as shareware” (13). In many ways, such “shareware” guarantees a free flow of information and anonymous risk-taking that make internet communication exhilarating. Sometimes, however, one of these identities becomes so disinhibited as to spin out of all control.

     
    In late April of 2007, at the height of the forum’s enthusiasm for Steorn’s project, a vile, malevolent avatar appeared in the figure of Herr Doktor Mabuse. Actually, we can more properly speak of the reappearance of Dr. Mabuse, as he was originally the creation of novelist Norbert Jacques, whose pulp-villain was later taken up by Fritz Lang in his very popular film Dr. Mabuse, der Spieler or “the Gambler” (1920). A master of manipulation bent upon world conquest, Mabuse has powers of hypnosis, often duping his victims into unwillingly doing his bidding. As his Wikipedia entry explains, his “plans are foiled only because he himself interferes with them, as if he is trying to bring about his own downfall.” This self-destructiveness confirms the opinion of those who see his name as a pun on je m’abuse.Like some contemporary film villains, Dr. Mabuse seems indestructible, often turning up in new contexts and a disguised form, but with the same modus operandi and goals. Exploiting Steorn’s own Exploit, Mabuse is both viral and alien in his operations. He represents a contemporary refinement on the concept of the exploit in that he seeks to exploit the exploiter’s own vulnerability:

    exploit n. [originally cracker slang] 1. A vulnerability in software that can be used for breaking security or otherwise attacking an Internet host over the network. The Ping O' Deathis a famous exploit. 2. More grammatically, a program that exploits an exploit in sense 1.

    Jargon File (4.3.1, 29 Jun 2001)

    Jargon File

    Like the threads of viral, parodic limericks and reprogrammed folk and pop songs occasioned by Orbo’s failure, Doktor Mabuse attacks his host, deprogramming its agenda and its code. The Orbo has been stolen, replaced by a fake. Dr. Mike has been abducted. Steorn itself suffers an identity theft, reprogrammed from world savior to world conqueror and annihilator.

    The forum’s own reincarnation of Mabuse plays remarkably true both to Jacques’s and Lang’s realizations. An oracle on the scale of a small-town newspaper advice columnist mixed in with a megalomaniacal dictator, Dr. Mabuse began by firing off a dire threat against Dr. Mike:

    Dr. Mike. . .
    . . . this is Dr. Mabuse. ARCH CRIMINAL!
    Do you not recognize one of my brethren? Sean McCarthy is the PIED PIPER OF FREE ENERGY!
    He shall destroy your mind!
    You are forbidden TO GO TO IRELAND OR THE U.K.!
    Remain in your country . . . remain in your OBJECTIVE SCIENTIFIC PARADISE!
    Or you will face my WRATH!

    Initial responses to the appearance of Dr. Mabuse were quite negative, as when Skeptical exclaimed: “Oh no… the loonies have started to arrive!” or when MassiveAttack lamented: “This is a physics issue? What a waste of bandwidth.” Of course, consumption of bandwidth, as Terranova points out, is essential to maintaining a website as a going concern. Babcat, the most loyal of Steorn’s believers (and the most naïve according to some), fired off an immediate reply to Mabuse’s megalomaniacal ramblings:

    Dr. Ma-Screw-Loose,
    Well, Steorn already knows that after Validation Day there will almost certainly be competition with other companies that will produce overunity devices. However, I have a feeling the collective intelligence of you and your associates could not figure out how to put together a model plane much less a free energy device.
    Steorn has nothing to worry about from your effort to "corner" the free energy market!

    Soon, however, other members began to find themselves ineluctably written into Mabuse’s twisted narrative. In a thread that appeared shortly after the failed Demo ominously entitled “Mabuse, you soulless evil bastiche!” N4Apounding revealed that s/he had been hot on the nefarious Mabuse’s trail:

    Once again, you have orchestrated an incomprehensibly complex plan designed to cause maximum pain and suffering to people everywhere.


    I nearly caught up with you in Chile last week, when you were draining that lake (<www.theregister.co.uk/2007/07/04/lake_mystery_cracked>). But of course that was only a diversion for your main plan in London executed the last couple of days! The candle goes to you this time, Herr Doktor, but one day...


    (BTW, I demand that you release Dr. Mike and allow him to make his report. And no replacing him with a robot/clone either! The net is closing in on you Mabuse, cooperate while you still can.)

    Later, in a reply addressed to “Meine Kinder,” Dr. Mabuse claimed that it is he alone who controls “das Orbo.” Asserting that he had pilfered the real Orbo, the malevolent Doktor indicated that the July 5th failed demo had been a plot of his all along:

    My demo was an earth-shattering success, the likes of which will haunt the nightmares of the dear American Pudding Head Herr Doktor Mike for all eternity. He is so warped from the experience that he actually believes my stooge McCarthy is the sick one. Speaking of which, pay no attention to my Capo McCarthy. . . he merely did as he was told.

    Calling the Doktor’s perceived bluff, Overconfident asked if he would “kindly send me that Orbo you pilfered from Kinetica last week? There are a couple tests I want to run.” Not to be outdone, Mabuse replied: “Certainly, herr confident. How many supermodel whores have you for collateral? And it shall be a loan signed with a contract in blood, you understand.”

    Mabuse may well serve as a necessary corrective to our private technotopia, drawn as we have been into what Arthur Kroker and Michael Weinstein describe as cyberspace’s “seduction of empowerment” (123). Like the prize-winning, frenzied shopper filling up a cart on a seemingly endless free-shopping spree, the members had taken Steorn’s offer of a blank free-energy cheque at face value. Doktor Mabuse provides an extreme example of that Other, a Morlock preventing the forum from descending into an Eloi-like love-fest. The totalizing vision of a world without scarcity powered by perpetually functioning generators threatened to abstract our virtual community from stubbornly persistent real world conditions (although some speculated that the heat generated from such devices would become a serious problem in itself). Michele Willson identifies a tendency for virtual communities to suffer “a ‘thinning’ of the complexities of human engagement to the level of one-dimensional transactions and a detaching of the user from the political and social responsibilities of the ‘real space’ environment” (655). Too many forum members had bought into Steorn’s branding of itself as another instance of the Irish saving civilization. Mabuse reminded us that Prometheus could just as well be a megalomaniac, and the Orbo just one more product in the long product line of philosopher stones. Now we are forced to face the possibility that utopian fantasies in the virtual domain may simply express the desire to get something for nothing. Perhaps we too must submit ourselves to the principle of the Conservation of Psychic Energy.

     
    Apart from being the fly in the ointment, Mabuse offered the forum some humorous diversion, a kind of tragicomic relief. In a new development, forum member breter started a thread entitled “Ask Dr. Mabuse: Unauthorized.” He argued that Mabuse was one of the more interesting recent phenomena appearing on the forum, someone whose “views on world domination and social upheaval can bring us insight upon the human condition.” More adept at addressing inhuman conditions, Doktor Mabuse dispensed advice with the tenderness and empathy of someone sprinkling cayenne pepper on an open wound. For example, 007 asked: “Can you do something about Ellen DeGeneres?”–only to receive the following response: “Du Dumme Sau. Your fragile MI6 ego could not get past this man-woman who refused your bangers und masch.” When Dirty Teeth asked “What should/can I do to reduce future stupid acts? . . . . . Other than visiting this thread I mean,” Mabuse’s reply was “Swallowing a cyanide capsule works just fine.” Threatening to employ a cheese grater to rap repeatedly the knuckles of one forum member, Mabuse scoffs at any forum member’s expression of morality: “I assure you, lust and desire for power transcend all your petit bourgeois so-called moral spectrums.” He signs off, “My best wishes on your suburban prison existence.”

     
    Forum members began to speculate about the identity of Herr Doktor Mabuse. Was he a past member, perhaps banned from the forum, resurfacing now in the guise of a deranged avatar? Was he a rogue Steorn engineer thrown off-kilter after realizing the “magnetude” of Orbo’s upcoming failure? Was he a mere proxy for Steorn, already preparing the forum for the Orbo’s failure and beginning to plant the idea in their minds months before the demo? At least one forum member, gaby de wilde, had earlier felt the ocular influence of Mabuse, noting: “I couldn’t help but feel under your influence while watching camera 4 and the spinning London Eye prior to the demo. What subliminal message did you program into me? I’ve had several lapses in memory lately and can’t account for my time.” Denying nothing, the Doktor reveled in his method: “Mabuse’s hobby is to break down the so-called ‘reason’ of der volk. You should know this, Herr Gaby. Especially since yours was gone long, long ago. Mabuse begrudgingly gives his respects.” In retrospect, the four cameras trained upon the no-show Orbo recall the last version of the Mabuse saga: The 1000 Eyes of Dr. Mabuse (1959), in which the reconstituted villain employs four cameras to spy on his prey. The movie’s locale is the Hotel Luxor “built by the Nazis in 1944 as a potential stopping place for foreign diplomats, and . . . equipped with hidden television cameras in every public and private room” (Greenspun). The penetrating, hypnotic gaze of Dr. Mabuse is everywhere.

     
    Perhaps Doktor Mabuse can be explained as an upwelling of the darkest part of the forum’s collective unconscious. For example, in a thread entitled “How many of you have had dreams of Steorn/’Orbo’?” Zante discusses an excursion into dreamland in which s/he saw a tank and a tractor, both bearing the Orbo logo: “I saw the tractor as a symbol for the potential of agricultural use and the tank for one of war.” Sadly, the perpetual motion device that members turned over in their heads and dreamed about for a good year seems to have faltered, slowed down, and congealed into an idée fixe now darkly manifested in the baleful figure of Doktor Mabuse. At any rate, members soon learned that any attempt to probe the psyche of this Teutonic Marat Sade should only be undertaken while wearing a hazmat suit. Baiting him only stirred up the muck, as when Probus asked: “How was the malorca koma-trinken, herr doktor? had some fun? how many not-so-innocent teens did you vernaschen there?” Never at a loss for words, Mabuse was quick with a rejoinder: “Meine dear probus, please, Mabuse has better things to do. There are Orbos to counterfeit, Republicans to have coffee with, Spice Girls to reunite and iPhones to program with malicious subsonic instructions. Mabuse is a very busy evil genius! Hedonism is far down meine list at the moment.” Efforts to solicit the Doktor’s help in contacting McCarthy have not borne fruit. Exasperated, MassiveAttack asks: “Why will Sean not give us a video. At this point I would accept home movies from the last time he went on vacation. Anything!!!!!” Mabuse apparently confiscated some materials from the missing McCarthy: “If only you knew what was in the footage McCarthy surrendered to Mabuse, Herr Attack. Leather features prominently, I assure you.” Passing up a golden opportunity, MassiveAttack, demurred: “ok I changed my mind. You can keep those videos.” Calling himself “the Raskolnikov of der frei energie!” the Nietzschean Mabuse is beyond both good and evil: “as I have explained ‘evil’ ceases to have any meaning when all that is left is a pure lust of will to control and despoil the Earth and its vermin humanity.” After a few weeks’ absence, when asked to explain the “oddity” that he, the Doktor, is more missed on the forum than is McCarthy, he replied:

    What oddity?


    McCarthy is meine stooge, toadie...Herr Doktor Mabuse lets him out to further torment the denizens of this accursed forum when they begin salivating again about the so-called "frei energie," while I keep the one and only true Orbo and fleece the world!


    Of course you will not miss McCarthy as much as meine bad self. This is only natural.


    Breter, I know you are deficient in many ways, but even with your broccoli-brain you must notice how this forum has diarrhea and spastic fits whenever McCarthy makes an appearance. Herr Doktor sits back, watches this chaos, and then swoops in to offer my own delicious remedies, akin to strychnine. Synergie ist der name of das Spiel, my boy.

    Some have speculated that Mabuse and McCarthy are one and the same. In this scenario, Doktor Mabuse is McCarthy’s literal brain-child, the dark side of a short-circuiting psyche pushed over the edge in its thwarted quest for perpetual motion. At this stage at least, McCarthy’s ill-advised public demonstration of the Orbo fits Dr. Mabuse’s profile as someone contributing to his own downfall. As one critic points out, “The master of illusion becomes the dupe of his technique as soon as he stops producing the show” (Greenspun). The failed demo was certainly a show-stopper. Moreover, Ord-Hume indicates many failed perpetual motionists “underwent changes of character as a result of their unfulfilled dreams” (14). A few even went mad. Thus, the thwarted desire to save humanity by harnessing the energy of perpetual motion may have devolved into its flip side: Mabuse’s view of humanity as vermin to be destroyed. In this scenario, like the Forbidden Planet‘s Dr. Morbius, Mabuse/McCarthy haunts and stalks himself (as well as us). Perpetual motion, the ungraspable, tantalizing object of his quest, plays itself out in familiar cinematic terms:

    The pathos of Mabuse's position is like the pathos of every mad impotent movie genius who cannot hope to possess the girl anesthetized on his diabolical operating table, or embrace the world whose future bubbles ominously in his laboratory retorts. (Greenspun)

    McCarthy has not been the only victim of Mabuse’s efforts at manipulation and mind-control. Forum member HedyL also fell into his clutches, a story for another time.[7] In order to sort out the complexities of McCarthy’s psyche, Spanky attempted to demarcate the borderline between delusion and insanity. In a thread entitled “What Does It Mean for Us?” he muses:

    I was thinking about the difference between delusion and insanity this morning. Dr. Mike has insisted that a person can be delusional without being crazy, and that this is SMcS's case. But I think there is an important distinction which makes the Steorn-delusion theory problematic.


    When a person is delusional about something, it tends to be about something that can not be immediately tested. Say, for instance, one is deluded about one's ability to become a popstar, the testability of which lies in the future; or about oneself being dead sexy, which would only be testable by being able to see through other's eyes...


    But here we are talking about something more fundamental: it is a case of whether something exists or not. Sean asserts that an apparent magnetically powered over-unity device has been in existence in his recent experience. He has touched and seen it. To be deluded about that is to be deluded about material reality, which I think really would come under the definition of hallucinatory mental illness.


    And yet everything else about SMcS bespeaks an objective and genial intelligence that just doesn't jibe with this. It's the tension in this and other apparent contradictions that makes the Steorn show the best show in town right now. One doesn't need to believe anything one way or the other. My advice is to groove with the uncertainty and wait and see what happens next.

    Here, Spanky describes McCarthy in terms not all that different from those employed by Harvard psychiatrist John Mack in describing UFO abductees’ fervent accounts of their experiences. Mack comments on the subjects’ genuine belief, their seeming sanity and normalcy in all other areas. All this bewilderment is compounded by our current state of affairs that Dean sums up in another context as “the problem of judgment . . . if the knowledge we need to make a judgment stems from shared experiences, what do we do when experiences are reconstituted so radically that we can’t tell if we, or anyone else, actually has them or not?” (Aliens 109). (Recall gaby de wilde’s attribution of lapses in memory to the machinations of Doktor Mabuse.) Infiltrating the normally staid pages of the Economist, McCarthy is offered as an “abductee” with an extraordinary tale to relate. Undecidability, the postmodern condition, reigns. Are we delving into fact or fiction? Sightings/citings on both fronts come to mind. For example, in Yesterday’s Tomorrows, science fiction writer Fred Hoyle describes “a young Cambridge mathematician of 1970 [who] investigates the activities of an industrial group in Southern Ireland, I.C.E. (Industrial Corporation of Eire), based on a new prime mover which enables industrial material to be obtained from water, air, and fairly common rocks” (qtd. Armytage 113). They turn out to be aliens!

    Perpetual Notion, or “Hoax Springs Eternal”

    “Community” is then produced as an ideal rather than as a reality, or else it is abandoned altogether.

    –Willson (645)

    This would appear to me to be nothing more than a deserted fairground from which the hucksters have long since departed.

    –ex-forum member Basil

    Our long wait has taken its toll even on the most hardy. The language of optimism and the philanthropic impulses that once flourished on the forum now must contend with the cynicism and vulgarities spewed by this mad scientist. Failed utopian idealism, a sense of technological breakdown and betrayal, the rantings of Dr. Mabuse–it is a wonder the forum is still halfway afloat at this point. Postmodern versions of Vladimir and Estragon, we put in our time, Waiting for Orbo. Ananda Mitra identifies the lack of closure of the Internet text as a problematic feature in the analysis of text-based virtual communities. In the face of such lack of closure, how does one come to conclusions? Worse yet, how does one live through such a lack of closure?

     
    With a lot of time on our hands recently, the forum has been discussing the notion that the universe is itself a simulation controlled by some joy-stick-toggling deity. We are simply avatars, unwittingly going through the motions of a carefully scripted “reality.” And yet, some members of the forum are still holding out hope. Admittedly, with the failure of the Orbo we’ve entered a long pause in its stop/start mode. Having been swept up in the Steorn-sponsored dataspace, an information state DJ Spooky well might describe as “a delirium of saturation” (29), we wonder now what is keeping us going. But, as this master of rhythm science proclaims, “Once you get into the flow of things, you’re always haunted by the way that things could have turned out. This outcome, that conclusion. You get my drift. The uncertainty is what holds the story together…” Just as Stoppard’s Rosencrantz and Guildenstern amuse themselves by tossing coins and playing word games, so forum members while away their own time, with threads such as “Last Poster Wins” (with over 16,000 entries) and “The Thinking Man’s Word Association.” Fondly referred to as “Orbituaries,” the forum limerick thread has ballooned into several hundred five-liners on a number of topics. At the very least, such mental exercises keep us in continual practice; after all, as in Stoppard’s play, “someone might come in,” although McCarthy’s one comment, “Brilliant,” is about all that we have had to go on these last several months.

     
    Other diversions occupy forum members’ time and keep up the spirits of those remaining. As Emily Noelle Ignacio observes concerning similar network societies, even humor serves as a bonding mechanism in establishing for them “a common underlying history” (182). Indeed, the ability of the forum to laugh at itself and satirize its host is also essential. In a thread announcing the founding of the Overunitarian Church, HedyL expostulated:

    Since faith revolves around the substance of things not seen, it seems high time to dedicate a church denomination to the Steorn enterprise. I don't mean this to be in competition with Knuckles' Church of Orbology, although any schism is welcome at this point. We already have our Doubting Thomases and zealots such as Granthodges and babcat as a core group of disciples.

    Forum members made up their own commandments, such as “Thou shalt not witness false bearings.” Evolvealready added a Hebrew Bible twist: “And the forum readers became impatient of Moses McArthy coming down from Mt. Innovation and built themselves a golden diode array which they did worship.” To which HedyL added:

    And Moses McCarthy, coming down from the mountain, saw his people engaging in much idolatry and revelry, whereby he did break the Orbo and the tablets whereupon were written instructions for its operations, saying: "Thou art a wicked people with no faith. Thou deservest not my innovation. Thou art a stiff-necked generation, not worth a quaff of my Guinness!"

    We even have time to set to memory the simplified versions of the Three Laws of Thermodynamics, as known to most second-year physics majors. Bob Pease summarizes them as “the gambler’s lament”:

    Rule 1: You can't win.
    Rule 2: You can't break even.
    Rule 3: You can't get out of the game.

    Even contestation does not necessarily equate to failure in such enterprises. Willson emphasizes “the importance of the Other for self-constitution, and the importance of relations between self and Other for the functioning of community” (653). In order for individuals to define themselves in the virtual community, a certain amount of “rubbing against each other” is necessary to make things real, a quantum decoherence principle on the human social scale. Cogitamus ergo sum/Cogito ergo sumus. And round and round it goes. Citing Jean-Luc Nancy, Willson valorizes the relational aspect of the virtual community:

    Nancy argues instead for community to be understood as the incomplete sharing of the relation between beings. For him, being is in common: it is the in where community 'resides'. Community is to be 'found' at the limit where singular beings meet. The danger is in prescribing or categorizing an essence or form for both community and the beings that it involves. (651)

    Galloway and Thatcher point out that the networks most vulnerable to viruses (electronic ones) and disease epidemics (biological ones) are those that are overly standardized. Paradoxically, they “work too well.” One thinks of genetic engineers striving to create forests of lignin-free cloned trees for ethanol production but not considering how such lack of diversity leaves them particularly vulnerable to massive die-outs. Situating networks somewhere between our ability to control them and their operations beyond our control, Galloway and Thatcher find them both “entirely coincident with social life” but also carrying “with them the most nonhuman and misanthropic tendencies” (Exploit 6). The Steorn forum encompasses this range of tendencies. Thus far, it has managed to maintain a balance among them. In that respect, it constitutes Dean’s “zero institution,” that is, “a paradoxical combination of singularity and collectivity, collision and convergence” (Secret 167). This fairground will not close as long as the bumper cars careen against each other in perpetual overdrive.

    Postscrypt: Back from the Dead?

    Orbo is based upon time variant magnetic interactions, i.e. magnetic interactions whose efficiency varies as a function of transaction timeframes.

    –“How Orbo Works,” Steorn website

    3. Apparatus and method for generating a time variant non-electromagnetic force field due to the dynamic interaction of relatively moving bodies.

    –Luke Fortune, “UFO How-To

    Time variance is the ability to remember historic perspectives.

    –“Time Variance,” Wikipedia

    An Update on the Steorn Exploit.

    For a month or so in mid-2008, Steorn actually shut down public, non-member access to the forum. Some forum members predicted its/their imminent demise. Against such an eventuality, many members now share time between Steorn’s site and another, “shadow” site: FizzX. Lately, reassurance about the survival of the forum has come from McCarthy himself, who emphatically noted the forum would continue: “Close this forum – never!!!! That would be like getting rid of an itch that you can never quite scratch…☺ Lately, things have been heating up in the forum, with a feisty McCarthy turning up on a number of fronts. In a thread started by ebswift and entitled “Steorn Forum Future (given latest events)?” forum members apparently got McCarthy’s Irish up by speculating Steorn only had enough funds left to last two months or so. Responding to forum member calculations, McCarthy replied: “Well if he[‘s] right I guess that I will be turning off the lights in here pretty soon … wait and see big fella.” To which blueletter responded: “You still pay for lights?” Howling with virtual laughter, Big Oil Rep promptly nominated blueletter for the Poster of the Month Award, his prize being “a billion dollars worth of Steorn futures.” Never one to be outdone, Dr. Mabuse popped in with his own assurances: “Fear not. I shall continue to subsidize der forum through meine blood money. Mabuse gets far too much enjoyment watching you wretches squirm.☹” To McCarthy’s credit, exchanges such as this demonstrate that Steorn has by and large kept its promise to maintain the forum for “the open, unregulated exchange of ideas, thoughts and opinions about Steorn and Orbo.” Websurfers entering the forum site are warned, though, that “There may be threads concerning pseudo-science and suppositions on conspiracies and deceptions relating to the company.” Fair enough. After all, visitors should be put on notice that there are a lot of wild claims in the cybersphere by people whose inventions have been suppressed by traditional science and thus have had to be advertised and marketed in unconventional ways!

     
    True to the stop/start motion of its Orbo device, Steorn has started up again recently after a long hiatus. In late January of 2009, having promised a major announcement by February, Steorn replaced its website with an image of a curtain with the following written below: “February 4, 2009.” When the curtain was lifted on this date, the public was treated to a slick ten-minute video/infomercial. It began with a printed disclaimer: “All views and opinions expressed by participants who are not Steorn employees are their own and do not represent Steorn, its management or employees.” Since the views of the three non-Steorn engineers testifying here all support Steorn’s claims in one fashion or another, it is strange that the company would have felt the need for such a disclaimer, particularly since it has complained all along of not being able to induce anyone from university engineering and physics departments to go public with their own (alleged) positive findings. The video also features CEO McCarthy, who states that the company has brought the technology along “as far as a business can bring it.” Noting that Steorn is in “the licensing business” anyway, he is now seeking to enlist three hundred engineering companies and/or individual engineers whose task will be to figure out how to implement the technology. They will be given the necessary tools to do so, as well as access to “learning modules.” McCarthy goes on to announce the formation of the SKDB (Steorn Knowledge Data Base): “a learning and knowledge base designed to explain, employ and expand the science, engineering and intellectual property comprising Orbo technology.” This “suite of video and flash e-learning modules,” Steorn claims, will provide “the key steps and skills required to test, build prototypes and utilise Orbo technology.” There is no mention of the fate of the two SPDCs–rather peculiar, as many of these were the very opportunities promised to them long ago. McCarthy also announces that Steorn will be touring university engineering departments around the world to enlist engineers on a global scale. First stop on the tour? The Middle East. Advertisements for Steorn’s ZeroF (Zero Friction) bearings, USB Hall Probe, and Magnetic Torque Measurement System are also prominently displayed. Interested readers can visit Steorn’s site to hear the testimonials given by Phil Watson (electrical engineer), Liam Fennelly (instrumentation engineer), and John A.M. Rice (consultant). None appears to be a Jury member. All appear level-headed and claim to have approached the project with a healthy initial skepticism.

     
    Not long after the appearance of this re-invigorated homepage, forum members began weighing in on the presentation. Babcat, 007, and Crastney–long-time defenders of Steorn– responded with “We told you so!” Many members, however, were less than impressed. Big Oil Rep pointed out that none of the “Three Wise Men” were “physicists or from universities.” On the way to hoisting them on their own petard, he quoted their own words:

    [for] the experiment that we saw, in the scale that we saw, there appears to be more energy coming out of the system than is actually being put in. They [Steorn] apparently have a way of producing mechanical energy, a rotational energy which will drive something else, which will be able to generate electricity.

    Big Oil Rep rejoined: “‘for the experiment that we saw’ is the key phrase. They didn’t even set up the experiment…appears…apparently.” My_pen_is_stuck added: “I think all 23 Steorn hand picked jurors coming to the same conclusion would be more convincing than 3 unknown bozos picked out of a pool of how many?”[8] Josh points out that no test procedure is described and no results displayed. He sums up: “The video is nothing but promotion. It contains no science.” Knuckles O’Toole delves into the psychology of what he has come to view as one more shuffle in a confidence game:

    All of this is just confidence boosting without data. Nice guys, testimonials, sincerity: all the hallmark of cons. You have to ask yourself this question: If Steorn were a con how would they act differently than they already do? And if they are not a con why would they act like they are?

    What Steorn has accomplished here with an admirable adroitness is to shift the onus of testing, building prototypes, and product development to an anticipated three hundred engineering concerns. The company will even be kind enough to sell those engineers equipment for such purposes. On the off-chance anything comes from their efforts, Steorn will still hold intellectual property rights. In the event of failure, a graceful exit awaits. How could a small company with modest resources have succeeded where three hundred engineers failed? Remember the video’s disclaimer, which already established some distance between the company and any non-Steorn employees.

     
    In the absence of any news of the two SPDCs and the Jury, the establishment of the SKDB, and the recruitment of a cadre of engineers, Steorn is looking more and more like Dean’s description of freemasons and cabals, where “Private people [come] together as a public in secret” (Secret 30). Cult-like behaviors and language have been appearing lately among die-hard Steorn supporters like Crastney, babcat, and 007. By their testimony, the second SPDC has been granted more privileged information than that accorded to the first one (causing some members to label them Spud-Lite and Spud-Deluxe respectively). These staunch supporters of Steorn have taken lately to referring to the second SPDC as “the Other Side,” claiming there is even more convincing proof of Steorn’s claims there, proof withheld from all but the privileged few initiates. Ironically, they may be closer to the truth of perpetual motion than even they realize. As Dean puts it in the context of publicity: “The answer is the secret, or more precisely, the secret is the answer” (Secret 21). For the believers, the rest of the world lies outside of their tautological loop, where even Orbo’s failure can be explained as a deliberate feint to protect intellectual property rights or–with paranoia setting in–to throw those Men-in-Black off Steorn’s trail.

     
    Listed as Number 10 in Wired Magazine‘s “Top Ten Vaporware Products for 2007,” the Orbo is indeed the most translucent of “products” (Calore). Even its image suggests pure translucency.[9] Rather than evaporating or vanishing, however, the Orbo presents with quantum properties uniquely its own. Vacillating between “the unseen and the seen,” it resists all proof, all logic. Steorn could profitably market Orbo on the basis of its quantum properties alone, as a truly twenty-first century novelty item. Providing information overload in the form of USB Hall probes and magnetic torque measurement systems, e-learning modules and infomercials, Steorn nonetheless leaves us–or hopes to leave us–with “the paradoxical sense that everything we need to know is right in front of us, but still we don’t know” (Dean, Secret 48). A modern physics version of the classic shell-game, this one is conducted with “time variant magnetic interactions” amid shifting timeframes. Steorn’s gambit is a sleight-of-hand trick to shuffle past the invariance principle enshrined in Noether’s Theorem. But time variance also entails “an ability to remember historic perspectives.” Those who forget are in for a long night at the table.

    Notes

    1. Steorn has made three claims for its technology:

    1. The technology has a coefficient of performance greater than 100%.
    2. The operation of the technology (i.e. the creation of energy) is not derived from the degradation of its component parts.
    3. There is no identifiable environmental source of the energy (as might be witnessed by a cooling of ambient air temperature).

    2. For on-line parodies of Steorn, go to the following by derricka: <http://tinypic.com/view.php?pic=x6is2c&s=5>. For a feature on Orby, go to the following (supplied by Trim): <ttp://www.technologyreview.com/energy/22103/>. A more exhaustive display of parodic materials is found at <http://steorn.go-here.nl/>.

    3. Insinuations were made that Orbo-powered pumps were already being installed somewhere in Africa to supply water to drought-stricken villages. Forum member qqqq “forwards” the following company statement of its business methodology:

     Our company runs in reverse. What others do last, we do first. That's how we got the jump On our African pump (Though the concept is still in the works).

    4. An anagram of the famous inventor’s name: Nikola Tesla.

    5. In physics, the “sticky spot” is the point of resistance that a perpetual motion device must overcome in achieving overunity.

    6. Dr. Mike’s predicament was summed up in the limerick below:

    Dr. Mike left the demo with nary A clue from Steorn's chief visionary. What gives him night terrors? Steorn sealed Orbo's errors And marked them: "Proprietary."

    7. I have been writing another article on this issue: “‘Bearings and Nothingness’: The Viral Unmarketing of Steorn.” The first part of the title comes from an exchange between two forum members after the failed demo. In a thread optimistically entitled “Next Demo,” Knuckles O’Toole finds solace in Steorn’s sponsoring of a demo; however, another forum member, Tilde, caustically responds:

    Yeah Knuckles, it [the Orbo] was there, but it 'failed'. 'Failed', as if they just have to fix a small issue. It didn't fail, it wasn't at all.


    The word 'failure' was used by Sean to reduce the having of nothingness into having a broken machine. Good marketing 'newspeak'.

    Knuckles chimed in: “Didn’t Jean Paul Sartre write about Bearings and Nothingness?

    ” Tilde then suggested this as the title of a documentary/exposé on Steorn. My own mockumentary deals with such events as HedyL’s abduction by Dr. Mabuse and her later banishment from the forum. The first event began when, suffering from the sheer mental exhaustion of keeping up with the wildly proliferating nature of the forum, she dropped out of the forum, checking into Limericks Anonymous for a cure. Unfortunately, she fell into the hands of Dr. Mabuse. He made a botched attempt to cure her of her rhyming propensities. His Report on HedyL, forwarded by an assistant sympathetic to her plight, reads as follows:

    While excising her rhyme from her reason, My surgeon's hand started seizin'. There's many a slip 'Twixt the Broca and the hip- pocampal medial regions! The procedure's now over, and I'm Sure we've zapped her penchant for rhyme. There's just one small matter: Brain scan read-outs, though flatter, Show neurons still firing to limerick time: ̆́ ̆̆́ ̆̆́ ̆̆́ ̆̆́ ̆̆́ ̆́ ̆̆́ ̆́ ̆̆́ ̆̆́ ̆̆́ ̆̆́

    Fortunately, with the help of this assistant, she was able to escape Mabuse’s clutches. She quickly recovered the relatively few faculties required for composing limericks (although demonstrating with a few personality disorder traits, doubtless the result of Mabuse’s incompetence). Returning to her former antics, she was soon banned from the forum by the moderator Crank for writing limericks in the guise of McCarthy’s therapist. In her defense, and in defense of free speech and unfettered critique, several members protested. Unfortunately, Crank’s wrath was not to be appeased, as reflected in the limerick below:

    Hot blood through Crank's veins surged and coursed. "Hedy's banned! All verses will now be outsourced! Our software censors in China Will reprogram line-by-line a New limerick code--Strictly Enforced!"

    8. Actually, there are 22 jurors–somewhere!

    9. In a leaked “memo” from Steorn to its investors, Sean explains Orbo’s delays:

    Our product development line Has fallen a bit behind. We'll still market Orbo And a new Irish Bordeaux, Premiering 2039.

    Works Cited

    • Armytage, W.H.G. Yesterday’s Tomorrows: A Historical Survey of Future Societies. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1968.
    • Ash, Sir Arthur. “The Perpetual Myth of Free Energy.” BBC News Report. 9 July 2007. 29 July 2007 <http://news.bbc.co.uk/go/pr/fr/-/1/hi/technology/6283374.stm>.
    • Beaumont, Roger. War, Chaos, and History. London: Praeger, 1994.
    • Berger, Eric. “Steorn and free energy: the plot thickens.” Blog entry. SciGuy. 19 Aug. 2006. 4 Aug. 2007 <http://blogs.chron.com/sciguy/archives/2006/08/steorn_and_free_1.html>.
    • Calore, Michael. “Vaporware 2007: Long Live the King.” Wired Dec. 20 2007. 22 Feb. 2008 .
    • Dean, Jodi. Aliens in America: Conspiracy Cultures from Outerspace to Cyberspace. Ithaca: Cornell UP, 1998.
    • —. Publicity’s Secret: How Technoculture Capitalizes on Democracy. Ithaca: Cornell UP, 2002.
    • Dennett, Daniel C. Consciousness Explained. New York: Little, Brown, and Company, 1991.
    • “Doctor Mabuse.” Wikipedia, The Free Encyclopedia. 12 Feb. 2009. 15 Aug. 2007 <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Doctor_Mabuse>.
    • Eliot, George. Daniel Deronda. New York: Barnes and Noble Classics, 2005.
    • Fortune, Luke. “UFO How-To: Electrogravitics.” UFO How-To. 2 Feb. 2009 <http://www.ufohowto.com/By the book page 2.htm>.
    • Galloway, Alexander R. and Eugene Thacker. The Exploit: A Theory of Networks. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2007.
    • Goertzel, Ben. “World Wide Brain: Self-Organizing Internet Intelligence as the Actualization of the Collective Unconscious.” Cybermapping and the Writing of Myth. New York: Peter Lang, 2007. 309-335.
    • Greenspun, Roger. Review of Les 1000 Yeux du Dr. Mabuse. Les 1000 Yeux du Dr. Mabuse. Dir. Fritz Lang. 1959. DVD. Elan Film.
    • Hassan, Robert. “Network Time.” 24/7: Time and Temporality in the Network Society. Eds. Robert Hassan and Ronald E. Purser. Stanford, California: Stanford UP, 2007. 37-61.
    • “How Orbo Works.” Steorn Ltd. 2009. Sept. 2007 <http://www.steorn.com/orbo/technology/>>.
    • Ignacio, Emily Noelle. “E-scaping Boundaries: Bridging Cyberspace and Diaspora Studies through Nethnography.” Critical Cyberculture Studies. Eds. David Silver and Adrienne Massanari. New York: New York UP, 2006. 181-93.
    • Jahshan, Paul. Cybermapping and the Writing of Myth. New York: Peter Lang, 2007.
    • Johnson, Steven. “Why the Web Is Like a Rain Forest.” The Best of Technology Writing. Ed. Brendan J. Koerner. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 2006.
    • Joinson, Adam N. “Disinhibition and the Internet.” 24/7: Time and Temporality in the Network Society. Eds. Robert Hassan and Ronald E. Purser. Stanford, California; Stanford UP, 2007. 75-92.
    • Kroker, Arthur, and Michael A. Weinstein. “The Theory of the Virtual Class.” Electronic Media and Technoculture. Ed. John Thornton Caldwell. New Jersey: Rutgers UP, 2000. 117-36.
    • Kuhn, Thomas S. The Copernican Revolution: Planetary Astronomy in the Development of Western Thought. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1957.
    • Kurzweil, Ray. The Singularity Is Near: When Human Transcends Biology. New York: Penguin Books, 2005.
    • Lovink, Geert. Dark Fiber: Tracking Critical Internet Culture. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press, 2003.
    • —. My First Recession. Rotterdam: NAi Publishers, 2003.
    • —. Uncanny Networks: Dialogues with the Virtual Intelligentsia. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press, 2004.
    • Mitra, Ananda. “Virtual Commonality: Looking for India on the Internet.” The Cybercultures Reader. Ed. David Bell and Barbara M. Kennedy. London: Routledge, 2000. 644-57.
    • Ord-Hume, Arthur W.J.G. Perpetual Motion: The History of an Obsession. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1977.
    • Palfrey, John, and Urs Gasser. Born Digital: Understanding the First Generation of Digital Natives. New York: Basic Books, 2008.
    • Pease, Bob. “What’s All This Perpetual Motion Stuff, Anyhow?” Electronic Design 48.7 (April 2000): 163-65.
    • Ramis, Harold, and Dan Aykroyd. Writers. Ghostbusters. SciFiScripts.com. 2005. Sept. 2007 <http://www.scifiscripts.com/scripts/Ghostbusters.txt>.
    • Rheingold, Howard. Smart Mobs: The Next Social Revolution. New York: Perseus, 2002.
    • Sanger, Lawrence. “Why Collaborative Free Works Should Be Protected by the Law.” Information Ethics: Privacy, Property, and Power. Ed. Adam D. Moore. Seattle: University of Washington Press, 2005.
    • Schirber, Michael. “Harsh Light Shines on Free Energy.” Physics World (August 2007). 2 Sept. 2007 <http://www.nasw.org/users/schirber/bibliography/pdfs/PWAug07_steorn.pdf>.
    • Spooky, D.J. Rhythm Science. Cambridge: The MIT Press, 2004.
    • Tapscott, Don, and Anthony D. Williams. Wikinomics: How Mass Collaboration Changes Everything. New York: Penguin, 2007.
    • Terranova, Tiziana. “Free Labor: Producing Culture for the Digital Economy.” Social Text 18.2 (Summer 2000): 33-58.
    • “Time Variance.” Wikipedia, The Free Encyclopedia. 25 Nov. 2008. 15 Aug. 2007 <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Time_variance>>.
    • Wark, McKenzie. A Hacker Manifesto. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2004.
    • Willson, Michele. “Community in the Abstract: A Political and Ethical Dilemma?” The Cybercultures Reader. Eds. David Bell and Barbara M. Kennedy. London: Routledge, 2000. 644-57.
    • Žižek, Slavoj. The Sublime Object of Ideology. London: Verso, 1994.
  • Bomb Media, 1953-1964

    Tristan Abbott
    Department of English Language and Literature
    University of Northern Iowa
    tristan.abbott@uni.edu

    About halfway through Samuel Fuller’s Pickup on South Street (1953), a stool pigeon named Moe (Thelma Ritter) is about to get shot. She knows it, too; she had been warned that the man who just forced his way into her room is a communist agent who is willing to kill in order to find the whereabouts of a pickpocket named Skip. Moe, who had sold out Skip for fifty dollars earlier in the film, refuses to give the agent Skip’s location even after he offers her five hundred dollars. The agent threatens her, and Moe tells him that she is not going to sell Skip’s location to a bunch of “commies.” The man asks her what she knows about “commies,” and she replies with the most famous line of the film: “What do I know about commies? Nothing! I know one thing, I just don’t like them.”
     
    The plot of 1954’s Kiss Me Deadly likewise involves faceless but boundlessly evil communists bent on taking over the world. Based on the popular Mickey Spillane novel of nearly the same name,[1] Kiss Me Deadly is a part of Spillane’s critically reviled Mike Hammer series. Spillane was a conservative and virulent anticommunist, and his character, Hammer, has been rightfully criticized as a “right wing vigilante” (Gallafent 240), a symbolic celebration of violence, nationalistic jingoism, and misogyny.
     
    Considering the pedigree of these films, it is easy to understand their initial reception as examples of the kind of pro-government media that was pervasive between the end of the Second World War and the middle 1950s. Indeed, even someone with a decent grasp of history but little knowledge of film criticism could well think that the messages of these films were of the standard, anti-communist and pro-American variety. Propaganda scholars Sara and James Combs describe postwar Hollywood as getting caught up in the nationwide “Communist hysteria” (84), having fallen under intense government scrutiny and wanting to prove itself free from any trace of Soviet influence. According to the authors, the political attacks against Hollywood alarmed the industry so much that it “did a kind of political penance to appease its political attackers and reassure the larger political community… that the movie capital’s political heart and mind were in the right place” (85). The “attackers” to whom Combs and Combs refer are a variety of government agencies including the House Un-American Activities Committee (HUAC), the CIA, and the FBI: groups that were so paranoid about the communist threat they felt that Hollywood represented that they classified any film that did not perfectly adhere to the messages promulgated by the government as subversive.[2]
     
    Coming as they do from such a political climate, it is no surprise that Kiss Me Deadly and Pickup on South Street both brim with anticommunist sentiment. However, as the scholarship on these films has clearly shown, their anticommunist sentiment does not itself make them examples of the kind of “Red Menace” pap that Hollywood offered up to save itself from governmental scrutiny. Expanding upon this established research, I hope to show that these films were early entries in an interesting give-and-take system of nuclear discourse, and then to delineate the progress and explain the effects of this system. In this system, antinuclear films operate as very postmodern-seeming pastiches, usually falling well short of parody, that ape the stylistic presentations and subject matters of Civil Defense films in a way that subverts the intentions of those films. Of course, subversion is always difficult to define and establish clearly, especially when it comes to popular American culture (and especially film)–is it a matter of text’s intent, for example, or of its reception and/or measureable effect? Within the dialogue that I sketch out, however, it is clear that these films criticize to varying degrees the morals, messages, and intentions of Civil Defense media. And as Civil Defense films were made at the behest of and released under the authority of the United States federal government, I feel it fair to say that the films that weakened the arguments and assertions proffered by Civil Defense media were therefore subversive, at least in a general sense, at least to some degree.
     
    The effect of this subversion varies from the comparatively minor liberalization of nuclear discussions accomplished by the earlier films to the palpably effective demonization of nuclear rhetoric that was accomplished by later films. In order to explain how this subversion took place–indeed, in order to explain how it can rightfully be considered subversive–I first discuss the U.S. Civil Defense program in some historical detail, focusing on issues that have not much factored into the more theoretical discussions of nuclear discourse and (anti)nuclear media. It is often overlooked how explicitly political the U.S. government’s use of nuclear war as a concept was, how much control over the flow of all nuclear information the government wielded, and the great extent to which this control shaped nuclear discourse. I leave it up to the reader to figure out the sometimes obvious parallels between the officially promulgated discourse that brought to life the cold war, as well several very bloody proxy wars (and nearly destroyed all life on earth, to boot), and that which has helped effect all of the death, destruction, and general stupidity that is our current, Terrorism-defined geopolitical landscape. My point is that the shape and scope of the controlling media may have changed, but its effect has largely stayed the same. Such media–that which is patronizing, designed to control through fear in spite of its pretentions towards safety and preparedness–is, for reasons I will outline, still best countered through pastiche media that is just incendiary enough to affect discourse without being so confrontational or controversial that it is dismissed or ignored. These reasons will be given in the form of three lessons taken from my analysis of subversive, anti-nuclear films, lessons that are general enough in scope and applicability to be still worth learning.
     
    Historian Paul Boyer notes that “[t]he politicization of terror was a decisive factor in shaping the post-Hiroshima cultural climate” (By the Bomb’s 66), and nowhere is that more noticeable than in the overtly political creation of the United States Civil Defense Administration (USCDA). According to military historian B. Franklin Cooling, there was a significant call for the establishment of a civil preparedness program at least as early as 1935, out of concern for the possibility of an Axis air strike against United States civilians and a widespread belief that “the Army had an inescapable responsibility to the civilian population in the area of air attack” (7). In such a context, the establishment of a Civil Defense program, one that would equip citizens with the knowledge and infrastructure necessary to survive a prolonged or large-scale attack, was a pragmatic goal that was nobly predicated upon the best interest of the United States citizenry.
     
    The proposal was rejected on political grounds. According to Cooling, politicians repeatedly refused to address the concerns of military officials because they were afraid of upsetting the public’s perception of the strength of the government and the military. Even as war with Germany became imminent–in fact, especially as war with Germany became imminent–the government focused on the imagethat the implementation of a civil preparedness program would produce. This is clear in the following memo from 1940, sent to President Roosevelt from his Secretary of War, Harry H. Woodring:

    It is my belief that an appeal to the public at this time for the organization of local defense committees would needlessly alarm our people and would tend to create the erroneous impression that the military forces of the nation are unprepared to deal with any likely threat to our security. Even an intimation that such a condition existed would be seized upon by political opponents of the Administration. (qtd. in Cooling 8)

    Throughout the Second World War, the topic of civil preparedness was not addressed significantly in public.[3] It was only after the war, when the country’s lack of an adequate defense program was brought up in a political context, that the program was begun in earnest.

    JoAnne Brown discusses the use of schoolrooms as the main venue through which official Civil Defense materials were disseminated, the process of which highlights the decidedly political nature of these films. In “A is for Atom, B is for Bomb,” Brown explains that school administrators saw that the alignment of curricula with the federal government’s Civil Defense goals could not only lead to an increase of federal funding, but could also help deflect claims of subversion that might have been levied against the public school system. It was therefore necessary to allow the dissemination of Civil Defense materials, as it prevented schools from risking the destruction that came with being labeled subversive; as Brown explains, “[c]ritics indicted ‘Progressive’ education as ‘REDucation’ and teachers as ‘little red hens’ poisoning young minds with communistic ideology” (71). Allowing this dissemination also secured federal funding for public schools. Showing Civil Defense films in public schools was therefore a decidedly political act, according to which neither the government agencies that produced and distributed the films nor the schools that screened them had in mind the ostensible interest of the films. Civil Defense film, which by the fifties was concerned strictly with nuclear war, was never meant to help children survive a potential nuclear attack. Its motivations, like the circumstances surrounding its production and dissemination, were entirely political.
     
    It is essential to understand Civil Defense media in this historical context. The government did not have good intentions in releasing the media. Its explicit motivation for releasing this media is not clear (there is no memo in which a government official suggests scaring people in order to control them, to my knowledge). However, a reading of a representative handful of these films appears to suggest that their intent is generally be to instill fear in their audience, and then to exploit that fear or to ready that fear for future exploitation. Take for example 1951’s Atomic Alert, a short film that was produced by Encyclopedia Britannica Films at the behest of the USCDA. The film combines montage images (consisting of mostly stock footage) with stiff, monotonous narration and a few crudely shot original scenes in order to convey a wide array of inaccurate information regarding nuclear war. The schoolchildren who watched this film were told, for example, that the basement of an average home contained walls thick enough to shield them from a nuclear blast. The spread of a nuclear blast was also wildly underplayed. In one scene, an animated cutaway shows an overhead view of an atomic bomb falling on a city. After the bomb drops, an area around ground zero measuring just a few square blocks is cartoonishly blackened, and the narrator’s dull voice assures the viewers that, in the event of a nuclear war, “the chance of your being hurt by an atomic bomb is slight.” Such a downplaying of the actual danger of nuclear war–which presents nuclear air strikes as if they were comparable to the air raids suffered by Europe in the Second World War–was common in Civil Defense films. This is particularly evident in 1951’s Duck and Cover, which features a cartoon turtle who ducks into his shell in order to survive the blast of a nuclear weapon. The actions of the turtle were meant to show what the film’s viewers should do to survive nuclear war. Of course, humans do not have shells, but that is no huge problem, according to the film. Children are encouraged to “duck and cover” wherever they can: under a school desk, against the curb of a road, or even underneath a newspaper.
     
    One of the most obviously exploitative films is Our Cities Must Fight, also from 1951. Cities features two official-looking government employees (who are white men with stern jaws, of course) who while away an evening by sitting in an office and complaining about things. The men spend most of the film bemoaning the “cowards” who belong to the “take to the hills fraternity”–people who say that they would run away from the certain death of crowded metropolitan areas in the event of a nuclear attack. Cutaways to stock footage relate the perils faced by European civilian populations in World War Two, once again underplaying the realities of nuclear war by asserting its comparability to traditional war. When the less-informed man asks his more intelligent companion what dangers might linger during a nuclear war after the initial blast, the question is met with dismissive laughter. The audience is then told that there will be no significant lingering danger, and that radioactive fallout will only pose a threat lasting around a minute and a half. The film’s ending outrageously features one of the men taunting the audience, telling them that the inhuman “commies” behind the iron curtain think that Americans do not have the “guts” to stand up to a nuclear attack. Then, in the fashion of a World Wrestling Entertainment monologue or a fever dream, the man turns to the camera and asks plainly, “have you got the guts?” as triumphant orchestral music swells.
     
    The misinformation presented in all three films is so egregious that I have trouble believing that it was not intentional. Even if it was not, the scientific accuracy of these films and their potential to serve any actual good as far as preparing the public for nuclear war were both of secondary importance. It is clear that the films were intended to accomplish the following goals: first, to keep the public aware of the constant danger of nuclear war (“Tony knows the bomb could explode any time of year, day or night” [Duck and Cover]; “We must realize that in modern warfare city dwellers find themselves right in the front lines” [Our Cities]); second, to underplay the actual danger of nuclear war in order to make it look survivable and manageable. The final goal is to present cooperation with the government as the only route through which survival and safety could be achieved. Cities accomplishes this final goal by insisting that attempting to escape a crowded city center is futile and, most notably, by taunting the viewer to evoke patriotism and shame. Out of necessity, Pickup and Kiss Me Deadly do not attack these intentions directly; rather, they work within the mindset created by the applications of these intentions and, in doing so, erase a key moral distinction that had enabled these intentions.
     
    I mentioned earlier a staunch but mindless dismissal of communism by Pickup‘s most likeable character. His comment is considered emblematic of Fuller’s personal feelings, as the director’s anticommunism had been so loud that early critics dismissed Pickup on South Street as “a McCarthyist tract” (McArthur 139); the film went overboard even in 1953, at the height of the “anti-Red” movement. But, as Colin McArthur points out, “while [Pickup] is, indeed, an anticommunist film, it is much less opportunistically so than . . . these critics will allow” (ibid). This is because the film itself was not seeking to curry the favor of the United States government while sending an anticommunist message, as were many other films of the time. About the film Fuller said that “I wanted to take a poke at the idiocy of the cold war climate of the fifties” (Fuller 10). This sets Pickup apart from its typical anticommunist contemporaries, which were made in acquiescence to McCarthyism; Fuller’s film was instead a mockery of McCarthyism.
     
    The subversion of Pickup comes, principally, from the film’s muddy moral climate. In Our Cities Must Fight, two government employees tell the audience to stay put during a nuclear war, and to have faith in the government to see everyone through any crisis that might arise. Most Civil Defense films were geared towards children and typically relied on the childish primacy of the “mental hygiene” genre of classroom films while using fear, and fear alone, as a qualifier for their statements–children were apparently expected not to question advice that they believed their lives depended upon. The more “adult” Our Cities, however, derives its authority both from fear and from the virtue of the inherent goodness with which all actions of the United States were implicitly endowed. This goodness is due to the fact that the United States is not the U.S.S.R. and is therefore not evil. Without this distinction, the moral authority of the United States melts away, and so goes its government’s ability to tell its people what to do by using the rationale that disobedience is immoral and treasonous. Pickup erases that moral distinction.
     
    The plot of Pickup is fairly simple–it starts with a woman named Candy (Jean Peters) getting her wallet stolen by a “cannon” named Skip (Richard Widmark). Unbeknownst to Skip, Candy’s wallet contains some microfilm on which are printed nuclear secrets that Candy was unknowingly about to deliver to Soviet agents as a favor for her ex-boyfriend, Charlie. The bulk of the film follows the police and the Soviet agents as they try to get the secrets back from Skip, who refuses resolutely to hand them over to either side. The confused moral status of both the police and the Soviets comes from the strikingly similar methods both sides employ while trying to find the missing microfilm. Both use Candy as if she were a mule. Both also attempt to bribe Moe, the stool pigeon, in exchange for information about Skip and the microfilm. When Moe is first interviewed by the Police, she hesitantly gives up Skip, in spite of the fact that Skip is a personal friend of hers. She does so only out of self interest, and when Skip finds out about it later in the film, he forgives her without hesitation. After being informed of the details of the crime with which Skip is involved, however, Moe turns down a much larger bribe and refuses to cooperate with the communist, which leads to the exchange cited at the beginning of this essay. Moe may be willing to sell out a friend for money, but she balks at doing so when it entails her involvement in a communist plot–not just because she hates communism, mind, but also because she knows that the communist agents will kill Skip.
     
    I do not feel that this moral confusion is all too subversive. The police in Pickup may not be angels, but they are shown in an unquestionably better light than are the communists. Recent critics, such as Margot Henriksen, focus not on the loose moral equivalence of the police and the Soviets but rather on the superiority of the moral code of a third group, the film’s heroic criminals, pointing out that “[t]he criminals sacrifice themselves for one another and they will not cooperate with the communists, yet they remain immune to the security mindset and ‘patriotic eyewash’ of the cops” (Henriksen 63). The focus here is not on the fact that Pickup‘s criminals refuse to work with Soviets, per se, but that they refuse to engage in the fight being presented to them by their own government, which may be morally superior but is still reprehensible. As Jack Shadoian notes, in Pickup “[i]t is not our lack of an opposing political philosophy but our lack of human value in the life we lead that leaves us poorly defended” (188) from both the cold war and the threat of communism. The only humane characters in the seedy underworld of South Street are Candy, Jack, and Skip, and their basic human decency is explicitly attributable to the fact that they are outsiders, all operating outside of the plane of the cold war. Fuller himself describes these three characters as “individualists, trusting no one, beyond politics, changes in governments, intellectual labels, and fashion” (8). Here, heroism–and survival¬–are not found in blind obedience to authority, or in engaging in a fight against an enemy that audiences had been told to hate simply for the sake of hating. Survival is instead achieved through an incredulous pursuit of self-interest. By setting the plot of Pickup on the same plane as those of Civil Defense media, Fuller manages to completely subvert the typical message of such films. He achieves it most prominently by questioning indirectly the authority upon which the U.S. government made its declarations. This lack of moral clarity is brought to light when the film’s heroes find salvation by refusing to cooperate with crooked government officials, an act that serves to spoil the government’s assertion that blind cooperation was the only path to survival.
     
    Kiss Me Deadly, released a year after Pickup, continues to use nuclearism as a McGuffin,[4] but it also works to subvert more directly the first two goals of Civil Defense media in spite of being one of Mickey Spillane’s ultra conservative Mike Hammer series of detective books and films. As Edward Gallafent explains, director “Aldrich took [his chance to make the film] as an opportunity to express his disgust for Hammer and the politics of Spillane” (241). The film expresses disgust for Hammer by showing the exaggeratedly selfish cruelty its character exhibits. A far cry from the suave ladies’ man heretofore portrayed on screen, Ralph Meeker’s Hammer oozes creepiness. In Deadly, Hammer is not a criminal investigator, as was his wont; instead, he is a sleazy private eye whose main source of income is divorce cases. Even more noticeable is the shift of McGuffin between the film and the novel: in the book, Hammer is chasing after a cache of stolen jewelry. In the film, he is after a suitcase full of deadly nuclear material.
     
    The plot of Deadly is complex. Hammer nearly hits a girl after she runs out into the road. She is obviously shaken and looks as if she has escaped from a mental institution. He intends to take her into town, in spite of her insistence that they probably will not make it and, cryptically, she makes Hammer promise to remember her. She is soon proven correct–Hammer’s car is run off the road, Christina is killed, and Hammer is comatose for days. Hammer awakes and is convinced that Christina was hooked up in something big, something so big, most likely, that if he could manage to get to the bottom of it he would stand to make a great deal of money. His search leads him to a gigantic conspiracy involving the group of people who had been around Christina around the time of her death. There are a dozen twists and turns to the plot, and the direct role of every player in the conspiracy is never made clear. At the film’s end, the case full of nuclear materials is in the hands of Carmen, Christina’s double-crossing roommate (or, rather, a woman pretending to be Christina’s roommate), who has played for fools both Hammer and Hammer’s mysterious nemesis. At the end of the film, she kills Hammer’s nemesis and then, against his dying declaration, opens the nuclear suitcase, which causes her to be engulfed by flames. Hammer escapes the blaze moments before he too would have been engulfed, and ends the film gazing helplessly up at the house from which he had just escaped as it burns to the ground.
     
    Like Pickup, Deadly focuses on the muddy moral climate of the era, and this is where the indictment of the genre and its relation to nuclear rhetoric both come into play. Andrew Dickos goes so far as to say that the picture is “one of the definitive films of the 1950s because of the peculiar, yet uninterrupted, line it follows from the classical figure of the private eye as seeker of truth to the complications that follow when the language of truth is no longer recognizable” (133, italics mine). This is made very clear in the film. Hammer’s secretary/love interest/cheap floozy Velda often quizzes him about what is exactly the point of his quest and about his self-destructive need to participate in the search for “the great whatsit,” pointing out that his irrational, indecent chase for the nuclear mystery is bringing about his demise. More strikingly, before Hammer loses Christine, she recites to him a piece of Christina Rossetti’s verse: “But if the darkness and corruption leave a vestige of the thoughts that once we had,” encouraging him to remember her as a representative of purity presumably spoilt by the corruption of the system around her, the system he explores so determinedly.
     
    It is also worth noting that Deadly paints a more realistic portrait of danger than those presented in the Civil Defense films. However, my main concern is with the way Deadly manages so effectively to turn the nuclear arguments propounded by Civil Defense on their respective heads. Like Pickup, Deadly annexes the government’s manipulation of the public’s consciousness of nuclear war. But Deadly goes much further than does Pickup, indicting directly the rhetoric and secrecy surrounding nuclear defense propaganda as being the cause of damage and death, and pointing towards the conservative, “macho” players in such a system–particularly Hammer–not as heroes, but as agents that serve only to further the destructive capabilities of that system.

    Lesson One: When times are tight and dissidence seems all but impossible, do not get yourself arrested, blacklisted, or fired. Instead, say what is already being said, only twist things around a little bit.

    After the releases of Pickup and Deadly, nuclear subject matter was suddenly fair game for Hollywood. However, most of the new nuclear-themed films were distinctly non-subversive. The only real change was that nuclear McGuffins were suddenly presented clearly. Until fairly recently, most critics have taken these movies–movies like It Came from Beneath the Sea (1955)–as signs that nuclear-themed popular media was relatively angst-free until the high angst of the Kennedy administration. Several critics, including most prominently the aforementioned Margot Henriksen, have argued against this. Henriksen has attempted to refocus the issue pragmatically, much as I do here, by realizing that, up until the release of the noir films, overt mentions of The Bomb were more or less verboten except in very specific, government-approved circumstances. Even after the release of the noir films, Hollywood was generally unwilling to do anything that would have upset the government–direct nuclear angst and antinuclear sentiment had no avenues for popular publication.
     
    Jerome Shapiro, among others, takes a different route, arguing that horror films that use nuclear themes as McGuffins (often buttressed with shoddy moralizing) are evidence of the public’s continual and all-pervasive nuclear angst, which is only nominally different from the other apocalyptic fears that have influenced art and expression throughout the recorded history of thought. While I think that Shapiro is right in principle–at least regarding the overlooked nuclear focus of films of the mid to late fifties–I think that his interpretation “wags the dog,” so to speak. It was not the public’s mindset that influenced nuclear films; rather, it was nuclear films that were influencing the public mindset. Clear references to nuclear matters in post-noir films were still largely mindless and non-subversive, only they (as well as the Civil Defense films that followed) had been influenced by the standards set by the noir films, which were themselves influenced by early Civil Defense media. Each of these forms of media–the governmental and the subversive–were influenced by the other, fed off one another in a recursive system. The means of argument–subject matter as well as presentational style–which were laid down initially by Civil Defense media were redefined by the noir films and were redefined yet again by the later Civil Defense and nuclear-friendly films, which sought more than anything to normalize the notion of nuclearism and the threat of nuclear war, to make them into easily exploitable agents that were only feared when a fear of them was beneficial.
     
    Before going any further, I wish to make it abundantly clear that I do not intend this essay as a piece of nuclear criticism, nor do I wish to read any of these films strictly in their relation to nuclear criticism. Simply put, these films do not have much of a place in the realm of nuclear criticism; as counterintuitive as this may seem, nuclear criticism very rarely deals with explicitly nuclear texts. In fact, the 1984 issue of Diacritics that was dedicated to nuclear criticism does not contain a single discussion of any explicitly nuclear texts: no books, no movies, no scare films, no Civil Defense manuals. However, it is impossible to engage in an informed discussion of nuclear media without at least touching on, and borrowing a few things from, the field. I feel that theory-driven nuclear criticism–and by extension much of the scholarly discussion that has come about in response or relation to nuclear criticism–has been singularly concerned with theory. Many interesting points, including the political nature of nuclear discourse, have gone largely unexamined.[5]
     
    The nuclear question is one of discourse, as Jacques Derrida points out in his seminal “No Apocalypse, Not Now,” in which he lays the foundation for nuclear criticism by pointing out that nuclear war was “fabulously textual, through and through” (23). This fabulous textuality is due to nuclear war’s being without precedent, having never happened and existing only as an intangible, envisioned threat–“a signified referent.” This imagined threat of war, Derrida realizes, led to a reality (consisting of nuclear stockpiles and weapons systems and people who were, conceivably, willing to use them) that legitimized the imagined threat upon which their existence was predicated. Derrida focuses on nuclear war’s threat to completelyannihilate not just civilization and not even just humanity, but the referential archive according to which all of everyone’s understanding of everything is based. It is because of this unique ability to annihilate the archive that nuclear war is, according to Derrida, the only “real” referent:

    If we are bound and determined to speak in terms of reference, nuclear war is the only possible referent of any discourse and any experience that would share their condition with that of literature. If . . . nuclear war is equivalent to the total destruction of the archive . . . it becomes the absolute referent, the horizon and the condition of all others. [It is] the only "subject" of all possible literature, of all possible criticism. (67)

    This concept is the primary concern of Derrida’s piece and of the bulk of nuclear criticism that followed. That is why most nuclear criticism does not focus on texts that deal with explicitly nuclear subject matter. Really, such observations might well have been made about any other imaginable context that would have involved the destruction of the referential archive.

    The purpose and function of the nuclear critical field was never agreed upon. Nearly all pieces of nuclear criticism, however, feature some discussion meant to criticize, debunk, or mock the pitiful self-feeding false logic of deterrence through mutual destruction that marked the officially promulgated nuclear discourse of the 80s, hoping to “renounce the alarmism and moralism that contributed to the escalation of rhetorical stockpiles” (Luckhurst, 90) that in turn gave currency to the threat of nuclear annihilation. This is what I would like to borrow from nuclear criticism–this valuable, undeniable realization that nuclear war is a phantom, something that became an actual threat only after being conjured up as an abstraction and that becomes more of an eventuality the more it is debated and discussed. Once this textuality is realized, its importance in shaping both nuclear discourse and the realities (a/e)ffected by that discourse are undeniable, as is its importance regarding texts that aim to prevent nuclear destruction. It is only after these realizations have been made that one can attempt to weaken the legitimizing power of nuclear rhetoric.
     
    It is my assertion that the noir films, as well the explicitly antinuclear films I will soon examine, were effectively and palpably subversive in that they helped to disrupt the legitimizing discourse of nuclear war. The noir films were illustrative of (and participated in the dialogue that helped to further) a shift of public consciousness away from a naïve belief in the absolute moral superiority of the United States government, but that alone did not serve to sever the government’s claim to moral or scientific authority over nuclear matters and their resultant exploitation of such authorities to strengthen their power (regardless of the fact that such means legitimized the threat of nuclear war). In this new, especially McCarthyist era of Civil Defense films, the justification for authority was never offered–it was assumed, not open to potential questioning. The prime focus was instead placed on downplaying the actual danger of nuclear war, and it was from this basis that most post-noir Civil Defense films took their cue.
     
    The “most fabulous” example of this is the outrageous The House in the Middle, a film that was a cooperative effort of the USCDA and an agency called the “National Clean-Up, Paint-Up, Fix Up Bureau.” Cleanliness and fresh paint have everything to do with national security, according to House in the Middle. Near the film’s beginning, its stark narrator booms that “a house that is neglected is a house that may be doomed in the atomic age.” The film then takes viewers to the Nevada Proving Ground, where they are shown how fresh-painted, clean houses hold up to nuclear blasts for a full one quarter of one second longer than do dirty, run-down homes. The film is a treasure trove for scholars–its contempt for the poor and their implied role in actually causing nuclear war is especially evident, as the narrator often talks of the dirty houses as ones that a viewer might find in “slum areas,” with a strong tone of disgust used to punctuate the word slum. All I am concerned with, however, is the fact that the film continues to achieve the primary goals of early Civil Defense films–the creation and maintenance of exploitable fear that is small enough to avoid uncontrollable (and unexploitable) panic but still large enough to remain persistent–and that it does so through distraction. This government-produced film tries to use the threat of nuclear war to scare people into keeping their lawns clean; its ridiculousness is remarkable even by the U.S. government’s own formidable standards. This film serves as clear and unmistakable evidence that the government was trying to downplay the threat of nuclear war, and was exploiting such a move as a means through which they could control their citizens.
     
    The foundation upon which this control is predicated is the perceived manageability of nuclear war. On the Beach (1959) uses this foundation and subversively turns it on its head, annexing the government’s strategy of making nuclearism all-pervasive. The film’s subversion does not stop there; it also annexes the presentation of the de facto pro-nuclear popular films of the time[6] by presenting its stark message in a manner that can only be described as traditional, expected, and–were it divorced from its subject matter–unexceptional (which, as it is used to convey its subject matter, makes it quite exceptional). Gregory Peck, Ava Gardner, and even Fred Astaire all appear in the film: these are big Hollywood stars, and On the Beach is a big-budget Hollywood melodrama. Only it happens to deal with the complete and total annihilation of mankind after a nuclear war. In the film, Peck stars as an American submarine captain who was fortunate enough to be under water during an all-out nuclear war between the United States and the U.S.S.R. Everyone in the world dies in the blasts and the ensuing fallout, except for the people of Australia, whose fortunate geographic placement has granted them a reprieve of four or five months before wind patterns cover them with deadly dust. The film more or less follows its cast of characters as they prepare for the death that is moving quickly towards them.
     
    On the Beach is more of a traditional “movie” than the other films considered in this essay. Its dialogue is simple and melodramatic. Its characters fit into common molds: Peck is a grizzled seaman, Anthony Perkins a young, wide-eyed Private, and Gardner a floozy seeking redemption. There is even a run of the mill romantic subplot involving Peck and Gardner. Some critics, like Shapiro, point to the film’s “hollow characters [and] obvious directorial machinations” (Shapiro 92-93) in order to deride On the Beach as little more than a nuclear-themed “weepie.” I feel, however, that the power of the film comes from the fact that these generic, predictable aspects are contrasted with some eerily horrific scenes. The most striking of these is a scene near the film’s end in which a viewer is presented with a man who stands at a street corner before a doctor and two Red Cross nurses. The man gives his name, address, and the number of people in his household. It is up to the viewer to realize that he is picking up his family’s allotment of suicide pills; just as this realization is being made, the camera pulls back to reveal the man standing at the front of a line of several hundred people that extends for blocks.
     
    At the time of its release, On the Beach was a commercial and critical success, and its message helped to shift public consciousness regarding the threat of nuclear war. The actual dangers of nuclear war were finally being aired openly, to large audiences. The misinformation spread in the old Civil Defense films was now more widely revealed as laughable. This segued conveniently into the heightened tensions of the early 60s: the public’s perception of nuclear war had changed from an abstract, somewhat unlikely, and reasonably survivable potentiality to something that was not only likely but would also bring about the complete destruction of all life on earth. It was at this juncture that subversive nuclear dialogue came into full focus, stopped holding back, and began to indict nuclearism directly.

    Lesson Two: Reinforce existing public concern. Do not question firmly held beliefs until you can afford to do so; instead, strengthen righteous mistrust.

    Of course, many other factors also contributed to what appeared to be a fairly sudden liberalization of free expression, but so far as Hollywood was concerned it is safe to assume that On the Beach‘s success (and the government’s lack of significant reaction after its release) helped usher in the unprecedented mainstream filmic dissidence that soon followed. This is not to say that On the Beach marked a sea change of governmental policy regarding film. It is just that no one was blacklisted for participating in On the Beach. It may not have caused the liberalization of filmic dissent, then, but it certainly was a sign that filmmakers could get away with more than they perhaps thought they could. It is because of this that I can say that, were it not for pieces of subversive media such as On the Beach, much of the era’s later dissent would never have come into being. Although the films of 1964–Fail Safe and Dr. Strangelove–were concerned primarily with the destruction of official nuclear discourse, including that which was presented in Civil Defense films, these subversive films were nonetheless influenced by all Civil Defense films, and were concerned particularly with the Civil Defense films that were released between 1959 and 1964.
     
    A-Bomb Blast Effects (1959) and About Fallout (1963) are both typical of post-On the Beach Civil Defense media, in that each is concerned with pseudo-scientific diversion. That is, diversion away from danger, undertaken in such a way as to bolster authority through a more “honest” presentation of the inner workings and potential effects of nuclear war. A-Bomb Blast Effects is a silent film strip that shows pictures of early nuclear tests. It was meant to be played with accompanying narration that explained the effects felt by soldiers who were very near a blast. Of course, these effects were downplayed, but the film’s sparse, documentary-style presentation lent it an air of credibility missing from the melodramatic or cartoonish presentations of older Civil Defense films.
     
    About Fallout is more obviously pseudo-scientific, and goes so far as to begin in a laboratory in which a scientist dressed in a lab coat holds towards the camera a glass plate on which pieces of actual radioactive fallout are sitting (they look like little rocks). The film then resembles many other non-Civil Defense classroom films, featuring a loud-voiced narrator, shoddy animation, pictures of outer space, and orchestral music that vaguely recalls the theme from The Jetsons. The film clearly–and, amazingly, correctly–details the creation of radioactive fallout, and explains in no uncertain terms that fallout is indeed deadly. Against this backdrop of seeming respectability, the film cleverly continues the Civil Defense tradition of downplaying the danger of nuclear war, only instead of lying outright, as did the earlier films, About Fallout uses tricks of rhetoric to undermine the danger. At one point, for example, the film shows a cartoon clock and a big purple dot (meant to symbolize the radioactive power of fallout) to explain that fallout retains only “one one-hundredth” of its initial radioactive strength a mere forty-eight hours after it is created. The purple dot shrinks to a minuscule size and the viewer is left to feel quite safe, but the film fails to mention that fallout is still immensely deadly months or possibly even years after a nuclear explosion.[7]
     
    At the film’s end, the wondrousness of the USCDA’s realistically-ineffectual fallout shelter program is stressed, and the viewer is made to believe that he or she is being led by a competent and caring government. This was a lie, of course; even government-sponsored Civil Defense literature said that the best possible outcome of widespread shelter use would see projected death tolls fall from about 170 million to about 110 million in the event of a 10,000 megaton nuclear exchange (table 1). This very hopeful figure not only undermines the probability that a full-scale nuclear war between the United States and the Soviet Union would most likely see blasts that were much larger than a mere 10,000 megatons, but also assumes ideal wind conditions and nearly universal compliance with suggestions for taking shelter, downplays the lingering danger posed by fallout, and completely ignores other potential effects of a full-scale nuclear war. So then, even ignoring actual dangers and assuming that everything worked according to plan during a nuclear exchange, by the government’s own projections more than half of the United States population would be wiped out in the first few days of a nuclear war. In spite of this, About Fallout suggests that compliance with government instructions is a realistic route to survival.

    Figure 1: (Congress of the United States, Effects 3)

    Although the means of presentation had to be adjusted to answer the forms of subversive media that had appeared since the introduction of Civil Defense media, the main goals of such media were very much the same as they had been all along. About Fallout still makes its viewers acutely aware of the potential for nuclear war, still underplays the actual danger of nuclear war, and still presents cooperation with the government as the only way to survive a nuclear war.
     
    Dr. Strangelove and Fail Safe annexed the pseudo-scientific, documentary presentation style of these later films and, like the earlier subversive films, turned this presentational style to their own ends. By this time, however, it had become clear that the very discourse of nuclearism (antinuclear or otherwise) was contributing to the nuclear threat. What was needed in order for a new generation of subversive media to really succeed, then, was not to address directly the claims made by Civil Defense media–not to question the authority of the government or to point out the inaccuracies of their invalid claims–but to so demonize nuclear rhetoric itself that it would render such discourse unprofitable. And, due to the liberalization signaled by On the Beach‘s success, films no longer needed to ape the strong anti-communist rhetoric of the Civil Defense films. Still, the antinuclear films that followed did borrow some of the presentational aspects of the later Civil Defense media.
     
    The first of these films was Stanley Kubrick’s Dr. Strangelove Or: How I Learned to Stop Worrying and Love the Bomb.
     
    Strangelove is one of most critically revered films ever made. The film shifts between three locations, an Air Force base, a high-altitude bomber plane, and the Pentagon’s ultra-secret “war room.” It begins with the obviously insane commander of the Air Force base, General Ripper, putting his base on lockdown and ordering the bombardiers under his command to break into Soviet airspace and commence a nuclear attack. The film then segues to the government’s “war room,” in which the fictional president, his cabinet, and various high-ranking officials, including the Soviet ambassador, try desperately to prevent the attack. Their desperation increases with the Soviet ambassador’s revelation that his government had created a “Doomsday” device. Designed as a deterrent to war, the device automatically and without exception will release a flurry of nuclear missiles if the USSR is under attack. These missiles have been specially designed to create a fallout so intense that it will last for nearly a century, meaning that a nuclear strike against the USSR would guarantee the destruction of all animal life on earth. Eventually, the men in the war room manage to issue the recall code that had been kept secret by General Ripper, and all the planes pull back before dropping their bombs. That is, all of the planes except one, a plane led by Major Kong (Slim Pickens) that has suffered a radio malfunction after nearly being shot down. The plane’s crew work together quite brilliantly to overcome a number of obstacles in order to bring about the end of the world.
     
    Strangelove‘s popularity, social import, and easily perceived socio-sexual subtexts have occasioned many critical works, but there is no “typical” or common reading of the film, nor is there a popular argument about the film’s intentions or reception. As such, I limit my sources to just a few more recent pieces, written after the fall of the Soviet Union and the effective end of the cold war.
     
    Tony Perrine says that both Fail Safe and Strangelove “give cinematic articulation to widely shared but largely unvoiced anxiety about the irreconcilable absurdity of life in the nuclear age” (126), an absurdity that the film makes credible in spite of its slapstick nature, due to its believable presentation. As Perrine notes, the film–like the Civil Defense films released before it–assumes the authoritative, almost objective feel of a documentary, using “a documentary-style voice-over narration” (123) at certain points, and recreating “documentary-style combat footage” (ibid) with its occasional use of shaky handheld cameras. This observation is important, as it showcases Strangelove‘s subversion–its ability to annex the supposedly authoritative narrative presentation of government media and to use it towards a subversive end. This authority allows Strangelove to present a serious message in spite of its being comically absurd. Jerome Shapiro points out that, “behind [the film’s] humor lies an intense seriousness: the characters and events are not real but the neuroses seem plausible” (144).
     
    Shapiro discusses Strangelovemainly as the film relates to his argument about the apocalyptic vision common to nuclear films, and so he does not focus directly on the film’s subversive aspects. However, Shapiro’s observations regarding the duality of the film–its being both comically absurd and deadly serious–is of interest here. Shapiro notes that

    on the one hand, the film is a burlesque; all the characters and institutions are lampooned. One source of humor is that each character is familiar, a cliché, a stereotype taken to the point of unbelievable exaggeration. On the other hand, the characters are so tightly constructed that they are credible, real. (144)

    Strangelove manages to bring to light the constructed nature of its contemporary nuclear discourse. Arms races, official casualty approximations, bomb shelters, The House in the Middle, McCarthyism, and Khrushchev banging his shoe against the table at the UN: all of it was play-acting. The whole shebang was as formulaic as a romance novel, as absurd as a Keystone Cops serial, and as dependent upon the proper reception by its audience for the continuation of its own existence as any hackneyed, third rate, unfunny television program. It was a joke, and the people who manufactured it were clowns. Only those clowns could have ended the lives of every single thing in the whole, wide world.

    The importance of bringing to light the absurd, constructed, and theatrical nature of nuclear discourse is perhaps better explained by Stanley Kramer’s venerable Fail Safe, a film that came out months after Strangelove and was largely ignored by both audiences and critics. This lack of attention was no doubt due primarily to the poor timing of the film’s release. Not only is Fail Safe less enjoyable (really, what film is more enjoyable than Strangelove?), but it shared with Strangelove a very similar structure; most of the film’s action segues between three different settings, and its characters are overblown caricatures meant to resemble the real-life promulgators of nuclear discourse. The clichéd characters Shapiro mentions in Strangelove all have rough counterparts in Fail Safe. Strangelove has its insanely paranoid army-man-with-his-finger-on-The-Button in General Ripper, who launched the war that would destroy mankind because he feared that fluoridation was a Communist plot that had robbed him of his sexual potency. It had its cowboy-blind-with-moronic-patriotism in Major Kong, who, in perhaps the most iconic scene in the history of western film, rides a nuclear warhead between his legs as if it were a bucking bronco, cheering wildly and waving his cowboy hat in the air, proud to be ending the world. It had a bumbling, ineffectual president, a military strategist who regarded the deaths of tens of millions of people as an acceptable loss, a Wernher von Braun-type of crazed, ex-Nazi scientist, and a Russian ambassador who, in spite of knowing full well that the world has effectively ended, persists in taking spy pictures of the pentagon’s war room at the film’s end.
     
    All of these characters are, in Strangelove, overblown to comic effect that is so dismissive of the absurdity of these characters that, were it not for the film’s subject matter, I might consider it unfair or even mean. In Fail Safe, these characters are treated less derisively, and are allowed to speak their parts as they would in the popular press. Perrine notes that, “[i]n Fail Safe, the nuclear dilemma is personified in the character of various military strategists and advisors who overtly represent various viewpoints in the nuclear debate” (123, emphasis mine). Ironically, it is Strangelove‘s over-the-top derision that apparently divorces its characters enough from their real-world counterparts to allow for outward, and effective, criticism. When the same criticism was made about similar characters in Fail Safe, it was ignored.
     
    Fail Safe also produces its authority-effect by aping late Civil Defense films and presenting itself as a science-y pseudo-documentary, including the character of a hapless-but-curious Senator who serves little narrative purpose aside from letting the film’s “scientist” characters explain the strategy behind nuclear air attacks. The Senator spends most of the film (as do all of the other major characters) speaking, arguing his point against the peaceniks who believe that there are no winners in nuclear war, the political scientists who think the focus should be on “winning” a nuclear war, the supposedly-objective hard scientists, the citizens who are concerned for their own well being, and the paradoxical peaceniks who believed that armament and war are the only paths to peace. Each of these characters had direct, real-life parallels, and the rhetoric used by each character may well have been taken from the popular press of the day.
     
    Focusing on the film’s presentation and criticism of these obviously representative characters misses the film’s rather pronounced and self-explanatory point, a point that most critics and reviewers only mention. Michael Wollscheidt, in his largely negative review/critical essay of the film, goes so far as to call this the film’s “premise,” the idea that “[a]n accident similar to the one depicted in Fail Safe is mathematically inevitable” (70). This accident is a computer glitch. It is that simple. A computer designed to monitor United States airspace bugs out and sends out an attack signal to U.S. bombers. The bombers receive the signal, and there is nothing that anyone can do to stop them. This happens in the very early scenes of Fail Safe and the remaining hour and a half or so consist of the different viewpoints bickering. It is made clear that this bickering, this debate between the many different characters, has led to the mathematical inevitability of nuclear war. Fail Safe does not take the side of any character, does not say that if one man’s viewpoint is followed then nuclear war can be limited or avoided. It insists instead that it is the talk of nuclear war that has made nuclear war a possibility, and that the continued talk of nuclear war will make nuclear war an inevitability.

    Lesson Three: Once the problem has been made obvious, go in for the kill.

    The promulgators of nuclear dialogue could not counter the arguments epitomized in the 1964 films. Nuclear dialogue itself had now been demonized; it could not argue for its own necessity because even making such an argument would have constituted a continuation of itself and therefore a continuation of a serious risk of full-scale nuclear war. Between 1964 and the Reagan administration, widespread, popular opposition to nuclear armament shifted focus; while there was still a strong resistance to all things nuclear, the resistance was not as passionate or wide reaching as it was in the late 50s and 60s. Anti-nuclear sentiment existed and still exists to this day, of course, as does sentiment regarding the potential tactical use or necessity of nuclear weapons and all of the other parts of nuclear discourse that, were they ever again allowed to control public consciousness as they were at the height of the Cold War, would make nuclear war an inevitability. However, the resistance seems to have peaked in the early 1960s.
     
    There was a small-scale revival of nuclear discourse during the fear-mongering heyday of Reagan’s and Thatcher’s reigns. In the U.S. there was Secretary of Defense Weinberger’s “fabulously textual” disavowal of the infamous “Fiscal Year 1984-1988 Defense Guidance” document, which said that the U.S. planned to “prevail” in the event of a nuclear war. Derrida mentions this document specifically in “No Apocalypse,” where he writes that the inclusion of a single word, “prevail,” caused a firestorm of righteously angry media coverage. In particular, New York Times national security correspondent Leslie H. Gelb used the inclusion of the word as the base from which to launch an attack against Reagan’s poorly conceived foreign policy, noting correctly that an insane belief in the possibility that one nation would prevail in a nuclear war could, if left unchecked, “induce some leader some day to think he could risk starting a nuclear war because he would be able to stop short of a complete catastrophe” (qtd. Derrida 25).
     
    More generally there were Reagan’s many invocations of Armageddon. When discussing anything related to Reagan, one must keep in mind the man’s epic capacity for both hypocrisy and unintentional self-contradiction. So, even though it is technically true that Reagan did at times deny that he was preparing the country for Armageddon, he insisted at other times not only that he believed that the End Times would occur but that there was a good chance they would occur in his lifetime. Take the following passage from the 1984 presidential debate, for example:

    Mr. Kalb, I think what has been hailed as something I'm supposedly, as President, discussing as principle is the recall of just some philosophical discussions with people who are interested in the same things; and that is the prophecies down through the years, the biblical prophecies of what would portend the coming of Armageddon, and so forth, and the fact that a number of theologians for the last decade or more have believed that this was true, that the prophecies are coming together that portend that. But no one knows whether Armageddon, those prophecies mean that Armageddon is a thousand years away or day after tomorrow. So, I have never seriously warned and said we must plan according to Armageddon. Now, with regard to having to say whether we would try to survive in the event of a nuclear war, of course we would. But let me also point out that to several parliaments around the world, in Europe and in Asia, I have made a statement to each one of them, and I'll repeat it here: A nuclear war cannot be won and must never be fought. And that is why we are maintaining a deterrent and trying to achieve a deterrent capacity to where no one would believe that they could start such a war and escape with limited damage. (Reagan, italics mine)

    Such ambivalence worked well enough to allow Reagan to bring up (and therefore exploit) the general public’s fear of nuclear war while still covering himself against accusations of warmongering and/or threatening directly to launch or otherwise needlessly participate in a nuclear exchange.

    The lack of high angst in response to Reagan’s incautious talk of nuclear war is explained, oddly enough, in the quote above; there was no need for subversives to counter any government lie regarding the survivability of a nuclear war–the government already did that for them. What came about during the Reagan era–and it has continued since–was a refined exploitation of nuclear fear, one that through outrageous self-contradiction managed to insulate itself from direct critical dialogue and place the U.S.S.R. on edge not because of its adversarial nature but rather because it appeared to emanate from the mouth of a man who was at best unstable and at worst insane.
     
    From the Reagan era to the present day, the mechanisms of exploitation have been diverse and complicated enough to preclude a dangerous over-reliance on nuclear rhetoric. Newer fears, ranging from the spread of the “homosexual agenda” to “Islamo-fascism” to the “culture wars,” are being used to frighten, perturb, and ultimately to control the American people. Our ability to resist these means of control remain contingent upon our abilities to recognize and counter the enabling rhetoric that creates and perpetuates these fears, and our ability to do so in a way that is acceptable enough to reach a large audience. The parallels between the enabling discourse of nuclearism and that of our present fears do exist, even if they are not always direct, and future subversive media still needs to heed the basic lessons laid down by those of nuclear subversive media if it is to succeed.

    Notes

    1. The novel is titled Kiss Me, Deadly, and the film’s omission of the comma has lead to much confusion among both readers and critics. Since I do not discuss the book any further in this essay, however, I do not address this topic further.

    2. Perhaps the most notable–and infamous–of these “subversive” films was Frank Capra’s amazingly innocuous It’s a Wonderful Life. Offense was apparently taken at the fact the film’s villain, Mr. Potter, was a successful capitalist.

    3. The Office of Civil Defense (OCD), a precursor to the Cold War’s USCDA, was established by executive order in May of 1941. However, its creation came with little press coverage and its functions were hardly adequate to meet the danger of air raids, or chemical or biological attacks.

    4. “McGuffin,” a term coined by Alfred Hitchcock, is simply an interchangeable plot device.

    5. I respect the field and do not intend for this essay to make any contentions against it. Derrida, and Baudrillard in his “The Anorexic Ruins” (1989), speak of nuclearism as an all-pervasive state that encompasses all literature, all texts. Derrida’s argument hinges on nuclear war being the one thing capable of completely destroying the archive. It is therefore the “ultimate referent,” the destruction of all symbolic and referential order against which all things that depend on such order (which is to say, everything that can be understood) are based. Other critics have already discussed this concept at length, and I do not argue against either its theoretical feasibility or its general merit as a lens through which to interpret texts.

    6. These were mostly horror films, like the aforementioned It Came from Beneath the Sea, in which nuclear war or nuclear byproducts typically create a monster of some sort. These helped the government by keeping the issues non-pervasive and also by making the threat of nuclear war seem manageable, since the monsters were almost always defeated handily.

    7. Minimal exposure to the radioactive fallout at Hiroshima, for example, produced a significant death rate increase years after the city was bombed. According to the Institute for Energy and Environmental Research, some 80,000 US cancer cases were caused by fallout emanating from highly controlled (and supposedly safe) open-air nuclear tests. A full-scale nuclear exchange would produce fallout levels that would dwarf either of these. According to a report filed by Congress’ Office of Technology Assessment in 1972, the residual cancer deaths that would result from a single series of surface burst attacks aimed only at U.S. oil refineries would number between one and five and one half million (113), and that is assuming an adequate shelter program is used for an extended period of time. In the case of a full-scale nuclear conflict, death by fallout would be inevitable for all those not killed in the initial blasts.

    Works Cited

    • A-Bomb Blast Effects. United States Civil Defense Administration, 1959. 10 Oct. 2006 <http://www.archive.org/details/a-bomb_blast_effects>.
    • About Fallout. United States Civil Defense Administration, 1963. 10 Oct. 2006 <http://www.archive.org/details/AboutFal1963>.
    • Atomic Alert. Encyclopedia Britannica Films and United States Civil Defense Administration, 1951. 10 Oct. 2006 <http://www.archive.org/details/AtomicAl1951>.
    • Boyer, Paul. By the Bomb’s Early Light: American Thought and Culture at the Dawn of the Atomic Age. New York: Pantheon Books, 1985.
    • Brown, JoAnne. “‘A Is for Atom, B Is for Bomb’: Civil Defense in American Public Education, 1948-1963.” The Journal of American History 75.1 (June 1988): 68-90.
    • Combs, James E., and Sara T. Combs. “The Postwar Agenda.” Film Propaganda and American Politics: An Analysis and Filmography. New York: Garland Publishing, 1994. 81-104.
    • Congress of the United States Office of Technology Assessment. The Effects of Nuclear War. U.S. Government Printing Office: Washington, DC, 1972.
    • Cooling, B. Franklin. “U.S. Army Support of Civil Defense: The Formative Years.” Military Affairs 35.1 (Feb. 1971): 7-11.
    • Derrida, Jacques. “No Apocalypse, Not Now (Full Speed Ahead, Seven Missiles, Seven Missives).” Trans. Catherine Porter and Phillip Lewis. Diacritics 14.2 (1984): 20-31.
    • Dickos, Andrew. Street With No Name: A History of the Classic American Film Noir. Lexington: Kentucky UP, 2002.
    • Dr. Strangelove Or: How I Learned to Stop Worrying and Love the Bomb. Dir. Stanley Kubrick. Perf. Peter Sellers, George C. Scott, Slim Pickens. 1964. Videocassette. Columbia, 1999.
    • Duck and Cover. United States Civil Defense Administration, 1951. 29 Sept. 2006 <http://www.archive.org/details/DuckandC1951>.
    • Fail Safe. Dir. Sidney Lumet. Perf. Walter Matthau, Henry Fonda. 1964. DVD. Columbia/Tristar, 2000.
    • Fuller, Samuel. “Don’t Wave the Flag at Me.” 2002. Pickup on South Street. Liner Notes. Criterion Collection, 2004.
    • Gallafent, Edward. “Kiss Me, Deadly.” The Book of Film Noir. Ed. Ian Cameron. New York: Continuum, 1993. 240-46.
    • Henriksen, Margot A. Dr. Strangelove’s America: Society and Culture in the Atomic Age. Berkeley: California UP, 1997.
    • The House in the Middle. United States Civil Defense Administration’s National Clean-Up, Paint-Up, Fix Up Bureau, 1954. 10 Oct. 2006 <http://www.archive.org/details/Houseint1954>.
    • Kiss Me Deadly. Dir. Robert Aldrich. Perf. Ralph Meeker. 1955. DVD. Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, 2001.
    • Luckhurst, Roger. “Review: Nuclear Criticism: Anachronism and Anachorism.” Diacritics 23.2 (1993): 89-97.
    • McArthur, Colin. “Samuel Fuller.” Underworld U.S.A. London: Secker & Warburg, 1972. 138-149.
    • On the Beach. Dir. Stanley Kramer. Perf. Gregory Peck, Ava Gardner, Anthony Perkins, Fred Astaire. 1959. DVD. MGM, 2000.
    • Our Cities Must Fight. United States Civil Defense Administration, 1951. 10 Oct. 2006 <http://www.archive.org/details/OurCitie1951>.
    • Perrine, Toni A. Film and the Nuclear Age: Representing Cultural Anxiety. New York: Garland Publishing, 1998.
    • Pickup on South Street. Dir. Samuel Fuller. Perf. Richard Widmark, Jean Peters, Thelma Ritter. DVD. Criterion, 2004.
    • Reagan, Ronald. Response to question. 1984 Presidential Debate. League of Women Voters. Kansas City, Missouri, 21 Oct. 1984. 10 Oct. 2006 <http://www.debates.org/pages/trans84c.html.>.
    • Shapiro, Jerome F. Atomic Bomb Cinema: The Apocalyptic Imagination on Film. New York: Routledge, 2002.
    • Wollscheidt, Michael G. “Fail Safe.” Nuclear War Films. Ed. Jack G. Shaheen. London: Feffer and Simons, Inc., 1978. 68-75.